QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2009

Registration No. 333-156408

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  8221
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  59-3551629
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
(858) 668-2586

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)


Andrew S. Clark
CEO and President
Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
(858) 668-2586

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:
John J. Hentrich, Esq.
Robert L. Wernli, Jr., Esq.
Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP
12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200
San Diego, CA 92130
Telephone: (858) 720-8900
Facsimile: (858) 509-3691
  Kris F. Heinzelman, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019-7475
Telephone: (212) 474-1000
Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

           Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of the registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  o

          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

           The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of which this prospectus forms a part is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 30, 2009

             Shares

LOGO

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Common Stock


        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $                           and $                           per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BPI."

        We are selling                           shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling                           shares of common stock.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                                        additiona l shares from a selling stockholder to cover over-allotments of shares.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Bridgepoint
  Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders
 
Per Share     $     $     $     $  
Total   $     $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                           , 2009.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan

                            William Blair & Company

                                                        BMO Capital Markets

                                                                                     Piper Jaffray

                                                                                                                Signal Hill

The date of this prospectus is                                        , 2009.


GRAPHIC



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    13  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    38  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    39  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    39  

CAPITALIZATION

    40  

DILUTION

    42  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    44  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    48  

BUSINESS

    69  

REGULATION

    88  

MANAGEMENT

    103  

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    111  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    135  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    138  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    142  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    148  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

    150  

UNDERWRITING

    153  

INTERNATIONAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS

    156  

LEGAL MATTERS

    158  

EXPERTS

    158  

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

    158  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    159  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  


         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.



Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                  , 2009 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in "Risk Factors." Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, (i) the terms "we," "us," "our" and "Bridgepoint" refer to Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, (ii) the term "Warburg Pincus" refers to Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and (iii) the terms "redeemable convertible preferred stock" and "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" refer to our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Overview

        We are a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. We offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences.

        We deliver our programs online as well as at our traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado. As of December 31, 2008, we offered over 860 courses and 44 degree programs with 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. We had 31,558 students enrolled in our institutions as of December 31, 2008, 98% of whom were attending classes exclusively online.

        We have designed our offerings to have four key characteristics that we believe are important to students:

We believe these characteristics create an attractive and differentiated value proposition for our students. In addition, we believe this value proposition expands our overall addressable market by enabling potential students to overcome the challenges associated with cost, transferability of credits and accessibility—factors that frequently discourage individuals from pursuing a postsecondary degree.

        We are committed to providing a high-quality educational experience to our students. We have a comprehensive curriculum development process, and we employ qualified faculty members with significant academic and practitioner credentials. We conduct ongoing faculty and student assessment processes and provide a broad array of student services. Our ability to offer a quality experience at an affordable price is supported by our efficient operating model, which enables us to deliver our programs, as well as market, recruit and retain students, in a cost-effective manner.

        We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, revenue and operating income since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005. At December 31, 2008, our enrollment was 31,558, an increase of 150.0%, over our enrollment as of December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, our ground enrollment was 637, as compared to 312 in March 2005, reflecting our commitment to invest in further developing our traditional campus heritage. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our revenue was $218.3 million, an increase of 154.7% over the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our operating income was $33.4 million, as compared to $4.0 million for the prior year. We intend to pursue growth in a manner that continues to emphasize a quality educational experience and that satisfies regulatory requirements.

1


Our History

        In January 2004, our principal investor, Warburg Pincus, and our CEO and President, Andrew Clark, as well as several other members of our current executive management team, launched Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Together, they developed a business plan to provide individuals previously discouraged from pursuing an education due to cost, the inability to transfer credits or difficulty in completing an education while meeting personal and professional commitments, the opportunity to pursue a quality education from a trusted institution. The business plan incorporated our management team's experience with other online and campus-based postsecondary providers and sought to employ processes and technologies that would enhance both the quality of the offering and the efficiency with which it could be delivered.

        In March 2005, we acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies, located in Clinton, Iowa, and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs. In September 2007, we also acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, a non-profit institution founded in 1998 and located in Colorado Springs, Colorado, and renamed it the University of the Rockies. The University of the Rockies offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology.

        The majority of our current executive management team was in place at the time we acquired Ashford University. As a result, we were able to begin implementing processes and technologies to prepare for the launch of an online educational offering designed to serve a large student population immediately after the acquisition. Since March 2005, we have launched 22 programs and numerous specializations and concentrations, as well as initiated our formal military and corporate channel development efforts. We have also made investments in enhancing and expanding our campus-based operations as part of our commitment to continuing to invest in developing our traditional campus heritage.

Our Market Opportunity

        The postsecondary education market in the United States represents a large, growing opportunity. Based on a March 2009 report by the Department of Education's National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES, revenue of postsecondary degree-granting educational institutions exceeded $410 billion in the 2005-06 academic year. According to a September 2008 NCES report, the number of students enrolled in postsecondary institutions was 18.0 million in 2007 and is projected to grow to 18.6 million by 2010.

        Online postsecondary enrollment is growing at a rate well in excess of the growth rate of overall postsecondary enrollment. According to Eduventures, LLC, or Eduventures, an education consulting and research firm, online postsecondary enrollment increased from 0.5 million to 1.8 million between 2002 and 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 30.4%. We believe the rapid growth in online postsecondary enrollment has been driven by a number of factors, including:

        We expect continued growth in postsecondary education based on a number of factors. According to a December 2007 report from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or BLS, occupations requiring a bachelor's or master's degree are expected to grow 17% and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016,

2



or nearly double the growth rate BLS has projected for occupations that do not require a postsecondary degree. Further, according to data published by the NCES, the 2007 median incomes for individuals 25 years or older with a bachelor's, master's and doctoral degree were 67%, 100% and 167% higher, respectively, than for a high school graduate (or equivalent) of the same age with no college education.

        Although obtaining a postsecondary education has significant benefits, many prospective students are discouraged from pursuing, and ultimately completing, an undergraduate or graduate degree program. According to a March 2009 NCES report, 66% of all individuals 25 years or older in the United States who have obtained a high school degree, or over 112 million individuals, have not completed a bachelor's degree or higher. We believe this is due to a number of factors, including:

        We believe postsecondary institutions that effectively address these challenges not only access a broader segment of the overall postsecondary market, but also have the potential to expand the market opportunity and to include individuals who previously were discouraged from pursuing a postsecondary education.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

        Attractive, differentiated value proposition for students.     We have designed our educational model to provide our students with a superior value proposition relative to other educational alternatives in the market. We believe our model allows us to attract more students, as well as to target a broader segment of the overall population. Our value proposition is based on the following:

3


        Commitment to academic quality.     We are committed to providing our students with a rigorous and rewarding academic experience, which gives them the knowledge and experience necessary to be contributors, educators and leaders in their chosen professions. We seek to maintain a high level of quality in our curriculum, faculty and student support services. In a July 2008 survey we conducted, in which over 2,000 students responded, 98% indicated they would recommend Ashford University to others seeking a degree.

        Cost-efficient, scalable operating model.     We have designed our operating model to be cost-efficient, allowing us to offer a quality educational experience at an affordable tuition rate while still generating attractive operating margins. Additionally, we have developed our operating model to be scalable and to support a much larger student population than is currently enrolled.

        Experienced management team and strong corporate culture.     Our management team possesses extensive experience in postsecondary education, in many cases with other large online postsecondary providers. Andrew Clark, our CEO and President, served in senior management positions at such institutions for 12 years prior to joining us and has significant experience with online education businesses. Additionally, our executive management team has been critical to establishing and maintaining our corporate culture, which is based on four core values: integrity, ethics, service and accountability.

Our Growth Strategies

        We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

        Focus on high-demand disciplines and degree programs.     We seek to offer programs in disciplines in which there is strong demand for education and significant opportunity for employment. Based on a March 2009 NCES report, programs in our disciplines represent 69% of total bachelor's degrees conferred by all postsecondary institutions in 2006-07.

        Increase enrollment in our existing programs through investment in marketing, recruiting and retention.     We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively identify, recruit and retain qualified students. We intend to continue to invest in marketing, recruiting and retention and to expand our enrollment advisor workforce to increase enrollment in our existing programs.

        Expand our portfolio of programs, specializations and concentrations.     We intend to continue to expand our academic offerings to attract a broader portion of the overall market. In addition to adding new programs in high-demand disciplines, we intend to enhance our programs through the addition of specializations and concentrations.

        Further develop strategic relationships in the military and corporate channels.     We intend to broaden our relationships with military and corporate employers, as well as seek additional relationships in these channels. Through our dedicated channel development teams, we are able to cost-effectively target specific segments of the market as well as better understand the needs of students in these segments.

4


        Deliver measurable academic outcomes and a positive student experience.     We are committed to offering an educational solution that supports measurable academic outcomes, thereby allowing our students to increase their probability of success in their chosen profession, while ensuring a positive student experience. We believe our combination of measurable outcomes and a positive experience is important to helping students persist through graduation.

Risk Factors

        Our business is subject to numerous risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13. In particular, our business would be adversely affected if:

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in May 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600, San Diego, CA 92128, and our telephone number is (858) 668-2586. Our website is located at www.bridgepointeducation.com. The information on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

Accreditation

        Ashford University and the University of the Rockies are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 N. LaSalle, Suite 2400, Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504, whose telephone number is (312) 263-0456. The Higher Learning Commission's website is located at www.ncahlc.org. The information on, or accessible through, the website of the Higher Learning Commission and the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

Industry Data

        We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market research, publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and on the preparers' experience in the industry as of the time they were prepared, and there is no assurance that any of the projected numbers will be reached. Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research others have completed are reliable, but we have not independently verified their findings.

5


Recent Developments

6


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

              shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

            shares

Total common stock offered

 

            shares

Common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be $       million, based on an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have advised us that they intend to optionally convert their shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Upon such conversion, in addition to receiving shares of common stock, the holders will be entitled to receive the accreted value of $                        of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which the holders have advised us they will elect to receive in cash. This amount will be paid out of the net proceeds to us from this offering. The balance of net proceeds will be available for general corporate purposes. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"BPI"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering includes:

7


        The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering excludes:

        Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

8



Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

        The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the information under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands,
except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

  $ 28,619   $ 85,709   $ 218,290  

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Instructional costs and services

    12,510     29,837     62,822  
 

Marketing and promotional

    12,214     35,997     81,036  
 

General and administrative(1)

    8,704     15,892     41,012  
               
   

Total costs and expenses

    33,428     81,726     184,870  
               

Operating income (loss)

    (4,809 )   3,983     33,420  

Interest income

    (10 )   (12 )   (322 )

Interest expense

    351     544     240  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,150 )   3,451     33,502  

Income tax expense

        164     7,071  
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,150 )   3,287     26,431  
               

Accretion of preferred dividends(2)

    1,718     1,856     2,006  
               

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  
               

Earnings (loss) per common share

                   
 

Basic

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  

Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share

                   
 

Basic

    14,386     14,900     15,008  
 

Diluted

    14,386     20,020     45,025  

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(3)

                   
 

Basic

              $ 0.12  
 

Diluted

              $ 0.11  

Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(3)

                   
 

Basic

                216,632  
 

Diluted

                246,649  

Supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                   
 

Basic

                   
 

Diluted

                   

Shares used in computing supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                   
 

Basic

                   
 

Diluted

                   

9


 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008
Pro forma as
Adjusted(5)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 54   $ 7,351   $ 56,483   $    

Total assets

    17,091     39,057     129,246        

Total indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)

    4,193     5,673     684        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    23,200     25,056     27,062        

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (21,692 )   (20,143 )   6,109        

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands,
except enrollment data)

 

Consolidated Other Data:

                   

Capital expenditures

  $ 1,381   $ 3,571   $ 15,884  

Depreciation and amortization

    735     1,236     2,452  

EBITDA (unaudited)(6)

    (4,074 )   5,219     35,872  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                   
 

Operating activities

    (1,082 )   10,367     70,748  
 

Investing activities

    (1,373 )   (2,936 )   (16,550 )
 

Financing activities

    346     (134 )   (5,066 )

Period end enrollment (unaudited)(7):

                   
 

Online

    4,111     12,104     30,921  
 

Ground

    360     519     637  
               
 

Total

    4,471     12,623     31,558  
               

(1)
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a stock award held by a director. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock earn preferred dividends, accreting at the rate of 8% per year, compounding annually. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
Pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation. See Note 9, "Earnings Per Share," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)
Supplemental pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming (i) the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred

10


(5)
The pro forma as-adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, gives effect to:

(i)
the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 201,624,486 shares of our common stock and the reclassification of $27.1 million of the accreted value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to accrued liabilities to reflect the payable due to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock holders upon the optional conversion;

(ii)
the sale by us of                        shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us of $                        ;

(iii)
the payment of the $27.1 million liability resulting from the optional conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;

(iv)
the exercise by selling stockholders of options to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                        ;

(v)
the exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                                    ; and

(vi)
the net issuance of                                    shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                                     shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share (assuming for purposes of the net exercise calculation that the per share fair market value of our common stock is equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(6)
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest expense, less interest income, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income, operating income or any other performance measure

11


   
  Year Ended December 31,  
   
  2006   2007   2008  
   
  (In thousands)
 
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,150 ) $ 3,287   $ 26,431  
 

Plus: interest expense

    351     544     240  
 

Less: interest income

    (10 )   (12 )   (322 )
 

Plus: income tax expense

        164     7,071  
 

Plus: depreciation and amortization

    735     1,236     2,452  
                 
 

EBITDA

  $ (4,074 ) $ 5,219   $ 35,872  
                 
(7)
We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or has provided us with a notice of withdrawal.

12



RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves risk. Before making an investment in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risks described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not believed by us to be material could also impact us.

Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Business

If our schools fail to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, we could face monetary liabilities or penalties, restrictions on our operations or growth or loss of access to federal loans and grants for our students on which we are substantially dependent.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from federal student financial aid programs, referred to in this prospectus as Title IV programs, administered by the Department of Education. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must be legally authorized to operate in the state in which it is physically located, accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of the Department of Education as a reliable indicator of educational quality and certified as an eligible institution by the Department of Education. See "Regulation." As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation by state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the Department of Education. These regulatory requirements cover many aspects of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to acquire or open additional schools, to add new or expand existing educational programs, to change our corporate structure or ownership and to make other substantive changes. The state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the Department of Education periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.

        If one of our institutions fails to comply with any of these regulatory requirements, the Department of Education can impose sanctions including:

13


In addition, the agencies that guarantee Title IV private lender loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend or terminate our ability to obtain guarantees of our students' loans through that agency. If sanctions were imposed resulting in a substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. Additionally, if administrative proceedings were initiated alleging regulatory violations, or seeking to impose any such sanctions, or if a third party were to initiate judicial proceedings alleging such violations, the mere existence of such proceedings could damage our reputation. We cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether we will be able to comply with all of the requirements. We have described some of the most significant regulatory risks that apply to us in the following paragraphs.

        Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are also subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government under the federal False Claims Act. If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us or if we are unable to defend successfully against such lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation or adversely affect our stock price, even if such claims and lawsuits are eventually determined to be without merit.

We must periodically seek recertification to participate in Title IV programs and may, in certain circumstances, be subject to review by the Department of Education prior to seeking recertification.

        An institution that is certified to participate in Title IV programs must periodically seek recertification from the Department of Education to continue participating in such programs, including when it undergoes a change of control as defined by the Department of Education. Our current provisional certification for Ashford University is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2011. Our current provisional certification for the University of the Rockies is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2010. The Department of Education may also review our schools' continued certification to participate in Title IV programs if we undergo a change of control. In addition, the Department of Education may take emergency action to suspend an institution's certification without advance notice if it determines the institution is violating Title IV requirements and determines that immediate action is necessary to prevent misuse of Title IV funds. If the Department of Education did not renew or if it withdrew our schools' certifications to participate in Title IV programs, our students would no longer be able to receive Title IV funds, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.

Congress may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for Title IV programs.

        The Higher Education Act, which is the federal law that governs Title IV programs, must be periodically reauthorized by Congress, typically every five to six years. The Higher Education Act was most recently reauthorized in August 2008, continuing Title IV programs through at least September 30, 2014. In addition, Congress must determine funding levels for Title IV programs on an annual basis and can change the laws governing Title IV programs at any time. Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV programs. Because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding, or reduces our ability or the ability of our students to participate in Title IV programs, would have a material adverse effect on our enrollment, revenues and results of operations. Congressional

14



action could also require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase our administrative and regulatory costs.

Our failure to maintain institutional accreditation would result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        An institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education in order to participate in Title IV programs. Each of our schools is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, which is recognized by the Department of Education as a reliable authority regarding the quality of education and training provided by the institutions it accredits. Ashford University was reaccredited by the Higher Learning Commission in 2006 for a term of ten years, and the University of the Rockies was reaccredited by the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for a term of seven years. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled a visit for Ashford University for the 2009-10 academic year to review financial performance and the outcomes of the newly approved prior learning assessments and the increase in transfer credits. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled Ashford University for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2016-17 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled the University of the Rockies for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2015-16 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process. In addition, in connection with the Higher Learning Commission's determination that this offering will constitute a change of control under its standards and its approval of the change requests to proceed with this offering submitted by Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, the Higher Learning Commission has scheduled an on-site focused visit to each of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, to occur within six months following this offering, to verify that the respective institutions continue to meet the Higher Learning Commission's requirements. The Higher Learning Commission has postponed consideration of a request by the University of the Rockies for approval of three new graduate programs until completion of the on-site visit and formal acceptance of the visiting team's recommendations by the Higher Learning Commission. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet accreditation standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources and financial stability. If either of our institutions fails to satisfy any of the Higher Learning Commission's standards, it could lose its accreditation. Loss of accreditation would denigrate the value of our institutions' educational programs and would cause them to lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

If one of our schools does not maintain necessary state authorization, it may not operate or participate in Title IV programs.

        To participate in Title IV programs, a school must be authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is physically located.

15


Loss of state authorization by one of our schools in the state in which it is physically located would terminate our ability to provide educational services through such school, as well as make such school ineligible to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

The Department of Education's Office of Inspector General has commenced a compliance audit of Ashford University which is ongoing, and which could result in repayment of Title IV funds, interest, fines, penalties, remedial action, damage to our reputation in the industry or a limitation on, or a termination of, our participation in Title IV programs.

        The Department of Education's Office of Inspector General (OIG) is responsible for promoting the effectiveness and integrity of the Department of Education's programs and operations. With respect to educational institutions that participate in Title IV programs, the OIG conducts its work primarily through an audit services division and an investigations division. The audit services division typically conducts general audits of schools to assess their administration of federal funds in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. The investigation services division typically conducts focused investigations of particular allegations of fraud, abuse or other wrongdoing against schools by third parties, such as a lawsuit filed under seal pursuant to the federal False Claims Act.

        The OIG audit services division is conducting a compliance audit of Ashford University which commenced in May 2008. The period under audit is March 10, 2005 through June 30, 2009, which is the end of the current Title IV award year of July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009. The scope of the audit covers Ashford University's administration of Title IV program funds, including compliance with regulations governing institutional and student eligibility, award and disbursement of Title IV program funds, verification of awards, returns of unearned funds and compensation of financial aid and recruiting personnel. Based on our conversations with the OIG, we believe that the OIG will complete its field work and issue a draft audit report sometime in the first half of 2009, to which we will have an opportunity to respond. We expect that the OIG will not issue a final audit report until several months thereafter. The final audit report would include any findings and any recommendations to the Department of Education's Federal Student Aid office based on those findings. If the OIG identifies findings of noncompliance in its final report, the OIG could recommend remedial actions to the office of Federal Student Aid, which would determine what action to take, if any. Such action could include requiring Ashford University to refund federal student aid funds or modify its Title IV administration procedures, imposing fines, limiting, suspending or terminating its Title IV participation or taking other remedial action. Because of the ongoing nature of the OIG audit, we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate extent of the draft or final audit findings or recommendations or the potential liability or remedial actions that might result. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Business—If our schools fail to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, we could face monetary liabilities or penalties, restrictions on our operations or growth or loss of access to federal loans and grants for our students on which we are substantially dependent."

The failure of our schools to demonstrate financial responsibility may result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or require the posting of a letter of credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must, among other things, satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education or post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions to the institution's participation in Title IV programs. The measures of financial responsibility include a minimum composite score of 1.5. The composite score is derived from the institution's or its parent's audited, fiscal-year-end financial statements and is calculated annually by the Department of Education for each participating institution, as described in "Regulation—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs—

16



Financial responsibility." If such composite score does not meet or exceed 1.5, the Department of Education may require the institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV programs.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, our composite score of 0.6 did not meet the 1.5 standard prescribed by the Department of Education and Ashford University was required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 10% of total Title IV funds received in 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the regulations of heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. Under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment, Ashford University may not draw down Title IV funds until the day it disburses them to its students. Ashford University has posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $12.1 million, which will remain in effect through September 30, 2009.

        For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006, the University of the Rockies did not meet the composite score standard prescribed by the Department of Education and was required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 30% of total Title IV funds received in the fiscal year ending July 31, 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the regulations of heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. The University of the Rockies did not meet the composite score standard for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007, and its current program participation agreement with the Department of Education requires it to maintain a letter of credit in the amount of $0.7 million which was posted and will remain in effect through June 30, 2009.

        Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect our composite score on a consolidated basis to be approximately 1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We intend to request that the Department of Education measure the financial responsibility of the University of the Rockies based on our consolidated composite score, rather than the Department of Education's current practice of relying on the institution's standalone composite score, and the Department of Education has already permitted the institution to change its fiscal year end date to December 31. Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect the composite score for the University of the Rockies on a standalone basis for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be approximately 1.7. We believe that these composite scores would support the release of both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies from their letter of credit requirements and from conforming to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. However, the release of the schools from these requirements is subject to determination by the Department of Education once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements.

        If either Ashford University or the University of the Rockies were unable to secure the required letter of credit, it would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

The failure of our schools to demonstrate administrative capability may result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:

17


If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other Department of Education regulations, the Department of Education may impose sanctions including:

If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of Education's administrative capability requirements, we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program funding, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and return Title IV program funds in a timely manner for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.

        An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department of Education regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years can result in an institution's having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its prior year Title IV returns. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in

18



a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University exceeded the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled due to human error. As a result, we are subject to the requirement to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the total refunds in 2007. Ashford University notified the Department of Education of its intention to post this letter of credit, but was advised by the Department of Education that such posting was unnecessary because we had already posted a letter of credit due to our failure to meet the composite score standard, which letter of credit was in excess of the amount required for late refunds. Although we have taken steps to reduce late refunds, we cannot ensure that such steps will be sufficient to address this issue.

Our schools may be sanctioned if they pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid awarding activities.

        An institution that participates in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity. Although the Department of Education's regulations set forth 12 "safe harbors" which describe compensation arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation rule, including the payment and adjustment of salaries and bonuses under certain conditions, the law and regulations do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and the Department of Education no longer reviews and approves compensation plans prior to their implementation. If one of our institutions were to violate the incentive compensation rule, it would be subject to monetary liabilities or to administrative action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We may lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the percentage of our revenue derived from those programs is too high.

        Pursuant to a provision of the Higher Education Act, as reauthorized in August 2008, a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV funds for two consecutive fiscal years, commencing with the institution's first fiscal year that ends after the new law's effective date of August 14, 2008. This rule is commonly referred to as the "90/10 rule." Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures. We are currently assessing what impact, if any, the Department of Education's revised formula and other changes in federal law will have on our 90/10 calculation.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV funds. In connection with the change by the University of the Rockies to a December 31 fiscal year end date, the Department of Education required the University of the Rockies to calculate its compliance with the 90/10 rule for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2008 and for the 5-month period ending December 31, 2008, and those percentages were 74.3% and 80.8%, respectively. Ineligibility to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. Recent changes in federal law which increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 rule. A provision in the rule allows

19



institutions to exclude (for three years) from their Title IV revenues the additional $2,000 per student in certain annual federal student loan amounts that became available starting in July 2008. Following this period, it is unclear if this revenue will be excluded, and it could therefore impact our ability to satisfy the 90/10 rule.

We may lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if our student loan default rates are too high.

        For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for each educational institution which is known as a "cohort default rate." An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if, for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years, 25% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if its cohort default rate exceeds 40% in the most recent federal fiscal year for which default rates have been calculated by the Department of Education. Ashford University's cohort default rates for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 2.4%, 4.1% and 4.1%, respectively. The cohort default rates for the University of the Rockies for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 5.5%, 0% and 0%, respectively. The draft cohort default rate for Ashford University for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 13.2%. Management believes possible factors that may have contributed to this increased draft cohort default rate include (i) a greater number of online students entering repayment and (ii) deteriorating economic conditions which made repayment of loans more difficult for our students. The draft cohort default rate for University of the Rockies for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 0%. These rates are subject to change prior to the issuance of the Department of Education's final report. Because Ashford University's draft cohort default rate for the 2007 federal fiscal year exceeds 10%, it would no longer be exempt from the 30-day disbursement delay rule for first-year, first-time undergraduate student borrowers once the official rate is published by the Department of Education, which is expected to take place in September 2009, if the official rate is equal to or greater than 10%. The loss of this exemption would result in a delay in Ashford University receiving Title IV funds for such students and, accordingly, would negatively affect our cash flows, to the extent we would have otherwise been able to receive such funds sooner.

        The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes significant revisions to the requirements concerning cohort default rates. Under the revised law, the period for which students' defaults on their loans are included in the calculation of an institution's cohort default rate has been extended by one additional year, which is expected to increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That change will be effective with the calculation of institutions' cohort default rates for the federal fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, which rates are expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of Education in 2012. The Department of Education will not impose sanctions based on rates calculated under this new methodology until three consecutive years of rates have been calculated, which is expected to occur in 2014. Until that time, the Department of Education will continue to calculate rates under the old calculation method and impose sanctions based on those rates. The revised law also increases the threshold for ending an institution's participation in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%, effective in the federal fiscal year 2012. Ineligibility to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

Our failure to comply with regulations of various states could preclude us from recruiting or enrolling students in those states.

        Various states impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational institutions that

20



have no physical location or other presence in the state but that offer educational services to students who reside in the state or that advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states and are not well developed in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements are subject to change and in some instances are unclear or are left to the discretion of state employees or agents. Our changing business and the constantly changing regulatory environment require us to regularly evaluate our state regulatory compliance activities. If we are found not to be in compliance and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within that state, we may not be able to recruit students from that state and may have to cease recruiting or enrolling students in that state.

        Although the only state authorizations required for Ashford University and the University of the Rockies to participate in Title IV programs are the exemption for Ashford University in the State of Iowa and the University of the Rockies' authorization from the Colorado Commission of Higher Education, the loss of licensure or authorization in other states, or the assertion by other states that licensure is required within their states, could prohibit us from recruiting or enrolling students in those states.

If a substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV loans as a result of decreased lender participation in Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or reduce the benefits associated with the Title IV loans they provide, we could be materially adversely affected.

        The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market developments has caused some lenders, including some lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with the Title IV loans they do provide. In addition, the new regulatory refinements may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us. If the costs of Title IV loans increase or if availability decreases, some students may decide not to enroll in a postsecondary institution, which could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new legislation:

We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in ensuring students' access to Title IV loan funding through private lenders.

        In February 2009, President Barack Obama released a budget blueprint which proposes that all Title IV loans be originated through the Federal Direct Loan Program rather than through the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) Program beginning in the 2010 federal fiscal year. The proposal has not been passed by Congress and is subject to further review and amendment. If the proposal passes, our institutions would be required to certify loans through the Federal Direct Loan Program (for which we are eligible to participate) rather than through the FFEL Program. The elimination of the FFEL Program would also end the student loan subsidies and guarantees available to private lenders under the FFEL Program and would discourage such lenders from making student loans in the future. See "Business—Student Financing—Title IV Programs" for more information regarding the Federal Direct Loan Program and Federal Family Education Loan Program. A reduction in the number of private lenders willing to provide loans to our students could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

21


If regulators do not approve or if they delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of our company, our ability to participate in Title IV programs may be impaired.

        If we experience a change of control under the standards of applicable state education agencies, the Higher Learning Commission or the Department of Education, we must seek the approval of each relevant regulatory agency. The failure of one of our schools to reestablish its state authorization, Higher Learning Commission accreditation or Department of Education certification following a change in control could result in a suspension or loss of operating authority or ability to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions or dispositions of an institution's common stock and significant changes in the composition of an institution's board of directors.

        Immediately prior to this offering, Warburg Pincus beneficially owned 90.6% of our outstanding common stock on an as-if-converted basis. Immediately after the closing of this offering, Warburg Pincus will beneficially own    % of our outstanding common stock. We have received confirmation from the Department of Education that this offering will not constitute a change in control. However, the Higher Learning Commission has determined this offering will constitute a change of control under its standards. As a result of this determination, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies each submitted a change request to the Higher Learning Commission seeking permission for this offering to proceed, which was approved; however, the Higher Learning Commission will conduct a separate on-site focused visit to each institution within six months following this offering to verify that the respective institutions continue to meet Higher Learning Commission requirements. Ashford University is exempt from registration requirements in the state of Iowa based on its accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission and under a certificate that states that the school's file is closed and no further renewals or requests for exemption are required. The Colorado Commission on Higher Education has confirmed that this offering will not affect the current authorization of the University of the Rockies and that no further action is required in connection with this offering. We do not believe that any of the other state education agencies that issue approvals to our institutions will require further approvals in connection with this offering, and we have sought confirmation of that conclusion from those agencies. If any of these agencies deem this offering to be a change in control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from that agency.

        If, following this offering, the beneficial ownership of Warburg Pincus falls below 25%, or if other events occur that cause us to file a current report on Form 8-K disclosing a change of control, the Department of Education will deem a change of control to have occurred. The potential adverse effects of a change of control with respect to participation in Title IV programs could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our common stock. The adverse regulatory effect of a change of control could also discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

We cannot offer new programs, expand our physical operations into certain states or acquire additional schools if such actions are not approved in a timely fashion by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students enrolled in any such programs, states or acquired schools if we do not obtain prior approval.

        Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs, some of which may require regulatory approval. In addition, we may increase our physical operations in additional states and seek to acquire additional schools. If we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new programs, operations or acquisitions from the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission or any applicable state education agency or other accrediting agency, or if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to consummate the planned actions and

22



provide Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our expansion plans. If we were to determine erroneously that any such action did not need approval or had all required approvals, we could be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds provided to students in that program or at that location.

Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be negatively influenced by the actions of other postsecondary institutions.

        In recent years, regulatory investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against several postsecondary educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with Department of Education regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the allegations made against these specific companies, broader allegations against the overall postsecondary sector may negatively impact public perceptions of postsecondary educational institutions, including Ashford University and the University of the Rockies. Such allegations could result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of Education, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities on all postsecondary institutions, including us.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our financial performance depends on our ability to continue to develop awareness among, to recruit and to retain students.

        Building awareness among potential students of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies and the programs we offer is critical to our ability to attract prospective students. It is also critical to our success that we convert these prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully recruiting and retaining students in our programs include:

Strong competition in the postsecondary education market, especially in the online education market, could decrease our market share, increase our cost of recruiting students and put downward pressure on our tuition rates.

        Postsecondary education is highly competitive. We compete with traditional public and private two- and four-year colleges as well as with other postsecondary schools. Traditional colleges and universities may offer programs similar to ours at lower tuition levels as a result of government subsidies, government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial sources not

23



available to for-profit postsecondary institutions. In addition, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities, have substantially greater brand recognition and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including traditional colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.

        We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could adversely affect our business. We may be required to reduce our tuition or increase spending in order to retain or to attract students or to pursue new market opportunities. We may also face increased competition in maintaining and developing new marketing relationships with corporations, particularly as corporations become more selective as to which online universities they will encourage their employees to attend and from which they will hire prospective employees.

System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our technology infrastructure could impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage the reputation of our institutions.

        The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. We license the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online platform from Blackboard, Inc. and the software and related maintenance services for our student information system from Campus Management Corp., both of whom are third-party software and service providers. Additionally, we develop and utilize proprietary software, primarily for our customer relationship management, or CRM, system. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our students.

        Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against this threat. Although we continually monitor the security of our technology infrastructure, we cannot assure you that these efforts will protect our computer networks against the threat of security breaches.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

        Our success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivations of our executive officers, who generally have significant experience with our company and within the education industry. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in attracting and retaining personnel who possess the skill sets we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and may subsequently compete against us. We do not carry life insurance on our key personnel for our benefit. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could impair our ability to sustain and grow our business. In addition, because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our hiring of qualified executives or other personnel may cause us or such persons to be subject to lawsuits alleging misappropriation of trade secrets, improper solicitation of employees or other claims.

If we are unable to hire and to continue to develop new and existing employees responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

        To support our planned enrollment and revenue growth, we intend to (i) hire, develop and train a significant number of additional employees responsible for student recruitment and (ii) retain and

24



continue to develop and train our current student recruitment personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong student recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment advisors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment advisors, the length of time it takes new enrollment advisors to become productive, regulatory restrictions on the method of compensating enrollment advisors and the competition in hiring and retaining enrollment advisors.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated, could cause us to fail to timely and accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements and could subject our stock to delisting. As a consequence, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price could suffer.

        In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as certain previously issued financial statements, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. In particular, we concluded that we did not have:

        We restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 in large part due to these inadequate internal controls.

        As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly reports containing our consolidated financial statements and will be subject to the requirements and standards set by set by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) and the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). If we fail to remediate our material weaknesses or to otherwise develop and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we could fail to timely and accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, have to restate our financial statements or have our stock delisted. Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that will be required when the SEC's rules under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 become applicable to us beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price could suffer.

        Although we are in the process of remediating these material weaknesses, we have not yet been able to complete our remediation efforts. It will take additional time and expenditures to design, implement and test the controls and procedures required to enable our management to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to complete our remediation efforts, and we cannot assure you that measures we plan to take will be effective in mitigating or preventing significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

25


A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees in our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower enrollment at our schools.

        We have experienced significant growth since we acquired Ashford University in 2005. However, while we have continued to achieve growth in revenues and enrollment year-over-year, these growth rates have declined in recent periods and are expected to continue to decline in the future. According to a September 2008 report from the National Center for Education Statistics, enrollment in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is projected to grow 12.0% over the ten-year period ending in the fall of 2016 to 19.9 million. This growth is slower than the 23.6% increase reported in the prior ten-year period ended in the fall of 2006, when enrollment increased from 14.4 million in 1996 to 17.8 million in 2006. In addition, according to a March 2008 report from the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education, the number of high school graduates that are eligible to enroll in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is expected to peak at 3.3 million for the class of 2008 and decline by 150,000 for the class of 2014. In order to maintain current growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected, fewer students may seek the types of degrees that we offer.

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and to develop new programs, concentrations and specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner.

        The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the development of new programs, concentrations and specializations may not be accepted by existing or prospective students or employers. If we do not adequately respond to changes in market requirements, our business will be adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, we may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be eligible for federal student financial aid programs, a new academic program may need to be approved by the Department of Education.

        Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs requires us to make investments in management and capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. We may have limited experience with the programs in new disciplines and may need to modify our systems and strategy or enter into arrangements with other educational institutions to provide new programs effectively and profitably. If we are unable to increase enrollment in new programs, offer new programs in a cost-effective manner or are otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our failure to keep pace with changing market needs could harm our ability to attract students.

        Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of employers to hire, promote or increase the pay of our graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as communication and teamwork. These skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment. Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.

        The expansion of existing academic programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective students or by the employers of our graduates. Even if we develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to

26



changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, the rates at which our graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our business could be adversely affected.

We are subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws or regulations, or any breach, theft or loss of such information, could adversely affect us.

        Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We collect, use and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff and their families, including social security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our services can be accessed globally through the Internet. Therefore, we may be subject to the application of national privacy laws in countries outside the United States from which applicants and students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services. Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security threats. Confidential information may also inadvertently become available to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to our servers following an acquisition of a school or in connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades. Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate sensitive information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business controls, which could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective students or employees. Possession and use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches and could restrict our use of personal information, and a violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection or use of personal information could result in the imposition of fines against us. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. A major breach, theft or loss of personal information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and could result in further regulation and oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs of compliance.

An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.

        For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 79.9%, 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs. Additionally, some of our students finance their education through private loans that are not part of Title IV programs. Interest rates have reached relatively low levels in recent years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for students. However, if Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, our students would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in

27



educational costs to our existing and prospective students. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students' repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive market with rapid technological change, and we may not have the resources needed to compete successfully.

        Online education is a highly competitive market that is characterized by rapid changes in students' technological requirements and expectations and evolving market standards. Our competitors vary in size and organization, and we compete for students with traditional public and private two- and four-year colleges and universities and other postsecondary schools, including those that offer online educational programs. Each of these competitors may develop platforms or other technologies that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty and students or that are otherwise superior to the platform and technology we use, and these differences may affect our ability to recruit and retain students. We may not have the resources necessary to acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our competitors, which may render our online delivery format less competitive or obsolete.

Our growth may place a strain on our resources.

        We have experienced significant growth since we acquired Ashford University in 2005. The growth that we have experienced in the past, as well as any further growth that we experience, may place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information and reporting systems and financial management controls. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively while maintaining appropriate internal controls, we may experience operating inefficiencies that could increase our costs.

We rely on exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual property that may not be adequately protected under current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of intellectual property of third parties.

        Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to the marks "Ashford," "Ashford University," "Bridgepoint," "Classline" and "Smart Track" as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members and other third-party content experts. We cannot assure you that these measures will be adequate, that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the United States or select foreign jurisdictions or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content. Our management's attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds in litigation to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.

        We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some third party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could

28



subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.

We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online for class discussions.

        In some instances our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and could impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.

Our student enrollment and revenues could decrease if the government tuition assistance offered to military personnel is reduced or eliminated, if scholarships which we offer to military personnel are reduced or eliminated or if our relationships with military bases deteriorate.

        As of December 31, 2008, 14.6% of our students are affiliated with the military, some of whom are eligible to receive tuition assistance from the government, which they may use to pursue postsecondary degrees. If governmental tuition assistance programs to active duty members of the military are reduced or eliminated or if our relationships with any military base deteriorates, our enrollment could suffer. Additionally, during 2008, we provided scholarships of $4.1 million to students who were affiliated with the military. If we reduce or eliminate our scholarships, our enrollment by military personnel may suffer. In addition, if we increase our scholarships, our per student revenue from military affiliated personnel will decline.

Our expenses may cause us to incur operating losses if we are unsuccessful in achieving growth.

        Our spending is based, in significant part, on our estimates of future revenue and is largely fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner if our revenues fall short of our expectations. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in revenues in relation to our expectations would have an immediate and material adverse effect on our profitability. In addition, as our business grows, we anticipate increasing our operating expenses to expand our program offerings, marketing initiatives and administrative organization. Any such expansion could cause material losses to the extent we do not generate additional revenues sufficient to cover those expenses.

Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

        Although not apparent in our results of operations due to our rapid rate of growth, our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. As our growth rate declines we expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in results of operations as a result of changes in the level of student enrollment. While we enroll students throughout the year, first and fourth quarter new enrollments and revenue generally are lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December and January. We generally experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments in August and September of each year when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters. These fluctuations may cause volatility in or have an adverse effect on the market price of our stock.

29


We have a limited operating history. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and business results may not necessarily be representative of what they will be in the future.

        We have a limited operating history on which you can evaluate our business strategy, our financial results and trends in our business. As a result, our historical results and trends, including enrollments, cohort default rates and bad debt expense, may not be indicative of our future results. Also, until recently we have been operating in a favorable economic environment and have not experienced how our business might be affected by economic downturns, such as the recent deterioration in the U.S. economy. We are subject to risks and uncertainties that are not typically encountered by companies that have longer operating histories or that are in more mature businesses. Therefore, our recent operating history may not be representative of our business going forward, and we may not be able to sustain our recent profitability.

Government regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or in foreign countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our enrollments.

We use third-party software for our online platform, and if the provider of that software was to cease to do business or was acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online platform or updating it for future technological changes.

        We use the Blackboard Academic Suite, provided by Blackboard, Inc., a third-party software and service provider, for our online platform. This suite provides an online learning management system and provides for the storage, management and delivery of course content. The suite also includes collaborative spaces for student communication and participation with other students and faculty as well as grade and attendance management for faculty and assessment capabilities to assist us in maintaining quality. We rely on Blackboard for administrative support and hosting of the system. If Blackboard ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with services or upgrades on a timely basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online platform or updating it for future technological changes.

We may incur significant costs complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act and with similar laws.

        Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal, state and local laws also may require modifications to our properties, or restrict our ability to renovate our properties. For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA, requires apartment properties first occupied after March 13, 1990, to be accessible to the handicapped. We have not conducted an audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine our compliance with present requirements. Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants and also could result in an order to correct any non-complying feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of the cost of compliance with the ADA, FHAA or other legislation.

30



Our failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations governing our activities could result in financial penalties and other costs.

        We use hazardous materials at our ground campuses and generate small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint, car batteries and laboratory materials. As a result, we are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages and fines or penalties.

Our failure to obtain additional capital in the future could adversely affect our ability to grow.

        We believe that proceeds from this offering and cash flow from operations will be adequate to fund our current operating and growth plans for the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue any acquisitions. The amount, timing and terms of such additional financing will vary principally depending on the timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of acquisitions we may seek to consummate and the amount of cash flows from our operations. To the extent that we require additional financing in the future, such financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all and, consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth strategy.

If we are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could be harmed.

        From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools. Integrating acquired operations into our business involves significant risks and uncertainties, including:

Our corporate headquarters are located in a high brush fire danger area and near major earthquake fault lines.

        Our corporate headquarters are located in San Diego, California in a high brush fire danger area and near major earthquake fault lines. We could be materially and adversely affected in the event of a brush fire or major earthquake, either of which could significantly disrupt our business.

A protracted economic slowdown and rising unemployment could harm our business.

        We believe that many students pursue postsecondary education to be more competitive in the job market. However, a protracted economic slowdown could increase unemployment and diminish job prospects generally. Diminished job prospects and heightened financial worries could affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education and to pursue postsecondary education in general. As a result, our enrollment could suffer.

31


        In addition, many of our students borrow Title IV loans to pay for tuition, fees and other expenses. A protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact our students' ability to repay those loans which would negatively impact our cohort default rate. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Business—We may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if our student loan default rates are too high."

        Our students also are frequently able to borrow Title IV loans in excess of their tuition and fees. The excess is received by the students as a stipend. However, if a student withdraws, we must return any unearned Title IV funds including stipends. A protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact our students' ability to repay those stipends. As a result, the amount of Title IV funds we would have to return without reimbursement from students (and our bad debt expense) could increase, and our results could suffer.

If we become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings, we could incur significant defense costs and losses in the event of adverse outcomes.

        From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

If certain holders of our common stock and warrants to purchase common stock as of July 2005 do not enter into settlement agreements with us related to a stockholder dispute that arose in February 2009, such holders could pursue action against us based on the claims raised in the dispute.

        In February 2009, certain holders of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock asserted various claims against us, our directors and officers and Warburg Pincus based primarily on allegations of breach of fiduciary duty and violations of corporate governance principles involving amendments to our certificate of incorporation made in connection with financings in 2005 and by certain stock options granted by us to our employees. On March 29, 2009, we reached a settlement with the claimants regarding these claims. The claimants represent 90% of the holders of common stock and 59% of the shares of common stock subject to warrants outstanding, in each case as of July 27, 2005. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Settlement of Stockholder Dispute."

        We are notifying the other holders of common stock and other holders of warrants to purchase shares of common stock, in each case as of July 27, 2005, regarding these claims, the settlement terms and their ability to participate in the settlement, and we expect that all such holders will ultimately agree to the settlement. While we are working vigorously to have such agreements signed by the other holders, we cannot guarantee that all such holders will do so. Each such holder who signs the settlement agreement will be treated on the same basis as the claimants. If any other such holder elects not to participate in the settlement, the portion of the settlement consideration otherwise payable to such holder will not be paid, and such holder will be entitled to pursue action against us and Warburg Pincus based on the claims raised in the dispute, which could distract management and result in liability in excess of the amount we have reserved for the settlement.

Risks Related to the Offering

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

        Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active and liquid public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may be higher or lower than the price you

32



pay. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives of the underwriters and such price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:

In addition, in recent months, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. Changes may occur without regard to the operating performance of these companies. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

As a public company, we will become subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy, will increase our costs and may divert management attention from our business.

        We have historically operated as a private company. After this offering, we must file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Section 13 of the Securities

33



and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We will also become subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the listing standards of the NYSE and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us. As a public company, we will be required to:

        The changes required by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight that will cause us to incur increased costs and which might place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management's attention might be diverted from other business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements.

        In particular, our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting must be assessed by management for each year commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010. We do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal control over financial reporting, nor do we document or test our compliance with these controls on a periodic basis in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Furthermore, we have not tested our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 and, due to our lack of documentation, such a test would not be possible to perform at this time. If we are unable to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to report on the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of NYSE listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements.

Sales of outstanding shares of our stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        After this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares,                  will be freely tradable (including the                   shares sold in this offering, except for shares that may be purchased by our affiliates), without restriction, in the public market. Our directors, executive officers and certain security holders have agreed to enter into "lock up" agreements with the underwriters, in which they will agree to refrain from selling their shares for a period of 180 days after

34



this offering, subject to certain extensions. After the lock-up period expires, up to an additional                  currently outstanding shares will be eligible for sale in the public market (                  of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates) and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up period expires, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. may, in their sole discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and security holders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

        In addition, as of March 1, 2009, there were 39,724,430 shares underlying options and 6,850,595 shares underlying warrants that were issued and outstanding, and we have an aggregate of                  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option and warrant agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our stock could decline.

        Shortly after the effectiveness of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. Upon filing the Form S-8, shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options or otherwise under our equity incentive plans will be available for sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.

        If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution insofar as the public offering price will be substantially greater than the tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering. See "Dilution." The exercise of outstanding options and warrants and any future equity issuances by us will result in further dilution to investors.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

        Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy our obligations under our incentive plans or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

Our principal stockholder will continue to own over 50% of our voting stock after this offering, which will allow them collectively to control substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval and may afford them access to our management.

        Our principal stockholder, Warburg Pincus will beneficially own                  shares, or    %, of our common stock (or                   shares, or    % of our common stock, if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, Warburg Pincus can control us through its ability to determine the outcome of the election of our directors, to amend our certificate of

35



incorporation and bylaws and to take other actions requiring the vote or consent of stockholders, including mergers, going private transactions and other extraordinary transactions, and the terms of any of these transactions. The ownership position of Warburg Pincus may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or a change in the composition of our board of directors.

        Additionally, in February 2009, we entered into a nominating agreement with Warburg Pincus. Under the nominating agreement, as long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns at least 15% of the outstanding shares of common stock after the closing of this offering, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that two individuals designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board. If at any time after the closing of this offering, Warburg Pincus beneficially owns less than 15% but more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that one individual designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board. We expect that two directors affiliated with Warburg Pincus, Patrick T. Hackett and Adarsh Sarma, will be serving on our board of directors immediately upon the closing of this offering.

We will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering and we may not use those proceeds in ways that will enhance the market value of our common stock.

        Other than the net proceeds from this offering that will be used to pay the holders of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon the closing of this offering, we have broad discretion in applying any remaining net proceeds we will receive in this offering. As part of your investment decision, you will not be able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds from this offering favorably. A significant portion of the offering is by selling stockholders, and we will not receive proceeds from the sale of the shares offered by them.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

        We do not expect to pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future and we intend to use cash to grow our business. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a positive return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, may depress the trading price of our stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

36


Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder.

37



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements," which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of financial resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, financial position, results of operations and our liquidity; projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results and future economic performance; management's goals and objectives and other similar matters that are not historical facts. Words such as "may," "should," "could," "would," "predicts," "potential," "continue," "expects," "anticipates," "future," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates" and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

        Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and management's good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

        Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

38



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $     million from our sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) net proceeds received by us in this offering by $     million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

        The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have advised us that they intend to optionally convert their shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Upon such conversion, in addition to receiving shares of common stock, the holders will be entitled to receive the accreted value of $                    of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which the holders have advised us they will elect to receive in cash. This amount will be paid out of net proceeds to us from this offering. We intend to use the balance of net proceeds for general corporate purposes. We will retain broad discretion in the allocation of a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from any sale of shares by the selling stockholders.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions and such other factors as our board of directors may deem appropriate.

39



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2008:

40


        You should read this table together with "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 56,483   $ 56,483   $    
               

Amount due to holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon optional conversion

  $   $ 27,062   $  
               

Total indebtedness (including short-term and long-term leases and notes payable)

  $ 684   $ 684   $    

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock: $0.01 par value; 19,850,000 shares authorized, 19,778,333 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    27,062            

Stockholders' equity:

                   
 

Undesignated preferred stock: $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                   
 

Common stock: $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 15,007,934 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 216,632,420 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 300,000,000 shares authorized,                   shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    150     2,166        
 

Additional paid-in capital

    1,703            
 

Retained earnings

    4,256     3,943        
               
 

Total stockholders' equity

    6,109     6,109        
               
   

Total capitalization

  $ 33,855   $ 6,793   $    
               

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents by $       million, would increase or decrease additional paid-in capital by $       million and would increase (decrease) total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $       million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering costs payable by us.

        The table above excludes the following shares:

41



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your investment will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per share by calculating our total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, and dividing it by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

        As of December 31, 2008, our net tangible book value was $31.3 million, or $2.08 per share of common stock, and our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 201,624,486 shares of common stock and the payment of the accreted value of $27.1 million on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to the holders thereof in cash, was $4.2 million, or $0.02 per share of common stock. After giving effect to (i) the sale by us of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $        , (ii) the exercise by selling stockholders of options to purchase an aggregate of         shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                 per share for total proceeds to us of $                        , (iii) the exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share for total proceeds to us of $                                    and (iv) the net issuance of                 shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share (assuming for purposes of the cashless net exercise calculation that the per share fair market value of our common stock is equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 would have been $                , or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $        per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    
 

Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2008

  $ 2.08        
 

Decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2008

    (2.06 )      
             
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2008

    0.02        
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

             
             

Pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $         per share and the dilution in net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $        per share, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

42


        The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2008, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into common stock, (ii) the exercise of warrants and options by the selling stockholders in this offering as described above and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering (including the payment to holders of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon optional conversion), the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of common stock from us in this offering. The calculation below is based on an offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                          $    
                         
 

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors to us in this offering by $         million and would increase (decrease) the average price per share by new investors by $1.00, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

43



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2004, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods.

        Because we did not acquire Ashford University and the University of the Rockies until 2005 and 2007, respectively, the financial and other data for 2004 primarily reflect the programs we provided to community college students in cooperation with a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 1,240   $ 7,951   $ 28,619   $ 85,709   $ 218,290  

Costs and expenses:

                               
 

Instructional costs and services

    1,387     5,498     12,510     29,837     62,822  
 

Marketing and promotional

    2,254     4,078     12,214     35,997     81,036  
 

General and administrative(1)

    2,550     6,190     8,704     15,892     41,012  
                       
   

Total costs and expenses

    6,191     15,766     33,428     81,726     184,870  
                       

Operating income (loss)

    (4,951 )   (7,815 )   (4,809 )   3,983     33,420  

Interest income

        (38 )   (10 )   (12 )   (322 )

Interest expense

        228     351     544     240  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (4,951 )   (8,005 )   (5,150 )   3,451     33,502  

Income tax expense

                164     7,071  
                       

Net income (loss)

    (4,951 )   (8,005 )   (5,150 )   3,287     26,431  
                       

Accretion of preferred dividends(2)

    343     1,344     1,718     1,856     2,006  

Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock(3)

    1,948     11,162              
                       

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (7,242 ) $ (20,511 ) $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  
                       

                               

44


 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Earnings (loss) per common share

                               
 

Basic

  $ (0.51 ) $ (1.45 ) $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  
 

Diluted

  $ (0.51 ) $ (1.45 ) $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  

Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share

                               
 

Basic

    14,125     14,131     14,386     14,900     15,008  
 

Diluted

    14,125     14,131     14,386     20,020     45,025  

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                               
 

Basic

                          $ 0.12  
 

Diluted

                          $ 0.11  

Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(4)

                               
 

Basic

                            216,632  
 

Diluted

                            246,649  

Supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(5)

                               
 

Basic

                               
 

Diluted

                               

Shares used in computing supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)(5)

                               
 

Basic

                               
 

Diluted

                               

 

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2008
(Pro forma as
Adjusted)(6)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,570   $ 2,163   $ 54   $ 7,351   $ 56,483   $    

Total assets

    4,506     14,749     17,091     39,057     129,246        

Total indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)

    125     3,779     4,193     5,673     684        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    9,526     21,482     23,200     25,056     27,062        

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (5,855 )   (15,197 )   (21,692 )   (20,143 )   6,109        

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except enrollment data)
 

Consolidated Other Data:

                               

Capital expenditures

  $ 261   $ 323   $ 1,381   $ 3,571   $ 15,884  

Depreciation and amortization

    47     494     735     1,236     2,452  

EBITDA (unaudited)(7)

    (4,904 )   (7,321 )   (4,074 )   5,219     35,872  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                               
 

Operating activities

    (5,214 )   (7,244 )   (1,082 )   10,367     70,748  
 

Investing activities

    (261 )   (8,020 )   (1,373 )   (2,936 )   (16,550 )
 

Financing activities

    7,467     13,857     346     (134 )   (5,066 )

Period end enrollment (unaudited):(8)

                               
 

Online

    202     729     4,111     12,104     30,921  
 

Ground

    126     334     360     519     637  
                       
 

Total

    328     1,063     4,471     12,623     31,558  
                       

(1)
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a stock award held by a director. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

45


(2)
The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock earn preferred dividends, accreting at the rate of 8% per year, compounding annually. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
We recorded a deemed dividend of $1.9 million and $11.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, for the beneficial conversion feature in our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)
Pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation. See Note 9, "Earnings Per Share," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)
Supplemental pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming (i) the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as of the beginning of the period, with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock, and (ii) the issuance of               shares of common stock at the assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, necessary to fund the payment of the accreted value as of December 31, 2008 of $27.1 million of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in excess of net income of $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to the holders thereof. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Supplemental pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation. See Note 9, "Earnings Per Share," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(6)
The pro forma as-adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, gives effect to:

(i)
the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into                  shares of our common stock and the reclassification of $27.1 million of the accreted value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to accrued liabilities to reflect the payable due to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock holders upon the optional conversion;

(ii)
the sale by us of                        shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us of $                        ;

(iii)
the payment of the $27.1 million liability resulting from the optional conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;

(iv)
the exercise by selling stockholders of options to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                        ;

(v)
the exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share for total proceeds to us of $                                    ; and

(vi)
the net issuance of                                    shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of                                     shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $                        per share (assuming for purposes of the net exercise calculation that the per share fair market value of our common stock is equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).


A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

46


(7)
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest expense, less interest income, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income, operating income or any other performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

We believe EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization can vary depending on accounting methods and the book value of assets. We believe EBITDA presents a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets have been acquired.

Our management uses EBITDA:

as a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes; and

in presentations to our board of directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with results of other companies in our industry.

The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA (unaudited):

   
  Year Ended December 31,  
   
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
   
  (In thousands)
 
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (4,951 ) $ (8,005 ) $ (5,150 ) $ 3,287   $ 26,431  
 

Plus: interest expense

        228     351     544     240  
 

Less: interest income

        (38 )   (10 )   (12 )   (322 )
 

Plus: income tax expense

                164     7,071  
 

Plus: depreciation and amortization

    47     494     735     1,236     2,452  
                         
 

EBITDA

  $ (4,904 ) $ (7,321 ) $ (4,074 ) $ 5,219   $ 35,872  
                         
(8)
We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or has provided us with notice of withdrawal.

47



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion includes forward-looking information that involves risks and assumptions which could cause actual results to differ materially from management's expectations. See "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information."

Overview

        We are a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. We offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences.

        We deliver programs online as well as at our traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado. As of December 31, 2008, we offered over 860 courses and 44 degree programs with 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. We had 31,558 students enrolled in our institutions as of December 31, 2008, 98% of whom were attending classes exclusively online.

        In March 2005, we acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies, located in Clinton, Iowa, and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs. At the time of the acquisition, the university had 332 students, 20 of whom were enrolled in the university's first online program, which launched in January 2005.

        In September 2007, we acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, located in Colorado Springs, Colorado, and renamed it the University of the Rockies. Founded as a non-profit organization in 1998 by faculty from Chapman University, the school offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology. At the time of the acquisition, the school had 75 students and did not offer any online courses or programs. In October 2008, through the University of the Rockies, we launched one online master's program with two specializations, and our first online doctoral program.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs administered by the Department of Education. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must be legally authorized to operate in the state in which it is physically located, accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education and certified as an eligible institution by the Department of Education. As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation by state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the Department of Education. See "Regulation."

        Recent market conditions affecting the availability of credit have caused some lenders, including some lenders that historically have provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with Title IV loans they provide. In addition, new regulatory refinements may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us. If Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, the students who utilize these loans would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective students. We do not believe these market and regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date.

48


Key Financial Metrics

Revenue

        Revenue consists principally of tuition, technology fees and other miscellaneous fees and is shown net of any refunds and scholarships. Factors affecting our revenue include: (i) the number of students who enroll and who remain enrolled in our courses; (ii) our degree and program mix; (iii) changes in our tuition rates; and (iv) the amount of the scholarships that we offer.

        We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or has provided us with a notice of withdrawal. Enrollments are a function of the number of continuing students at the beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period, which are offset by students who either graduated or withdrew during the period. Our online courses are typically five or six weeks in length and have weekly start dates through the year, with the exception of a two week break during the holiday period in late December and early January. Our campus-based courses have one start per semester with two semesters per year.

        We believe that the principal factors that affect our enrollments are: (i) the number and breadth of the programs we offer; (ii) the attractiveness of our program offerings; (iii) the effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and retention efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our enrollment advisors, and other recruiting and student services personnel; (iv) the quality of our academic programs and student services; (v) the convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; (vi) the availability and cost of federal and other funding for student financial aid; and (vii) general economic conditions.

        The following is a summary of our student enrollment at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 by degree type and by instructional delivery method:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Doctoral

            60     0.5 %   113     0.3 %

Master's

    358     8.0 %   905     7.2     2,266     7.2  

Bachelor's

    3,980     89.0     11,071     87.7     26,340     83.5  

Associate's

    68     1.5     533     4.2     2,699     8.6  

Other

    65     1.5     54     0.4     140     0.4  
                           

Total

    4,471     100.0 %   12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                           

Online

   
4,111
   
91.9

%
 
12,104
   
95.9

%
 
30,921
   
98.0

%

Ground

    360     8.1     519     4.1     637     2.0  
                           

Total

    4,471     100.0 %   12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                           

        The price of our courses varies based upon the number of credits per course (with most courses representing three credits), the degree level of the program and the discipline. As of December 31, 2008, our prices per credit range from $262 to $337 for undergraduate online courses and from $441 to $490 for graduate online courses. Based on these per credit prices, our prices for a three-credit course range from $786 to $1,011 for undergraduate online courses and $1,323 to $1,470 for graduate online courses. We charge a fixed $7,670 "block tuition" for undergraduate ground students taking between 12 and 18 credits per semester, with an additional $447 per credit for credits in excess of 18. Total credits required to obtain a degree are consistent for online and ground programs: an associate's degree requires 61 credits; a bachelor's degree requires 120 credits; a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 33 additional credits; and a doctoral degree typically requires a minimum of 60 additional credits.

49


        Tuition is reduced by the amount of scholarships we award to our students. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, revenue was reduced by $2.7 million, $5.3 million and $14.7 million, respectively, as a result of institutional scholarships that we awarded to our students.

        Tuition prices for students in our online programs increased by an average of 2.1% for our 2008-09 academic year as compared to an average increase of 11.6% for our 2007-08 academic year. Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not in the future be, consistent across our programs due to market conditions and differences in operating costs of individual programs. Tuition for our traditional ground programs did not increase for our 2008-09 academic year, as compared to an increase of 3.0% for the prior academic year.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs administered by the Department of Education. Our students also utilize personal savings, military student loans and grants, employer tuition reimbursements and private loans to pay a portion of their tuition and related expenses. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 1.9% and 1.2%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 0.0% and 0.0%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from private loans. Our future revenues would be affected if and to the extent we are unable to participate in Title IV programs. Current conditions in the credit markets have adversely affected the environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans. The legislative and regulatory environment is also changing, and new federal legislation was recently enacted pursuant to which the Department of Education is authorized to buy Title IV loans and implement a "lender of last resort" program in certain circumstances. See "Risk Factors" and "Regulation—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs." We do not believe these market and regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date.

Costs and expenses

        Instructional costs and services.     Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of our educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, curriculum and new program development costs, bad debt expense, financial aid processing costs, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide service directly to the students. Instructional costs and services also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

        Marketing and promotional.     Marketing and promotional expenses include compensation of personnel engaged in marketing and recruitment, as well as costs associated with purchasing leads and producing marketing materials. Our marketing and promotional expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts, salaries and benefits for our enrollment personnel and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We also incur immediate expenses in connection with new enrollment advisors while these individuals undergo training. Enrollment advisors typically do not achieve anticipated full productivity until four to six months after their dates of hire. Marketing and promotional costs also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, travel and entertainment expenses and an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

50


        Interest income.     Interest income consists of interest on investments.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense consists primarily of interest charges on our capital lease obligations and on the outstanding balances of our notes payable and line of credit and related fees.

Factors Affecting Comparability

        We believe the following factors have had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:

Public company expenses

        We have historically operated as a private company. After this offering, we will become obligated to file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Section 13 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We will also become subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the listing standards of the NYSE and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us. As a public company, we will be required to:

        We estimate that our incremental annual costs associated with being a publicly traded company will be between $2.5 million and $4.0 million.

Stock-based compensation

        We expect to incur increased non-cash, stock-based compensation expense in connection with existing and future issuances under our equity incentive plans.

Acceleration of exit options

        Certain members of our management team have been awarded "exit options" to purchase an aggregate of 11,870,755 shares of our common stock. Under their original terms, the exit options are scheduled to vest upon (i) a change in control of Bridgepoint (as defined in the option agreement) or (ii) a "liquidity event" (as defined in the option agreement), subject in each case to the optionee's continued service through the date of the change in control or liquidity event. Additionally, for vesting to occur, Warburg Pincus must receive proceeds from such change in control or liquidity event that are equal to or greater than, as of the date of the transaction, four times the aggregate purchase price that Warburg Pincus paid for the equity securities being sold. Under the original terms of the options, the

51



portion of the exit options scheduled to vest upon a liquidity event is determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the exit option by the relative percentage of our equity securities that Warburg Pincus sells in connection with the liquidity event.

        On March 28, 2009, our board of directors amended the exit options to add an additional vesting condition so that the number of shares underlying the options that would not have vested upon the closing of this offering, under the original terms of the options, will vest in full upon the closing of this offering. This additional vesting condition constitutes a modification under SFAS 123R. To the extent the exit option vests under the original vesting conditions, the original grant date fair value will be recorded on the vesting date; and to the extent the exit option vests under the additional vesting condition, the modification date fair value will be recorded on the vesting date.

        The compensation expense that will be recorded for the exit options upon completion of this offering is estimated to be $31.1 million in the aggregate ($0.1 million related to the portion of the exit options vesting under the original vesting conditions and $31.0 million related to the portion of the exit options vesting under the additional vesting condition), assuming the sale by Warburg Pincus of 15% of its ownership of our common stock (as-converted) in this offering. The additional estimated compensation expense is a non-cash expense which will be recorded upon the completion of this offering. Such compensation expense will be allocated to the expense category in which the optionee's regular compensation is recorded.

Settlement of stockholder dispute

        In February 2009, certain holders of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock asserted various claims against us, our directors and officers and Warburg Pincus based primarily on allegations of breach of fiduciary duty and violations of corporate governance requirements involving amendments to our certificate of incorporation made in connection with financings in 2005 and by certain stock options granted by us to our employees. On March 29, 2009, we reached a settlement with the claimants regarding these claims. The terms of the settlement were approved by our board of directors upon the recommendation of a special committee comprised of independent directors not affiliated with Warburg Pincus.

        In exchange for a general release of claims against us, our directors and officers and Warburg Pincus, we and Warburg Pincus signed settlement agreements with the claimants pursuant to which we agreed:

52


        The settlement did not constitute an admission of guilt or liability on our part or on the part of Warburg Pincus or any of our officers or directors.

        We are notifying the other holders of common stock and other holders of warrants to purchase shares of common stock, in each case as of July 27, 2005, regarding these claims, the settlement terms and their ability to participate in the settlement, and we expect that all such holders will ultimately agree to the settlement. While we are working vigorously to have such agreements signed by the other holders, we cannot guarantee that all such holders will do so. Each such holder who signs the settlement agreement will be treated on the same basis as the claimants. If any other such holder elects not to participate in the settlement, the portion of the settlement consideration otherwise payable to such holder will not be paid, and such holder will be entitled to pursue action against us and Warbug Pincus based on the claims raised in the dispute; however, we do not believe this would result in any material liability to us in excess of the amount we have reserved for the settlement with such holders.

        We expect to record a total expense of $10.6 million in the first quarter of 2009 related to the stockholder dispute. The amount recorded will include a non-cash expense of approximately $10.1 million related to the issuance of 3,195,455 shares of common stock (2,871,418 shares to claimants that have signed settlement agreements and 324,037 shares to the remaining common stockholders of record or their transferees as of July 27, 2005) based on the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of settlement.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Overview

        Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable annual and quarterly financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could be significantly harmed.

        In addition, as a private company, we were not subject to the same standards as a public company. As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly reports containing our consolidated financial statements and will be subject to the requirements and standards set by the SEC, PCAOB and the NYSE. In particular, commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010, we must perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow us to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Material weaknesses

        In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we concluded that there were matters that constituted material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. In particular, we have concluded that we did not have:

53


        We restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 in large part due to these inadequate internal controls.

        We are committed to remediating the control deficiencies that constitute the material weaknesses by implementing changes to our internal control over financial reporting. Our Chief Financial Officer is responsible for implementing changes and improvements in the internal control over financial reporting and for remediating the control deficiencies that gave rise to the material weaknesses. We have implemented a number of significant changes and improvements in our internal control over financial reporting during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, specifically:

        Management plans to implement further process changes and conduct further training during 2009. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date and plan to take will remediate the material weaknesses we have identified.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue, bad debts, long-lived assets, income taxes and stock-based compensation. These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

        Critical accounting policies are those policies that, in management's view, are most important in the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The footnotes to the consolidated financial statements also include disclosure of significant accounting policies. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results that we report in our financial statements. These critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include those involved in the recognition of revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, provision for income taxes and accounting for stock based compensation. Those critical accounting policies and estimates that require the most significant judgment are discussed further below.

54


Revenue recognition

        We recognize revenue when earned in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition , and EITF 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables .

        The majority of our revenue comes from tuition revenue and is shown net of scholarships and expected refunds. Tuition revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable period of instruction. Our online students generally enroll in a program that encompasses a series of five- to six-week courses that are taken consecutively over the length of a program. Students are billed on a course-by-course basis when first attending a class. Our traditional ground campus students enroll in a program that encompasses a series of 16-week courses. These students are billed at the beginning of each semester.

        Deferred revenue represents tuition, fees and other student payments and unpaid amounts due less amounts recognized as revenue. We recognize an account receivable and corresponding deferred revenue for the full amount of course tuition when a student first attends class. Payments that are received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding that are in excess of amounts billed are recognized as student deposits.

        If a student withdraws from a program prior to certain dates, they are entitled to a refund of certain portions of their tuition, depending on the date they last attended a class. If an online student drops a class and the student's last date of attendance was in the first week of class, the student receives a full refund of the tuition for that class. In the event that an online student drops a class and the last date of attendance was in the second week of the class, the student receives a refund of 50% of the tuition for that class. If an online student drops a class and the student's last date of attendance was after the second week of the class, the student is not entitled to a refund. We monitor student attendance in online courses through activity in the online program associated with that course. After two weeks have passed without attendance in a class by the student, the student is presumed to have dropped the course as of the last date of attendance, and the student's tuition is automatically refunded to the extent the student is entitled to a refund based on the schedule above. The Company estimates expected refunds based on historical refund rates by analogy to Statement of Financial Standards (SFAS) No. 48, as permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13, and records a provision to reduce revenue to the amount that is not expected to be refunded. Refunds issued by us for services that have been provided in a prior period have not historically been material. Future changes in the rate of student withdrawals may result in a change to expected refunds and would be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.

        We also recognize revenue from technology fees that are one-time start up fees charged to each new undergraduate online student. Technology fee revenue is recognized ratably over the average expected term of a student. The average expected term of the student is estimated each quarter based upon historical student duration of attendance and qualitative factors as deemed necessary. A significant change in the composition of our student body could result in a change in the time period over which these technology fees are amortized.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

        We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from students' inability to pay us for services performed, or for inability of students to repay excess funds received for stipends. Bad debt expense is recorded as a component of instructional costs and services. We calculate the allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical collection experience and changes in the economic environment. We also consider other factors such as the age of the receivable, the type of receivable and the students' active or inactive enrollment status. Certain variables require management judgment and include inherent uncertainties such as the likelihood of future student attendance and students' ability to qualify for Title IV eligibility. Variations in these factors from our historical

55



experience may impact future estimates of the collectibility of accounts receivable and may cause actual losses due to write-offs of uncollectible accounts to differ from past estimates.

Impairments of long-lived assets

        We account for long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . We assess potential impairment to our long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could cause us to assess potential impairment include significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results.

        We use various assumptions in determining undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset, including assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, operating costs, certain capital additions, assumed discount rates, disposition or terminal value and other economic factors. These variables require management judgment and include inherent uncertainties such as continuing student acceptance of our value proposition by prospective students, our ability to manage operating costs and the impact of changes in the economy on our business. A variation in the assumptions used could lead to a different conclusion regarding the realizability of an asset and, thus, could have a significant effect on our conclusions regarding whether an asset is impaired and the amount of impairment loss recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

Income taxes

        We utilize the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax settlement is uncertain. As a result, we recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that it is more likely than not those positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. We believe that our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on our assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from our expectations, such differences will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

        On January 1, 2008, we were required to adopt FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in our consolidated financial statements uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The standard requires us to accrue for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that we would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained.

56


        We are required to file income tax returns in the United States and in various state income tax jurisdictions. The preparation of these income tax returns requires us to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect in such jurisdictions, which could affect the amount of tax paid by us. The income tax returns, however, are subject to audits by the various federal and state taxing authorities. As part of these reviews, the taxing authorities may disagree with respect to our tax positions. The ultimate resolution of these tax positions is often uncertain until the audit is complete and any disagreements are resolved. As required under FIN 48, we therefore accrue an amount for our estimate of the additional tax liability, including interest and penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. We review and update the accrual for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available from taxing authorities, completion of tax audits and expiration of statutes of limitations.

        The adoption of this standard on January 1, 2008 had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements and did not result in the recording of uncertain tax position liabilities. As of December 31, 2008, we have increased our accrual for uncertain tax benefits as discussed in Note 13, "Income Taxes," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        In addition to estimates inherent in the recognition of current taxes payable, we estimate the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets each reporting period. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income. To the extent we believe it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. At December 31, 2007, principally because of the lack of consistent earnings history, we had concluded that it was more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets would not be realized. As further discussed in Note 13, "Income Taxes," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, we have released the entire valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008 based on our belief that it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods.

Stock-based compensation

        We grant options to purchase our common stock to certain employees and directors under our equity incentive plans. The benefits provided under these plans are share-based payments subject to the provisions of revised SFAS No. 123 ("SFAS 123R"), Share-Based Payments . Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R. SFAS 123R, which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and replaces our previous accounting for share-based awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, to be recorded in our consolidated statement of operations based upon their fair values.

        Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the vesting period. We estimate the fair value of stock options awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating our value per common share of stock, volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.

57


        Our computation of expected term was calculated using the simplified method, as permitted by SAB No. 107, "Share-Based Payment." The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield of those maturities that are consistent with the expected term of the stock option in effect on the grant date of the award. Dividend rates are based upon historical dividend trends and expected future dividends. As we have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, a zero dividend rate is assumed in our calculation. Since our stock is not publicly traded and we have no historical data on the volatility of our stock, our expected volatility is estimated by analyzing the historical volatility of comparable public companies, which we refer to as guideline companies. In evaluating the comparability of the guideline companies, we consider factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage.

        The amount of stock-based compensation expense we recognize during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. We estimate option forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The effect of changes of the estimates to the inputs to the Black-Scholes option pricing model, such as estimated life or volatility, would not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

        Our board of directors estimated the fair value of the common stock underlying stock-based awards granted through December 31, 2008. The intent was for all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. As a privately held company, our board of directors made a reasonable estimate of the then-current fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant. Our board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of our common stock at each option grant date, including the following: (i) the price of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock we issued in arm's-length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of such stock relative to the common stock; (ii) our performance and the status of our business plan development and marketing efforts and (iii) our stage of development and business strategy.

        In determining the fair value of our common stock, we used a combination of the income approach and the market approach to estimate our total enterprise value at each valuation date. We then used that enterprise value to estimate the fair value of the common stock in the context of our capital structure as of each valuation date.

        The income approach is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate. These cash flows are converted to a present value, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money after factoring in certain risks inherent in the business. Under the market approach, the value of our company is estimated by comparing our business to similar businesses whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Valuation multiples are derived from the prices at which the securities trade in public markets and the companies' underlying financial metrics. The valuation multiples are then applied to the equivalent financial metrics of our business. Valuation multiples may be adjusted to account for differences between our company and similar companies for such factors as company size, growth prospects or diversification of operations.

        The enterprise value calculated at each valuation date was allocated to our interest bearing debt and then allocated to the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and common stock using the option-pricing method assuming the conversion of all the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants. The use of estimates other than the ones above may have resulted in different amounts assigned to the value of our common stock and the fair value of options granted during these periods. The following table sets forth information regarding the historical

58



trend of options granted to employees and directors, the exercise price of the options and the fair value of our common stock for certain dates during 2006, 2007 and 2008:

 
  Total Number
of Options
Granted
  Per Share
Exercise
Price of
Options
Granted
  Fair
Value of
Common
Stock
  Intrinsic
Value per
Share
 

February 15, 2006

    31,350,847   $ 0.07   $ 0.07   $  

April 7, 2006

    1,211,713   $ 0.07   $ 0.07   $  

February 28, 2007

    198,516   $ 0.09   $ 0.09   $  

November 27, 2007

    8,780,000   $ 0.13   $ 0.12   $  

December 31, 2008

      $   $ 3.16   $  

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth data from our consolidated statement of operations as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Costs and expenses

                   
 

Instructional cost and services

    43.7     34.8     28.8  
 

Marketing and promotional

    42.7     42.0     37.1  
 

General and administrative

    30.4     18.6     18.8  
               
   

Total operating expenses

   
116.8
   
95.4
   
84.7
 
               

Operating income (loss)

   
(16.8

)
 
4.6
   
15.3
 

Interest income

            (0.1 )

Interest expense

    1.2     0.6     0.1  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

   
(18.0

)
 
4.0
   
15.3
 

Income tax expense

        0.2     3.2  
               

Net income (loss)

   
(18.0

)%
 
3.8

%
 
12.1

%
               

        We have experienced significant growth in enrollments, revenue and operating income as well as improvement in liquidity since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005. We continue to grow in response to the increasing demand in the market for higher education. We believe our enrollment and revenue growth is driven primarily by (i) our significant investment in enrollment advisors and online advertising which commenced immediately upon our acquisition of Ashford University and (ii) students' acceptance of our value proposition. Our significant growth in operating income is a result of leveraging our fixed costs with increased revenue.

        Through 2008, we have seen enrollments and revenue continue to increase as general economic conditions have deteriorated. During 2008, we did not see any unfavorable impact from the decline in general economic conditions on our liquidity, capital resources or results of operations. While we cannot guarantee that these trends will continue, we believe that the performance of our company, as well as the performance of other for-profit education providers generally, has been resilient in the current economic downturn due to (i) the continued availability of Title IV funds to finance student tuition payments, (ii) increased demand for postsecondary education resulting from a deteriorating labor market, (iii) lower advertising costs and (iv) decreased turnover in enrollment advisors and other personnel. To meet the challenges of the current economy, we plan to continue to invest significantly in enrollment advisors and online advertising, which actions we expect will result in our enrollments and operating income continuing to grow, though perhaps not at the same rate as in the past.

59


        We expect public company expenses, stock-based compensation, the acceleration of exit options and the settlement of a stockholder dispute to have a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations. See "Factors Affecting Comparability" above.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

        Revenue.     Our revenue for 2008 was $218.3 million, an increase of $132.6 million, or 154.7%, as compared to $85.7 million for 2007. Our revenue growth is primarily attributed to enrollment growth. Enrollment growth is driven by various factors including the students' acceptance of our value proposition, the quality of lead generation efforts, the number of enrollment advisors and our ability to retain existing students. To a lesser extent, the growth is due to increases in the average tuition per student as a result of tuition price increases, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships of $9.5 million. Student enrollment as of December 31, 2008, was 31,558, an increase of 18,935, or 150.0%, compared to 12,623 as of December 31, 2007.

        Instructional costs and services.     Our instructional costs and services for 2008 were $62.8 million, an increase of $33.0 million, or 110.5%, as compared to $29.8 million for 2007. This increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation costs of $17.6 million to meet the needs of a 150.0% increase in student enrollment, as well as related increases in financial aid processing costs of $2.7 million, facilities costs of $1.0 million, license fees of $1.3 million, bad debt expense of $8.7 million and other costs of $1.7 million. Instructional costs and services decreased, as a percentage of revenue, to 28.8% for 2008, as compared to 34.8% for 2007. The decrease, as a percentage of revenue, is primarily due to certain scalable fixed costs which relate primarily to the online environment (such as the student services and financial aid personnel, software license fees and online program development costs) being spread over increased enrollment and increased revenue. Such decrease was offset by the increase in our bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, to 6.2% for 2008, from 5.5% for 2007. The increase in bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, resulted, in part, from increased stipends due to greater availability of Title IV funds per student. Because a portion of our allowance for doubtful accounts is a result of the students' inability to repay excess funds received for stipends when they withdraw from their course of study, our bad debt expense increased. Additionally, the general deterioration of economic conditions negatively impacted the students' ability to pay for services provided.

        Marketing and promotional.     Our marketing and promotional expenses for 2008 were $81.0 million, an increase of $45.0 million, or 125.1%, as compared to $36.0 million for 2007. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation costs of $26.1 million, advertising expenses of $12.0 million, facilities expense of $3.5 million and promotional conferences and other costs of $3.4 million. Of these increased costs, annual conference costs of $1.0 million and new facility costs of $0.7 million were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2008. This increase in compensation and advertising spending is expected to continue as we grow our enrollment advisor base and increase our lead generation efforts to support those advisors. Our marketing and promotional expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 37.1% for 2008 from 42.0% for 2007. The decrease is primarily due to operating leverage associated with compensation costs and advertising costs.

        General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses for 2008 were $41.0 million, an increase of $25.1 million, or 158.1%, as compared to $15.9 million for 2007. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation costs of $14.8 million, professional fees of $3.7 million, office supplies and phone expense of $2.1 million, facilities costs of $3.5 million and travel and conference costs of $0.6 million and other administrative costs of $0.4 million. Of these increased costs, we recorded (i) stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a director's stock award and (ii) new facility costs of $0.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. Our

60



general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, increased slightly to 18.8% for 2008 from 18.6% for 2007.

        Interest income.     Our interest income for 2008 was $0.3 million, an increase of $0.3 million from less than $0.1 million for 2007, as a result of increased levels of cash and cash equivalents.

        Interest expense.     Our interest expense for 2008 was $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.3 million from $0.5 million for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to reductions in borrowings.

        Income tax expense.     Income tax expense for 2008 was $7.1 million, an increase of $6.9 million from $0.2 million for 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes as well as net operating loss carryforwards that completely eliminated regular taxable income in 2007 and only partially offset the income in 2008. This increase in tax expense was partially offset by release of the valuation allowance that existed at December 31, 2007. In 2008, we reversed our valuation allowance of $7.3 million that was recognized at December 31, 2007, based on our belief that it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. As a result, our effective income tax rate increased to 21.1% from 4.8%.

        Net income.     Our net income for 2008 was $26.4 million, an increase of $23.1 million, as compared to net income of $3.3 million for 2007, due to the factors discussed above.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

        Revenue.     Our revenue for 2007 was $85.7 million, an increase of $57.1 million, or 199.5%, as compared to $28.6 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increased student enrollment, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships of $2.5 million. Student enrollment as of December 31, 2007, was 12,623, an increase of 8,152, or 182.3%, compared to 4,471 as of December 31, 2006.

        Instructional costs and services.     Our instructional costs and services expenses for 2007 were $29.8 million, an increase of $17.3 million, or 138.5%, as compared to $12.5 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation costs of $8.4 million to meet the needs of a 182.3% increase in student enrollment financial aid processing fees of $1.8 million and license fees of $1.0 million. Bad debt expense increased to $4.7 million for 2007 from $1.0 million for 2006 as a result of a proportional increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, instructional costs and services decreased to 34.8% for 2007 as compared to 43.7% for 2006. The decrease, as a percentage of revenue, is primarily due to operating leverage associated with instructional compensation costs, partially offset by an increase in our bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, to 5.5% for 2007 from 3.4% for 2006. The increase in bad debt expense, as a percentage of revenue, resulted from increased receivables due to a greater availability of Title IV funds per student.

        Marketing and promotional.     Our marketing and promotional expenses for 2007 were $36.0 million, an increase of $23.8 million, or 194.7%, as compared to $12.2 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation of $10.9 million and advertising expenses of $10.0 million. Our marketing and promotional expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 42.0% for 2007, from 42.7% for 2006. The decrease, as a percentage of revenue, was primarily due to operating leverage in compensation costs.

        General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses for 2007 were $15.9 million, an increase of $7.2 million, or 82.6%, as compared to $8.7 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation costs of $4.1 million, professional fees of $0.8 million and travel costs of $0.6 million. Our general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 18.6% for 2007 from 30.4% for 2006, primarily due to operating leverage associated with compensation costs and miscellaneous other expenses.

61


        Interest income.     Interest income for 2007 and 2006 was less than $0.1 million.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense for 2007 was $0.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 55.0%, from $0.3 million for 2006, as a result of increased borrowings.

        Income tax expense.     Income tax expense for 2007 was $0.2 million primarily due to federal and state alternative minimum tax. There was no income tax provision for 2006 due to our net operating losses incurred in the current and prior years.

        Net income.     Our net income for 2007 was $3.3 million, an increase of $8.4 million as compared to a net loss of $5.2 million for 2006, due to the factors discussed above.

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) and Seasonality

        The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial and operating data for each quarter during 2007 and 2008. We believe that the information reflects all adjustments, which include only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information below.

 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
 
 
  (In thousands, except enrollment data)
 

2007

                         

Revenue

  $ 13,749   $ 16,607   $ 24,202   $ 31,151  

Costs and expenses:

                         
 

Instructional costs and services

    5,282     6,114     7,758     10,683  
 

Marketing and promotional

    6,280     8,562     9,690     11,465  
 

General and administrative

    2,952     3,176     3,375     6,389  
                   
   

Total costs and expenses

    14,514     17,852     20,823     28,537  
   

Operating income (loss)

   
(765

)
 
(1,245

)
 
3,379
   
2,614
 
 

Interest income

    (1 )           (11 )
 

Interest expense

   
120
   
110
   
102
   
212
 
                   
   

Income (loss) before income taxes

   
(884

)
 
(1,355

)
 
3,277
   
2,413
 
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (42 )   (64 )   156     114  
                   
   

Net income (loss)

 
$

(842

)

$

(1,291

)

$

3,121
 
$

2,299
 
                   

Period end enrollment

                         
 

Online

    6,440     8,365     12,117     12,104  
 

Ground

    416     301     599     519  
                   
 

Total:

    6,856     8,666     12,716     12,623  
                   

62


 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter(1)
 
 
  (In thousands, except enrollment data)
 

2008

                         

Revenue

  $ 38,948   $ 49,942   $ 60,277   $ 69,123  

Costs and expenses:

                         
 

Instructional costs and services

    12,948     12,734     16,368     20,772  
 

Marketing and promotional

    15,063     18,369     21,058     26,546  
 

General and administrative

    7,210     7,925     11,191     14,686  
                   
   

Total costs and expenses

    35,221     39,028     48,617     62,004  
   

Operating income

   
3,727
   
10,914
   
11,660
   
7,119
 
 

Interest income

    (32 )   (59 )   (104 )   (127 )
 

Interest expense

   
86
   
97
   
14
   
43
 
                   
   

Income before income taxes

   
3,673
   
10,876
   
11,750
   
7,203
 
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (309 )   2,831     2,999     1,550  
                   
   

Net income

 
$

3,982
 
$

8,045
 
$

8,751
 
$

5,653
 
                   

Period end enrollment

                         
 

Online

    18,918     22,201     29,786     30,921  
 

Ground

    591     406     761     637  
                   
 

Total:

    19,509     22,607     30,547     31,558  
                   

(1)
Operating income decreased to $7.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 from $11.7 million in the third quarter of 2008 in part due to the following events that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2008: (i) a one-time stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to the modification of a stock award held by a director; (ii) a one-time compensation expense of $1.9 million related to special overachievement bonuses awarded to our management team, which our compensation committee does not expect to award in the future; and (iii) $1.0 million in annual conference costs, which costs are recurring in nature but historically occur only in the fourth quarter. The fourth quarter of 2008 also contained 12 weeks, as compared to the third quarter of 2008 which contained 13 weeks.

        Although not apparent in our results of operations due to our rapid rate of growth, our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. As our growth rate declines we expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in results of operations as a result of changes in the level of student enrollment. While we enroll students throughout the year, first and fourth quarter new enrollments and revenue generally are lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December and January. We generally experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments in August and September of each year when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

        We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during 2006 primarily through proceeds from the prior issuances of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and from borrowings. We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during 2007 and 2008 primarily through cash provided by operating activities. Our cash and cash equivalents were $0.1 million, $7.4 million and $56.5 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our restricted cash was $0.7 million at December 31, 2008.

        We have a credit agreement (Credit Agreement) with Comerica Bank that provides for a maximum amount of borrowing under a revolving credit facility of $15.0 million, with a letter of credit

63



sub-limit of $14.2 million. The Credit Agreement also provides for an equipment line of credit not to exceed $0.2 million.

        Under the Credit Agreement, we are subject to certain limitations including limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, make certain investments or acquisitions and enter into certain merger and consolidation transactions, among other restrictions. The Credit Agreement also contains a material adverse change clause, and we are required to maintain compliance with a minimum tangible net worth financial covenant. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants in our Credit Agreement. If we fail to comply with any of the covenants or experience a material adverse change, the lenders could elect to prevent us from borrowing or issuing letters of credit and declare the indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

        As security for this letter of credit under the Credit Agreement, we are obligated to maintain $14.2 million in compensating balances in deposit with the counterparty. Because the compensating balance is not restricted as to withdrawal, it is not classified as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. If the cash amount maintained with the counterparty drops below $14.2 million, the difference will be treated as a borrowing under our line of credit with assessed interest.

        A significant portion of our revenue is derived from tuition funded by Title IV programs. As such, the timing of disbursements under Title IV programs is based on federal regulations and our ability to successfully and timely arrange financial aid for our students. Title IV funds are generally provided in multiple disbursements before we earn a significant portion of tuition and fees and incur related expenses over the period of instruction. Students must apply for new loans and grants each academic year. These factors, together with the timing of our students beginning their programs, affect our operating cash flow.

        Based on the most recent fiscal year end financial statements, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies did not satisfy the composite score requirement of the financial responsibility test which institutions must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV programs. As a result, (i) Ashford University posted a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education in the amount of $12.1 million, remaining in effect through September 30, 2009, and (ii) the University of the Rockies posted a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education in the amount of $0.7 million, remaining in effect through June 30, 2009. Additionally, we have posted an aggregate of $2.1 million in letters of credit related to our leased facilities and vehicles. The letters of credit related to Ashford University and to our leased facilities are issued under our Credit Agreement. The letter of credit on behalf of the University of the Rockies is from another financial institution and is secured by a cash deposit of $0.7 million. Although we expect our universities to satisfy the composite score requirement of the financial responsibility test under Title IV for the year ending December 31, 2008, and as a result would not be required to replace the outstanding letters of credit upon expiration, we expect to have sufficient cash on hand and availability of credit to replace or increase those letters of credit if necessary.

        Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth in enrollments, we believe that our cash flow from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity, will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.

        Operating Activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities for 2008 was $70.7 million, primarily due to our increased net income of $26.4 million and increased Title IV disbursements in excess of amounts charged to students of $50.6 million. Net cash provided by operating activities for 2007 was $10.4 million, primarily due to our increased net income. We expect to continue to generate cash from our operations. Net cash used in operating activities for 2006 was $1.1 million, primarily due to our net loss of $5.2 million.

64


        Investing Activities.     Net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million, $2.9 million and $16.6 million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our cash used in investing activities is primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment and leasehold improvements. A majority of our historical capital expenditures are related to the establishment of our initial infrastructure to support our online operations and to improve our ground campus. Capital expenditures were $1.4 million, $3.6 million and $15.9 million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. We expect our capital expenditures for 2009 to be approximately $15 million. In the future we will continue to invest in computer equipment and office furniture and fixtures to support our increasing employee headcounts. We expect capital expenditures to represent a decreasing percentage of net revenue in the future.

        Financing Activities.     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $0.3 million, $(0.1) million and $(5.1) million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for 2008 was primarily due to repayments of borrowing of $4.9 million. In the future we expect that we will continue to utilize commercial financing, lines of credit and term debt for the purpose of expansion of our online business infrastructure and to expand and improve our ground campuses in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado.

Significant Cash and Contractual Obligations

        The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2008, certain significant cash obligations that will affect our future liquidity:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  Years
2-3
  Years
4-5
  More than
5 Years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Long term debt (1)

  $ 234   $ 74   $ 160   $   $  

Capital lease obligations (2)

    486     179     236     71      

Operating lease obligations (2)

    246,176     13,450     41,809     48,541     142,376  

Uncertain tax positions (3)

    2,740         2,740          
                       

Total

  $ 249,636   $ 13,703   $ 44,945   $ 48,612   $ 142,376  
                       

(1)
See Note 7, "Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
See Note 8, "Lease Obligations," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
See Note 13, "Income Taxes," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Impact of Inflation

        We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

65


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Market risk

        We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money market accounts.

Interest rate risk

        All of our capital lease obligations are fixed rate instruments and are not subject to fluctuations in interest rates. However, to the extent we borrow funds under the Credit Agreement, we would be subject to fluctuations in interest rates.

Segment Information

        We operate in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of both our ground and online students regardless of geography. Our chief operating decision maker, our CEO and President, manages our operations as a whole, and no expense or operating income information is evaluated by our chief operating decision maker on any component level.

Related Party Transactions

        Ryan Craig, one of our directors, entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus, our principal investor, in August 2004 to serve on our board of directors and as a consultant to us in 2004 on behalf of Warburg Pincus. Under this agreement, Warburg Pincus agreed to compensate Mr. Craig from its equity ownership in us upon a liquidity event, which was deemed not to be probable when the agreement was signed. This agreement was amended in December 2008. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. For his services as a Warburg Pincus representative to our board of directors from August 2004 to August 2008, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 198,516 shares of our common stock from Warburg Pincus. In his role as an independent consultant to us in 2004, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 305,826 shares of our common stock from Warburg Pincus. For these services, Mr. Craig received an aggregate amount of 504,342 shares of common stock in January 2009. Based on the fair value of our common stock on December 31, 2008, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million for the fair value of those shares in the fourth quarter of 2008.

        In November 2003, Warburg Pincus loaned $75,000 to Andrew Clark to finance Mr. Clark's purchase of 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock from us. In connection with such loan, Mr. Clark entered into a Secured Recourse Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement with Warburg Pincus which provided that the principal amount due under the note would accrue simple interest at a rate of 8% per year until November 26, 2005, the maturity date, after which time interest would accrue at a penalty rate of 16% per year, compounded monthly. The loan was secured by 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark repaid the loan in full on March 10, 2009, at which time the amount due under the note was $146,740 (including accrued interest of $71,740).

        In 2004, Warburg Pincus entered into a guarantee in favor of a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system pursuant to which Warburg Pincus agreed to guarantee certain of our obligations. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Warburg Pincus Guarantee." Additionally, in 2007, we entered into a line of credit with Warburg Pincus. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Line of Credit with Warburg Pincus." As of December 31, 2007, all amounts borrowed under the line of credit were repaid and the line of credit was cancelled.

66


        Our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Indemnification Agreements."

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS 157"), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Pronouncements that Address Fair Value Measurements for Purpose of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 , which amends SFAS 157 to exclude accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases . In February 2008, the FASB also issued FSP FAS 157-2 Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 until the first quarter of 2009 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. We adopted SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities on January 1, 2008, and such adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS 159"). This standard permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007. SFAS 159 must be applied prospectively, and the effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should be reported as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. We adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations ("SFAS 141R"). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are in the process of determining the effect, if any, the adoption of SFAS 141R will have on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock ("EITF 07-5"). Paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 ("SFAS 133"), Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities , specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to such company's own stock and (b) classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. EITF 07-5 provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer's own stock and thus able to qualify for the SFAS 133 paragraph 11(a) scope exception. EITF 07-5 will be effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. We

67



do not believe the adoption of EITF 07-5 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities ("FSP EITF 03-6-1"). FSP EITF 03-6-1 clarified that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. Awards of this nature are considered participating securities and the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share must be applied. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We do not expect FSP EITF 03-6-1 to have a significant impact on our historical grants of share-based payment awards because such awards do not participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. We are currently assessing the impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on future grants on our earnings per share.

68



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. We offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences.

        We deliver our programs online as well as at our traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado. As of December 31, 2008, we offered over 860 courses and 44 degree programs with 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. We had 31,558 students enrolled in our institutions as of December 31, 2008, 98% of whom were attending classes exclusively online.

        We have designed our offerings to have four key characteristics that we believe are important to students:

We believe these characteristics create an attractive and differentiated value proposition for our students. In addition, we believe this value proposition expands our overall addressable market by enabling potential students to overcome the challenges associated with cost, transferability of credits and accessibility—factors that frequently discourage individuals from pursuing a postsecondary degree.

        We are committed to providing a high-quality educational experience to our students. We have a comprehensive curriculum development process, and we employ qualified faculty members with significant academic and practitioner credentials. We conduct ongoing faculty and student assessment processes and provide a broad array of student services. Our ability to offer a quality experience at an affordable price is supported by our efficient operating model, which enables us to deliver our programs, as well as market, recruit and retain students, in a cost-effective manner.

        We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, revenue and operating income since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005. At December 31, 2008, our enrollment was 31,558, an increase of 150.0% over our enrollment as of December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, our ground enrollment was 637, as compared to 312 in March 2005, reflecting our commitment to invest in further developing our traditional campus heritage. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our revenue was $218.3 million, an increase of 154.7% over the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our operating income was $33.4 million, as compared to $4.0 million for the prior year. We intend to pursue growth in a manner that continues to emphasize a quality educational experience and that satisfies regulatory requirements.

Our History

        In January 2004, our principal investor, Warburg Pincus, and our CEO and President, Andrew Clark, as well as several other members of our current executive management team, launched Bridgepoint Education, Inc. to establish a differentiated postsecondary education provider. They developed a business plan to provide individuals previously discouraged from pursuing an education due to cost, the inability to transfer credits or difficulty in completing an education while meeting personal and professional commitments, the opportunity to pursue a quality education from a trusted institution. The business plan incorporated our management team's experience with other online and campus-based postsecondary providers and sought to employ processes and technologies that would enhance both the quality of the offering and the efficiency with which it could be delivered. As the

69



foundation for this plan, we sought out opportunities to acquire a traditional university with a history of providing quality education to its students and with a rich heritage of student community.

        In March 2005, we acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies, located in Clinton, Iowa, and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs. The university obtained regional accreditation in 1950 from the Higher Learning Commission. At the time of the acquisition, the university had 332 students, 20 of whom were enrolled in the university's first online program, which launched in January 2005.

        The majority of our current executive management team was in place at the time we acquired Ashford University. As a result, we were able to begin implementing processes and technologies to prepare for the launch of an online education offering to serve a large student population immediately after the acquisition. In spring 2005, we introduced several new online programs through Ashford University, including four bachelor's and two master's programs. Since then, we have introduced 2 associate's programs, 14 bachelor's programs and 4 master's programs, all offered exclusively online, including numerous specializations and concentrations within these programs. During this same period, we also invested in enhancing and expanding the campus' physical infrastructure. In 2006, Ashford University received re-accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission through 2016. In 2007, we formally launched our military and corporate channel development efforts and, as a result, expanded our relationships with military and corporate employers through which we seek to recruit students.

        In September 2007, we acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, located in Colorado Springs, Colorado, and renamed it the University of the Rockies. Founded as a non-profit institution in 1998 by faculty from Chapman University, the school offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology. At the time of the acquisition, the school had 75 students and did not offer any online courses or programs. In October 2008, through the University of the Rockies, we launched one online master's program with two specializations and our first online doctoral program. Originally accredited in 2003 for a period of five years by the Higher Learning Commission, the University of the Rockies received re-accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for a period of seven years.

Our Market Opportunity

        The postsecondary education market in the United States represents a large, growing opportunity. Based on a March 2009 report by the NCES, revenue of postsecondary degree-granting educational institutions exceeded $410 billion in the 2005-06 academic year. According to a September 2008 NCES report, the number of students enrolled in postsecondary institutions was 17.8 million in 2006 and is projected to grow to 18.6 million by 2010.

        Within the postsecondary education market, enrollments at private for-profit institutions have grown at a higher rate than enrollments at not-for-profit postsecondary institutions. According to a March 2009 NCES report, from 1997 to 2007, private for-profit enrollments grew at a compound annual growth rate of 13.7% compared to a compound annual growth rate of 1.9% for both public and private not-for-profit enrollments. We believe this growth is due to the ability of for-profit providers to assess marketplace demand, to quickly adapt program offerings, to scale their operations to serve a growing student population, to provide strong customer service and to offer a high-quality education.

        Online postsecondary enrollment is growing at a rate well in excess of the growth rate of overall postsecondary enrollment. According to Eduventures, online postsecondary enrollment was projected to increase from 0.5 million to 1.8 million between 2002 and 2007, representing a projected compound annual growth rate of 30.4%. By comparison, according to a September 2008 NCES report, enrollment in overall postsecondary programs increased at a projected compound annual growth rate of 1.6%

70



during the same period. We believe the rapid growth in online postsecondary enrollment has been driven by a number of factors, including:

        We expect continued growth in postsecondary education based on a number of factors, including (i) an increase in the number of occupations that require a bachelor's or a master's degree and (ii) the higher compensation that individuals with postsecondary degrees typically earn as compared to those without a degree. According to a December 2007 report from the BLS, occupations requiring a bachelor's or master's degree are expected to grow 17% and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016, or nearly double the growth rate BLS has projected for occupations that do not require a postsecondary degree. Further, individuals with postsecondary degrees are generally able to achieve higher compensation than those without a degree. According to data published by the NCES, the 2007 median incomes for individuals 25 years or older with a bachelor's, master's and doctoral degree were 67%, 100% and 167% higher, respectively, than for a high school graduate (or equivalent) of the same age with no college education.

        Although obtaining a postsecondary education has significant benefits, many prospective students are discouraged from pursuing, and ultimately completing, an undergraduate or graduate degree program. According to a March 2009 NCES report, 66% of all individuals 25 or older in the United States who have obtained a high school degree, or over 112 million individuals, have not completed a bachelor's degree or higher. We believe this is due to a number of factors, including:

71


        We believe postsecondary institutions that effectively address these challenges not only access a broader segment of the overall postsecondary market, but also have the potential to expand the market opportunity and to include individuals who previously were discouraged from pursuing a postsecondary education.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

Attractive, differentiated value proposition for students

        We have designed our educational model to provide our students with a superior value proposition relative to other educational alternatives in the market. We believe our model allows us to attract more students, as well as to target a broader segment of the overall population. Our value proposition is based on the following:

72


Commitment to academic quality

        We are committed to providing our students with a rigorous and rewarding academic experience, which gives them the knowledge and experience necessary to be contributors, educators and leaders in their chosen professions. We seek to maintain a high level of quality in our curriculum, faculty and student support services, all of which contribute to the overall student experience. Our curriculum is reviewed annually to ensure that content is refined and updated as necessary. Our faculty members have over seven years of instructional experience on average, and all hold graduate degrees in their respective fields of instruction and typically have relevant practitioner experience. We provide extensive student support services, including academic, administrative and technology support, to help maximize the success of our students. Additionally, we monitor the success of our educational delivery processes through periodic faculty and student assessments. We believe our commitment to quality is evident in the satisfaction and demonstrated proficiency of our students, which we measure at the completion of every course. In a July 2008 survey we conducted, in which over 2,000 Ashford students responded, 98% indicated they would recommend Ashford University to others seeking a degree.

Cost-efficient, scalable operating model

        We have designed our operating model to be cost-efficient, allowing us to offer a quality educational experience at an affordable tuition rate while still generating attractive operating margins. Our management team has relied upon its significant experience with other online education models to develop processes and employ technology to enhance the efficiency and scalability of our business model. Our processes and related technologies allow us to efficiently meet our students' instructional support services needs and to execute our marketing, recruiting and retention strategy. These processes and related technologies enable our management team to operate the business effectively and to identify areas for opportunity to refine the model further. Additionally, we have developed our operating model to be scalable and to support a much larger student population than is currently enrolled.

Experienced management team and strong corporate culture

        Our management team possesses extensive experience in postsecondary education, in many cases with other large online postsecondary providers. Andrew Clark, our CEO and President, served in senior management positions at such institutions for 12 years prior to joining us and has significant experience with online education businesses. The other members of our executive management team, most of whom have been with us since our launch of Bridgepoint Education, Inc., also bring a combination of academic, operational, technological and financial expertise that we believe has been critical to our success. The continuity of our executive management team demonstrates the strong relationship between functional areas within our business and the team's belief in the potential of our business model. Additionally, our executive management team has been critical to establishing and maintaining our corporate culture during our rapid growth. Our culture is based on four core values: integrity, ethics, service and accountability. We believe these values (i) have allowed us to create an environment that makes us a sought-after employer for professionals within our industry and (ii) have contributed to the strong relationships we maintain with each of our regulatory and accrediting agencies.

73


Our Growth Strategies

        We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

Focus on high-demand disciplines and degree programs

        We seek to offer programs in disciplines in which there is strong demand for education and significant opportunity for employment. Our current program portfolio includes offerings at the associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral levels in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences. We follow a defined process for identifying new degree program opportunities which incorporates student, faculty and market feedback, as well as macro trends in the relevant disciplines, to evaluate the expected level of demand for a new program prior to developing the content and marketing it to potential students. Based on a March 2009 NCES report, programs in our disciplines represent 69% of total bachelor's degrees conferred by all postsecondary institutions in 2006-2007.

Increase enrollment in our existing programs through investment in marketing, recruiting and retention

        We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively identify, recruit and retain qualified students. We intend to continue to invest in marketing, recruiting and retention and to expand our enrollment advisor workforce to increase enrollment in our existing programs. Our proprietary CRM system and related processes allow us to effectively pursue potential new students that have expressed an interest in a postsecondary program. Additionally, our superior value proposition allows us to differentiate our educational offering to potential students. Once a student enrolls in our programs, we provide consistent, ongoing support to assist the student in acclimating to the online environment and to address challenges that arise in order to increase the likelihood that the student will persist through graduation. We also intend to continue to develop our brand recognition through targeted marketing efforts to students and employers.

Expand our portfolio of programs, specializations and concentrations

        We intend to continue to expand our academic offerings to attract a broader portion of the overall market. In addition to adding new programs in high-demand disciplines, we intend to enhance our programs through the addition of more specializations and concentrations. Specializations and concentrations are used to create an offering that is tailored to the specific objectives of a target student population and therefore is more attractive to potential students interested in a particular program. As a result, the addition of specializations and concentrations represents a cost-effective way both to expand our target market and to further enhance the differentiation of our programs in that market. Additionally, we intend to expand our portfolio of master's and doctoral degree programs, consistent with our commitment to a quality academic offering, and to pursue graduate students because we believe they represent an attractive segment of the population.

Further develop strategic relationships in the military and corporate channels

        We intend to broaden our relationships with military and corporate employers, as well as seek additional relationships in these channels. Through our dedicated channel development teams, we are able to cost-effectively target specific segments of the market as well as better understand the needs of students in these segments so that we can design programs that more closely meet their needs. We believe our value proposition is attractive to potential students in these markets. In the military segment, individuals may frequently change locations or may seek to complete a program intermittently over the course of several years. In the corporate channel, employers value our traditional campus heritage, while our affordability allows employer tuition reimbursement to be used more efficiently.

Deliver measurable academic outcomes and a positive student experience

        We are committed to offering an educational solution that supports measurable academic outcomes, thereby allowing our students to increase their probability of success in their chosen

74



profession. We use a comprehensive course development program and ongoing assessments to define the desired outcomes for a course, to design the course to deliver these outcomes and to measure each student's progress towards achieving these outcomes as they progress through a course. Our online platform supports this objective as we are able to monitor each student's action in an online course. Additionally, our students benefit from the strong sense of community that exists from being associated with a traditional campus and student community, including the related student activities. We believe our combination of measurable outcomes and a positive experience is important to helping students persist through graduation.

Approach to Academic Quality

Rigorous curricula

        We are committed to offering academically rigorous curricula, which provide students the knowledge and skills necessary to be successful in their respective professions. Our curricula are developed to ensure a consistent, high-quality learning experience for all students. Faculty and subject matter experts design our curricula to emphasize the requisite professional knowledge and skills that our students will need following graduation. Our programs and curricula are continuously monitored and undergo regular reviews to ensure their quality, efficacy and relevance.

Qualified faculty

        Our faculty members have over seven years of instructional experience on average, and all hold graduate degrees in their respective fields of instruction and typically have relevant practitioner experience. Of our faculty teaching graduate courses, 78.8% at Ashford University and 100% at University of the Rockies have earned doctoral degrees. Faculty members participate in ongoing professional development as well as regional face-to-face meetings designed to ensure appropriate levels of faculty engagement and student learning.

Consistent delivery

        We use standard curricula, texts and syllabi each time a given course is taught to ensure consistency in delivery. The course sequences we offer are standardized in a given program to enable consistent delivery. Courses have clear, consistent objectives which enable us to measure learning outcomes every time a course is given. Additionally, standard course student assessment materials are used to guarantee a consistent approach. Our uniform content, course objectives, assessment process and course sequences allow us to consistently deliver our programs to a large student population.

Effective student services

        Each student is provided a dedicated support team to assist such student in pursuing academic objectives. Financial aid and student services personnel help each new student evaluate financial service options and provide assistance in reviewing prior credits and planning scheduled classes. Each student is also assigned a teaching assistant at the beginning of matriculation to serve as a personal writing coach and is offered access to writing skills assistance, tutoring services and library resources.

Academic assessment and oversight

        An academic leadership team and board provide oversight to ensure the academic integrity of all program offerings. Academic quality is measured and assessed by our faculty and monitored by our instructional specialists and assessment staff. In order to measure the efficacy of our programs, we have implemented a technologically-enabled assessment model that allows for continuous assessment, thoughtful review and revision of courses when necessary. Faculty performance is routinely reviewed by our instructional specialists to assess the quality of the student learning experience.

Accreditation

        Both of our institutions are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Our continuing accreditations are a testament to the quality of our academic programs. Ashford University was originally accredited in 1950 and received its most recent ten-year reaccreditation in 2006. The University of the Rockies was originally accredited in 2003 for five years and received a seven-year reaccreditation in 2008.

75


Curricula and Scheduling

        As of December 31, 2008, we offered 44 degree programs, 55 specializations and 30 concentrations. Specializations comprise a select number of courses offered by us within an existing program which supplement that program's required courses. Specializations, which encompass endorsements, also include a select number of courses designed to meet certain state requirements, specifically in education coursework. Concentrations comprise a select number of courses offered by us which focus on one area of study within the program. We offer the following programs, specializations and concentrations through Ashford University's three colleges: the College of Business and Professional Studies; the College of Education; and the College of Arts and Sciences; and through the University of the Rockies' two schools: the School of Organizational Leadership and the School of Professional Psychology.

Ashford University


Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)

Business

 

Associate's Degree
Business

 

 

 

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Business Administration

 

 
        Finance (C)
Marketing (C)
Entrepreneurship (S)
Human Resource
    Management (S)
Information Systems (S)
International Management (S)
Project Management (S)
    Computer Graphic Design    
        Animation (C)
Print Media (C)
Web Design (C)
    Accounting    
    Professional Accounting
Organizational
    Management
Public Relations and
    Marketing
Sports and Recreation
    Management
   

 

 

Bachelor's of Applied Science Degree
Computer Graphic Design

 

 
        Animation (C)
Print Media (C)
Web Design (C)
    Accounting
Computer
Management
   

 

 

Master's Degree
Business Administration

 

 
        Finance (S)
Global Management (S)
Human Resources
    Management (S)
Information Systems (S)
Marketing (S)
Organizational
    Leadership (S)
        Entrepreneurship (S)
Health Care    Administration (S)
Project Management (S)
Supply Chain Management (S)
Public Administration (S)
    Organizational
    Management
   

Education

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Elementary Education
    with endorsement areas
    in:

 

 
        English/Language Arts (S)
Math (S)
Science (S)
Reading (S)
Middle School (S)
Coaching (S)
Early Childhood (S)
Instructional Strategist (S)
Social Sciences—History (S)
Social Sciences—Social    Studies (S)
Physical Education (S)
    Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Education
    Administration
Physical Education
Social Science
   
        Education (C)
Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)
    Secondary Education with
    endorsement areas
    in:
   
        Math (S)
English/Language Arts (S)
General Science (S)
Biology (S)
Chemistry (S)
American History (S)
Business (S)
        World History (S)
Sociology (S)
Psychology (S)
    Education (non licensure)
Business Education
   

 

 

Master's of Arts Degree
Teaching and Learning w/
    Technology

 

 

Psychology

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Psychology

 

 

Social
Sciences

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Communication Studies
English and
    Communication

 

 
        Communications (C)
English/Language
    Arts (C)
Literature (C)
    Social Science    
        Health and Human
    Services Management (C)
History (C)
Human Services (C)
Psychology (C)
Sociology (C)
    Liberal Arts
Environmental Studies
Natural Science
Social and Criminal
    Justice
   
        Corrections Management (S)
Forensics (S)
Homeland Security (S)
Security Management (S)
    Sociology
Visual Art
   

 

 

Bachelor's of Science Degree
Computer Science and
    Mathematics

 

 
        Computer Science (C)
Mathematics (C)
        Education (C)
    Natural Science    

Health
Sciences

 

Bachelor's of Arts Degree
Health Care
    Administration

 

 

 

 

Bachelor's of Science Degree

Biology
Clinical Cytotechnology
Clinical Laboratory
    Science
Health Science
Health Science
    Administration
Nuclear Medicine
    Technology

 

 

 

 

Bachelor's of Applied Science Degree
Health Care
    Administration

 

 

76


University of the Rockies


Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)
Psychology  
Master's Degree
Psychology (Organizational)
   
   






Psychology (Professional)
  Executive Coaching (S) Organizational
    Leadership (S)
Business Psychology (S)
Evaluation, Research &
    Measurement (S)
Non-Profit Management (S)

Professional
    Counselor (S)
Marriage and Family
    Therapy (S)
General Psychology (S)
Discipline
  Degree Program   Specialization (S)
Concentration (C)
Psychology  
Doctoral Degree
Psychology (Organizational)
   
   






Psychology (Professional)
  Executive Coaching (S)
Organizational
    Leadership (S)
Business Psychology (S)
Evaluation, Research &
    Measurement (S)
Non-Profit Management (S)

Clinical (S)
Child and Adolescent
    Therapy (C)
Eating Disorders (C)
Existential Humanistic
    Psychology (C)
Forensics (C)
Health Psychology (C)
Marriage & Family
    Therapy (C)
Neuropsychology (C)
Organizational Consulting (C)
Spirituality (C)
Trauma (C)

        Online courses are offered with weekly start dates throughout the year except for two weeks in late December and early January. Courses typically run five to six weeks, and all courses are offered in an asynchronous format, so students can complete their coursework as their schedule permits. Online students typically enroll in one course at a time. This focused approach to learning allows the student to engage fully in each course.

        Ground courses typically run 16 weeks and have 2 start dates per year for semesters beginning in January and September. Undergraduate ground students can enroll in up to six concurrent courses at a time and typically enroll in at least four courses in a given semester.

        Doctoral students, both online and ground, are required to participate in periodic seminars located on campus as well as compose and defend a dissertation on an approved topic.

        Total credits required to obtain a degree are consistent for online and campus programs. An associate's degree requires 61 credits, a bachelor's degree requires 120 credits, a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 33 additional credits and a doctoral degree typically requires a minimum of 60 additional credits.

Program Development

        Potential new programs, specializations and concentrations are determined based on proposals submitted by faculty and staff and on an assessment of overall market demand. Our faculty and academic leadership work in collaboration with our marketing team to research and select new programs that are expected to have strong market demand and that can be developed at a reasonable cost. Programs are reviewed by the appropriate college and must also receive approval through the normal governance process at the relevant institution.

        Once a program is selected for development, a subject matter expert is assigned to work with our curriculum development staff to define measurable program objectives. Each course in a program is designed to include learning activities that address the program objectives and assess learning outcomes. A new program is reviewed for approval by the dean of the applicable college, the office of the provost and the chief academic officer of the institution prior to launching with students. Following the approval, the programs are conformed to the standards of our online learning management system, and the marketing department creates a marketing plan for the program. In most cases, the time frame to identify, develop and approve a new program is approximately six months.

Assessment

        Each institution has developed and implemented a comprehensive assessment plan focused on student learning and effective teaching. The plans measure learning outcomes at the course, program

77



and institutional levels. Learning outcomes are unique to each institution and demonstrate the skills that graduates should be able to demonstrate upon completion of their respective program. With the assistance of our dedicated assessment team, our faculty routinely evaluates and revises courses and learning resources based upon outcomes and institutional research data. Using direct and indirect measurements, student performance is assessed on an ongoing basis to ensure student success. Both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies have been accepted into the Higher Learning Commission Assessment Academy which promotes a continuous improvement cycle in the area of assessment.

        In addition to course and program assessments, our faculty's performance is continuously assessed by our institutional specialists and by results of student surveys at the completion of each course. The results of all of our assessment practices are reviewed by an assessment team, and, based on their conclusions, recommendations may be made to add or modify our programs.

Faculty

        Faculty members are selected based upon academic credentials, prior teaching experience and on performance in faculty orientation and in the classroom. Currently, we have over 1,200 active online faculty members (individuals that have taught a course for us in the last 12 months) and over 60 full-time campus faculty members. All of our faculty members have earned a graduate degree, and of the faculty members teaching graduate courses, 78.8% at Ashford University and 100% at University of the Rockies have earned doctoral degrees. We also have 82 teaching assistants who support faculty members and students in certain online undergraduate courses.

        All faculty members participate in an extensive initial interview and orientation. Online faculty candidates must participate in three weeks of online training to understand the instructional design of our courses, our online platform and teaching expectations. The online environment that we use to train and evaluate candidates is designed to replicate the learning experience of our students, as well as provide a platform for the candidates to demonstrate their competence as an instructor.

        Ongoing professional development is also provided to support and assist all faculty members in continually enhancing the quality of instruction provided to our students. Our instructional specialists are a team of faculty members who assess the performance of and provide feedback to our online faculty to ensure quality and consistent delivery across all of our programs. Our instructional specialists evaluate online faculty on their ability to:

We believe our instructional specialists serve a critical role in allowing us to deliver a quality education to our students.

        We believe that supporting faculty in classroom duties as well as in their professional development is an integral component to the success of our students. We place significant emphasis on supporting and rewarding faculty for quality teaching and have implemented programs designed to provide necessary faculty support. We employ faculty mentors to acclimate new instructors to our online platform and instructional model, and we employ teaching assistants to assist faculty members in

78



certain online undergraduate courses. Faculty members are encouraged to be active in their field by presenting at national conferences, conducting research, writing and joining professional organizations. Additionally, faculty members may earn formal recognition for excellence such as earning acceptance into the Ashford University Provost's Circle or Teaching Academy or by receiving formal faculty recognition awards.

        We believe providing a supportive community for our faculty is critical to the success of our institutions. Accordingly, we foster a sense of community among our online and our campus faculty through both in-person gatherings as well as online community building. We hold regional faculty meetings two to four times per year where all of our online faculty from a specific region are invited to gather to discuss experiences, best practices and effective teaching approaches. Additionally, we publish newsletters and maintain a faculty website to facilitate professional development and intra-faculty communication and exchange of ideas.

Student Support Services

        To promote academic success, support new students and enhance persistence, we offer a broad array of services that assist students at our institutions. A majority of our student support services are accessible online, permitting convenient student access. Our service infrastructure includes academic, administrative, technology and library services.

Academic

        Students enrolling in an undergraduate program are given access to teaching assistants who serve as personal writing coaches and provide feedback and guidance on academic matters. Additionally, every student is offered unlimited access to Smarthinking, an online tutoring service for writing, math, statistics and accounting. We also offer students access to an online writing center that utilizes a virtual writing tutor and provides sample essays, an automated reference generator and tutorials on utilizing our online library. For students with disabilities, we provide appropriate educational accommodations through our disability support services team.

Administrative

        We offer students access to our administrative services telephonically, as well as via the Internet. We believe online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service capabilities that our students value. Each student is assigned an enrollment advisor, a financial services advisor and an academic advisor who work together as a team and serve as a student's main point of contact. Financial service advisors work with enrollment advisors to ensure that the student is financially prepared to pursue their degree. Academic advisors work with the student to evaluate any past credits they have earned, to plan their degree path and to schedule their classes.

Technology

        We provide online technology support to assist our students and faculty with technology-related issues. Our internal technology support team is available from 8:00 am EST to 10:00 pm EST. In addition, we provide our students with support 24 hours per day, seven days per week to address common issues such as password resets and questions related to our learning management system.

Library

        We provide access to online and ground libraries containing materials to assist students and faculty with research and instruction. Our libraries satisfy the criteria established by the Higher Learning Commission for us to offer undergraduate, master's and doctoral degree programs.

79


Campus Operations

        Ashford University is located on 17 acres in Clinton, Iowa. Since our acquisition of Ashford University in March 2005, we have invested in enhancing and expanding the physical infrastructure of the campus, which currently includes seven buildings used for academic, athletic, administrative and social activities. Ground enrollments at Ashford University have grown to 637 as of December 31, 2008, as compared to 312 when we acquired the institution.

        The University of the Rockies is located in Colorado Springs, Colorado. We have begun to develop a plan to further enhance the infrastructure of the University of the Rockies and to increase the ground enrollment at this institution.

        We believe that the continued growth of our ground enrollment, our commitment to academic quality, student athletics and social activities and community involvement by students at our campuses will continue to contribute to the heritage of the institutions. As a result, we intend to continue to seek opportunities to invest in developing our campus operations.

Marketing, Recruiting and Retention

Marketing

        We develop and participate in various marketing activities to generate leads for prospective students and to build the Ashford University and University of the Rockies brands. For our online student population, we target working adults, many of whom have already completed some postsecondary courses and are seeking an accessible, affordable education from a quality institution. For our campus student population, we target traditional college students, typically between the ages of 18 and 24.

        Our leads are primarily generated from online sources. Our main source of leads is third party online lead aggregators. Typically, our contracts with online lead aggregators are for a period of 30 days, which provides us with significant flexibility to add or remove vendors on short notice. We also purchase key words from search providers to generate online leads directly, rather than acquiring them through lead aggregators. Additionally, we have an in-house team focused on generating online leads through search engine optimization techniques. In select instances, primarily for potential ground students, we utilize print, television and radio media campaigns as well as direct mail to generate leads.

        Our military and corporate channel relationships are developed and managed by our channel development teams. Our military development specialists and corporate liaisons work with representatives in these organizations to demonstrate the quality, impact and value that our programs can provide to individuals in the organizations as well as to the organizations themselves. Additionally, we attend trade shows and conferences to communicate our value proposition to potential channel partners.

        We use print media as well as trade show appearances to enhance the brand equity of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies. These campaigns are designed to increase awareness among potential students, differentiate us from other postsecondary education providers, start dialogues between our enrollment advisors and potential students, motivate existing students to re-register and encourage referrals from existing students.

80


Recruiting

        We employ a team structure in our recruiting operations. Each team consists of enrollment advisors, academic advisors and financial service advisors. Our teams provide a single point of contact and facilitate all aspects of enrollment and integration of a prospective student into a program of study. Our team structure promotes internal accountability among employees involved in identifying, recruiting, enrolling and retaining new students.

        All leads are managed through our proprietary CRM system. Our CRM system directs a lead for a prospective student to a recruiting team and assigns an enrollment advisor within that team to serve as the primary liaison for that prospective student. Once contact with the prospective student is established, our enrollment advisors, along with the academic and financial service advisors, begin an assessment process to determine if our program offerings match the student's needs and objectives. Additionally, our enrollment advisors communicate other criteria, including expected duration and cost of our programs, to prospective students. Through our proprietary systems, our enrollment advisors are able to generate a comparison of tuition levels across our competitors in order for prospective students to make more informed decisions.

        Each enrollment advisor undergoes a comprehensive training program that addresses financial aid options, our value proposition, our academic offerings and the regulatory environment in which we operate, including the restrictions that regulations impose on the recruitment process. We place significant emphasis on regulatory requirements and promote an environment of strict compliance. An enrollment advisor typically does not achieve full productivity until four to six months after the advisor's date of hire.

        As of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, we employed 149, 479 and 749 enrollment advisors, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, we also employed 41 military development specialists and corporate liaisons.

Retention

        Providing a superior learning experience to every student is a key component in retaining students at our institutions. We feel that our team-based approach to recruitment and the robust student services we provide enhance retention because of each student's interaction with their contact in the team and the accountability inherent in the team architecture. We also incorporate a systematic approach to contacting students at key milestones during their enrollment, providing encouragement and highlighting their progress. Additional contact points include quarterly updates on the school and campus life. Academic advisors are measured on their ability to retain their assigned students and regularly work with at-risk students who have not attended their most recent class or who have not ordered books. These frequent personal interactions between academic advisors and students are a key component to our retention strategy. Additionally, we employ a retention committee that monitors performance metrics and other key data to analyze student retention rates and causes and potential risks for student drops. Also, our ombudsman department serves as a neutral third party for students to raise any concerns or complaints. Such concerns and complaints are then elevated to the appropriate department so we may proactively address any issues potentially impacting retention.

Admissions

        Our admission process is designed to offer access to prospective students who seek the benefits of a postsecondary education. Ashford University undergraduate students may qualify in various ways, including by having a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED) equivalent. Graduate level students at Ashford University and the University of the Rockies are required to have an undergraduate degree from an accredited college and may be required to have a minimum grade point average or meet other criteria to qualify for admission to certain programs

81


Enrollment

        We define enrollments as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered an active student if he or she has attended a class within the prior 30 days unless the student has graduated or provided us with a notice of withdrawal.

        As of December 31, 2008, 73% of our online students were female, 32% have identified themselves as minorities and the average age was 35. We have online students from all 50 states.

        The following summarizes our enrollments as of December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 
  December 31, 2007   December 31, 2008  

Doctoral

  60     0.5 %   113     0.3 %

Master's

  905     7.2     2,266     7.2  

Bachelor's

  11,071     87.7     26,340     83.5  

Associate's

  533     4.2     2,699     8.6  

Other*

  54     0.4     140     0.4  
                   

Total

  12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                   

 

 
   
   
   
   
 

Online

  12,104     95.9 %   30,921     98.0 %

Ground

  519     4.1     637     2.0  
                   

Total

  12,623     100.0 %   31,558     100.0 %
                   

*
Includes students who are taking one or more courses with us, but have not declared that they are pursuing a specific degree.

Tuition and Fees

        The price of our courses varies based upon the number of credits per course (with most courses representing three credits), the degree level of the program and the discipline. For the 2008-09 academic year (which began on July 1, 2008), our prices per credit range from $262 to $337 for undergraduate online courses and from $441 to $490 for graduate online courses. Based on these per credit prices, our prices for a three-credit course range from $786 to $1,011 for undergraduate online courses and $1,323 to $1,470 for graduate online courses. For the 2008-09 academic year, we charge a fixed $7,670 "block tuition" for undergraduate ground students taking between 12 and 18 credits per semester, with an additional $447 per credit for credits in excess of 18. Total credits required to obtain a degree are consistent for online and ground programs: an associate's degree requires 61 credits; a bachelor's degree requires 120 credits; a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 33 additional credits; and a doctoral degree typically requires a minimum of 60 additional credits.

Student Financing

        Our students finance their education through a combination of the following financing options:

Title IV Programs

        If a student attends any institution certified as eligible by the Department of Education and meets applicable student eligibility standards, that student may receive grants and loans to fund their education under programs provided for by Title IV of the Higher Education Act, which we refer to as Title IV. Some of this aid is based on need, which is generally defined as the difference between the tuition levels the student and his or her family can reasonably afford and the cost of attending the eligible institution. An institution participating in Title IV programs must ensure that all program funds

82



are accounted for and disbursed properly. To continue receiving program funds, students must demonstrate satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of their program of study.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs administered by the Department of Education.

        FFEL.     Under the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) Program, banks and other lending institutions make loans to students. The FFEL Program includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS Program (which provides loans to graduate students, as well as parents of dependent undergraduate students) and the Federal Consolidation Loan Program. If a student defaults on a FFEL loan, payment to the lender is guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is then reimbursed by the Department of Education. Students who demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment, until the student's obligation to repay the loan begins. Unsubsidized Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and are available to students who do not quality for a subsidized Stafford loan, or in some cases, in addition to a subsidized Stafford loan. Loan funds are paid to us, and we in turn credit the student's account for tuition and fees and disburse any amounts in excess of tuition and fees to the student.

        Effective July 1, 2008, under the Federal Stafford Loan Program, a dependent undergraduate student can borrow up to $5,500 for the first academic year, $6,500 for the second academic year and $7,500 for each of the third and fourth academic years. Students classified as independent, and dependent students whose parents have been denied a PLUS loan for undergraduate students, can obtain up to an additional $4,000 for each of the first and second academic years and an additional $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic years. Students enrolled in graduate programs can borrow up to $20,500 per academic year.

        Pell.     Under the Pell Program, the Department of Education makes grants to undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2008, the maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell Program is $4,731. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, students are able for the first time to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round basis, and can potentially receive more in a given year than the traditionally defined maximum annual amount. For the July 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010 award year, the maximum Pell Grant award will be $5,350. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, effective July 1, 2009, students are able for the first time to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round basis and can potentially receive more in a given year than the traditionally defined maximum amount.

        Federal Direct Loan Program.     We are eligible to participate in the Federal Direct Loan Program, under which the Department of Education, rather than a private lender, lends to students. The types of loans, the maximum annual loan amounts and other terms of the loans made under the Federal Direct Loan Program are similar to those for loans made under the FFEL Program. We have not yet participated in this program.

        Federal Work Study Program.     Under the Federal Work Study Program, federal funds are made available to pay up to 75% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students, based on their financial need to perform work for the school or for off-campus public or non-profit organizations.

Military and Other Governmental Financial Aid

        Some of our students also receive financial support from military and other government financial aid programs. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 1.9% and 2.2%, respectively, and the

83



University of the Rockies derived 1.3% and 0.0% of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from military and other governmental financial aid sources.

Cash Pay and Corporate Reimbursement

        Some students pay a portion or all of their tuition with cash. In some instances, these payments are reimbursable to the student or directly to us, by the student's employer under a corporate tuition reimbursement program. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 12.9% and 9.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 36.8% and 19.2%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from cash pay and other corporate reimbursement.

Private Loans

        Some students use private loans to assist with the financing of their tuition. Due to our affordable value proposition, our students generally have limited need for private loans. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 1.9% and 1.2%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 0.0% and 0.0%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from private loans.

Technology

        We have created a scalable technology system that is secure, reliable and redundant and permits our courses and support services to be offered online.

Online course delivery and management

        We use the Blackboard Academic Suite, provided by Blackboard Inc., a third-party software and services provider, for our online platform. The suite provides an online learning management system and provides for the storage, management and delivery of course content. The suite includes collaborative spaces for student communication and participation with other students and faculty as well as grade and attendance management for faculty, and assessment capabilities to assist us in maintaining quality. Blackboard hosts the software for us in its data center to allow us to efficiently scale the applications to meet the needs of our growing student population. Access to our systems is provided through our student portals, an extension of our individual university websites. These portals are dynamic destinations for students to securely access personal information and services and also serve as vehicles for student communications, activities and student support services.

Internal administration

        We employ a proprietary customer relations management, or CRM, system for lead management, document management, workflow, analytics and reporting. Our CRM suite enables rapid response to new leads. We believe our CRM system is able to support the needs of our business for the foreseeable future. We also utilize an online application portal to accept, integrate and process student applications.

        We utilize CampusVue, a student information system provided by Campus Management Corp., to manage student data (including grades, attendance, status and financial aid) and to generate periodic management reports. This system interfaces with our learning management system.

Infrastructure

        Our core infrastructure and servers are located in a secure data center at our corporate headquarters. All of our servers are on a scalable and redundant meshed network. All systems and

84



their associated data are included in a backup and recovery plan. We currently use industry standard servers and related equipment. We also have a disaster recovery plan in place.

Student Community and Activities

Athletics

        Our athletic teams at Ashford University compete as members of the Midwest Collegiate Conference and the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). We field teams as the Ashford University Saints in men's baseball, basketball, cross-country, golf, soccer and track and field, and in women's basketball, cross-country, golf, soccer, softball, track and field and volleyball.

Student Organizations and Activities

        Our students have the ability to participate in a wide range of social and recreational activities and organizations, including Ashford University's student-run newspaper and interest groups ranging from choir and fine arts to cheerleading. Additionally, we periodically have influential corporate, political and academic leaders on campus to speak to students on a variety of topical issues.

Graduation

        Every December and May, Ashford University holds a ceremony on campus for students graduating from our campus and online programs. In May 2008, we hosted approximately 1,200 family members and guests of 275 attending graduates; and in December 2008, we hosted approximately 1,100 family members and guests of 221 attending graduates. Of the students in attendance in May 2008 and December 2008, approximately 200 and 153, respectively, were graduating from online programs. We believe the opportunity to attend a traditional graduation ceremony on campus is an important component to recognizing our online students for their achievements. It also provides online students with the opportunity to further develop their connection to us and to our broader student population.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2008, we had over 1,200 faculty members, consisting of over 60 full-time campus faculty and over 1,100 adjunct online faculty. Our adjunct faculty are part-time employees.

        We engage our adjunct faculty on a course-by-course basis. Adjunct faculty are compensated a fixed amount per course, which varies among faculty members based on each individual's experience and background. In addition to teaching assignments, adjunct faculty may also be asked to serve on student committees, such as comprehensive examination and dissertation committees, or assist with course development.

        As of December 31, 2008, we also employed 1,771 non-faculty staff in university services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment services, university administration, financial aid, information technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance and other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us.

Competition

        The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and competitive, with no private or public institution enjoying a significant market share. We compete primarily with public and private degree-granting regionally accredited colleges and universities. Our competitors include the University of Phoenix, Kaplan University and other private and public universities and community colleges. Many of these colleges and universities enroll working adults in addition to traditional 18 to 24 year-old students. In addition, many of those colleges and universities offer a variety of distance education and online initiatives.

85


        We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary education market include the following:

    relevant, practical and accredited program offerings;

    convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and classes;

    program costs;

    reputation of the college or university among students and employers;

    relative marketing and selling effectiveness;

    regulatory approvals;

    qualified and experienced faculty;

    level of student support services; and

    the time necessary to earn a degree.

We expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including traditional colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.

Intellectual Property

        Intellectual property is important to our business. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with third parties to protect our proprietary rights. In many instances, our course content is produced for us by faculty and other content experts under work-for-hire agreements pursuant to which we own the course content in return for a fixed development fee. In certain limited cases, we license course content from third parties on a royalty fee basis.

        We have trademark and service mark registrations and pending applications in the U.S. and select foreign jurisdictions. We also own domain name rights to www.ashford.com, www.ashford.edu, www.ashforduniversity.edu, www.rockies.edu and www.universityoftherockies.com, as well as other words and phrases important to our business.

Properties

        In addition to our owned Ashford University facilities of 286,000 square feet in Clinton, Iowa, our corporate headquarters occupies 267,000 square feet in San Diego, California under a lease that expires in 2018 where we house enrollment services, student support services and corporate functions. We also lease 36,700 square feet under a lease that expires in 2014 in Clinton, Iowa to complement our California enrollment services and student services functions. We lease 31,500 square feet under a lease that expires in 2015 in Colorado Springs, Colorado for the University of the Rockies. We signed an 11 year lease in October 2008 for an additional 248,000 square feet to house enrollment services, student support services and corporate functions in San Diego scheduled for occupancy in 2009 and 2010. We believe our existing facilities, including the newly leased space, are adequate for current requirements and that additional space can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet future requirements.

Environmental Matters

        We believe our facilities are substantially in compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws

86



and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        In February 2009, certain holders of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock asserted various claims against us, our directors and officers and Warburg Pincus based primarily on allegations of breach of fiduciary duty and violations of corporate governance requirements involving amendments to our certificate of incorporation made in connection with financings in 2005 and by certain stock options granted by us to our employees. On March 29, 2009, we reached a settlement with the claimants regarding these claims. The terms of the settlement were approved by our board of directors upon the recommendation of a special committee comprised of independent directors not affiliated with Warburg Pincus. The settlement did not constitute an admission of guilt or liability on our part or on the part of Warburg Pincus or any of our officers or directors. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Factors Affecting Comparability—Settlement of Stockholder Dispute."

87



REGULATION

        Ashford University and the University of the Rockies are accredited institutions of higher education that participate in federal student financial aid programs and, as a result, are subject to extensive regulation by a variety of agencies. These agencies include the agency that accredits our institutions, thereby providing an independent assessment of educational quality; the Department of Education, which administers the federal student aid programs relied upon by many of our students to help finance their educations; and state education licensing authorities, which provide legal authority to deliver educational programs and to grant degrees and other credentials in states where our campuses are physically located. The laws, regulations and standards of these agencies address the vast majority of our operations.

        Our institutions are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The Higher Learning Commission is one of six regional accrediting agencies recognized by the Department of Education for colleges and universities in the United States. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the mission of the institution. The Higher Learning Commission reviews and evaluates many aspects of an institution's operations, primarily related to educational quality and effectiveness.

        We are also subject to regulation by the Department of Education due to our participation in federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as Title IV programs. Title IV programs include (i) subsidized and unsubsidized loans to students and their parents by private lenders which are guaranteed by the federal government, (ii) similar loans provided directly by the federal government, (iii) grants to students with demonstrated financial need and (iv) federal subsidies for a school's part-time employment of eligible students. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must obtain and maintain authorization by the state education agency or agencies where it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education and be certified by the Department of Education as an eligible institution. Certification by the Department of Education carries with it an extensive set of regulations.

        Our institutions are also subject to regulation by educational licensing authorities in states where our institutions are physically located or conduct certain operations. State authorization, or exemption from it, in the states where a school is physically located is also a prerequisite for eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

        We plan and implement our activities to comply with the standards of these regulatory agencies. We employ a full-time vice president of compliance who is responsible for regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs and reports to our General Counsel. Our CEO and President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Academic Officer, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel also provide oversight designed to ensure that we meet the requirements of our regulated operating environment.

Accreditation

        Ashford University and the University of the Rockies have been institutionally accredited since 1950 and 2003, respectively, by the Higher Learning Commission. The Higher Learning Commission is one of six regional accrediting agencies that accredits colleges and universities in the United States. Most traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting colleges and universities are accredited by one of these six agencies. Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is recognized by the Department of Education as a reliable indicator of educational quality. Accreditation is a private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of an educational institution and its programs and an institution's effectiveness in carrying out its mission in areas including integrity, student

88



performance, curriculum, educational effectiveness, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources, financial stability and governance. To be recognized by the Department of Education, an accrediting agency, among other things, must adopt specific standards to be maintained by educational institutions, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions' compliance with those standards, monitor compliance through periodic institutional reporting and the periodic renewal process and publicly designate those institutions that meet the agency's criteria. An accredited school is subject to periodic review by its accrediting agency to determine whether it continues to meet the performance, integrity, quality and other standards required for accreditation. An institution that is determined not to meet the standards of accreditation may have its accreditation revoked or not renewed.

        The Higher Learning Commission renewed Ashford University's accreditation in 2006 for the maximum period of ten years. The renewal followed a review process, including a change in ownership review resulting from our acquisition of the university in 2005, as well as a comprehensive evaluation in connection with the regularly scheduled renewal process following the university's previous ten-year grant of accreditation in 1995. In connection with this renewal, the Higher Learning Commission also approved (i) the university's online delivery of all programs already approved for campus-based offering, without seeking any further approval, (ii) an additional graduate degree (the Master of Arts in Organizational Management) in both campus-based and online delivery modalities and (iii) the university's awarding of up to 99 credits to students from transfer sources, including both credits earned at other educational institutions and through assessments of college-level learning experiences acquired outside the traditional university classroom. The Higher Learning Commission also directed the university to submit progress reports in June 2007 and June 2008 regarding success in meeting its enrollment, revenue and expense projections and in making capital improvements at the Iowa campus. Those reports were timely filed and the university was notified in October 2008 that no further financial reporting is required. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled a visit for the 2009-2010 academic year to review financial performance and the outcomes of the increase in transfer credits. The Commission has scheduled the university for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2016-17 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process.

        The University of the Rockies' initial grant of accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission was in 2003, for a period of five years. Its accreditation was renewed by the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for a period of seven years. The renewal followed a review process, including a change of ownership review resulting from our acquisition of the university in 2007, as well as a comprehensive evaluation in connection with the regularly scheduled renewal process following the university's previous five year grant of accreditation in 2003. The university has been scheduled to report to the Higher Learning Commission by May 31, 2011, concerning student learning assessments and institutional planning. The Higher Learning Commission has scheduled the university for a comprehensive evaluation during the 2015-16 academic year in connection with the next regularly scheduled accreditation renewal process.

        In addition, the Higher Learning Commission has scheduled an on-site focused visit to each of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies within 6 months following the offering to verify that the institutions continue to meet Higher Learning Commission requirements. The Higher Learning Commission has postponed consideration of a request by the University of the Rockies for approval of three new graduate programs until completion of the on-site visit and formal acceptance of the visiting team's recommendations by the Higher Learning Commission.

        Our accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to our institutions for the following reasons:

    it establishes comprehensive criteria designed to promote educational quality and effectiveness;

    it represents a public acknowledgement by a recognized independent agency of the quality and effectiveness of our institutions and their programs;

89


    it facilitates the transferability of educational credits when our students transfer to or apply for graduate school at other regionally accredited colleges and universities; and

    the Department of Education relies on accreditation as an indicator of educational quality and effectiveness in determining a school's eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, as do certain corporate and government sponsors in connection with tuition reimbursement and other student aid programs.

        We believe that regional accreditation is viewed favorably by certain students when choosing a school, by other schools when evaluating transfer and graduate school applications and by certain employers when evaluating the credentials of candidates for employment.

        In addition, by approving Ashford University's offerings of approved campus-based programs through online delivery modalities and by approving increased transfer credit allowance and prior learning assessments, accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission supports our mission of serving students by providing innovative online programs and allowing student accessibility through increased transfer of credit for prior traditional and non-traditional learning.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

        To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must comply with the Higher Education Act and regulations thereunder that are administered by the Department of Education. Among other things, the law and regulations require that an institution (i) be licensed or authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is physically located, (ii) maintain institutional accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized for such purposes by the Department of Education and (iii) be certified to participate in Title IV programs by the Department of Education. Our institutions' participation in Title IV programs subjects us to extensive oversight and review pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Department of Education. Those regulations are subject from time to time to revision and amendment by the Department of Education. The Department's interpretation of its regulations likewise is subject to change. As a result, it is difficult to predict how Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

Congressional action

        Congress must reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis, usually every five to six years. It was reauthorized most recently in August 2008, extending Title IV programs through September 2014. The 2008 reauthorization revised a number of requirements governing Title IV programs, including provisions concerning the relationship between an institution and its students' private Title IV lenders, an institution's maximum permissible student loan default rates and the maximum percentage of revenue that an institution may derive from Title IV programs. In addition, Congress enacted legislation in 2007 that reduced interest rates on certain Title IV loans and reduced government subsidies to private lenders that participate in Title IV programs. In May 2008, Congress enacted additional legislation increasing by $2,000 the maximum annual loan for which students are eligible and aimed at ensuring that a sufficient number of private lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans to all eligible students seeking to obtain them.

        In addition, Congress determines the funding levels for Title IV programs annually through the budget and appropriations process.

Certification procedures; provisional certification

        The Department of Education certifies institutions to participate in Title IV programs for a fixed period of time, typically three years for a provisionally certified institution and six years in most other instances. The terms and conditions of an institution's participation in Title IV programs, including any

90



special terms and conditions by virtue of a provisional certification, are set forth in a program participation agreement entered into between the Department of Education and the institution.

        The Department of Education automatically places an institution on provisional certification status when the institution is certified for the first time or when it undergoes a change in ownership. The Department of Education may also place an institution on provisional certification status under other circumstances, including if the institution fails to satisfy certain standards of financial responsibility or administrative capability. Students attending a provisionally certified institution are eligible to receive Title IV program funds to the same extent as if the institution's certification were not provisional. During a period of provisional certification, however, an institution must comply with any additional conditions imposed by the Department of Education and must seek and obtain the Department of Education's advance approval before adding a new location. In addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for renewal of certification or approval to add an educational program, acquire another school or seek to make other significant changes. If the Department of Education determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, the Department of Education may seek to revoke the institution's certification to participate in Title IV programs without advance notice and without the same rights to due process in contesting the revocation as are afforded to institutions whose certification is not provisional.

        The Department of Education issued Ashford University's program participation agreement in December 2008. Because our composite score for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 0.6 and did not meet the 1.5 standard prescribed by the Department of Education (see "Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs—Financial responsibility"), the institution was placed on provisional certification status and required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 10% of total Title IV funds received in 2007 and to receive certain Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment (pursuant to which an institution may not receive Title IV funds before disbursing them to students) rather than under the advance method of payment (pursuant to which an institution may receive Title IV program funds before disbursing them to students).

        The Department of Education issued the University of the Rockies' current program participation agreement in September 2007, following the change in ownership that occurred in connection with its September 2007 acquisition. Because of the change in ownership, the institution was placed on provisional certification status for a period of three years. The University of the Rockies' participation in Title IV programs is also conditioned on its having in place a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and on its receiving certain Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment.

        We expect our composite score on a consolidated basis to be approximately 1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We intend to request that the Department of Education measure the financial responsibility of the University of the Rockies based on our consolidated composite score, rather than the Department of Education's current practice of relying on the institution's standalone composite score, and the Department of Education has already permitted the University of the Rockies to change its fiscal year end date to December 31. We expect the composite score for the University of the Rockies for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be approximately 1.7. We believe that these composite scores would support the release of both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies from their letter of credit requirements and from conforming to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. However, the release of the schools from these requirements is subject to determination by the Department of Education once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements.

91


        We do not currently have plans to establish new locations, acquire other schools or make other significant changes in our operations. In addition, we do not currently have plans to initiate new educational programs that would require approval of the Department of Education. Accordingly, we do not believe that the provisional certification of our institutions has had or will have a material impact on our day-to-day operations.

        An institution is required to apply for a renewal of its certification no later than three months before a scheduled expiration of certification. Our current provisional certification for Ashford University is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2011. Our current provisional certification for the University of the Rockies is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2010.

Compliance reviews and reports

        In addition to reviews in connection with periodic renewals of certification to participate in Title IV programs, our institutions are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including the Department of Education, its Office of Inspector General (OIG), state licensing agencies, agencies that guarantee private lender Title IV program loans, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and the Higher Learning Commission. In addition, as part of the Department of Education's ongoing monitoring of institutions' administration of Title IV programs, the Higher Education Act requires institutions to submit to the Department of Education an annual Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, to enable the Department of Education to make a determination of an institution's financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and Department of Education regulations.

Audit by Office of the Inspector General

        The OIG is responsible for, among other things, promoting the effectiveness and integrity of the Department of Education's programs and operations. With respect to educational institutions that participate in Title IV programs, the OIG conducts its work primarily through an audit services division and an investigations division. The audit services division typically conducts general audits of schools to assess their administration of federal funds in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. The investigation services division typically conducts focused investigations of particular allegations of fraud, abuse or other wrongdoing against schools by third parties, such as a lawsuit filed under seal pursuant to the federal False Claims Act.

        The OIG audit services division is conducting a compliance audit of Ashford University which commenced in May 2008. The period under audit is March 10, 2005 through June 30, 2009, which is the end of the current Title IV award year of July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009. The scope of the audit covers Ashford University's administration of Title IV program funds, including compliance with regulations governing institutional and student eligibility, award and disbursement of Title IV program funds, verification of awards, returns of unearned funds and compensation of financial aid and recruiting personnel. Based on our conversations with the OIG, we believe that the OIG will complete its field work in the first quarter of 2009 and issue a draft audit report sometime in the first half of 2009, to which we will have an opportunity to respond. We expect that the OIG will not issue a final audit report until several months thereafter. The final audit report would include any findings and any recommendations to the Department of Education's Federal Student Aid office based on those findings. Because of the ongoing nature of the OIG audit, we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate extent of the draft or final audit findings or recommendations or what effect any such findings might have on us and our business.

92


Administrative capability

        Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:

    comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements;

    have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer Title IV programs;

    have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

    have procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining required records;

    administer Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal control over financial reporting;

    not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

    provide financial aid counseling to its students;

    refer to the OIG any credible information indicating that any student, parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs;

    timely submit all required reports and financial statements; and

    not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

Financial responsibility

        The Higher Education Act and Department of Education regulations establish standards of financial responsibility which an institution must satisfy to participate in Title IV programs. The Department of Education evaluates compliance with these standards annually upon receipt of an institution's annual audited financial statements and also when an institution applies to the Department of Education to reestablish its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs following a change in ownership. One financial responsibility standard is based on the institution's composite score, which is derived from a formula established by the Department of Education that is a weighted average of three financial ratios:

    equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, financial viability and ability to borrow;

    primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

    net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit or within its means.

        The formula defines each of the three ratios and assigns a strength factor and weighting percentage to each ratio. The weighted scores for the three ratios are then added to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score is a number between negative 1.0 and positive 3.0. It must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further Department of Education financial oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite score, an institution must, among other things, provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial obligations (including required refunds to

93



students and any Title IV liabilities and debts), be current in its debt payments and not receive an adverse, qualified or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, our composite score of 0.6 did not meet the 1.5 standard prescribed by the Department of Education. The composite scores for the University of the Rockies for years ended July 31, 2006 and July 31, 2007 also did not meet the 1.5 standard. As a result, each of our institutions has been required to participate in the Title IV programs under provisional certification, to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and to receive Title IV program funds pursuant to the heightened cash management level one method. As a result, (i) we may not draw down Title IV funds until the day we disburse them to our students, (ii) Ashford University has posted a letter of credit in the amount of $12.1 million, which will remain in effect through September 30, 2009, and (iii) the University of the Rockies has posted a letter of credit in the amount of $0.7 million, which will remain in effect through June 30, 2009. Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect our composite score on a consolidated basis to be approximately 1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We intend to request that the Department of Education measure the financial responsibility of the University of the Rockies based on our consolidated composite score, rather than the Department of Education's current practice of relying on the institution's standalone composite score, and the Department of Education has already permitted the University of the Rockies to change its fiscal year end date to December 31. Based on our calculations, for which we have not yet received confirmation by the Department of Education, we expect the composite score for the University of the Rockies for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be approximately 1.7. We believe that these composite scores would support the release of both Ashford University and the University of the Rockies from their letter of credit requirements and from conforming to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. However, the release of the institutions from these requirements is subject to determination by the Department of Education once it receives and reviews the audited financial statements.

Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw

        If a student who has received Title IV funds withdraws, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student has earned, pursuant to applicable regulations. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any payment period (which, for our online students, typically is a 20-week term consisting of four five-week courses and, for our ground students, is a 16-week semester), the amount of Title IV funds that the student has earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible for the payment period. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV funds received. If the student has not earned all of the Title IV funds disbursed, the institution must return the unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If an institution's annual financial aid compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years determines that 5% or more of such returns were not timely made, the institution must submit a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently completed fiscal year.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University exceeded the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled due to human error. As a result, we are subject to the requirement to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the total refunds in 2007. Ashford University notified the Department of Education of its intention to post this letter of credit, but was advised by the Department of Education that such posting was unnecessary because we had already posted a letter of credit due to our composite score which was in excess of the amount required for

94



late funds. Although we have taken steps to reduce late refunds, we cannot ensure that such steps will be sufficient to address this issue.

The "90/10 rule"

        Pursuant to a provision of the Higher Education Act, as reauthorized in August 2008, a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV program funds for two consecutive fiscal years, commencing with the institution's first fiscal year that ends after the new law's effective date of August 14, 2008. This rule is commonly referred to as the "90/10 rule." Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures. We are currently assessing what impact, if any, the Department of Education's revised formula and other changes in federal law will have on our 90/10 calculation.

        In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV funds. In connection with the change by the University of the Rockies to a December 31 fiscal year end date, the Department of Education required the University of the Rockies to calculate its compliance with the 90/10 rule for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2008 and for the 5-month period ending December 31, 2008 and those percentages are 74.3% and 80.8%, respectively.

        Recent changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 rule. However, such effects may be mitigated, at least on a temporary basis, by another provision in the rule that allows institutions to exclude (for three years) from their Title IV revenues when calculating their compliance the additional $2,000 per student in certain annual federal student loan amounts that became available starting in July 2008. Additionally, recent changes permit institutions to include in their calculation as non-Title IV revenues certain non-cash revenues, such as institutional loan proceeds under certain circumstances.

Student loan defaults

        Under the Higher Education Act, as in effect prior to its August 2008 reauthorization, an educational institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of student loans exceed certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for each institution which is known as a "cohort default rate." An institution's cohort default rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the rate at which students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year.

        If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institution's participation in the FFEL, Direct Loan and Pell grant programs ends 30 days after that notification, unless the institution appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an institution's participation in the FFEL and Direct Loan programs ends 30 days after notification by the Department of Education that its cohort default rate in its most recent fiscal year is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends under either of these provisions may not participate in the relevant Title IV programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives the notification and for the next two fiscal years. If an institution's cohort default

95



rate equals or exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.

        Ashford University's cohort default rates for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 2.4%, 4.1% and 4.1%, respectively. The cohort default rates for the University of the Rockies for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 5.5%, 0% and 0%, respectively. The draft cohort default rate for Ashford University for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 13.2%. Management believes possible factors that may have contributed to this increased draft cohort default rate include (i) a greater number of online students entering repayment and (ii) deteriorating economic conditions which made repayment of loans more difficult for our students. The draft cohort default rate for University of the Rockies for the 2007 federal fiscal year is 0%. These rates are subject to change prior to the issuance of the Department of Education's final report. Because Ashford University's draft cohort default rate for the 2007 federal fiscal year exceeds 10%, it would no longer be exempt from the 30-day disbursement delay rule for first-year, first-time undergraduate student borrowers once the official rate is published by the Department of Education, which is expected to take place in September 2009, if the official rate is equal to or greater than 10%. The loss of this exemption would result in a delay in Ashford University receiving Title IV funds for such students and, accordingly, would negatively affect our cash flows, to the extent we would have otherwise been able to receive such funds sooner.

        The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes significant revisions to the requirements concerning cohort default rates. Under the revised law, the period for which students' defaults on their loans are included in the calculation of an institution's cohort default rate has been extended by one additional year, which is expected to increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That change will be effective with the calculation of institutions' cohort default rates for the federal fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, which rates are expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of Education in 2012. The Department of Education will not impose sanctions based on rates calculated under this new methodology until three consecutive years of rates have been calculated, which is expected to occur in 2014. Until that time, the Department of Education will continue to calculate rates under the old calculation method and impose sanctions based on those rates. The revised law also increases the threshold for ending an institution's participation in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%, effective in the federal fiscal year 2012.

Incentive compensation rule

        An institution that participates in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity. The Department of Education's regulations set forth 12 "safe harbors" which describe compensation arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation rule, including the payment and adjustment of salaries and bonuses under certain conditions. The regulations clarify that the safe harbors are not a complete list of permissible practices under this law. The law and regulations do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and the Department of Education no longer reviews and approves compensation plans prior to their implementation. Although we cannot provide any assurances that the Department of Education would not find deficiencies in our compensation plans, we believe that our compensation policies comply with applicable law and regulations.

96


Potential effect of regulatory noncompliance

        The Department of Education can impose sanctions for violating the statutory and regulatory requirements of Title IV programs, including:

    transferring an institution from the advance method or the heightened cash monitoring level one method of Title IV payment, which permit the institution to receive Title IV funds before or concurrently with disbursing them to students, to the heightened cash monitoring level two method of payment or to the reimbursement method of payment, which delay an institution's receipt of Title IV funds until student eligibility has been verified;

    requiring an institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education as a condition for continued Title IV certification;

    imposing a monetary liability against an institution in an amount equal to any funds determined to have been improperly disbursed;

    initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate an institution's participation in Title IV programs;

    taking emergency action to suspend an institution's participation in Title IV programs without prior notice or a prior opportunity for a hearing;

    failing to grant an institution's application for renewal of its certification to participate in Title IV programs; or

    referring a matter for possible civil or criminal prosecution.

In addition, the agencies that guarantee Title IV private lender loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend or terminate our ability to obtain guarantees of our students' loans through that agency.

        If sanctions were imposed resulting in a substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. If we lost our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program funds were reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide alternative sources of financial aid for students. We believe that one or more private organizations would be willing to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no assurance of that. Additionally, the interest rate and other terms of such financial aid would likely not be as favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection with securing such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that we would be able to arrange alternative funding to replace all the Title IV funding our students receive. Accordingly, our loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of available Title IV program funding for our students, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative sources of student financial aid.

        In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our participation in Title IV programs, we are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as current or former students or employees and other members of the public, including lawsuits filed pursuant to the federal False Claims Act.

Uncertainties, increased oversight and changes in student loan environment

        During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including Title IV programs, came under increased scrutiny by the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general and other parties. Issues

97



that have received extensive attention include allegations of conflicts of interest between some institutions or their employees and lenders that provide Title IV loans, inappropriate incentives given by lenders to some schools and school employees and allegations of deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans and in schools encouraging students to use certain lenders.

        The practices of numerous schools and lenders have been examined by government agencies at the federal and state level. Several of them have been cited for these problems and have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle those claims without admitting wrongdoing. As a result of this activity, Congress has passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted regulations and several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools and school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other things:

    limit schools' relationships with lenders;

    restrict the types of services that schools may receive from lenders;

    prohibit lenders from providing other types of funding to schools in exchange for Title IV loan volume;

    require schools to provide additional information to students concerning institutionally preferred lenders; and

    reduce the amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in Title IV loan programs.

        The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions, combined with market conditions affecting the availability of credit generally, have caused some lenders, including some lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with the Title IV loans they provide. In addition, the new regulatory refinements may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us. If Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, our students would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective students.

        In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all eligible students would be able to obtain Title IV loans and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new legislation:

    increases the maximum annual amount of certain student loans by $2,000;

    authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students; and

    permits the Department of Education to designate institutions eligible to participate in a "lender of last resort" program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all otherwise eligible students at those institutions.

        We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in ensuring students' access to Title IV loan funding through private lenders. In February 2009, President Barack Obama released a budget blueprint that proposes that all Title IV loans be originated through the Federal Direct Loan Program rather through the Federal Family Education Loan Program beginning in the 2010 federal fiscal year. The proposal has not been passed by Congress and is subject to further review and amendment. If the proposal passes, our institutions would be required to certify loans through the Federal Direct Loan Program (for which we are eligible to participate) rather than through the Federal Family Education Loan Program.

98


Adding teaching locations and implementing new educational programs

        The requirements and standards of accrediting agencies, state education agencies and the Department of Education limit our ability in certain instances to establish additional teaching locations or implement new educational programs. The Higher Learning Commission, the Colorado Commission on Higher Education and other state education agencies that may authorize or accredit us or our programs generally require institutions to notify them in advance of adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a review of the quality of the facility or the program and the financial, academic and other qualifications of the institution.

        If an institution participating in Title IV programs plans to add a new location or educational program, the institution must generally apply to the Department of Education to have the additional location or educational program designated as within the scope of the institution's Title IV eligibility. However, degree-granting institutions are not required to obtain the Department of Education's approval of additional programs that lead to a degree at the same or lower degree level as degree programs previously approved by the Department of Education. Similarly, an institution is not required to obtain advance approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in the same or a related recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated by the Department of Education as an eligible program at that institution if the program meets certain minimum-length requirements. If an institution that is required to obtain the Department of Education's advance approval for the addition of a new program or new location fails to do so, the institution may be liable for repayment of Title IV program funds received by the institution or by students in connection with that program or enrolled at that location.

Acquiring other schools

        If we were to seek to acquire an existing accredited institution participating in Title IV programs, we would need to obtain the approval of the state education agency that authorizes the school being acquired, any accrediting agency that accredits the school being acquired and the Department of Education. The level of review varies by individual state and by individual accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an acquisition before it occurs and with others only considering approval after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the applicable state education agencies and accrediting agencies is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education's certifying the acquired school to participate in Title IV programs. In addition, the Department of Education's certification of a school following a change in ownership and control is always a provisional certification. The restrictions imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some circumstances.

Change in ownership resulting in a change in control

        The Department of Education and most states and accrediting agencies require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control and changes in other aspects of institutional organization or operations. The types of and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the states and among accrediting agencies. The Higher Learning Commission requires that an institution obtain its approval in advance of a change in ownership in order for the institution to retain its accredited status, and it requires an onsite evaluation within six months following the change in control in order to maintain the institution's accreditation. The Higher Learning Commission does not set specific standards for determining when a transaction constitutes a change in ownership of either of our institutions.

        Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change in control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to the Department of Education in order to reestablish such eligibility. If an institution files the required

99



application and follows other procedures, the Department of Education may temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis following the change in control so that the institution's students retain access to Title IV program funds while the Department of Education completes its full review. In addition, the Department of Education will extend such temporary provisional certification if the institution timely files other required materials, including, the approval of the change in control by its accrediting agency and the state authorizing agency in the state in which it is physically located and an audited balance sheet showing the financial condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the date of the change in control. If the institution fails to meet any of these deadlines, its certification will expire and its students will become ineligible to receive Title IV funds until the Department of Education completes its full review, which commonly takes several months and may take longer. If the Department of Education approves the application after a change in control, it will certify the institution on a provisional basis, typically for a period of three years.

        For corporations that are neither publicly traded nor closely held, such as us prior to this offering, Department of Education regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change in ownership resulting in a change in control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of the corporation or its parent corporation. For such a corporation, the Department of Education will generally find that a transaction results in a change in control if a person acquires ownership or control of 25% or more of the outstanding voting stock and control of the corporation, or if a person who owns or controls 25% or more of the outstanding voting stock and controls the corporation ceases to own or control at least 25% of the outstanding voting stock or ceases to control the corporation. With respect to this offering, Warburg Pincus will continue to own or control more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock immediately following this offering. We have received confirmation from the Department of Education that this offering will not constitute a change in control. However, the Higher Learning Commission determined this offering will constitute a change of control under its standards. As a result of this determination, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies each submitted a change request to the Higher Learning Commission seeking permission for this offering to proceed, which was approved; however, the Higher Learning Commission will conduct a separate on-site focused visit to each institution within six months following this offering to verify that the respective institutions continue to meet Higher Learning Commission requirements. Ashford University is exempt from registration requirements in the state of Iowa based on its accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission and under a certificate that states that the school's file is closed and no further renewals or requests for exemption are required. The Colorado Commission on Higher Education has confirmed that this offering will not affect the current authorization of the University of the Rockies and that no further action is required in connection with this offering. We do not believe that any of the other state education agencies that issue approvals to our institutions will require further approvals in connection with this offering, and we have sought confirmation of that conclusion from those agencies. If any of these agencies deem this offering to be a change in control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from that agency.

        A change in control could also occur as a result of transactions in which we are involved following the consummation of this offering. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors constitute changes in control. In addition, Department of Education regulations provide that a change in control occurs for a publicly traded corporation, which we will be after this offering, if either (i) a person acquires such ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or (ii) the corporation's largest stockholder who owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation, ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest stockholder. A significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock in the future, including a disposition of voting stock by Warburg Pincus, could be determined by the Department of Education to be a change in control under this standard, in which case the regulatory procedures applicable to a change in ownership and control would have to be followed in connection with the transaction. Similarly, if such a

100



disposition were deemed a change in control by the Higher Learning Commission or by any other accrediting agency or applicable state educational licensing agency, any required regulatory notifications and approvals would have to be made or obtained. The potential adverse effects of a change in control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could discourage bids for shares of our common stock.

Privacy of student records

        The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the Department of Education's FERPA regulations require educational institutions to protect the privacy of students' educational records by limiting an institution's disclosure of a student's personally identifiable information without the student's prior written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow students to review and request changes to their educational records maintained by the institution, to notify students at least annually of this inspection right and to maintain records in each student's file listing requests for access to and disclosures of personally identifiable information and the interest of such party in that information. If an institution fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate an institution's receipt of further federal funds. In addition, educational institutions are obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers' personal financial information held by financial institutions and other entities that provide financial services to consumers. GLBA and the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written information security program designed to protect against the unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial information of students, parents or other individuals with whom such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be required to take corrective actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and be subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational institutions are also subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with respect to their collection, use and disclosure of student information.

State Education Licensure and Regulation

Iowa and Colorado

        Ashford University's campus is located in Iowa, and the institution is exempt from having to register as a postsecondary school with the Iowa Secretary of State. The University of the Rockies' campus is located in Colorado. The institution is licensed and authorized to deliver educational programs and to grant degrees and other credentials by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. We do not have campuses in any states other than Iowa and Colorado. The Higher Education Act requires Ashford University to maintain its exemption from registration in Iowa (or become registered in its absence) and requires the University of Rockies to maintain its authorization from the Colorado Commission on Higher Education in order to participate in Title IV programs. To maintain our Colorado authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to, among other things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs and various operational and administrative procedures. Failure to maintain our Iowa exemption or our Colorado Commission on Higher Education authorization would cause Ashford University or the University of the Rockies, respectively, to lose their authorization to deliver educational programs and to grant degrees and other credentials and lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

101


Additional state regulation

        Most state education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have sought to assert jurisdiction over out-of-state educational institutions offering online programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. In addition to Iowa and Colorado, we have determined that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under the requirements of the state education agency in those states, and in other states we have obtained state education agency approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. We review state licensure requirements when appropriate to determine whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise require licensure or authorization. Because we enroll students from all 50 states and from the District of Columbia, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future. State regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states and are subject to change. Consequently, a state education agency could disagree with our conclusion that we are not required to obtain a license or authorization in the state and could restrict one or more of our business activities in the state, including the ability to recruit or enroll students in that state or to continue providing services or advertising in that state. If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for any state, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization by that state, or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in that state, fines and penalties. The loss of any required license or authorization in states other than Iowa and Colorado could prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or from offering services to current students in those states.

102



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        Our directors and executive officers and their ages and positions are as follows:

Name
  Age   Position

Andrew S. Clark

    43   CEO and President and Director

Daniel J. Devine

    44   Chief Financial Officer

Christopher L. Spohn

    49   Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer

Jane McAuliffe

    42   Senior Vice President/Chief Academic Officer

Rodney T. Sheng

    42   Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer

Ross L. Woodard

    43   Senior Vice President/Chief Marketing Officer

Charlene Dackerman

    49   Senior Vice President of Human Resources

Thomas Ashbrook

    44   Senior Vice President/Chief Information Officer

Diane Thompson

    53   Senior Vice President/General Counsel

Ryan Craig

    37   Director

Dale Crandall

    67   Director

Patrick T. Hackett

    47   Chairman of the Board and Director

Robert Hartman

    60   Director

Adarsh Sarma

    35   Director

         Andrew S. Clark has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since November 2003 and as our President since February 2009. Mr. Clark also served from March 2005 to December 2008 on the Board of Trustees for Ashford University and currently serves on the University of the Rockies Board of Trustees, which he joined in September 2007. Prior to joining us in November 2003, Mr. Clark consulted with several private equity firms examining the postsecondary education sector. Prior to 2003, Mr. Clark worked for Career Education Corporation as Divisional Vice President of Operations and Chief Operating Officer for American InterContinental University in 2002. From 1992 to 2001, Mr. Clark worked for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix), where he served in various management roles, culminating in his position as Regional Vice President for the Mid-West region from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Clark earned an M.B.A. from the University of Phoenix and a B.A. from Pacific Lutheran University.

         Daniel J. Devine has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2004 and has over 20 years of senior finance experience. From March 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Devine served as the Chief Financial Officer of A-Life Medical. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Devine served in various management roles for Mitchell International culminating in his position as Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 2000. From 1987 to 1993, Mr. Devine served in various management roles for Foster Wheeler Corporation, culminating in his position of divisional Chief Financial Officer from 1990 to 1993. Mr. Devine earned a B.A. from Drexel University and is a certified public accountant.

         Christopher L. Spohn joined us in January 2004 as the Vice President of Admissions and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer since October 2008. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Spohn served as the Vice President of Marketing and Admissions for the University Division of Career Education Corporation. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Spohn served in various management roles for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix), culminating in his position as Senior Director of Enrollment for the Southern California Campus from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Spohn earned a B.S. from Azusa Pacific University.

         Jane McAuliffe joined us in July 2005 and has served as Chancellor/President of Ashford University since that time. She also served as our Vice President of Academic Affairs from September 2007 until November 2008 at which time she assumed the title of Senior Vice President/Chief Academic Officer. From 2003 to 2005, Dr. McAuliffe served as President of Argosy University/Sarasota Campus in Sarasota, Florida. Prior to 2003, Dr. McAuliffe served in various management roles including Vice

103



President for Academic Affairs at American InterContinental University in 2002, and prior to that Dean, Associate Dean and Program Director in the College of Education at the University of Phoenix from 1996 to 2002. Dr. McAuliffe earned a Ph.D., M.A. and B.A. from Arizona State University.

         Rodney T. Sheng joined us in January 2004 and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer since November 2008. From January 2004 to November 2008, Mr. Sheng served as our Vice President of Operations. Mr. Sheng has 18 years of experience in the postsecondary sector, during which time he has worked for four different colleges and universities and served in a variety of management roles. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Sheng worked for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix). From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Sheng served as Vice President/Campus Director and opened two campuses for the University of Phoenix in the state of Ohio. In 2002, Mr. Sheng was responsible for the marketing and recruitment for 12 learning centers throughout the Los Angeles metropolitan area. Mr. Sheng earned an M.A. from the University of Phoenix and a B.A. from San Diego State University.

         Ross Woodard joined us in June 2004 and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Marketing Officer since November 2008. From June 2004 to February 2005, Mr. Woodard served as our Director of E-Commerce and from March 2005 to October 2008 he served as our Vice President of Marketing. From June 1992 to May 2004, Mr. Woodard held multiple senior management positions with Road Runner Sports. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Woodard served as Director of E-Commerce for Road Runner Sports and was responsible for the internet sales and marketing channel. From 1992 through 1997, Mr. Woodard served in various management roles with Road Runner Sports, including Director of Sales. From 1989 to 1992, he served as a Regional Manager for Nike Inc. in San Diego. Mr. Woodard earned a B.A. from San Diego State University.

         Charlene Dackerman joined us in September 2004 and has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since November 2008. From September 2004 to December 2005, Ms. Dackerman served as our Director of Human Resources, and from January 2006 to October 2008, she served as our Vice President of Human Resources. Ms. Dackerman has worked in the postsecondary sector for over 18 years. From 1986 to 2002, Ms. Dackerman served in various management roles for Kelsey Jenney College, including College Director, Campus Director, Dean and Director of Admissions. Ms. Dackerman earned an M.S. from National University and a B.S. from Humboldt State University.

         Thomas Ashbrook joined us in November 2008 and has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Information Officer since that time. From March 2005 to March 2008, Mr. Ashbrook served as the Divisional Information Officer for Fremont Investment & Loan, a California industrial bank and lending institution, where he led information technology strategy for the residential business. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Ashbrook served as the Senior Vice President of Technology Solutions for Fidelity National Information Solutions, a subsidiary of Fidelity National Financial. Mr. Ashbrook earned a B.S. from California State University, Long Beach.

         Diane Thompson joined us in December 2008 and has served as our Senior Vice President/General Counsel since that time. From September 1997 to November 2008, Ms. Thompson served in various management roles for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix). From November 2000 to February 2006, Ms. Thompson served as Vice President/Counsel for Apollo Group, Inc. (University of Phoenix) and from March 2006 to November 2008, Ms. Thompson served as Chief Human Resources Officer. From October 1992 to July 1996, Ms. Thompson served as an attorney in the Pima County Attorney's Office in Tucson Arizona. Ms. Thompson earned a B.A. from St. Cloud University, an M.A. from Antioch University and a J.D. from the University of Arizona College of Law.

         Ryan Craig has served as a director of our company since November 2003. Mr. Craig is the Founder and President of Wellspring, an organization providing treatment programs for overweight and obese adolescents. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Craig was an Associate at Warburg Pincus in the education sector. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Craig served as Vice President Business Development for Fathom, a

104



consortium of universities, museums and libraries. From 1994 to 1996, he worked as a consultant with McKinsey & Company. Mr. Craig earned a B.A. from Yale University and a J.D. from Yale Law School.

         Dale Crandall has served as a director of our company since December 2008. Mr. Crandall founded Piedmont Corporate Advisors, Inc., a private financial consulting firm, in 2003 and currently serves as its President. From March 2000 to June 2002, Mr. Crandall served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Kaiser Foundation Health Plan Inc. and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals. From June 1998 to March 2000, Mr. Crandall served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kaiser Foundation Health Plan Inc. and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals. Mr. Crandall also serves as a director for Ansell Limited, Coventry Health Care, Inc. and Metavante Technologies, Inc. Mr. Crandall earned a B.A. from Claremont McKenna College, an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley and is a certified public accountant.

         Patrick T. Hackett has served as a director of our company since March 2008 and as Chairman of the Board since February 2009. Mr. Hackett is a Managing Director and co-head of the Technology, Media and Telecommunications group at Warburg Pincus LLC, which he joined in 1990. Mr. Hackett also serves as a director of Nuance Communications, Inc. and four privately-held companies. Mr. Hackett earned a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

         Robert Hartman has served as a director of our company since November 2006. From 1979 to September 2005, Mr. Hartman served in various management roles for Universal Technical Institute, including President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. During the 1980's, Mr. Hartman served as Chairman of the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education and was Founder and Chairman of the Western Council of Private Career Schools. Mr. Hartman earned an M.B.A. from DePaul University and a B.A. from Michigan State University.

         Adarsh Sarma has served as a director of our company since July 2005. Mr. Sarma is a Managing Director in the Technology, Media and Telecommunication group at Warburg Pincus LLC, which he joined as a Principal in 2005. From 2002 to early 2005, Mr. Sarma was a Principal at Chryscapital, a private equity firm. Mr. Sarma also serves as a director of Metavante Technologies, Inc. and one privately-held company. Mr. Sarma earned a B.A. from Knox College and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

        In June 2003, Mr. Clark acquired and subsequently hired the management to operate Foundation College, an education provider which conducted campus-based training programs through the California Employment Training Panel. From November 2003 to August 2004, Ms. Dackerman served as President and Chief Financial Officer of Foundation College. Due to a significant decrease in state funding, the business filed for bankruptcy in December 2005.

Board Composition after this Offering

        Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will consist of six members. Our bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board.

        All directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. We have divided the terms of office of the directors into three classes:

105


        Class I consists of Messrs. Craig and Hartman, Class II consists of Messrs. Crandall and Sarma and Class III consists of Messrs. Clark and Hackett. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Craig, Crandall, Hackett, Hartman and Sarma are independent for purposes of NYSE rules.

        There are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.

Board Committees

        We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. After this offering, our board will generally meet at least quarterly, and we expect the committees will meet on a similar schedule.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Crandall, Craig and Hartman. The chair of the audit committee is Mr. Crandall, whom the board of directors has determined is an audit committee financial expert. The functions of this committee include:

        We believe the composition of our audit committee will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee will comply with, applicable NYSE and SEC rules, including the requirement that the audit committee have at least one qualified financial expert. We intend for (i) at least one member of our audit committee to be independent as of the date of this prospectus, (ii) a majority of the members of our audit committee to be independent within 90 days after the date of this prospectus and (iii) all members of our audit committee to be independent no later than one year after the date of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of four directors, Messrs. Craig, Crandall, Hackett and Sarma. The chair of the compensation committee is Mr. Hackett. The functions of this committee include:

106


        We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee will comply with, applicable NYSE and SEC rules. We intend for (i) at least one member of our compensation committee to be independent as of the date of this prospectus, (ii) a majority of the members of our compensation committee to be independent within 90 days after the date of this prospectus and (iii) all members of our compensation committee to be independent no later than one year after the date of this prospectus.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our nominating and governance committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Craig, Hartman and Sarma. The chair of the nominating and governance committee is Mr. Sarma. The functions of this committee include:

        We believe that the composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and governance committee will comply with applicable NYSE and SEC rules. We intend for (i) at least one member of our nominating and governance committee to be independent as of the date of this prospectus, (ii) a majority of the members of our nominating and governance committee to be independent within 90 days after the date of this prospectus and (iii) all members of our nominating and governance committee to be independent no later than one year after the date of this prospectus.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a written code of ethics applicable to our board of directors, officers and employees in accordance with the rules of the NYSE and the SEC. Our code of ethics, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        In 2008, none of the members of our compensation committee had a relationship with us other than as directors and stockholders and they were not (i) one of our officers or employees, (ii) a participant in a "related person" transaction or (iii) an executive officer of another entity where one of our executive officers serves on the board of directors.

107


Compensation of Directors

        For 2008, no non-employee director received any compensation for their services as a director other than as discussed below. Directors who are one of our employees, such as Mr. Clark, do not receive any compensation for their services as our directors. Directors are reimbursed for travel and other expenses directly related to activities as directors. Directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, and indemnification agreements.

        The following table provides compensation information for the non-employee directors for 2008:

Name
  Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
  Stock
Awards ($)
(1)
  Option
Awards ($)
(1)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Robert Hartman(2)

              $ 2,513   $ 30,000   $ 32,513  

Dale Crandall(3)

                          $  

Patrick Hackett(4)

                          $  

Ryan Craig(5)

        $ 1,593,721               $ 1,593,721  

Adarsh Sarma

                          $  

(1)
The amounts in these columns are the expenses recorded in our financial statements, excluding any assumed forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2008 according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) (SFAS 123R). Assumptions used to calculate these amounts are included in Note 11, "Stock-Based Compensation," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Mr. Hartman entered into an independent consulting agreement with us in November 2006, which was amended in January 2008. The agreement provided for an original one year term with one year automatic extensions unless either party gave notice that it did not want to so extend the agreement. The term of the agreement currently extends through November 28, 2009. His services include providing operational and strategic planning. The original agreement provided that Mr. Hartman was entitled to a fee of $20,000 per year, which could be reduced if he worked only a portion of the year. The January 2008 amendment increased this amount to $30,000 per year effective in 2008. On February 28, 2007, Mr. Hartman was awarded a time-based vesting nonqualified stock option to purchase up to 198,516 common shares at a per share exercise price of $0.09 which was equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. This award had a SFAS 123R grant date fair value of $7,941. Mr. Hartman's option vests as follows: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the thirty-three months following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date. In addition, upon termination of Mr. Hartman's services by us without cause or due to termination of services because of death or disability, the vesting of the option will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later in time. In addition, the outstanding unvested portion of the option will become fully vested upon a change in control of us if the option is not assumed or replaced. No dividend equivalent payments will be provided on the stock option if we were to pay dividends on our common stock.

(3)
Mr. Crandall was appointed to our board of directors on December 11, 2008. We entered into an agreement with Mr. Crandall to serve as a member of our board and also to serve as the chair of our audit committee.

(4)
Mr. Hackett was appointed to our board of directors on March 11, 2008.

(5)
Mr. Craig entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus in August 2004 to serve on our board of directors and to serve as a consultant in 2004 to us on behalf of Warburg Pincus. This agreement was amended in December 2008. Under this agreement, Warburg Pincus agreed to compensate Mr. Craig from its equity ownership of us. For his director services from August 2004 to August 2008, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 198,516 shares of our common stock from Warburg Pincus. In his role as a consultant to us in 2004, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 305,826 shares of our common stock from Warburg Pincus. In January 2009, Mr. Craig received the sum total of 504,342 of our common shares for his services. See Note 15, "Related Party Transactions—Director Agreement," to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

108


        The below table reflects the aggregate number of stock option awards held by each of the non-employee directors as of December 31, 2008. No stock awards have been granted to the non-employee directors by us.

Name
  Time-Based Vesting Nonqualified
Stock Options (#)
  Grant Date   Per Share
Exercise
Price
  Expiration
Date
 

Robert Hartman

    198,516     2/28/07   $ 0.09     9/15/16  

Dale Crandall

                       

Patrick Hackett

                       

Ryan Craig

                       

Adarsh Sarma

                       

        In March 2009, our board of directors unanimously adopted a compensation program for non-employee directors in connection with this offering and effective in 2009.

        The following table presents our non-employee director compensation program:

Position
  Annual retainer ($)   Annual Stock Option Award ($)  
Continuing Director     20,000     35,000  
Audit Committee Chair     10,000      
Compensation Committee Chair     5,000      
Nominating and Governance Committee Chair     5,000      
Audit Committee Member     5,000      
Compensation Committee Member     3,000      
Nominating and Governance Committee Member     3,000      

        In addition, in lieu of the annual stock option award referenced in the above table, a newly elected director will receive a special one-time stock option grant, valued at $60,000, in connection with their commencement of service on the board of directors. This stock option award will vest as follows: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the grant date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the grant date for the thirty-three months following the first anniversary of the grant date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the grant date.

        The annual cash retainers will be paid in equal installments on a quarterly basis, beginning on January 1, 2009 for Messrs. Craig and Hartman and intended to begin effective upon the closing of this offering for Messrs. Hackett and Sarma. The number of shares subject to the stock option awards shall be calculated by dividing its dollar value by the Black-Scholes option value at the time of grant. The annual stock option award for continuing directors will fully vest on the first anniversary of grant subject to continued service.

        In addition, upon a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement, fifty percent (50%) of the director's stock options will become additionally vested and the remaining unvested portion of the director's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period. However, vesting on the remaining unvested options will be accelerated and become exercisable upon termination of a director's service from a publicly traded company if the director (i) is asked to resign (other than for cause) from the board of directors or (ii) is not re-elected for a new term during the twelve months following the change of control.

        In connection with this offering and pursuant to the above table, the non-employee directors will each receive option grants on the day before the date of this offering with a per share exercise price equal to the price at which shares are sold to the public in this offering. Mr. Crandall will receive

109



option grants as both a newly elected director and a continuing director while the other non-employee directors will receive continuing director option grants. Thereafter, it is expected that the annual stock option grants will be issued on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders.

        Our compensation committee will review director compensation annually, including fees, retainers and equity compensation, as well as total compensation and make recommendations to the board of directors.

110



COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

        The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid or awarded to, or earned by, our "named executive officers," who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For 2008, the named executive officers were:

        This compensation discussion and analysis section addresses and explains the compensation practices that were followed in 2008, the numerical and related information contained in the summary compensation and related tables presented below and actions taken regarding executive compensation since December 31, 2008, that could reflect a fair understanding of a named executive officer's compensation during 2008.

Historical Compensation Decisions

        Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company with a relatively small number of stockholders, including our principal investor, Warburg Pincus. As such, we have not been subject to stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of board committees, including audit, compensation and nominating committees. Most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for 2008, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our compensation committee, although the compensation committee did discuss the compensation for other executive officers with Mr. Clark (who is also a director).

Overview, Objectives and Compensation Philosophy

        Our compensation committee is responsible for determining the compensation of the named executive officers. The committee oversees the compensation programs for these officers to ensure consistency with our corporate goals and objectives and is responsible for designing and executing our compensation program with respect to the named executive officers.

        The compensation committee reviews overall company and individual performance in connection with the review and determination of each named executive officer's compensation. For company performance, historically the focus has been principally on achievement of annual revenue and EBITDA levels. See "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" for details on our recent financial performance. As an emerging growth company, the compensation committee believes that increasing revenue and profitability are the most direct ways to enhance stockholder value and therefore has specifically linked incentive compensation with company performance in these two fundamental financial areas. For individual performance, the compensation committee also reviews an executive's achievement of non-financial objectives and considers the recommendations of Mr. Clark (who is also a director).

        We believe that we have assembled an outstanding management team which has produced excellent results from 2004 to the present. There has been no turnover in any of our named executive officers since their commencement of employment with us. We believe our growth and management team retention demonstrate the success and effectiveness of our compensation policies.

111


        Our annual revenue of $218.3 million in 2008 was $132.6 million more than our annual revenue of $85.7 million in 2007 and $189.7 million more than our annual revenue in 2006. Our net income of $26.4 million in 2008 was $23.1 million more than our net income of $3.3 million in 2007. We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named executive officers for their services in 2008 were reasonable, appropriate and in our best interests.

Peer Group Information and Compensation Consultants Reports

        In 2007, the compensation committee engaged an independent outside compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners, or Pearl, to construct a peer group of companies, provide marketplace information, provide advice on competitive market practices and also support specific decisions regarding compensation for the named executive officers. Pearl had not previously and has not subsequently provided any other services to us. In 2008, the compensation committee engaged Mercer, LLC, or Mercer, to assess our executive organizational structure and job titles, construct a peer group of companies, provide marketplace information, provide advice on competitive market practices and support specific decisions regarding long-term equity incentive compensation for the named executive officers. Mercer had not previously provided any services to us. Mercer is currently providing overall compensation analysis and position leveling analysis to assist us in our 2009 compensation analysis.

        In 2007 Pearl selected the following publicly-held postsecondary education companies to be the peer group for purposes of examining our executive compensation programs:

        Pearl selected publicly-held companies due to the greater availability of compensation data. Pearl performed a regression analysis to better calibrate market pay levels for a company of Bridgepoint's current and projected size. Pearl also utilized the following general industry survey information for purposes of evaluating compensation comparisons:

        In addition to surveying external compensation information, Pearl examined the named executive officers' employment agreements and interviewed each of the named executive officers and one of our board members in order to better understand the internal perception of our business objectives and compensation arrangements. Pearl provided the compensation committee with a written report that summarized its findings and contained Pearl's compensation recommendations. The findings of the Pearl report were one factor that the compensation committee considered, but it was not the predominant basis for the compensation committee's executive compensation decisions, in part because

112



the surveyed peer group companies were publicly traded entities whereas we were a privately-held company.

        In 2008, the compensation committee engaged an independent outside compensation consultant, Mercer, to construct a peer group and review and assess our compensation levels, organizational structure, and long-term equity incentive plan features. Mercer selected a peer group of similarly-sized public for-profit education companies for purposes of conducting its review, which was similar to the peer group selected by Pearl (identified above), except that it excluded Apollo Group, Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Career Education Corp. and instead included:

        Mercer also utilized the following general industry survey information for purposes of its assessment:

        In addition to surveying external compensation information, Mercer examined our compensation program, the Pearl report and the valuation of our equity compensation. Mercer also interviewed our senior executives for purposes of better understanding the long-term incentive/equity strategy. Mercer provided the compensation committee with a written report that summarized its findings.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

        In 2008, while the compensation committee generally considered the financial accounting and tax implications of its executive compensation decisions, neither element was a material consideration in the compensation awarded to our named executive officers during such fiscal year.

Components of Executive Compensation

        The compensation of the named executive officers has three primary components:

        Perquisites, and benefits generally available to other employees, represent only a minor portion of the total compensation of the named executive officers.

Annual Base Salary and Annual Bonus

        The compensation committee sets base salaries primarily based on the abilities, performance and experience of the named executive officers. The compensation committee also reviews their past compensation and compensation data for comparable positions in the postsecondary education industry. The compensation committee seeks to set base salaries for the named executive officers at competitive levels.

        The compensation committee believes it is important to provide the named executive officers with an annual performance-based cash incentive bonus plan in order to further motivate the officers and

113



provide compensation that is directly linked to achievement of corporate goals and objectives. As discussed further in the "Executive Employment Agreements" section, four of the five named executive officers are a party to an employment agreement with us, each of which provides that the named executive officer will be eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on attainment of company performance criteria. Each of the employment agreements also specifies an annual target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary and that the actual bonus paid may be more or less than the target amount. In 2008, for each named executive officer with an employment agreement, their annual bonus was based on achievement of annual revenue and EBITDA goals with revenue receiving 65% of the weighting and EBITDA receiving the remaining 35%.

        Mr. Woodard is the only named executive officer who is not a party to an employment agreement with us. In November 2007, the compensation committee established Mr. Woodard's base salary and target annual bonus for 2008. The compensation committee used the same criteria it used for the named executive officers with employment agreements (described above) in order to determine Mr. Woodard's actual annual bonus amount for 2008.

        The annual bonus arrangements for 2008 are further described in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2008" table below.

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

        We provide long-term equity incentive compensation to retain our named executive officers and to provide for a significant portion of their compensation to be at risk and linked directly with the appreciation of stockholder value. Long-term compensation has been generally provided through equity awards in the form of stock options with time and performance-based vesting conditions and under the terms and conditions of our Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2005 Plan"). We do not have a formal policy for when we grant stock options or other equity-based awards.

        The 2005 Plan was last amended and approved by our stockholders in November 2007 and is scheduled to expire in January 2016 unless terminated earlier by us. Effective with this offering, we will no longer make any new grants under the 2005 Plan and will instead issue equity compensation awards under our new 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, discussed below.

        The 2005 Plan is administered by the compensation committee, which has the authority, among other things, to:

        The 2005 Plan provides that we may grant awards to our employees, non-employee directors or consultants or those of our affiliates. We may award these individuals with either stock options and/or stock purchase rights.

        Stock options may be granted under the 2005 Plan, including incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code, and nonqualified stock options. While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we may grant nonstatutory stock options or restricted stock purchase rights to any eligible participant. The option exercise price of all stock options granted under the 2005 Plan is determined by the compensation committee, except that any incentive stock option will not be granted at a price that is less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Stock options may be exercised as determined by the

114



compensation committee, but in no event after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. A stock purchase right award is the grant of shares of our common stock at a price determined by the compensation committee (including zero), that is nontransferable and is subject to a right of repurchase. No stock purchase rights have been awarded to any of the named executive officers.

        The named executive officers will not receive dividend equivalent payments on outstanding stock options granted under the 2005 Plan if we were to pay dividends on our common stock. The stock option grant agreements also generally provide for some or all of the unvested options to vest immediately when certain events occur, including a change in control of the company, the officer's death or disability and qualifying involuntary terminations of employment. The term "change in control" under the 2005 Plan is generally defined to include (i) the acquisition of at least 50% of our voting securities by any person other than an affiliate of ours or Warburg Pincus that holds our equity securities; or (ii) the sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the company assets to a person who is not an affiliate of ours or Warburg Pincus. Unvested stock options are subject to forfeiture for non-qualifying terminations of employment.

        A total of 45,254,291 shares of common stock can be issued as stock options and stock purchase rights under the 2005 Plan and 4,954,000 shares remained available for issuance as of December 31, 2008 and also as of March 1, 2009.

        In 2008, the compensation committee granted no stock options under the 2005 Plan to the named executive officers. Details on previously granted awards under this 2005 Plan to the named executive officers are provided in the "Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End—2008" table below.

        In March 2009, our board of directors unanimously approved the 2009 Plan to replace the 2005 Plan such that, effective with this offering, we will no longer make any new grants under the 2005 Plan. Further details of the 2009 Plan are provided below under "2009 Compensation Decisions."

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

        We do not offer extensive or elaborate benefits to the named executive officers. We seek to compensate our named executive officers at levels that eliminate the need for perquisites and enable each individual officer to provide for his own needs. We offer other employee benefits to the named executive officers for the purpose of meeting current and future health and security needs for the officers and their families. These benefits, which are generally offered to all eligible employees, include medical, dental, and life insurance benefits; short-term disability pay; long-term disability insurance; flexible spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements; and a 401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings plan is a defined contribution plan established in accordance with Section 401(a) of the Code. Employees may make pre-tax contributions into the plan, expressed as a percentage of compensation, up to annual limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service and we may make matching contributions. To date, we have not provided any matching contributions under the 401(k) plan, although the compensation committee retains the ability to do this in the future.

Senior Management Benefit Plan

        We have a Senior Management Benefit Plan, referred to as the Benefit Plan, in which members of our senior management, including named executive officers, are eligible to participate.

        The Benefit Plan provides an annual benefit of up to $100,000 per participant (including the participant's eligible dependents) for unreimbursed medical expenses during a calendar year that are not covered by our major medical plan. The unreimbursed medical expenses covered under the Benefit Plan include deductibles, coinsurance amounts, special health equipment, annual physicals, dental care and vision care, among others. Additionally, the Benefit Plan provides worldwide medical assistance

115



services, including locating the nearest medical facility, finding an attorney and making arrangements for emergency medical evacuation.

Change in Control and Severance

        In 2008, only the named executive officers that were a party to an employment agreement were eligible to have received contractually-provided severance benefits. These severance benefits were generally intended to match what is provided by our competitors and also intended to provide compensation while the officer searches for new employment after experiencing an involuntary termination of employment from us. We believe that providing severance protection for these named executive officers upon their involuntary termination of employment is an important retention tool that is necessary in the competitive marketplace for talented executives. We believe that the amounts of these payments and benefits and the periods of time during which they would be provided are fair and reasonable. We have not historically taken into account any amounts that may be received by a named executive officer following termination of employment when establishing current compensation levels. Our stock option grant agreements with each of the named executive officers also generally provide for some or all of the unvested options to vest immediately when certain events occur, including a change in control of the company, the officer's death or disability and qualifying involuntary terminations of employment.

Compensation of the CEO and President and Other Named Executive Officers

        The base salary, bonus and equity compensation for each of the named executive officers for 2008 is reported below under the "Summary Compensation Table." In addition, as four of the five named executive officers are a party to an employment agreement with us, additional information regarding their compensation is described below under the "Executive Employment Agreements" section.

        The compensation of the CEO and President is greater than the other named executive officers' compensation because his responsibilities for the management and strategic direction of the company are significantly greater and he has substantial additional obligations as the CEO and President. As our Chief Executive Officer and a board member, Mr. Clark has been our primary guiding force for several years. The difference between his and the other named executive officers' compensation is primarily derived from stock option awards that will only create value for Mr. Clark if our share value appreciates. The compensation committee believes it is desirable to provide a significant amount of at-risk, performance-based compensation to the CEO and President to continue to encourage and reward him for superior accomplishments.

        The compensation committee uses the same criteria to set compensation among each of the other named executive officers. The compensation committee's objective in setting their compensation is to provide them with an equitable level of compensation, taking into account (i) their performance, (ii) their responsibilities, (iii) their past compensation, (iv) their compensation relative to each other, (v) compensation levels at companies in the peer group and (vi) compensation levels of the next tier of management, as well as the recommendations of the CEO and President. In general, the base salaries, bonus opportunities and long-term equity compensation awards of the other officers are substantially similar.

2008 Compensation Decisions

        In addition to setting 2008 salaries and the 2008 target annual bonuses for each of our named executive officers and granting additional stock options, in November 2007, the compensation committee decided to create further incentives for our management by awarding, in addition to other bonuses payable, a discretionary overachievement bonus for 2008. The compensation committee does not expect to award special overachievement bonuses to management in the future.

116


        In November 2008, the compensation committee approved increases in the named executive officers' salaries effective January 1, 2009 to reward them for their contributions to the many years of successful financial performance. In setting the 2009 salaries, the compensation committee also reviewed and considered the Mercer compensation survey report. The following table provides the salaries for each of the named executive officers for 2008 and 2009:

Name
  FY08 Salary   FY09 Salary  

Andrew S. Clark

  $ 325,000   $ 375,000  

Daniel J. Devine

  $ 220,000   $ 250,000  

Christopher L. Spohn

  $ 227,000   $ 250,000  

Rodney T. Sheng

  $ 227,000   $ 250,000  

Ross L. Woodard

  $ 216,000   $ 230,000  

2009 Compensation Decisions

        In February 2009, our board of directors unanimously approved an Executive Severance Plan and a Policy on Recoupment of Compensation. Additionally, for the four named executive officers who were previously a party to an employment agreement, our compensation committee approved new employment agreements for such four executives to replace their prior employment agreements that had been effective during 2008. See "Executive Employment Agreements." Mr. Woodard, the only named executive officer who is not a party to an employment agreement, will be offered the opportunity to participate in the Executive Severance Plan. In March 2009, our board of directors unanimously adopted, and our stockholders approved, a 2009 Stock Incentive Plan and an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Set forth below is information concerning these recently adopted plans and policies.

        In March 2009, the compensation committee approved new stock option grants and a 2009 performance-based bonus compensation program for the named executive officers. The compensation committee also approved an amendment to outstanding stock options. Set forth below is information describing these new compensation arrangements and the stock option amendment.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan

        In connection with this offering, the 2009 Plan will replace the 2005 Plan for all equity-based awards to the named executive officers. The board of directors adopted the 2009 Plan because it believed the new plan was appropriate to facilitate implementation of our future compensation programs as a public company. The 2009 Plan was approved by the board of directors with a view toward providing our compensation committee with maximum flexibility to structure an executive compensation program that provides a wider range of potential incentive awards to our named executive officers, and employees generally, on a going-forward basis. The compensation philosophy and objectives adopted by the compensation committee after we are a public company will likely determine the type and structure of awards granted by the compensation committee pursuant to the new 2009 Plan.

        The 2009 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The committee has the exclusive authority, among other things, to:

    determine eligibility to receive awards;

    determine the types and number of shares of stock subject to awards;

    determine the price and terms of awards and the acceleration or waiver of any vesting;

    determine performance or forfeiture restrictions and other terms and conditions; and

117


    construe and interpret the terms of the plan, award agreements and other related documents.

        Any of our employees, directors, non-employee directors, and consultants, as determined by the compensation committee, may be selected to participate in the 2009 Plan. We may award these individuals with one or more of the following types of awards and all awards will be evidenced by an executed agreement between us and the grantee:

    stock options;

    stock appreciation rights;

    stock awards; or

    stock units.

        Stock options may be granted under the 2009 Plan, including incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options. The exercise price of all stock options granted under the 2009 Plan will be determined by the compensation committee except that all options must have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, subsequently reduce the exercise price of an option to the then-fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of such price reduction. Stock options may be exercised as determined by the compensation committee, but in no event after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        Stock appreciation rights entitle a participant to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over the exercise price of the stock appreciation rights. We may pay that amount in cash, in shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both. The exercise price of all stock appreciation rights granted under the 2009 Plan will be determined by the compensation committee except that all stock appreciation rights must have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, subsequently reduce the exercise price of a stock appreciation right to the then-fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of such price reduction.

        A stock award is the grant of shares of our common stock at a price determined by the compensation committee (including zero), and which may be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions may be based on continuing employment or achieving performance goals. During the period of vesting, participants holding shares of restricted stock generally will have full voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares.

        A stock unit is a bookkeeping entry that represents the equivalent of a share of our common stock. A stock unit is similar to a restricted stock award except that participants holding stock units do not have any stockholder rights until the stock unit is settled with shares. Stock units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation for us and a holder of a stock unit has no rights other than those of a general creditor.

        Subject to certain adjustments in the event of a change in capitalization or similar transaction, we may issue a maximum of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock under the 2009 Plan. Additionally, the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan will automatically increase, without the need for further approval by our stockholders, on January 1, 2010 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, by a number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) of the number of shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) 6,000,000 shares or (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors. Further, in the event a reverse stock split is effected prior to the effectiveness of this offering, the amount resulting after the proportionate adjustment to: (x) the maximum amount of shares that may be issued under the 2009 Plan shall be rounded down to the nearest 250,000 shares; (y) the 6,000,000 share

118



amount, in clause (ii) above, shall be rounded down to the nearest 100,000 shares; and (z) the Code Section 162(m) limits for awards listed below shall be rounded down to the nearest 50,000 shares. Such downward adjustments shall be a one-time special adjustment. Shares subject to awards that expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

        To the extent that an award is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), then the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable in the form of each type of award under the 2009 Plan to any one participant during a fiscal year shall not exceed 3,500,000 shares, in each case with such limit increased to 7,000,000 shares for grants occurring in a participant's year of hire. Additionally, no participant shall receive in excess of the aggregate amount of 3,500,000 shares pursuant to all awards issued under the 2009 Plan during any fiscal year, with such aggregate limit increased to 7,000,000 shares for awards occurring in a participant's year of hire.

        The 2009 Plan provides that in the event there is a change in control and the applicable agreement of merger or reorganization provides for assumption or continuation of the awards, no acceleration of vesting shall occur. In the event that a change in control occurs with respect to us and there is no assumption or continuation of awards, all awards shall vest and become exercisable as of immediately before such change in control. The term "change in control" under the 2009 Plan is generally defined to include: (i) the acquisition of more than 50% of our voting securities by any person other than Warburg Pincus or its affiliates, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or (iii) certain changes in the majority of the board members.

        The board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2009 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule. Unless terminated earlier, the 2009 Plan will terminate on March 15, 2019.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

        Under the ESPP, our employees will have an opportunity to acquire our common shares at a specified discount from the fair market value as permitted by Section 423 of the Code. The compensation committee will administer the ESPP and the board of directors may amend or terminate the ESPP subject to obtaining any required stockholder approval. The ESPP is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

        We have authorized and reserved a total of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP. Additionally, the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will automatically increase, without the need for further approval by our stockholders, on January 1, 2010 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, by a number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the number of shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) 2,000,000 shares or (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors. We will make appropriate adjustments to the number of authorized shares and to outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. In the event a reverse stock split is effected prior to the effectiveness of this offering, the amount resulting after the proportionate adjustment to: (x) the maximum amount of shares that may be issued under the ESPP shall be rounded down to the nearest 100,000 shares; and (y) the 2,000,000 share amount, in clause (ii) above, shall be rounded down to the nearest 50,000 shares. Such downward adjustments shall be a one-time special adjustment. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.

        The compensation committee has preliminarily decided that there shall be three month offering periods with a five percent (5%) discount from the fair market value of a share on the date of purchase when the ESPP commences its offering of shares to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, the

119



compensation committee and board of directors retain the ability to change the offering periods and purchase price. Our employees, and the employees of any future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are employed by us. As required by Section 423 of the Code, participants in the ESPP will generally all have the same rights and privileges. However, we may exclude certain employees from being participants as permitted by Section 423 of the Code. In this regard, the compensation committee has determined that the named executive officers will not be participants in the ESPP when the ESPP commences its offering of shares to eligible employees. The compensation committee currently believes that the named executive officers should receive their equity compensation through the stock incentive plans which do not provide a discount from the option exercise price.

2009 Stock Option Grants to Named Executive Officers

        In March 2009, the compensation committee, with input from its independent compensation consultant, Mercer, LLC, decided to award stock options to our employees including the named executive officers. The compensation committee wanted to provide further equity retention and incentive compensation for the named executive officers particularly since their outstanding equity awards were largely vested. The stock options will be granted under the 2009 Plan to the named executive officers on the day before the date of this offering. The options will have a per share exercise price equal to the price at which shares are sold to the public in this offering and will contain time-based vesting conditions that are as described in Note 4 to the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End-2008" table. The number of shares subject to these option grants will be as shown in the following table:

 
  Number of Shares
Subject to Option
 
Andrew S. Clark     3,000,000  
Daniel J. Devine     1,000,000  
Christopher L. Spohn     1,200,000  
Rodney T. Sheng     1,200,000  
Ross L. Woodard     1,000,000  

2009 Performance-Based Bonus Program

        In March 2009, the compensation committee, with input from its independent compensation consultant, Mercer, LLC, adopted an annual cash bonus compensation program for 2009 for our employees including the named executive officers. Bonuses for the named executive officers will be based on achievement of annual revenue goals in 2009, EBITDA goals in 2009 and quality/customer satisfaction goals, with revenue receiving 25% of the weighting, EBITDA receiving 50% of the weighting and quality/customer satisfaction receiving the remaining 25%. The bonus targets will require a significant increase in revenue and EBITDA over our performance in 2008. In order for a named executive officer to receive any bonus, we must achieve at least threshold performance as defined under the bonus program.

120


        The threshold, target and maximum bonuses that can be earned by the named executive officers for 2009 under this performance-based program will be as shown in the following table:

 
  Threshold   Target   Maximum  
Andrew S. Clark   $ 187,500   $ 375,000   $ 750,000  
Daniel J. Devine   $ 62,500   $ 125,000   $ 250,000  
Christopher L. Spohn   $ 62,500   $ 125,000   $ 250,000  
Rodney T. Sheng   $ 75,000   $ 150,000   $ 300,000  
Ross L. Woodard   $ 57,500   $ 115,000   $ 230,000  

        The compensation committee may in its discretion award bonus amounts that fall in between the figures expressed in the table above for attainment of performance that falls in between the specified goals.

Stock Option Amendment

        In 2006 and 2007, stock options, portions of which included vesting conditions based upon qualifying change in control or liquidity event transactions, referred to as "exit options," were granted to the named executive officers. Under the original terms of the exit options, full vesting of all the exit options would not occur until our principal investor, Warburg Pincus, had completed the sale of all of its ownership in us. The primary purpose of the exit options was to provide an additional incentive to such individuals to build a successful business which would achieve an attractive return on the investment made by all stockholders. Our board of directors, including the Warburg Pincus representatives, believe that the purpose of the exit options has been achieved and that it was therefore appropriate to vest the outstanding exit options upon the closing of this offering, rather than wait for full vesting to occur if and when Warburg Pincus sold its shares. Accordingly, in March 2009, the compensation committee approved an amendment to the exit options such that the exit options will vest in full upon the date of this offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Acceleration of Exit Options." Further details on the exit options and their vesting criteria is provided below in Note 7 to the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End—2008" table.

Executive Severance Plan

        We established the Executive Severance Plan to provide severance pay and other benefits to certain eligible management or highly compensated employees. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the Executive Severance Plan. However, the Executive Severance Plan cannot be amended to reduce benefits, except as may be required by law, without providing twelve months advance written notice to the covered employees.

        The compensation committee determines which employees are eligible to participate in the Executive Severance Plan. Only Mr. Woodard of the named executive officers will be offered the opportunity to be a participant in the Executive Severance Plan.

        If Mr. Woodard's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by him for "good reason" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan), he will be eligible to receive severance benefits under the Executive Severance Plan including (a) severance pay equal to six months of his base salary; and (b) Company-paid medical insurance premiums after termination for up to six months. If Mr. Woodard's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by Mr. Woodard for "good reason" within twenty-four (24) months after a "change in control" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan), then all of Mr. Woodard's unvested stock option awards will fully vest as of the termination date, in addition to receiving (a) and (b) described in the preceding sentence. We will condition the payment

121



of such severance benefits upon Mr. Woodard providing us with a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

Policy on Recoupment of Compensation

        In February 2009, our board of directors adopted a Policy on Recoupment of Compensation, the "Recoupment Policy," pursuant to which certain members of management, including all of the named executive officers, may be directed to return to us performance-based compensation that the officer had previously received if either:

              (i)  there is a restatement of any of our financial statements, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (regardless of whether or not there was any misconduct committed by an executive), other than those due to changes in accounting policy, and the restated financial results would have resulted in a lesser amount of performance-based compensation being paid to the named executive officer, or

             (ii)  the named executive officer's intentional misconduct, gross negligence or failure to report intentional misconduct or gross negligence by one of our employees (or service providers) either: (x) was a contributing factor or partial factor to having to restate any of our financial statements previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or (y) constituted fraud, bribery or any other unlawful act (or contributed to another person's fraud, bribery or other unlawful act) which in each case adversely impacted our finances, business and/or reputation.

        In the event of a restatement of our financial statements, the compensation committee will review performance-based compensation awarded or paid to the named executive officers that was attributable to performance during the applicable time periods. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the compensation committee will make a determination as to whether, and how much, compensation is to be recouped by us on an individual basis. If there has been no misconduct (as described in clause (ii) above), any recoupment of compensation will be limited to a three-year lookback period from the date the financial or accounting irregularity was discovered by us.

        Moreover, if the compensation committee determines that one of the named executive officers has engaged in misconduct, the compensation committee may take such actions with respect to such executive as it deems to be in our best interests and necessary to remedy the misconduct and prevent its recurrence. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such actions can include, among other things, recoupment of compensation (which would not be limited to the three-year lookback period) and/or disciplinary actions up to and including termination of employment. The compensation committee's power to determine the appropriate remedy is in addition to, and not in replacement of, remedies imposed by law enforcement agencies, regulators or other authorities.

122


Executive Compensation

        Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

        The following tables provide information on compensation for the services of the named executive officers for 2008.


Summary Compensation Table—2008

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Option
Awards ($)
(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
(2)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
(3)
  Total ($)  

Andrew S. Clark, CEO and President

    2008
2007
  $
$
325,000
227,936
  $
$
35,989
44,901
  $
$
875,500
227,000
  $
$
13,412
5,255
  $
$
1,249,901
505,092
 

Daniel J. Devine, Chief Financial Officer

    2008
2007
  $
$
220,000
205,817
  $
$
13,230
11,771
  $
$
325,000
154,500
  $
$
4,236
5,588
  $
$
562,466
377,676
 

Christopher L. Spohn, Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer

    2008
2007
  $
$
227,000
200,403
  $
$
13,230
11,771
  $
$
323,500
170,000
  $
$
11,785
5,528
  $
$
575,515
387,702
 

Rodney T. Sheng, Senior Vice President/Chief
Administrative Officer

    2008
2007
  $
$
227,000
200,403
  $
$
13,230
11,771
  $
$
323,500
100,000
  $
$
6,358
3,156
  $
$
570,088
315,330
 

Ross L. Woodard, Senior
Vice President/Chief
Marketing Officer

    2008   $ 216,000   $ 26,406   $ 291,000   $ 12,690   $ 546,096  

(1)
Represents the expense recorded in our financial statements, excluding any assumed forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2008, according to SFAS 123R. Assumptions used to calculate these amounts are included in Note 11, "Stock-Based Compensation," to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Represents the annual discretionary cash incentive bonus awards paid to each named executive officer as further described in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards-2008" table. The below table shows the amounts earned for 2008 under the basic annual discretionary bonus opportunity and a special overachievement bonus, respectively.
2008
  Annual
Discretionary Bonus
  Special
Overachievement Bonus
 

Andrew S. Clark

  $ 227,500   $ 648,000  

Daniel J. Devine

  $ 110,000   $ 215,000  

Christopher L. Spohn

  $ 113,500   $ 210,000  

Rodney T. Sheng

  $ 113,500   $ 210,000  

Ross L. Woodard

  $ 108,000   $ 183,000  
(3)
Represents our payments for the named executive officer's medical and health insurance.

123


        The following table provides information on cash-based performance awards granted in 2008 to the named executive officers:


Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2008

 
   
  Estimated future payouts under
Non-equity incentive plan awards
 
Name
  Grant
date
  Threshold ($)   Target
($)(1)
  Maximum ($)  

Andrew S. Clark

  (2)   $ 227,500   $ 227,500   $ 875,500  

Daniel J. Devine

  (2)   $ 110,000   $ 110,000   $ 325,000  

Christopher L. Spohn

  (2)
(3)
  $
$
113,500
170,250
  $
$
113,500
170,250
  $
$
323,500
340,500
 

Rodney T. Sheng

  (2)   $ 113,500   $ 113,500   $ 323,500  

Ross L. Woodard

  (4)   $ 108,000   $ 108,000   $ 291,000  

(1)
The target amount for the annual discretionary cash incentive bonus award set for each of the named executive officers for 2008 by the compensation committee. Such target bonus amount is determined as a percentage of annual salary with Mr. Clark's percentage set at 70% of salary and the other named executive officers set at 50% of salary.

(2)
Each of the named executive officers was eligible to earn a fiscal year performance-based cash bonus pursuant to his employment agreement as discussed below. The actual annual bonus payment could have been less than or greater than the target (specified in Note 1 to this table above) depending upon the degree of attainment of company performance criteria, which were weighted as to 65% for achievement of applicable revenue targets and as to 35% of applicable EBITDA targets. For the fiscal 2008 annual cash bonus, these targets were a fiscal 2008 revenue target of $165.0 million and a fiscal 2008 EBITDA of $15.8 million. In addition, the named executive officers were eligible to earn a special overachievement bonus for fiscal 2008. The overachievement bonus amount was determined by having a discretionary bonus pool of $1.0 million for achievement of EBITDA of 150% of the target and an additional discretionary bonus pool equal to $10,000 for every percentage point improvement of EBITDA above 150% of the target prior to the adjustment to account for the expense related to Mr. Craig's stock award expense of $1.6 million. The total distribution bonus pool was $1.9 million. The compensation committee, after considering recommendations from the CEO and President, then allocated portions of the bonus pool to the named executive officers. The amount of actual bonuses that were paid to the named executive officers for 2008 are reported in Note 2 to the Summary Compensation Table.

(3)
As described in the Executive Employment Agreements section below, Mr. Spohn was eligible for an additional bonus based on attainment of annual revenue. No portion of this additional bonus opportunity was earned for 2008.

(4)
Mr. Woodard was eligible to earn a fiscal year performance-based cash bonus. There was no specific threshold or maximum and the actual fiscal year performance-based cash payment could have been less than or greater than the target (specified in Note 1 to this table above) depending upon the degree of attainment of company performance criteria, which were weighted the same as for the other four named executive officers described in Note 2 above. Additionally, Mr. Woodard was also eligible to earn a special overachievement bonus for 2008. The determination and allocation of the special overachievement bonus amount was the same as that for the other four named executive officers described in Note 2 above. The amount of the actual bonuses paid to Mr. Woodard for 2008 is reported in Note 2 to the Summary Compensation Table.

Executive Employment Agreements

        We had previously entered into employment agreements with four of the five named executive officers which were effective during 2008. In March 2009, we entered into new employment agreements

124



to replace the prior employment agreements. Each of these employment agreements are on substantially similar terms and conditions with certain differences reflected in the two tables below.

        Mr. Woodard was not a party to an employment agreement during 2008 and he is not a party to an employment agreement at this point in time. Mr. Woodard will instead be subject to, and may receive benefits from, our Executive Severance Plan described above.

        Andrew S. Clark, CEO and President.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Clark in November 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Clark will serve as Chief Executive Officer. Additionally, Mr. Clark will serve as a member of our board of directors during the time that our shares are not publicly traded and we have agreed to nominate him for election to our board at each annual meeting of stockholders following this offering. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 4, 2013.

        Daniel J. Devine, Chief Financial Officer.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Devine in December 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Devine will serve as Chief Financial Officer. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 9, 2011.

        Christopher L. Spohn, Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Spohn in December 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Spohn will serve as Senior Vice President/Chief Admissions Officer. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 3, 2011.

        Rodney T. Sheng, Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer.     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Sheng in December 2003, which was later amended in January 2006. In February 2009, we adopted a new employment agreement to replace the prior employment agreement. The new agreement provides that Mr. Sheng will serve as Senior Vice President/Chief Administrative Officer. The term of the new agreement will extend through March 4, 2011.

        Each of the employment agreements that were effective during 2008 provided for time and performance-based stock options awards to the named executive officer in connection with their hire. Additionally, each of the employment agreements that were effective during 2008 provided that the named executive officer is entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement and other benefits which are provided to our senior executives.

125


        The following table highlights certain items contained in the employment agreements that were effective during 2008:

 
  Initial Term
of
Employment
Agreement
  Base Salary (1);
Annual Target
Bonus(2)
  Acceleration
of Vesting of
Stock Options
upon Death
or
"Disability"
  Acceleration
of Vesting of
Stock Options
in connection
with a
Change in
Control
  Severance
Payments
upon
termination
without
"Cause"
  Other

Andrew S. Clark

  4 years   $200,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   12 months(5)   (6)

Daniel J. Devine

  2 years   $185,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   6 months (5)   (7)

Christopher L. Spohn

  2 years   $175,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   6 months (5)   (7)

Rodney T. Sheng

  2 years   $175,000;
25%
  (3)   (4)   5 months (5)   (7)

(1)
Each employment agreement provided that the annual base salary shall not be less than the amount listed in this column.

(2)
Each employment agreement provided that the named executive officer will be eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on attainment of company performance criteria. Each employment agreement provided for a target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary with such target percentage reflected in this column. The actual bonus paid may be more or less than the target amount. For each named executive officer, the employment agreement provided that the annual bonus will be based on achievement of annual revenue and EBITDA goals with revenue receiving 65% of the weighting and EBITDA receiving the remaining 35%. In addition to being a participant in our regular annual discretionary bonus plan, Mr. Spohn's agreement provided that he shall be eligible for an additional annual bonus which had a target bonus amount of 75% of his annual salary although the actual bonus paid may be less or more than the target amount up to a maximum of two times the target amount. Mr. Spohn's additional bonus opportunity was based on attaining annual revenue in excess of the budgeted target.

(3)
If the named executive officer's employment was terminated due to his death or disability then (i) his time-based stock options would become additionally vested as if his termination date had occurred twelve months later and (ii) the portion of his performance-based stock options that were scheduled to vest in the year of his termination would become additionally vested provided that the applicable performance criteria was satisfied for such year of termination of employment.

(4)
In the event of a change of control of the company, the named executive officer's exit options would vest if Warburg Pincus received proceeds from such transaction that were equal to or greater than four times their aggregate purchase price paid for our equity securities. If the named executive officer is subject to an involuntary termination within twelve (12) months after a change in control, then (i) the named executive officer's time-vested options shall fully vest and become exercisable on the date of the involuntary termination.

(5)
If we terminated the named executive officer's employment without cause (and in the case of Mr. Clark, if he is not re-elected to the board by stockholders), then the named executive officer would have received (a) continuation of base salary for the number of months reflected in this column and (b) company-paid COBRA health insurance benefits after termination for up to the number of months reflected in this column, as long as the named executive officer is eligible for and elects to continue his COBRA health insurance following the date of termination and (c) an acceleration of the vesting of his time-based options as if service terminated twelve months later. We were allowed to condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive

126


(6)
We were obligated to provide Mr. Clark with life insurance with a face amount of at least twice his annual base salary.

(7)
Each of the named executive officers were eligible to receive relocation expense reimbursements in connection with their hire. Mr. Sheng was provided with a reimbursement in connection with the early termination of his employment from his previous employer.

        The following table highlights certain items contained in the new employment agreements that were adopted in February 2009. Additionally, each of the new employment agreements provide that the named executive officer is entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement and other benefits which are provided to our senior executives. The term of each of the new employment agreements will automatically extend for an additional year upon the end of the initial term and thereafter on each anniversary unless either party timely gives notice that it does want to so extend the agreement.

 
  Initial Term
of New
Employment
Agreement
  Base Salary(1);
Annual Target
Bonus(2)
  Severance
Payments
upon Death
  Severance
Payments upon
"Disability"
  Severance
Payments upon
termination
within the
Change in
Control Period
  Severance
Payments upon
termination
without
"Cause" or
"Good Reason"
  Other

Andrew S. Clark

  4 years   $375,000;
100%
  (3)   (4)   (5)   (7)   (9)(10)

Daniel J. Devine

  2 years   $250,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   (6)   (8)   (10)

Christopher L. Spohn

  2 years   $250,000;
50%
  (3)   (4)   (6)   (8)   (10)

Rodney T. Sheng

  2 years   $250,000;
60%
  (3)   (4)   (6)   (8)   (10)

(1)
Each employment agreement provides that the annual base salary shall be the amount listed in this column, which may be periodically reviewed and increased by our board of directors in its discretion.

(2)
Each employment agreement provides that the named executive officer will be eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on attainment of performance criteria. Each employment agreement provides for a target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary with such target percentage reflected in this column. The actual bonus paid may be more or less than the target amount. In addition, upon any termination of Mr. Clark's employment other than for Cause, Mr. Clark will be eligible to be paid a pro-rata bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year.

(3)
If a named executive officer's employment is terminated due to his death then (i) his outstanding unvested time-based stock options would become additionally vested as if his termination date had occurred twelve months later; (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of his then outstanding unvested performance-based stock options would become additionally vested; (iii) his estate would receive an additional six (6) months base salary; and (iv) his dependents will receive an additional six (6) months of medical benefits. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive officer providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(4)
If a named executive officer's employment is terminated due to his "disability" (as defined in the employment agreement) then (i) his outstanding unvested time-based stock options would become

127


(5)
If Mr. Clark's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by Mr. Clark for "good reason" within twenty-four (24) months after a "change in control," as defined in the employment agreement, then Mr. Clark will receive: (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twenty-four months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to two times Mr. Clark's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical insurance premiums after termination for up to 24 months; (d) all unvested stock option awards will fully vest as of the termination date; (e) a pro-rata bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year; and (f) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon Mr. Clark providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(6)
If the named executive officer's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer for "good reason" within twenty-four (24) months after a "change in control," as defined in the employment agreement, then the named executive officer will receive: (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twelve months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to one times the named executive officer's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical insurance premiums after termination for up to 12 months; (d) all unvested stock option awards will fully vest as of the termination date; and (e) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive officer providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(7)
If Mr. Clark's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by Mr. Clark for "good reason," as defined in the employment agreement, then Mr. Clark will receive (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twenty-four months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to two times Mr. Clark's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical and life insurance premiums after termination for up to 24 months; (d) the vesting of time-based options will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later; (e) a pro-rata bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year; and (f) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon Mr. Clark providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(8)
If the named executive officer's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer for "good reason," as defined in the employment agreement, then the named executive officer will receive (a) cash payments equal in the aggregate to twelve months of his base salary; (b) cash payments equal to one times the named executive officer's annual target bonus, irrespective of achievement of performance goals; (c) company-paid medical and life insurance premiums after termination for up to 12 months; (d) the vesting of time-based options will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later; and (e) his annual bonus for the completed fiscal year prior to the year of termination, if not already paid. We will condition the payment of the severance benefits upon the named executive officer providing a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties.

(9)
We are obligated to provide Mr. Clark with life insurance with a face amount of at least twice his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Clark is eligible to receive up to $15,000 in legal fees he incurs in connection with the execution of this new employment agreement.

128


(10)
In the event the named executive officer has received payments that are subject to golden parachute excise taxes, then such payments will be reduced to a level that would not subject the named executive officer to golden parachute excise taxes unless, after comparing the value of the payments on an after-tax basis (including the golden parachute excise tax), the named executive officer would be in a better economic position by receiving all payments. In addition, upon the consummation of a change of control (as defined in the employment agreements), fifty percent (50%) of the named executive officer's unvested time-based stock options and performance-based stock options will become additionally vested, and the remaining unvested portion of the named executive officer's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period.

Equity Awards

        The following table shows the number of our common shares covered by stock options held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2008. No named executive officer held any of our unvested restricted common shares or restricted stock units as of December 31, 2008.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End—2008

 
  Option awards  
Name
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
  Option
exercise
price ($)
  Option
expiration
date
 

Andrew S. Clark

    3,889,844
3,889,844

87,750
81,250
   

5,636,640
237,250
243,750
650,000
  $
$
$
$
$
$
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
    4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Daniel J. Devine

   
1,005,994
1,005,994

33,750
31,250
   


268,411
91,250
93,750
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Christopher L. Spohn

   
1,005,994
1,005,994

33,750
31,250
   


671,029
91,250
93,750
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Rodney T. Sheng

   
1,005,994
1,005,994

33,750
31,250
   


671,029
91,250
93,750
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
4/1/2014
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(1)(4)
(1)(5)
(1)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

Ross L. Woodard

   
555,309
804,795

57,375
53,125
   
249,486

536,823
155,125
159,375
375,000
 
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.13
0.13
0.13
   
2/15/2016
2/15/2016
2/15/2016
11/27/2017
11/27/2017
11/27/2017

(3)(4)
(3)(5)
(3)(7)
(2)(4)
(2)(6)
(2)(7)

(1)
These options were granted under the 2005 Plan on February 15, 2006, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was April 1, 2004.

129


(2)
These options were granted under the 2005 Plan on November 27, 2007, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was November 27, 2007.

(3)
These options were granted under the 2005 Plan on February 15, 2006, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our common shares on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was February 15, 2006.

(4)
These time-based options vest as follows: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the thirty-three months following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date. In addition, upon termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in the 2005 Plan) or due to termination of employment because of death or disability, the vesting of the option will accelerate as if service had terminated twelve months later in time. In addition, upon a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement us, fifty percent (50%) of the named executive officer's unvested time-based stock options will become additionally vested and the remaining unvested portion of the named executive officer's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period. Further, the outstanding unvested portion of the option will become fully vested upon an involuntary termination of the named executive officer's employment within the twelve (12) month period following a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement. Further, in the event of a corporate reorganization, merger, liquidation, spinoff, or agreement for the sale of substantially all of our assets and property in which the named executive officer's options are not substituted or assumed, then the named executive officer's time-based options shall fully vest and become exercisable on the date that immediately proceeds the effective date of such event.

(5)
These performance-based options vest as follows: (i) beginning with fiscal year 2005 and ending with fiscal year 2008, 25% of the option vests for each fiscal year in which our performance targets (as defined in the stock option award) based on our annual revenue and annual EBITDA were achieved, (ii) for any fiscal year in which the annual performance targets were not achieved, such portion will vest if in any subsequent fiscal year the cumulative revenue and EBITDA targets were achieved (the cumulative targets are defined in the stock option award). In addition, upon termination of the named executive officer's employment because of death or disability, the portion of the option eligible to vest in the year of termination will vest to the extent the performance targets were achieved in the year in which termination occurs. In addition, upon a "change in control," as defined in the stock option agreement us, fifty percent (50%) of the named executive officer's performance-based stock options will become additionally vested and the remaining unvested portion of the named executive officer's stock options will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting schedule but at fifty percent (50%) of the original rate of vesting over the vesting period. Further, in the event of a corporate reorganization, merger, liquidation, spinoff, or agreement for the sale of substantially all of our assets and property in which the named executive officer's options are not substituted or assumed, then the named executive officer's the performance-based options will vest to the extent that the applicable performance

130


 
  Fiscal Year
2005
  Fiscal Year
2006
  Fiscal Year
2007
  Fiscal Year
2008

Annual EBITDA

  ($7,430,000) or
greater
  ($238,000) or
greater
  $3,920,000   $5,880,000

Annual Revenue

 

$7,871,000

 

$21,808,000

 

$39,879,000

 

$49,000,000

Cumulative EBITDA

 

($7,430,000) or
greater

 

($7,668,000) or
greater

 

($3,748,000)

 

$2,132,000

Cumulative Revenue

 

$7,871,000

 

$29,679,000

 

$69,558,000

 

$118,558,000

(6)
These performance-based options vest as follows: (i) beginning with fiscal year 2008 (shown in the following sentence) and ending with fiscal year 2011, 25% of the option vests for each fiscal year in which our performance targets (defined in the stock option award) based on our annual revenue and annual EBITDA were achieved, (ii) for any fiscal year in which the annual performance targets were not achieved, such portion will vest if in any subsequent fiscal year the cumulative revenue and EBITDA targets were achieved (the cumulative targets are defined in the stock option award). The target for fiscal year 2008 were: Annual EBITDA: $5,880,000; Annual Revenue: $49,000,000; Cumulative EBITDA: $5,880,000; and Cumulative Revenue: $49,000,000. The targets for fiscal year 2009 through fiscal year 2011 require significant yearly growth in revenue and EBITDA and will be challenging objectives for us to achieve. In addition, upon termination of the named executive officer's employment because of death or disability, the portion of the option eligible to vest in the year of termination will vest to the extent the performance targets were achieved in the year in which termination occurs. Further, in the event of a corporate reorganization, merger, liquidation, spinoff, or agreement for the sale of substantially all of our assets and property in which the named executive officer's options are not substituted or assumed, then the named executive officer's the performance-based options will vest to the extent that the applicable performance targets have been satisfied.

(7)
These exit options vest only upon (i) a change in control of the company (as defined in the option agreement) or (ii) a "liquidity event" (as defined in the option agreement) or (iii) completion of this offering, in each case subject to the named executive officer's continued service through the date of the change in control or liquidity event or this offering. In order for the exit option to vest under clauses (i) or (ii), Warburg Pincus must receive proceeds from such change in control or liquidity event that are equal to or greater than four times its aggregate purchase price paid for our equity securities as of the date of the transaction. The portion of the exit options that vest upon a liquidity event are determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the exit option by the relative percentage of our equity securities that Warburg Pincus sells in connection with the liquidity event. On March 28, 2009, our board of directors amended these exit options to add an additional vesting condition so that the number of shares underlying the options that would not have vested upon the closing of this offering, under the original terms of the options, will vest in full upon the closing of this offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Acceleration of Exit Options."

        No stock options were exercised by the named executive officers in 2008 and none of the named executive officers had any restricted stock that vested in 2008.

131


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Payments made upon resignation or termination for cause

        If a named executive officer resigns his employment or is terminated by us for cause, the named executive officer will be entitled only to any accrued and unpaid salary and vested benefits and no severance.

Payments made upon involuntary termination by company without cause or by employee for good reason or due to death, disability, or change in control of company

        If a named executive officer's employment is involuntarily terminated either without cause by us (or by the employee due to a specified good reason), or due to death or disability, the named executive officer will generally be entitled to continuation of base salary and/or health benefits for a specified number of months and/or accelerated vesting of at least a portion of his unvested stock options as described above in the "Executive Employment Agreements" section. If there is a change in control of the company, then the exit options may receive accelerated vesting depending on whether the applicable performance conditions are attained as described above in the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End-2008" table.

        For purposes of these events, the following definitions are generally applicable:

132


Hypothetical potential payment estimates

        The table below provides estimates for compensation payable to each named executive officer under hypothetical termination of employment and change in control scenarios under our compensatory arrangements other than nondiscriminatory arrangements generally available to salaried employees. The amounts shown in the table are estimates and assume the hypothetical involuntary termination, death or disability or change in control occurred on December 31, 2008, applying the provisions of the agreements that were in effect as of such date. Due to the number of factors and assumptions that can affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any amounts paid or distributed upon an actual event may differ.

        For purposes of the hypothetical payment estimates shown in the below table, some of the important assumptions were:

 
  Change in
Control of
Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause within 12
Months of a
Change in Control
of Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Employee for
good reason
within 12 Months
of a Change in
Control of
Company
  Death or
Disability
 

Andrew S. Clark

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 325,000   $ 325,000   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 18,000   $ 18,000   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 236,340   $ 718,868   $ 718,868   $ 236,340  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 19,386,718   $   $ 19,386,718   $ 19,386,718   $  
                       

Total

  $ 19,386,718   $ 579,340   $ 20,448,586   $ 20,105,586   $ 236,340  
                       

133


 
  Change in
Control of
Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause
  Involuntary
Termination by
Company without
Cause within 12
Months of a
Change in Control
of Company
  Involuntary
Termination by
Employee for
good reason
within 12 Months
of a Change in
Control of
Company
  Death or
Disability
 

Daniel J. Devine

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 110,000   $ 110,000   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 9,000   $ 9,000   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 90,900   $ 276,488   $ 276,488   $ 90,900  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 1,965,640   $   $ 1,965,640   $ 1,965,640   $  
                       

Total

  $ 1,965,640   $ 209,900   $ 2,361,128   $ 2,242,128   $ 90,900  
                       

Christopher L. Spohn

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 113,500   $ 113,500   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 9,000   $ 9,000   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 90,900   $ 276,488   $ 276,488   $ 90,900  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 3,209,730   $   $ 3,209,730   $ 3,209,730   $  
                       

Total

  $ 3,209,730   $ 213,400   $ 3,608,718   $ 3,486,218   $ 90,900  
                       

Rodney T. Sheng

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $ 94,583   $ 94,583   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $ 7,500   $ 7,500   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 90,900   $ 276,488   $ 276,488   $ 90,900  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 3,209,730   $   $ 3,209,730   $ 3,209,730   $  
                       

Total

  $ 3,209,730   $ 192,983   $ 3,588,301   $ 3,486,218   $ 90,900  
                       

Ross L. Woodard

                               

Base Salary Continuation

  $   $   $   $   $  

Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Time-Based Stock Options

  $   $ 776,234   $ 1,240,940   $ 1,240,940   $ 776,234  

Acceleration of Vesting of Performance-Based Stock Options

  $   $   $   $   $  

Acceleration of Vesting of Exit Stock Options(1)

  $ 2,795,033   $   $ 2,795,033   $ 2,795,033   $  
                       

Total

  $ 2,795,033   $ 776,234   $ 4,035,973   $ 4,035,973   $ 776,234  
                       

(1)
Based on an assumed change in control on December 31, 2008 with a price of $3.16 per share, Warburg Pincus would have received proceeds from such change in control that are equal to or greater than four times the aggregate purchase price it paid for our equity securities and the named executive officers' exit options would therefore have fully vested.

134



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2006, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any year and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons has had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. This description does not cover (i) compensation arising from our executive officers' employment relationships or transactions or compensation to directors (including consulting fees) which are described elsewhere in this prospectus under "Management—Compensation of Directors" and "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" or (ii) compensation approved by our compensation committee that is earned by executive officers that are not named executive officers.

        It will be our policy upon the closing of this offering that all related party transactions must be reviewed and approved by our audit committee. When evaluating such transactions, our audit committee focuses on whether the terms of such transactions are at least as favorable to us as terms we would receive on an arm's-length basis from an unaffiliated third party. The policies and procedures for approving related party transactions will be set forth in our audit committee charter.

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

        We are a party to an amended and restated registration rights agreement with Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Christopher L. Spohn, Jane McAuliffe, Rodney T. Sheng, Ross Woodard, Charlene Dackerman, Ryan Craig and certain other security holders. Under this agreement, security holders are entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock under certain circumstances (including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of various warrants and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain employee stock options). For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Indemnification Agreements

        Our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Additionally, as permitted by Delaware law, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify such persons, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted under Delaware law, against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys', witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any action, hearing, suit or other proceeding, whether pending, threatened or completed, to which any such person may be made a witness or a party by reason of (1) the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or its subsidiaries, whether serving in such capacity or otherwise acting at the request of our company or its subsidiaries and (2) anything done or not done, or alleged to have been done or not done, by such person in that capacity. The indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by directors and executive officers within 20 days after receipt of a written request, provided that such persons undertake to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that they are not entitled to indemnification. Additionally, the agreements set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder, including a presumption that directors and executive officers are entitled to indemnification under the agreements and that we have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. We are not required to provide indemnification under the agreements for certain matters, including: (1) indemnification beyond that permitted by Delaware law; (2) indemnification for liabilities for which the executive officer or director is reimbursed pursuant to such insurance as may exist for such person's benefit; (3) indemnification related to disgorgement of profits under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange

135



Act of 1934; (4) in connection with certain proceedings initiated against us by the director or executive officer; or (5) indemnification for settlements the director or executive officer enters into without our written consent. The indemnification agreements require us to maintain directors' and executive officers' insurance in full force and effect while any director or executive officer continues to serve in such capacity and so long as any such person may incur costs and expenses related to indemnified legal proceedings.

Stockholders Agreement and Nominating Agreement

        In December 2003, we entered into a stockholders agreement with Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark and all other holders of our common stock at that time. We subsequently added additional parties as they became holders of our common stock. The stockholders agreement, as amended, contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors and restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including certain corporate governance provisions. Each of our current directors was appointed pursuant to the terms of the stockholders agreement. Upon the closing of this offering, the stockholders agreement will be terminated.

        In February 2009, we entered into a nominating agreement with Warburg Pincus. Under the nominating agreement, as long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns at least 15% of the outstanding shares of common stock after the closing of this offering, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that two individuals designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board. If at any time after the closing of this offering, Warburg Pincus beneficially owns less than 15% but more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, we agree, subject to our fiduciary obligations, to nominate and recommend to our stockholders that one individual designated by Warburg Pincus be elected to the board.

Line of Credit with Warburg Pincus

        In March 2007, we entered into a line of credit with Warburg Pincus under which we could borrow up to $3.0 million in principal at any time prior to March 2008. Under the line of credit, interest accrued at the prime rate plus 1.50%. During 2007, we borrowed a total of $2.0 million under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2007, all amounts were repaid and the line of credit was cancelled. We paid a total of $0.1 million in interest under the line of credit before it was cancelled.

Warburg Pincus Guarantee

        In May 2004, Warburg Pincus entered into a guarantee in favor of a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system pursuant to which it agreed to guarantee our obligations to such college arising from an agreement we entered into with such college in May 2004. No amounts have been paid under the guarantee. The maximum amount payable under the guarantee was $1.0 million from May 2004 to June 2006 and $0.5 million from July 2006 to December 2006. Since January 2007, the maximum amount payable under the guarantee has been $0.1 million.

November 2003 Loan from Warburg Pincus to Andrew Clark

        In November 2003, Warburg Pincus loaned $75,000 to Andrew Clark to finance Mr. Clark's purchase of 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock from us. In connection with such loan, Mr. Clark entered into a Secured Recourse Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement with Warburg Pincus which provided that the principal amount due under the note would accrue simple interest at a rate of 8% per year until November 26, 2005, the maturity date, after which time interest would accrue at a penalty rate of 16% per year, compounded monthly. The loan was secured by 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark repaid the loan in full on March 10, 2009, at which time the amount due under the note was $146,740 (including accrued interest of $71,740).

136


Participation in IPO Directed Share Program

        The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to             shares of common stock for persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering, including members of our boards of trustees of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies and three of our directors that are not affiliated with management or Warburg Pincus (Ryan Craig, Dale Crandall and Robert Hartman), provided that Messrs. Craig, Crandall and Hartman each will be permitted to purchase less than $120,000 worth of such shares under the directed share program so that they may continue to qualify as non-employee directors under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

137



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 1, 2009, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock being offered in this offering, for:

        The information in the following table has been presented in accordance with SEC rules. Under these rules, beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any shares of such class as to which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire such voting or investment power within 60 days through the exercise of any options, warrants or other rights. Shares subject to options, warrants or other rights are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated below and under applicable community property laws, we believe that the beneficial owners identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown.

        For the purpose of calculating the percentage of shares beneficially owned by any stockholder, (i) the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding "prior to the offering" assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 201,120,143 shares of our common stock (resulting in a total of 216,882,420 shares of common stock outstanding after the conversion), and (ii) the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering (including if the underwriters' over-allotment is exercised in full) assumes the issuance by us of                shares of common stock to the underwriters at the closing of this offering, the issuance by us of                 shares of common stock to selling stockholders upon the exercise of options and warrants at the closing of this offering (including the net issuance of                shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants).

        Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each named director and executive officer is c/o Bridgepoint Education Inc., 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600, San Diego California, 92128.

 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares to
Be Sold in
this
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Over-Allotment
 
 
  Number of
Shares to Be
Sold in Over-
Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  

Principal Stockholders

                                                 

Warburg Pincus Private
Equity VIII, L.P.(1)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

   
196,580,327
   
90.6

%
                                   

Directors and Executive Officers

                                                 
 

Andrew S. Clark(2)

    15,569,581     6.7 %                                    
 

Ryan Craig

    504,342     *                                      
 

Daniel J. Devine(3)

    3,494,964     1.6 %                                    

138


 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares to
Be Sold in
this
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Over-Allotment
 
 
  Number of
Shares to Be
Sold in Over-
Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  

Patrick T. Hackett(4)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

    196,580,327     90.6 %                                    
 

Robert Hartman(5)

    125,065     *                                      
 

Jane McAuliffe(6)

    2,540,194     1.2 %                                    

Adarsh Sarma(7)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

    196,580,327     90.6 %                                    
 

Rodney T. Sheng(8)

    4,152,438     1.9 %                                    
 

Christopher L. Spohn(9)

    3,867,000     1.8 %                                    
 

Ross Woodard(10)

    2,667,694     1.2 %                                    
 

Charlene Dackerman(11)

    750,954     *                                      
 

Dale Crandall

        *                                      
 

Diane Thompson

        *                                      
 

Thomas Ashbrook

        *                                      

All Directors and Executive Officers as
a Group (13 Persons)

   

230,252,559
   

93.7


%
                                   

Additional Selling Stockholders:

   
                                           
 

Richard K. Gessner(12)

    2,063,132     *                                      
 

Elizabeth Tice(13)

    525,800     *                                      
 

T.R. Irwin(14)

    387,500     *                                      
 

Steve Isbister(15)

    387,500     *                                      
 

Venturetek, L.P.(16)(28)

    4,745,010     2.2 %                                    
 

Roberts Wesleyan College(17)(28)

    375,892     *                                      
 

Alfred Rattenni(18)(28)

    100,000     *                                      
 

William C. Turner, Trustee of the
Turner Trust, dated 1/7/82 as
amended(28)

   

430,269
   

*
                                     
 

Vicki Falcigno(28)

    1,000,000     *                                      
 

The Tyler Christian Guthrie Exempt
Irrevocable Trust(19)(28)

   
50,000
   
*
                                     
 

The Cooper Keith Guthrie Exempt
Irrevocable Trust(20)(28)

   
50,000
   
*
                                     
 

Jonathan Turkel(21)

    175,000     *                                      
 

Leonard Katz(22)

    175,000     *                                      
 

Scott Turner(23)

    3,180,419     1.4 %                                    
 

Scott C. Turner and Leslie Turner

    200,000     *                                      
 

Douglas G. Turner and Roberta
Turner

   
200,000
   
*
                                     
 

R. Wayne Clugston(24)

    2,556,410     1.2 %                                    
 

Linda M. Clugston(25)

    175,000     *                                      
 

David Vande Pol(26)

    512,677     *                                      
 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated(27)

    260,000     *                                      

139


 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares to
Be Sold in
this
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Over-Allotment
 
 
  Number of
Shares to Be
Sold in Over-
Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  
 

Jill Falcigno Guzzanti Trust U/W/O
Louis Anthony Falcigno dated
12/31/03(28)

   

1,701,325
   

*
                                     
 

Sheilagh Falcigno Trust U/W/O
Louis Anthony Falcigno dated
12/31/03(28)

   

1,701,325
   

*
                                     
 

Ruby Corp.(28)

    3,755,759     1.7 %                                    
 

Martin A. Bell(28)

    250,000     *                                      

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of 196,580,327 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The stockholder is Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("WP VIII"). Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC ("WP Partners"), a direct subsidiary of Warburg Pincus & Co. ("WP"), is the sole general partner of WP VIII. WP is the managing member of WP Partners. WP VIII is managed by Warburg Pincus LLC ("WP LLC"). WP VIII, WP Partners, WP and WP LLC are collectively referred to as the "Warburg Pincus Entities." Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are each Managing General Partners of WP and Managing Members and Co-Presidents of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus Entities. Each of the Warburg Pincus Entities, Mr. Kaye and Mr. Landy have shared voting and investment control of all of the shares of stock referenced above. Each of Mr. Kaye, Mr. Landy, WP VIII, WP Partners, WP and WP LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of the stock except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of the Warburg Pincus Entities, Mr. Kaye and Mr. Landy is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(2)
Consists of (i) 1,308,253 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 14,261,328 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(3)
Consists of (i) 764,565 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 2,730,399 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(4)
Mr. Hackett is a partner of WP and a Managing Director and member of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Hackett are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus Entities. See footnote 1 above for more information. Mr. Hackett disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by the Warburg Pincus Entities except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein.

(5)
Consists of 125,065 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(6)
Consists of (i) 203,884 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 2,336,310 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(7)
Mr. Sarma is a partner of WP and a Managing Director and member of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Sarma are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus Entities. See footnote 1 above for more information. Mr. Sarma disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by the Warburg Pincus Entities except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein.

(8)
Consists of (i) 1,019,421 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 3,133,017 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(9)
Consists of (i) 733,983 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 3,133,017 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

140


(10)
Consists of (i) 203,884 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 2,463,810 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(11)
Consists of (i) 50,971 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 699,983 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(12)
Consists of (i) 203,884 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 1,859,248 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(13)
Consists of (i) 50,971 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) 474,829 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(14)
Consists of 387,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(15)
Consists of 387,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 (assuming the full vesting of exit options upon the closing of this offering).

(16)
Includes 1,450,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(17)
Includes 272,595 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(18)
Includes 50,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(19)
Includes 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(20)
Includes 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(21)
Consists of 175,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(22)
Consists of 175,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(23)
Consists of (i) 1,330,419 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 and (ii) 1,850,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(24)
Consists of (i) 1,181,410 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 and (ii) 1,375,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(25)
Consists of 175,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(26)
Consists of (i) 200,177 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009 and (ii) 312,500 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(27)
Consists of 260,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2009.

(28)
The number of shares shown as beneficially owned as of March 1, 2009 excludes shares of common stock which the stockholder may receive pursuant to the March 2009 settlement of the stockholder dispute referenced elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Settlement of Stockholder Dispute."

141



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following description of our capital stock summarizes provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital consists of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 19,850,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. Immediately after the closing of this offering, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

        The following description of the material provisions of our capital stock and our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other agreements with and among our stockholders is only a summary, does not purport to be complete and is qualified by applicable law and the full provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other agreements. You should refer to our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and related agreements as in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

        As of March 1, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 201,120,143 shares of common stock, there were 216,882,420 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 26 stockholders.

Voting Rights

        Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders. All shares of common stock rank equally as to voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

        Subject to the prior rights of holders of preferred stock, for as long as such stock is outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

        Upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, creditors and holders of our preferred stock with preferential liquidation rights will be paid before any distribution to holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per share of any excess amount.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        Under the certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors will have authority to issue undesignated preferred stock without stockholder approval, subject to applicable law and listing exchange standards. The board of directors may also

142



determine or alter for each class of preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences and special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as permitted by law. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock.

Options and Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

        As of March 1, 2009, we had 39,724,430 shares of common stock subject to options we have issued to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. As of March 1, 2009, we also had 6,850,595 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, all of which are immediately exercisable.

Registration Rights

        In November 2003, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark and certain other security holders. The registration rights agreement was amended and restated in January 2009 primarily (i) to grant registration rights to certain additional security holders, including all holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and (ii) to determine the registration rights of the members of our management team with respect to this offering. The registration rights agreement was further amended in March 2009 primarily to provide that the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering would be allocated (i) first, to us, (ii) second, to members of our management team (in an amount not to exceed the amounts discussed below), (iii) third, to all holders of common stock and warrants that are parties to the registration rights agreement except Warburg Pincus (in an amount not to exceed 50% of the "registrable securities" held by such holders) and (iv) fourth, to Warburg Pincus.

        Under the registration rights agreement, the holders of (i) 13,291,327 shares of common stock, (ii) 201,120,143 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (iii) 6,195,095 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants possess certain rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.

        Under the registration rights agreement, each of Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Christopher L. Spohn, Jane McAuliffe, Rodney T. Sheng, Ross Woodard, Charlene Dackerman and certain other members of our management team may request to sell in this offering a number of shares of common stock up to and equaling, but not exceeding, 10% of the sum of (i) the total number of shares of common stock subject to employee stock options held by such person that will be vested as of April 30, 2009 (assuming, for purposes of this calculation, that any "exit options" held by such person will be fully vested at such time) plus (ii) the total number of shares of common stock which such person may acquire upon the conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or upon the exercise of various warrants held by such person.

Demand Registration Rights

        If we are eligible to file a registration statement, Warburg Pincus may request we effect such registration at any time, provided that anticipated aggregate public offering prices (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) will not be less than $7.5 million (or $15.0 million if such requested registration is the initial public offering). We are only required to effect two such registrations. We may postpone the filing of any such registration statement for up to 90 days once in any 12-month period. If during that 90 day period we file a registration statement and we are actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, then we may further postpone any demand registration until 180 days after the effective date of the currently filed registration statement. We may also postpone the filing of any such registration statement for up to 180 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders or us.

143


Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we register any shares of common stock under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering, the stockholders with piggyback registration rights have the right to include in the registration shares of common stock held by them or which they can obtain upon the exercise or conversion of another security, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these stockholders due to marketing reasons. If the total amount of shares of common stock these stockholders wish to include exceeds the total amount of shares which the underwriters determine the stockholders may sell in the offering, the shares to be included in the registration will be subject to cutbacks as specified in the agreement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, Warburg Pincus may request that we register their shares of common stock for resale on a Form S-3 registration statement, provided that the total price of the shares to be offered is more than $5.0 million and that the request is not made within 180 days of the effective date of our most recent Form S-3 registration statement in which the securities held by the requesting stockholder could have been included for sale or distribution. We are also not obligated to file a Form S-3 registration statement in any jurisdiction where we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting the such registration, qualification or compliance, subject to certain restrictions. Warburg Pincus has the right to request an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-3.

Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws with Anti-Takeover Implications

        Certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect after this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquiror outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

144


        A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision either with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or in an amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out, and do not currently intend to opt out, of this provision. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will, upon the closing of this offering, contain some provisions that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might deem to be in the stockholder's best interest. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:

        Board Composition and Filling Vacancies.     We have a classified board of directors. See "Management—Board Composition after this Offering." It will take at least two annual meetings of stockholders to elect a majority of the board of directors given our classified board. As a result, it may discourage third-party proxy contests, tender offers or attempts to obtain control of us even if such changes would be beneficial to us and our stockholders.

        Our bylaws provide that, subject to the rights, if any, of holders of preferred stock, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. We have also entered into a nominating agreement with Warburg Pincus regarding the election of directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement and Nominating Agreement."

        No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our bylaws provide, and our certificate of incorporation will provide upon the closing of this offering, that, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the board of directors, except that if Warburg Pincus holds at least 50% of our outstanding capital stock on a fully diluted basis, whenever the vote of stockholders is required at a meeting for any corporate action, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a written consent is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at the meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will hold an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with NYSE rules, for so long as our shares are listed on the NYSE, and as otherwise required by the

145



bylaws. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.

        Meetings of Stockholders.     Our bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office or the Chief Executive Officer may call special meetings of the stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

        Advance Notice Requirements.     Our bylaws provide that, effective upon the closing of this offering, stockholders must follow an advance notice procedure to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. Any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our secretary a written notice of the stockholder's intention to do so. To be timely, the stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by us not later than the 60th day nor earlier than the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting, except that if the annual meeting is changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, we must receive the notice not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the 60th day prior to such annual meeting. If a public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is made fewer than 70 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, then notice must be received by us no later than the tenth day following the public announcement of the date of the meeting. The notice must include the following information:

        Amendment to Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation.     As required by Delaware law, any amendment to our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws, without further stockholder action.

        Blank Check Preferred Stock.     The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. Issuing preferred stock provides flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, but could also, among other things, have the effect of

146


delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.

Limitations of Director Liability and Indemnification Directors, Officers and Employees

        As permitted by Delaware law, provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

        These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering also require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and, as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions," we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers.

        These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

New York Stock Exchange

        We have applied for quotation of shares of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BPI."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells Fargo Shareowner Services.

147



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon the closing of this offering, and assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 201,120,143 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the exercise by selling stockholders of options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of                        shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, including the net issuance of                        shares of common stock upon the cashless net exercise by selling stockholders of warrants, we will have             shares of our common stock outstanding (including if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares,             shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock purchased by our "affiliates," as the term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

        As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

        In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of             shares of common stock and outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of             shares of common stock.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased or receive shares from us pursuant to a written compensatory

148



plan or contract to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions. Subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144.

Registration on Form S-8

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock under our equity incentive plans. These registration statements are expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for resale in the public market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions by us or are otherwise subject to the lock-up agreements and manner of sale and notice requirements that apply to our affiliates under Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

        Holders of 211,276,660 shares of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, and holders of options and warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 46,575,025 shares of our common stock are subject to lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which is subject to extension in some circumstances.

        For a description of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict us, our directors, our executive officers and certain of our other stockholders, see "Underwriting."

Registration Rights

        For a description of registration rights with respect to our common stock, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

149



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. Holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder of our common stock other than the following:

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), and all other applicable administrative and judicial authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation or any aspects of state, local, or non-U.S. taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pass-through entities, financial institutions, brokers, dealers in securities and U.S. expatriates. If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset, which generally is property held for investment.

         Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of common stock.

Dividends

        In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in its shares of common stock, and to the extent it exceeds the Non-U.S. Holders basis, as capital gain.

        Under applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements, generally on IRS Form W-8BEN, directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in

150



an amount in excess of the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

        Dividends that are effectively connected with such a U.S. trade or business generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI, or any successor form, with the payor of the dividend, but instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on the repatriation from the United States of its "effectively connected earnings and profits," subject to adjustments.

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the Non-U.S. Holder's shares of common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.

        Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless a Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be made on IRS Form W-8BEN.

        Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected outside the United

151



States by or through a non-U.S. office. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, specified U.S. branches of foreign banks or foreign insurance companies or a foreign partnership with various connections to the United States, information reporting but not backup withholding will apply unless:

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of tax withheld is generally applied as a credit to the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required documents are timely filed with the IRS.

Estate Tax

        Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be includible in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

152



UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                                    , 2009, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives (the Representatives), the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

                  

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 

                  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

                  

BMO Capital Markets Corp. 

                  

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

                  

Signal Hill Capital Group LLC

                  
       
 

Total

                  
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.

        Warburg Pincus has granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional                        shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $                        per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $                        per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the Representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

Expenses payable by us

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

  $                    $                    $                    $                   

        The Representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the Representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event

153



that either (1) during the last 17 days of any "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of any "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of any "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of any "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers, directors and principal stockholders have agreed that they will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Furthermore, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of any "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of any "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of any "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of any "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                        shares of the common stock for persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering, including members of our boards of trustees of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies and certain of our directors. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We have applied to list the shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BPI."

        Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock following this offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

154


        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

155



INTERNATIONAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

        Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock was offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders, will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders, will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

156


Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the Selling Shareholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of Shares to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

157


Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP, San Diego, California. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

        On January 14, 2008, we retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007, and for the year then ended and to reaudit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006, and for each of the two years in the period then ended. Another auditor had previously been engaged to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. The decision to dismiss our former auditor was approved by our board of directors on January 14, 2008.

        The reports of our former auditor on our consolidated financial statements did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that the report for the year ended December 31, 2007 was modified to disclose that we had restated our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. We had no disagreements with our former auditor on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have caused our former auditor to make reference in connection with its opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, and through January 14, 2008, there were no "reportable events" as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

        During the two years ended December 31, 2007, and through our retention of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm in January 2008, we did not consult with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement or a reportable event.

158


        We have provided our former auditor with a copy of the above statements and have requested that it furnish a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether our former auditor agrees with those statements. A copy of that letter is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Prior to this former auditor, another auditor had been engaged to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004, and for the two years then ended.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations under the Securities Act for the registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information that is in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain portions of the registration statement have been omitted as allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in this prospectus that summarize documents are not necessarily complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may read and copy the registration statement, including exhibits and schedules filed with it, and reports or other information we may file with the SEC at the public reference facilities of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. In addition, the registration statement and other public filings can be obtained from the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

159



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

 
F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 
   
   

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

       

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Diego, California
March 19, 2009

F-2



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2008
(Pro Forma)
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,351   $ 56,483        
 

Restricted cash

        666        
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,016 and $18,246 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively

    14,630     28,946        
 

Inventories

    194     288        
 

Loans receivable

    277            
 

Current portion of deferred income taxes

        2,734        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    561     6,773        
                 

Total current assets

    23,013     95,890        

Property and equipment, net

   
13,240
   
27,715
       

Goodwill

    76     76        

Intangibles

    1,821     1,821        

Deferred income taxes

        2,366        

Other long term assets

    907     1,378        
                 

Total assets

  $ 39,057   $ 129,246        
                 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 2,721   $ 4,705        
 

Accrued liabilities

    6,036     16,543     43,605  
 

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    16,817     67,425        
 

Other liabilities

    75     40        
 

Current portion of leases payable

    133     142        
 

Current maturities of notes payable

    1,580     74        
 

U.S. Governmental refundable loan funds

    221            
                 

Total current liabilities

    27,583     88,929        

Leases payable, less current maturities

   
415
   
308
       

Notes payable, less current portion

    3,545     160        

Deferred tax liability

    556            

Other long term liabilities

        2,740        

Rent liability

    2,045     3,938        
                 

Total liabilities

    34,144     96,075        
                 

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 17)

                   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
19,850,000 shares authorized, 19,778,333 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008; none issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis at December 31, 2008

    25,056     27,062        

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   
 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:
300,000,000 shares authorized, 15,007,934 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008; 216,632,420 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis at December 31, 2008

    150     150     2,166  
 

Additional paid-in capital

        1,703      
 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    (20,293 )   4,256     3,943  
               

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

   
(20,143

)
 
6,109
   
6,109
 
               

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

 
$

39,057
 
$

129,246
       
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Revenue

  $ 28,619   $ 85,709   $ 218,290  

Costs and expenses:

                   
 

Instructional costs and services

    12,510     29,837     62,822  
 

Marketing and promotional

    12,214     35,997     81,036  
 

General and administrative

    8,704     15,892     41,012  
               

Total costs and expenses

    33,428     81,726     184,870  
               

Operating income (loss)

    (4,809 )   3,983     33,420  

Interest income

    (10 )   (12 )   (322 )

Interest expense

    351     544     240  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,150 )   3,451     33,502  

Income tax expense

        164     7,071  
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,150 )   3,287     26,431  

Accretion of preferred dividends

    1,718     1,856     2,006  
               

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  
               

Earnings (loss) per common share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  
               
 

Diluted

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing earnings (loss) per common share:

                   
 

Basic

    14,386     14,900     15,008  
               
 

Diluted

    14,386     20,020     45,025  
               

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

              $ 0.12  
                   
 

Diluted

              $ 0.11  
                   

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

                216,632  
                   
 

Diluted

                246,649  
                   

Supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

              $    
                   
 

Diluted

             
$
 
                   

Supplemental pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing supplemental pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited) (Note 9):

                   
 

Basic

                   
                   
 

Diluted

                   
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

 
  Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
  Retained
Earnings/
(Accumulated
Deficit)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Par Value   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

    19,778,333   $ 21,482     14,136,985   $ 141   $ 1,706   $ (17,044 ) $ (15,197 )

Issuance of common stock

   
   
   
705,966
   
7
   
43
   
   
50
 

Stock-based compensation

                    323         323  

Accretion of preferred dividends

        1,718             (1,718 )       (1,718 )

Net loss

                        (5,150 )   (5,150 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2006

    19,778,333   $ 23,200     14,842,951     148     354     (22,194 )   (21,692 )

Issuance of common stock

   
   
   
164,983
   
2
   
10
   
   
12
 

Stock-based compensation

                    106         106  

Accretion of preferred dividends

        1,856             (470 )   (1,386 )   (1,856 )

Net income

                        3,287     3,287  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

    19,778,333   $ 25,056     15,007,934     150         (20,293 )   (20,143 )

Issuance of common stock

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Stock-based compensation

                    1,827         1,827  

Accretion of preferred dividends

        2,006             (124 )   (1,882 )   (2,006 )

Net income

                        26,431     26,431  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    19,778,333   $ 27,062     15,007,934   $ 150   $ 1,703   $ 4,256   $ 6,109  
                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,150 ) $ 3,287   $ 26,431  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   
 

Provision for bad debts

    960     4,082     13,431  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    735     1,236     2,452  
 

Deferred income taxes

            (3,264 )
 

Stock-based compensation

    323     106     1,827  
 

Gain on disposal of fixed assets

    (3 )        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

                   
 

Accounts receivable

    (4,183 )   (13,563 )   (27,747 )
 

Inventories

    (88 )   16     (94 )
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (252 )   (203 )   (6,212 )
 

Loans receivable

    (5 )       277  
 

Other long-term assets

    (147 )   (150 )   (471 )
 

Accounts payable

    484     1,389     1,019  
 

Accrued liabilities

    2,063     3,018     10,506  
 

Deferred revenue and student deposits

    3,893     11,270     50,608  
 

U.S. Governmental refundable loan funds

    4         (221 )
 

Other liabilities

    284     (121 )   2,206  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (1,082 )   10,367     70,748  

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Capital expenditures

    (1,381 )   (3,571 )   (15,884 )

Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets

    8          

Restricted cash

            (666 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

        635      
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,373 )   (2,936 )   (16,550 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    50     12      

Payments on leases payable

    (160 )   (170 )   (175 )

Net borrowings (payments) on line of credit

    623     414      

Payments on notes payable

    (167 )   (390 )   (4,891 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    346     (134 )   (5,066 )
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (2,109 )   7,297     49,132  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2,163     54     7,351  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 54   $ 7,351   $ 56,483  
               

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                   

Cash paid during the period for:

                   

Interest

  $ 353   $ 544   $ 240  
               

Income taxes

  $   $   $ 10,704  
               

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

                   

Purchase of property and equipment through capital lease obligations

  $ 119   $ 1,580   $ 77  

Non cash purchases of property and equipment

  $ 201   $ 361   $ 965  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of Business

        Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), incorporated in 1999, is a regionally accredited provider of postsecondary education services. Its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, offer associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral programs in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences. The Company delivers programs online as well as at its traditional campuses located in Clinton, Iowa and Colorado Springs, Colorado.

        In March 2005, the Company acquired the assets of The Franciscan University of the Prairies and renamed it Ashford University. Founded in 1918 by the Sisters of St. Francis, a non-profit organization, The Franciscan University of the Prairies originally provided postsecondary education to individuals seeking to become teachers and later expanded to offer a broader portfolio of programs.

        In September 2007, the Company acquired the assets of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology and renamed it the University of the Rockies. Founded as a non-profit organization in 1998 by faculty from Chapman University, the school offers master's and doctoral programs primarily in psychology.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 include the results of operations of Ashford University and the results of operations of the University of the Rockies commencing on September 13, 2007. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity

        The December 31, 2008 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data have been prepared assuming that the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock exercise their rights under the optional conversion feature (i) to convert the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 201,624,486 shares of common stock and (ii) to receive a cash payment of $27.1 million for the accreted value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with such conversion all as of December 31, 2008. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)."

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company invests cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

F-7



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Restricted Cash

        The Company has $0.7 million in cash restricted in relation to the letter of credit issued on behalf of the University of the Rockies.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consists of student accounts receivable, which represent amounts due for tuition, technology fees and other fees from currently enrolled and former students. Students generally fund their education through grants and/or loans under various Title IV programs, tuition assistance from their military and corporate employers or personal funds. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. An allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated by management based on an assessment of individual accounts receivable over a specific aging and amount, and all other balances on a pooled basis based on historical collection experience, consideration of the nature of the receivable accounts and potential changes in the economic environment. The provision for bad debts is recorded within the instructional costs and services line in the consolidated statements of operations.

Inventory

        Inventory consists of text books and school supplies and is stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

Buildings

    39 years  

Furniture, office equipment and software

    3-7 years  

Vehicles

    5 years  

        Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related costs and accumulated depreciation is removed and a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Leases

        The Company accounts for its leases and subsequent amendments under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 13, Accounting for Leases , which requires that leases be evaluated and classified as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Leased property and equipment meeting certain criteria are capitalized, and the present value of the related lease payments are recognized as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of capitalized leased assets is computed on the straight-line method over the term of the lease or the life of the related asset, whichever is shorter.

F-8



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In connection with a lease of office space, the Company received tenant allowances from the lessor for certain improvements made to the leased property. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Technical Bulletin No. 88-1, these allowances were capitalized as leasehold improvements and a long-term liability was established. The leasehold improvements and the long-term liability are amortized on a straight-line basis over the corresponding lease term. In accordance with the FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases , the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a long-term liability.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. There have been no impairment losses recorded by the Company to date.

        In evaluating the impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, such assets are allocated to the carrying value of each of Ashford University and the University of the Rockies, which institutions are considered as separate reporting units. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions and determination of appropriate market comparables. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results. There have been no impairment losses recognized by the Company to date.

Revenue and Deferred Revenue

        The Company's revenue consists of tuition, technology fees and other miscellaneous fees.

        Tuition revenue is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable period of instruction net of scholarships and expected refunds. The Company's online students generally enroll in

F-9



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


a program that encompasses a series of five to six week courses which are taken consecutively over the length of the program, and the Company's ground students enroll in a program that encompasses a series of 16 week courses. Students are billed on a course-by-course basis when the student first attends a class, or at the beginning of each semester for ground students.

        If a student's attendance in a class precedes the receipt of cash from the student's source of funding, the Company establishes an account receivable and corresponding deferred revenue in the amount of the tuition due for that class. Cash received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding reduces the balance of accounts receivable due from the student. The Company's universities bill enrolled online students for tuition on a course by course basis as they initiate attendance in each course. Financial aid from sources such as the federal government's Title IV programs pertains to the online student's award year and is generally divided into two disbursement periods. As such, each disbursement period may contain funding for up to 4 courses. Financial aid disbursements are typically received during the student's attendance in the first or second course. Since the majority of disbursements cover more courses than have been billed, the amount received in excess of billings effectively represents a prepayment from the student for up to 4 courses. Cash received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding that is in excess of amounts billed is recorded as a student deposit and applied to future classes and recognized as revenue when earned. The balance of accounts receivable that have been recognized for services that have not yet been provided and deferred revenue that has not yet been received in cash as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $2.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively. The balance of student deposits as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $10.6 million and $54.6 million, respectively.

        If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, a portion of such student's tuition is refunded. The Company records a provision for expected refunds and reduces revenue to the amount that is not expected to be subsequently refunded. Provisions for expected refunds have not been material to any period presented.

        Technology fees are one-time start up fees charged to each new undergraduate online student. Technology fee revenue is recognized ratably over the average expected term of a student. Other miscellaneous fees include fees for textbooks and other services, such as commencements, and are recognized upon delivery of the goods or when the related service is performed.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for its income taxes using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the bases used for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided based on the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect at the time such temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize those tax assets through future operations.

        On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The standard requires the Company to accrue for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely

F-10



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


than not that the Company would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R ("SFAS 123R"), Share-Based Payment . SFAS 123R, which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , replaces the Company's previous accounting for share-based awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . The Company previously accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method as defined in APB 25. Prior to January 1, 2006, no stock-based employee compensation cost was recorded under APB 25.

        The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the prospective method. Under this transition method, compensation expense recorded includes the cost for all stock options granted or modified after January 1, 2006. The expense for all stock-based awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 represents the grant-date fair value that was estimated, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The cost for all share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 and modified after January 1, 2006 was calculated based upon the increase in fair value of the options from the original grant date to the modification date. Outstanding stock options at January 1, 2006 that were measured at intrinsic value under APB 25 and that have not been modified shall continue to be measured at intrinsic value, until they are settled or modified. Compensation expense for options is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations, net of estimated forfeitures, using the graded vesting method over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense totaled $323,000, $106,000 and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        There are no comprehensive income (loss) items other than net income (loss). Comprehensive income equals net income (loss) for all of the periods presented.

Instructional Costs and Services

        Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, curriculum and new program development costs, bad debt expense, financial aid processing costs, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students. Instructional costs and services also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

Marketing and Promotional

        Marketing and promotional expenses include compensation of personnel engaged in marketing and recruitment, as well as costs associated with purchasing leads and producing marketing materials. The Company's marketing and promotional expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of its marketing and recruiting efforts, compensation for its enrollment personnel and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Marketing and promotional expenses also include an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

F-11



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs, which include marketing leads, events and promotional materials for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $5.0 million, $15.1 million and $26.9 million, respectively.

General and Administrative

        General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, travel and entertainment expenses and an allocation of facility and depreciation costs.

Earnings Per Share

        In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Computation of Earnings Per Share ("SFAS 128"), and EITF Issue 03-06, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 , basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between common shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common and potential dilutive securities outstanding during the period if the effect is dilutive. The numerator of diluted earnings per share is calculated by starting with income allocated to common shares under the two-class method and adding back income attributable to preferred shares to the extent they are dilutive. Potential common shares consist of incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the stock options and warrants and upon conversion of preferred stock.

Segment Information

        The Company operates in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of both its ground and online students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision maker, its CEO and President, manages the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by the chief operating decision maker on any component level.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS 157"), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Pronouncements that Address Fair Value Measurements for Purpose of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 , which amends SFAS 157 to exclude accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS 13, Accounting for Leases . In February 2008, the FASB also issued FSP FAS 157-2 Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 until the first quarter of 2009 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the

F-12



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. The Company adopted SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities on January 1, 2008, and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS 159"). SFAS 159 expands the use of fair value in accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. If elected, SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations ("SFAS 141R"). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its consolidated financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 141R will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock ("EITF 07-5"). Paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 ("SFAS 133"), Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities , specifies that a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative but is both (a) indexed to such company's own stock and (b) classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position would not be considered a derivative financial instrument. EITF 07-5 provides a new two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument or an embedded feature is indexed to an issuer's own stock and thus able to qualify for the SFAS 133 paragraph 11(a) scope exception. EITF 07-5 will be effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. The Company does not believe the adoption of EITF 07-5 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities ("FSP EITF 03-6-1"). FSP EITF 03-6-1 clarifies that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. Awards of this nature are considered participating securities and the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share must be applied. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect FSP EITF 03-6-1 to have a significant impact on its historical grants of share-based payment awards as such awards do not participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on future grants on its earnings per share.

F-13



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Business Combinations

Colorado School of Professional Psychology

        On September 13, 2007, the Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology for approximately $0.9 million and subsequently renamed it the University of the Rockies. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations are included in the consolidated financial statements beginning September 13, 2007, the effective date of the acquisition. The acquisition was funded by the issuance of a note payable to the seller.

        The purchase agreement allowed for an adjustment to the purchase price based on any cash shortfall experienced by the Company as a result of the operations of the University of the Rockies from the date of purchase through December 31, 2007. A cash shortfall of $0.6 million was experienced and the purchase price was adjusted to $0.3 million.

        The purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities on the basis of their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, as summarized below (in thousands):

 

Cash

  $ 636  
 

Accounts receivable, net

    60  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    48  
 

Property and equipment

    287  
 

Security deposits and other assets

    32  
 

Intangible assets—accreditation and Title IV program participation rights

    419  
 

Goodwill

    76  
       
     

Total assets acquired

    1,558  
       
 

Other current liabilities

   
(391

)
 

Current leases payable

    (55 )
 

Debt assumed

    (791 )
       
     

Total liabilities assumed

    (1,237 )
       
 

Purchase price (note payable to seller)

 
$

321
 
       

        Pro forma results of operations for the acquisition have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        As a result of the purchase of the University of the Rockies, the Company recognized $76,000 in goodwill. Intangible assets acquired in the purchase of the University of the Rockies in 2007 consist of accreditation and Title IV program participation rights ("accreditation") and are considered to have indefinite useful lives. These assets were determined to have indefinite useful lives in accordance with SFAS 142 because the accreditation may be renewed indefinitely at little cost to the Company and the Company intends to renew the accreditation indefinitely. Intangible assets totaled $1.4 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The $1.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2008 is comprised of $1.4 million relating to Ashford University and $0.4 million relating to the University of the Rockies.

F-14



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Prepaid and Other Current Assets

        Prepaid and other current assets, consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2007   2008  
Prepaid expenses   $ 261   $ 3,407  
Prepaid licenses     153     1,798  
Income tax receivable         1,118  
Prepaid insurance     12     73  
Other current assets     135     377  
           
  Total prepaid and other current assets   $ 561   $ 6,773  
           

        Included in prepaid expenses as of December 31, 2008 are capitalizable expenses relating to the Company's potential initial public offering. Included in prepaid licenses are the license fee and annual software maintenance costs relating to Blackboard and CampusVue software. Other current assets include certain short term rent deposits and employee advances.

5. Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Land

  $ 327   $ 327  

Buildings

    6,109     6,109  

Furniture, office equipment and software

    6,768     17,420  

Leasehold improvements

    2,543     8,819  

Vehicles

    43     43  
           
 

Total depreciable property and equipment

   
15,790
   
32,718
 
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (2,550 )   (5,003 )
           
 

Property and equipment, net

 
$

13,240
 
$

27,715
 
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment, including assets under capital lease, totaled $0.7 million, $1.2 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

F-15



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Accrued Liabilities

        Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Accrued salaries and wages

  $ 2,097     $6,995  

Accrued vacation

    585     1,342  

Accrued expenses

    3,190     8,206  

Accrued income taxes payable

    164      
           
 

Total accrued liabilities

 
$

6,036
 
$

16,543
 
           

7. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt

        In April 2004, the Company entered into a credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with Comerica Bank that provides for a revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility") of $6.0 million, which includes a letter of credit sub-limit ("LC Sub-limit") of $3.7 million. The Credit Agreement also provides for an equipment line of credit ("Equipment Line") not to exceed $200,000 and allows the Company to borrow up to $3.0 million from the Company's majority stockholder.

        In March 2005, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company obtained a term loan ("Term Loan") of $3.5 million with a maturity date of March 9, 2008. Borrowings under the Term Loan require 36 monthly principal installments of $14,000, with the balance due at maturity. The Term Loan bears interest, payable monthly, at a rate equal to 1.00% above the prime rate.

        In March 2008, the Credit Agreement was amended to (i) reduce the maximum available borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility from $6.0 million to $5.0 million and reduce the LC Sub-limit from $3.7 million to $2.1 million, (ii) extend the maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility from March 9, 2008 to March 1, 2011 and (iii) require principal payments on outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan as of the date of the amendment to be made in 36 monthly installments based on a ten-year amortization schedule, with the balance due at maturity.

        In June 2008, the Credit Agreement was further amended to (i) increase the LC Sub-limit from $2.1 million to $5.0 million and (ii) extend the maturity date of the LC Sub-limit from June 12, 2008 to June 12, 2010.

        In October 2008, the Credit Agreement was further amended to (i) increase the maximum available borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility from $5.0 million to $15.0 million, (ii) increase the LC Sub-limit from $5.0 million to $14.2 million and (iii) modify the maturity date of the LC Sub-limit from June 12, 2010 to October 31, 2009. The Company obtained a letter of credit from a separate bank in the amount of $0.7 million, which is secured by a cash deposit included in the restricted cash balance at December 31, 2008.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility of $1.0 million and $0, respectively. The Company caused its banks to issue letters of credit aggregating to $14.9 million as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had borrowings outstanding under the Equipment Line of $114,000 and $0, respectively.

        The Company had outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan of $3.1 million as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had repaid the Term Loan in full.

F-16



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        Under the Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to certain limitations including limitations on its ability to incur additional debt, make certain investments or acquisitions and enter into certain merger and consolidation transactions, among other restrictions. The Credit Agreement also contains a material adverse change clause, and we are required to maintain compliance with a minimum tangible net worth financial covenant. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its Credit Agreement. If we fail to comply with any of the covenants or experience a material adverse change, the lenders could elect to prevent us from borrowing or issuing letters of credit and declare the indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

        As security for the letter of credit facility under the Credit Agreement, the Company is obligated to maintain an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of all issued and outstanding letters of credit in compensating balances in deposit with the counterparty which amounted to $14.2 million at December 31, 2008. Because the compensating balance is not restricted as to withdrawal, it is not classified as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. If the cash amount maintained with the counterparty drops below the aggregate amount of all issued and outstanding letters of credit, the difference will be treated as a borrowing under our line of credit with assessed interest.

        On September 13, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of the Colorado School of Professional Psychology, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing note payable agreement. The agreement provided for a note payable to the sellers in a principal amount of $0.9 million. In addition, the agreement allowed for an adjustment to the consideration paid based upon a projected cash flow shortfall on a dollar for dollar basis from the date of purchase through December 31, 2007. A cash shortfall was experienced of $0.6 million and the purchase price and resulting note were adjusted to $0.3 million. The note is to be paid monthly in equal installments over a 4-year term. The outstanding balances as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 were $321,000 and $234,000, respectively. At December 31, 2008 there is no material difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the Company's note payable and long-term debt.

        As of December 31, 2008, future annual principal payments of outstanding debt obligations are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 74  

2010

    80  

2011

    80  
       

    234  

Less: current portion

   
(74

)
       

  $ 160  
       

8. Lease Obligations

        The Company leases certain office facilities and office equipment under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through July 2018. The office leases contain certain renewal options. Rent expense under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements is accounted for on

F-17



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Lease Obligations (Continued)


a straight-line basis and totaled $0.9 million, $3.0 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The following table summarizes the appropriate future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements in effect at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 
   
 

Year Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 13,450  

2010

    20,142  

2011

    21,667  

2012

    23,395  

2013

    25,146  

Thereafter

    142,376  
       

Total minimum payments

  $ 246,176  
       

        The Company has also financed office equipment under capital leases expiring in various years through September 2018. The assets are included in property and equipment and totaled $0.9 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on these assets totaled $0.4 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 179  

2010

    137  

2011

    99  

2012

    69  

2013

    2  

Thereafter

     
       
 

Total minimum payments

  $ 486  

Less: Amount representing interest

   
(36

)
       
 

Present value of minimum lease payments

 
$

450
 
       

F-18



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Numerator:

                   
 

Net income (loss)

 
$

(5,150

)

$

3,287
 
$

26,431
 
 

Effect of accretion of preferred dividends

    (1,718 )   (1,856 )   (2,006 )
               
 

Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders

  $ (6,868 ) $ 1,431   $ 24,425  

Denominator:

                   
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   
14,386
   
14,900
   
15,008
 
 

Effect of dilutive options

        5,120     24,794  
 

Effect of dilutive warrants

            5,223  
               
 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

   
14,386
   
20,020
   
45,025
 
               

Earnings (loss) per share:

                   

Basic

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.09  

Diluted

  $ (0.48 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.03  

        The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes the following securities:

(a)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes the equivalent common shares that would be related to both the accreted value and the optional conversion feature of the redeemable convertible preferred stock for the periods indicated as the Company was in a period of loss or the effect of applying the two-class method was anti-dilutive.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    508,510     442,222     272,008  
(b)
Options and warrants:

        The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes stock options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock for the periods indicated as the Company was either in a period of loss or as the exercise prices were greater than the average market price of our common stock and therefore the effect would be anti-dilutive.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 

Options

    15,886          
 

Warrants

    7,101     7,101     173  

        The Company calculated earnings per share using the two-class method under the guidelines of FAS 128 to reflect the participation rights of each class and series of stock. Under FAS 128, basic net income is computed for common stock outstanding during the period by dividing net income allocated

F-19



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)


to the participation rights of each class by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

        The following presents the net income allocated to each class of common stock in the calculation of basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Net income attributable to common stock

  $ 1,431   $ 24,425  

Income allocated to redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 1,856   $ 2,006  
           

Net income

  $ 3,287   $ 26,431  
           

 

December 31, 2007:
  Weighted
Avg Shares
  Income
Allocation
 

Common stock

    14,900   $ 47  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    442,222   $ 1,384  
             

Total

        $ 1,431  
             

 

December 31, 2008:
  Weighted
Avg Shares
  Income
Allocation
 

Common stock

    15,008   $ 1,276  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    272,008   $ 23,149  
             

Total

        $ 24,425  
             

        The numerator of diluted earnings per share is computed by starting with the numerator of basic earnings per share and adding back income attributable to the participation rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock to the extent such shares are dilutive.

        The denominator of diluted earnings per share includes the incremental potential common shares issuable upon the following events to the extent their effect is dilutive:

    (i)
    Exercise of stock options and warrants;

    (ii)
    Optional conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock being converted into 10.194210419 shares of Common Stock; and

    (iii)
    Issuance of shares of common stock at fair value in payment of the accreted value of $27.1 million of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

        There was no difference between income allocated to the participation rights of the various classes in computing basic and diluted earnings per share as all potential common shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were anti-dilutive.

F-20



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share

        Pro forma basic earnings per share has been calculated assuming the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period, with each share of the redeemable convertible preferred stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)." Pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation.

        The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Numerator:

       
 

Net income

  $ 26,431  
       

Denominator:

       
 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    15,008  
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    201,624  
       

Denominator for pro forma basic earnings per share

    216,632  
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of exercise of common stock options

    24,794  
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed exercise of outstanding warrants

    5,223  
       

Denominator for pro forma diluted earnings per share

    246,649  
       

Pro forma earnings per share, basic

  $ 0.12  
       

Pro forma earnings per share, diluted

  $ 0.11  
       

Unaudited supplemental pro forma earnings per share

        Supplemental basic pro forma earnings per share has been calculated assuming (i) the optional conversion of all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period, with each share of the redeemable convertible preferred stock converting into 10.194210419 shares of common stock, and (ii) the issuance of            shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share in payment of the accreted value of $27.1 million of the redeemable convertible preferred stock in excess of net income of $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to the holders thereof. See Note 10, "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)." Supplemental pro forma diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants, consistent with the amount included in the historical diluted per share calculation.

F-21



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited supplemental pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Numerator:

       
 

Net income

  $ 26,431  
       

Denominator:

       
 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    15,008  
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    201,624  
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect the portion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom necessary to pay the accreted value of $      of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred shares in excess of net income of $26.4 million

       
       

Denominator for supplemental pro forma basic earnings per share

       
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted average effect of exercise of common stock options

       
       
 

Add: Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed exercise of outstanding warrants

       
       

Denominator for supplemental pro forma diluted earnings per share

       
       

Supplemental pro forma earnings per share, basic

  $    
       

Supplemental pro forma earnings per share, diluted

  $    
       

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock)

        The Company's certificate of incorporation, which includes the terms of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, was last amended July 29, 2005. The discussion below reflects the terms of redeemable convertible preferred stock set forth in the most recent amendment.

Ranking

        The redeemable convertible preferred stock ranks senior to all common stock and any other future class of junior preferred stock.

Dividends

        The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall not be entitled to any dividends except in the event that the Company shall declare, set aside or pay any dividend on the common stock (other than dividends payable solely in additional shares of common stock), in which case holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will participate in any such dividends on a per share as-converted basis.

        Such dividends are payable when and as declared by the Company's board of directors. No preferred stock dividends have been declared by the Company's board of directors at December 31,

F-22



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) (Continued)


2006, 2007 or 2008. See "Preferred Dividends" below for payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and payments upon optional conversion.

Voting Rights

        Each issued and outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each such share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible with respect to matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration.

Optional Conversion Feature

        Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock at a conversion rate of 10.194210419 shares of common stock per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The applicable conversion rate is subject to adjustment from time to time. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, 201,624,486 shares of common stock would be issued upon optional conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

        Upon an optional conversion, the holder is entitled to receive shares of common stock as discussed above in addition to the payments discussed below under "Preferred Dividends—(b) Payments upon optional conversion." The right of the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock to elect to receive both shares of common stock and the accreted value under the optional conversion feature resulted in fair value in excess of the invested amount, which resulted in a beneficial conversion feature to such preferred stockholders. This beneficial conversion feature was recorded as a deemed dividend on the date of the issuance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock because there is no stated redemption date (maturity date) and the optional conversion feature is immediately exercisable. The beneficial conversion feature is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as an increase in additional paid-in capital to allocate a portion of the proceeds from the issuance to the beneficial conversion feature and a decrease to additional paid-in capital for the deemed dividend. This beneficial conversion feature was measured as the excess of the fair value of the common shares into which the preferred shares are convertible over the accounting conversion price as determined in accordance with EITF Issue 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios , and EITF Issue 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments . The Company has not issued redeemable convertible preferred stock since 2005. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had recorded $14.1 million of deemed dividends related to the beneficial conversion feature associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock issued prior to 2006.

Preferred Dividends

(a)    Payments upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company:

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of (i) the "accreted value" (as defined below) of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock plus (ii) any dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The term "accreted value" means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the "stated value" (as defined

F-23



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) (Continued)


below) for a share of redeemable convertible preferred stock plus (ii) 8% per year of the stated value, compounding annually and commencing on the date of issuance of such share. The term "stated value" means $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution or combination with respect to the redeemable convertible preferred stock. The amount by which the accreted value exceeds the stated value for any share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is referred to as the "accreted dividend" for such share. At the option of the holder, the accreted value may be paid in cash or shares of common stock valued at current fair market value.

        With respect to the payment of amounts described in the preceding paragraph, each of the following events is deemed to be a "liquidation, dissolution or winding up" of the Company: (i) the consolidation with or into another corporation in which the stockholders of record of the Company own less than 50% or the voting securities of the surviving corporation; (ii) the sale of substantially all the assets of the Company; (iii) the sale of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting securities (other than a qualified public offering); and (iv) a sale to Warburg Pincus, the majority stockholder of the Company, or its successors or assigns.

(b)    Payments upon optional conversion:

        Upon an optional conversion of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holder of such shares is entitled to receive (in addition to the common stock acquirable upon conversion of such shares) an amount equal to (i) the accreted value of such shares plus (ii) any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. At the option of the holder, the accreted value may be paid in cash or shares of common stock valued at current fair market value.

        The Company has recorded preferred dividends of $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.0 million for the years ended 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, the amount of the accreted dividends was $5.3 million and $7.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, the accreted value (carrying value) of the redeemable convertible preferred stock was $25.0 million and $27.1 million, respectively.

Mandatory Conversion

        If not earlier converted pursuant to the optional conversion feature, each share of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate (10.194210419 shares of common stock per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2007 and 2008), upon the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $25.0 million and the shares of common stock are designated for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or the American Stock Exchange, or at any time upon the vote to so convert of the holders of at least a majority of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Redemption

        If, after seven years of the initial issuance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company has not consummated a liquidity event or a qualified public offering and the optional conversion feature has not been exercised, the holders of a majority of the redeemable convertible preferred stock will have the right to require the Company to redeem any or all of their redeemable

F-24



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) (Continued)


convertible preferred stock at a price in cash equal to the accreted value, plus any declared, but unpaid dividends.

11. Stock-Based Compensation

        In January 2006, the Company adopted its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan ("2005 Plan") pursuant to which it may award stock options and other stock-based awards. The board of directors of the Company determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for options granted under the 2005 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under the 2005 Plan is equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of the date of grant or modification. Options are typically exercisable for a period of ten years after the date of grant, subject to continuing service to the Company.

        With respect to vesting:

    Stock options issued to founders of the Company ("founders' options") become exercisable ratably over a two-year period from the date of grant.

    Time vested options become exercisable as follows: 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 2% on each monthly anniversary from months 13 through 45, and 3% on each monthly anniversary from months 46 through 48.

    Performance vested options become exercisable 25% in each year over a four year period if certain performance targets are met by the Company.

    Exit vested options become exercisable only if an "exit event" or "change in control", as defined by the option agreements, occurs.

        All options granted in 2006 and 2007 were pursuant to the 2005 Plan, except for options to purchase an aggregate of 295,088 shares of common stock granted to certain members of management in February 2006. There were no options granted during 2008.

        The Company has recorded $323,000, $106,000 and $1.8 million of compensation expense related to stock options and the modification of a stock-based award for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, in accordance with SFAS 123R. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there was $146,000 and $57,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to time vested options. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there was $252,000 and $98,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to performance vested options. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there was $365,000 and $365,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to exit vested options. Unearned stock-based compensation is being amortized over the vesting term using an accelerated graded method in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 28 (FIN 28). These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.90 and 2.82 years, at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

F-25



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Stock option activity is summarized as follows:

 
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2006

    31,178,312   $ 0.07              
 

Granted

    8,978,516   $ 0.13              
 

Exercised

    (164,983 ) $ 0.07              
 

Forfeitures

    (237,415 ) $ 0.07              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2007

    39,754,430   $ 0.08     7.34   $ 1,453,351  
                         
 

Granted

      $              
 

Exercised

      $              
 

Forfeitures

    (30,000 ) $ 0.13              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2008

    39,724,430   $ 0.08     6.33   $ 122,219,518  
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2007

   
39,037,625
 
$

0.08
   
5.21
 
$

1,433,503
 
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2007

    15,860,936   $ 0.07     6.51   $ 791,737  
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008

   
39,155,423
 
$

0.08
   
6.04
 
$

120,474,683
 
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

    20,757,522   $ 0.07     5.78   $ 64,058,353  
                         

        The fair value of the options vested at December 31, 2007 and 2008 is $1.9 million and $65.6 million, respectively.

        The weighted average grant-date estimated fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0.04 and $0.05 per share, respectively. No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008 no options issued under the plan have expired.

        During 2006 and 2007, 532,935 and 114,683 time vested options and 173,031 and 50,300 performance vested options, respectively, were exercised. These options had a total intrinsic value at the time of exercise of $14,000 and $8,000 in 2006 and 2007, respectively. The Company received $12,000 in cash from the exercise of options as of December 31, 2007. No options were exercised in the year ended December 31, 2008. During 2007 and 2008, respectively, 237,415 and 30,000, time and performance vested options were forfeited.

        The Company has reserved 44,383,342 shares of common stock for the exercise of existing stock options and stock options available for grant as of both December 31, 2007 and 2008.

        The fair value of each option award granted during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company's determination of the fair value of share-based awards is affected by the Company's common stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected stock price volatility over the expected life of the awards

F-26



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  2006   2007  

Risk free interest rate

    4.65 %   3.55 %

Expected dividend yield

         

Expected volatility

    48.14 %   40.72 %

Expected life (in years)

    6.1     6.1  

        The risk-free interest rate is based on the currently available rate on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option converted into a continuously compounded rate. The expected volatility of stock options is based on an average of expected option terms disclosed by a peer group of publicly traded companies comparable to the Company. In evaluating comparability, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size. The expected life of the Company's options is based on management's estimate. The dividend yield reflects the fact that the Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not currently anticipate paying cash dividends in the future.

        During 2006, the Company modified certain option awards granted in previous years to 15 individuals by reducing the exercise price from $0.25 to $0.07. No other terms of the awards were modified. The fair value of each option award modified during the year ended December 31, 2006 was estimated on the date of modification based upon the increase in fair value from the original grant date, as calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The total incremental compensation cost recorded as a result of the modification was $228,000 and $52,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Award Modification

        As discussed in Note 15, "Related Party Transactions," Ryan Craig, a director of the Company, entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus in August 2004 to serve on the Company's board of directors and to serve as a consultant in 2004 to the Company on behalf of Warburg Pincus. Under this agreement, Mr. Craig was to receive a portion of the proceeds from Warburg Pincus upon a liquidity event in an amount to be determined based on proceeds to Warburg Pincus from their holdings of the Company's common and preferred stock. This agreement was superceded by a new arrangement in December 2008 under which Mr. Craig received 504,342 shares of the Company's common stock from Warburg Pincus in January 2009. Under the new arrangement, Mr. Craig will receive no further cash payment upon a liquidity event. Because the consideration to be received by Mr. Craig is based on the fair value of the Company's stock and was earned by providing services to the Company, the Company has recognized the transaction as stock-based compensation expense and a capital contribution from Warburg Pincus. The new arrangement in December 2008 was accounted for as an improbable-to-probable modification of vesting conditions in accordance with SFAS 123R. The incremental stock-based compensation expense resulting from the modification, based on the fair value of the Company's common stock at December 31, 2008, was $1.6 million. As the award was for past services, the stock-based compensation expense was recorded at the time of the modification in December 2008.

F-27



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Common Stock Valuations

        The exercise prices of stock options granted prior to January 2008 were determined by the Company's board of directors based on the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock. The common stock valuations were based on the combination of an income approach and a market value approach, which were used to estimate the total value of the company. The income approach is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate. These cash flows are converted to a present value, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money after factoring in certain risks inherent in the business. Under the market approach, the value of the Company is estimated by comparing our business to similar businesses whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Valuation multiples are derived from the prices at which the securities trade in public markets and the companies' underlying financial metrics. The valuation multiples are then applied to the equivalent financial metrics of our business. Valuation multiples may be adjusted to account for differences between our company and similar companies for such factors as company size, growth prospects or diversification of operations. The Company then used that enterprise value to estimate the fair value of its common stock in the context of the capital structure as of each valuation date. The valuations were based on estimates and assumptions. If different estimates and assumptions had been used, the valuations could have been different.

        During 2006 and 2007, the Company granted options to purchase the Company's common stock on dates that generally fell on or near the dates of the valuations.

12. Warrants

        From time to time, the Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock to various consultants, licensors and lenders. Each warrant represents the right to purchase one share of common stock. No warrants were granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008.

        The following table summarizes information with respect to all warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2008:

Exercise Price
  Warrants
outstanding
  Expiration
Date
 

$0.25

    3,324,741     2013-2015  

$0.50

    1,302,547     2013  

$0.63

    1,375,000     2013  

$0.65

    175,000     2013  

$1.00

    750,000     2013  

$2.00

    173,307     2013  

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, all 7,100,595 outstanding warrants were exercisable.

13. Income Taxes

        Under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the asset and liability method is used in accounting for taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from

F-28



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)


temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in tax and deductions in future years.

        The components of income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Current:

                   
 

Federal

      $ 123   $ 9,837  
 

State

        41     2,892  
               

      $ 164   $ 12,729  
               

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

          $ (4,292 )
 

State

            (1,366 )
               

          $ (5,658 )
               

Total

      $ 164   $ 7,071  
               

        There were no deferred items in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. No current or deferred provision was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the net operating loss in that year.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Deferred tax asset:

                   
 

Net operating loss

  $ 7,495   $ 5,072   $ 838  
 

Fixed assets

    371     225      
 

Bad debt

    377     616     2,943  
 

Vacation accrual

    70     230     527  
 

Stock-based compensation

    125     172     879  
 

Deferred rent

    151     804     1,263  
 

State tax

            904  
 

Tax credits

        150     8  
 

Contribution carry forward

    12          
 

Other

    3     14     3  
               
   

Total deferred tax assets

    8,604     7,283     7,365  
   

Valuation allowance

    (8,604 )   (7,283 )    
   

Net deferred tax assets

            7,365  
               

Deferred tax liabilities:

                   
 

Fixed assets and intangibles

    (543 )   (556 )   (2,265 )
               
   

Total net deferred tax assets

  $ (543 ) $ (556 ) $ 5,100  
               

F-29



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company periodically assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets. The Company considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible profits. At December 31, 2007, principally because of the lack of consistent earnings history, the Company had concluded that it was more-likely-than-not that its net deferred tax assets would not be realized. However, based upon the earnings results at March 31, 2008, as well as the projected income for the remainder of 2008 and 2009, the Company concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that its net deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, the total valuation allowance of $7.3 million at December 31, 2007 was fully reversed by December 31, 2008, primarily as a reduction to income tax expense.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had federal net operating loss carry forwards of $1.0 million and state net operating loss carry forwards of $8.5 million, which are available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2020. The state net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2016. During 2008 the State of California enacted legislation which limits the use of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset income for years 2008 and 2009.

        Pursuant to Internal Code Section 382, use of our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. We have performed a Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2008 and have determined that there is no material effect on our net operating loss carryforwards.

        A reconciliation of the income tax (benefit) expense computed using the U.S. federal statutory tax rate (34%, 34% and 35% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008) and the Company's provision for income taxes follows (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008  

Computed expected federal tax (benefit) expense

  $ (1,751 ) $ 1,174   $ 11,725  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    (244 )   184     1,803  

Permanent differences

    50     149     121  

Other

    39     (24 )   150  

Valuation allowance

    1,906     (1,319 )   (6,728 )
               

  $   $ 164   $ 7,071  
               

        In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ("FIN 48"), which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, FIN 48 provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions.

        The accrual for uncertain tax positions can result in a difference between the estimated benefit recorded in the Company's financial statements and the benefit taken or expected to be taken in the Company's income tax returns. This difference is generally referred to as an "unrecognized tax benefit."

F-30



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company is subject to the provisions of FIN 48 as of January 1, 2008, and has analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions. Upon adoption, the Company had no material additions to its accrual for uncertain tax positions as a result of the implementation of FIN 48.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2008

  $  
 

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

     
 

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

     
 

Gross increases—current period tax positions

    2,743  
 

Settlements

     
 

Lapse of statute of limitations

     
       

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 2,743  
       

        Included in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 is $0.3 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 is $2.4 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred tax assets. These amounts represent positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, other than for interest, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the effective income tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

        The Company recognizes interest related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $0 and $0.2 million of accrued interest, before any tax benefit, related to uncertain tax positions, respectively.

        The tax years 2003-2008 remains open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. The Company expects that as much as $2.2 million of the unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain positions taken in previous years may decrease within the next twelve months. However, this decrease is not expected to impact the effective tax rate.

        The Company's continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

14. Regulatory

        The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the Department of Education subject the Company to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to participate in the various federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.

        To participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agency of the state in which it is located, accredited by an accrediting agency

F-31



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Regulatory (Continued)


recognized by the Department of Education and certified as eligible by the Department of Education. The Department of Education will certify an institution to participate in Title IV programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the Higher Education Act and the Department of Education's extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance to the Department of Education on an ongoing basis. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, management believes the Company is in compliance with the applicable regulations in all material respects.

        The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institution's operations in order to ensure that the education offered is of sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes and that the institution is complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation, the requirements to provide periodic reports, the loss of accreditation or other penalties if deficiencies are not remediated.

        For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for each educational institution which is known as a "cohort default rate." An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if, for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years, 25% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs if its cohort default rate exceeds 40% in the most recent federal fiscal year for which default rates have been calculated by the Department of Education. Ashford University's cohort default rates for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 2.4%, 4.1% and 4.1%, respectively. The cohort default rates for the University of the Rockies for the 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which information is available, were 5.5%, 0.0% and 0.0%, respectively.

        The Department of Education calculates the institution's composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit. An institution that does not meet the Department of Education's minimum composite score may demonstrate its financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accepting other conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs.

        As of and for the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University did not meet the composite score standard prescribed by the Department of Education and was required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 10% of total Title IV funds received in 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the requirements of the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. Under the heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment, the Company may not draw down Title IV funds until they are disbursed to students. Ashford University has posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $12.1 million, which will remain in effect through September 30, 2009.

        For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007, the University of the Rockies did not meet the composite score standard prescribed by the Department of Education and was required to post a letter of credit

F-32



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Regulatory (Continued)


in favor of the Department of Education equal to 30% of total Title IV funds received in the fiscal year ending July 31, 2007, to accept provisional certification to participate in Title IV programs and to conform to the regulations of heightened cash monitoring level one method of payment. The University of the Rockies has posted the required letter of credit in the amount of $0.7 million, which will remain in effect through June 30, 2009.

        Pursuant to a provision of the Higher Education Act, a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues form Title IV program funds. In 2007 and 2008, Ashford University derived 83.9% and 86.8%, respectively, and the University of the Rockies derived 61.9% and 80.8%, respectively, of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs.

        An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department of Education regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit can result in an institution having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its prior year Title IV returns. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, Ashford University exceeded the threshold of 5% for late refunds sampled due to human error. As a result, the Company is required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the total refunds in 2007. Ashford University notified the Department of Education of its intention to post this letter of credit, but was advised by the Department of Education that such posting was unnecessary because the letter of credit in place due to our composite score noted above was in excess of the amount required for late refunds.

        Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it, like other industry participants, may be subject from time to time to investigations, claims of noncompliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or common law causes of action. While there can be no assurance that regulatory agencies or third parties will not undertake investigations or make claims against the Company, or that such claims, if made, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition, management believes it has materially complied with all regulatory requirements.

15. Related Party Transactions

Director Agreement

        As discussed further under Award Modification in Note 11, "Stock-Based Compensation," Ryan Craig, a director of the Company, entered into an agreement with Warburg Pincus in August 2004 to serve on the Company's board of directors and to serve as a consultant in 2004 to the Company on behalf of Warburg Pincus. Under this agreement, Warburg Pincus agreed to compensate Mr. Craig from its equity ownership in the Company upon a liquidity event, which was deemed not to be

F-33



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)


probable. This agreement was amended in December 2008. For his director services from August 2004 to August 2008, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 198,516 shares of the Company's common stock from Warburg Pincus. In his role as a consultant to the Company in 2004, Mr. Craig earned the right to receive 305,826 shares of the Company's common stock from Warburg Pincus. Mr. Craig received an aggregate amount of 504,342 shares of the Company's common stock in January 2009 from Warburg Pincus. Based on the fair value of the Company's common stock on December 31, 2008, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million for the fair value of these shares.

November 2003 Loan from Warburg Pincus to the Company's CEO and President

        In November 2003, Warburg Pincus loaned $75,000 to Andrew Clark the Company's CEO and President to finance Mr. Clark's purchase of 75,000 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock from the Company. In connection with such loan, Mr. Clark entered into a Secured Recourse Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement with Warburg Pincus which provided that the principal amount due under the note would accrue simple interest at a rate of 8% per year until November 26, 2005, the maturity date, after which time interest would accrue at a penalty rate of 16% per year, compounded monthly. The loan was secured by 75,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark repaid the loan in full on March 10, 2009, at which time the amount due under the note was $146,740 (including accrued interest of $71,740).

Line of Credit with Warburg Pincus

        In March 2007, the Company entered into a line of credit with Warburg Pincus under which we could borrow and repay up to $3.0 million in principal at any time prior to March 2008. Under the line of credit, interest accrued at the prime rate plus 1.50% per annum. During 2007, the Company borrowed a total of $2.0 million under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2007, all amounts were repaid and the line of credit was cancelled. The Company paid a total of $98,000 in interest under the line of credit before it was cancelled.

Warburg Pincus Guarantee

        In May 2004, Warburg Pincus entered into a guarantee in favor of a postsecondary college in the Connecticut state college system pursuant to which it agreed to guarantee the Company's obligations to such college arising from an agreement the Company entered into with such college in May 2004. No amounts have been paid under the guarantee. The maximum amount payable under the guarantee was $1.0 million from May 2004 to June 2006 and $500,000 from June 2006 to December 2006. Since January 2007, the maximum amount payable under the guarantee is $100,000. The Company has not recognized a liability for this guarantee as of December 31, 2007 or 2008.

Indemnification Agreements

        The Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws require the Company to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers.

F-34



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16. Qualified Retirement Plan

        The Company maintains an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the savings plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make matching contributions into the savings plan at its sole discretion. The Company's total contributions to the 401(k) plan were $110,000, $119,000 and $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2008, the Company is not a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material.

18. Concentration of Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

        In 2008, Ashford University derived 86.8% and the University of the Rockies derived 80.8% of their respective revenues (in each case calculated on a cash basis in accordance with applicable Department of Education regulations) from Title IV programs. Title IV programs are subject to political and budgetary considerations and are subject to extensive and complex regulations. The Company's administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions including a suspension, limitation, or termination proceeding, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

        Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a Department of Education prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are distributed directly to the student.

        The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents accounts in financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit its concentrations risk exposure.

Concentration of Sources of Supply

        The Company is dependent on a third party provider for its online platform, which includes a learning management system, which stores, manages and delivers course content, enables assignment

F-35



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

18. Concentration of Risk (Continued)


uploading, provides interactive communication between students and faculty and supplies online assessment tools. The partial or complete loss of this source may have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

19. Subsequent Events

Stockholder Dispute

        Two holders of the Company's common stock asserted in February 2009 that the Company took various actions in violation of their legal rights which resulted in an unfair dilution of their interests as holders of shares of common stock. The Company is engaged in discussions with the stockholders, through counsel, in an effort to resolve the concerns of the stockholders without litigation. While the Company believes the claims of the stockholders are without merit and intends to defend vigorously any litigation that is commenced, no assurance can be given that this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operation or cash flows. The Company currently believes that a loss contingency from the purported stockholder action is neither remote nor probable and the amount of potential loss cannot be reliably estimated at this time. Therefore the Company has not recorded any related loss contingency amounts as of December 31, 2008.

20. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

Acceleration of Exit Options

        Certain members of the Company's management team have been awarded "exit options" to purchase an aggregate of 11,870,755 shares of common stock. Under their original terms, the exit options are scheduled to vest upon (i) a change in control of the Company (as defined in the option agreement) or (ii) a "liquidity event" (as defined in the option agreement), subject in each case to the optionee's continued service through the date of the change in control or liquidity event. Additionally, for vesting to occur, Warburg Pincus must receive proceeds from such change in control or liquidity event that are equal to or greater than, as of the date of the transaction, four times the aggregate purchase price that Warburg Pincus paid for the equity securities being sold. Under the original terms of the options, the portion of the exit options scheduled to vest upon a liquidity event is determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the exit option by the relative percentage of our equity securities that Warburg Pincus sells in connection with the liquidity event.

        On March 28, 2009, the Company's board of directors amended the exit options to add an additional vesting condition so that the number of shares underlying the options that would not have vested upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, under the original terms of the options, will vest in full upon the closing of such offering. This additional vesting condition constitutes a modification under SFAS 123R. To the extent the exit option vests under the original vesting conditions, the original grant date fair value will be recorded on the vesting date; and to the extent the exit option vests under the additional vesting condition, the modification date fair value will be recorded on the vesting date.

        The compensation expense that will be recorded for the exit options upon completion of this offering is estimated to be $31.1 million in the aggregate ($0.1 million related to the portion of the exit options vesting under the original vesting conditions and $31.0 million related to the portion of the exit options vesting under the additional vesting condition), assuming the sale by Warburg Pincus of 15% of

F-36



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

20. Subsequent Events (Unaudited) (Continued)


its ownership of the Company's common stock (as-converted) in the Company's initial public offering. Such compensation expense will be allocated to the expense category in which the optionee's regular compensation is recorded.

Settlement of Stockholder Dispute

        As discussed in Note 19, "Subsequent Events—Stockholder Dispute," in February 2009, certain holders of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock asserted various claims against the Company, its directors and officers and Warburg Pincus based primarily on allegations of breach of fiduciary duty and violations of corporate governance requirements involving amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation made in connection with financings in 2005 and by certain stock options granted by the Company to its employees. On March 29, 2009, the Company reached a settlement with the claimants regarding these claims. The terms of the settlement were approved by the Company's board of directors upon the recommendation of a special committee comprised of independent directors not affiliated with Warburg Pincus.

        In exchange for a general release of claims against the Company, its directors and officers and Warburg Pincus, the Company and Warburg Pincus signed settlement agreements with the claimants pursuant to which the Company agreed:

    to issue an aggregate of 3,195,455 shares of common stock to the holders of common stock as of July 27, 2005, of which the claimants held approximately 90%;

    to make a cash payment to holders of warrants to purchase common stock as of July 27, 2005 (other than holders who have been the Company's employees, or related to the Company's employees) in an amount equal to $0.14 per share of common stock underlying each such warrant, resulting in a total cash payment of $433,000, of which the claimants would receive approximately 59%;

    to amend the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January 9, 2009 (Registration Rights Agreement), among the Company, Warburg Pincus and certain other security holders, to provide that the shares of common stock to be sold in the Company's initial public offering would be allocated (i) first, to the Company, (ii) second, to members of the Company's management team (in an amount not to exceed 10% of each member's vested holdings as of April 30, 2009, assuming the vesting in full of all exit options held by such members as of that date), (iii) third, to all holders of common stock and warrants that are parties to the Registration Rights Agreement except Warburg Pincus (in an amount not to exceed 50% of the "Registrable Securities" held by such holders) and (iv) fourth, to Warburg Pincus; and

    to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the security holders, not to exceed $50,000.

The settlement did not constitute an admission of guilt or liability on the Company's part or on the part of Warburg Pincus or any of the Company's officers or directors.

        The Company is notifying the other holders of common stock and other holders of warrants to purchase shares of common stock, in each case as of July 27, 2005, regarding these claims, the settlement terms and their ability to participate in the settlement, and the Company expects that all

F-37



Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

20. Subsequent Events (Unaudited) (Continued)


such holders will ultimately sign settlement agreements. While the Company is working vigorously to have such agreements signed by the other holders, the Company cannot guarantee that all such holders will do so. Each such holder who signs the settlement agreement will be treated on the same basis as the claimants. If any other such holder elects not to participate in the settlement, the portion of the settlement consideration otherwise payable to such holder will not be paid, and such holder will be entitled to bring legal action against the Company based on the claims raised in the dispute; however, the Company does not believe this would result in any material liability to the Company in excess of the amount the Company has reserved for the settlement with such holders.

        The Company expects to record a total expense of $10.6 million in the first quarter of 2009 related to the stockholder dispute. The amount recorded will include a non-cash expense of approximately $10.1 million related to the issuance of 3,195,455 shares of common stock (2,871,418 shares to claimants that have signed settlement agreements and 324,037 shares to the remaining common stockholders of record or their transferees as of July 27, 2005) based on the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of settlement.

F-38


GRAPHIC


LOGO



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth an estimate of the fees and expenses relating to the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which shall be borne by the registrant. All of such fees and expenses, except for the SEC registration fee, are estimated:

SEC registration fee

  $ 9,039  

FINRA filing fee

    23,500  

NYSE listing fee

    250,000  

Transfer agent's fees and expenses

    16,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Printing fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,900,000  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    *  
       

Total

    *  

      *
      Estimate

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The registrant's current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of the registrant's initial public offering, will require the registrant to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Additionally, as permitted by Delaware law, the registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that require the registrant to indemnify such persons, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted under Delaware law, against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys', witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any action, hearing, suit or other proceeding, whether pending, threatened or completed, to which any such person may be made a witness or a party by reason of (1) the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the registrant or its subsidiaries, whether serving in such capacity or otherwise acting at the request of the registrant or its subsidiaries and (2) anything done or not done, or alleged to have been done or not done, by such person in that capacity. The indemnification agreements also require the registrant to advance expenses incurred by directors and officers within 20 days after receipt of a written request, provided that such persons undertake to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that they are not entitled to indemnification. Additionally, the agreements set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder, including a presumption that directors and officers are entitled to indemnification under the agreements, and that the registrant has the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The registrant is not required to provide indemnification under the agreements for certain matters, including: (1) indemnification beyond that permitted by Delaware law; (2) indemnification for liabilities for which the officer or director is reimbursed pursuant to such insurance as may exist for such person's benefit; (3) indemnification related to disgorgement of profits

II-1



under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (4) in connection with certain proceedings initiated against the registrant by the director or officer; or (5) indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the registrant's written consent. The indemnification agreements require the registrant to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in full force and effect while any director or officer continues to serve in such capacity, and so long as any such person may incur costs and expenses related to legal proceedings as described above.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by the registrant in the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

        In January 2009, the registrant issued an aggregate of 504,342 shares of common stock to Warburg Pincus upon the conversion of 49,473.38 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The shares were offered and sold without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) thereunder.

        In February 2009, the registrant issued to William C. Turner, Trustee of the Turner Trust dated 1/7/82, as amended, 250,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of a warrant at an exercise price of $0.25 per share. The registrant concluded the investor qualified as an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) based on representations made by the investor at the time of sale. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

        In March 2009, pursuant to a settlement agreement, the registrant agreed to issue to certain existing investors an aggregate of 3,195,455 shares of common stock in exchange for a release of claims against the registrant. The registrant concluded each investor qualified as an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) based on representations made by the investors in the settlement agreement. The shares were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Stock Option Awards

    As of March 1, 2009, under its 2005 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan, or 2005 Plan, the registrant had outstanding stock options to directors, officers, employees and consultants to purchase an aggregate of 39,429,342 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $0.08 per share and had issued 870,949 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $60,966 upon exercise of options awarded under the 2005 Plan. The stock option grants and the common stock issuances described in this paragraph were made pursuant to written compensatory plans or agreements in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

    As of March 1, 2009, the registrant had outstanding stock options issued outside of the 2005 Plan to certain employees to purchase an aggregate of 295,088 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.07 per share. The registrant concluded each of such employees qualified as an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act based on representations made by the employees at the time of award. The stock option grants were made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

With respect to the stock option grants that were made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder: (i) no underwriters were involved in the issuances of securities; (ii) each security holder represented to us in connection with the grant of stock options that the security holder was acquiring the securities for

II-2


investment and not distribution, that security holders could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time; (iii) the security holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration; and (iv) the issuance of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.

II-3


Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
Exhibits.
Exhibit Number   Description of Document

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1**

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 3, 2004, as amended, among The Franciscan University of the Prairies, the Sisters of St. Francis and the registrant.

2.2**

 

Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 12, 2007 between the Colorado School of Professional Psychology and the registrant.

3.1**

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect.

3.2*

 

Certificate of Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3**

 

Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering.

3.4**

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant.

4.1

 

Specimen of Stock Certificate.

4.2**

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2003 among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.3

 

Stockholders' Agreement dated November 26, 2003, as amended, among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.4

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January 7, 2009, as amended, along with a form of Adoption Agreement among the registrant and the other persons named therein.

4.5**

 

Form of Warrant A.

4.6**

 

Form of Warrant B.

4.7**

 

Form of Warrant C.

4.8**

 

Form of Warrant D.

4.9**

 

Form of Warrant E.

4.10**

 

Form of Warrant F.

4.11**

 

Form of Warrant G.

4.12**

 

Table of Warrants Granted.

5.1*

 

Opinion of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

10.1**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.2**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Founders.

10.3**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.4**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.5**

 

2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.6**

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.7**

 

Independent Contractor Agreement, as amended, between Robert Hartman and the registrant.

10.8**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.9**

 

Loan and Security Agreement dated April 12, 2004, as amended, between Comerica Bank, Bridgepoint Education Real Estate Holdings, LLC and the registrant.

10.10**

 

Grid Note dated March 12, 2007 between Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and the registrant.

10.11**

 

Nominating Agreement between Warburg Pincus and the registrant.

II-4


Exhibit Number   Description of Document

10.12**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Robert Hartman.

10.13†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.14†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.15†

 

Office Lease dated January 31, 2008 between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 13480 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.16†

 

Office Lease and Sublease Agreements related to the premises located at 13500 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.17†**

 

Standard Form Modified Gross Office Lease dated October 22, 2008, and addendum, between Sunroad Centrum Office I, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 8620 Spectrum Center Lane, San Diego, California.

10.18†**

 

Office Lease and Amendments related to the University of the Rockies Campus located in Colorado Springs, Colorado.

10.19†**

 

Commercial Net Lease dated January 26, 2007, as amended, between Frye Development, Inc. and Center Leaf Partners,  LLC.

10.20†

 

Blackboard License and Services Agreement dated December 23, 2003, as amended, between Blackboard, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.21†

 

Software License Agreement and Campuscare Support Agreement between Campus Management Corp. and the registrant.

10.22†

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.23†

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and University of the Rockies,  LLC.

10.24**

 

Employment Agreement between Andrew S. Clark and the registrant.

10.25**

 

Employment Agreement between Daniel J. Devine and the registrant.

10.26**

 

Employment Agreement between Christopher L. Spohn and the registrant.

10.27**

 

Employment Agreement between Rodney T. Sheng and the registrant.

10.28**

 

Offer Letter to Diane Thompson.

10.29**

 

Offer Letter to Thomas Ashbrook.

10.30**

 

Offer Letter to Dale Crandall.

10.31**

 

Executive Severance Plan.

10.32**

 

Form of Severance Agreement under the Executive Severance Plan.

10.33

 

Amendment to Stock Option Award under Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

16.1**

 

Letter from Clifton Gunderson LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

21.1**

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney.


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.

II-5


(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.

        Below is Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other consolidated financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.:

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated March 19, 2009, appearing in the Registration Statement on Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Schedule II of this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Diego, California
March 19, 2009


SCHEDULE II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Expense   Deductions(1)   Balance at
End of
Year
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:

                         

Year ended December 31, 2006

  $ 973     971     (11 ) $ 1,933  

Year ended December 31, 2007

  $ 1,933     4,731     (648 ) $ 6,016  

Year ended December 31, 2008

  $ 6,016     13,431     (1,201 ) $ 18,246  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:

                         

Year ended December 31, 2006

  $ 6,697     1,907       $ 8,604  

Year ended December 31, 2007

  $ 8,604         (1,321 ) $ 7,283  

Year ended December 31, 2008

  $ 7,283         (7,283 )    

(1)
Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries or reversals of the allowance for deferred tax assets.

II-6


Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-7



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on March 30, 2009.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

Andrew S. Clark
CEO and President

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

Andrew S. Clark
  CEO and President (Principal Executive Officer) and a Director   March 30, 2009

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

Daniel J. Devine

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 30, 2009

Directors:

 

 

 

 

Ryan Craig
Dale Crandall
Patrick T. Hackett
Robert Hartman
Adarsh Sarma

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

Andrew S. Clark
Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

March 30, 2009

II-8



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1**

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 3, 2004, as amended, among The Franciscan University of the Prairies, the Sisters of St. Francis and the registrant.

2.2**

 

Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 12, 2007 between the Colorado School of Professional Psychology and the registrant.

3.1**

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant as currently in effect.

3.2*

 

Certificate of Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3**

 

Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering.

3.4**

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant.

4.1

 

Specimen of Stock Certificate.

4.2**

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2003 among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.3

 

Stockholders' Agreement dated November 26, 2003, as amended, among Warburg Pincus, Andrew S. Clark, the registrant and other persons named therein.

4.4

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January 7, 2009, as amended, along with a form of Adoption Agreement among the registrant and the other persons named therein.

4.5**

 

Form of Warrant A.

4.6**

 

Form of Warrant B.

4.7**

 

Form of Warrant C.

4.8**

 

Form of Warrant D.

4.9**

 

Form of Warrant E.

4.10**

 

Form of Warrant F.

4.11**

 

Form of Warrant G.

4.12**

 

Table of Warrants Granted.

5.1*

 

Opinion of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

10.1**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.2**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Founders.

10.3**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.4**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.5**

 

2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.6**

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.7**

 

Independent Contractor Agreement, as amended, between Robert Hartman and the registrant.

10.8**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.9**

 

Loan and Security Agreement dated April 12, 2004, as amended, between Comerica Bank, Bridgepoint Education Real Estate Holdings, LLC and the registrant.

10.10**

 

Grid Note dated March 12, 2007 between Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and the registrant.

10.11**

 

Nominating Agreement between Warburg Pincus and the registrant.

10.12**

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Robert Hartman.


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document

10.13†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Charlene Dackerman, Jane McAuliffe, Ross Woodard and other non-executive employees.

10.14†**

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan—Form of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Option Grant for Andrew S. Clark, Daniel J. Devine, Rodney T. Sheng and Christopher L. Spohn.

10.15†

 

Office Lease dated January 31, 2008 between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 13480 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.16†

 

Office Lease and Sublease Agreements related to the premises located at 13500 Evening Creek, San Diego, California.

10.17†**

 

Standard Form Modified Gross Office Lease dated October 22, 2008, and addendum, between Sunroad Centrum Office I, L.P. and the registrant related to the premises located at 8620 Spectrum Center Lane, San Diego, California.

10.18†**

 

Office Lease and Amendments related to the University of the Rockies Campus located in Colorado Springs, Colorado.

10.19†**

 

Commercial Net Lease dated January 26, 2007, as amended, between Frye Development, Inc. and Center Leaf Partners,  LLC.

10.20†

 

Blackboard License and Services Agreement dated December 23, 2003, as amended, between Blackboard, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.21†

 

Software License Agreement and Campuscare Support Agreement between Campus Management Corp. and the registrant.

10.22†

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University,  LLC.

10.23†

 

General Services Agreement dated January 1, 2009 between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and University of the Rockies,  LLC.

10.24**

 

Employment Agreement between Andrew S. Clark and the registrant.

10.25**

 

Employment Agreement between Daniel J. Devine and the registrant.

10.26**

 

Employment Agreement between Christopher L. Spohn and the registrant.

10.27**

 

Employment Agreement between Rodney T. Sheng and the registrant.

10.28**

 

Offer Letter to Diane Thompson.

10.29**

 

Offer Letter to Thomas Ashbrook.

10.30**

 

Offer Letter to Dale Crandall.

10.31**

 

Executive Severance Plan.

10.32**

 

Form of Severance Agreement under the Executive Severance Plan.

10.33

 

Amendment to Stock Option Award under Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

16.1**

 

Letter from Clifton Gunderson LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

21.1**

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney.


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
REGULATION
MANAGEMENT
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Summary Compensation Table—2008
Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2008
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End—2008
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING
INTERNATIONAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets (In thousands, except share and per share data)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Operations (In thousands, except per share data)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (In thousands, except share data)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In thousands)
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
SCHEDULE II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.1

COMMON STOCK   GRAPHIC   COMMON STOCK

BE

 

 

 

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
        CUSIP 10807M 10 5

This Certifies that

is the record holder of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of the Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

        Dated:

/s/ DIANE P. THOMPSON   [BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION SEAL]   /s/ ANDREW CLARK
SECRETARY       CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

        WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
    BY:   TRANSFER AGENT
AND REGISTRAR

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

 
AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY   PRODUCTION COORDINATOR: TODD DeROSSETT 931-490-1720
711 ARMSTRONG LANE   PROOF OF: MARCH 23, 2009
COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
(931) 388-3003   TSB 32146 FC
 
SALES: E. BUCKLEY 951-340-1950   OPERATOR: AP
 
7 / LIVE JOBS / B / 32146 BRIDGEPOINT FC   R1
 

COLORS SELECTED FOR PRINTING : Logo prints in PMS 2945 BLUE and black. Intaglio prints in SC-7 dark blue.

COLOR: This proof was printed from a digital file or artwork on a graphics quality, color laser printer. It is a good representation of the color as it will appear on the final product.

However, it is not an exact color rendition, and the final printed product may appear slightly different from the proof due to the difference between the dyes and printing ink.

PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF:          OK AS IS          OK WITH CHANGES          MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF


        The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM     as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                                   Custodian                              
TEN ENT     as tenants by the entireties                     (Cust)                   (Minor)
JT TEN     as joint tenants with right           under Uniform Gifts to Minors
        of survivorship and not as           Act                                                            
        tenants in common                                                 (State)
            UNIF TRF MIN ACT                    Custodian (until age                )
                         (Cust)
                                                           under Uniform Transfers
                                  (Minor)
                    to Minors Act                                                  
                                                                     (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

        For value received,                                                             hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
   

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

                                                                                                                                                              Shares of the Common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        NOTICE:   THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
         
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.        

 

 
AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY   PRODUCTION COORDINATOR: TODD DeROSSETT 931-490-1720
711 ARMSTRONG LANE   PROOF OF: MARCH 20, 2009
COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
(931) 388-3003   TSB 32146 BK
 
SALES: E. BUCKLEY 951-340-1950   OPERATOR: AP
 
7 / LIVE JOBS / B / 32146 BRIDGEPOINT BK   NEW
 

PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF:          OK AS IS          OK WITH CHANGES          MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.3

TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        Stockholders Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of this 26th day of November, 2003, among the institutional investors listed on Schedule I hereto (the "New Investors"); the Persons whose names and addresses appear from time to time on Schedule II hereto (the "Management Investors"); the Persons whose names and addresses appear from time to time on Schedule III hereto (the "Other Investors"); and TeleUniversity Inc., Delaware corporation (the "Company"). The New Investors, the Management Investors and the Other Investors are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Investors".


R E C I T A L S

        WHEREAS, the New Investors have, pursuant to the terms of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 26, 2003, with the Company (the "Purchase Agreement") agreed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the "Preferred Stock");

        WHEREAS, the Management Investors and Other Investors Own, pursuant to the terms of certain agreements (collectively, the "Prior Agreements" and, together with the Purchase Agreement, the "Subscription Agreements") or the Purchase Agreement shares of Preferred Stock and/or common stock, par value $0.0l per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock" and together with the Preferred Stock, the "Shares") or other Equity Securities of the Company (collectively, the "Securities");

        WHEREAS, it is condition to the obligations of the New Investors under the Purchase Agreement that the parties hereto enter into this Agreement in its entirety; and

        WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to promote their mutual interests by agreeing to certain matters relating to the operations of the Company and the disposition and voting of the Shares.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.     COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES.

        (a)     Legends.     The certificates evidencing the Securities acquired by the Investors pursuant to the Subscription Agreements will bear the following legend reflecting the restrictions on the transfer of such securities contained in this Agreement.

        As promptly as practicable after the date hereof, the Investors shall deliver all certificates representing any Securities held beneficially and of record by such Investor to the Company to enable the Company to place the foregoing legend on such certificates.

        (b)     Additional Investors.     The parties hereto acknowledge that certain employees of the Company and other Persons may become stockholders or Security holders of the Company after the date hereof, pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise. As a condition to the issuance of shares of capital stock of the Company or Securities to them, such Persons shall, and the shares of capital stock of the Company and Securities shall, immediately become subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, by executing and delivering to the Company a joinder agreement in substantially the form

1


attached hereto as Exhibit A (a "Joinder Agreement"), pursuant to which the such Persons will thereupon become a party to, and be bound by and obligated to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

        (c)     Prior Agreements.     Each of the Management Investors and the Other Investors who are parties to the Prior Agreements set forth on Schedule IV hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior understandings relating to such subject matter, including the Prior Agreements, and that the provisions of such Prior Agreements related to such subject matter and set forth on Schedule IV are terminated and all rights thereunder waived as of the date hereof, with no further liabilities or obligations relating thereto on the part of any party thereto.

        (d)     Chief Executive Officer.     Following the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), in the event the Board (as herein defined) does not approve Warburg Pincus' nominee for Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Warburg Pincus shall retain an executive search firm acceptable to Warburg Pincus in its own discretion, at its own expense, to identify additional candidates for such position.

2.     BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

        (a)     Election of Directors.     

2


        (b)     Replacement Directors.     In the event that any Warburg Pincus Director, Scott Turner, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or Independent Director designated in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) hereof is unable to serve, or once having commenced to serve, is removed or withdraws from the Board (a "Withdrawing Director"), such Withdrawing Director's replacement (the "Substitute Director") will be designated by Warburg Pincus in the case of any Warburg Directors, the Management Investors in the case of Scott Turner or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or mutually by Warburg Pincus and the Management Investors in the case of an Independent Director. The Investors and the Company agree to take all action within their respective power, including but not limited to, the voting of capital stock of the Company Owned by them, (i) to cause the election of such Substitute Director promptly following his or her nomination pursuant to this Section 2(b), (ii) upon the written request of Warburg Pincus, to remove, with or without cause, the Warburg Pincus Director, (iii) upon the written request of the Management Investors, to remove, with or without cause, a Substitute Director designated by the Management Investors or (iv) upon the written request of Warburg Pincus and the Management Investors, to remove, with or without cause, Scott Turner, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Independent Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Scott Turner is no longer employed by the Company, the Investors and the Company shall take all action within their respective power, including but not limited to, the voting of all shares of capital stock of the Company Owned by them, to remove Scott Turner from the Board and replace him pursuant to this Section 2(b).

        (c)     Board Observers.     

3


        (d)     Board Committees.     

        (e)     Board Meetings.     From and after the date hereof, the Company shall cause the Board to hold meetings no less frequently than once every two months; provided however, following the Third Closing and upon the majority of the Board consisting of Warburg Pincus Directors, subject to the approval of Warburg Pincus, such meetings shall be held no less frequently than once every three months.

        (f)     Director Compensation.     The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that no Warburg Pincus Director shall receive any compensation or expense reimbursement, including without limitation director fees and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, related to his services as a director of the Company.

4


3.     TRANSFER OF STOCK.

        (a)     Resale of Securities.     No Investor shall Transfer any Securities, including any rights thereunder, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3. Any Transfer or purported Transfer made in violation of this Section 3 shall be null and void and of no effect.

        (b)     Restrictions on Transfer.     

        (c)     Tag-Along Rights.     

5


        (d)     Drag Along Right.     

6


        (e)     Subscription Right.     

7


4.     CONFIDENTIALITY.

        As to so much of the information and other material furnished under or in connection with this Agreement and the Subscription Agreements (whether furnished before, on or after the date hereof, including without limitation information furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of the Purchase Agreement) as constitutes or contains confidential business, financial or other information of the Company or any subsidiary, each of the Investors covenants for itself and its directors, officers and partners that it will avoid (and, in the case of an Investor who is not an individual, will use due care to prevent its officers, directors, partners, employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives) from disclosing such information to Persons other than their respective authorized employees, counsel, accountants, shareholders, partners, limited partners and other authorized representatives and from using such information for any purpose other than to monitor its investment in the Company; provided , however , that each Investor may disclose or deliver any information or other material disclosed to or received by it should such Investor be advised by its counsel that such disclosure or delivery is required by law, regulation or judicial or administrative order. In the event of any termination of any Subscription Agreement, each Investor who is a party to such agreement shall return to the Company all confidential material previously furnished to such Investor or its officers, directors, partners, employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives in connection with this transaction. For purposes of this Section 4, "due care" means at least the same level of care that such Investor would use to protect the confidentiality of its own sensitive or proprietary information, and this obligation shall survive termination of this Agreement.

5.     TERMINATION.

        (a)   Sections 2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 3 and 7(a) of this Agreement shall terminate upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

        (b)   This Agreement shall terminate on the date on which (i) each New investor and (ii) the Other Investors and Management Investors Owning a majority of those shares of Common Stock (excluding for this purpose then-outstanding options and warrants) Owned by such Other Investors and Management Investors shall have agreed in writing to terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 4 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

6.     INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

        (a)     Terms Defined.     As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meaning set forth below:

         Affiliate: shall mean any Person or entity, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person or entity.

         Exchange Act: shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

8


         Equity Securities: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(1) of the Exchange Act.

         Owns, Own, Owning or Owned: shall mean beneficial ownership, assuming the conversion of all outstanding securities convertible into Common Stock and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants to acquire Common Stock.

         Permitted Transferee: shall mean, in the case of any Investor (i) a spouse, ancestor or descendant (including adoptive children) (an "Immediate Family Member") of such Investor, (ii) an Affiliate of such Investor, or such Investor's Immediate Family Members, or (iii) a family trust for the benefit of such Investor's Immediate Family Members, or (iv) an entity the majority of whose interests are owned at all times by such Investor or such Investor's Immediate Family Members.

         Person: shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

         Qualified Public Offering: shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

         Securities Act: shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         Transfer: shall mean any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition or encumbrance.

         Warburg Pincus: shall mean Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its successors and assigns

        (b)     Accounting Principles.     Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, this shall be done in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles at the time in effect, to the extent applicable, except where such principles are inconsistent with the requirements of this Agreement.

        (c)     Share Splits.     Any Share number in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event occurring after the date hereof.

        (d)     Directly or Indirectly.     Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

        (e)     Governing Law.     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

        (f)     Section Headings.     The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.

7.     MISCELLANEOUS.

        (a)     Injunctive Relief.     The Company and the Investors hereby declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages which will accrue to the parties hereto by reason of the failure of any Investor to perform any of its obligations set forth in Sections 2 and 3. Therefore, the Company and the Investors shall have the right to specific performance of such obligations, and if any party hereto shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, each of the Company and the Investors hereby waives the claim or defense that the party instituting such action or proceeding has an adequate remedy at law.

9


        (b)     Notices.     

        (c)     Reproduction of Documents.     This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (i) consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed, (ii) documents received by each Investor pursuant hereto and (iii) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to each Investor, may be reproduced by each Investor by a photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and each Investor may destroy any original document so reproduced. All parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by each Investor in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

        (d)     Successors and Assigns.     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties.

        (e)     Entire Agreement Amendment and Waiver.     This Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior understandings among such parties. The provisions of the Prior Agreements relating to such subject matter and set forth on Schedule IV hereto are hereby terminated and shall have no further force or effect and all rights thereunder are hereby waived in their entirety. This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and Warburg Pincus and, in the case of any amendment or waiver that would adversely affect the other Investors in a manner different than the New Investors, with the consent of the other Investors holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock Owned by such other Investors on an as converted basis.

        (f)     Severability.     In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

        (g)     Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

10


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
   
   
    TELEUNIVERSITY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ SCOTT TURNER

    Name: Scott Turner
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Warburg Pincus & Co.,
General Partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MIMI H. STROUSE

    Name: Mimi Strouse
    Title: Managing Director

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK

    Name: Andrew Clark


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this " Amendment "), dated as of January 20, 2006 is made to that certain STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the " Agreement "), dated as of November 26, 2003, among Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (f/k/a TeleUniversity, Inc.) (the " Company ") and the Investors (as defined therein). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.


W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend certain employment agreements with certain Management Investors and Other Investors, with respect to the number of options to be issued to such persons under such agreements and the terms thereof as set forth in the several First Amendment to Employment Agreement, as applicable, dated the date hereof (the " Employment Amendments "); and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Employment Amendments, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein, in accordance with Section 7(e) of the Agreement with the written consent of the Company and Warburg Pincus.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

        SECTION 1.     Management Equity Plan.     Section 2(d)(iii) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

        SECTION 2.     Management Investors.     Schedule II of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting, in lieu thereof Exhibit A attached hereto.

        SECTION 3.     Other Investors.     Schedule III of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting, in lieu thereof, Exhibit B attached hereto.

        SECTION 4.     Miscellaneous.     

1


[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 
   
   
    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

        Name:  Andrew S. Clark
        Title:    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Warburg Pincus Partners LLC,
General Partner

 

 

By:

 

WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
Managing Member

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MIRIAM H. STROUSE

        Name:  Miriam H. Strouse
        Title:    Managing Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement]

3



AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this " Amendment No. 2 "), dated as of February 14th, 2007 is made to that certain STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, as amended (the " Agreement "), dated as of November 26, 2003, among Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (f/k/a TeleUniversity, Inc.) (the " Company ") and the Investors (as defined therein). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.


W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend Section 2(b), Schedule II and Schedule III of the Agreement (all as described below) (collectively the " Amendments "); and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Amendments, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein, in accordance with Section 7(e) of the Agreement with the written consent of the Company and Warburg Pincus.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

        SECTION 1.     Replacement Directors.     Section 2(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

        SECTION 2.     Management Investors.     Schedule II of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting, in lieu thereof Exhibit A attached hereto.

        SECTION 3.     Other Investors.     Schedule III of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting, in lieu thereof, Exhibit B attached hereto.

1


        SECTION 4.     Miscellaneous.     

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment No. 2 as of the date first set forth above.

 
   
   
    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

        Name:  Andrew S. Clark
        Title:    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Warburg Pincus Partners LLC,
General Partner

 

 

By:

 

WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
Managing Member

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MIRIAM H. STROUSE

        Name:  Miriam Strouse
        Title:    Managing Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Stockholders Agreement]



AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 (this " Amendment No. 3 "), dated as of November 27, 2007 is made to that certain STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, as amended (the " Agreement "), dated as of November 26, 2003, among Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (f/k/a TeleUniversity, Inc.) (the " Company ") and the Investors (as defined therein). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.


W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend Schedule III of the Agreement (the " Amendment "); and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Amendment, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein, in accordance with Section 7(e) of the Agreement with the written consent of the Company and Warburg Pincus.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

        SECTION 1.     Other Investors.     Schedule III of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting, in lieu thereof, Exhibit A attached hereto.

        SECTION 2.     Miscellaneous.     

1


[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment No. 3 as of the date first set forth above.

 
   
   
    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK

        Name:  Andrew S. Clark
        Title:    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Warburg Pincus Partners LLC,
General Partner

 

 

By:

 

WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
Managing Member

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ADARSH SARMA

        Name:  Adarsh Sarma
        Title:    Principal

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Stockholders Agreement]

3



AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 (this " Amendment No. 4 "), dated as of March 29, 2009 is made to that certain STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, as amended (the " Agreement "), dated as of November 26, 2003, among Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (f/k/a TeleUniversity, Inc.) (the " Company ") and the Investors (as defined therein). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend Section 3(e)(i) of the Agreement (the " Amendment "); and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Amendment, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein, in accordance with Section 7(e) of the Agreement with the written consent of the Company, Warburg Pincus and the other Investors holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock Owned by such Investors on an as converted basis.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.     Subscription Right .    Section 3(e)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting its entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

SECTION 2.     Miscellaneous.     

        2.1.     Successors and Assigns     

        This Amendment No. 4 shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

        2.2.     Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver     

        This Amendment No. 4 constitutes the entire understandings of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof among such parties. This Amendment No. 4 may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Amendment No. 4 may be waived, with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and Warburg Pincus and, in the case of any amendment or waiver that would adversely affect the other Investors in a manner

1



different than the New Investors, with the consent of the other Investors holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock Owned by such other Investors on an as converted basis.

        2.3.     Severability     

        In the event that any part or parts of this Amendment No. 4 shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Amendment No. 4, which shall remain in full force and effect.

        2.4.     Counterparts     

        This Amendment No. 4 may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

        2.5.     Agreement in Full Force and Effect; Internal References     

        Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect. Each reference to "hereof," "hereunder," "herein" and "hereby" and each other similar reference and each reference to "this Agreement" and each other similar reference contained in the Agreement shall from and after the date hereof refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

        2.6.     Governing Law     

        This Amendment No. 4 shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment No. 4 as of the date first set forth above.

    BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

Name: Daniel J. Devine
Title:
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Warburg Pincus Partners LLC,
General Partner

 

 

By:

 

WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
Managing Member

 

 

By:

 

/s/ BARRY TAYLOR

Name: Barry Taylor
Title:
Managing Director

 

 

OTHER INVESTORS

 

 

 

 

/s/ MARTIN A. BELL

Name: Martin A. Bell

 

 

 

 

Ruby Corp.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MARTIN A. BELL

Name: Martin A. Bell
Title:
Vice Chairman
Date: March 26, 2009

 

 

 

 

Venturetek L.P.
        By:   Taurus Max LLC, General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DAVID SELENGUT

Name: David Selengut
Title:
Managing Member
Date: March 26, 20090

3


        Kinder Investments, L.P.
        By:   Nesher LLC, General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DOV PERLYSKY

Name: Dov Perlysky
Title:
Managing Member
Date: March 26, 2009

 

 

 

 

Richard Falcigno as Trustee of the
Sheilagh Falcigno Trust u/w/o Louis
Anthony Falcigno dated December 31,
2003

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHARD FALCIGNO

Name: Richard Falcigno, Trustee
Date: March 27, 2009

 

 

 

 

Richard Falcigno as Trustee of the Jill
Falcigno Guzzanti Trust u/w/o Louis
Anthony Falcigno dated December 31,
2003

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHARD FALCIGNO

Name: Richard Falcigno, Trustee
Date: March 27, 2009

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Stockholders Agreement]

4




QuickLinks

TELEUNIVERSITY, INC. STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
R E C I T A L S
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
W I T N E S S E T H
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
W I T N E S S E T H
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
W I T N E S S E T H
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.4


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

        THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this " Agreement ") dated January 7, 2009, is made and entered into among Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (f/k/a Teleuniversity, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), and the undersigned security holders of the Company.


BACKGROUND

        A.    The Company, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Warburg Pincus "), and certain other security holders of the Company, as listed under the caption "Prior Holders" on Schedule A attached hereto (collectively, the " Prior Holders "), entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2003 (the " Prior Agreement "). The Prior Agreement defined the registration rights of Warburg Pincus and the Prior Holders, and superseded all prior contractual arrangements among such parties pertaining to registration rights.

        B.    Subsequent to the Prior Agreement, in connection with the borrowing of funds from Comerica Bank (" Comerica "): (1) on April 12, 2004, the Company issued to Comerica a warrant to purchase 80,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (" Common Stock "); and (2) on March 9, 2005, the Company issued to Comerica a warrant to purchase 180,000 shares of Common Stock (such warrants collectively, the " Comerica Warrants "). Pursuant to Exhibit B to the Comerica Warrants, the shares of Common Stock subject to the Comerica Warrants were deemed to be "Registrable Securities" under the Prior Agreement.

        C.    The Company, Warburg Pincus and Comerica wish to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, pursuant to this Agreement:

and to allow all such security holders to become parties to this Agreement, in each case so long as such security holders sign the Adoption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (all such security holders not previously a party to the Prior Agreement, as listed under the caption "New Holders" on Schedule A , are referred to collectively as the " New Holders ");

        D.    Under Section 4.G. of the Prior Agreement, the Company and Warburg Pincus have the power to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, as provided in this Agreement, because the changes to the Prior Agreement do not adversely affect the "Other Holders," as defined in the Prior


Agreement, in a manner different than Warburg Pincus. Under Exhibit B to the Comerica Warrants, the Company may amend the Prior Agreement in a manner adverse to Comerica only with the consent of Comerica.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:


SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

        As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meaning set forth below:

        " Commission " shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;

        " Company Management Team " shall mean Andrew S. Clark, Charlene Dackerman, Daniel J. Devine, Richard K. Gessner, Todd Irwin, Steve Isbister, Jane McAuliffe, Rodney T. Sheng, Christopher L. Spohn and Ross Woodard.

        " Exchange Act " shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

        " Holders " shall mean Warburg Pincus and the Other Holders collectively;

        " Initial Public Offering " shall mean the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a registration under the Securities Act;

        " Other Holders " shall mean the Prior Holders, the New Holders and Comerica collectively;

        " New Holders " shall have the meaning set forth in the Background section;

        " Person " shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof;

        " Register ," " registered " and " registration " shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement;

        " Registrable Securities " shall mean only (A) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (B) any shares of Common Stock acquired by the Holders, other than those acquired upon the exercise of employee stock options, and (C) any capital stock of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock referred to in clause (A) or (B) above; provided , however , that with respect to the Initial Public Offering, the term "Registrable Securities" shall also mean any shares of Common Stock (including those acquired upon the exercise of employee stock options) that Holders who are members of the Company Management Team may request to include in the registration pursuant to Section 2(B)(3) of this Agreement;

        " Registration Expenses " shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in compliance with Section 2(A), (B) and (C) hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, fees and expenses of one counsel for all the Holders in an amount not to exceed $25,000 (except if the registration is the Initial Public Offering, in which case the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses (which may exceed $25,000) of one counsel for Warburg Pincus and one counsel for all the other Holders (to be selected by the Company in the case of the other Holders)), blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company);

        " security " and " securities " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act;

2


        " Securities Act " shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

        " Selling Expenses " shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and expenses of counsel that are not considered "Registration Expenses."


SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

        A.     Requested Registration.     

3


4


        B.     Company Registration.     

5


        C.     Form S-3.     

6


        D.     Expenses of Registration.     

        E.     Registration Procedures.     

7


        F.     Indemnification.     

8


        G.     Information by the Holders.     

9


        H.     Rule 144 Reporting.     

        I.     "Market Stand-off" Agreement.     

        J.     Termination.     

10



SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

        Each of the Holders, including the New Holders and Comerica, hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings relating to such subject matter, including the Prior Agreement and the Comerica Warrants, and that the provisions of the Prior Agreement and the Comerica Warrants related to such subject matter are terminated and all rights thereunder are waived as of the date hereof, with no further liabilities or obligations relating thereto on the part of any party thereto.


SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

        A.     Directly or Indirectly.     

        B.     Governing Law; Consultation with Counsel.     

        C.     Section Headings.     

        D.     Notices.     

11


        E.     Reproduction of Documents.     

        F.     Successors and Assigns.     

        G.     Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver.     

        H.     Severability.     

        I.     Counterparts.     

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

12


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

  BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Andrew S. Clark

Name: Andrew S. Clark
Title: Chief Executive Officer
WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

By:

 

WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Barry Taylor

Name: Barry Taylor
Title: Managing Director

OTHER HOLDERS

"Prior Holders"

/s/ Andrew S. Clark

Andrew S. Clark

/s/ Leonard Katz

Leonard Katz

13



/s/ Jonathan Turkel

Jonathan Turkel

JILL FALCIGNO GUZZANTI TRUST U/W/O LOUIS
ANTHONY FALCIGNO DATED 12/31/03

/s/ Richard Falcigno

Richard Falcigno, Trustee

SHEILAGH FALCIGNO TRUST U/W/O LOUIS
ANTHONY FALCIGNO DATED 12/31/03

/s/ Richard Falcigno

Richard Falcigno, Trustee

14



ROBERTS WESLEYAN COLLEGE

/s/ Roberts Wesleyan College

By:
Title:

VENTURETEK, L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership

By:

 

TAURUS MAX LLC
General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Venturetek, L.P.

David Selengut, Manager

"Comerica"

By:

 

Comerica Bank


Name:

 

  


Title:

 

V.P.

15


EXHIBIT A
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
(for New Holders)

        This Adoption Agreement ("Adoption Agreement") is executed by the undersigned security holder of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (the "Company"). The undersigned agrees that the undersigned is being granted certain registration rights with respect to shares of Company common stock beneficially owned by the undersigned, and that these rights are subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 7, 2009 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company and certain other security holders of the Company, which agreement is attached to this Adoption Agreement. The undersigned acknowledges (i) that the undersigned has received of a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement, and agrees to be bound by such agreement in accordance with its terms, and (ii) that the undersigned has been advised to, and has had the opportunity to, consult with the undersigned's counsel regarding this Adoption Agreement, and the undersigned has either consulted with such counsel or expressly waived the right to do so.

 
   
   
     
Print name of Security Holder

 

 

 


Authorized Signature

 

 

 


Title, if applicable

 

 

 

Address:

 




 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 




 

 

 

Facsimile:

 




 

 

 

E-mail:

 



16



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

        THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this " Amendment ") dated March 29, 2009, is made and entered into by and between Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), and Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Warburg Pincus ").

BACKGROUND

        A.    The Company, Warburg Pincus and certain other security holders of the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated January 9, 2009 (the " Agreement ").

        B.    The Company and Warburg Pincus desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment. Under Section 4.G. of the Agreement, the Company and Warburg Pincus have the power to amend the Agreement, as provided in this Amendment, because the changes to the Agreement do not adversely affect the Other Holders in a manner different than Warburg Pincus.

        C.    All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and Warburg Pincus hereby agree as follows:

        1.     Section 2(B)(2) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:


        2.     Section 2(B)(4) of the Agreement is hereby added to read in its entirety as follows:

        3.     The definition of "Registrable Securities" in Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        4.     Notwithstanding anything in Section 2(B)(1)(b) of the Agreement to the contrary, Ruby Corp., Marty Bell, the Jill Falcigno Guzzanti Trust U/W/O Louis Falcigno dated 12/31/03 and the Sheilagh

2


Falcigno Trust U/W/O Louis Falcigno shall be permitted to request to include Registrable Securities in the Initial Public Offering, despite the fact such Holders failed to deliver a written request to that effect within 15 days of the written notice from the Company (sent on January 20, 2009), provided that such Holders deliver the requests to the Company no later than March 31, 2009.

        5.     As Kinder Investments, L.P., Michael Clifford, Mary Obrochta and Theresa Ronngren declined to join the Agreement as "New Holders" as of the date of this Amendment, Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby amended to delete references to such security holders as "New Holders," and such security holders shall not be permitted to join the Agreement as "New Holders," regardless of whether an Adoption Agreement is signed and delivered to the Company, without the consent of the Company.

        6.     This Amendment may be executed in one or more original, facsimile or .PDF counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original document, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Other than the amendments contemplated under this Amendment, the Agreement shall otherwise remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment may only be modified by written agreement from the parties hereto. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

3


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

        BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

Name: Daniel J. Devine
Title:
Chief Financial Officer

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P .

 

 

 

 

By:

 

WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ BARRY TAYLOR

Name: Barry Taylor
Title:
Managing Director

 

 

 

 

4




QuickLinks

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
BACKGROUND
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS
SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES
SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.15


OFFICE LEASE

KILROY REALTY

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS


KILROY REALTY, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Landlord,

and

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

ARTICLE 1      PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

 
6

ARTICLE 2      LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)

 
12

ARTICLE 3      BASE RENT

 
15

ARTICLE 4      ADDITIONAL RENT

 
16

ARTICLE 5      USE OF PREMISES

 
27

ARTICLE 6      SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 
28

ARTICLE 7      REPAIRS

 
30

ARTICLE 8      ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

 
31

ARTICLE 9      COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

 
33

ARTICLE 10    INSURANCE

 
34

ARTICLE 11    DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 
37

ARTICLE 12    NONWAIVER

 
39

ARTICLE 13    CONDEMNATION

 
40

ARTICLE 14    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 
40

ARTICLE 15    SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

 
44

ARTICLE 16    HOLDING OVER

 
45

ARTICLE 17    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 
45

ARTICLE 18    SUBORDINATION

 
45

ARTICLE 19    DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

 
46

ARTICLE 20    COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

 
49

ARTICLE 21    LETTER OF CREDIT

 
49

ARTICLE 22    COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

 
51

ARTICLE 23    SIGNS

 
53

ARTICLE 24    COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

 
54

ARTICLE 25    LATE CHARGES

 
55

ARTICLE 26    LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

 
55

ARTICLE 27    ENTRY BY LANDLORD

 
56

ARTICLE 28    TENANT PARKING

 
57

ARTICLE 29    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 
58

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

ii



INDEX

 
  Page(s)

Accountant

  32

Additional Rent

  20

Advocate Arbitrators

  16

Alterations

  37

Applicable Laws

  65

Arbitration Agreement

  17

[***]

  18

Bank Prime Loan

  66

Base Building

  37

Base Rent

  18

Base Year

  20

BOMA

  9

Briefs

  17

Brokers

  74

BS/BS Exception

  36

Building Hours

  33

Building Structure

  36

Building Systems

  36

Cap

  25

CC&Rs

  33

Common Areas

  9

Communication Equipment

  60

Comparable Area

  2

Control,

  52

Controllable Expenses

  25

Cosmetic Alterations

  37

Cost Pools

  28

Damage Termination Date

  46

Damage Termination Notice

  46

Direct Competitor

  65

Direct Expenses

  20

Environmental Laws

  76

Estimate

  29

Estimate Statement

  29

Estimated Excess

  29

Excess

  28

Exercise Notice

  15

Expense Year

  20

First Offer Suspension Period

  13

[***]

  17

First Refusal Commencement Date

  13

First Refusal Exercise Notice

  10

First Refusal Notice

  10

Force Majeure

  72

Hazardous Material(s)

  76

Holidays

  33

HVAC

  33

Interest Rate

  66

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

iii


 
  Page(s)

Landlord

  1

Landlord Parties

  40

Landlord Repair Notice

  44

Landlord Response Date

  15

Landlord Response Notice

  15

[***]

  17

Landlord's Option Rent Calculation

  15

[***]

  18

Lease

  1

Lease Commencement Date

  13

Lease Expiration Date

  13

Lease Term

  13

Lease Year

  13

Lines

  75

Mail

  72

Memorandum

  70

Neutral Arbitrator

  16

New Services. 

  24

Nondisturbance Agreement

  54

Non-Economic Terms

  11

Notices

  72

Objectionable Name

  64

Operating Expenses

  20

Option Rent

  14

Option Term

  14

Original Improvements

  43

Other Improvements

  78

Permitted Transferee. 

  52

Premises

  8

Proposition 13

  25

Reminder Notice

  15

Renovations

  75

Rent. 

  20

Reserved Pasess

  68

Re-Submittal Date

  16

Review Period

  31

Right Holders

  14

[***]

  17

Sign Specifications

  63

Statement

  28

Subject Space

  48

Summary

  1

Superior Right Holders

  10

Tax Expenses

  25

Tenant

  1

Tenant Election Notice

  16

Tenant Parties

  41

[***]

  17

Tenant's Option Rent Calculation

  15

[***]

  17

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

iv


 
  Page(s)

Tenant's Share

  27

Tenant's Signage

  63

Transfer

  51

Transfer Notice

  48

Transfer Premium

  50

Transferee

  48

Transfers

  48

Utilities Costs

  27

Work Letter Agreement

  8

v



KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

OFFICE LEASE

        This Office Lease (the " Lease "), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the " Summary "), below, is made by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Landlord "), and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant ").


SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:   January 31, 2008.

2.

 

Premises:

 

 

 

 

2.1    Building:

 

That certain six (6)-story office building (the " Building ") located at 13480 Evening Creek Drive North, San Diego, California 92128-8104.

 

 

2.2    Premises:

 

All of the approximately 147,533 rentable square feet of space located in the Building, as further identified in Exhibit A to the Office Lease. On a floor-by-floor basis, the anticipated rentable square footage of each portion of the Premises is anticipated to be as follows:

 

 

 

 

Floor 6: Approximately 24,496 RSF
Floor 5: Approximately 25,396 RSF
Floor 4: Approximately 25,396 RSF
Floor 3: Approximately 25,396 RSF
Floor 2: Approximately 23,688 RSF
Floor 1: Approximately 23,161 RSF

 

 

2.3    Project:

 

The Building is part of an office project known as " Kilroy Sabre Springs ," as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.

3.

 

Lease Term
(
Article 2 ):

 

 

 

 

3.1    Length of Term:

 

Approximately ten (10) years and one (1) month.

 

 

3.2    Lease Commencement Date:

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that Landlord shall be constructing the improvements in the Premises and delivering the same to Tenant on a phased basis, with the first phase consisting of floors 6, 5 and 1 (which delivery is anticipated to occur on July 1, 2008) and the second phase consisting of floors 4, 3 and 2 (which delivery is anticipated to occur on September 1, 2008), as more particularly indicated in Section 3.2 of this Summary, below.

 

 

 

 

The Lease Commencement Date shall be the later to occur of (i) the date upon which the sixth (6 th ), fifth (5 th ) and first (1 st ) floor portions of the Premises are "Ready for Occupancy," as that term is set forth in Section 5.1 of the Work Letter Agreement attached as Exhibit B to the Lease, and (ii)  July 1, 2008.

TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
        The date for the commencement of Tenant's lease of the remaining portions of the Premises (the " Phase 2 Commencement Date ") shall be the later to occur of (i) the date upon which the fourth (4 th ), third (3 rd ) and second (2 nd ) floor portions of the Premises are "Ready for Occupancy," as that term is set forth in Section 5.1 of the Work Letter Agreement attached as Exhibit B to the Lease, and (ii) September 1, 2008.

 

 

 

 

The dates for the commencement of Tenant's obligation to pay "Base Rent" and "Direct Expenses," as those terms are defined in Article 3 and Article 4 , of this Lease, respectively, shall be as follows (for each floor, the " Scheduled Floor Rent Commencement Date "):

 

 

 

 

Floor 6: July 1, 2008
Floor 5: September 1, 2008
Floor 4: December 1, 2008
Floor 3: March 1, 2009
Floor 2: June 1, 2009
Floor 1: September 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to deliver any floor of the Premises to Tenant in a Ready for Occupancy condition on or before the date required by the terms of this Section 3.2 ( i.e ., July 1, 2008 with respect to floors 6, 5 and 1, and September 1, 2008 with respect to floors 4, 3 and 2), then to the extent such failure is not due to a "Tenant Delay," as that term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement, the corresponding Scheduled Floor Rent Commencement Date shall be extended by one (1) day for each day that occurs after the scheduled delivery date ( i.e ., July 1, 2008 or September 1, 2008, as applicable) and before the date Landlord actually delivers such floor to Tenant in a Ready for Occupancy condition.

 

 

3.3    Lease Expiration Date:

 

The last day of the calendar month in which the ten (10) year and one (1) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs; provided, however, to the extent the Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a calendar month, then the Lease Expiration Date shall be the day immediately preceding the ten (10) year and one (1) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date. As the Lease Commencement Date is anticipated to occur on July 1, 2008, the anticipated Lease Expiration Date is July 31, 2018.

 

 

3.4    Option Term(s):

 

Two (2) five (5)-year option(s) to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.

2


TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
4.   Base Rent ( Article 3 ):    

 

Period during Lease Term*
  Applicable
Square Footage*
  Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent**
  Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot**
 

July 1, 2008 through August 31, 2008

    24,496   $ [***]   $ [***]  

September 1, 2008 through November 30, 2008

    49,892   $ [***]   $ [***]  

December 1, 2008 through February 28, 2009

    75,288   $ [***]   $ [***]  

March 1, 2009 through May 31, 2009

    100,684   $ [***]   $ [***]  

June 1, 2009 through August 31, 2009

    124,372   $ [***]   $ [***]  

September 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2010 through June 30, 2011

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2017 through July 31, 2018

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

*
The foregoing schedule is based upon the anticipated rentable square footages for each per-floor portion of the Premises and the corresponding Scheduled Floor Rent Commencement Date, as more particularly identified in Sections 2.2 and 3.2 of this Summary, above. Accordingly, such schedule will be updated and confirmed following the Lease Commencement Date, the Phase 2 Commencement Date, and the verification of square footage pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Lease. Notwithstanding that Tenant shall actually be occupying approximately 73,053 rentable square feet of the Premises for the period during the Lease Term from July 1, 2008 through August 31, 2008, the Monthly Installment of Base Rent was calculated based on the Applicable Square Footage amounts, as set forth above. Additionally, notwithstanding that Tenant shall actually be occupying all of the approximately 147,533 rentable square feet of the Premises for the period during the Lease Term from September 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009, the Monthly Installment of Base Rent was calculated based on the Applicable Square Footage amounts, as set forth above.

**
The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the period during the Lease Term from July 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009 was calculated by multiplying $[***] by the then-applicable number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises. The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the period during the Lease Term from June 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010 was calculated by multiplying $[***] by the then-applicable number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises. In all subsequent Lease Years, the calculation of Monthly Installment of Base Rent reflects an annual increase of [***].
 
   
   
5.   Base Year
(
Article 4 ):
  Calendar year 2008.

6.

 

Tenant's Share
(
Article 4 ):

 

One hundred percent (100%) of the Building; provided, however, prior to September 1, 2009, Tenant's Share shall be equal to the Applicable Square Footage of the Premises (as set forth in Section 4 of this Summary, above), multiplied by 100, and the product thereof divided by the total number of rentable square feet in the Building.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
7.   Permitted Use
(
Article 5 ):
  Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office use and uses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, support for online services (the " Permitted Use "); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, and as more particularly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for operating and maintaining the Premises pursuant to, and in no event may Tenant's Permitted Use violate, (A) Landlord's "Rules and Regulations," as that term is set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, (B) all "Applicable Laws," as that term is set forth in Article 24 of this Lease, (C) all applicable zoning, building codes and the "CC&Rs," as that term is set forth in Section 5.3 of this Lease, and (D) the character of the Project as a first-class office building Project.

8.

 

Letter of Credit
(
Article 21 ):

 

$[***].

9.

 

Parking Pass
(
Article 28 ):

 

[***], pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 28 .

10.

 

Address of Tenant
(
Section 29.18 ):

 

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
Facsimile No.: 858-408-2903
Attention: Andrew S. Clark
[
Prior to, and following, Lease Commencement Date ]

 

 

 

 

with copies to :

 

 

and

 

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLC
12275 El Camino Real, Ste 200
San Diego, CA 92130-2006
Attention: Richard L. Kintz, Esq.
Facsimile: 858-509-3691

11.

 

Address of Landlord
(
Section 29.18 ):

 

See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

12.

 

Broker(s)
(
Section 29.24 ):

 

 

 

 

Representing Landlord :

 

Representing Tenant :

 

 

Grubb & Ellis/BRE Commercial
4350 La Jolla village Dr., Suite 500
San Diego, CA 92122
Attention: Mr. Chris Hobson

 

CB Richard Ellis
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1600
San Diego, California 92121-2127
Attention: Mr. Doug Lozier

13.

 

Improvement Allowance
(
Section 2 of Exhibit B ):

 

An amount equal to $[***] per rentable square foot of the Premises ( i.e. , an amount anticipated to total $[***] based upon 147,533 rentable square feet in the Premises).

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
14.   Mid-Term Improvement Allowance
(
Section 8.6 )
  An amount equal to $[***] per rentable square foot of the Premises ( i.e. , an amount anticipated to total $[***] based upon 147,533 rentable square feet in the Premises).

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5



ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

        1.1      Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.     

6


        1.2      Verification of Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building .    For purposes of this Lease, "rentable square feet" shall be calculated pursuant to Standard Method of Measuring Floor Area in Office Building, ANSI Z65.1—1996, and its accompanying guidelines, as applicable to single-tenant buildings (collectively, " BOMA "). Within thirty (30) days after the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord's space planner/architect shall measure the rentable square feet of the entire Premises on a floor-by-floor basis, and thereafter such determined rentable square footages of the Premises, each floor-by-floor portion of the Premises, and the results thereof shall be presented to Tenant in writing; provided, however, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that [***] of the usable square footage of the "Project Gym," as that term is defined in the "13500 Lease," as that term is defined in Section 1.4 , below, shall be allocated to the rentable square footage of the Building. Tenant's space planner/architect may review Landlord's space planner/architect's determination of the number of rentable square feet and usable square feet of the Premises and Tenant may, within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's space planner/architect's written determination, object to such determination by written notice to Landlord. Tenant's failure to deliver written notice of such objection within said fifteen (15) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant's acceptance of Landlord's space planner/architect's determination. If Tenant objects to such determination, Landlord's space planner/architect and Tenant's space planner/architect shall promptly meet and attempt to agree upon the rentable and usable square footage of the Premises. If Landlord's space planner/architect and Tenant's space planner/architect cannot agree on the rentable and useable square footage of the Premises within thirty (30) days after Tenant's objection thereto, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select an independent third party space measurement professional to field measure the Premises pursuant to BOMA. Such third party independent measurement professional's determination shall be conclusive and binding on Landlord and Tenant. [***] pay [***] of the fees and expenses of the independent third party space measurement professional. If the Lease Term commences prior to such final determination, [***] determination shall be utilized until a final determination is made, whereupon an appropriate adjustment, if necessary, shall be made retroactively, and Landlord shall make appropriate payment (if applicable) to Tenant. In the event that pursuant to the procedure described in this Section 1.2 above, it is determined that the square footage amounts shall be different from those set forth in this Lease, all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease based upon such incorrect amount (including, without limitation, the amount of the " Rent " and any " Security Deposit ," as those terms are defined in Section 4.1 and Article 21 of this Lease, respectively, and the amount of the "Improvement Allowance," as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter Agreement) shall be modified in accordance with such determination. If such determination is made, it will be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant.

        1.3     Right of First Refusal.     Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant originally named herein (the " Original Tenant "), and any "Permitted Transferee," as that term is set forth in Section 14.8 of this

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


Lease, an on-going right of first refusal during the initial Lease Term with respect to the 13520 Building (the " Refusal Space "). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such right of first refusal shall be subordinate to all rights of which are set forth in leases of space in the Project as of the date hereof (the " Superior Rights "), including any renewal, extension or expansion rights set forth in such leases. The holders of any such Superior Rights shall be referred to herein collectively as the " Superior Right Holders "). The Superior Right Holders and their Superior Rights are set forth on Exhibit A-1 , attached hereto. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Superior Rights need not be exercised strictly pursuant to their terms, provided that (i) no expansion right which is a Superior Right shall be for a materially more space than is set forth in the Superior Right as written, (ii) no renewal right shall be for materially longer term than is set forth in the Superior Right as written, and (iii) no new rights shall be granted which materially diminish Tenant's rights under this Lease. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, if a Superior Right Holder exercises a Superior Right, then such Superior Right may be documented pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease. Tenant's right of first refusal shall be on the terms set forth in this Section 1.3 .

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8


9


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


        1.4      13500 Premises; 13500 Lease .    Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of even date herewith (the " 13500 Lease "), whereby Tenant leases from Landlord, and Landlord leases to Tenant those certain premises consisting of the entirety of the 13500 Building and containing approximately 147,533 rentable square feet (the " 13500 Premises "). The terms of the 13500 Lease shall govern Tenant's lease of the 13500 Premises in all respects and the terms of this Lease shall not be applicable with respect to the 13500 Lease, except to the extent expressly set forth to the contrary herein and therein.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

11



ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)

        2.1      Initial Lease Term .    The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the " Lease Term ") shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the " Lease Commencement Date "), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the " Lease Expiration Date ") unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term " Lease Year " shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that to the extent the Lease Commencement Date falls on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of such Lease Commencement Date occurs and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall, after confirming the accuracy thereof, execute and return to Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt thereof.

        2.2      Option Term(s).     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

13


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14



ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT; ABATEMENT OF RENT

        3.1      Base Rent .    Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord's option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (" Base Rent ") as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant's execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

        3.2      Abatement of Rent .    In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) [***]; or (ii) [***]; or (iii) the presence of "Hazardous Materials" (as that term is defined in Section 29.33.1 , below) not brought on the Premises by "Tenant Parties," as that term is set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, to the extent such presence substantially interferes with Tenant's use of or ingress to or egress from the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

15


Building, Project (including the Common Areas), or Premises (including the Project parking areas to the extent reasonable replacement spaces are not provided) (any such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) through (iii) , above, to be known as an " Abatement Event "), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) or more consecutive business days after Landlord's receipt of any such notice (the " Eligibility Period "), then Tenant may deliver an additional notice to Landlord (the " Additional Notice "), specifying such Abatement Event and Tenant's intention to abate the payment of Rent under this Lease. If Landlord does not cure such Abatement Event within three (3) business days of receipt of such Additional Notice, then as Tenant's sole remedy vis-à-vis such Abatement Event, the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period, for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or a portion thereof, in the proportion of the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using and does not use (" Unusable Area "). To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then the terms of such Article 11 or 13 , as the case may be, shall govern Tenant's right to abate rent and the terms of this Section 6.6 shall not be applicable thereto.


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

        4.1      General Terms .    In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay " Tenant's Share " of the annual " Direct Expenses " (as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 , respectively, of this Lease), which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the "Base Year," as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 , below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any Expense Year below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Additional Rent, " and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as " Rent ." All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent; provided, however, the parties hereby acknowledge that the first monthly installment of Tenant's Share of any "Estimated Excess," as that term is set forth in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of, Section 4.4.2 of this Lease, shall first be due and payable for the calendar month occurring immediately following the expiration of the Base Year. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

        4.2      Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent .    As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

16


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

17


18


19


        [***]. If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least [***] percent ([***]%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been [***] percent ([***]%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall include market-wide cost increases (including utility rate increases) due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements (collectively, " Increases "); provided, however, that at such time as any such particular Increases are no longer included in Operating Expenses, such Increases shall be excluded from the Base Year calculation of Operating Expenses. In no event shall the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to Utility Costs or Project services or Project insurance costs be less than the corresponding components of Direct Expenses related to Utility Costs, Project Services and Project insurance costs in the Base Year. Landlord shall not (i) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately to others and (ii) subject to Landlord's right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses described above in this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Project in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses. If Landlord, in any Expense Year following the Base Year, begins providing any new category of services (as opposed to an expansion in scope of a service or a change in a type of service) (the " New Services "), then for such period of time in which such New Services apply, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be increased by the amount that Landlord reasonably determines it would have incurred had Landlord provided such New Services during the same period of time during the Base Year as such New Services were provided during such subsequent Expense Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment to the Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall occur to the extent such New Services (1) are attributable to Tenant's use of the Premises (as opposed to office use generally), in which case Landlord may elect (Y) to include the cost of such New Services in Operating Expenses, or (Z) to invoice Tenant directly for such costs, depending upon the nature of the New Services and the extent to which the need for such New Services is directly attributable to Tenant's use, as determined in Landlord's reasonable discretion, (2) is being offered by landlords in the majority of Comparable Buildings, or (3) is required by "Applicable Laws," as that Term is set forth in Article 24 . If Landlord, in any Expense Year after the Base Year, discontinues any type or category of service then for such period of time in which such services are discontinued, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be decreased by the amount that Landlord reasonably determines it incurred for such type or category of service throughout the Base Year. In no event shall Tenant be responsible to pay any "Controllable Expenses", as defined below, to the extent such Controllable Expenses exceed an amount that such Controllable Expenses would have been had they increased, from the amount of Controllable Expenses incurred during the first twelve (12) month period following Tenant's commencement of business in the entire Premises, at a compounded rate of [***] per Expense Year (the " Cap "). As used herein " Controllable Expenses " shall mean

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

20


any costs incurred by Landlord relating to services (not including utility services) provided to the Project, labor costs paid by Landlord, and maintenance contracts paid by Landlord. Controllable Expenses shall not include Tax Expenses, costs relating to the HVAC systems of a Building, costs of insurance premiums, utility charges, or market-wide increases in labor costs due to extraordinary circumstances, including, without limitation, boycotts and strikes.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

21


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

22


        4.3      Allocation of Direct Expenses .    The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project ( i.e . the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole ( i.e ., Direct Expenses which are not attributable to any specific building in the Project).

        4.4      Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .    If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the " Excess ").

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

23


        4.5      Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

24


        4.6      Tenant's Payment of Certain Taxes .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this lease, in the event that, at any time during the first (1 st ) [***] years of the initial Lease Term, any sale, refinancing, or change in ownership of the Building is consummated (specifically excluding, however, a change in ownership due to a "Portfolio Sale," as that term is defined below, and a change in ownership to a lender resulting from a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure), and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building or Project is reassessed (the " Reassessment ") for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, then the terms and conditions of this Section 4.6 shall apply to such Reassessment of the Building or Project. For purposes of this Section 4.6 , a " Portfolio Sale " shall mean a sale or other transfer of all or any portion of the Building together with one or more other properties located outside of the Project; provided, however, during the first [***] Lease Years, a Portfolio Sale shall only be deemed to have occurred if the total value of all the properties included in such transaction is equal to or greater than [***].

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

25


        4.7      Landlord's Books and Records .    Upon Tenant's written request given not more than [***] months after Tenant's receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation in connection with said Building Direct Expenses as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall provide said information to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant's written request therefor. Within [***] months after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the " Review Period "), if Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (A) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm, and (B) is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord's records with respect to the Statement at Landlord's corporate office (located in either San Diego County or Los Angeles County), provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, as the case may be. In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant's agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord's reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

26


Landlord's records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. Tenant's failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within the Review Period shall be deemed to be Tenant's approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant's expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the " Accountant ") selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant's reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant's sole right to inspect Landlord's books and records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.7 , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.


ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

        5.1      Permitted Use .    Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion; provided, however, that Landlord shall use its reasonable discretion in determining whether a particular use is within the parameters of the Permitted Use.

        5.2      Prohibited Uses .    The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not allow occupancy density of use of the Premises which is greater than the occupancy density that can be reasonably supported by the Building Systems (taking into consideration any supplemental systems installed by Tenant) or which would result in the use of more Project parking spaces than provided to Tenant under the terms of this Lease (taking into consideration any offsite parking programs enacted by Tenant). Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect; provided, however, Landlord shall not enforce, change or modify the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner and Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be unreasonably modified or enforced in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary conduct of Tenant's business. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or unreasonably annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or reasonably objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

        5.3      CC&Rs .    Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project (including, but not limited to, the prohibition against using all or any portion of the Premises as a school). Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject

27



to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the " CC&Rs ") which Landlord, in Landlord's discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs; provided, however, any such future CC&Rs shall not materially and adversely affect Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use nor any of Tenant's rights hereunder. Landlord hereby acknowledges that general office use does not violate the CC&R's. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to execute and acknowledge, within fifteen (15) business days of a request by Landlord, a "Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restriction," in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit F , agreeing to and acknowledging the CC&Rs.


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

        6.1      Standard Tenant Services .    Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

28


        6.2      Overstandard Tenant Use .    

        6.3      Interruption of Use .    Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

        6.4      Tenant Maintained Security .    Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Any such security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project shall be provided by Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

29


and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Tenant shall be entitled to install a separate security system for the Premises (" Tenant's Security System "), either as an Alteration (pursuant to the TCCs of Article 8 ) or as a part of the initial Improvements being constructed pursuant to the TCCs of Exhibit B ; provided, however, that the plans and specifications for Tenant's Security System shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval, and the installation of Tenant's Security System shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of Article 8 of this Lease and/or the Work Letter Agreement, as applicable. Tenant shall at all times provide Landlord with a contact person who can disarm the security system and who is familiar with the functions of Tenant's Security System in the event of a malfunction.


ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

        Landlord shall maintain in first-class condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), fire stairs, parking areas, landscaping, exterior Project signage, stairwells, elevator cab, men's and women's washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and public areas (collectively, " Building Structure ") and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the " Building Systems ") and the Common Areas. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused due to Tenant's use of the Premises for other than normal and customary business office operations, unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carries or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such obligation to the extent applicable to Tenant as qualified and conditioned will hereinafter be defined as the " BS/BS Exception "). Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except (i) pursuant to the BS/BS Exception, and/or (ii) for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord's option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant's failure to repair within five (5) days thereafter, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project, and to be reasonably consistent with similar percentages paid for such services by tenant in the Comparable Buildings) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses paid to third parties arising from Landlord's involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. . Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (iii) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to

30


materially interfere with Tenant's use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to items (ii) and (iii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant's use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

        8.1      Landlord's Consent to Alterations .    Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the " Alterations ") without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than ten (10) business days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following five (5) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord's prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the Building Systems, Building Structure, or the exterior appearance of the Building, or structural aspects of the Building, or (ii) adversely affect the value of the Premises or Building (the " Cosmetic Alterations "). The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter Agreement and not the terms of this Article 8 .

        8.2      Manner of Construction .    Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and the requirement that upon Landlord's timely request (as more particularly set forth in Section 8.5 , below), Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of San Diego, all in conformance with Landlord's construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration (other than Cosmetic Alterations), Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord's design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the "Base Building," as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant's expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The " Base Building " shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, fire stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant's obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Diego in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a

31



reproducible copy and an electronic copy of the "as built" drawings of the Alterations, to the extent such Alterations are of a type for which as-built plans are generally prepared, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

        8.3      Payment for Improvements .    If payment is made directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord's requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant's payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord's standard contractor's rules and regulations. If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to five percent of the cost of such work to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such work. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord's review of such work.

        8.4      Construction Insurance .    In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries "Builder's All Risk" insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, if the cost of any Alteration is reasonably expected to exceed [***], in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. For purposes of determining the cost of an Alteration, work done in phases or stages shall be considered part of the same Alteration, and any Alteration shall be deemed to include all trades and materials involved in accomplishing a particular result.

        8.5      Landlord's Property .    Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant (subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 , below) and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter Agreement shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord; provided, however, Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements (excluding the Improvements), fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for by any Improvement Allowance funds, provided that Tenant repairs any and all damage to the Premises or the Building caused in whole or in part by such removal, and returns the affected portion of the Building or the Premises to an as-improved building standard condition, as reasonably approved by Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant's expense, to remove any Alterations or improvements located within the Premises, to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal, and to return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Alterations (including any Cosmetic Alterations), ( x ) Tenant requests Landlord's decision with regard to the removal of such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, and ( y ) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement when approving (or, if applicable, following notification of) such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord's receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

32


waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements in the Premises, and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord, then Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

        8.6      Mid-Term Improvement Allowance .    To the extent Tenant is not then in economic or material, non-economic default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), then Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord given no later than April 1, 2013 (the " Improvement Allowance Election Notice "), elect to cause Landlord to provide an allowance (in an amount to be set forth in such Improvement Allowance Election Notice) for the cost of the design and construction of certain mid-term Alterations intended to enhance the then-existing condition of the Premises (the " Mid-Term Improvement Allowance "); provided, however, that the amount of such Mid-Term Improvement Allowance shall (i) be disbursed by Landlord following July 1, 2013 upon receipt of invoices for such costs, reasonable backup documentation and conditional lien releases relating to the items covered by such invoices, (ii) be an amount equal to an even number of United States Dollars (as opposed to fractions of United States Dollars), and (iii) in no event exceed the amount set forth in Section 14 of the Summary. In the event Tenant exercises its right to use all or any portion of the Mid-Term Improvement Allowance, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before July 1, 2013, a letter of credit, in the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit H and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 21 of the Lease, in an amount equal to [***], which letter of credit shall be held by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Article 21 of the Lease. The rights contained in this Section 8.6 shall be personal to the Original Tenant, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other Transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease).


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

        Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord's title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord's option shall attach only against Tenant's interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord's title to the Project, Building and Premises.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

33



ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

        10.1      Indemnification and Waiver .    To the extent not prohibited by law and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, " Landlord Parties ") shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises, any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the TCCs of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant's occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as appraisers', accountants' and attorneys' fees. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, " Tenant Parties ") from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord in, on or about the Project (excluding the Premises), except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Tenant Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, either party's agreement to indemnify the other party pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by such party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. In addition, either party's agreement to indemnify the other party as set forth in this Section 10.1 shall be ineffective to the extent the matters for which such party agreed to indemnify the other party are covered by insurance required to be carried by the non-indemnifying party pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover of the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or incurred by Landlord in connection with any repair, physical construction or improvement work performed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Project, but Tenant shall not be responsible for any direct or consequential damages resulting from Landlord's or contractor's acts in connection with the completion by Landlord of the premises improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement or Landlord's ownership or removal of any Alterations that are not required to be removed by Tenant pursuant to Article 8 , above.

        10.2      Landlord's Fire, Casualty and Liability Insurance.     

34


        10.3      Tenant's Insurance .    Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

35


  Bodily Injury and   $5,000,000 each occurrence

 

Property Damage Liability

 

$5,000,000 annual aggregate, or any combination of primary insurance and excess insurance

 

Personal Injury Liability

 

$5,000,000 each occurrence
$5,000,000 annual aggregate, or any combination of primary insurance and excess insurance
0% Insured's participation

        10.4      Form of Policies .    The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-X in Best's Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (iii) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, the identity of whom has been provided to Tenant in writing. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant's failure to obtain such insurance within five (5)

36


business days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

        10.5      Subrogation .    Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional premium is charged therefor.

        10.6      Additional Insurance Obligations .    Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant's operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's request shall only be considered reasonable if such increased coverage amounts and/or such new types of insurance are consistent with the requirements of a majority of Comparable Buildings, and Landlord shall not so increase the coverage amounts or require additional types of insurance during the first five (5) years of the Lease Term and thereafter no more often than one time in any five (5) year period.


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

        11.1      Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord .    Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project and which are reasonably approved by Tenant, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the " Landlord Repair Notice ") to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and any Alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant's insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord's commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and Alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord's review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work subject to

37


Tenant's reasonable approval. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant's right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

        11.2      Landlord's Option to Repair .    Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within ninety (90) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord's insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; or (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to item (i), above, then Tenant may, [***] If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord's termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant's receipt of Landlord's reasonable estimate, in writing, of the time required to effectuate such repairs, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within such 270-day period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the " Damage Termination Notice "), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the " Damage Termination Date "), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord's receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord's contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor's good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

38


Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord's reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 to the extent each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) a portion of the insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease, which portion shall be equal to [***].

        11.3      Waiver of Statutory Provisions .    The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.


ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

        No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

39



ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

        If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant's personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

        14.1      Transfers .    Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as " Transfers " and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a " Transferee "). If Tenant desires Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the " Transfer Notice ") shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than fifteen (15) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the " Subject Space "), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the " Transfer Premium ", as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided

40


that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord's standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee's business and proposed use of the Subject Space and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord's option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys', accountants', architects', engineers' and consultants' fees) incurred by Landlord, not to exceed [***] for a Transfer in the ordinary course of business, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

        14.2      Landlord's Consent .    Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

        If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord's consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

41


Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant's original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord's right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all liability, losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and proceedings involving any third party or parties (including without limitation Tenant's proposed subtenant or assignee) who claim they were damaged by Landlord's wrongful withholding or conditioning of Landlord's consent.

        14.3      Transfer Premium .    If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord [***] percent ([***]%) of any "Transfer Premium," as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. " Transfer Premium " shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent and other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions and reasonable legal fees and costs in connection with the Transfer, (iv) any lease takeover costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (v) any costs of advertising the space which is the subject of the Transfer, and (vi) any review and processing fees paid to Landlord in connection with such Transfer (collectively, the " Transfer Costs "). "Transfer Premium" shall also include, but not be limited to, (vii) key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and ( y ) any payment in excess of fair market value for (1) services rendered by Tenant to Transferee, or (2) for tangible assets (as opposed to intellectual property), fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. In the calculations of the Rent (as it relates to the Transfer Premium calculated under this Section 14.3 ), the Rent paid during each annual period for the Subject Space shall be computed after adjusting such rent to the actual effective rent to be paid, taking into consideration any and all Transfer Costs. For purposes of calculating any such effective rent all such concessions shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the relevant term.

        14.4      Landlord's Option as to Subject Space .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space; provided, however, if Landlord exercises its right to recapture the Subject Space, then Tenant shall have the right, by giving written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord recapture notice, to rescind its Transfer Notice, in which event Tenant shall not proceed with the Transfer contemplated by the Transfer Notice and Landlord's recapture notice shall be null and void. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice (or at Landlord's option, shall cause the Transfer to be made to

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

42


Landlord or its agent, in which case the parties shall execute the Transfer documentation promptly thereafter). In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4 , then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of this Article 14 .

        14.5      Effect of Transfer .    If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord's request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant's chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord's costs of such audit.

        14.6      Additional Transfers .    For purposes of this Lease, the term " Transfer " shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e. , whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

        14.7      Occurrence of Default .    Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant's agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant's obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord's enforcement of any

43



provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

        14.8      Non-Transfers .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , (i) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (ii) an assignment of the Premises to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or interests (partnership, stock or other) of Tenant, (iii) an assignment of the Premises to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant, or (iv) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant's stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, and the subsequent sale of Tenant's capital stock as long as Tenant is a publicly traded company on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 , provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or otherwise effectuate any "release" by Tenant of such obligations. The transferee under a transfer specified in items (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be referred to as a " Permitted Transferee ." " Control ," as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND
REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

        15.1      Surrender of Premises .    No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

        15.2      Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant .    Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

44



ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

        If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) a percentage equal to [***] during the first two (2) months immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and [***] thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

        Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other factual information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Landlord hereby agrees to provide to Tenant an estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the same types of information, and within the same periods of time, as set forth above, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel certificate is being granted and signed by Landlord to Tenant, rather than from Tenant to Landlord or a lender.


ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

        This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

45


hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Landlord's delivery to Tenant of a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) (the " Nondisturbance Agreement ") in favor of Tenant from any such ground lessor, mortgage holders or lien holders of Landlord who later come into existence at any time prior to the expiration of the Lease Term shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant's agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Article 18 . Subject to Tenant's receipt of a Nondisturbance Agreement, Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to, subject to the terms of the applicable Nondisturbance Agreement, attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant's occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord's interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within five (5) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.


ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

        19.1      Events of Default .    The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

46


        The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

        19.2      Remedies Upon Default .    Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

        The term " rent " as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b) , above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c) , above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

47


        19.3      Subleases of Tenant .    Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

        19.4      Form of Payment After Default .    Following the occurrence of [***] defaults by Tenant in any [***] consecutive month time period, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier's or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

        19.5      Efforts to Relet .    No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord's interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant's right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

        19.6      Landlord Default .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord's failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any award from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award, may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not, [***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

48


[***] provided further, however, [***].


ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

        Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.


ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

        21.1      Delivery of Letter of Credit .    Within five (5) business days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the " Letter of Credit "), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H and containing the terms required herein, payable in either the City of San Diego or the City of Los Angeles (both, California), running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized bank with a long term rating of BBB or higher, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a national banking association, in the amount of [***] (the " Letter of Credit Amount "). The Letter of Credit shall (i) be "callable" at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the Lease Commencement Date and continuing until the date (the " LC Expiration Date ") that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same (the " Bank ")) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, " Bankruptcy Code "), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord's right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.

        21.2      Transfer of Letter of Credit .    The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant's consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

49


Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord's interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, [***], execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer; provided that Landlord shall be responsible for paying the Bank's transfer and processing fees in connection therewith up to an amount equal to [***] (the " L-C Transfer Cap "), and Tenant shall pay be responsible for paying the Bank's transfer and processing fees in excess of the L-C Transfer Cap.

        21.3      Application of Letter of Credit .    Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any breach or default on the part of Tenant under this Lease or the 13500 Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or the 13500 Lease (or otherwise be in default hereunder or thereunder), Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant's breach or default of this Lease or the 13500 Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease, by the 13500 Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a "draw" by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord's right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease or the 13500 Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant's bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord's claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

        21.4      Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit .    Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a "security deposit" within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a "security deposit" within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (" Security Deposit Laws ") shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

50



ARTICLE 22

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

        22.1     Communication Equipment .    Subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations, Tenant and Tenant's contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the non-exclusive right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain so-called "satellite dishes" or other similar devices, such as antennae no greater than thirty-six (36) inches in diameter and weighing no more than fifty (50) pounds each, together with all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment (collectively, " Communication Equipment "), for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, to the extent reasonably necessary to support Tenant's use of the Premises, at a location on the roof of the Building designated by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant. There shall be no rental charge, license fee or similar charge to Tenant for the right to install and maintain such Communication Equipment at the Building during the initial Lease Term or any extension thereof. Further, Tenant shall have the right of access, consistent with this Section 22.1 , to the area where the Communication Equipment is located for the purposes of maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Communication Equipment at any time to another location on the roof of the Building, which location is reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Unless Landlord elects to perform such penetrations at Tenant's sole cost and expense, Tenant shall retain Landlord's designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord's roof warranty. Tenant's installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

51


52



ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

        23.1      Interior Signage .    Subject to Landlord's reasonable prior written approval, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

        23.2      Prohibited Signage and Other Items .    Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Except as provided in Section 23.3 , Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

        23.3      Tenant's Signage .    Tenant shall be entitled to install the following signage in connection with Tenant's lease of the Premises (collectively, the " Tenant's Signage "):

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

53



ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

        Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (collectively, " Applicable Laws "). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant's use of the Premises for non-general office use, (ii) the Alterations or

54


Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant's Alterations, the Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building and the Common Areas, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord's failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would expose Tenant to liability to any of its employees, subtenants, invitees or customers, or any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant's employees, subtenants, invitees, or customers, or create a significant health hazard for Tenant's employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4 , above.


ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

        If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the overdue amount plus any reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, with regard to the first [***] such failures in any [***] month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) business days following Tenant's receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the "Interest Rate." For purposes of this Lease, the " Interest Rate " shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual " Bank Prime Loan " rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

        26.1      Landlord's Cure .    All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant's part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

55


        26.2      Tenant's Reimbursement .    Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant's defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant's obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.


ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

        Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building's systems and equipment; provided, however, Tenant may elect to have a representative accompany Landlord during any such entry; provided further, however, Landlord shall not be required to delay any such entry due to the unavailability of a Tenant representative. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform regularly scheduled services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for ( w ) taking possession of the Premises due to any breach of this Lease, ( x ) emergencies, ( y ) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or ( z ) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry shall be performed in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises and shall be performed after normal business hours if reasonably practical. With respect to items ( y ) and ( z ) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant's use of, or access to, the Premises. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.2 , Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

56



ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

        Tenant shall be entitled to utilize, [***], commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary (provided that any visitor parking spaces and/or handicap parking spaces required by Applicable Laws due to Tenant's occupancy shall be included as part of the number passes provided to Tenant), on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to those certain spaces located within parking areas in the Project designated for Tenant's exclusive use or designated for all access use; provided, however, that in connection with the foregoing, (i) the entirety of the Project parking structure commonly referred to as " Parking Structure A , " which contains a total of eight hundred thirty-three (833) parking spaces, shall be designated for Tenant's exclusive use as long as Tenant continues to lease the entirety of the Premises and the 13500 Premises, and (ii) except with regard to the "Reserved Spaces" identified hereinbelow, the entirety of the Project parking structure commonly referred to as " Parking Structure B " shall be designated for the exclusive use of the tenants of the 13520 Building. Landlord shall implement an access control system for each of Parking Structure A and Parking Structure B in order to ensure that only parkers with the appropriate parking pass can park in the applicable parking structure. As part of the number of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, Tenant shall have the right to rent up to twenty-five (25) passes, each relating to one (1) reserved parking space located on the second (2 nd ) level of Parking Structure B on a monthly basis throughout the remainder of the Lease Term (the " Reserved Passes "); provided that the right to rent such Reserved Pass must be exercised by Tenant, if at all, pursuant to a written notice to Landlord expressing Tenants' desire to rent such Reserved Passes for a minimum of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each Reserved Pass so rented and on a monthly basis, the then-prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes (the initial amount of which is acknowledged by the parties to be [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall at all times be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. All remaining parking passes which Landlord is required to provide to Tenant shall be applicable to the surface parking areas of the Project. Tenant's continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant's exercise of commercially reasonable efforts to cause that Tenant's employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations, and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. To the extent reasonably necessary to ensure Tenant's parking rights and obligations hereunder are readily available to and maintained by Tenant and its employees, Landlord shall establish a sticker or other identification system for the Project; provided, however, to the extent the foregoing measures prove insufficient, Landlord shall additionally implement, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, reasonable access control and/or other parking management services or systems with regard to such Project parking facilities. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease (except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 3.2 of this Lease, above), from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. During any period of closure of or restricted access to the Project parking areas, Landlord shall be responsible to provide Tenant with reasonable replacement parking in reasonable proximity and with reasonable access to the Premises.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

57


Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant's own personnel, employees, agents, contractors or invitees and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord's prior approval. If at any time Tenant is not leasing the entirety of the Premises and the 13500 Premises (excluding the "First Pacific Space" (to the extent First Pacific continues to lease such space) and the "Project Gym," as those terms are defined in the 13500 Lease), then (1) the number of parking passes that Landlord is required to provide Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be proportionately reduced (based on the reduction in the total square footage leased by Tenant in the Building and the 13500 Building), (2) such reduction shall be at the same ratio of covered to non-covered parking as required under this Article 28 , and (3) Tenant shall not have the exclusive use of Parking Structure A.


ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        29.1      Terms; Captions .    The words "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

        29.2      Binding Effect .    Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

        29.3      No Air Rights .    No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

        29.4      Modification of Lease .    Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

        29.5      Transfer of Landlord's Interest .    Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease that accrues after the effective date of the transfer and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder after the date of such transfer, provided such transferee shall have fully assumed in writing all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord after the date of such transfer, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. In addition, Landlord shall be released from all liability that accrues prior to the date of such transfer if such transferee assumes such liability in writing. Tenant

58



further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

        29.6      Prohibition Against Recording .    Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease, but upon request by Tenant, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant to record, a Memorandum of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the " Memorandum "). Within 10 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall enter into such documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record. The terms of this Section 29.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

        29.7      Landlord's Title .    Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

        29.8      Relationship of Parties .    Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

        29.9      Application of Payments .    Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant's designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

        29.10      Time of Essence .    Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

        29.11      Partial Invalidity .    If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

        29.12      No Warranty .    In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

        29.13      Landlord Exculpation .    The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord's operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the equity interest of Landlord in the Building. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord's and the Landlord Parties' present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in Lease, Landlord agrees (i) that the partners, shareholders, principals and members of Tenant shall have no personal liability in respect of (or arising out of or relating to) the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and (ii) to look only to assets of Tenant for satisfaction of Landlord's remedies arising out of

59



the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and that no property or assets of any partner, shareholder, principal or member of Tenant shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for satisfaction of Landlord's remedies arising out of such obligations; provided, however nothing herein shall prevent Landlord from obtaining, entering and enforcing a judgment against, from and out of the assets of Tenant with respect to any obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord's obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

        29.14      Entire Agreement .    It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties' entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

        29.15      Right to Lease .    Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

        29.16      Force Majeure .    Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant's obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a " Force Majeure "), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by a Force Majeure.

        29.17      Waiver of Redemption by Tenant .    Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

        29.18      Notices .    All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, " Notices ") given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (" Mail "), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the

60



date personal delivery is made or attempted to be made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord's mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant's exercising any remedy available to Tenant. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

Kilroy Realty, L.P.
c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation
12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90064
Attention: Legal Department

 

with copies to:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation
12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90064
Attention: Mr. John Fucci

 

and

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 130
San Diego, California 92128
Attention: Mr. Michael Nelson

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

        29.19      Joint and Several .    If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

        29.20      Authority .    If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant's state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

        29.21      Attorneys' Fees .    In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

61


        29.22      Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .    This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

        29.23      Submission of Lease .    Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

        29.24      Brokers .    Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the " Brokers "), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

        29.25      Independent Covenants .    This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord's expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

        29.26      Project or Building Name and Signage .    Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        29.27      Counterparts .    This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

        29.28      Confidentiality .    Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant's financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

62


        29.29      Transportation Management .    Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

        29.30      Building Renovations .    It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter Agreement. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the " Renovations ") the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord's actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant's personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord's actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord's actions.

        29.31      No Violation .    Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising from Tenant's breach of this warranty and representation.

        29.32      Communications and Computer Lines .    Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the " Lines ") at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord's reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the "Identification Requirements," as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Tenant shall remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or

63



plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant's name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4') outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines' termination point(s) (collectively, the " Identification Requirements "). Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association ( e.g ., such organization's "2002 National Electrical Code")), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

        29.33      Hazardous Substances.     

64


65



[signature page to follow]

66


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

    "LANDLORD" :

 

 

KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

By:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation,
General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Jeffrey C. Hawken


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   Executive Vice President
Chief Operating Officer


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Nadine K. Kirk


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   Vice President Legal Administration

    "TENANT" :

 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Andrew Clark


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   CEO


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Daniel J. Devine


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   CFO

67



EXHIBIT A

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

OUTLINE OF PREMISES


[Floor Plan]

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE BUILDING 3   FIRST FLOOR PLAN
13480 EVENING CREEK DRIVE NORTH   SCALE 1"–30"


[Floor Plan]

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE BUILDING 3   SECOND FLOOR PLAN
13480 EVENING CREEK DRIVE NORTH   SCALE 1"–30"


[Floor Plan]

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE BUILDING 3   THIRD FLOOR PLAN
13480 EVENING CREEK DRIVE NORTH   SCALE 1"–30"


[Floor Plan]

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE BUILDING 3   FOURTH FLOOR PLAN
13480 EVENING CREEK DRIVE NORTH   SCALE 1"–30"


[Floor Plan]

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE BUILDING 3   FIFTH FLOOR PLAN
13480 EVENING CREEK DRIVE NORTH   SCALE 1"–30"


[Floor Plan]

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE BUILDING 3   SIXTH FLOOR PLAN
13480 EVENING CREEK DRIVE NORTH   SCALE 1"–30"

1



EXHIBIT A-1

SUPERIOR RIGHT HOLDERS

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



EXHIBIT B

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

        This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the improvements in the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of "this Lease" shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of "this Work Letter" shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 6 of this Work Letter.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD'S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION

        Landlord shall have constructed the "Base Building," as that term is defined in Section 8.2 of this Lease, which Base Building shall be LEED Certified and otherwise constructed in manner which is materially consistent with the level of quality set forth in the Base Building Specifications attached hereto as Schedule 3 to this Exhibit B . Such construction shall be at Landlord's sole cost and expense and without application of any portion of the "Improvement Allowance," as that term is set forth in Section 2.1 of this Work Letter below, except as expressly set forth in Section 2.2.2 , below.

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

        2.1     Improvement Allowance.     Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the " Improvement Allowance ") in the amount set forth in Section 13 of the Summary, for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements made to the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the " Improvements "). Subject to Section 2.3 , below, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to (i) make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in the event that Tenant fails to timely pay any portion of the "Over-Allowance Amount," as defined in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 4.3.1 , (ii) pay a total amount which exceeds the Improvement Allowance, (iii) pay any "A&E Costs," in excess of the cap set forth in Section 2.2.1 of this Work Letter, or (iv) pay any "FF&E Costs" in excess of the cap set forth in Section 2.2.5 of this Work Letter. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of this Lease, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord's property under the terms of this Lease. Any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance remaining as of [***], shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto.

        2.2     Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance.     Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord's disbursement process, including, without limitation, Landlord's receipt of invoices for all costs and fees described herein) for costs related to the construction of the Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the " Improvement Allowance Items "):

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that in no event shall the Improvement Allowance Items include, and Landlord shall be solely responsible for, any and all costs to the extent (i) related to and arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, the Architect, Engineers or Contractor, or (ii) the same are recovered (or reasonably recoverable) from third parties.

        2.3     Additional Allowance.     Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord given on or before the "Cost Proposal Delivery Date," as that term is set forth in Section 4.2 of this Work Letter, below, elect to cause the Improvement Allowance for the initial Premises to be increased by an amount (the " Additional Allowance ") set forth in such notice. Any such resulting Additional Allowance shall (i) be an amount equal to an even number of United States Dollars (as opposed to fractions of United States Dollars), and (ii) in no event exceed the product of (A) [***], and (B) the number of rentable square feet of the Premises ( i.e. , an amount anticipated to equal [***] based upon 147,533 rentable square feet, which square footage is subject to confirmation pursuant to the TCCs of Section 1.2 of the Lease). In the event Tenant exercises its right to use all or any portion of the Additional Allowance, the Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the Premises shall be increased by an amount equal to the "Additional Monthly Base Rent," as that term is defined below, in order to repay the Additional Allowance to Landlord. The " Additional Monthly Base Rent " shall be determined as the missing component of an annuity, which annuity shall have (w) the amount of the Additional Allowance which Tenant elects to utilize as the present value amount, (x) [***]. If Tenant elects to utilize all or a portion of the Additional Allowance, then (i) all references in this Work Letter to the "Improvement Allowance," shall be deemed to include the Additional Allowance which Tenant elects to utilize, (ii) the parties shall promptly execute an amendment (the " Additional Allowance Amendment ") to this Lease setting forth the new amount of the Base Rent and Improvement Allowance computed in accordance with this Section 2.3 , and (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant's execution and delivery of the Additional Allowance Amendment to Landlord, a letter of credit, in the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit H and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 21 of the Lease, in an amount equal to [***], which letter of credit shall be held by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Article 21 of the Lease.

        2.4     Building Standards.     Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components, materials and finishes (collectively, " Building Standards ") as well as certain LEED tenant design and construction guidelines (collectively, " LEED Criteria ") to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises, which Building Standards and LEED Criteria are set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto and made a part hereof. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord's option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make reasonable changes to such Building Standards and LEED Criteria from time to time.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

        3.1     Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings.     Landlord shall retain (i) Hurkes Harris Design Associates, Inc. (the " Architect ") to prepare the "Construction Drawings," as that term is defined in this Section 3.1 , and (ii) engineering consultants reasonably designated by Landlord (the " Engineers ") to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work of the Improvements; provided, however, to the extent the same is consistent with commercially reasonable construction procedures, Landlord may reserve the right to employ "design-build" trades at the time of contracting. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of this Work Letter shall be known collectively as the " Construction Drawings ." Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may elect to have Landlord retain ID Studios as the Architect by delivering written notice of such elect to Landlord on or before February 15, 2008, in which event (A) ID Studios shall thereafter be deemed to the Architect, and (B) all fees paid or owing to Hurkes Harris Design Associates, Inc. prior to the date Tenant delivers such notice shall be deemed to be fees of the Architect pursuant to Section 2.2.1 of this Work Letter Agreement.

        3.2     Final Space Plan.     On or before the date set forth in Schedule 1 , attached hereto, Tenant shall deliver the final space plan for Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the " Final Space Plan "), which Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, to Landlord. Landlord hereby acknowledges that the Final Space Plan shall include an MDF (main distribution frame) located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building. The Final Space Plan shall not require the installation of any "Non-Conforming Improvements," as defined below. As used herein, " Non-Conforming Improvements " shall mean items which are inconsistent with Building Standards.

        3.3     Preparation of Final Working Drawings.     Landlord shall cause the Architect and Engineers to prepare "Final Working Drawings," as that term is defined in this Section 3.3 , below, based upon the Final Space Plan; provided, however, that the parties acknowledge that during the course of development of the Final Working Drawings, there may be changes made to the drawings and specifications set forth in the Final Space Plan (any such change, a " Change "); provided further, however, that Tenant shall have the right to approve or disapprove a Change which is a "Material Change," as more particularly set forth below. A Change which (i) is not consistent with the Final Space Plan (as reasonably and mutually determined by Landlord and Tenant), and (ii) is not required in order to comply with Applicable Laws, shall be referred to herein as a " Material Change ." Tenant shall cooperate in good faith with Landlord, Architect and Engineers to supply the necessary information, if any, required to allow the Architect and Engineers to complete final working drawings for the Improvements in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and for Landlord to obtain all applicable permits (the " Final Working Drawings ").

        3.4     Tenant's Review and Approval of Final Working Drawings.     Landlord shall deliver the Final Working Drawings to Tenant for Tenant's review and Approval. Tenant shall give or withhold its approval to the Final Working Drawings promptly, but in no event more than five (5) business days after Landlord's delivery thereof to Tenant (the " Design Review Period "), it being hereby acknowledged that the Final Working Drawings for floors 1, 5 and 6 will be delivered separately from the Final Working Drawings for floors 2 3 and 4, and such Design Review Period shall apply to each set of documents independently. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, Tenant shall not withhold its approval to the Final Working Drawings, or any portion thereof, unless the same are not consistent with, and not a logical extension of, the Final Space Plan. If Tenant timely disapproves the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such disapproval, along with the specific and detailed reasons for the same, and Landlord shall promptly, but in no event more than five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant's disapproval, revise the applicable portions of the Final

3



Working Drawings to correct such disapproved matter, and shall resubmit the Final Working Drawings to Tenant, and Tenant shall approve or disapprove the resubmitted Final Working Drawings promptly, but in no event more than three (3) business days after such resubmittal; provided, however, Tenant shall not withhold its approval to the resubmitted Final Working Drawings unless the same are not consistent with, and not a logical extension of, the Final Space Plan, and Tenant shall not withhold its approval of any portion of the resubmitted Final Working Drawings that had been previously approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant. Such procedure shall be repeated until the Final Working Drawings are approved by Tenant (the " Approved Working Drawings "). To the extent Tenant fails to (a) respond to Landlord within the applicable time periods provided for Tenant's review, or (b) disapprove all or any specific portion or detail of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Final Working Drawings or the specific portion or detail thereof, as applicable.

        3.5     Change Orders.     In the event Tenant desires to materially change the Approved Working Drawings, Tenant shall deliver Notice (the " Drawing Change Request ") of the same to Landlord, setting forth in detail the changes (the " Tenant Change ") Tenant desires to make to the Approved Working Drawings. Landlord shall, no later than (A) five (5) business days after receipt of any Drawing Change Request relating to a proposed Tenant Change affecting the Building structure, or (B) three (3) business days after receipt of any Drawing Change Request relating to a proposed Tenant Change not affecting the Building structure, deliver a written notice to Tenant (the " Response Notice ") either (i) approving the Tenant Change, or (ii) disapproving the Tenant Change and deliver a Notice to Tenant specifying in reasonably sufficient detail the reasons for Landlord's disapproval; provided, however, Landlord's Response Notice shall indicate the anticipated cost of implementing such Tenant Change and any Tenant Delay anticipated to result therefrom; provided further, however, that Landlord may only disapprove of the Tenant Change if the Tenant Change ( u ) would have an adverse effect on the structural integrity of the Building; ( v ) fails to comply with applicable Code and or other applicable governmental regulations; ( x ) would have an material adverse effect on the systems and equipment of the Building; ( y ) would have an adverse effect on the exterior appearance of the Building; or ( z ) would have an material adverse effect on the value of the Project. Within two (2) business days following Tenant's receipt of the applicable Response Notice, Tenant shall either ratify its Drawing Change Request or rescind the same. Any additional costs which arise in connection with such Tenant Change shall be paid by Tenant, provided that to the extent a portion of the Improvement Allowance remains unpaid and unallocated, such payment shall be made from the Improvement Allowance.

        3.6     Time Deadlines.     The applicable dates for approval of items, plans and drawings as described in this Section 3 , Section 4 , below, and in this Work Letter, including without limitation the dates set forth in Schedule 1 , shall be known herein as the " Time Deadlines ." Tenant agrees to comply with the Time Deadlines.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

        4.1     Contractor.     Reno Contracting, Inc. (" Contractor ") shall construct the Improvements; provided, however, Landlord hereby agrees and covenants that in its construction contract with Contractor for the construction of the Improvements pursuant to this Work Letter, Contractor's overhead, fees and other charges shall be consistent with the corresponding components of the construction contract Landlord and Contractor entered into with regard to the construction of the Base Building.

        4.2     Cost Proposal.     After the Approved Working Drawings are approved by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements (the " Cost Proposal "); provided, however, Contractor shall be required to bid each of the major subcontractors (as reasonably

4



determined by Landlord) with at least three (3) qualified subcontractors (except that the fire, life safety subcontractor shall be designated by Landlord), and Landlord shall, unless otherwise directed by Tenant at the time Tenant approves the Cost Proposal, select the lowest cost bid which is conforming and consistent with the bid assumptions and directions and Landlord's construction schedule. Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within five (5) days of the receipt of the same, and upon receipt of the same by Landlord, Landlord shall be released by Tenant to purchase the items set forth in the Cost Proposal and to commence the construction relating to such items. The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord shall be known hereafter as the " Cost Proposal Delivery Date ".

        4.3     Construction of Improvements by Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord.     

SECTION 5

COMPLETION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS;
LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

        5.1     Ready for Occupancy.     The Premises shall be deemed " Ready for Occupancy " upon the Substantial Completion of the Improvements. For purposes of this Lease, " Substantial Completion " of the Improvements shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, in compliance with all applicable permits, licenses, laws, statutes, and ordinances to the extent necessary to cause a certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent, to be issued for the Premises for general office use, with all utilities hooked up and available for Tenant's use, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures,

5


work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor. Throughout the construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall have the right, on no less than two (2) business days advance notice, and when accompanied by a representative of Landlord, to inspect the construction of the Improvements. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Work Letter to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the construction of the Improvements shall be completed in two (2) phases, and, therefore, the Premises shall be deemed Ready for Occupancy on two (2) separate dates.

        5.2     Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises.     Except as provided in this Section 5.2 , the Lease Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease and Section 5.1 , above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to the Lease Commencement Date, as set forth in the Lease, as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

(each, a " Tenant Delay ") then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, the Lease Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date the Lease Commencement Date would have occurred if no Tenant Delay or Tenant Delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

        6.1     Tenant's Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion.     Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with construction of the Improvements, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Premises at least twenty (20) days prior to the Substantial Completion of the Improvements for the purpose of Tenant installing equipment, furniture, fixtures, and/or signage (including Tenant's data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant's entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1 , Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant's entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building

6


or Premises and against injury to any persons to the extent caused by Tenant's actions pursuant to this Section 6.1 .

        6.2     Freight Elevators.     Landlord shall cause one (1) passenger elevator to be "padded" and otherwise prepared and ready for freight service and shall make the same reasonably available to Tenant, in connection with initial decorating, furnishing and moving into the Premises.

        6.3     Tenant's Representative.     Tenant has designated Ms. Pattie Jensen and Mr. Rocky Sheng as its representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, each of whom, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

        6.4     Landlord's Representatives.     Landlord has designated Mr. Rick Mount as the " Project Manager " who shall be responsible for the implementation of all Improvements to be performed by Landlord in the Premises. With regard to all matters involving such Improvements, Tenant shall communicate with the Project Manager rather than with the Contractor. Landlord shall not be responsible for any statement, representation or agreement made between Tenant and the Contractor or any subcontractor. It is hereby expressly acknowledged by Tenant that such Contractor is not Landlord's agent and has no authority whatsoever to enter into agreements on Landlord's behalf or otherwise bind Landlord. The Project Manager will furnish Tenant with notices of substantial completion, cost estimates for above standard Improvements, Landlord's approvals or disapprovals of all documents to be prepared by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter and changes thereto.

        6.5     Intentionally Omitted.     

        6.6     Time is of the Essence.     Time is of the essence under this Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a "number of days" shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord's sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence. Furthermore, in all instances where Landlord is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Tenant's sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Landlord and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

        6.7     Tenant's Lease Default.     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if any default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) by Tenant under the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount) occurs at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may, without any liability whatsoever, cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of the Lease and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

7



SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

TIME DEADLINES

 
  Dates   Actions to be Performed
A.   February 26, 2008   Final Space Plan with respect to floors 1, 5 and 6 to be completed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord.

B.

 

March 18, 2008

 

Final Space Plan with respect to floors 2, 3 and 4 to be completed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord.

C.

 

Five (5) business days after the receipt of the Cost Proposal by Tenant

 

Tenant to approve Cost Proposal and deliver Cost Proposal to Landlord.

1



SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT B

BUILDING STANDARDS

The following Premise Improvements Standards and LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines identify the minimum quality for items used in the construction of Premise Improvements at the property identified above.

All new Premise Improvement work associated with the project identified above shall comply with this Building Standard for a minimum quality of material and general design guidelines and the LEED Tenant Improvement Guidelines for specific design criteria, product specifications and means and methods to be employed during the execution of the work.

STANDARD PARTITIONS

DEMISING PARTITION

a.
3 5 / 8 " × 25 min. gauge metal studs @ 16" on center.

b.
1 layer each side 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard (where required).

c.
From [***].

d.
R11 batt sound insulation in partition cavity (portion of walls—corridor, bathrooms & some office). .

e.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint.

f.
Fire caulk @ partition and metal deck as required by City of San Diego.

g.
Provide minimum opening above ceiling as required for return air, with sound boots.

INTERIOR PARTITION

a.
2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs @ 24" on center.

b.
1 layer each side 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard. From [***] as applicable. Height may vary.

c.
Diagonal Bracing: 2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs at 45 degree diagonal to structure above staggered @ 4'-0" on center, and at door openings.

d.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint to a minimum of Level 4 finish.

e.
Metal corner bead at terminations of partitions and at the ceiling.

f.
All demising walls and tenant conference room walls to receive R-11 batt insulation within partition cavity and four foot on either side of partition over ceiling.

INTERIOR ONE-HOUR SEPARATION PARTITION

a.
Same as demising partition with fire dampers as required for penetrations and return air.

b.
Type X 5 / 8 " wallboard shall be fire taped where fire ratings are required.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


INTERIOR LOW PARTITION

a.
2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs @ 16" on center.

b.
1 layer each side and top 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard.

c.
Heights vary to maximum of 68" above floor.

d.
Metal corner beads at all exposed corners.

e.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint to a minimum of Level 4 finish.

f.
Pipe support at free end within partition cavity and every 4' on center.

EXTERIOR WALL FURRING

a.
Below glazing sill and above glazing head, 1 layer 5 / 8 " thick gypsum wallboard.

b.
Taped and sanded smooth to receive paint.

COLUMN FURRING

a.
2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs @ 24" on center.

b.
1 layer one side 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard.

c.
From floor slab to 6" above ceiling grid or to deck above.

d.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint to a minimum of Level 4 finish.

DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE

SINGLE CORRIDOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Single leaf U.L. rated, 20-minute suite entry door label attached to hinge side of door, 1 3 / 4 " × 3'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, clear plain sliced select white maple, book matched edges. Door shall be pre-finished and pre-mortised for hardware.

b.
Frame: 3'-0" × 8'-10" "Western Integrated prefinished satin aluminum with clear coat with squared edge, 20-minute fire rated.

c.
Hardware: Butts: two pair per door, Hager 700; Door Hardware: Schlage "L" Series, Lever style #17, A- Wrought Rose- typ.; Entrance Lockset # L9453P-626, Latchset # L9010P-626, and Office Lockset # L9050-626; Door Stop: Hager 236W, concave wall stop; Closer: LCN #1461FC (where required); typical hardware finish: satin aluminum or satin stainless steel throughout unless otherwise noted.

d.
Closer at entry doors and any rated doors required by code: LCN 1460 Series, 4111 cylinder for accessibility.

DOUBLE CORRIDOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Double leaf U.L. rated 20-minute suite entry doors with label attached to hinge side of doors, 1 3 / 4 " × 6'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, clear plain sliced select white maple, book matched edges. Door shall be pre-finished and pre-mortised for hardware. Book match face veneers with premium veneers grade of doors with matching veneer at vertical edge.

b.
Door shall be pre-finished and mortised for hardware.

c.
Frame: 6'-0" × 8'-10", 'Western Integrated' prefinished satin aluminum with clear coat with squared edge, 20-minute fire rated.

d.
Hardware: Same as above modified and supplemented for double doors.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


SINGLE INTERIOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Single leaf, 1 3 / 4 " × 3'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, 5 ply, plain sliced maple veneer, clear finish and premium grade.

b.
Matching veneer at vertical edges.

c.
20-minute rated with label attached to hinge side of door.

d.
Door shall be prefinished and mortised for hardware.

e.
Frame: 3'-0" × 8'-10", 'Western Integrated' flush trim clear anodized extruded aluminum, 20-minute fire rated.

f.
Hardware: Schlage "L" Series: Lever style #17, A- Wrought Rose, finish 626 satin chrome. Corbin Russwin cylinders with an inter-changeable core and keyway. Hinges: AB700, 4.5 × 4.5, 'Hager', finish: stainless steel—satin. Stop: 'Trimco' 1211 series, finish 626.

g.
[***] as applicable.

DOUBLE INTERIOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Double leaf, 1 3 / 4 " × 6'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, 5 ply, plain sliced maple veneer, clear finish and premium grade.

b.
Match face veneers of doors. Matching veneer at vertical edges.

c.
20-minute rated with label attached to hinge side of the door.

d.
Door shall be prefinished and mortised for hardware.

e.
Frame: 6'-0" × 8'-10", 'Western Intgrated' flush trim clear anodized extruded aluminum, 20-minute fire rated.

f.
Hardware: Schlage "L" Series: , Lever style #17, A- Wrought Rose- typ, finish 626 hardware finish 626 satin chrome. Corbin Russwin cylinders with an inter-changeable core and D3 keyway. Hinges: AB700, 4.5 × 4.5, 'Hager', finish: stainless steel—satin. Stop: 'Trimco' 1211 series, finish 626. Auto flush bolts: DCI No. 942, finish to match 626. Coordinator: DCI No. 600 series, finish to match 626. Closer: LCN 4041 series, parallel arm-heavy duty, finish: to match 626. Closer: LCN 4041 series, parallel arm-heavy duty, finish to match 626. Astragal: 'Pemco' 355CV.

OPTIONAL DOORS AS APPROVED BY LANDLORD

a.
Optional Doors as Selected by the Tenant for the tenant's interior space may be submitted as outlined below subject to Landlords Approval:

Premium Grade wood doors with single glass lites with a stained and lacquered finish. Colors to match building standard, subject to Landlord Approval

Herculite Glass Doors with Stainless Steel Styles at top and bottom and concealed hinges.

Aluminum Storefront Doors with clear anodized finish set in Aluminum frames to match.

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


ELECTRICAL

The base building is served by a 277/480v 3ph. Main Distribution Section with 3000 amp meter section.

New 277v distribution, lighting panels, transformers and 120v convenience power panels shall be part of the Premise Improvements.

All electrical distribution shall be fully engineered in compliance with local building codes, the National Electric Code and California Title 24 and shall be subject to Landlords review and approval.

Tenant electrical drawings shall include a review of the base building electrical drawings to include all necessary metering, distribution and connections.

Tenant electrical design, fixtures and components shall be compliant with Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines and subject to certification by Landlord's consultant.

LIGHT FIXTURES

a.
Recessed Lightolier or similar 2x2 and 2x4 Direct/Indirect Fluorescent Fixtures

5 1 / 2 " Micro Perforated Mesh Lamp Shield.

(2) T-5 lamps per fixture with electronic T-5 rapid start ballast

Lamps: Phillips 32 Watt

Color 741-4100K (cool white)

b.
Delray Rocket II Pendant Hung Compact Fluorescent Light Fixtures

c.
Verve II Suspended Linear Indirect Fixture

Tenant may elect to use additional or alternate Architectural Lighting subject to Landlords Approval of Plans and Specs.

Corridors—General Lighting: Lithonia Lighting—Avante 2' × 2', 2 lamp Linear T8 indirect recessed luminaire, model #2AV-G-2-17-MDR-277-GEB.

LIGHT CONTROLS

a.
Novitas Sensors.

b.
Wall—#01-DL401.

c.
Ceiling: One Way 01-100.

d.
Ceiling: Two Way 01-110

ELECTRICAL WALL OUTLET

a.
Specification Grade, Leviton 15A, 125V, Decora/single switch.

b.
Color—White.

c.
Mounted vertically.

d.
Outlet height at 15" above finish floor to centerline of outlet U.O.N. as required for ADA compliance.

4


TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET

a.
Mud ring cut into wall—mounted vertically.

b.
3 / 4 " metal conduit stub above ceiling with 6" pigtail at top of wall.

c.
Cover plate and wiring by Tenant's telephone vendor.

EXIT SIGN LIGHTS

a.
Alkco Edge-Glo Exit/Directional signs, recessed ceiling mounted LED housing, green letters on a clear panel background or equivalent.

b.
Provide exit lights with battery back up at all exits required by code.

c.
All life safety items including horns & strobes and speaker shall have white covers.

AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS

a.
Fully fire sprinklered building with main and branch distribution lines available for tenant modification.

b.
Reliable sprinkler model "G" pendant semi-recessed sprinkler with white sprinkler and escutcheon.

165 degree Fahrenheit temperature rating.

c.
Reliable sprinkler model "G4" concealed sprinkler head with white cover plate. (To be used in all public areas).

165 degree Fahrenheit temperature rating.

HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING DISTRIBUTION

All mechanical design shall be fully engineered in compliance with local building codes, the Uniform Mechanical Code and California Title 24.

All new mechanical fixtures and components shall be compliant with Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines and subject to certification by Landlord's consultant.

An Indoor Air Quality Management Plan shall be prepared in compliance with the Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines prior to construction.

AIR DISTRIBUTION FOR TYPICAL FLOORS

VAV's with DDC Controls and hot water reheat at exterior zones, designed and sized by a licensed Mechanical Engineer approved by Landlord, shall be supported by base building AHU's and High-pressure ducts on a per floor basis.

Each zone shall be controlled by an electronic thermostats tied back to existing base building energy management system.

Tenant may elect to design an open ceiling plan with existing exposed galvanized rigid ductwork configured as required for tenant distribution of conditioned air.

Air delivery above concealed ceiling spaces may be via low pressure, insulated ducting with air diffusers as described below. [***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


PLUMBING

All plumbing design shall be fully engineered in compliance with local building codes, the Uniform Plumbing Code and California Title 24.

All new plumbing fixtures shall be compliant with Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED tenant design and construction guidelines and subject to certification by Landlord's consultant.

Approved plumbing fixtures include:

a.
"Elkay" Pacemaker sink # PSR-1720—stainless steel, two faucet holes, or equivalent.

b.
Hi-Arc Dual Handle bar faucet by "Elkay" # LK-2437-BH or equivalent.

c.
Undercounter Dishwasher: Asko model #D1706, suitable for ADA requirements.

d.
Garbage Disposal: Insinkerator, Model #77, 3 / 4 horsepower, stainless steel construction.

FINSHES

GLAZING / WINDOW FRAMES AT OFFICES & CONFERENCE ROOM:

a.
Shall be Western Integrated aluminum, 3 3 / 4 " or 4 7 / 8 " throat, pre-finished satin aluminum w/ clear coat with squared edge- to match standard door frames style and color.

b.
1 / 4 " glazing, clear, tempered where required by code.

c.
Side-lite glazing, size: 1'-6" wide by full height (inside window frame to window frame)

d.
All private office shall have side-lites.

PAINT

a.
Manufacturer: To Be Determined, As approved Landlord consultant in compliance with the Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED tenant design and construction guidelines.

b.
Two coats minimum semi-gloss interior latex washable paint.

c.
Include paint on tenant side of demising partition, both sides of interior partition, above and below exterior glazing as required and all column fur outs and perimeter walls.

FLOOR COVERING/LOBBY & COMMON AREAS

a.
Carpet: Loop: 28 oz. or equal, Manufacture To Be Determined, As approved Landlord consultant in compliance with the Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED tenant design and construction guidelines.

b.
Direct glue down installation for all carpet.

c.
12 × 12 Vinyl Tile shall be 'Armstrong' or approved equal.

d.
Optional architectural flooring as approved by Landlord

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


TILE FLOORING

a.
Ceramic tile or Natural stone as selected by tenant subject to Landlord's approval.

BASE

a.
2 1 / 2 " Rubber Base by Roppe

b.
2 1 / 2 " tile base in tiled areas as approved by Landlord.

PLASTIC LAMINATE

a.
Formica, Wilsonart or approved equal.

WINDOW COVERINGS

a.
Exterior window covering to be PVC Perforated Vertical Blinds.

b.
Blinds to be sized to fit inside window module.

c.
[***]

FIRE/LIFE SAFETY

a.
As required by code.

NOTES

a.
Landlord can substitute like quality materials and/or manufacturers.

b.
Landlord may at the Landlord's discretion substitute Equivalent Demountable Partitions Systems containing integrated components such as Door and Glazing systems in lieu of conventionally framed office interiors.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7



SCHEDULE 3 TO EXHIBIT B

BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

Kilroy Sabre Springs

OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS for OFFICE BUILDING 3

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



EXHIBIT C

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 
   
   
To:                                                                                                                                                                        

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

Re:

 

Office Lease dated                                       , 200          between                                       , a                                      ("Landlord"), and                               , a                              ("Tenant") concerning Suite                                      on floor(s)                                      of the office building located at                                       ,                                       , California.

Gentlemen:

              In accordance with the Office Lease (the "Lease"), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

 

1.

 

The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                                      for a term of                                      ending on                                       .

 

 

2.

 

Rent commenced to accrue on                           , in the amount of                           .

 

 

3.

 

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

 

4.

 

Your rent checks should be made payable to                                      at                                       .

 

 

5.

 

The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is                  square feet.

 

 

6.

 

Tenant's Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is              %.

[signature page to follow]

1


 
   
   
   
    "Landlord":

 

 

                                                                                   ,
    a                                                                        

 

 

By:

 

                                                                     
        Its:                                                            
 
   
   
   
Agreed to and Accepted
as of                                      , 200         .
   

"Tenant":

 

 

                                                                                 

 

 
a                                                                            

By:

 

                                                                     

 

 
    Its:                                                                

2



EXHIBIT D

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

RULES AND REGULATIONS

[[ NOTE: FOLLOWING ARE FOR SINGLE-TENANT BUILDINGS ]]

        Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord enforce such Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner to the detriment of Tenant. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

        1.     Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

        2.     The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

        3.     No advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

        4.     Tenant shall not exceed the load requirements of any floor of the Premises.

        5.     Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material, except in compliance with applicable law. Tenant shall maintain material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

        6.     Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises to the extent the same is noticeable in the Common Areas of the Project or which affects other tenants of the project. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights.

        7.     No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises (unless Tenant receives Landlord's prior written approval to install a cafeteria for its employees in the Premises), nor shall the Premises be used for lodging. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters' laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

        8.     Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

        9.     Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its

1



employees or agents smoke tobacco products within the Building or within two hundred feet (200') of any entrance into the Building or into any other Project building.

        10.   Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises or in the appropriate external trash area(s) for the Building. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in San Diego, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal; provided, however, Tenant may maintain separate trash enclosures for the storage of non-conforming disposal items to the extent Tenant satisfies and complies with any applicable laws or other governmental regulations relating to the storage and disposal thereof. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant's expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

        11.   Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

        12.   Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        13.   Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord vis-à-vis the operation of the Project which are not inconsistent with the TCCs of the Lease.

        14.   Tenant must comply with any applicable " NO-SMOKING " ordinance of the State of California, County of San Diego and/or City of San Diego. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building.

        15.   Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

        16.   No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        17.   No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

        Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord's judgment may from time to time be necessary (relative to a building occupied solely by one tenant) for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein; provided, however, Landlord shall not make any new Rules and

2



Regulations, or change any Rule and Regulation, which would materially and adversely affect Tenant's use, occupancy or access to the Premises, the Building, or the Project parking areas. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord enforce such Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner to the detriment of Tenant. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

3



EXHIBIT E

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

FORM OF TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

        The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the "Lease") made and entered into as of                                      , 200    by and between                                      as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                                      floor(s) of the office building located at                                      ,                                      , California                                      , certifies as follows:

        1.     Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

        2.     The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                                      , and the Lease Term expires on                                      , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

        3.     Base Rent became payable on                                      .

        4.     The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

        5.     Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

        6.     Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord's mortgagee.

        7.     All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                                      . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                      .

        8.     All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

        9.     No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

        10.   As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned's knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

        11.   If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

        12.   There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

        13.   Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

        14.   To the undersigned's knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

1


        The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

        Executed at                                      on the            day of                                      , 200    .

    "Tenant":

 

 


                                                                          ,
a                                                                      

 

 

 

 

 
    By:     


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

2



EXHIBIT F

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

RECORDING REQUESTED BY
AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

ALLEN MATKINS LECK GAMBLE
    & MALLORY LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, 18th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.



RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS,
CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

        This Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (this " Agreement ") is entered into as of the __ day of _______, 200__, by and between _________________ ("Landlord"), and _________________ ("Tenant"), with reference to the following facts:

        A.    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated _______, 200__ (the "Lease"). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord space (the " Premises ") located in an office building on certain real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the " Property ").

        B.    The Premises are located in an office building located on real property which is part of an area owned by Landlord containing approximately __ (__) acres of real property located in the City of _____ _______, California (the " Project "), as more particularly described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

        C.    Landlord, as declarant, has previously recorded, or proposes to record concurrently with the recordation of this Agreement, a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (the " Declaration "), dated _________________, 200__, in connection with the Project.

        D.    Tenant is agreeing to recognize and be bound by the terms of the Declaration, and the parties hereto desire to set forth their agreements concerning the same.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of (a) the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and (b) for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows,

        1.     Tenant's Recognition of Declaration .    Notwithstanding that the Lease has been executed prior to the recordation of the Declaration, Tenant agrees to recognize and by bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Declaration.

        2.      Miscellaneous .

1


2



SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

  "LANDLORD":    

 


 

 

,
  a  
 
   

 

By:

 


 
      Its:  
 

 

"TENANT":

 

 

 


 

 

,
  a  
 
   

 

By:

 


 
      Its:  
 

 

By:

 


 
      Its:  
 

3



EXHIBIT G

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

        When determining Market Rent, the following rules and instructions shall be followed.

        1.      RELEVANT FACTORS .    

        The " Comparable Transactions " shall be the "Net Equivalent Lease Rates" per rentable square foot, at which tenants, are, pursuant to transactions consummated within twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in location and quality to the Premises and consisting of one or more entire buildings containing a total of not less than [***] rentable square feet for a term of [***]. The terms of the Comparable Transactions shall be calculated as a "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit G , and shall take into consideration only the following terms and concessions: (i) the rental rate and escalations for the Comparable Transactions, (ii) the amount of parking rent per parking permit paid in the Comparable Transactions, if any, (iii) operating expense and tax protection granted in such Comparable Transactions such as a base year or expense stop (although for each such Comparable Transaction the base rent shall be adjusted to a triple net base rent using reasonable estimates of operating expenses and taxes as determined by Landlord for each such Comparable Transaction); (iv) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (v) any "Renewal Allowance," as defined herein below, to be provided by Tenant in connection with each Option as compared to the improvements or allowances provided or to be provided in the Comparable Transactions, taking into account the contributory value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the existing improvements, and (vi) all other monetary concessions (including the value of any signage), if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Transactions. [***].

        2.      TENANT SECURITY .    The Market Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as an enhanced security deposit, a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant's Rent obligations during the Option Term. [***].

        3.      RENEWAL IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Exhibit G , once the Market Rent for each Option Term is determined as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, if (i) in connection with such determination, it is deemed that Tenant is entitled to a improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises (the total dollar value of such allowance, the " Renewal Allowance "), Landlord shall disburse the Renewal Allowance pursuant to a reasonable disbursement procedure (consistent with the terms of Section 2.2.1 of the Work Letter Agreement) and the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, and, as set forth in Section 5 , below, of this Exhibit G , the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall be increased to be a rental rate which takes into consideration that Landlord will fund a Renewal Allowance and, accordingly, such payment with interest shall be factored into the base rent component of the Market Rent.

        4.      COMPARABLE BUILDINGS .    For purposes of this Lease, the term " Comparable Buildings " shall mean first-class single-tenant occupancy office buildings comparable to the Building in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including the type ( e.g ., surface, structured, subterranean) and amount of parking), ingress and egress, freeway access and visibility, which Comparable Buildings are located in comparably sized office projects and are located in the " Comparable Area ," which is the [***].

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        5.      METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEWING AND COMPARING THE COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS .    In order to analyze the Comparable Transactions based on the factors to be considered in calculating Market Rent, and given that the Comparable Transactions may vary in terms of length of term, rental rate, concessions, etc., the following steps shall be taken into consideration to "adjust" the objective data from each of the Comparable Transactions. By taking this approach, a "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" for each of the Comparable Transactions shall be determined using the following steps to adjust the Comparable Transactions, which will allow for an "apples to apples" comparison of the Comparable Transactions.

        6.      USE OF NET EQUIVALENT LEASE RATES FOR COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS .    The Net Equivalent Lease Rates for the Comparable Transactions shall then be used to reconcile, in a manner usual and customary for a real estate appraisal process, to a conclusion of Market Rent which shall be stated as a "Base Year" lease rate applicable to each year of the Option Term.

        An example of the application of using the process set forth on this Exhibit G to arrive at the Market Rent is attached hereto as Schedule 1 .


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT G

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT—EXAMPLE

        As an example of the determination of the Market Rent, assume that there is a 100,000 rentable square foot Comparable Transaction with a five (5) year term, Base Rent of $75.00 per rentable square foot with One Dollar ($1) annual increases, a tenant improvement allowance of $25.00 per rentable square foot, three (3) months of free rent, and Base Year Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses of $12.00 per rentable square foot. Based on the foregoing, the Net Equivalent Lease Rate analysis would be as follows.

        1.     The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly over the lease term. See Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


        2.     From this figure, the initial lease year operating expenses (from gross leases) should be deducted, leaving a net lease rate over the lease term. See Column 3 in the attached spreadsheet.

        3.     This results in the net rent received by each landlord under the Comparable Transactions being expressly as a monthly net rent payment. See Column 4 in the attached spreadsheet.

        4.     Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term. See the amounts set forth in months 1, 2 and 3 of Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

        5.     The resultant net cash flow from the lease should be then discounted (using an 8.0% annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate. The net present value of the amounts set forth in Column 4 of the attached spreadsheet is $24,798,516.60

        6.     From the net present value, up-front inducements (tenant improvement allowances and other concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a "dollar for dollar" basis, without discounting, since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt. The net present value amount set forth in number 5, above, less the tenant improvement allowance, is $22,298,516.60 .

        7.     The net present value should then amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of 8.0% used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" (or constant equivalent in general financial terms). The net present value amount set forth in number 6, above, amortized back over the term at 8% results in a net monthly rent payment of $452,133.50

        8.     The net monthly rent payment set forth in number 7 above must then be converted to a rentable square foot number by dividing the amount by the rentable square footage of the space ( i.e ., 100,000 rentable square feet). This results in a net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot of $ 4.52

        9.     The net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot must then be multiplied by the rentable square footage of the Premises (for purposes of this example, assume the rentable square footage of the Premises is 147,533 rentable square feet), resulting in a net monthly rent payment for the Premises during the applicable Term of $666,849.16.

3



SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT G

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

Determination of Market Rent—Example

Premises (RSF)

    100,000  

Initial Annual Rental Rate per RSF

  $ 75.00  

Annual Escalation

  $ 12.00  

Abatement (months)

    3  

Tenant Improvement Allowance per rsf

  $ 25.00  

 

Period
  Monthly
Base Rent
  Monthly
Operating Expenses
  Monthly Net
Rent Payment
 

1

  $   $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00 )

2

  $   $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00 )

3

  $   $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00 )

4

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

5

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

6

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

7

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

8

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

9

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

10

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

11

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

12

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

13

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

14

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

15

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

16

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

17

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

18

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

19

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

20

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

21

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

22

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

23

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

24

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

25

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

26

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

27

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

28

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

29

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

30

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

31

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

32

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

33

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

34

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

35

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

36

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

37

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

38

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

4


Period
  Monthly
Base Rent
  Monthly
Operating Expenses
  Monthly Net
Rent Payment
 

39

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

40

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

41

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

42

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

43

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

44

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

45

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

46

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

47

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

48

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

49

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

50

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

51

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

52

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

53

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

54

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

55

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

56

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

57

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

58

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

59

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

60

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

 

Net Present Value @ 8%

  $ 24,798,516.60  

Up-front inducements (Tenant Improvements & Other)

 
$

2,500,000.00
 
       

Net Present Value net of inducements

 
$

22,298,516.60
 
       

Monthly Amortization @ 8%

 
$

452,133.50
 
       

Net Monthly Rent Payment pre rentable square foot

 
$

4.52
 

Rentable Square Footage of Premises

   
147,533
 
       

Net Monthly Rent Payment for the Premises during the applicable Term

 
$

666,849.16
 
       

5



EXHIBIT H

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank
acceptable to the Landlord)


 

 

 
FAX NO. [(              )              -              ]
SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]
  [Insert Bank Name And Address]

 

 

DATE OF ISSUE:                                     

BENEFICIARY:
[Insert Beneficiary Name And Address]

 

APPLICANT:
[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

 

 

LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                                     

EXPIRATION DATE:                                      AT OUR COUNTERS

 

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:
USD [Insert Dollar Amount]
(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

         WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                                      IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant's Name], A [Insert Entity Type] ("TENANT"), UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD [Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

        1.      THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

        2.      BENEFICIARY'S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord's Name], A [Insert Entity Type] ("LANDLORD") STATING THE FOLLOWING:

OR

1


OR

OR

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES OTHER THAN ISSUING BANK'S ARE FOR THE APPLICANT'S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF (Expiration Date) .

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE ("TRANSFEREE"), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON

2



REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES BY BENEFICIARY. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY'S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE'S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: "DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      ."

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time—( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time—( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, "BUSINESS DAY" SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number—(              )                -              ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number—(              )                -              ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH PRECEDING THIS ONE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date) .

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED

3



REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE "INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES" (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

Very truly yours,

(Name of Issuing Bank)

By:                                                                          

4



EXHIBIT I

DIRECT COMPETITORS*

University of Phoenix

Ashworth University

National University

Capella University

Grand Canyon University

Strayer University

AIU Online

Walden University

Western Governor's University

Devry University

Colorado Technical University

Argosy University

Baker Online

South University

*
"Direct Competitors" includes purchasers of all or substantially all of the assets of a Direct Competitor, or to an entity resulting, by operation of law or otherwise, from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of a Direct Competitor, successors, and, where the primary business of such competitors is an online or on-ground education provider, and any holding company for which the majority of its net value is comprised of online or on-ground education providers, name changes.

1



EXHIBIT J


SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

RECORDING REQUESTED BY
AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP
12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200
San Diego, CA 92130
Attention: Michael R. Leake, Esq.



SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

        THIS SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is entered into as of the 31 st  day of January, 2008, by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Landlord "), and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant "), who agree as follows.

        1.      Terms and Premises.     Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, that certain six (6)-story building (the " Building ") located at 13480 Evening Creek Drive North, San Diego, California 92128, which Building contains approximately 147,533 rentable square feet of space (the " Premises "), located on the real property legally described on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, for the term and in accordance with the provisions of that certain Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant, dated as of the date hereof (the " Lease "). The provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated herein.

        2.      Certain Express Lease Terms.     As more particularly set forth in the referenced sections of the Lease, Tenant enjoys the following rights pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease: (i) an initial Lease Term of approximately ten (10) years and one (1) month, which initial Lease Term is anticipated to commence on July 1, 2008, as more particularly set forth in the Lease, (ii) two (2) options to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises each by a period of five (5) years, as more particularly set forth in the Lease, and (iii) a right of first refusal with respect to space in that certain building (defined in the Lease as the 13520 Building), as more particularly set forth in the Lease.

        3.      Provisions Binding on Parties.     The provisions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord or Tenant, whether affirmative or negative in nature, are intended to and shall bind or benefit the respective parties hereto and their assigns or successors, as applicable, at all times.


        4.      Purpose of Short Form of Memorandum of Lease.     This Short Form of Memorandum of Lease is prepared solely for purposes of recordation, and in no way modifies the provisions of the Lease.

LANDLORD   KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

By:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation,
General Partner

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

 

TENANT   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

2



ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California   )
County of     

  )

         

        On                                      , before me,                                                                                                         ,

                                                                                                   (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared                                                                                                                                                , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

        I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

        WITNESS my hand and official seal.




Signature                                                                                                                                 (Seal)

3



ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California   )
County of     

  )

         

        On                                      , before me,                                                                                                         ,

                                                                                                   (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared                                                                                                                                                , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

        I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

        WITNESS my hand and official seal.




Signature                                                                                                                                 (Seal)

4



SCHEDULE 1

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

        Parcel 1 of Parcel Map No. 19990 in the City of San Diego, County of San Diego, State of California, filed in the Office of the County Recorder of San Diego County May 05, 2006, as Instrument No. 2006-0319756 of Official Records.

1




QuickLinks

OFFICE LEASE KILROY REALTY KILROY SABRE SPRINGS
KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Landlord, and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE LEASE
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS
ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT; ABATEMENT OF RENT
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS
ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE
ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER
ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION
ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES
ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER
ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION
ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
ARTICLE 21 LETTER OF CREDIT
ARTICLE 22
ARTICLE 23 SIGNS
ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES
ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT
ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD
ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING
ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
[signature page to follow]
EXHIBIT A
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OUTLINE OF PREMISES
EXHIBIT A-1 SUPERIOR RIGHT HOLDERS
EXHIBIT B KILROY SABRE SPRINGS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B TIME DEADLINES
SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT B BUILDING STANDARDS
SCHEDULE 3 TO EXHIBIT B BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS
EXHIBIT C KILROY SABRE SPRINGS NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
EXHIBIT D
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT E
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS FORM OF TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT F
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS
RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS
SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
EXHIBIT G KILROY SABRE SPRINGS MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS
SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT G
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS
DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT—EXAMPLE
SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT G
EXHIBIT H
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
EXHIBIT I
DIRECT COMPETITORS
EXHIBIT J
SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SCHEDULE 1 LEGAL DESCRIPTION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

        This Exhibit 10.16 contains the lease agreements of the Company for the property located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California.

        In January 2008, the Company entered into a lease agreement for the building with a commencement date of July 1, 2009. Currently, the Company leases space in the building under three separate sublease agreements. This Exhibit 10.16 contains the lease agreement entered into in January 2008 and the documents related to the subleases.



Exhibit 10.16


OFFICE LEASE

KILROY REALTY

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS


KILROY REALTY, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Landlord,

and

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

 
6

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)

 
9

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT

 
12

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

 
13

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

 
24

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 
25

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

 
27

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

 
28

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

 
30

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE

 
30

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 
34

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

 
36

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

 
36

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 
37

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

 
41

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

 
42

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 
42

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

 
43

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

 
44

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

 
46

ARTICLE 21 LETTER OF CREDIT

 
46

ARTICLE 22 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

 
48

ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

 
50

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

 
52

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES

 
53

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

 
53

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

 
53

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

 
54

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 
54

ii



INDEX

 
  Page(s)

Accountant

  29

Additional Rent

  17

Advocate Arbitrators

  13

Alterations

  34

Applicable Laws

  63

Arbitration Agreement

  14

[***]

  15

Bank Prime Loan

  64

Base Building

  35

Base Rent

  16

Base Year

  17

BOMA

  8

Briefs

  14

Brokers

  71

BS/BS Exception

  34

Building Common Areas

  8

Building Hours

  31

Building Structure

  33

Building Systems

  33

Cap

  22

CC&Rs

  31

Common Areas

  8

Communication Equipment

  59

Comparable Area

  2

Control,

  50

Controllable Expenses

  22

Cosmetic Alterations

  35

Cost Pools

  25

Damage Termination Date

  44

Damage Termination Notice

  44

Direct Competitor

  63

Direct Expenses

  17

Environmental Laws

  73

Estimate

  26

Estimate Statement

  26

Estimated Excess

  26

Excess

  26

Exercise Notice

  12

Expense Year

  17

[***]

  14

Force Majeure

  69

Hazardous Material(s)

  73

Holidays

  31

HVAC

  31

Interest Rate

  64

Landlord

  1

Landlord Parties

  38

Landlord Repair Notice

  42

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

iii


 
  Page(s)

Landlord Response Date

  13

Landlord Response Notice

  13

[***]

  15

Landlord's Option Rent Calculation

  13

[***]

  15

Lease

  1

Lease Commencement Date

  10

Lease Expiration Date

  10

Lease Term

  10

Lease Year

  10

Lines

  73

Mail

  69

Memorandum

  67

Neutral Arbitrator

  13

New Services. 

  22

Nondisturbance Agreement

  52

Notices

  69

Objectionable Name

  62

Operating Expenses

  18

Option Rent

  11

Option Term

  11

Original Improvements

  41

Other Improvements

  75

Permitted Transferee

  50

Premises

  7

Project Common Areas

  8

Proposition 13

  23

Reminder Notice

  12

Renovations

  72

Rent. 

  17

Re-Submittal Date

  13

Review Period

  29

Right Holders

  11

[***]

  14

Sign Specifications

  62

Statement

  26

Subject Space

  46

Summary

  1

Tax Expenses

  23

Tenant

  1

Tenant Election Notice

  13

Tenant Parties

  38

[***]

  15

Tenant's Option Rent Calculation

  13

[***]

  15

Tenant's Share

  24

Tenant's Signage

  61

Transfer

  49

Transfer Notice

  46

Transfer Premium

  48

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

iv


 
  Page(s)

Transferee

  46

Transfers

  46

Utilities Costs

  24

Work Letter Agreement

  7

v



KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

OFFICE LEASE

        This Office Lease (the " Lease "), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the " Summary "), below, is made by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Landlord "), and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant ").


R E C I T A L S :

        A.    Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated September 3, 2004 (the " Original [***] Lease "), which was entered into between [***] (" Original Landlord "), as predecessor-in-interest to Landlord, and [***] (" Original Tenant "), as such Original [***] Lease was subsequently amended by (i) that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated March 1, 2005 (the " First Amendment "), between Landlord and Original Tenant, (ii) Landlord's letter dated February 28, 2007 (the " Letter Extension ") which extended the date by which Original Tenant was to deliver the Termination Notice under Section 2.2 of the Office Lease, (iii) that certain Sublease Agreement and Consent Thereto by Master Landlord, dated as of May 14, 2005 (the " Sublease ") between Landlord, Original Tenant, and [***] (" Second Tenant ") and (iv) that certain Agreement Regarding Assignment and Assumption of Lease, Landlord Consent, Release of Assignor, and Amendment to Lease dated as of April 1, 2007 (the " Assignment Amendment "), between Landlord, Original Tenant, and Tenant (the Original [***] Lease, First Amendment, Letter Extension, Sublease, and the Assignment Amendment are collectively referred to hereinafter as the " [***] Lease "), whereby Tenant leases from Landlord, and Landlord leases to Tenant, those certain premises (the " Existing Premises ") totaling 48,882 rentable square feet (44,125 usable square feet), which consists of (i) 23,102 rentable square feet (20,602 usable square feet) on the entire second (2 nd ) floor, and (ii) and 25,780 rentable square feet (23,523 usable square feet) on the entire third (3 rd ) floor, of that certain office building located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California (the " Building "), which Building constitutes a portion of that certain project commonly known as " Kilroy Sabre Springs " (the " Project ").

        B.    Tenant also subleases additional space in the Building pursuant to (i) that certain Sublease between [***] (formally known as [***]) (" [***] "), as sublandlord, and Tenant, as subtenant, dated March 31, 2006 (the " First [***] Sublease ") and (ii) that certain Sublease between [***], as sublandlord, and Tenant, as subtenant, dated November 30, 2006 (the " Second [***] Sublease ") (the First [***] Sublease and the Second [***] Sublease are collectively referred to hereinafter as the " [***] Sublease "). Under the [***] Sublease, [***] subleases to Tenant, and Tenant subleases from [***], those certain premises (the " [***] Premises ") totaling approximately 61,090 rentable square feet and commonly known as Suites 490, 500 and 600, which together constitute the entirety of the premises leased to [***] by Original Landlord under that certain lease agreement dated as of December 31, 2003 (the " [***] Office Lease "). The [***] Sublease is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2009.

        C.    Tenant also subleases additional space in the Building pursuant to that certain Sublease between [***] (" [***] "), as sublandlord, and Tenant, as subtenant, dated October 31, 2007 (the " [***] "). Under the [***] Sublease, [***] subleases to Tenant and Tenant subleases from [***] those certain premises (the " Suite 160 Premises ") totaling approximately 9,849 rentable square feet and commonly known as Suite 160, which constitutes a portion of the premises leased to [***] by Landlord under that certain lease agreement dated as of July 31, 2004 (the " [***] Office Lease "), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of November 12, 2004 (the " [***] First Amendment ") and as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of July 15, 2005 (the " [***] Second Amendment ") (the [***] Office Lease, [***] First Amendment, and [***] Second Amendment are collectively referred to hereinafter as the " [***] Lease "). The [***] Sublease is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2009. The [***] Lease is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2009. The [***] Sublease and the [***] Sublease shall be known collectively as the " Subleases ".

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


        D.    Landlord and Tenant are also parties to that certain Office Lease (the " 13480 Lease "), dated as of even date herewith, whereby Tenant leases from Landlord, and Landlord leases to Tenant, all of the approximately 147,533 rentable square feet of space located in certain building located at 13480 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California (the " 13480 Building "), which 13480 Building is located in the Project.

        E.    Tenant desires to allow the Subleases to expire according to their terms and to thereafter lease the entire Building directly from Landlord on a phased basis as more specifically set forth in this Lease.

        NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be bound hereby, Landlord and Tenant do covenant and agree as follows:


SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:   January 31, 2008.

2.

 

Premises:

 

 

 

 

2.1    Building:

 

That certain six (6)-story office building (the " Building ") located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, San Diego, California 92128-8104.

 

 

2.2    Premises:

 

All of the approximately 147,533 rentable square feet of space located in the Building, as further identified in Exhibit A to the Office Lease. On a floor-by-floor basis, the anticipated rentable square footage of each portion of the Premises is anticipated to be as follows:

 

 

 

 

Floor 6: Approximately 24,496 RSF
Floor 5: Approximately 25,396 RSF
Floor 4: Approximately 25,396 RSF
Floor 3: Approximately 25,396 RSF
Floor 2: Approximately 23,688 RSF
Floor 1: Approximately 23,161 RSF

 

 

2.3    Project:

 

The Building is part of an office project known as " Kilroy Sabre Springs ," as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.

3.

 

Lease Term
(
Article 2 ):

 

 

 

 

3.1    Length of Term:

 

Nine (9) years and one (1) month.

 

 

3.2    Lease Commencement Date:

 

July 1, 2009.

 

 

3.3    Lease Expiration Date:

 

July 31, 2018.

 

 

3.4    Option Term(s):

 

Two (2) five (5)-year option(s) to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.

2


TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
4.   Base Rent ( Article 3 ):    

 

Period during Lease Term*
  Applicable
Square Footage*
  Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent**
  Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot**
 

July 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009

    75,288   $ [***]   $ [***]  

November 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010

    85,137   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2010 through June 30, 2011

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2017 through July 31, 2018

    147,533   $ [***]   $ [***]  

*
Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant on a phased basis, with the first phase consisting of floors 6, 5 and 4 (which portion of the Premises is currently in Tenant's possession and shall be deemed delivered to Tenant on the Lease Commencement Date), the second phase consisting of Suite 160 ((which portion of the Premises is currently in Tenant's possession and shall be deemed delivered to Tenant on November 1, 2009), and the third phase consisting of floors 3, 2 and the remainder of floor 1 (which delivery is anticipated to occur on July 1, 2010). The foregoing rent schedule is based upon the anticipated rentable square footages for each portion of the Premises, and the anticipated delivery date for floors 3, 2 and the remainder of floor 1 to Tenant. Accordingly, such schedule will be updated and confirmed following the verification of square footage pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Lease, and following the actual delivery of floors 3, 2 and the remainder of floor 1 to Tenant.

**
The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the first Lease Year was calculated by multiplying [***] by the then-applicable number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises. The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the second Lease Year was calculated by multiplying [***] by the then-applicable number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises. In all subsequent Lease Years, the calculation of Monthly Installment of Base Rent reflects an annual increase of [***].
 
   
   
5.   Base Year
(
Article 4 ):
  Calendar year 2008.

6.

 

Tenant's Share
(
Article 4 ):

 

One hundred percent (100%) of the Building; provided, however, prior to July 1, 2010, Tenant's Share shall be equal to the Applicable Square Footage of the Premises (as set forth in Section 4 of this Summary, above), multiplied by 100, and the product thereof divided by the total number of rentable square feet in the Building.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
7.   Permitted Use
(
Article 5 ):
  Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office use and uses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, support for online services (the " Permitted Use "); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, and as more particularly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for operating and maintaining the Premises pursuant to, and in no event may Tenant's Permitted Use violate, (A) Landlord's "Rules and Regulations," as that term is set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, (B) all "Applicable Laws," as that term is set forth in Article 24 of this Lease, (C) all applicable zoning, building codes and the "CC&Rs," as that term is set forth in Section 5.3 of this Lease, and (D) the character of the Project as a first-class office building Project.

8.

 

Letter of Credit
(
Article 21 ):

 

$[***]

9.

 

Parking Pass
(
Article 28 ):

 

Pursuant to Article 28 of the Lease.

10.

 

Address of Tenant
(
Section 29.18 ):

 

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
Facsimile No.: 858-408-2903
Attention: Andrew S. Clark
[
Prior to, and following, Lease Commencement Date ]

 

 

 

 

with copies to :

 

 

and

 

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLC
12275 El Camino Real, Ste 200
San Diego, CA 92130-2006
Attention: Richard L. Kintz, Esq.
Facsimile: 858-509-3691

11.

 

Address of Landlord
(
Section 29.18 ):

 

See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

12.

 

Broker(s)
(
Section 29.24 ):

 

 

 

 

Representing Tenant :

 

Representing Landlord :

 

 

Grubb & Ellis/BRE Commercial
4350 La Jolla village Dr., Suite 500
San Diego, CA 92122
Attention: Mr. Chris Hobson

 

CB Richard Ellis
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1600
San Diego, California 92121-2127
Attention: Mr. Doug Lozier

13.

 

Improvement Allowance
(
Section 2 of Exhibit B ):

 

An amount equal to $[***] per rentable square foot of the Premises ( i.e. , an amount anticipated to total $[***] based upon 147,533 rentable square feet in the Premises).

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


TERMS OF LEASE
  DESCRIPTION
14.   Mid-Term Improvement Allowance
(
Section 8.6 )
  An amount equal to $[***] per rentable square foot of the Premises ( i.e. , an amount anticipated to total $[***] based upon 147,533 rentable square feet in the Premises).

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5



ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

        1.1      Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.     

6


        1.2      Verification of Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building .    For purposes of this Lease, "rentable square feet" shall be calculated pursuant to Standard Method of Measuring Floor Area in Office Building, ANSI Z65.1 - 1996, and its accompanying guidelines, as applicable to single-tenant buildings (collectively, " BOMA "). Within thirty (30) days after the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord's space planner/architect shall measure the rentable square feet of the entire Premises on a floor-by-floor basis, and thereafter such determined rentable square footages of the Premises, each floor-by-floor portion of the Premises, and the results thereof shall be presented to Tenant in writing. Tenant's space planner/architect may review Landlord's space planner/architect's determination of the number of rentable square feet and usable square feet of the Premises and Tenant may, within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's space planner/architect's written determination, object to such determination by written notice to Landlord. Tenant's failure to deliver written notice of such objection within said fifteen (15) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant's acceptance of Landlord's space planner/architect's determination. If Tenant objects to such determination, Landlord's space planner/architect and Tenant's space planner/architect shall promptly meet and attempt to agree upon the rentable and usable square footage of the Premises. If Landlord's space planner/architect and Tenant's space planner/architect cannot agree on the rentable and useable square footage of the Premises within thirty (30) days after Tenant's objection thereto, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select an independent third party space measurement professional to field measure the Premises pursuant to BOMA. Such third party independent measurement professional's determination shall be conclusive and binding on Landlord and Tenant. [***] pay [***] of the fees and expenses of the independent third party space measurement professional. If the Lease Term commences prior to such final determination, [***] determination shall be utilized until a final determination is made, whereupon an appropriate adjustment, if necessary, shall be made retroactively, and Landlord shall make appropriate payment (if applicable) to Tenant. In the event that pursuant to the procedure described in this Section 1.2 above, it is determined that the square footage amounts shall be different from those set forth in this Lease, all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease based upon such incorrect amount (including, without limitation, the amount of the " Rent " and any " Security Deposit ," as those terms are defined in Section 4.1 and Article 21 of this Lease, respectively, and the amount of the "Improvement Allowance," as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter Agreement) shall be modified in accordance with such determination. If such determination is made, it will be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant.

        1.3      13480 Premises; 13480 Lease .    Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of even date herewith (the " 13480 Lease "), whereby Tenant leases from Landlord, and Landlord leases to Tenant those certain premises consisting of the entirety of the 13480 Building

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


and containing approximately 147,533 rentable square feet (the " 13480 Premises "). The terms of the 13480 Lease shall govern Tenant's lease of the 13480 Premises in all respects and the terms of this Lease shall not be applicable with respect to the Existing Lease, except to the extent expressly set forth to the contrary herein and therein.

        1.4      Bank Space; Project Gym.     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8



ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)

        2.1      Initial Lease Term .    The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the " Lease Term ") shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the " Lease Commencement Date "), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the " Lease Expiration Date ") unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term " Lease Year " shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that to the extent the Lease Commencement Date falls on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of such Lease Commencement Date occurs and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall, after confirming the accuracy thereof, execute and return to Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt thereof.

        2.2      Option Term(s).     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


11



ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT; ABATEMENT OF RENT

        3.1      Base Rent .    Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord's option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (" Base Rent ") as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant's execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

        3.2      Abatement of Rent .    In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) [***]; or (ii) [***]; or (iii) the presence of "Hazardous Materials" (as that term is defined in Section 29.33.1 , below) not brought on the Premises by "Tenant Parties," as that term is set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, to the extent such presence substantially interferes with Tenant's use of or ingress to or egress from the Building, Project (including the Common Areas), or Premises (including the Project parking areas to the extent reasonable replacement spaces are not provided) (any such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) through (iii) , above, to be known as an " Abatement Event "), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) or more consecutive business

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12


days after Landlord's receipt of any such notice (the " Eligibility Period "), then Tenant may deliver an additional notice to Landlord (the " Additional Notice "), specifying such Abatement Event and Tenant's intention to abate the payment of Rent under this Lease. If Landlord does not cure such Abatement Event within three (3) business days of receipt of such Additional Notice, then as Tenant's sole remedy vis-à-vis such Abatement Event, the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period, for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or a portion thereof, in the proportion of the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using and does not use (" Unusable Area "). To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then the terms of such Article 11 or 13 , as the case may be, shall govern Tenant's right to abate rent and the terms of this Section 6.6 shall not be applicable thereto.


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

        4.1      General Terms .    In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay " Tenant's Share " of the annual " Direct Expenses " (as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 , respectively, of this Lease), which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the "Base Year," as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 , below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any Expense Year below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Additional Rent, " and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as " Rent ." All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent; provided, however, the parties hereby acknowledge that the first monthly installment of Tenant's Share of any "Estimated Excess," as that term is set forth in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of, Section 4.4.2 of this Lease, shall first be due and payable for the calendar month occurring immediately following the expiration of the Base Year. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

        4.2      Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent .    As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

13


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14


15


16


        [***] If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least [***] percent ([***]%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been [***] percent ([***]%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall include market-wide cost increases (including utility rate increases) due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements (collectively, " Increases "); provided, however, that at such time as any such particular Increases are no longer included in Operating Expenses, such Increases shall be excluded from the Base Year calculation of Operating Expenses. In no event shall the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to Utility Costs or Project services or Project insurance costs be less than the corresponding components of Direct Expenses related to Utility Costs, Project Services and Project insurance costs in the Base Year. Landlord shall not (i) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately to others and (ii) subject to Landlord's right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses described above in this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Project in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses. If Landlord, in any Expense Year following the Base Year, begins providing any new category of services (as opposed to an expansion in scope of a service or a change in a type of service) (the " New Services "), then for such period of time in which such New Services apply, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be increased by the amount that Landlord reasonably determines it would have incurred had Landlord provided such New Services during the same period of time during the Base Year as such New Services were provided during such subsequent Expense Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment to the Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall occur to the extent such New Services (1) are attributable to Tenant's use of the Premises (as opposed to office use generally), in which case Landlord may elect (Y) to include the cost of such New Services in Operating Expenses, or (Z) to invoice Tenant directly for such costs, depending upon the nature of the New Services and the extent to which the need for such New Services is directly attributable to Tenant's use, as determined in Landlord's reasonable discretion, (2) is being offered by landlords in the majority of Comparable Buildings, or (3) is required by "Applicable Laws," as that Term is set forth in Article 24 . If Landlord, in any Expense Year after the Base Year, discontinues any type or category of service then for such period of time in which such services are discontinued, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be decreased by the amount that Landlord reasonably determines it incurred for such type or category of service throughout the Base Year. In no event shall Tenant be responsible to pay any "Controllable Expenses", as defined below, to the extent such Controllable Expenses exceed an amount that such Controllable Expenses would have been had they increased, from the amount of Controllable Expenses incurred during the first twelve (12) month period following Tenant's commencement of business in the entire Premises, at a compounded rate of [***] per Expense Year (the " Cap "). As used herein " Controllable Expenses " shall mean any costs incurred by Landlord

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

17


relating to services (not including utility services) provided to the Project, labor costs paid by Landlord, and maintenance contracts paid by Landlord. Controllable Expenses shall not include Tax Expenses, costs relating to the HVAC systems of a Building, costs of insurance premiums, utility charges, or market-wide increases in labor costs due to extraordinary circumstances, including, without limitation, boycotts and strikes.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

18


[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

19


        4.3      Allocation of Direct Expenses .    The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project ( i.e.  the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole (i.e., Direct Expenses which are not attributable to any specific building in the Project).

        4.4      Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .    If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the " Excess ").

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

20


        4.5      Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

21


thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which premises improvements conforming to Landlord's "building standard" in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1 , above; provided, however, Landlord's "building standard" shall be reasonably established vis-à-vis the customary level of premises improvements for Comparable Buildings in the Comparable Area (as such terms are defined in Exhibit G to this Lease).

        4.6      Tenant's Payment of Certain Taxes .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this lease, in the event that, at any time during the first (1 st ) [***] years of the initial Lease Term, any sale, refinancing, or change in ownership of the Building is consummated (specifically excluding, however, a change in ownership due to a "Portfolio Sale," as that term is defined below, and a change in ownership to a lender resulting from a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure), and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building or Project is reassessed (the " Reassessment ") for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, then the terms and conditions of this Section 4.6 shall apply to such Reassessment of the Building or Project. For purposes of this Section 4.6 , a " Portfolio Sale " shall mean a sale or other transfer of all or any portion of the Building together with one or more other properties located outside of the Project; provided, however, during the first [***] Lease Years, a Portfolio Sale shall only be deemed to have occurred if the total value of all the properties included in such transaction is equal to or greater than [***].

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

22


        4.7      Landlord's Books and Records .    Upon Tenant's written request given not more than [***] months after Tenant's receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation in connection with said Building Direct Expenses as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall provide said information to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant's written request therefor. Within [***] months after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the " Review Period "), if Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (A) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm, and (B) is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord's records with respect to the Statement at Landlord's corporate office (located in either San Diego County or Los Angeles County), provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, as the case may be. In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant's agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord's reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord's records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. Tenant's failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within the Review Period shall be deemed to be Tenant's approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant's expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the " Accountant ") selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant's reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

23


Accountant proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant's sole right to inspect Landlord's books and records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.7 , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.


ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

        5.1      Permitted Use .    Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion; provided, however, that Landlord shall use its reasonable discretion in determining whether a particular use is within the parameters of the Permitted Use.

        5.2      Prohibited Uses .    The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not allow occupancy density of use of the Premises which is greater than the occupancy density that can be reasonably supported by the Building Systems (taking into consideration any supplemental systems installed by Tenant) or which would result in the use of more Project parking spaces than provided to Tenant under the terms of this Lease (taking into consideration any offsite parking programs enacted by Tenant). Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect; provided, however, Landlord shall not enforce, change or modify the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner and Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be unreasonably modified or enforced in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary conduct of Tenant's business. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or unreasonably annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or reasonably objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

        5.3      CC&Rs .    Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project (including, but not limited to, the prohibition against using all or any portion of the Premises as a school). Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the " CC&Rs ") which Landlord, in Landlord's discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs; provided, however, any such future CC&Rs shall not materially and adversely affect Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use nor any of Tenant's rights hereunder. Landlord hereby acknowledges that general office use does not violate the CC&R's. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to execute and acknowledge, within fifteen (15) business days of a request by Landlord, a "Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restriction," in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit F , agreeing to and acknowledging the CC&Rs.

24



ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

        6.1      Standard Tenant Services .    Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

        Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

        6.2      Overstandard Tenant Use.     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

25


        6.3      Interruption of Use .    Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

        6.4     Tenant Maintained Security.     Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Any such security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project shall be provided by Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Tenant shall be entitled to install a separate security system for the Premises (" Tenant's Security System "), either as an Alteration (pursuant to the TCCs of Article 8 ) or as a part of the initial Improvements being constructed pursuant to the TCCs of Exhibit B ; provided, however, that the plans and specifications for Tenant's Security System shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval, and the installation of Tenant's Security System shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of Article 8 of this Lease and/or the Work Letter Agreement, as applicable. Tenant shall at all times provide Landlord with a contact person who can disarm the security system and who is familiar with the functions of Tenant's Security System in the event of a malfunction.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

26



ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

        Landlord shall maintain in first-class condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), fire stairs, parking areas, landscaping, exterior Project signage, stairwells, elevator cab, men's and women's washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and public areas (collectively, " Building Structure ") and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the " Building Systems ") and the Common Areas. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused due to Tenant's use of the Premises for other than normal and customary business office operations, unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carries or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such obligation to the extent applicable to Tenant as qualified and conditioned will hereinafter be defined as the " BS/BS Exception "). Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except (i) pursuant to the BS/BS Exception, and/or (ii) for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord's option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant's failure to repair within five (5) days thereafter, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project, and to be reasonably consistent with similar percentages paid for such services by tenant in the Comparable Buildings) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses paid to third parties arising from Landlord's involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. . Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (iii) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to materially interfere with Tenant's use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to items (ii) and (iii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant's use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

27



ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

        8.1      Landlord's Consent to Alterations .    Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the " Alterations ") without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than ten (10) business days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following five (5) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord's prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the Building Systems, Building Structure, or the exterior appearance of the Building, or structural aspects of the Building, or (ii) adversely affect the value of the Premises or Building (the " Cosmetic Alterations "). The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter Agreement and not the terms of this Article 8 .

        8.2      Manner of Construction .    Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and the requirement that upon Landlord's timely request (as more particularly set forth in Section 8.5 , below), Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of San Diego, all in conformance with Landlord's construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration (other than Cosmetic Alterations), Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord's design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the "Base Building," as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant's expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The " Base Building " shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, fire stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant's obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Diego in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy and an electronic copy of the "as built" drawings of the Alterations, to the extent such Alterations are of a type for which as-built plans are generally prepared, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

        8.3      Payment for Improvements .    If payment is made directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord's requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant's payment

28



for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord's standard contractor's rules and regulations. If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to five percent of the cost of such work to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such work. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord's review of such work.

        8.4      Construction Insurance .    In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries "Builder's All Risk" insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, if the cost of any Alteration is reasonably expected to exceed [***], in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. For purposes of determining the cost of an Alteration, work done in phases or stages shall be considered part of the same Alteration, and any Alteration shall be deemed to include all trades and materials involved in accomplishing a particular result.

        8.5      Landlord's Property .    Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant (subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 , below) and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter Agreement shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord; provided, however, Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements (excluding the Improvements), fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for by any Improvement Allowance funds, provided that Tenant repairs any and all damage to the Premises or the Building caused in whole or in part by such removal, and returns the affected portion of the Building or the Premises to an as-improved building standard condition, as reasonably approved by Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant's expense, to remove any Alterations or improvements located within the Premises, to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal, and to return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Alterations (including any Cosmetic Alterations), ( x ) Tenant requests Landlord's decision with regard to the removal of such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, and ( y ) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement when approving (or, if applicable, following notification of) such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord's receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements in the Premises, and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord, then Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

29


placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

        8.6      Mid-Term Improvement Allowance .    To the extent Tenant is not then in economic or material, non-economic default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), then Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord given no later than April 1, 2014 (the " Improvement Allowance Election Notice "), elect to cause Landlord to provide an allowance (in an amount to be set forth in such Improvement Allowance Election Notice) for the cost of the design and construction of certain mid-term Alterations intended to enhance the then-existing condition of the Premises (the " Mid-Term Improvement Allowance "); provided, however, that the amount of such Mid-Term Improvement Allowance shall (i) be disbursed by Landlord following July 1, 2014 upon receipt of invoices for such costs, reasonable backup documentation and conditional lien releases relating to the items covered by such invoices, (ii) be an amount equal to an even number of United States Dollars (as opposed to fractions of United States Dollars), and (iii) in no event exceed the amount set forth in Section 14 of the Summary. In the event Tenant exercises its right to use all or any portion of the Mid-Term Improvement Allowance, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before July 1, 2014, a letter of credit, in the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit H and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 21 of the Lease, in an amount equal to [***], which letter of credit shall be held by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Article 21 of the Lease. The rights contained in this Section 8.6 shall be personal to the Original Tenant, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other Transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease).


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

        Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord's title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord's option shall attach only against Tenant's interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord's title to the Project, Building and Premises.


ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

        10.1      Indemnification and Waiver .    To the extent not prohibited by law and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

30


subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, " Landlord Parties ") shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises, any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the TCCs of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant's occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as appraisers', accountants' and attorneys' fees. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, " Tenant Parties ") from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord in, on or about the Project (excluding the Premises), except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Tenant Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, either party's agreement to indemnify the other party pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by such party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. In addition, either party's agreement to indemnify the other party as set forth in this Section 10.1 shall be ineffective to the extent the matters for which such party agreed to indemnify the other party are covered by insurance required to be carried by the non-indemnifying party pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover of the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or incurred by Landlord in connection with any repair, physical construction or improvement work performed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Project, but Tenant shall not be responsible for any direct or consequential damages resulting from Landlord's or contractor's acts in connection with the completion by Landlord of the premises improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement or Landlord's ownership or removal of any Alterations that are not required to be removed by Tenant pursuant to Article 8 , above.

        10.2      Landlord's Fire, Casualty and Liability Insurance.     

31


        10.3      Tenant's Insurance .    Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

 

$5,000,000 each occurrence

 

$5,000,000 annual aggregate, or any combination of primary insurance and excess insurance

Personal Injury Liability

 

$5,000,000 each occurrence

 

$5,000,000 annual aggregate, or any combination of primary insurance and excess insurance

 

0% Insured's participation

32


        10.4      Form of Policies .    The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-X in Best's Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (iii) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, the identity of whom has been provided to Tenant in writing. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant's failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) business days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

        10.5      Subrogation .    Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional premium is charged therefor.

        10.6      Additional Insurance Obligations .    Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by

33



Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant's operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's request shall only be considered reasonable if such increased coverage amounts and/or such new types of insurance are consistent with the requirements of a majority of Comparable Buildings, and Landlord shall not so increase the coverage amounts or require additional types of insurance during the first five (5) years of the Lease Term and thereafter no more often than one time in any five (5) year period.


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

        11.1      Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord .    Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project and which are reasonably approved by Tenant, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the " Landlord Repair Notice ") to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and any Alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant's insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord's commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and Alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord's review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work subject to Tenant's reasonable approval. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant's right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

        11.2      Landlord's Option to Repair .    Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within ninety (90) days after

34



the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord's insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; or (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to item (i), above, then Tenant may, by delivering written notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days following Tenant's receipt of Landlord's termination notice, negate Landlord's termination right by irrevocably agreeing to pay for all overtime costs and other premiums required in order to complete the repairs within the two hundred seventy (270) days set forth above. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord's termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant's receipt of Landlord's reasonable estimate, in writing, of the time required to effectuate such repairs, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within such 270-day period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the " Damage Termination Notice "), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the " Damage Termination Date "), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord's receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord's contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor's good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord's reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 to the extent each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) a portion of the insurance proceeds payable to

35


Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease, which portion shall be equal to [***].

        11.3      Waiver of Statutory Provisions .    The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.


ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

        No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

        If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant's personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

36


of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

        14.1      Transfers .    Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as " Transfers " and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a " Transferee "). If Tenant desires Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the " Transfer Notice ") shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than fifteen (15) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the " Subject Space "), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the " Transfer Premium ", as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord's standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee's business and proposed use of the Subject Space and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord's option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys', accountants', architects', engineers' and consultants' fees) incurred by Landlord, not to exceed [***] for a Transfer in the ordinary course of business, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

        14.2     Landlord's Consent .    Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

37


be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

38


        If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord's consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant's original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord's right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all liability, losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and proceedings involving any third party or parties (including without limitation Tenant's proposed subtenant or assignee) who claim they were damaged by Landlord's wrongful withholding or conditioning of Landlord's consent.

        14.3     Transfer Premium .    If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord [***] percent ([***]%) of any "Transfer Premium," as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. " Transfer Premium " shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent and other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions and reasonable legal fees and costs in connection with the Transfer, (iv) any lease takeover costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (v) any costs of advertising the space which is the subject of

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

39


the Transfer, and (vi) any review and processing fees paid to Landlord in connection with such Transfer (collectively, the " Transfer Costs "). "Transfer Premium" shall also include, but not be limited to, (vii) key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and ( y ) any payment in excess of fair market value for (1) services rendered by Tenant to Transferee, or (2) for tangible assets (as opposed to intellectual property), fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. In the calculations of the Rent (as it relates to the Transfer Premium calculated under this Section 14.3 ), the Rent paid during each annual period for the Subject Space shall be computed after adjusting such rent to the actual effective rent to be paid, taking into consideration any and all Transfer Costs. For purposes of calculating any such effective rent all such concessions shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the relevant term.

        14.4     Landlord's Option as to Subject Space .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space; provided, however, if Landlord exercises its right to recapture the Subject Space, then Tenant shall have the right, by giving written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord recapture notice, to rescind its Transfer Notice, in which event Tenant shall not proceed with the Transfer contemplated by the Transfer Notice and Landlord's recapture notice shall be null and void. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice (or at Landlord's option, shall cause the Transfer to be made to Landlord or its agent, in which case the parties shall execute the Transfer documentation promptly thereafter). In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4 , then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of this Article 14 .

        14.5     Effect of Transfer .    If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord's request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant's chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord's costs of such audit.

        14.6     Additional Transfers .    For purposes of this Lease, the term " Transfer " shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership

40



without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e. , whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

        14.7     Occurrence of Default .    Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant's agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant's obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord's enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

        14.8     Non-Transfers .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , (i) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (ii) an assignment of the Premises to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or interests (partnership, stock or other) of Tenant, (iii) an assignment of the Premises to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant, or (iv) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant's stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, and the subsequent sale of Tenant's capital stock as long as Tenant is a publicly traded company on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 , provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or otherwise effectuate any "release" by Tenant of such obligations. The transferee under a transfer specified in items (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be referred to as a " Permitted Transferee ." " Control ," as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND
REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

        15.1      Surrender of Premises .    No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute

41


a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

        15.2     Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant .    Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.


ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

        If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) a percentage equal to [***] during the first two (2) months immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and [***] thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

        Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other factual information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

42


certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Landlord hereby agrees to provide to Tenant an estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the same types of information, and within the same periods of time, as set forth above, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel certificate is being granted and signed by Landlord to Tenant, rather than from Tenant to Landlord or a lender.


ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

        This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Landlord's delivery to Tenant of a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) (the " Nondisturbance Agreement ") in favor of Tenant from any such ground lessor, mortgage holders or lien holders of Landlord who later come into existence at any time prior to the expiration of the Lease Term shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant's agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Article 18 . Subject to Tenant's receipt of a Nondisturbance Agreement, Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to, subject to the terms of the applicable Nondisturbance Agreement, attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant's occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord's interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within five (5) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

43



ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

        19.1     Events of Default .    The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

        The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

        19.2     Remedies Upon Default .    Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

44


        The term " rent " as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b), above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c) , above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

        19.3     Subleases of Tenant .    Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

        19.4     Form of Payment After Default .    Following the occurrence of [***] defaults by Tenant in any eighteen (18) consecutive month time period, Landlord shall have the right to require

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

45


that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier's or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

        19.5     Efforts to Relet .    No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord's interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant's right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

        19.6     Landlord Default .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord's failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any award from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award, may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not, [***]; provided further, however, [***].


ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

        Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.


ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

        21.1     Delivery of Letter of Credit .    Within five (5) business days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by and between Tenant and Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the " Letter of Credit "), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H and containing the terms required herein, payable in either the City of San Diego or the City of Los Angeles (both, California), running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized bank with a long term rating of BBB or higher, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a national banking association, in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary (the " Letter of Credit Amount "). The Letter of Credit shall (i) be "callable" at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the Lease Commencement Date and continuing until the date (the " LC

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

46


Expiration Date ") that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same (the " Bank ")) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, " Bankruptcy Code "), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord's right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.

        21.2     Transfer of Letter of Credit .    The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant's consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord's interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, [***], execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer; provided that Landlord shall be responsible for paying the Bank's transfer and processing fees in connection therewith up to an amount equal to [***] (the " L-C Transfer Cap "), and Tenant shall pay be responsible for paying the Bank's transfer and processing fees in excess of the L-C Transfer Cap.

        21.3     Application of Letter of Credit .    Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any breach or default on the part of Tenant under this Lease or the 13480 Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or the 13480 Lease (or otherwise be in default hereunder or thereunder), Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant's breach or default of this Lease or the 13480 Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease, by the 13480 Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a "draw" by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord's right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease or the 13480 Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

47


conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant's bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord's claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

        21.4     Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit .    Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a "security deposit" within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a "security deposit" within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (" Security Deposit Laws ") shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.


ARTICLE 22

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

        22.1     Communication Equipment.     Subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations, Tenant and Tenant's contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the non-exclusive right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain so-called "satellite dishes" or other similar devices, such as antennae no greater than thirty-six (36) inches in diameter and weighing no more than fifty (50) pounds each, together with all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment (collectively, " Communication Equipment "), for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, to the extent reasonably necessary to support Tenant's use of the Premises, at a location on the roof of the Building designated by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant. There shall be no rental charge, license fee or similar charge to Tenant for the right to install and maintain such Communication Equipment at the Building during the initial Lease Term or any extension thereof. Further, Tenant shall have the right of access, consistent with this Section 22.1 , to the area where the Communication Equipment is located for the purposes of maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Communication Equipment at any time to another location on the roof of the Building, which location is reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Unless Landlord elects to perform such penetrations at Tenant's sole cost and expense, Tenant shall retain Landlord's designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord's roof warranty. Tenant's installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

48


49



ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

        23.1     Interior Signage .    Subject to Landlord's reasonable prior written approval, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

        23.2     Prohibited Signage and Other Items .    Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Except as provided in Section 23.3 , Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

        23.3     Tenant's Signage .    Tenant shall be entitled to install the following signage in connection with Tenant's lease of the Premises (collectively, the " Tenant's Signage "):

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

50


51



ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

        Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (collectively, " Applicable Laws "). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant's use of the Premises for non-general office use, (ii) the Alterations or Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant's Alterations, the Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building and the Common Areas, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord's failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would expose Tenant to liability to any of its employees, subtenants, invitees or customers, or any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant's employees, subtenants, invitees, or customers, or create a significant health hazard for Tenant's employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4 , above.

52



ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

        If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the overdue amount plus any reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, with regard to the first [***] such failures in any [***] month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) business days following Tenant's receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the "Interest Rate." For purposes of this Lease, the " Interest Rate " shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual " Bank Prime Loan " rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

        26.1      Landlord's Cure .    All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant's part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

        26.2      Tenant's Reimbursement .    Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant's defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant's obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.


ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

        Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

53


alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building's systems and equipment; provided, however, Tenant may elect to have a representative accompany Landlord during any such entry; provided further, however, Landlord shall not be required to delay any such entry due to the unavailability of a Tenant representative. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform regularly scheduled services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for (w) taking possession of the Premises due to any breach of this Lease, ( x ) emergencies, ( y ) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or ( z ) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry shall be performed in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises and shall be performed after normal business hours if reasonably practical. With respect to items ( y ) and ( z ) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant's use of, or access to, the Premises. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.2 , Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.


ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

        Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant's parking rights in the Project are set forth in the 13480 Lease, and, therefore, Tenant shall not have parking rights pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if the 13480 Lease is terminated for any reason, but this Lease remains in full force and effect, then Tenant shall have the parking rights granted to Tenant pursuant to the terms and condition of Article 28 of the 13480 Lease, provided that (i) the number of parking passes that Landlord is required to provide Tenant shall be 581, (ii) such parking passes shall be at the same ratio of covered to non-covered parking as required under Article 28 of the 13480 Lease, and (iii) Tenant shall not have the exclusive use of Parking Structure A.


ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        29.1      Terms; Captions .    The words "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

        29.2      Binding Effect .    Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure

54



to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

        29.3      No Air Rights .    No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

        29.4      Modification of Lease .    Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

        29.5      Transfer of Landlord's Interest .    Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease that accrues after the effective date of the transfer and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder after the date of such transfer, provided such transferee shall have fully assumed in writing all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord after the date of such transfer, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. In addition, Landlord shall be released from all liability that accrues prior to the date of such transfer if such transferee assumes such liability in writing. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

        29.6      Prohibition Against Recording .    Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease, but upon request by Tenant, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant to record, a Memorandum of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the " Memorandum "). Within 10 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall enter into such documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record. The terms of this Section 29.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

        29.7      Landlord's Title .    Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

        29.8      Relationship of Parties .    Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

        29.9      Application of Payments .    Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant's designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

55


        29.10      Time of Essence .    Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

        29.11      Partial Invalidity .    If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

        29.12      No Warranty .    In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

        29.13      Landlord Exculpation .    The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord's operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the equity interest of Landlord in the Building. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord's and the Landlord Parties' present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in Lease, Landlord agrees (i) that the partners, shareholders, principals and members of Tenant shall have no personal liability in respect of (or arising out of or relating to) the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and (ii) to look only to assets of Tenant for satisfaction of Landlord's remedies arising out of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and that no property or assets of any partner, shareholder, principal or member of Tenant shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for satisfaction of Landlord's remedies arising out of such obligations; provided, however nothing herein shall prevent Landlord from obtaining, entering and enforcing a judgment against, from and out of the assets of Tenant with respect to any obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord's obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

        29.14      Entire Agreement .    It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties' entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

        29.15      Right to Lease .    Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that

56



any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

        29.16      Force Majeure .    Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant's obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a " Force Majeure "), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by a Force Majeure.

        29.17      Waiver of Redemption by Tenant .    Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

        29.18      Notices .    All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, " Notices ") given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (" Mail "), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made or attempted to be made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord's mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant's exercising any remedy available to Tenant. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

Kilroy Realty, L.P.
c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation
12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90064
Attention: Legal Department

 

with copies to:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation
12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90064
Attention: Mr. John Fucci

 

and

57


 

Kilroy Realty Corporation
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 130
San Diego, California 92128
Attention: Mr. Michael Nelson

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory &
    Natsis LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

        29.19      Joint and Several .    If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

        29.20      Authority .    If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant's state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

        29.21      Attorneys' Fees .    In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

        29.22      Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .    This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

        29.23      Submission of Lease .    Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

58


        29.24      Brokers .    Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the " Brokers "), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

        29.25      Independent Covenants .    This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord's expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

        29.26      Project or Building Name and Signage .    Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        29.27      Counterparts .    This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

        29.28      Confidentiality .    Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant's financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

        29.29      Transportation Management .    Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

        29.30      Building Renovations .    It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter Agreement. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the " Renovations ") the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building.

59



Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord's actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant's personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord's actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord's actions.

        29.31      No Violation .    Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising from Tenant's breach of this warranty and representation.

        29.32      Communications and Computer Lines .    Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the " Lines ") at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord's reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the "Identification Requirements," as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Tenant shall remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant's name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4') outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines' termination point(s) (collectively, the " Identification Requirements "). Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., such organization's "2002 National Electrical Code")), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

        29.33      Hazardous Substances.     

60


61


        29.34      Development of the Project.     

        29.35      No Discrimination .    Tenant covenants by and for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, sex, religion, marital status, ancestry or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

        29.36     Waiver of Rights Under [***] Lease and Subleases.     Notwithstanding anything set forth in the [***] Lease or the Subleases to the contrary, Tenant hereby waives and forever releases any rights that Tenant may have pursuant to the [***] Lease and/or the Subleases to renew or extent the term thereof, or to expand the size of the premises thereunder. In addition, to the extent that at any time the total number of parking spaces that Landlord is obligated to provide to Tenant pursuant to the [***] Lease and the Subleases is greater than the number of parking space Landlord is then required to provide to Tenant pursuant to the 13480 Lease, then Tenant hereby waives and releases such excess parking rights.

[signature page to follow]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

62


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

    "LANDLORD" :

 

 

KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

By:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation,
General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Jeffrey C. Hawken


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   Executive Vice President
Chief Operating Officer


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Nadine K. Kirk


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   Vice President Legal Administration

    "TENANT" :

 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Andrew Clark


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   CEO


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        By:   /s/ Daniel J. Devine


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            Its:   CFO

63



EXHIBIT A

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS


[Floor Plan]

Building 13500 Floor 1


[Floor Plan]

Building 13500 Floor 2


[Floor Plan]

Building 13500 Floor 3


[Floor Plan]

Building 13500 Floor 4


[Floor Plan]

Building 13500 Floor 5


[Floor Plan]

Building 13500 Floor 6

1



EXHIBIT B

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

        This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the improvements in the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of "this Lease" shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of "this Work Letter" shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 6 of this Work Letter.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD'S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION

        Landlord has constructed the "Base Building," as that term is defined in Section 8.2 of this Lease. Such construction shall be at Landlord's sole cost and expense and without application of any portion of the "Improvement Allowance," as that term is set forth in Section 2.1 of this Work Letter below, except as expressly set forth in Section 2.2.2 , below.

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

        2.1     Improvement Allowance.     Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the " Improvement Allowance ") in the amount set forth in Section 13 of the Summary, for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements made to the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the " Improvements "). Subject to Section 2.3 , below, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to (i) make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in the event that Tenant fails to timely pay any portion of the "Over-Allowance Amount," as defined in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 4.3.1 , (ii) pay a total amount which exceeds the Improvement Allowance, (iii) pay any "A&E Costs," in excess of the cap set forth in Section 2.2.1 of this Work Letter, (iv) pay any "FF&E Costs" in excess of the cap set forth in Section 2.2.5 of this Work Letter, or (v) disburse any portion of the Improvement Allowance prior to [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of this Lease, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord's property under the terms of this Lease. Any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance remaining as of [***], shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto.

        2.2     Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance.     Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord's disbursement process, including, without limitation, Landlord's receipt of invoices for all costs and fees described herein) for costs related to the construction of the Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the " Improvement Allowance Items "):

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that in no event shall the Improvement Allowance Items include, and Landlord shall be solely responsible for, any and all costs to the extent (i) related to and arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, the Architect, Engineers or Contractor, or (ii) the same are recovered (or reasonably recoverable) from third parties.

        2.3     Additional Allowance.     Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord given on or before the "Cost Proposal Delivery Date," as that term is set forth in Section 4.2 of this Work Letter, below, elect to cause the Improvement Allowance for the initial Premises to be increased by an amount (the " Additional Allowance ") set forth in such notice. Any such resulting Additional Allowance shall (i) be an amount equal to an even number of United States Dollars (as opposed to fractions of United States Dollars), and (ii) in no event exceed the product of (A) [***], and (B) the number of rentable square feet of the Premises ( i.e. , an amount anticipated to equal [***] based upon 147,533 rentable square feet, which square footage is subject to confirmation pursuant to the TCCs of Section 1.2 of the Lease). In the event Tenant exercises its right to use all or any portion of the Additional Allowance, the Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the Premises shall be increased by an amount equal to the "Additional Monthly Base Rent," as that term is defined below, in order to repay the Additional Allowance to Landlord. The " Additional Monthly Base Rent " shall be determined as the missing component of an annuity, which annuity shall have (w) the amount of the Additional Allowance which Tenant elects to utilize as the present value amount, (x) [***]. If Tenant elects to utilize all or a portion of the Additional Allowance, then (i) all references in this Work Letter to the "Improvement Allowance," shall be deemed to include the Additional Allowance which Tenant elects to utilize, (ii) the parties shall promptly execute an amendment (the " Additional Allowance Amendment ") to this Lease setting forth the new amount of the Base Rent and Improvement Allowance computed in accordance with this Section 2.3 , and (iii)  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant's execution and delivery of the Additional Allowance Amendment to Landlord, a letter of credit, in the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit H and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 21 of the Lease, in an amount equal to [***], which letter of credit shall be held by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Article 21 of the Lease.

        2.4     Building Standards.     Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components, materials and finishes (collectively, " Building Standards ") as well as certain LEED tenant design and construction guidelines (collectively, " LEED Criteria ") to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises, which Building Standards and LEED Criteria are set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord's option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make reasonable changes to such Building Standards and LEED Criteria from time to time.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

        3.1     Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings.     Landlord shall retain (i) Hurkes Harris Design Associates, Inc. (the " Architect ") to prepare the "Construction Drawings," as that term is defined in this Section 3.1 , and (ii) engineering consultants reasonably designated by Landlord (the " Engineers ") to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work of the Improvements; provided, however, to the extent the same is consistent with commercially reasonable construction procedures, Landlord may reserve the right to employ "design-build" trades at the time of contracting. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of this Work Letter shall be known collectively as the " Construction Drawings ." Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may elect to have Landlord retain ID Studios as the Architect by delivering written notice of such elect to Landlord on or before February 15, 2008, in which event (A) ID Studios shall thereafter be deemed to the Architect, and (B) all fees paid or owing to Hurkes Harris Design Associates, Inc. prior to the date Tenant delivers such notice shall be deemed to be fees of the Architect pursuant to Section 2.2.1 of this Work Letter Agreement.

        3.2     Final Space Plan.     Tenant shall deliver the final space plan for Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the " Final Space Plan "), which Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, to Landlord. The Final Space Plan shall not require the installation of any "Non-Conforming Improvements," as defined below. As used herein, " Non-Conforming Improvements " shall mean items which are inconsistent with Building Standards.

        3.3     Preparation of Final Working Drawings.     Landlord shall cause the Architect and Engineers to prepare "Final Working Drawings," as that term is defined in this Section 3.3 , below, based upon the Final Space Plan; provided, however, that the parties acknowledge that during the course of development of the Final Working Drawings, there may be changes made to the drawings and specifications set forth in the Final Space Plan (any such change, a " Change "); provided further, however, that Tenant shall have the right to approve or disapprove a Change which is a "Material Change," as more particularly set forth below. A Change which (i) is not consistent with the Final Space Plan (as reasonably and mutually determined by Landlord and Tenant), and (ii) is not required in order to comply with Applicable Laws, shall be referred to herein as a " Material Change ." Tenant shall cooperate in good faith with Landlord, Architect and Engineers to supply the necessary information, if any, required to allow the Architect and Engineers to complete final working drawings for the Improvements in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and for Landlord to obtain all applicable permits (the " Final Working Drawings ").

        3.4     Tenant's Review and Approval of Final Working Drawings.     Landlord shall deliver the Final Working Drawings to Tenant for Tenant's review and Approval. Tenant shall give or withhold its approval to the Final Working Drawings promptly, but in no event more than five (5) business days after Landlord's delivery thereof to Tenant (the " Design Review Period "). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, Tenant shall not withhold its approval to the Final Working Drawings, or any portion thereof, unless the same are not consistent with, and not a logical extension of, the Final Space Plan. If Tenant timely disapproves the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such disapproval, along with the specific and detailed reasons for the same, and Landlord shall promptly, but in no event more than five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant's disapproval, revise the applicable portions of the Final Working Drawings to correct such disapproved matter, and shall resubmit the Final Working Drawings to Tenant, and Tenant shall approve or disapprove the resubmitted Final Working Drawings promptly, but in no event more than three (3) business days after such resubmittal; provided, however, Tenant shall not withhold its approval to the resubmitted Final

3



Working Drawings unless the same are not consistent with, and not a logical extension of, the Final Space Plan, and Tenant shall not withhold its approval of any portion of the resubmitted Final Working Drawings that had been previously approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant. Such procedure shall be repeated until the Final Working Drawings are approved by Tenant (the " Approved Working Drawings "). To the extent Tenant fails to (a) respond to Landlord within the applicable time periods provided for Tenant's review, or (b) disapprove all or any specific portion or detail of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Final Working Drawings or the specific portion or detail thereof, as applicable.

        3.5     Change Orders .     In the event Tenant desires to materially change the Approved Working Drawings, Tenant shall deliver Notice (the " Drawing Change Request ") of the same to Landlord, setting forth in detail the changes (the " Tenant Change ") Tenant desires to make to the Approved Working Drawings. Landlord shall, no later than (A) five (5) business days after receipt of any Drawing Change Request relating to a proposed Tenant Change affecting the Building structure, or (B) three (3) business days after receipt of any Drawing Change Request relating to a proposed Tenant Change not affecting the Building structure, deliver a written notice to Tenant (the " Response Notice ") either (i) approving the Tenant Change, or (ii) disapproving the Tenant Change and deliver a Notice to Tenant specifying in reasonably sufficient detail the reasons for Landlord's disapproval; provided, however, Landlord's Response Notice shall indicate the anticipated cost of implementing such Tenant Change and any Tenant Delay anticipated to result therefrom; provided further, however, that Landlord may only disapprove of the Tenant Change if the Tenant Change ( u ) would have an adverse effect on the structural integrity of the Building; ( v ) fails to comply with applicable Code and or other applicable governmental regulations; ( x ) would have an material adverse effect on the systems and equipment of the Building; ( y ) would have an adverse effect on the exterior appearance of the Building; or ( z ) would have an material adverse effect on the value of the Project. Within two (2) business days following Tenant's receipt of the applicable Response Notice, Tenant shall either ratify its Drawing Change Request or rescind the same. Any additional costs which arise in connection with such Tenant Change shall be paid by Tenant, provided that to the extent a portion of the Improvement Allowance remains unpaid and unallocated, such payment shall be made from the Improvement Allowance.

        3.6     Time Deadlines.     The applicable dates for approval of items, plans and drawings as described in this Section 3 , Section 4 , below, and in this Work Letter, shall be known herein as the " Time Deadlines ." Tenant agrees to comply with the Time Deadlines.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

        4.1     Contractor.     Reno Contracting, Inc. (" Contractor ") shall construct the Improvements; provided, however, Landlord hereby agrees and covenants that in its construction contract with Contractor for the construction of the Improvements pursuant to this Work Letter, Contractor's overhead, fees and other charges shall be consistent with the corresponding components of the construction contract Landlord and Contractor entered into with regard to the construction of the Base Building.

        4.2     Cost Proposal.     After the Approved Working Drawings are approved by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements (the " Cost Proposal "); provided, however, Contractor shall be required to bid each of the major subcontractors (as reasonably determined by Landlord) with at least three (3) qualified subcontractors (except that the fire, life safety subcontractor shall be designated by Landlord), and Landlord shall, unless otherwise directed by Tenant at the time Tenant approves the Cost Proposal, select the lowest cost bid which is conforming and

4



consistent with the bid assumptions and directions and Landlord's construction schedule. Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within five (5) days of the receipt of the same, and upon receipt of the same by Landlord, Landlord shall be released by Tenant to purchase the items set forth in the Cost Proposal and to commence the construction relating to such items. The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord shall be known hereafter as the " Cost Proposal Delivery Date ".

        4.3     Construction of Improvements by Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord.     

SECTION 5

CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS DURING
TENANT'S OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES

        Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Tenant's occupancy of the Premises during the construction of the Improvements in the Premises by Landlord, Landlord shall be permitted to construct the Improvements in the Premises during normal business hours, without any obligation to pay overtime or other premiums, and Tenant shall provide a clear working area for such work, if necessary (including, but not limited to, the moving of furniture, fixtures and Tenant's property away from the area in which Landlord is constructing the Improvements) and otherwise shall fully comply and cooperate with such other reasonable requests that may be made by Landlord, Contractor, and/or any other party involved in connection with the construction of the Improvements. Provided that Landlord employs commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of

5



Tenant's business, Tenant hereby agrees that the construction of the Improvements (i) shall in no event constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and (ii) shall not entitle Tenant to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant's personal property or improvements resulting from the construction of the Improvements or Landlord's actions in connection with the construction of the Improvements, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the construction of the Improvements or Landlord's actions in connection with the construction of the Improvements. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Work Letter Agreement of the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the construction of the Improvements, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

        6.1     Freight Elevators.     Landlord shall cause one (1) passenger elevator to be "padded" and otherwise prepared and ready for freight service and shall make the same reasonably available to Tenant, in connection with initial decorating, furnishing and moving into the Premises.

        6.2     Tenant's Representative.     Tenant has designated Ms. Pattie Jensen and Mr. Rocky Sheng as its representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, each of whom, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

        6.3     Landlord's Representatives.     Landlord has designated Mr. Rick Mount as the " Project Manager " who shall be responsible for the implementation of all Improvements to be performed by Landlord in the Premises. With regard to all matters involving such Improvements, Tenant shall communicate with the Project Manager rather than with the Contractor. Landlord shall not be responsible for any statement, representation or agreement made between Tenant and the Contractor or any subcontractor. It is hereby expressly acknowledged by Tenant that such Contractor is not Landlord's agent and has no authority whatsoever to enter into agreements on Landlord's behalf or otherwise bind Landlord. The Project Manager will furnish Tenant with notices of substantial completion, cost estimates for above standard Improvements, Landlord's approvals or disapprovals of all documents to be prepared by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter and changes thereto.

        6.4      Intentionally Omitted.     

        6.5     Time is of the Essence.     Time is of the essence under this Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a "number of days" shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord's sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence. Furthermore, in all instances where Landlord is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Tenant's sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Landlord and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

        6.6     Tenant's Lease Default.     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if any default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) by Tenant under the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount) occurs at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to

6



the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may, without any liability whatsoever, cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of the Lease and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

        6.7     Certificate of Occupancy.     To the extent required in order for Tenant to legally occupy all or any portion of the Premises following construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall obtain a certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent, for the Premises, or portion thereof, as the case may be, as part of the substantial completion of the Improvements.

7



SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

BUILDING STANDARDS

        The following Premise Improvements Standards and LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines identify the minimum quality for items used in the construction of Premise Improvements at the property identified above.

        All new Premise Improvement work associated with the project identified above shall comply with this Building Standard for a minimum quality of material and general design guidelines and the LEED Tenant Improvement Guidelines for specific design criteria, product specifications and means and methods to be employed during the execution of the work.

STANDARD PARTITIONS

DEMISING PARTITION

a.
3 5 / 8 " × 25 min. gauge metal studs @ 16" on center.

b.
1 layer each side 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard (where required).

c.
From [***].

d.
R11 batt sound insulation in partition cavity (portion of walls—corridor, bathrooms & some office). .

e.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint.

f.
Fire caulk @ partition and metal deck as required by City of San Diego.

g.
Provide minimum opening above ceiling as required for return air, with sound boots.

INTERIOR PARTITION

a.
2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs @ 24" on center.

b.
1 layer each side 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard. From [***] as applicable. Height may vary.

c.
Diagonal Bracing: 2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs at 45 degree diagonal to structure above staggered @ 4'-0" on center, and at door openings.

d.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint to a minimum of Level 4 finish.

e.
Metal corner bead at terminations of partitions and at the ceiling.

f.
All demising walls and tenant conference room walls to receive R-11 batt insulation within partition cavity and four foot on either side of partition over ceiling.

INTERIOR ONE-HOUR SEPARATION PARTITION

a.
Same as demising partition with fire dampers as required for penetrations and return air.

b.
Type X 5 / 8 " wallboard shall be fire taped where fire ratings are required.

INTERIOR LOW PARTITION

a.
2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs @ 16" on center.

b.
1 layer each side and top 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard.

c.
Heights vary to maximum of 68" above floor.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


d.
Metal corner beads at all exposed corners.

e.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint to a minimum of Level 4 finish.

f.
Pipe support at free end within partition cavity and every 4' on center.

EXTERIOR WALL FURRING

a.
Below glazing sill and above glazing head, 1 layer 5 / 8 " thick gypsum wallboard.

b.
Taped and sanded smooth to receive paint.

COLUMN FURRING

a.
2 1 / 2 " × 25 gauge metal studs @ 24" on center.

b.
1 layer one side 5 / 8 " thick type 'x' gypsum wallboard.

c.
From floor slab to 6" above ceiling grid or to deck above.

d.
Partition taped and sanded smooth to receive paint to a minimum of Level 4 finish.

DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE

SINGLE CORRIDOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Single leaf U.L. rated, 20-minute suite entry door label attached to hinge side of door, 1 3 / 4 " × 3'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, clear plain sliced select white maple, book matched edges. Door shall be pre-finished and pre-mortised for hardware.

b.
Frame: 3'-0" × 8'-10" "Western Integrated prefinished satin aluminum with clear coat with squared edge, 20-minute fire rated.

c.
Hardware: Butts: two pair per door, Hager 700; Door Hardware: Schlage "L" Series, Lever style #17, A- Wrought Rose- typ.; Entrance Lockset # L9453P-626, Latchset # L9010P-626, and Office Lockset # L9050-626; Door Stop: Hager 236W, concave wall stop; Closer: LCN #1461FC (where required); typical hardware finish: satin aluminum or satin stainless steel throughout unless otherwise noted.

d.
Closer at entry doors and any rated doors required by code: LCN 1460 Series, 4111 cylinder for accessibility.

DOUBLE CORRIDOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Double leaf U.L. rated 20-minute suite entry doors with label attached to hinge side of doors, 1 3 / 4 " × 6'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, clear plain sliced select white maple, book matched edges. Door shall be pre-finished and pre-mortised for hardware. Book match face veneers with premium veneers grade of doors with matching veneer at vertical edge.

b.
Door shall be pre-finished and mortised for hardware.

c.
Frame: 6'-0" × 8'-10", 'Western Integrated' prefinished satin aluminum with clear coat with squared edge, 20-minute fire rated.

d.
Hardware: Same as above modified and supplemented for double doors.

2


SINGLE INTERIOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Single leaf, 1 3 / 4 " × 3'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, 5 ply, plain sliced maple veneer, clear finish and premium grade.

b.
Matching veneer at vertical edges.

c.
20-minute rated with label attached to hinge side of door.

d.
Door shall be prefinished and mortised for hardware.

e.
Frame: 3'-0" × 8'-10", 'Western Integrated' flush trim clear anodized extruded aluminum, 20-minute fire rated.

f.
Hardware: Schlage "L" Series: Lever style #17, A- Wrought Rose, finish 626 satin chrome. Corbin Russwin cylinders with an inter-changeable core and keyway. Hinges: AB700, 4.5 × 4.5, 'Hager', finish: stainless steel—satin. Stop: 'Trimco' 1211 series, finish 626.

g.
[***] as applicable.

DOUBLE INTERIOR DOOR AND HARDWARE

a.
Double leaf, 1 3 / 4 " × 6'-0" × 8'-10", solid core wood, 5 ply, plain sliced maple veneer, clear finish and premium grade.

b.
Match face veneers of doors. Matching veneer at vertical edges.

c.
20-minute rated with label attached to hinge side of the door.

d.
Door shall be prefinished and mortised for hardware.

e.
Frame: 6'-0" × 8'-10", 'Western Intgrated' flush trim clear anodized extruded aluminum, 20-minute fire rated.

f.
Hardware: Schlage "L" Series: , Lever style #17, A- Wrought Rose- typ, finish 626 hardware finish 626 satin chrome. Corbin Russwin cylinders with an inter-changeable core and D3 keyway. Hinges: AB700, 4.5 × 4.5, 'Hager', finish: stainless steel-satin. Stop: 'Trimco' 1211 series, finish 626. Auto flush bolts: DCI No. 942, finish to match 626. Coordinator: DCI No. 600 series, finish to match 626. Closer: LCN 4041 series, parallel arm-heavy duty, finish: to match 626. Closer: LCN 4041 series, parallel arm-heavy duty, finish to match 626. Astragal: 'Pemco' 355CV.

OPTIONAL DOORS AS APPROVED BY LANDLORD

a.
Optional Doors as Selected by the Tenant for the tenant's interior space may be submitted as outlined below subject to Landlords Approval:

Premium Grade wood doors with single glass lites with a stained and lacquered finish. Colors to match building standard, subject to Landlord Approval

Herculite Glass Doors with Stainless Steel Styles at top and bottom and concealed hinges.

Aluminum Storefront Doors with clear anodized finish set in Aluminum frames to match.

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


ELECTRICAL

        The base building is served by a 277/480v 3ph. Main Distribution Section with 3000 amp meter section.

        New 277v distribution, lighting panels, transformers and 120v convenience power panels shall be part of the Premise Improvements.

        All electrical distribution shall be fully engineered in compliance with local building codes, the National Electric Code and California Title 24 and shall be subject to Landlords review and approval.

        Tenant electrical drawings shall include a review of the base building electrical drawings to include all necessary metering, distribution and connections.

        Tenant electrical design, fixtures and components shall be compliant with Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines and subject to certification by Landlord's consultant.

LIGHT FIXTURES

a.
Recessed Lightolier or similar 2x2 and 2x4 Direct/Indirect Fluorescent Fixtures

5 1 / 2 " Micro Perforated Mesh Lamp Shield.

(2) T-5 lamps per fixture with electronic T-5 rapid start ballast

Lamps: Phillips 32 Watt

Color 741-4100K (cool white)

b.
Delray Rocket II Pendant Hung Compact Fluorescent Light Fixtures

c.
Verve II Suspended Linear Indirect Fixture

        Tenant may elect to use additional or alternate Architectural Lighting subject to Landlords Approval of Plans and Specs.

        Corridors—General Lighting: Lithonia Lighting—Avante 2' × 2', 2 lamp Linear T8 indirect recessed luminaire, model #2AV-G-2-17-MDR-277-GEB.

LIGHT CONTROLS

a.
Novitas Sensors.

b.
Wall—#01-DL401.

c.
Ceiling: One Way 01-100.

d.
Ceiling: Two Way 01-110

ELECTRICAL WALL OUTLET

a.
Specification Grade, Leviton 15A, 125V, Decora/single switch.

b.
Color—White.

c.
Mounted vertically.

d.
Outlet height at 15" above finish floor to centerline of outlet U.O.N. as required for ADA compliance.

4


TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET

a.
Mud ring cut into wall—mounted vertically.

b.
3 / 4 " metal conduit stub above ceiling with 6" pigtail at top of wall.

c.
Cover plate and wiring by Tenant's telephone vendor.

EXIT SIGN LIGHTS

a.
Alkco Edge-Glo Exit /Directional signs, recessed ceiling mounted LED housing, green letters on a clear panel background or equivalent.

b.
Provide exit lights with battery back up at all exits required by code.

c.
All life safety items including horns & strobes and speaker shall have white covers.

AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS

a.
Fully fire sprinklered building with main and branch distribution lines available for tenant modification.

b.
Reliable sprinkler model "G" pendant semi-recessed sprinkler with white sprinkler and escutcheon.

165 degree Fahrenheit temperature rating.

c.
Reliable sprinkler model "G4" concealed sprinkler head with white cover plate. (To be used in all public areas).

165 degree Fahrenheit temperature rating.

HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING DISTRIBUTION

        All mechanical design shall be fully engineered in compliance with local building codes, the Uniform Mechanical Code and California Title 24.

        All new mechanical fixtures and components shall be compliant with Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines and subject to certification by Landlord's consultant.

        An Indoor Air Quality Management Plan shall be prepared in compliance with the Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines prior to construction.

AIR DISTRIBUTION FOR TYPICAL FLOORS

        VAV's with DDC Controls and hot water reheat at exterior zones, designed and sized by a licensed Mechanical Engineer approved by Landlord, shall be supported by base building AHU's and High-pressure ducts on a per floor basis.

        Each zone shall be controlled by an electronic thermostats tied back to existing base building energy management system.

        Tenant may elect to design an open ceiling plan with existing exposed galvanized rigid ductwork configured as required for tenant distribution of conditioned air.

        Air delivery above concealed ceiling spaces may be via low pressure, insulated ducting with air diffusers as described below. [***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


PLUMBING

        All plumbing design shall be fully engineered in compliance with local building codes, the Uniform Plumbing Code and California Title 24.

        All new plumbing fixtures shall be compliant with Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED tenant design and construction guidelines and subject to certification by Landlord's consultant.

        Approved plumbing fixtures include:

a.
"Elkay" Pacemaker sink # PSR-1720—stainless steel, two faucet holes, or equivalent.

b.
Hi-Arc Dual Handle bar faucet by "Elkay" # LK-2437-BH or equivalent.

c.
Undercounter Dishwasher: Asko model #D1706, suitable for ADA requirements.

d.
Garbage Disposal: Insinkerator, Model #77, 3 / 4 horsepower, stainless steel construction.

FINSHES

GLAZING / WINDOW FRAMES AT OFFICES & CONFERENCE ROOM:

a.
Shall be Western Integrated aluminum, 3 3 / 4 " or 4 7 / 8 " throat, pre-finished satin aluminum w/ clear coat with squared edge- to match standard door frames style and color.

b.
1 / 4 " glazing, clear, tempered where required by code.

c.
Side-lite glazing, size: 1'-6" wide by full height (inside window frame to window frame)

d.
All private office shall have side-lites.

PAINT

a.
Manufacturer: To Be Determined, As approved Landlord consultant in compliance with the Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED tenant design and construction guidelines.

b.
Two coats minimum semi-gloss interior latex washable paint.

c.
Include paint on tenant side of demising partition, both sides of interior partition, above and below exterior glazing as required and all column fur outs and perimeter walls.

FLOOR COVERING/LOBBY & COMMON AREAS

a.
Carpet: Loop: 28 oz. or equal, Manufacture To Be Determined, As approved Landlord consultant in compliance with the Kilroy Sabre Springs LEED tenant design and construction guidelines.

b.
Direct glue down installation for all carpet.

c.
12 × 12 Vinyl Tile shall be 'Armstrong' or approved equal.

d.
Optional architectural flooring as approved by Landlord

TILE FLOORING

a.
Ceramic tile or Natural stone as selected by tenant subject to Landlord's approval.

6


BASE

a.
2 1 / 2 "Rubber Base by Roppe

b.
2 1 / 2 " tile base in tiled areas as approved by Landlord.

PLASTIC LAMINATE

a.
Formica, Wilsonart or approved equal.

WINDOW COVERINGS

a.
Exterior window covering to be PVC Perforated Vertical Blinds.

b.
Blinds to be sized to fit inside window module.

c.
[***]

FIRE/LIFE SAFETY

a.
As required by code.

NOTES

a.
Landlord can substitute like quality materials and/or manufacturers.

b.
Landlord may at the Landlord's discretion substitute Equivalent Demountable Partitions Systems containing integrated components such as Door and Glazing systems in lieu of conventionally framed office interiors.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7



EXHIBIT C

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 
   
   
To:                                                                                                                                                                        

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

Re:

 

Office Lease dated                                       , 200          between                                       , a                                      ("Landlord"), and                               , a                              ("Tenant") concerning Suite                                      on floor(s)                                      of the office building located at                                       ,                                       , California.

Gentlemen:

              In accordance with the Office Lease (the "Lease"), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

 

1.

 

The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                                      for a term of                                      ending on                                       .

 

 

2.

 

Rent commenced to accrue on                           , in the amount of                           .

 

 

3.

 

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

 

4.

 

Your rent checks should be made payable to                                      at                                       .

 

 

5.

 

The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is                  square feet.

 

 

6.

 

Tenant's Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is              %.

[signature page to follow]

1


 
   
   
   
    "Landlord":

 

 

                                                                                   ,
    a                                                                        

 

 

By:

 

                                                                     
        Its:                                                            
 
   
   
   
Agreed to and Accepted
as of                                      , 200         .
   

"Tenant":

 

 

                                                                                 

 

 
a                                                                            

By:

 

                                                                     

 

 
    Its:                                                                

2



EXHIBIT D

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

RULES AND REGULATIONS

[[ NOTE: FOLLOWING ARE FOR SINGLE-TENANT BUILDINGS ]]

        Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord enforce such Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner to the detriment of Tenant. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

        1.     Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

        2.     The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

        3.     No advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

        4.     Tenant shall not exceed the load requirements of any floor of the Premises.

        5.     Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material, except in compliance with applicable law. Tenant shall maintain material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

        6.     Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises to the extent the same is noticeable in the Common Areas of the Project or which affects other tenants of the project. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights.

        7.     No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises (unless Tenant receives Landlord's prior written approval to install a cafeteria for its employees in the Premises), nor shall the Premises be used for lodging. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters' laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

        8.     Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

        9.     Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its

1



employees or agents smoke tobacco products within the Building or within two hundred feet (200‘) of any entrance into the Building or into any other Project building.

        10.   Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises or in the appropriate external trash area(s) for the Building. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in San Diego, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal; provided, however, Tenant may maintain separate trash enclosures for the storage of non-conforming disposal items to the extent Tenant satisfies and complies with any applicable laws or other governmental regulations relating to the storage and disposal thereof. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant's expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

        11.   Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

        12.   Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        13.   Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord vis-à-vis the operation of the Project which are not inconsistent with the TCCs of the Lease.

        14.   Tenant must comply with any applicable " NO-SMOKING " ordinance of the State of California, County of San Diego and/or City of San Diego. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building.

        15.   Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

        16.   No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        17.   No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

        Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord's judgment may from time to time be necessary (relative to a building occupied solely by one tenant) for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein; provided, however, Landlord shall not make any new Rules and

2



Regulations, or change any Rule and Regulation, which would materially and adversely affect Tenant's use, occupancy or access to the Premises, the Building, or the Project parking areas. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord enforce such Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner to the detriment of Tenant. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

3



EXHIBIT E

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

FORM OF TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

        The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the "Lease") made and entered into as of                                      , 200    by and between                                      as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                                      floor(s) of the office building located at                                      ,                                      , California                                      , certifies as follows:

        1.     Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

        2.     The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                                      , and the Lease Term expires on                                      , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

        3.     Base Rent became payable on                                      .

        4.     The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

        5.     Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

        6.     Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord's mortgagee.

        7.     All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                                      . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                                      .

        8.     All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

        9.     No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

        10.   As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned's knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

        11.   If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

        12.   There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

        13.   Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

        14.   To the undersigned's knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

1


        The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

        Executed at                                      on the            day of                                      , 200    .

    "Tenant":

 

 


                                                                          ,
a                                                                      

 

 

 

 

 
    By:     


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

2



EXHIBIT F

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

RECORDING REQUESTED BY
AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

ALLEN MATKINS LECK GAMBLE
    & MALLORY LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, 18th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.



RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS,
CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

        This Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (this " Agreement ") is entered into as of the __ day of _______, 200__, by and between _________________ ("Landlord"), and _________________ ("Tenant"), with reference to the following facts:

        A.    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated _______, 200__ (the "Lease"). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord space (the " Premises ") located in an office building on certain real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the " Property ").

        B.    The Premises are located in an office building located on real property which is part of an area owned by Landlord containing approximately __ (__) acres of real property located in the City of _____ _______, California (the " Project "), as more particularly described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

        C.    Landlord, as declarant, has previously recorded, or proposes to record concurrently with the recordation of this Agreement, a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (the " Declaration "), dated _________________, 200__, in connection with the Project.

        D.    Tenant is agreeing to recognize and be bound by the terms of the Declaration, and the parties hereto desire to set forth their agreements concerning the same.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of (a) the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and (b) for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows,

        1.     Tenant's Recognition of Declaration .    Notwithstanding that the Lease has been executed prior to the recordation of the Declaration, Tenant agrees to recognize and by bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Declaration.

        2.      Miscellaneous.

            2.1   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, estates, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

            2.2   This Agreement is made in, and shall be governed, enforced and construed under the laws of, the State of California.

            2.3   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede and replace all prior understandings and agreements, whether verbal or in writing. The parties confirm and acknowledge that there are no

1



    other promises, covenants, understandings, agreements, representations, or warranties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.

            2.4   This Agreement is not to be modified, terminated, or amended in any respect, except pursuant to any instrument in writing duly executed by both of the parties hereto.

            2.5   In the event that either party hereto shall bring any legal action or other proceeding with respect to the breach, interpretation, or enforcement of this Agreement, or with respect to any dispute relating to any transaction covered by this Agreement, the losing party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the prevailing party therein for all reasonable costs of litigation, including reasonable attorneys' fees, in such amount as may be determined by the court or other tribunal having jurisdiction, including matters on appeal.

            2.6   All captions and heading herein are for convenience and ease of reference only, and shall not be used or referred to in any way in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

            2.7   If any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdictions to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the same shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, the application of such provision under circumstances different form those adjudged by the court, or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement as a whole.

            2.8   Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

            2.9   The Parties agree to execute any further documents, and take any further actions, as may be reasonable and appropriate in order to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement.

            2.10 As used herein, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular and plural numbers, shall each be deemed to include the others whenever and whatever the context so indicates.

2



SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 


 

 

"Landlord":

 

 

________________________________,
a ______________________________

 

 

 

 

 
    By:   ___________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:   ______________________________

 

 

"Tenant":

 

 

________________________________,
a ______________________________

 

 

 

 

 
    By:   ___________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:   ______________________________

 

 

 

 

 
    By:   ___________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:   ______________________________

3



EXHIBIT G

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

        When determining Market Rent, the following rules and instructions shall be followed.

        1.      RELEVANT FACTORS .    The " Comparable Transactions " shall be the "Net Equivalent Lease Rates" per rentable square foot, at which tenants, are, pursuant to transactions consummated within twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in location and quality to the Premises and consisting of one or more entire buildings containing a total of not less than [***] rentable square feet for a term of [***]. The terms of the Comparable Transactions shall be calculated as a "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit G , and shall take into consideration only the following terms and concessions: (i) the rental rate and escalations for the Comparable Transactions, (ii) the amount of parking rent per parking permit paid in the Comparable Transactions, if any, (iii) operating expense and tax protection granted in such Comparable Transactions such as a base year or expense stop (although for each such Comparable Transaction the base rent shall be adjusted to a triple net base rent using reasonable estimates of operating expenses and taxes as determined by Landlord for each such Comparable Transaction); (iv) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (v) any "Renewal Allowance," as defined herein below, to be provided by Tenant in connection with each Option as compared to the improvements or allowances provided or to be provided in the Comparable Transactions, taking into account the contributory value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the existing improvements, and (vi) all other monetary concessions (including the value of any signage), if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Transactions. [***].

        2.     TENANT SECURITY.     The Market Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as an enhanced security deposit, a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant's Rent obligations during the Option Term. [***].

        3.     RENEWAL IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Exhibit G , once the Market Rent for each Option Term is determined as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, if (i) in connection with such determination, it is deemed that Tenant is entitled to a improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises (the total dollar value of such allowance, the " Renewal Allowance "), Landlord shall disburse the Renewal Allowance pursuant to a reasonable disbursement procedure (consistent with the terms of Section 2.2.1 of the Work Letter Agreement) and the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, and, as set forth in Section 5 , below, of this Exhibit G , the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall be increased to be a rental rate which takes into consideration that Landlord will fund a Renewal Allowance and, accordingly, such payment with interest shall be factored into the base rent component of the Market Rent.

        4.     COMPARABLE BUILDINGS.     For purposes of this Lease, the term " Comparable Buildings " shall mean first-class single-tenant occupancy office buildings comparable to the Building in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including the type ( e.g ., surface, structured, subterranean) and amount of parking), ingress and egress, freeway access and visibility, which Comparable Buildings are located in comparably sized office projects and are located in the " Comparable Area ," which is the [***].

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        5.     METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEWING AND COMPARING THE COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS.     In order to analyze the Comparable Transactions based on the factors to be considered in calculating Market Rent, and given that the Comparable Transactions may vary in terms of length of term, rental rate, concessions, etc., the following steps shall be taken into consideration to "adjust" the objective data from each of the Comparable Transactions. By taking this approach, a "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" for each of the Comparable Transactions shall be determined using the following steps to adjust the Comparable Transactions, which will allow for an "apples to apples" comparison of the Comparable Transactions.

            5.1.  The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly or annually over the lease term. All Comparable Transactions should be adjusted to simulate a net rent structure, wherein the tenant is responsible for the payment of all property operating expenses in a manner consistent with this Lease. This results in the estimate of Net Equivalent Rent received by each landlord for each Comparable Transaction being expressed as a periodic net rent payment.

            5.2   Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term.

            5.3   The resultant net cash flow from the lease should be then discounted (using an [***] annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate.

            5.4   From the net present value, up front inducements (improvements allowances and other concessions) and leasing commissions should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a "dollar for dollar" basis, without discounting since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt.

            5.5   The net present value should then amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly or annual net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of [***] used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" (or constant equivalent in general financial terms).

        6.     USE OF NET EQUIVALENT LEASE RATES FOR COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS.     The Net Equivalent Lease Rates for the Comparable Transactions shall then be used to reconcile, in a manner usual and customary for a real estate appraisal process, to a conclusion of Market Rent which shall be stated as a "Base Year" lease rate applicable to each year of the Option Term.

        An example of the application of using the process set forth on this Exhibit G to arrive at the Market Rent is attached hereto as Schedule 1 .

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2



SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT G

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT—EXAMPLE

        As an example of the determination of the Market Rent, assume that there is a 100,000 rentable square foot Comparable Transaction with a five (5) year term, Base Rent of $75.00 per rentable square foot with One Dollar ($1) annual increases, a tenant improvement allowance of $25.00 per rentable square foot, three (3) months of free rent, and Base Year Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses of $12.00 per rentable square foot. Based on the foregoing, the Net Equivalent Lease Rate analysis would be as follows.

        1.     The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly over the lease term. See Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

        2.     From this figure, the initial lease year operating expenses (from gross leases) should be deducted, leaving a net lease rate over the lease term. See Column 3 in the attached spreadsheet.

        3.     This results in the net rent received by each landlord under the Comparable Transactions being expressly as a monthly net rent payment. See Column 4 in the attached spreadsheet.

        4.     Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term. See the amounts set forth in months 1, 2 and 3 of Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

        5.     The resultant net cash flow from the lease should be then discounted (using an 8.0% annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate. The net present value of the amounts set forth in Column 4 of the attached spreadsheet is $24,798,516.60 .

        6.     From the net present value, up-front inducements (tenant improvement allowances and other concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a "dollar for dollar" basis, without discounting, since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt. The net present value amount set forth in number 5, above, less the tenant improvement allowance, is $22,298,516.60 .

        7.     The net present value should then amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of 8.0% used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the "Net Equivalent Lease Rate" (or constant equivalent in general financial terms). The net present value amount set forth in number 6, above, amortized back over the term at 8% results in a net monthly rent payment of $452,133.50

        8.     The net monthly rent payment set forth in number 7 above must then be converted to a rentable square foot number by dividing the amount by the rentable square footage of the space ( i.e ., 100,000 rentable square feet). This results in a net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot of $ 4.52

        9.     The net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot must then be multiplied by the rentable square footage of the Premises (for purposes of this example, assume the rentable square footage of the Premises is 147,533 rentable square feet), resulting in a net monthly rent payment for the Premises during the applicable Term of $666,849.16.

3


SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT G

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

Determination of Market Rent—Example

Premises (RSF)

    100,000  

Initial Annual Rental Rate per RSF

  $ 75.00  

Annual Escalation

  $ 12.00  

Abatement (months)

    3  

Tenant Improvement Allowance per rsf

  $ 25.00  

 

Period
  Monthly
Base Rent
  Monthly
Operating Expenses
  Monthly
Net Rent Payment
 

1

  $   $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00 )

2

  $   $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00 )

3

  $   $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00 )

4

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

5

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

6

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

7

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

8

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

9

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

10

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

11

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

12

  $ 625,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 525,000.00  

13

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

14

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

15

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

16

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

17

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

18

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

19

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

20

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

21

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

22

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

23

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

24

  $ 633,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 533,333.33  

25

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

26

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

27

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

28

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

29

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

30

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

31

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

32

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

33

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

34

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

35

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

36

  $ 641,666.67   $ 100,000.00   $ 541,666.67  

37

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

38

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

4


Period
  Monthly
Base Rent
  Monthly
Operating Expenses
  Monthly
Net Rent Payment
 

39

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

40

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

41

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

42

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

43

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

44

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

45

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

46

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

47

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

48

  $ 650,000.00   $ 100,000.00   $ 550,000.00  

49

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

50

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

51

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

52

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

53

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

54

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

55

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

56

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

57

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

58

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

59

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

60

  $ 658,333.33   $ 100,000.00   $ 558,333.33  

 

Net Present Value @ 8%

  $ 24,798,516.60  

Upfront inducements (Tenant Improvements & Other)

  $ 2,500,000.00  
       

Net Present Value net of inducements

  $ 22,298,516.60  
       

Monthly Amortization @ 8%

  $ 452,133.50  
       

Net Monthly Rent Payment pre rentable square foot

  $ 4.52  

Rentable Square Footage of Premises

    147,533  
       

Net Monthly Rent Payment for the Premises during the applicable Term

  $ 666,849.16  
       

5



EXHIBIT H

KILROY SABRE SPRINGS

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank
acceptable to the Landlord)


 

 

 
FAX NO. [(              )              -              ]
SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]
  [Insert Bank Name And Address]

 

 

DATE OF ISSUE:                                     

BENEFICIARY:
[Insert Beneficiary Name And Address]

 

APPLICANT:
[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

 

 

LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                                     

EXPIRATION DATE:
                                     AT OUR COUNTERS

 

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:
USD [Insert Dollar Amount]
(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

         WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                                      IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant's Name], A [Insert Entity Type] ("TENANT"), UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD [Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

        1.      THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

        2.      BENEFICIARY'S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord's Name], A [Insert Entity Type] ("LANDLORD") STATING THE FOLLOWING:

    "THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT FUNDS IN THE AMOUNT OF USD                      ARE NOW DUE AND OWING BY TENANT UNDER THE LANDLORD UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW) HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD                      IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE "LEASE"),

    BY AND BETWEEN [Insert Landlord's Name], A [Insert Entity Type] ("LANDLORD"), AND [Insert Tenant's Name], A [Insert Entity Type] ("TENANT", AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE "LEASE"), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY TENANT THE TENANT UNDER SUCH LEASE TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE TENANT'S BREACH OF THE SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING."

OR

    "THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]'S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF

1


    CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE."

OR

    "THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF TENANT'S THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE "LEASE"), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING."

OR

    "THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED AGAINST TENANT UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE "LEASE"), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING."

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES OTHER THAN ISSUING BANK'S ARE FOR THE APPLICANT'S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF (Expiration Date) .

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE ("TRANSFEREE"), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON

2



REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES BY BENEFICIARY. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY'S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE'S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: "DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      ."

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time—( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time—( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, "BUSINESS DAY" SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number—(              )                -              ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number—(              )                -              ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH PRECEDING THIS ONE.

         WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date) .

         IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED

3



REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

         EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE "INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES" (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

Very truly yours,

(Name of Issuing Bank)

By:                                                                          

4



EXHIBIT I

DIRECT COMPETITORS*

University of Phoenix

Ashworth University

National University

Capella University

Grand Canyon University

Strayer University

AIU Online

Walden University

Western Governor's University

Devry University

Colorado Technical University

Argosy University

Baker Online

South University

*
"Direct Competitors" includes purchasers of all or substantially all of the assets of a Direct Competitor, or to an entity resulting, by operation of law or otherwise, from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of a Direct Competitor, successors, and, where the primary business of such competitors is an online or on-ground education provider, and any holding company for which the majority of its net value is comprised of online or on-ground education providers, name changes.

1



EXHIBIT J


SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

RECORDING REQUESTED BY
AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP
12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200
San Diego, CA 92130
Attention: Michael R. Leake, Esq.



SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

        THIS SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is entered into as of the 31 st  day of January, 2008, by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Landlord "), and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant "), who agree as follows.

        1.      Terms and Premises .    Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, that certain six (6)-story building (the " Building ") located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, San Diego, California 92128, which Building contains approximately 147,533 rentable square feet of space (the " Premises "), located on the real property legally described on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, for the term and in accordance with the provisions of that certain Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant, dated as of the date hereof (the " Lease "). The provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated herein.

        2.      Certain Express Lease Terms .    As more particularly set forth in the referenced sections of the Lease, Tenant enjoys the following rights pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease: (i) an initial Lease Term of nine (9) years and one (1) month, which initial Lease Term is to commence on July 1, 2009, as more particularly set forth in the Lease, and (ii) two (2) options to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises each by a period of five (5) years, as more particularly set forth the Lease.

        3.      Provisions Binding on Parties .    The provisions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord or Tenant, whether affirmative or negative in nature, are intended to and shall bind or benefit the respective parties hereto and their assigns or successors, as applicable, at all times.


        4.      Purpose of Short Form of Memorandum of Lease .    This Short Form of Memorandum of Lease is prepared solely for purposes of recordation, and in no way modifies the provisions of the Lease.

LANDLORD   KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

By:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation,
General Partner

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

 

TENANT   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

 


 

 

 

 

 
    By:     

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Its:     

2



ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California   )
County of     

  )

         

        On                                      , before me,                                                                                                         ,

                                                                                                   (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared                                                                                                                                                , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

        I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

        WITNESS my hand and official seal.




Signature                                                                                                                                 (Seal)

3



ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California   )
County of     

  )

         

        On                                      , before me,                                                                                                         ,

                                                                                                   (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared                                                                                                                                                , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

        I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

        WITNESS my hand and official seal.




Signature                                                                                                                                 (Seal)

4



SCHEDULE 1

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

        Parcel 2 of Parcel Map No. 19990 in the City of San Diego, County of San Diego, State of California, filed in the Office of the County Recorder of San Diego County May 05, 2006, as Instrument No. 2006-0319756 of Official Records.

1


        The following contains the documents related to Sublease Agreement # 1



[***]
OFFICE LEASE


[***]

as Landlord,

and

[***]

as Tenant

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

    ii  

OFFICE LEASE

       

ARTICLE 1

 

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

   
1
 

ARTICLE 2

 

LEASE TERM; EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT; OUTSIDE DATE

   
5
 

ARTICLE 3

 

BASE RENT

   
7
 

ARTICLE 4

 

ADDITIONAL RENT

   
8
 

ARTICLE 5

 

USE OF PREMISES

   
18
 

ARTICLE 6

 

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

   
19
 

ARTICLE 7

 

REPAIRS

   
23
 

ARTICLE 8

 

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

   
25
 

ARTICLE 9

 

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

   
26
 

ARTICLE 10

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

   
27
 

ARTICLE 11

 

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

   
30
 

ARTICLE 12

 

CONDEMNATION

   
31
 

ARTICLE 13

 

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

   
32
 

ARTICLE 14

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

   
32
 

ARTICLE 15

 

SURRENDER OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

   
35
 

ARTICLE 16

 

HOLDING OVER

   
36
 

ARTICLE 17

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

   
36
 

ARTICLE 18

 

SUBORDINATION

   
36
 

ARTICLE 19

 

TENANTS DEFAULTS LANDLORDS REMEDIES

   
37
 

ARTICLE 20

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

   
40
 

ARTICLE 21

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

   
40
 

ARTICLE 22

 

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

   
40
 

ARTICLE 23

 

TENANT PARKING

   
41
 

ARTICLE 24

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   
42
 

i



SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

        This Summary of Basic Lease Information (" Summary ") is hereby incorporated into and made part of the attached Office Lease Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term In the event of conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease the terms of the Office Lease shall prevail Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.

TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:   September 3, 2004

2.

 

Landlord:

 

[***]

3.

 

Address of Landlord Section 24.19:

 

[***]

4.

 

Tenant:

 

[***]

5.

 

Address of Tenant Section 24.19:

 

[***]

 

 

With a copy to:

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

ii


TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
6.   Premises (Article 1)    

 

 

6.1

 

Premises:

 

Approximately 48882 rentable and 44125 usable square feet of space located on the entire second (2 nd ) and third (3 rd ) floors of the Building as defined below consisting of (i) approximately 23102 rentable and 20602 usable square feet of space located on the entire second 2d floor of the Building and (ii) approximately 25780 rentable and 23523 usable square feet of space located on the entire third 3 rd  floor of the Building all as set forth in Exhibit attached hereto

 

 

6.2

 

Building:

 

The Premises are located in "Building No. 1" (sometimes referred to herein as the " Building ") whose address is 1350 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California

7.

 

Term (Article 2):

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Lease Term:

 

Five years and six months

 

 

7.2

 

Lease Commencement Date:

 

The earlier of (i) the date Tenant commences business operations in the Premises, or (ii) fifteen (15) days after the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ), which Lease Commencement Date is anticipated to be December 7, 2004.

 

 

7.3

 

Lease Expiration Date:

 

The last day of the month in which the sixty-sixth (66 th ) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs.

 

 

7.4

 

Amendment to Lease:

 

Landlord and Tenant may confirm the Lease Commencement Date and Lease Expiration Date in an Amendment to Lease ( Exhibit C ) to be executed pursuant to Article 2 of the Office Lease.

iii


TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
8.   Base Rent (Article 3):    
Months of Lease Term
  Annual
Base Rent
  Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
  Monthly Rental
Rate per Rentable
Square Foot
 
  1 - 12   *$        [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  
  13 - 24   $        [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  
  25 - 36   $        [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  
  37 - 48   $        [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  
  49 - 60   $        [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  
  61 - 66   $        [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

*
Subject to abatement as provided in Article 3 of the Office Lease.
9.   Additional Rent Article    

 

 

9.1

 

Expense Base Year:

 

Calendar year 2005.

 

 

9.2

 

Tax Expense Base Year:

 

Calendar year 2005.

 

 

9.3

 

Utilities Base Year:

 

Calendar year 2005.

 

 

9.4

 

Tenant's Share of Operating
Expenses Tax Expenses and
Utilities Costs:

 

34.69% (48,882 rentable square feet within the Premises/140,915 rentable square feet within the Building).

10.

 

Security Deposit (Article 20):

 

None.

11.

 

Parking (Article 23):

 

[***] parking passes for every [***] usable square feet of the Premises.

12.

 

Brokers (Section 24.25):

 

CB Richard Ellis represents Landlord and Corporate Real Estate Advisors/Cushman & Wakefield represents Tenant.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

iv



OFFICE LEASE

        This Office Lease, which includes the preceding Summary and the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Office Lease the Summary and the exhibits to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the " Lease "), dated as of the date set forth in Section of the Summary, is made by and between [***] (" Landlord "), and [***] (" Tenant ").


ARTICLE 1

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

        1.1     Real Property Building and Premises.     

            1.1.1     Premises .    Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary (the " Premises "), which Premises are located in the Building defined in Section 6.2 of the Summary constructed on the Real Property. The outline of the floor plan of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

            1.1.2     Building and Real Property/Project .    The Building is part of multi-office building project (" Project ") constructed on the Real Property (as defined below) known as [***] which also includes an additional office building located adjacent to the Building at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California (" Building II "). Building I and Building II are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the " Buildings ." The Project may contain an additional office building that may be constructed on the Real Property and located adjacent to the Buildings (" Adjacent Building "). The term " Real Property ," as used in this Lease, shall mean, collectively, (i) the Buildings, (ii) the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed), (iii) any outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities now or hereafter constructed surrounding and/or servicing the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed), including parking structures and surface parking facilities now or hereafter servicing the Buildings, the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and any other buildings which may be constructed within the Project (collectively, the " Parking Facilities "), which are designated from time to time by Landlord as common areas (or parking facilities, as the case may be) appurtenant to or servicing the Buildings, the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and any such other buildings; (iv) any additional buildings, improvements, facilities, parking areas and structures and common areas which Landlord (and/or any common area association formed by Landlord or Landlord's assignee for the Project) may add thereto from time to time within or as part of the Project; provided, however, that no such additions .shall materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's permitted use of the Premises (as described in Article 5 below) or unreasonably interfere with Tenant's access to the Premises or the Building (including Tenant's access to the Parking Facilities); and (iv) the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated. The site plan depicting the current configuration of the Real Property and proposed Project is set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (1) Landlord has no obligation to expand or otherwise make any improvements within the Project, including, without limitation, the Adjacent Building. or any of the outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets. transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities which may be depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time without notice to Tenant, unless said modifications will unreasonably affect Tenant's access to the Premises and/or Parking Facilities, in which case, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant ten (10) days prior notice of the same), other than Landlord's obligations set forth in the Tenant Work Letter to construct the Base, Shell and Core of the Building, and the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises pursuant to the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter, and (2) Landlord shall have the right from time to time to include or exclude any improvements or facilities within the Project, at Landlord's sole election, as more particularly set forth in Section 1.1.3 below. Subject to

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


(i) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D , (ii) Force Majeure events, (iii) Landlord's commercially reasonable security requirements so long as the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises, and (iv) the requirements of applicable Laws (as defined in Section 5.1 below), Tenant shall have access to the Premises and the Parking Facilities twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week throughout the Lease Term.

        1.1.3     Tenant's and Landlord's Rights .    Tenant is hereby granted the right to the nonexclusive use of the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, restrooms and other public or common areas located within the Building, and the non-exclusive use of the areas located on the Real Property designated by Landlord from time to time as common areas for the Building; provided, however, that (i) Tenant's use thereof shall be subject to (A) the provisions of any covenants, conditions and restrictions regarding the use thereof now or hereafter recorded against the Real Property, and (B) such reasonable, non-discriminatory rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time (which shall be provided in writing to Tenant), and (ii) except as otherwise provided in Section 24.31 below, Tenant may not go on the roof of Building without Landlord's prior consent (which may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion) and without otherwise being accompanied by representative of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to use any of the common areas of the Real Property, and the roof, risers and conduits of the Building for telecommunications and/or any other purposes, and to do any of the following: (1) make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs and/or replacements In or to the Real Property or any portion or elements thereof, including, without limitation, (x) changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and common areas, parking spaces, parking structures and parking areas, and (y) expanding or decreasing the size of the Real Property and any common areas and other elements thereof, including adding or deleting buildings thereon and therefrom; (2) close temporarily any of the common areas while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations to the Real Property; (3) form common area association or associations under covenants, conditions and restrictions to own, manage, operate, maintain, repair and/or replace all or any portion of the landscaping driveways, walkways, parking areas, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and/or other common areas located outside of the Building and, subject to Article 4 below, include the common area assessments, fees and taxes charged by the association(s) and the cost of maintaining, managing, administering and operating the association(s), in Direct Expenses; and (4) perform such other acts and make such other changes with respect to the Real Property as Landlord may, in the exercise of good faith business judgment, deem to be appropriate; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to exercise its rights under this Section 1.1.3 so as not to materially and/or adversely interfere with Tenant's use of and access to the Premises (including Tenant's parking rights hereunder; and provided further that any such action be in accordance with the covenants, conditions and restrictions referred to in Section 5.1) below. Landlord, as part of Operating Expenses, agrees to maintain the common areas of the Real Property in first-class manner consistent with other first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area.

        1.2     Condition of Premises .    Except as expressly set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement, remodeling or refurbishment work or services related to the improvement, remodeling or refurbishment of the Premises, and Tenant shall accept the Premises in its "As Is" condition on the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, in the event that, as of the Lease Commencement Date, the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B ), in their condition existing as of such date without regard to Tenant's use of the Premises, and based solely on an unoccupied basis, (A) does not comply with applicable Laws in effect as of the date hereof, or (B) contains latent defects (not caused by Tenant's acts or omissions), then Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense which shall not be included in Operating Expenses (except as otherwise permitted in Section 4.2 hereof), for

2



correcting any such non-compliance to the extent and as and when required by applicable Laws, and/or correcting any such latent defects as soon as reasonably possible after receiving notice thereof from Tenant; provided, however, that if Tenant fails to give Landlord written notice of any such latent defects described in clause (B) hereinabove within twelve (12) months after the Lease Commencement Date, then the correction of any such latent defects shall be Tenant's responsibility at Tenant's sole cost and expense

        1.3     Rentable and Usable Square Feet .    The rentable and usable square feet for the Premises are approximately as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary. For purposes hereof, the " usable square feet " of the Premises and the " rentable square feet " of the Premises .and the Buildings and the Adjacent Building in the Project shall be calculated by Landlord pursuant to the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI Z65.1-1996 (" BOMA "), as modified for the Project pursuant to Landlord's standard rentable area measurements for the Project, to include, among other calculations, portion of the common areas and service areas of the Buildings and the Adjacent Building in the Project. The rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and the rentable square feet of the Building are subject to verification by Landlord's planner/designer at any time after the date hereof and, with respect to any First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.4 below, upon the date such First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. Any such verification shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.3. Tenant's architect may consult with Landlord's planner/designer regarding such verification. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the final measurements of the Premises and the Building (or when appropriate, the First Offer Space), to remeasure the Premises and Building (or when appropriate, the First Offer Space), in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the other terms of this Section 1.3. If Tenant fails to timely elect to remeasure within such 120-day period, then Landlord's measurements shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant. If Tenant's remeasurements differ from Landlord's measurements and Tenant notifies Landlord thereof within such 120-day period, the parties shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, attempt in good faith to resolve such differences, but if the parties cannot resolve such differences within such 30-day period, the final measurements of the Building and the Premises (and when appropriate, the First Offer Space), shall be resolved pursuant to binding arbitration under the auspices of JAMS/ENDISPUTE (or any successor organization) in San Diego County, California according to the then rules of commercial arbitration for such organization but with reference to the BOMA Standard, and the arbitrators resolving such dispute shall only have jurisdiction to determine the square footage of the Premises and Building in dispute (and when appropriate, the First Offer Space) and shall not have the jurisdiction to modify the terms of this Lease. During the period from the Lease Commencement Date until any dispute regarding the square footage of the Premises and Building is resolved, the rentable and usable square footage amounts set forth in the Summary shall be utilized for all purposes under this Lease. In the event that it is determined pursuant to any remeasurement under this Section 1.3 that the rentable and/or usable square feet of the Premises (and when appropriate, the First Offer Space), and/or the rentable square feet of the Building pursuant to the BOMA Standard, shall be different from the amounts thereof set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall modify all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease to conform to such corrected square footage amounts therefor (including, without limitation, the amount of the Base Rent, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expense and Utilities Costs and the Tenant Improvement Allowance). Any such modifications shall be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant.

        1.4     Right of First Offer.     Commencing as of the Lease Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term (including the Option Term(s), if applicable) Tenant shall have continuing (subject to the terms hereof) right of first offer with respect to (i) that certain space located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building containing approximately 5,316 rentable and 4,664 usable square feet and commonly known as Suite 100, (ii) that certain space located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building containing approximately 1,588 rentable and 1,393 usable square feet and commonly known as

3



Suite 120, and (iii) that certain space located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building containing approximately 1,819 rentable and 1,596 usable square feet and commonly known as Suite 130 (collectively, the " First Offer Space "). Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) the lease term for Tenant's lease of the First Offer Space pursuant to Tenant's exercise of such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of (A) those existing lease pertaining to the First Offer Space, true and correct listing of which are attached hereto as Exhibit F (the " Existing Leases "), and (B) if the First Offer Space is vacant as of the date of this Lease, the first lease pertaining to the First Offer Space entered into by Landlord after the date of this Lease (collectively, the " Superior Leases "), including any renewal or extension of any such existing or future lease, whether or not such renewal or extension is pursuant to an express written provision in such lease, and regardless of whether any such renewal or extension is consummated pursuant to lease amendment or new lease, and (ii) such first offer right shall be subordinate and secondary to all rights of expansion, first refusal, first offer or similar rights granted to the tenants of the Superior Leases (the rights described above to be known collectively as " Superior Rights "). Tenant's right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.4.

            1.4.1     Procedure for Offer.     Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (the " First Offer Notice ") from time to time when Landlord determines, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, that Landlord shall commence the marketing of the First Offer Space (or any portion thereof) because such space shall become or is expected to become available for lease to third parties, where no holder of Superior Right desires to lease such space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant (including the rentable and usable square feet thereof as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 above) and shall set forth Landlord's proposed economic terms and conditions applicable to Tenant's lease of such space (collectively, the " First Offer Economic Terms "). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's obligation to deliver the First Offer Notice shall not apply during the last [***] months of the Lease Term (or the first Option Term (if applicable)) unless Tenant has delivered an Interest Notice (as defined in the Extension Option Rider attached hereto) pertaining to the extension of the Lease Term (or the first Option Term (if applicable)) pursuant to the Extension Option, Rider nor the period following Landlord's delivery of the Option Rent Notice to Tenant pursuant to the Extension Option Rider unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord the Exercise Notice extending the Lease Term (including the first Option Term (if applicable)) pursuant to the Extension Option Rider.

            1.4.2     Procedure for Acceptance.     If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant's right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within [***] business days after delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant's exercise of its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice and on the First Offer Economic Terms contained therein. If Tenant does not exercise its right of first offer within the [***] business day period (on all of the First Offer Economic Terms), then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on ay terms Landlord desires and Tenant's right of first offer shall, subject to Section 1.4.3 below, thereupon automatically terminate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space comprising the First Offer Space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only portion thereof or object to any of the First Offer Economic Terms.

            1.4.3     Continuing Right.     If the space offered in Landlord's First Offer Notice is only portion of the First Offer Space, then Tenant shall retain its right of first offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.4 with respect to the remaining portion of the First Offer Space which has never been included in Landlord's First Offer Notice when Landlord determines that such remaining First Offer Space available for lease as set forth above.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


            1.4.4     Construction of First Offer Space.     Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its "As-Is" condition (unless otherwise provided in the First Offer Notice as part of the First Offer Economic Terms), and Tenant shall be entitled to construct improvements in the First Offer Space at Tenant's expense, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease.

            1.4.5     Lease of First Offer Space.     If Tenant timely exercises Tenant's right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment adding such First Offer Space to this Lease upon the First Offer Economic Terms set forth in Landlord's First Offer Notice and upon the same non-economic terms and conditions as applicable to the Premises then leased by Tenant under this Lease. Unless otherwise provided in the First Offer Notice as part of the First Offer Economic Terms, Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the First Offer Space and the Lease Term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date of delivery of such space to Tenant. The Lease Term for the First Offer Space shall, unless otherwise provided in the First Offer Notice as part of the First Offer Economic Terms, expire coterminously with Tenant's lease of the original Premises.

            1.4.6     No Defaults.     The rights contained in this Section 1.4 shall be personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease (" Original Tenant ") and any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such assignee that is an Affiliate (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant (or such assignee that is an Affiliate, as the case may be) actually leases and occupies at least [***] of the entire Premises then leased by Original Tenant (or leased by such assignee that is an Affiliate, as the case may be) as of the date of Tenant's exercise of its right of first offer. In addition, at Landlord's option and in addition to Landlord's other remedies set forth in this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Offer Space as provided in this Section 1.4 if, as of the date of the First Offer Notice, or, at Landlord's option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5



ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT; OUTSIDE DATE

        2.1     Lease Term .    The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent. The term of this Lease (the " Lease Term ") shall be as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Summary and shall commence on the date (the " Lease Commencement Date ") set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary (subject, however, to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), and shall terminate on the date (the " Lease Expiration Date ") set forth in Section 7.3 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term " Lease Year " shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the anticipated Lease Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability nor, except as otherwise provided below, shall the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. In the event that the Lease Commencement Date is date which is other than the anticipated Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary, within reasonable period of time after the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an amendment to lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , attached hereto, setting forth, among other things, the Lease Commencement Date and the Lease Expiration Date, and Tenant shall execute and return such amendment to Landlord within five (5) days after Tenant's receipt thereof provided Tenant approves the contents thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


        2.2     Tenant's Early Cancellation Right .    Tenant shall have the one (1) time right to terminate and cancel this Lease effective as of the date (" Termination Date ") which is the last day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month of the initial Lease Term, which right is contingent upon Tenant paying to Landlord the Termination Consideration (as defined below) in timely manner in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 2.2. To exercise such termination right, Tenant must deliver to Landlord, on or before the date which is nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date, written notice of Tenant's exercise of such right (the " Termination Notice "), along with the Termination Consideration. As used herein, the " Termination Consideration " for the initial Premises leased by Tenant hereunder (and described in Section 6.1 of the Summary attached to the Lease) shall mean an amount equal to [***]. As used herein the " Termination Consideration " for any [***] leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.4 of this Lease [***] shall mean an amount equal to the sum of: [***]. If Tenant properly and timely exercises its termination option in this Section 2.2 in strict accordance with the terms hereof, this Lease shall expire at midnight on the Termination Date, and Tenant shall be required to surrender the Premises to Landlord on or prior to the Termination Date in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease. The termination right set forth in this Section 2.2 is personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease and may only be executed by the Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other Transferee of Original Tenant's interest or Affiliate assignee's interest (as the case may be) in this Lease).

        2.3     Outside Date; Termination .    In the event that Substantial Completion of the Premises has not occurred by the " Outside Date ," which Outside Date shall be that date which is one hundred fifty (150) days after the date Tenant obtains the Permits (as defined in Section 3.4 of the Tenant Work Letter), as such Outside Date may be extended by the number of days of Tenant Delays (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) and by the number of days of "Force Majeure" delays (as defined in Section 24.17 hereof) then the sole remedy of Tenant shall be the right to deliver notice to Landlord (the " Outside Date Termination Notice ") electing to terminate this Lease effective upon receipt of the Outside Date Termination Notice by Landlord (the " Effective Date "). Except as provided hereinbelow, the Outside Date Termination Notice must be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, if at all, not earlier than the Outside Date and not later than ten (10) business days after the Outside Date. If Tenant delivers the Outside Date Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the Effective Date for period ending twenty (20) days after the original Effective Date. In order to suspend the Effective Date, Landlord must deliver to Tenant, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Outside Date Termination Notice, certificate of the Contractor (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) certifying that it is such Contractor's best good faith judgment that Substantial Completion of the Premises will occur within twenty (20) days after the original Effective Date. If Substantial Completion of the Premises occurs within said twenty (20) day suspension period, then the Outside Date Termination Notice shall be of no further force and effect; if, however, Substantial Completion of the Premises does not occur within said twenty (20) day suspension period, then this

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


Lease shall terminate as of the date of expiration of such twenty (20) day period. If, prior to the Outside Date, Landlord determines that Substantial Completion of the Premises will not occur by the Outside Date, Landlord shall have the right to deliver written notice to Tenant stating Landlord's opinion as to the date by which Substantial Completion of the Premises shall occur and Tenant shall be required, within five (5) business days after receipt of such notice, to either deliver the Outside Date Termination Notice (which will mean that this Lease shall thereupon terminate and shall be of no further force and effect or agree to extend the Outside Date to that date which is set by Landlord. Failure of Tenant to so respond in writing within said five (5) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant's agreement to extend the Outside Date to that date which is set by Landlord. If the Outside Date is so extended, Landlord's right to request Tenant to elect to either terminate this Lease or further extend the Outside Date shall remain and shall continue to remain, with each of the notice periods and response periods set forth above, until the Substantial Completion of the Premises or until this Lease is terminated. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 2.3, the parties shall be relieved of all further obligations under this Lease except for those obligations under this Lease which expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.


ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

        Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at the management office of the Project, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (" Base Rent ") as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except as expressly provided for herein. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant's execution of this Lease. If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be proportionate amount of full calendar month's rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant faithfully performs all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to [***] Premises only). During such [***] period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under this Lease. In the event of default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Article 19 of this Lease, then as part of the recovery set forth in Article 19 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the monthly Base Rent that was [***] under the provisions of this Article 3; provided, however, that the recoverable amount of monthly Base Rent that was [***] under this Article 3 shall, during each month during the initial Lease Term, be deemed reduced by an amount equal to [***] of such total amount of [***] monthly Base Rent.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8



ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

        4.1     Additional Rent .    In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article of this Lease, Tenant shall pay as additional rent the sum of the following: (i) Tenant's Share (as such term is defined below) of the annual Operating Expenses allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below) which are in excess of the amount of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building and applicable to the Expense Base Year; plus (ii) Tenant's Share of the annual Tax Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below) which are in excess of the amount of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building and applicable to the Tax Expense Base Year; plus (iii) Tenant's Share of the annual Utilities Costs allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below) which are in excess of the amount of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building and applicable to the Utilities Base Year. Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 6), shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Additional Rent ." The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the " Rent ." All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

        4.2     Definitions.     As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

            4.2.1  " Calendar Year " shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

            4.2.2  " Expense Base Year " shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.1 of the Summary.

            4.2.3  " Expense Year " shall mean each Calendar Year, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive-month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

            4.2.4  " Operating Expenses " shall, subject to the exclusions described below, mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Real Property, including, without limitation, any amounts paid for: (i) the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, any elevator systems and all other "Systems and Equipment" (as defined in Section 4.2.5 of this Lease), and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses and the costs incurred in connection with implementation and operation (by Landlord or any common area association(s) formed for the Project) of any transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine or as may be required by any mortgagees or the lessor of any underlying or ground lease affecting the Real Property; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, supplies, tools, equipment and materials, and all fees, charges and other costs (including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees) incurred in connection with the management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property; (v) the cost of parking area repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the cost

8



    of any management fee (not to exceed [***] and the fair rental value of any office space (not exceeding 2,500 rentable square feet) provided thereunder);(vii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Real Property, and employer's Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; (viii) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Real Property; (ix) the Cost of janitorial service, alarm and security service, if any, window cleaning, trash removal, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (x) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Real Property; and (xi) the cost of any capital improvements or other costs (I) which are intended as labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Real Property, but only to the extent of the cost savings actually resulting therefrom, (II) made to the Real Property or any portion thereof after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation enacted or modified after the Lease Commencement Date, or (III) which are for replacement of exterior perimeter window coverings and of carpeting and wall coverings provided by Landlord in the common areas of the Building, or (IV) which are minor capital expenditures or improvements, where each such improvement or acquisition costs less than [***] in any [***] month period in the aggregate, and the cost of capital tools not in excess of [***] in any [***] month period in the aggregate; provided, however, that any such capital expenditure described in this clause (xi) shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with standard real estate accounting practices. If the Buildings (and during the period of time when any other office buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are included by Landlord within the Project) are less than [***] percent ([***]%) occupied during all or portion of any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such year (including the Expense Base Year) or applicable portion thereof employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Buildings (and during the period of time when any other office buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are included by Landlord within the Project) been [***] percent ([***]%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof. Landlord hereby agrees that the cost of any new type of insurance coverage which is obtained or effected by Landlord during any Expense Year after the Expense Base Year (but is not obtained or effected during the Expense Base Year) shall be added to the Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year (but at the rate which would have been in effect during the Expense Base Year or the rate in effect during such subsequent Expense Year, whichever is lower) prior to the calculation of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for each such Expenses Year in which such change in insurance is initially obtained or effected. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 to the contrary, Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect Operating Expenses from all of its tenants in an amount which is in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building and the Real Property, and Landlord shall make no profit from the collection of Operating Expenses.

            Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.4 below, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses (and/or Tax Expenses and

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9


      Utilities Costs) between the Building and/or among different tenants of the Project and/or different buildings of the Real Property as and when such different buildings (including, but not limited to, Building II and the Adjacent Building) are constructed and added to (and/or excluded from) the Real Property or otherwise (the " Cost Pools "). Such Cost Pools may include, without limitation, the office space tenants and retail space tenants of the Real Property or of building or buildings in the Real Property. Such Cost Pools may also include an allocation of certain Operating Expenses (and/or Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) within or under covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Real Property. In addition, Landlord shall have the right from time to time, in its reasonable discretion, to include or exclude existing or future buildings in the Project for purposes of determining Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs and/or the provision of various services and amenities thereto, including allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs in any such Cost Pools.

            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 4, when calculating Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year, Operating Expenses shall exclude market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and costs relating to capital improvements or expenditures.

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include: (A) costs of leasing commissions, attorneys' fees, tenant moving expenses, and other costs .and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Real Property; (B) costs (including permit, license and inspection costs) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating rentable space for tenants (including Tenant) or vacant rentable space; (C) costs incurred due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Real Property; (D) costs of overhead or profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services in or in connection with the Real Property to the extent the same exceeds the costs of overhead and profit increment included in the costs of such services which could be obtained from third parties on competitive basis; (E) except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 4.2.4, costs of interest on debt or amortization on any mortgages, and rent payable under any ground lease of the Real Property; (F) costs of capital nature for the Real Property, except as specifically set forth in Sections 4.24(x) and (xi) above and clause (I) hereinbelow; (G) costs of repairs and maintenance actually reimbursed by any other party; (H) attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in attempting to collect rent or evict tenants for nonpayment of rent; (I) depreciation, amortization and interest payments (except as provided herein and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party's services, all as determined in accordance with standard real estate accounting practices, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life); (J) costs, including penalties, fines and associated legal expenses, incurred due to the violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Real Property of applicable Laws, that would not have been incurred but for any such violations by Landlord or any tenant of the Real Property; (K) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Real Property unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Real Property vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Real Property; provided, however, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of manager for the Real Property; (L) costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Real Property, to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds; (M) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not

10



    provided to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Real Property free of charge; (N) costs of correcting defects in the original construction of the Real Property; (O) tax penalties incurred as result of Landlord's negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments when due or to file any income tax or informational returns when due; (P) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss (but Operating Expenses may include reasonable reserves imposed upon the Real Property as part of the assessments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions recorded against the Real Property); (Q) cost of repairs necessitated by the gross negligence of Landlord; (R) advertising and promotional expenditures; (S) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Real Property, including partnership accounting and legal matters; (T) any ground lease rental; (U) costs incurred to comply with applicable Laws with respect to the cleanup, removal, investigation and/or remediation of any Hazardous Materials (as such term is defined in Section 5.1 below) in, on or under the Real Property and/or the Building to the extent such Hazardous Materials are: (1) in existence as of the Lease Commencement Date and in violation of applicable Laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, and were of such nature that federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Real Property, would have then required removal remediation Or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; or (2) introduced onto the Real Property and/or the Building after the Lease Commencement Date by Landlord or any of Landlord's agents, employees, contractors or other tenants in violation of applicable Laws in effect at the date of introduction, and were of such nature that federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Real Property, would have then required removal remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; (V) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than the Parking Facilities); (W) any Tax Expenses or Utilities Costs; (X) rentals for items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of permanent systems) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute capital improvement specifically excluded above; (Y) costs (including, without limitation, fines, penalties, interest, and costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or improvements) incurred in bringing the Real Property into compliance with building codes and other Laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date, including, without limitation, any costs to correct building code violations pertaining to the initial design or construction of the Building or any other improvements to the Real Property, to the extent such violations exist as of the Lease Commencement Date under any applicable building codes in effect and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date; (Z) costs of acquisition of sculptures, painting and other objects of art (except for maintenance costs with respect thereto); (AA) costs and overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Real Property to the extent the same exceeds typical costs and overhead and profit increment of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified unaffiliated third parties on competitive basis; (BB) costs arising out of the operation management, maintenance or repair of any retail premises in the Project or any other retail areas operated by Landlord or its agents, contractors or vendors to the extent such costs are uniquely attributable (and separately identifiable) to such retail premises or areas at opposed to general office use tenancies or are extraordinary, separately identifiable expenses arising in connection therewith; (CC) costs for which Landlord has been compensated by management fee, to the extent that the inclusion of such costs in Operating Expenses would result in double charge to Tenant; (DD) costs arising from Landlord's charitable or political contributions; (EE) costs of any "tap fees" or any

11


    sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant in the Building or the Real Property; (FF) any "above-standard" cleaning, including, but not limited to construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events and specific tenant requirements in excess of services provided to Tenant, including related trash collection, removal, hauling and dumping; (GG) "in-house" legal and/or accounting fees; (HH) except as otherwise provided above, reserves for bad debts or for future improvements, repairs, additions, etc.; (II) any "finders fees", brokerage commissions job placement costs or job advertisement costs; (JJ) any expenses incurred by Landlord for use of any portions of the Real Property to accommodate shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events or parties, ceremonies, and advertising beyond the normal expenses otherwise attributable to providing services, such as lighting and HVAC to such public portions of the Real Property in normal operations of the Real Property during standard hours of operation (except to the extent Landlord included such category of expenditures or similar type of expenditures, if actually incurred, in the Expense Base Year); and (KK) any balloons, flowers or other gifts provided to any entity whatsoever, to include, but not limited to, Tenant, other tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents (except to the extent Landlord included such category of expenditures or similar types of expenditures, if actually incurred, in the Expense Base Year); and (LL) electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company.

            4.2.5  " Systems and Equipment " shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve either or both of the Buildings and/or the Adjacent Building and/or any other building in the Project in whole or in part.

            4.2.6  " Tax Expense Base Year " shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.2 of the Summary.

            4.2.7  " Tax Expenses " shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, assessments, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit assessments, fees and taxes, child care subsidies, fees and/or assessments, job training subsidies, fees and/or assessments, open space fees and/or assessments, housing subsidies and/or housing fund fees or assessments, public art fees and/or assessments, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Real Property), which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Real Property, or Landlord's interest therein; provided the same accrued during the Lease Term. For purposes of this Lease, Tax Expenses for each Expense Year (including the Tax Expense Base Year) shall be calculated as if the tenant improvements in the Buildings (and, if and when constructed, the Adjacent Building) were fully constructed and the Real Property, the Buildings (and, if and when constructed, the Adjacent Building) and all tenant improvements in the Buildings (and, if and when constructed, the Adjacent Building) were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes.

              4.2.7.1  Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:

                (i)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.7.3 below, any tax on Landlord's rent, right to rent or other income from the Real Property or as against Landlord's business of leasing any of the Real Property;

12


                (ii)   Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (" Proposition 13 ") and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease;

                (iii)  Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof (but not any income tax on Landlord's net income);

                (iv)  Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and

                (v)   Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses; provided, however, to the extent Landlord obtains tax refund, such tax refund shall be credited against Tax Expenses for the Expense Year to which such refund is applicable and if as result of such refund or credit, Tenant overpaid Tax Expenses for such Expense Year, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord return of such overpayment, but not in excess of the amount of Tax Expenses actually prepaid by Tenant prior to the application of such refund/credit.

              4.2.7.2  In no event shall Tax Expenses for any Expense Year be less than the Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year.

              4.2.7.3  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.7, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord's net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Real Property); (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses; and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 of this Lease.

            4.2.8  " Tenant's Share " shall mean, subject to Section 1.3 above, the percentage set forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary. Tenant's Share was calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total rentable square feet in the Building (as set forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary), and stating such amount as percentage. In the event either the rentable square feet of the Premises and/or the total rentable square feet of the Building is changed in accordance with the BOMA Standard in Section 1.3 above, then Tenant's Share shall be appropriately adjusted and, as to the Expense Year in which such adjustment occurs, Tenant's Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenant's Share was in effect.

            4.2.9  " Utilities Base Year " shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.3 of the Summary.

            4.2.10  " Utilities Costs " shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building and the Project which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year (including the Utilities Base Year),

13



    including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer and electricity, and the costs of HVAC (including, unless paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.1.2 below, the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers) and other utilities (but excluding (i) the cost of electricity consumed in the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Building, the Adjacent Building and any other buildings in the Project (since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity pursuant to Section 6.1.2 below) and (ii) those charges for which tenants directly reimburse Landlord or otherwise pay directly to the utility company) as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges. Utilities Costs for each Expense Year (including the Utilities Base Year), shall be calculated assuming the Buildings (and during the period of time when any other office buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are included by Landlord within the Project), are at least [***] percent ([***]%) occupied. Utilities Costs shall include any costs of utilities which are allocated for the Real Property under any declaration, restrictive covenant, or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Real Property or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Real Property. For purposes of determining Utilities Costs incurred for the Utilities Base Year, Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year shall not include any one time special charges, costs or fees or extraordinary charges or costs incurred in the Utilities Base Year only, including those attributable to boycotts, embargoes, strikes or other shortages of services or fuel. In addition, if in any Expense Year subsequent to the Utilities Base Year, the amount of Utilities Costs decreases due to reduction in the cost of providing utilities to the Real Property for any reason, including without limitation, because of deregulation of the utility industry and/or reduction in rates achieved in contracts with utilities providers, then for purposes of the Expense Year in which such decrease in Utilities Costs occurred and all subsequent Expense Years, the Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year shall be decreased by an amount equal to such decrease.

        4.3     Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent.     

            4.3.1     Calculation of Excess.     If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, (i) Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building for the Expense Base Year and/or (ii) Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building for the Tax Expense Base Year, and/or (iii) Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building for the Utilities Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.3.2, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to such excess (the " Excess ").

            4.3.2     Statement of Actual Operating Expenses Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs and Payment by Tenant.     Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give to Tenant on or before the first day of May following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the " Statement ") which shall state, on line item by line item basis, the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of any Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as "Estimated Excess," as that term is defined in Section 4.3.3 of this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant's Share of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3.1 of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant's Share of any Operating Expenses, Tax

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14


Expenses and Utilities Costs attributable to any Expense Year which was first billed to Tenant more than [***] months after the date (the " Cutoff Date ") which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the applicable Expense Year or (ii) the Lease Expiration Date, except that Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility company at any time following the applicable Cutoff Date which are attributable to any Expense Year occurring prior to such Cutoff Date, so long as Landlord delivers to Tenant bill and supplemental Statement for such amounts within [***] months following Landlord's receipt of the applicable bill therefor. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

            4.3.3     Statement of Estimated Operating Expenses Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs.     In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant yearly expense estimate statement (the " Estimate Statement ") which shall set forth Landlord's reasonable estimate (the " Estimate "), on a line item by line item basis, of what the total amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Excess (the " Estimated Excess ") as calculated by comparing (i) Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building for the Expense Base Year, (ii) Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building for the Tax Expense Base Year, and (iii) Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building for the Utilities Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current Expense Year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.3.3). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month of such payment both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

            4.3.4     Allocation of Operating Expenses Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs to Building.     The parties acknowledge that the Building is part of multi-office building project consisting of the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and such other buildings as Landlord may elect to construct and include as part of the Real Property from time to time (collectively, the " Other Buildings "), and that certain of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Real Property ( i.e. , the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) shall be shared among the Buildings and/or such Other Buildings, while certain other costs and expenses which are solely attributable to the Building, Building II and such Other Buildings, as applicable, shall be allocated directly to the Building, Building II and the Other Buildings, respectively. Accordingly, as set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities costs are determined annually for the Real Property as whole, and a portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to the tenants of Building II and the Other Buildings), and such portion so allocated, provided the same is allocated in an equitable and non-discriminatory manner, shall be the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs payable with respect to the Building upon which Tenant's Share of the Excess, if any, shall be calculated. Such portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

15


Utilities Costs allocated to the Building shall include all Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs which are attributable solely to the Building, and an equitable portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, attributable to the Real Property as whole. As an example of such allocation with respect to Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs it is anticipated that Landlord may receive separate tax bills which separately assess the improvements component of Tax Expenses for each building in the Project and/or Landlord may receive separate utilities bills from the utilities companies identifying the Utilities Costs for certain of the utilities costs directly incurred by each such building (as measured by separate meters installed for each such building), and such separately assessed Tax Expenses and separately metered Utilities Costs shall be calculated for and allocated separately to each such applicable building. In addition, in the event Landlord elects, at its sole option, to subdivide certain common area portions of the Real Property such as landscaping, public and private streets, driveways, walkways, courtyards, plazas, transportation facilitation areas, accessways and/or parking areas into separate parcel or parcels of land (and/or separately convey all or any of such parcels to common area association to own, operate and/or maintain same), the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such common area parcels of land may be aggregated and then reasonably allocated by Landlord to the Building, Building II and such Other Buildings on an equitable basis as Landlord (and/or any applicable covenants conditions and restrictions for any such common area association) shall provide from time to time.

            4.3.5     Cap on Controllable Expenses.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 4, the aggregate "Controllable Expenses" (as hereinafter defined) included in Operating Expenses in any Expense Year after the Expense Base Year shall not increase by more than [***] on an annual, cumulative and compounded basis, over the actual aggregate Controllable Expenses included in Operating Expenses for any preceding Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), but with no such limit on the amount of Controllable Expenses which may be included in the Operating Expenses incurred during the Expense Base Year. For purposes of this Section 4.3.5, " Controllable Expenses " shall mean all Operating Expenses except: (i) insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Real Property and/or the operation thereof; and (ii) costs of capital expenditures, including, without limitation, costs of capital improvements, capital alterations, capital repairs, capital equipment and capital tools. The provisions of this Section 4.3.5 do not apply to Tax Expenses or Utilities Costs.

            4.3.6     Payment in Installments.     All assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments that are permitted by law without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest and not included as Operating Expenses except in the Expense Year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid; provided, however, that if the prevailing practice in comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area is to pay such assessments or premiums on an earlier basis, and Landlord pays on such earlier basis, such assessments or premiums shall be included in Operating Expenses in the Calendar Year that such assessments or premiums are paid by Landlord.

        4.4     Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.     Any and all Tenant's shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent included in Tax Expenses by Landlord), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when:

            4.4.1  said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of each tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for each tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of building standard build-out as determined by Landlord regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be vested in each tenant or Landlord;

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

16


            4.4.2  said taxes are assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by each tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Real Property (including the Parking Facilities); or

            4.4.3  said taxes are assessed upon this transaction or any document to which each tenant is party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

        4.5     Late Charges.     If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee by the due date therefor then Tenant shall pay to Landlord late charge equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount due plus any attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies hereunder, at law and/or in equity and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner. Notwithstanding the above, no late charge will be assessed for the [***] late payment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant in any [***] during the Lease Term (including the Option Term(s), if applicable). In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid by the date that they are due shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate (the " Interest Rate ") equal to the lesser of (i) the "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate" announced from time to time by the Bank of America (or such reasonable comparable national banking institution as selected by Landlord in the event Bank of America ceases to exist or publish Prime Rate or Reference Rate), plus [***] percent ([***]%), or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

        4.6     Audit Rights.     In the event Tenant disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses set forth in the Statement for the particular calendar year delivered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3.2 above, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's cost, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to have Tenant's authorized employees or agents inspect, at Landlord's office during normal business hours, Landlord's books, records and supporting documents concerning the Operating Expenses set forth in such Statement; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to conduct such inspection, have an audit performed by the Accountant as described below, or object to or otherwise dispute the amount of the Operating Expenses set forth in any such Statement, unless Tenant notifies Landlord of such objection and dispute completes such inspection, and has the Accountant commence and complete such audit within twelve (12) months immediately following Landlord's delivery of the particular Statement in question (the " Review Period "), which Review Period shall be extended by the number of days of any unreasonable delays caused by Landlord in providing Landlord's books, records and supporting documentation to Tenant; provided, further, that notwithstanding any such timely objection, dispute, inspection, and/or audit, and as condition precedent to Tenant's exercise of its right of objection, dispute, inspection and/or audit as set forth in this Section 4.6, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amounts as required by the provisions of this Article 4 in accordance with such Statement. However, such payment shall be made under protest pending the outcome of any audit which may be performed by the Accountant as described below. In connection with any such inspection by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that such inspection can be performed pursuant to mutually acceptable schedule, in an expeditious manner and without undue interference with Landlord's operation and management of the Building. If after such inspection and/or request for documentation, Tenant still disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, within the Review Period, to cause an independent certified public accountant which is not paid on contingency basis and which is mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant (the " Accountant ") to complete an audit of Landlord's books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses to determine the proper amount of the Operating Expenses incurred and amounts payable by Tenant for the calendar year which is the subject of such Statement. Such audit by the Accountant shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree as to the identity of the Accountant within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant desires an

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

17


audit to be performed, then the Accountant shall be one of the "Big 4" accounting firms, which is not paid on contingency basis and which is selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. If such audit reveals that Landlord has over-charged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge, plus interest at the Interest Rate referred to in Section 4.5 above. If the audit reveals that the Tenant was under-charged, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the amount of such under-charge. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined that Landlord's original Statement which was the subject of such audit was in error to Tenant's disadvantage by five percent (5%) or more of the total Operating Expenses which was the subject of such audit. The payment by Tenant of any amounts pursuant to this Article 4 shall not preclude Tenant from questioning the correctness of any Statement provided by Landlord at any time during the Review Period, but the failure of Tenant to object thereto, conduct and complete its inspection and have the Accountant conduct and complete the audit as described above prior to the expiration of the Review Period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant's approval of the Statement in question and the amount of Operating Expenses shown thereon, except for any instance of fraudulent disclosure and/or willful nondisclosure by Landlord. In connection with any inspection and/or audit conducted by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6, Tenant agrees .to keep, and to cause all of Tenant's employees and consultants and the Accountant keep, all of Landlord's books and records and the audit, and all information pertaining thereto and the results thereof, strictly confidential, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause such employees, consultants and the Accountant to execute such reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits.


ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

        5.1     Permitted Use.     Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office purposes and for ancillary testing research and development and engineering but not manufacturing assembly or production of [***] electronic products provided that any such ancillary use of the Premises and the manner in which any use is conducted shall be consistent with the character of the Building as first-class office building. Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws, ordinances, codes, statutes, rules or regulations of the United States of America the state in which the Real Property is located, or the ordinances regulations or requirements Of the local municipal or county governing body or other governmental or quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Real Property (collectively, (" Laws "). Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and the provisions of all ground or underlying leases, now affecting the Real Property. Attached hereto as Exhibit G is list of existing recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the Real Property, true correct and complete copies of which have been delivered to Tenant. Tenant shall also comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the Real Property and executed after the date of execution of this Lease provided that such covenants, conditions, and restrictions and leases do not materially restrict Tenant in Tenant's use of the Premises or materially increase Tenant's obligations or adversely affect Tenant's rights under this Lease. Tenant shall not use or allow another person or entity to use any part of the Premises for the storage use treatment manufacture or sale of "Hazardous Material," as that term is defined below, except for ordinary and general office supplies typically used in the ordinary course of business within office space in first-class office buildings (such as copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink and common household cleaning supplies) which Tenant must use in strict compliance with all applicable Laws. As used herein, the term " Hazardous Material " means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local

18


governmental authority, the state in which the Real Property is located or the United States Government.

        5.2     Landlord's Representation and Warranty Regarding Hazardous Material.     Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to Landlord's actual knowledge as of the date hereof, except as may be disclosed in the Environmental Report (as defined below), the Real Property does not currently contain any Hazardous Materials in violation of any existing applicable Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials. As used herein, the " Environmental Report " shall mean that certain Phase Environmental Site Assessment, prepared by Building Analytics in accordance with the Building Analytics Proposal and Contract dated July 27 2000. As used herein, the phrase "actual knowledge" shall mean the actual knowledge of [***], Landlord's property manager for the Building, without investigation or inquiry or duty of investigation or inquiry. Landlord's property manager for the Building is making such representation and warranty on behalf of Landlord and not in such persons individual capacity and, as result Landlord (and not such individual) shall be liable in the event of breach of this representation.


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

        6.1     Standard Tenant Services.     Landlord shall provide the following services on all days during the Lease Term, unless otherwise stated below.

            6.1.1  Subject to reasonable changes Implemented by Landlord and to all governmental rules, regulations, and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (" HVAC ") to the Premises and Building at such temperatures and in such amounts as will allow the occupants of the Premises to comfortably use and occupy the Premises for general office purposes, from Monday through Friday, during the period from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and on Saturday during the period from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., except for the date of observation of New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and other locally or nationally recognized holidays as designated by Landlord so long as such other holidays are so designated by landlords of comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area (collectively, the " Holidays ").

            6.1.2  Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power to the Premises for normal general office use as reasonably determined by Landlord but in any event substantially consistent with the wiring, facilities and power provided by landlords of comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area. Tenant shall pay directly to the utility company pursuant to the utility company's separate meters the cost of all electricity provided to and/or consumed in the Premises including normal and excess consumption and shall pay to Landlord as part of Utilities Costs (and pursuant to Landlord's submeters to measure the same), for the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers pertaining to those portions of the Premises that do not consist of an entire floor in the Building ( i.e. , multi-tenant floors), which electricity shall be separately metered (as described above with respect to electricity provided to and/or consumed in the Premises) or, with respect to electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers on multi-tenant floors, pursuant to Landlord's submetering and charged by Landlord to Tenant and other tenants of the Building as part of Utilities Costs. Tenant shall pay such cost (including the Cost of such meters or submeters) within thirty (30) days after demand and as additional rent under this Lease (and not as part of the Operating Expenses or Utilities Costs). Landlord shall designate the electricity utility provider from time to time.

            6.1.3  As part of Operating Expenses or Utilities Costs (as determined by Landlord), Landlord shall replace lamps starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

19


            6.1.4  Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

            6.1.5  Subject to Section 6.8 below, Landlord shall provide janitorial services five (5) days per week, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in manner consistent with other comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area.

            6.1.6  Landlord shall provide nonexclusive automatic passenger and service elevator service to all floors in the Building.

            6.1.7  Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service to ah floors in the Building subject to reasonable scheduling by Landlord.

            6.1.8  Landlord shall provide electric lighting service for all common areas of the Building and Real Property and for the Parking Facilities, in manner consistent with other comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area.

        6.2     Overstandard Tenant Use.     Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the need for water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water or heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after billing and as additional rent, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, the increased cost directly to Landlord, within ten 10 days after demand, including the cost of such additional metering devices. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall give Landlord at least twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice or such other notice as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate (which other notice is anticipated to be accomplished through telephonic dial-up and/or access via computer codes), of Tenant's desired use, (ii) Landlord shall supply such HVAC to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant as Landlord shall from time to time establish; such hourly cost shall be equal to (A) the actual cost incurred by Landlord to supply such after-hours HVAC on an hourly basis (but based on [***] hour minimum provision of such after hours HVAC), (B) increased wear and tear and depreciation of equipment to provide such after-hours HVAC, and (C) maintenance costs, and (iii) Tenant shall pay such cost within ten (10) days after billing as Additional Rent.

        6.3     Interruption of Use.     Except as expressly provided herein, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Real Property after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to or interference with, Tenant's business, including, without limitation, loss of profits,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

20


however occurring through or in connection with or incidental to failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

        6.4     Additional Services.     Provided that Landlord can provide such services (i) at competitive price, (ii) at comparable level of quality and (iii) within comparable period of time (as compared to third party providers of such services to comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area), Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, locksmithing, lamp replacement, additional janitorial service and additional repairs and maintenance, provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon billing, the sum of all costs to Landlord of such additional services plus an administration fee equal to five percent 5% of such costs Charges for any utilities or service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on monthly basis.

        6.5     Abatement of Rent When Tenant Is Prevented From Using Premises.     In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) consecutive business days (the " Eligibility Period ") as result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord after the Lease Commencement Date and required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease or permitted pursuant to Section 24.30 below, or (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide to the Premises any of the essential utilities and services required to be provided in Sections 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 above, or (iii) any failure by Landlord to provide access to the Premises and/or the Parking Facilities, then Tenant' obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, from and after the first (1 st ) day following the Eligibility Period and continuing until such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be entitled to such abatement of rent if the matter described in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) of this sentence is not caused by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent Tenant shall be entitled to abatement of rent because of damage or destruction pursuant to Article 11 or taking pursuant to Article 12, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.

        6.6     Tenant's Security System.     Tenant may, in accordance with Article hereof and at its own expense, install its own security system (" Tenant's Security System ") in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior consent with respect to the plans and specifications for Tenant's Security System (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld conditioned or delayed), and shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant's Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant's Security System is reasonably compatible with Landlord's security system and the Buildings Systems and Equipment. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense for the monitoring operation and removal of Tenant's Security System.

        6.7     HVAC Package Units.     Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall be entitled to install, (as an Alteration as such term is defined in Article 8 below) ventilation and air conditioning units (" Package Units ") within the Premises [***]. The plans and specifications for any such Package Units shall, as provided in Article 8 below, be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. If Tenant elects to install such Package Units within the Premises, then such Package Units shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, be separately metered and Tenant shall be responsible for the costs of all electricity furnished to such units. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair of the Package Units and each such unit shall be considered to be fixture within the Premises and shall remain upon the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term unless Landlord elects to have such Package Units removed by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.3 below.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

21


        6.8     Security Personnel in Second Floor Lobby.     Subject to (i) the approval of all applicable governmental agencies, (ii) Tenant's compliance with all applicable Laws and the provisions of this Lease, and (iii) the provisions, and Tenant's compliance with and obtaining all approvals required under, and all other covenants, conditions and restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Real Property, Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall have the exclusive right at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to (A) install on the second (2 nd ) floor elevator lobby of the Building (the " Lobby ") one (1) security personnel reception desk (the " Security Desk "), and (B) provide security guard (the " Security Personnel ") to perform security services in the Lobby in accordance with the security specifications and procedures reasonably established by Tenant from time to time (the " Security Specifications "), which Security Specifications shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. Tenant's rights set forth in this Section 6.8 shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) all of Tenant's Security Personnel performing such services shall perform same in manner that will not unreasonably interfere with the security services provided by Landlord for the Project, and shall abide by Landlord's reasonable rules, regulations and procedures in connection therewith; (2) all such services must be performed in first-class manner (in a manner comparable to the provision of similar services by the landlords of comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area); (3) all such personnel of any third party vendors performing such security services must be bonded and licensed security personnel reasonably approved by Landlord and shall not create labor disharmony at the Project (and at Landlord's request all third party vendors providing such services shall be union labor in compliance with the labor agreements, if any, affecting the Project); (4) the Security Personnel shall be unarmed at all times; (5) the Security Personnel shall at all times wear uniforms which clearly display the name of Tenant and which identify such Security Personnel as employees or contractors of Tenant, and such uniforms shall in no event display the name of Landlord, the Building or the Project; and (6) in no event shall the Security Personnel interfere with any other tenants access to or use of the Building or such other tenants' premises.

            6.8.1     Location and Installation of Security Desk.     The location of the Security Desk in the Lobby shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. The installation of the Security Desk shall constitute alterations and shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease (or the Tenant Work Letter if installed by Tenant during the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises) including, without limitation, Tenant's obligation to obtain Landlord's prior consent to the size and other specifications of the Security Desk, and the Security Desk shall be treated for all purposes of this Lease as if the Security Desk were Tenant's Property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to install screening in the event such Security Desk is visible from the main lobby of the Building (with the exact specifications and materials of such screening to be subject to Landlord's approval). In no event shall Tenant be permitted to void any warranties pertaining to the Building in connection with the installation of the Security Desk. Landlord shall have no obligation to make any changes, improvements or alterations to the area where the Security Desk is located.

            6.8.2     Tenant's Covenants Indemnity.     Tenant shall install, use, maintain and repair the Security Desk in first-class manner so as not to (i) cause damage to the Building or the Building's Systems and Equipment, or (ii) unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building, or the operation of the businesses of other tenants' or occupants' of the Building or such tenants and occupants systems and equipment located in or on the Building or Project. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord and the other tenants occupants of the Building to resolve any complaints made by such other tenants or occupants with respect to the Security Desk and/or the Security Personnel. In addition, Tenant shall (A) be solely responsible for any damage caused as result of the Security Desk and/or the Security Personnel, (B) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees (if any) charged pursuant to any requirements in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Security Desk and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all

22



    governmental authorities, and (C) make necessary repairs, replacements or maintenance of the Security Desk. Further, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall maintain the Security Desk as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims other than the Excluded Claims (as such terms are defined in Section 10.1 below) arising out of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 6.8.

            6.8.3     Landlord's Obligations.     Except as specifically set forth herein, Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Security Desk and/or the Security Personnel or compliance with any requirements relating thereto nor shall Landlord be responsible for any damage that may be caused to the Security Desk, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties and not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease.

            6.8.4     Removal at End of Term.     Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the reasonable control of and direction from Landlord, remove the Security Desk, repair any damage caused thereby, and restore the Lobby and other facilities of the Building to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Security Desk.

            6.8.5     Rights Personal.     Tenant's rights under this Section 6.8 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease, pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (or such assignee that is an Affiliate as the case may be) and shall only be utilized when the Original Tenant (or such assignee that is an Affiliate as the case may be) is in actual and physical possession of the entire Premises.

        6.9     Tenant's Provision of Janitorial Service.     Tenant shall have the option upon sixty (60) days' prior written notice to Landlord, to contract with reputable janitorial service provider reasonably approved by Landlord which does not cause labor disharmony within the Building or Real Property for, and cause to be performed, all janitorial services with respect to the Premises; in such event, (i) Landlord shall have no further obligation under this Lease to provide such janitorial service, and (ii) the amount of Utilities Costs included in the Utilities Base Year shall be reduced by an amount as shall be reasonably determined by Landlord equal to the portion of the consideration payable by Landlord (as of the date such janitorial services are initially provided by Tenant) under Landlord's contract with its provider of janitorial services allocable to the Premises.


ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

        7.1     Tenant's Repairs.     Subject to Landlord repair obligations in Sections 7.2, 11.1 and Article 12 below, Tenant shall at Tenant's own expense, keep the Premises and all portions thereof which were not constructed or installed by or on behalf of Landlord as part of the Base, Shell and Core, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, which repair obligations shall include, without limitation, the obligation to promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged Or broken fixtures and appurtenances; provided, however, that, at Landlord's option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs within reasonable period of time and after Landlord has notified Tenant of its intention to do so, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including percentage of the cost thereof to be uniformly established for the Building sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same.

23


        7.2     Landlord's Repairs.     Anything contained in Section 7.1 above to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject to Articles 11 and 12 of this Lease, throughout the Lease Term, as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall, in manner substantially consistent with comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area, repair and maintain (i) the structural portions of the Building and Premises, (ii) the Base, Shell and Core improvement of the Building and the basic plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems serving the Building and not located in the Premises, and (iii) the common areas of the Building and the Real Property, including, but not limited to, the elevators, Parking Facilities, landscaping, security and life-safety systems and equipment; provided, however, if such maintenance and repairs are caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees and is not covered by proceeds actually received by Landlord from Landlord's insurance that Landlord is required to maintain hereunder. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance aid repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs, or to perform any maintenance. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5 above, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Real Property, Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such repairs, alterations and improvements to be performed so as not to materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's access to or the conduct of Tenant's normal business functions within the Premises. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code; or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

        7.3     Tenant's Self-Help Rights.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 7, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of the need for repairs and/or maintenance which are Landlord's obligation to perform under Section 7.2 above, and Landlord fails to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (or such longer time as is reasonably necessary if more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required to complete such repairs and Landlord commences such repairs within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently attempts to complete same), then Tenant may proceed to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance upon delivery of an additional three (3) business days' notice to Landlord that Tenant is taking such required action (provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required in the event of an emergency which threatens life or where there is imminent danger to property). If such repairs and/or maintenance were required under the terms of this Lease to be performed by Landlord and are not performed by Landlord prior to the expiration of such three (3) business day period (or the initial notice and repair period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 7.3 in the event of emergencies where no second notice is required) (the " Outside Repair Period "), then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant's actual, reasonable, and documented costs and expenses in performing such maintenance and/or repairs. Such reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's invoice of such costs and expenses, and if Landlord fails to so reimburse Tenant within such 30-day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to offset against the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease the amount of such invoice together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, which shall have accrued on the amount of such invoice during the period from and after Tenant's delivery of such invoice to Landlord through and including the earlier of the date Landlord delivers the payment to Tenant or the date Tenant offsets such amount against the Rent; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if (i) Landlord delivers to Tenant prior to the expiration of the Outside Repair Period described above, a written objection to Tenant's right to receive any such reimbursement based upon Landlord's good faith claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or (ii) Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant's invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice based

24



upon Landlord's good faith claim that such charges are excessive (in which case, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within such 30-day period, the amount Landlord contends would not be excessive), then Tenant shall not be entitled to such reimbursement or offset against Rent, but Tenant, as its sole remedy, may proceed to claim default by Landlord. In the event Tenant undertakes such repairs and/or maintenance, and such work will affect the Systems and Equipment, the Base, Shell and Core, any structural portions of the Building, any common areas the Real Property or other areas outside the Building and/or the exterior appearance of the Building or Real Property (or any portion thereof), Tenant shall use only those unrelated third party contractors used by Landlord in the Building for such work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform such work at competitive prices, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area. Tenant shall comply with the other terms and conditions of this Lease if Tenant takes the required action, except that Tenant is not required to obtain Landlord's consent for such repairs.


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

        8.1     Landlord's Consent to Alterations.     Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the " Alterations ") without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion with respect to any Alterations which may affect the structural components of the Building or the Systems and Equipment or which can be seen from (or may affect any area) outside the Premises (collectively, the " Prohibited Alterations "). Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord's prior consent shall not be required with respect to any interior Alterations to the Premises which (i) are not Prohibited Alterations, (ii) cost less than [***] for any one (1) job, and (iii) do not require permit of any kind, as long as (A) Tenant delivers to Landlord notice and copy of any final plans, specifications and working drawings for any such Alterations at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of the work thereof, and (B) the other conditions of this Article 8 are satisfied including, without limitation, conforming to Landlord's rules, regulations and insurance requirements which govern contractors. Tenant shall pay for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses of the Alterations, and shall pay to Landlord a Landlord supervision fee of [***] percent ([***]%) of the cost of the Alterations that require Landlord's consent. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

        8.2     Manner of Construction.     Landlord may impose, as condition of its consent to all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors , materials, mechanics and materialmen approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided, however, Landlord may impose such requirements as Landlord may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, with respect to any work affecting the structural components of the Building or Systems and Equipment (including designating specific contractors to perform such work provided such contractors and subcontractors agree to perform such work at competitive prices and pursuant to Tenant's reasonable scheduling requirements). Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Real Property is located, and in conformance with Landlord's commercially reasonable construction rules and regulations. Landlord's approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant's

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

25


Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner as not to obstruct access to the Building or Real Property or the common areas for any other tenant of the Real Property, and as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants of the Real Property, or interfere with the labor force working at the Real Property. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry "Builder's All Risk" insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant's insurance pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as co-obligee; provided, however, that Landlord shall waive its right to require any such bond or alternate form of security for Alterations performed by or on behalf of the Original Tenant or any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Real Property is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, (ii) deliver to the management office of the Real Property a reproducible copy of the "as built" drawings of the Alterations, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors' affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.

        8.3     Landlord's Property.     All Alterations, improvements and/or fixtures (excluding Tenant's trade fixtures, movable furniture and personal property) which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, and all signs installed in, on or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord and will remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Lease Term; provided, however, Landlord may, by written notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord's approval of the final working drawings for any Alterations, identify those Alterations which Landlord will require Tenant to remove at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord may also require Tenant, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, to remove any Alterations which Landlord did not have the opportunity to approve as provided in Section 8.1 above. In no event will Tenant be required to remove the initial Tenant Improvements installed pursuant to Exhibit B . If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any such Alterations, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove the identified Alterations on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any such Alterations, Landlord may do so and may charge the reasonable cost thereof to Tenant.


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

        Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Real Property, Building or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant's interest only. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Real Property, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed

26



to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record, by payment, statutory bond or other lawful means. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if any such lien is not released and removed from title on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.


ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

        10.1     Indemnification and Waiver.     Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property and injury to persons, in, on, or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, and its partners and subpartners, and their respective officers, agents, property managers, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, " Landlord Parties ") shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage to property or injury to persons or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage or injury is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability, including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees (collectively " Claims ") incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant's installation, placement and removal of Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises), and any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, licensees or invitees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Premises, the Building and Real Property; provided, however, that Tenant's indemnity shall, in no event, extend to loss of profits, loss of business or other consequential damages incurred by Landlord or any Landlord Parties. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.1 to the contrary, the foregoing assumption of risk, release and indemnity shall not apply to any Claims to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, and not insured (or required to be insured) by Tenant under this Lease (collectively, the " Excluded Claims "), and Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant's officers, agents and employees (collectively, " Tenant Parties ") from and against any such Excluded Claims, but only to the extent Landlord's liability is not waived and released by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 10.4 of this Lease (provided, however, that Landlord's indemnity shall, in no event, extend to loss of profits, loss of business or other consequential damages incurred by Tenant or any Tenant Parties). Each party's agreement to indemnify the other pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by the indemnifying party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

        10.2     Landlord's Insurance and Tenant's Compliance with Landlord's Fire and Casualty Insurance.     Landlord shall, from and after the date hereof until the expiration of the Lease Term, maintain in effect the following insurance: (i) physical damage insurance (including rental loss endorsement) providing coverage in the event of fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and all other risks normally covered under "special form" policies in the geographical area of the Building, covering the Building (excluding, at Landlord's option, the property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3 below) in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value (less reasonable deductibles) of the Building, together with such other risks as Landlord may

27



from time to time determine (provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain earthquake and/or flood insurance); (ii) commercial general liability insurance including Commercial Broad Form Endorsement or the equivalent in the amount of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), against claims of bodily injury, personal injury or property damage arising out of Landlord's operations, assumed liabilities (including the liabilities assumed by Landlord under this Lease), contractual liabilities, or use of the Building, common areas and Parking Facilities; and (iii) workers compensation insurance as required by law. Such coverages may be carried under blanket and/or umbrella policies. The insurers providing such insurance shall be licensed to do business in the State of California and rated A-VII or better in Best's Insurance Guide, and the policies of insurance with respect to property loss or damage by fire or other casualty shall contain a waiver of subrogation as provided in Section 10.4 below. Such coverages may be carried under blanket and/or umbrella insurance policies. Such insurance shall be primary insurance as to all claims hereunder. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, comply as to the Premises with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant's conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

        10.3     Tenant's Insurance.     Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

            10.3.1  Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant's operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form Commercial General Liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, (and with owned and non-owned automobile liability coverage, and liquor liability coverage in the event alcoholic beverages are served on the Premises) for limits of liability riot less than:

Bodily Injury and
Property Damage Liability

  $4,000,000 each occurrence
$4,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

  $4,000,000 each occurrence
$4,000,000 annual aggregate

            10.3.2  Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant Improvements, including any Tenant Improvements which Landlord permits to be installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises, including any improvements, alterations or additions installed at Tenant's request above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a "physical loss or damage" basis under "special form" policy for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

            10.3.3  Workers' compensation insurance as required by law.

            10.3.4  Intentionally Omitted.

            10.3.5  Tenant shall carry comprehensive automobile liability insurance having a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence and insuring

28



    Tenant against liability for claims arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, hired or non-owned automobiles.

            10.3.6  The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall: (i) name Landlord, Landlord's property manager, Landlord's asset manager and Landlord's lender with a deed of trust encumbering the Real Property and any other party affiliated with Landlord or Landlord's partners that landlord so specifies in writing to Tenant, as an additional insured with respect to Tenant's insurance described in Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 above (but Tenant shall not be required to name Landlord or such other parties as loss payees with respect to Tenant's personal property damage insurance described in Section 10.3.2(i) above; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant's obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than AVIII in Best's Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord; (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vii) with respect to the insurance required in Sections 10.3.1, 10.3.2, 10.3.4 and 10.3.5 above, have deductible amounts not exceeding Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Tenant shall deliver certificates evidencing such insurance policies to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. If Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such certificates, within such time periods, Landlord may, at its option, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, and without regard to any notice and cure periods set forth in Section 19.1, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of bills therefor. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Tenant shall be permitted to fulfill its obligations to maintain the insurance required hereunder by obtaining a blanket policy, or policies, covering the various liabilities of Tenant as long as the coverage required to be maintained for the Premises (including annual aggregate liability coverage) is not diminished or reduced as a result thereof, and provided such policy contains an endorsement that: (A) identifies with specificity the particular address of the Premises as being covered under the blanket policy; and (B) expressly waives any pro rata distribution requirement in Tenant's blanket policy covering the Premises.

        10.4     Subrogation.     Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant as the case may be, so long as the insurance carried by Landlord and Tenant, respectively, is not invalidated thereby. As long as such waivers of subrogation are contained in their respective insurance policies, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under policies of insurance for fire and all risk coverage, theft, public liability, or other similar insurance.

        10.5     Additional Insurance Obligations.     Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, during the Option Term(s) (if applicable), Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to carry and maintain, during the applicable Option Term and at Tenant's sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10, and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant's operations therein, all as may be reasonably requested by Landlord during the applicable Option Term but only if such increased amounts and/or other types of insurance coverage are commonly carried by tenants comparable to Tenant in first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area.

29



ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

        11.1     Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord.     Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any common areas of the Building or Real Property serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the base, shell, and core of the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the base, shell, and core of the Premises and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Real Property, or the lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Real Property and/or the Building, or any other modifications to the common areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under Section 10.3.2(ii) and Section 10.3.2(iii) of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the tenant improvements and alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such tenant improvements and alterations to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant's insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord's repair of the damage. In connection with such repairs and replacements, Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of construction, submit to Landlord, for Landlord's review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided, however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or common areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy, and if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant's employees, contractors, licensees, or invitees, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, during the time and to the extent Tenant is so prevented from using and does not use the Premises as result thereof.

        11.2     Termination Rights.     Within sixty (60) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (" Landlord's Damage Notice ") of the estimated time, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, required to substantially complete the repairs of such damage (the " Estimated Repair Period "). Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 above, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises and/or Building and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs cannot, in Landlord's opinion, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); or (ii) the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord's insurance policies; provided, however, that if (A) if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord's termination right as provided above, (B) the damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event (as defined below), and (C) the repair of such damage cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the damage, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by

30



delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's Damage Notice, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such termination notice thereof to Landlord. As used herein, a " Tenant Damage Event " shall mean damage to all or any part of the Premises or any common areas of the Building providing access to the Premises by fire or other casualty, which damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant's employees, agents, contractors or licensees, and which damage substantially interferes with Tenant's use of or access to the Premises and would entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent pursuant to Section 11.1 above. In addition, in the event of a Tenant Damage Event, and if neither Landlord nor Tenant has elected to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, but Landlord fails to substantially complete the repair and restoration of such Tenant Damage Event within the Estimated Repair Period plus sixty (60) days, plus the number of days of delay, if any, attributable to events of "Force Majeure," as that term is defined in Section 24.17 hereof, plus the number of days of delay, if any, as are attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant, then Tenant shall have an additional right to terminate this Lease by delivering written termination notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such period, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such termination notice. Further, in the event that the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease and to the extent such destruction or damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event and the repair of same is reasonably expected by Landlord to require more than sixty (60) days to complete, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease, by giving written termination notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. If either Landlord or Tenant exercises any of its options to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, (1) this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such termination notice, (2) Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination, and (3) both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease which by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

        11.3     Waiver of Statutory Provisions.     The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property, and any statute or regulation of the state in which the Real Property is located, including without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property.


ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

        12.1     Permanent Taking.     If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Real Property shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Real Property, or if Landlord shall grant deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days' notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. If more than ten percent (10%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to

31


terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days' notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for (i) any taking of Tenant's personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, (ii) for moving expenses and (iii) interruption to or damage to Tenant's business, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Real Property or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure.

        12.2     Temporary Taking.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12, in the event of temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for period of ninety 90 days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.


ARTICLE 13

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

        Landlord covenants that Tenant shall, during the Lease Term peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

        14.1     Transfers.     Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and invitees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as " Transfers " and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as " Transferee ." If Tenant shall desire Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the " Transfer Notice ") shall include (i) the proposed effective date of .the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the " Subject Space "), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and (v) such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall at Landlord's option constitute default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not

32


Landlord shall grant consent, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord [***] for review and processing fees, and Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any actual, documented and reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant's proposed Transfer.

        14.2     Landlord's Consent.     Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice, and shall notify Tenant of Landlord's consent or disapproval within ten (10) business days after Landlord's receipt of the Transfer Notice and the other information described in Section 14.1 above. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:

            14.2.1  The Transferee is engaged in business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or Real Property;

            14.2.2  The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

            14.2.3  The Transferee is either governmental agency or instrumentality thereof (i) which is that of foreign country, or (ii) which is of character or reputation, is engaged in business, or is of, or is associated with, [***], or (iii) [***], unless, and only to the extent, Landlord has previously approved such an occupant for other space in the Building;

            14.2.4  The Transfer will result in more than safe number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space;

            14.2.5  The Transferee is not party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the Lease on the date consent is requested;

            14.2.6  The proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is party, or would give an occupant of the Real Property a right to cancel its lease;

            14.2.7  Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent and Landlord has space in the Buildings or Adjacent Building available for lease to such party of comparable size as the proposed Subject Space, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time and Landlord has space in the Buildings or Adjacent Building available for lease to such party of comparable size as the proposed Subject Space.

        If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within one (1) month after Landlord's consent but not later than the expiration of said one-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant's original Transfer Notice,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

33


Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord's right of recapture if any under Section 14.4 of this Lease).

        14.3     Transfer Premium.     If Landlord consents to Transfer as condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any "Transfer Premium" as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. " Transfer Premium " shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred after deducting the actual, documented and reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any reasonable changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer and/or any tenant improvement allowance provided by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any reasonable brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iii) reasonable attorney's fees and advertising expenses in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) any free rent provided by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer. "Transfer Premium" shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer.

        14.4     Landlord's Option as to Subject Space.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Landlord shall have the option by giving written notice to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt of any Transfer Notice involving (i) an assignment of Tenant's entire interest in this Lease or (ii) a sublease, which when aggregated with all other subleases of space in the Premises, is more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the then total rentable square footage of the Premises, to recapture the Subject Space. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice. If this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant iii proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4, then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 14.2 of this Lease.

        14.5     Effect of Transfer.     If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to an further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof; provided, however, that Landlord keeps said books, records and papers strictly confidential, and in connection therewith, Landlord shall cause its employees and consultants to execute such commercially reasonable confidentiality agreements as Tenant may require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and Landlord's costs of such audit if the audit was in error to Landlord's disadvantage by three percent (3%) or more.

        14.6     Additional Transfers.     Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.7 below for purposes of this Lease, the term "Transfer" shall also include (i) if Tenant is partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

34


transfer of twenty-five percent or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is closely held corporation (i.e. whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

        14.7     Affiliated Companies/Restructuring of Business Organization.     The assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of this Lease or the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, or (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or under common control with Tenant, or (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated (all such persons or entities described in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being sometimes hereinafter referred to as " Affiliates ") shall not be deemed Transfer under this Article 14, provided that:

            14.7.1  Any such Affiliate was not formed as subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Article 14;

            14.7.2  Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate;

            14.7.3  Any such Affiliate has, in Landlord's reasonable good faith opinion, as of the effective date of any such assignment or sublease, tangible net worth and net income, in the aggregate sufficient to meet the obligations of Tenant under this Lease;

            14.7.4  Any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such assignment or sublease, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and

            14.7.5  Tenant shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

        15.1     Surrender of Premises.     No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute surrender of the Premises or effect termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

        15.2     Removal Of Tenant Property by Tenant.     Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs and casualty damage, which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder

35



excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.


ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

        If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to [***] of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease for the first two (2) months of such holdover and thereafter [***] of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other lawful termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting, the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

        Within fifteen (15) business days following request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other form as may be reasonably required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof) indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or purchasers. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver such estoppel certificate within such fifteen (15) business day period shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate delivered to Tenant by Landlord are true and correct, without exception.


ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

        18.1     Subordination.     This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Real Property and to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Real Property, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

36


thereto. A condition precedent to the subordination of this Lease to any ground or underlying lease or to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust is that Landlord shall obtain for the benefit of Tenant subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the lessor or lender, which such agreement provides that so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease Tenant's possession of the Premises and Tenant's other rights and privileges under this Lease shall not be interfered with and shall be honored by the lender, its successors or assigns, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, and which otherwise provides that should the Premises be transferred by foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as direct lease between the then owner of the Premises and Tenant, and that Tenant shall attorn to such transferee or successor of Landlord. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, or if any ground or underlying lease is terminated, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground or underlying lease, as the case may be, if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lessor and/or if required to do so pursuant to any SNDA executed by the Current Lender, as defined in and pursuant to Section 18.2 below, and to recognize such purchaser or lessor as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases; provided, however, that the agreement include all the rights and privileges granted to Tenant hereunder.

        18.2     Existing Agreement.     Tenant hereby acknowledges that as of the date of execution of this Lease, there is a deed of trust encumbering the Real Property in favor of Corus Bank, N.A. (the " Current Lender "). Concurrently with Tenant's execution of this Lease, Tenant and Current Lender shall sign, notarize and deliver to each other subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the " SNDA ").


ARTICLE 19

TENANTS DEFAULTS LANDLORDS REMEDIES

        19.1     Events of Default by Tenant.     All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

            19.1.1  Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due, where such failure continues for five (5) calendar days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; or

            19.1.2  Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; and provided further that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible; or

        19.2     Landlord's Remedies Upon Default.     Upon the occurrence of any such default by Tenant pursuant to Section 19.1 above which remains uncured after expiration of the applicable notice and

37


cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without, except as otherwise expressly provided below, any additional notice or demand whatsoever.

            19.2.1  Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

                (i)  The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

               (ii)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

              (iii)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

              (iv)  Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited, to reasonable brokerage commissions and reasonable advertising expenses incurred reasonable expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for new tenant whether for the same or a different use (if reletting for the same use is not feasible) and any reasonable special concessions made to obtain new tenant; and

               (v)  At Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

    The term "rent" as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii) above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in Section 4.5 of this Lease. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

            19.2.2  Landlord shall have the remedy, described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee's breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

            19.2.3  In the event of a default by Tenant beyond the expiration of the applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform or otherwise cure any such obligation, provision, covenant or condition on Tenant's part to be observed or performed (and may enter the Premises for such purposes). In the event of Tenant's failure to perform any of its obligations or covenants under this Lease, and such failure to perform poses material risk of injury or harm to persons or damage to or loss of property then Landlord

38



    shall have the right to cure or otherwise perform such covenant or obligation at any time after such failure to perform by Tenant, whether or not any such notice or cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above has expired. Any such actions undertaken by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2.3 shall not be deemed waiver of Landlord's rights and remedies as result of Tenant's failure to perform and shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

            19.2.4  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any loss of profits loss of business or other consequential damages (collectively, " Consequential Damages ") incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's default or other acts or omission, except for (i) any Consequential Damages indemnified by Tenant pursuant to Article 16 of this Lease, and/or (ii) Landlord's right to recover damages pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code (or any successor statute) following Tenant's default and termination of this Lease as provided therein.

        19.3     Payment by Tenant.     Tenant shall pay to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord's performance or cure of any of Tenant's obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 19.2.3 above; and (ii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including without limitation all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant's obligations under this Section 19.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

        19.4     Sublessees of Tenant.     In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder, other than with respect to (1) receiving credit therefore and (2) the benefits of any suretyship defenses that otherwise may be available to Tenant under the laws of the State of California.

        19.5     Waiver of Default.     No waiver by either party of any violation or breach by the other party of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach by such breaching party of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by the non-breaching party in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a default by the other party shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default by the non-breaching party. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.

        19.6     Efforts to Relet.     For the purposes of this Article 19, Tenant's right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises (unless, of course, Landlord in fact effects reletting thereof), by its acts of maintenance preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord's interests hereunder. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant's right to possession.

39


        19.7     Landlord Default.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if (i) in the event a failure by Landlord is with respect to the payment of money, Landlord fails to pay such unpaid amounts within fifteen (15) business days of written notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due, or (ii) in the event a failure by Landlord is other than the obligation to pay money, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord's failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall promptly and diligently commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity, but in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any lost profits or other consequential damages as a result of such default.


ARTICLE 20

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


ARTICLE 21

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

        Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any applicable Laws now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply and promptly cause the Premises to comply with all such applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the making of any improvements and alterations to the Premises (including those considered to be capital improvements) and those Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials; provided, however, that the making of structural changes to the Building or changes to the common areas of the Building or Real Property which are not necessitated by any improvements and Alterations to the Premises installed by or on behalf of Tenant, by any specific act or negligence of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees, licensees or invitees, and/or by Tenant's specific manner of use of the Premises, shall be performed by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be included in Operating Expenses except to the extent specifically excluded in Section 4.2.4 of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future governmentally mandated programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Real Property.


ARTICLE 22

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

        Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon at least forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice to Tenant (except no such notice shall be required in emergencies) to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or, during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants of the Premises; (iii) to post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable Laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building, or as Landlord may otherwise reasonably desire or deem reasonably necessary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 22, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time, without notice to Tenant, in emergency situations and/or to perform janitorial or other services required of Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Any such entries shall be without the abatement of Rent (except as provided in Section 6.5 above) and shall include the right

40



to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 22, Landlord agrees, absent an emergency, or Landlord's entry to perform its obligations under this Lease or Landlord's exercise of its rights and remedies under Article 19 of this Lease or otherwise enforce its rights under this Lease, to be accompanied by a representative of Tenant but only if such representative is reasonably made available to Landlord at the time Landlord desires to so enter the Premises. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter without notice and use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in compliance with this Article 22 shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. In connection with any entries by Landlord pursuant to this Article 22, Landlord shall follow Tenant's commercially reasonable security procedures and shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant's permitted use of the Premises during normal business hours. Tenant may reasonably designate a certain reasonable number of areas within the Premises as "Secured Areas" should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. Landlord may not enter such Secured Areas except in the case of an emergency or in the event of a Landlord inspection, in which case Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice. Landlord shall not show the Secured Area to a prospective lender, purchaser or tenant without forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice and without a representative of Tenant being present. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform janitorial services in such Secured Areas unless Tenant provides Landlord a written request for same and provides Landlord with access to such Secured Areas (by providing Landlord a key or other device, and by scheduling Landlord's entry with an escort or otherwise).


ARTICLE 23

TENANT PARKING

        Tenant shall rent throughout the Lease Term the number of parking passes set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, located in those portions of the Parking Facilities as may be designated by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for the use of such parking passes, on a monthly basis, the prevailing rate charged from time to time by Landlord or Landlord's parking operator for parking passes in the Parking Facilities where such parking passes are located. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, there will .be no charge for unreserved, uncovered parking passes during the initial Lease Term; provided, however, that during any Option Term (if any extension option is exercised by Tenant pursuant to the Extension Option Rider), Tenant shall pay to Landlord for the use of such unreserved, uncovered parking passes, on a monthly basis, the prevailing rate (if any) charged from time to time by Landlord or Landlord's parking operator for unreserved, uncovered parking passes in the Parking Facilities where such parking passes are located. Tenant's continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facilities and upon Tenant's cooperation in seeing that Tenant's employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. In addition, Landlord may assign any parking spaces and/or make all or a portion of such spaces reserved or institute an attendant-assisted tandem parking program and/or valet parking program if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that such is necessary or desirable for orderly and efficient parking. Landlord specifically reserves the right, from time to time, to change the size, configuration, design, layout, location and all other aspects of the Parking Facilities; provided, however, that Landlord

41



shall provide Tenant with substitute parking within a reasonable distance from the Parking Facilities in the event Landlord's actions hereunder causes Tenant to not have access to the Parking Facilities. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord, from time to time, may without incurring any liability to Tenant and without, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5 above, any abatement of Rent under this Lease temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Parking Facilities, or temporarily relocate Tenant's parking spaces to other parking structures and/or surface parking areas within a reasonable distance from the Parking Facilities, for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements or to accommodate or facilitate renovation, alteration, construction or other modification of other improvements or structures located on the Real Property. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to Landlord. The parking rates charged by Landlord for Tenant's parking passes shall be exclusive of any parking tax or other charges imposed by governmental authorities in connection with the use of such parking, which taxes and/or charges shall be paid directly by Tenant or the parking users, or if directly imposed against Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such taxes and/or charges within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of the invoice from Landlord. The parking passes provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided solely for use by Tenant's own personnel and invitees and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord's prior approval.


ARTICLE 24

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        24.1     Terms; Captions.     The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

        24.2     Binding Effect.     Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

        24.3     No Waiver.     No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of a party to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated. Any waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing, and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

        24.4     Modification of Lease.     Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Real Property require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor. Should Landlord or any such current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of

42



Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to execute such short form of Lease and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

        24.5     Transfer of Landlord's Interest.     Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Real Property, the Building and/or in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer and the transferee's assumption, in writing, of Landlord's obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder after the date of transfer. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Real Property (and the transferees right to collect Rents) and any available insurance proceeds and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by through or under Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

        24.6     Prohibition Against Recording.     Except as provided in Section 24.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

        24.7     Landlord's Title; Air Rights.     Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.

        24.8     Tenant's Signs.     

            24.8.1     Interior Signs.     Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost and expense, to (i) one (1) identification sign on or near the entry doors of the Premises, (ii) for multi-tenant floors, one (1) identification or directional sign, as designated by Landlord, in the elevator lobby on the floor on which the Premises are located, and (iii) one (1) identification sign located on the second (2 nd ) floor lobby facing the main entrance to the Building. Such signs shall be installed by a signage contractor designated by Landlord. The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such signs shall be consistent with the Landlord's Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of such signage and the repair of all damage to the Building caused by such removal. Except for such identification signs, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Building or the common areas of the Building or the Real Property. Except for Tenant's Exterior Signs, any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

            24.8.2     Exterior Signage.     Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental entities, and subject to all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental Laws, rules, regulations, and codes, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the non-exclusive right to have (i) one (1) identification sign (" Tenant's Name Sign ") containing the name [***] on the middle position on the Building's monument sign (the " Monument Sign ") facing Evening Creek Drive, and (ii) one (1) eyebrow sign (" Eyebrow Sign ") located on the face of the Building facing Evening Creek Drive. Tenant's Name Sign and Tenant's Eyebrow Sign are collectively referred to herein as the " Exterior Signage ". The design, size, specifications, graphics, materials, manner of affixing

43



    colors and lighting (if applicable) of Tenant's Exterior Signage shall be (i) consistent with the project signage criteria attached hereto as Exhibit H and otherwise consistent with other signs to be placed on the Monument Sign and/or other exterior eyebrow signage placed on the exterior of the Building and the quality and appearance of the Real Property and (ii) subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, and Landlord's reasonable approval. Landlord shall install Tenant's Exterior Signage at Tenant's cost. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, from time to time, all other costs attributable to the fabrication, installation, insurance, lighting (if applicable), maintenance and repair of Tenant's Exterior Signage. The signage rights granted to Tenant under this Section 24.8.2 are personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease (but any name change to reflect the name of such Affiliate assignee shall be subject to Landlord's approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity. In addition, Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) shall no longer have any right to Tenant's Exterior Signage if at any time during the Lease Term the Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) does not lease and occupy at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises then leased by Tenant hereunder. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or upon the earlier termination of Tenant's signage right under this Section 24.8.2, Landlord shall have the right to permanently remove Tenant's Exterior Signage and to repair all damage to the Monument Sign and/or the Building resulting from such removal and restore the affected area to its original condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant's Exterior Signage, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof.

        24.9     Relationship of Parties.     Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

        24.10     Application of Payments.     Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant's designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

        24.11     Time of Essence.     Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

        24.12     Partial Invalidity.     If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

        24.13     No Warranty.     In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation, including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

        24.14     Landlord Exculpation.     It is expressly understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties hereunder (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount

44



which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Real Property, to the rents provided for and defined herein, and any available insurance proceeds, and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

        24.15     Entire Agreement.     It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease (including all exhibits attached hereto) and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.

        24.16     Right to Lease.     Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Buildings, Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and/or in any other building and/or any other portion of the Real Property as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Real Property. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Real Property.

        24.17     Force Majeure.     Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except with respect to Tenant's obligations under the Tenant Work Letter (collectively, the " Force Majeure "), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by a Force Majeure.

        24.18     Intentionally Omitted.     

        24.19     Notices.     All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, " Notices ") given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 24.19 or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord's mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant's exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

45


        24.20     Joint and Several.     If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

        24.21     Authority.     Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located and that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so.

        24.22     Jury Trial; Attorneys' Fees.     IF EITHER PARTY COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST THE OTHER FOR THE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR THE BREACH HEREOF OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO AND HEREBY DO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. In the event any party brings any suit or other proceeding with respect to the subject matter or enforcement of this Agreement or with respect to a breach of a representation or warranty hereunder or with respect to any tortious allegation with respect thereto, the prevailing party as determined by the court, agency or other authority (before which such suit or proceeding is commenced) shall, in addition to such other relief as may be awarded, be entitled to recover attorneys' fees, expenses and costs of investigation as actually incurred, including reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and costs of investigation incurred in appellate proceedings, costs incurred in establishing the right to indemnification, or in any action or participation in or in connection with any case or proceeding under Chapters 7, 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. sections 101, et seq., or any successor statutes. The term "attorneys' fees, expenses and costs of investigation" shall mean and include, but shall not be limited to, legal fees, accountant's fees, expert witness fees, and any and all similarly related fees incurred in connection with the action or proceeding, and the preparation thereof. The term "suit or other proceeding" shall mean and include any and all actions, proceedings, suits, mediations, arbitrations, appeals and other similarly related legal means of resolving disputes.

        24.23     Governing Law.     This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Real Property is located.

        24.24     Submission of Lease.     Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

        24.25     Brokers.     Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the " Brokers "), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party's dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers.

        24.26     Independent Covenants.     This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord's expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions

46



hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Real Property or any portion thereof, of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

        24.27     Building Name and Signage.     So long as Tenant is able to maintain its sign rights hereunder, Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name(s) of the Buildings and Real Property and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Buildings and any portion of the Real Property as Landlord may, in Landlord's sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the names of the Buildings or Real Property or use pictures or illustrations of the Buildings or Real Property in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        24.28     Building Directory.     At Tenant's cost, Landlord shall include Tenant's name and location in the Building on one (1) line on the Building directory.

        24.29     Intentionally Omitted     

        24.30     Landlord's Construction.     It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair, or decorate the Premises, the Buildings, Real Property, or any part thereof and that no representations or warranties respecting the condition of the Premises, the Buildings or the Real Property have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that prior to and during the Lease Term, Landlord (and/or any common area association) will be completing construction and/or demolition work pertaining to various portions of the Buildings, Premises and/or Real Property, including without limitation the Parking Facilities, landscaping and tenant improvements for premises for other tenants and, at Landlord's sole election, such other buildings (including the Adjacent Building), parking facilities, improvements, landscaping and other facilities within or as part of the Project as Landlord (and/or such common area association) shall from time to time desire (collectively, the " Construction "). In connection with such Construction, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Real Property, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building and/or Real Property, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building and/or Real Property. Tenant hereby agrees that such Construction and Landlord's commercially reasonable actions in connection with such Construction shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as provided in Section 6.5 above). Except as provided in Section 6.5 above, Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from such Construction, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant's personal property or improvements resulting from such Construction or Landlord's actions in connection with such Construction, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Construction or Landlord's actions in connection with such Construction; provided, however, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant's use of and access to the Premises as a result of such Renovations.

        24.31     Communication Equipment.     If Tenant desires to use the roof of the Building to install communication equipment to be used from the Premises, Tenant may so notify Landlord in writing (" Communication Equipment Notice "), which Communication Equipment Notice shall generally describe the specifications for the equipment desired by Tenant. If at the time of Landlord's receipt of the Communication Equipment Notice, Landlord reasonably determines that space is available on the roof of the Building for such equipment, then subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations, Tenant and Tenant's contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain one (1) so-called "satellite

47



dish" or other similar device, such as antennae no greater than twenty (20) inches in diameter and weighing no more than fifty (50) pounds, together with all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment (collectively, " Communication Equipment "), for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, at a location on the roof of the Building designated by Landlord. Further, Tenant shall have the right of access, consistent with this Section 24.31, to the area where the Communication Equipment is located for the purposes of maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Communication Equipment at any time to another location on the roof of the Building. Unless Landlord elects to perform such penetrations at Tenant's sole cost and expense, Tenant shall retain Landlord's designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord's roof warranty. Tenant's installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

            24.31.1  Tenant's right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Communication Equipment shall be subject to all applicable Laws and Landlord makes no representation that such Laws permit such installation and operation;

            24.31.2  All plans and specifications for the Communication Equipment shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval;

            24.31.3  All Costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Communication Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and connections to the Building's electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant;

            24.31.4  It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever (including granting rights to third parties to utilize any portion of the roof not utilized by Tenant);

            24.31.5  Tenant shall use the Communication Equipment so as not to cause any interference to other tenants in the Building or to other tenants at the Real Property or with any other tenant's communication equipment, and not to damage the Real Property or interfere with the normal operation of the Real Property and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including attorneys' fees) arising out of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 24.31.5, except to the extent same is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord which is not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant under this Lease (or which would not be covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease);

            24.31.6  For the purposes of determining Tenant's obligations with respect to its use of the roof of the Building herein provided, all of the provisions of this Lease relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, and compliance with laws shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Communication Equipment; provided, however, Tenant shall only be provided access to the roof after prior written notice to Landlord and subject to Landlord's reasonable rules and restrictions regarding access (including, at Landlord's option, the requirement that Tenant be accompanied by a representative of Landlord during such access). Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Communication Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Communication Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance (whether or not by reason of the installation or use of similar equipment by others on the roof of the Building) and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor;

            24.31.7  Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Communication Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to

48



    any laws or regulations in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Communication Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Communication Equipment;

            24.31.8  The Communication Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Communication Equipment and related equipment at Tenant's sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of any governmental law or regulation which may require removal, and shall repair the Building upon such removal to the extent required by such work of removal. If Tenant fails to remove the Communication Equipment and repair the Building upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant's expense. The provisions of this Section 24.31.8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease;

            24.31.9  The Communication Equipment shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Premises for purposes of Article 10 of this Lease;

            24.31.10  Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall install and maintain such fencing and other protective equipment and/or visual screening on or about the Communication Equipment as Landlord may reasonably determine;

            24.31.11  If any of the conditions set forth in this Section 24.31 are not complied with by Tenant, then without limiting Landlord's rights and remedies it may otherwise have under this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall correct such noncompliance within five (5) days after receipt of notice (or such longer period as may be reasonably required as long as Tenant commences such correction within such five (5) day period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion). If Tenant fails to correct any such noncompliance within such five (5) day period (as may be extended), then, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall immediately discontinue its use of such Communication Equipment and remove the same in accordance with the terms hereof; and

            24.31.12  Tenant's rights under this Section 24.31 with respect to the Communication Equipment shall be personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee that is an Affiliate of the Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease, and may only be utilized by the Original Tenant or such assignee that is an Affiliate (and may not be exercised or utilized by any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease or the Premises) if the Original Tenant (or such assignee that is an Affiliate, as the case may be) occupies at least [***] of the entire Premises then leased by Original Tenant (or Affiliate assignee, as the case may be).

        24.32     Consent and Approvals.     Except for (i) matters which could have a material adverse effect on the Building's structure or the Building's Systems and Equipment, the Base, Shell and Core, or which could affect the exterior appearance of the Building, the Real Property or any common areas, or (ii) matters covered by Article 19 of this Lease (collectively, the " Excepted Matters "), any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and, except with regard to the Excepted Matters, whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make an allocation or their determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith. With respect to the Excepted Matters, Landlord shall be entitled to grant its consent or exercise its discretion in its sole and absolute discretion, but shall act in good faith. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall grant or withhold its consent or exercise its discretion with respect to matters for which there is a standard of consent or discretion specifically set forth in this Lease in accordance with such specific standards.

[***]
Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

49


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

  "Landlord":

 

[***]

 

By:

 

[***]

     

By:

 

/s/ [***]


          Name:     

          Its:     

 

"Tenant":

 

[***]

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]


      Name:     

      Its:    

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]


      Name:     

      Its:     


***
If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

[***]
Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

50



FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

        This FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this "First Amendment") is made and entered into effective as of March 1, 2005, by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord"), successor in interest to [***] ("Original Landlord"), and [***] ("Tenant").


RECITALS

        A.    Original Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of September 3, 2004 (the "Lease"), pursuant to which Original Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from the Original Landlord certain "Premises", as described in the Lease, in that certain Building located at l3500 Evening Creek Drive North, San Diego, California 92128.

        B.    On or about December 29, 2004, the Original Landlord sold the Premises to the above mentioned Landlord.

        C.    Except as otherwise set forth herein, all capitalized terms used in this First Amendment shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the Lease.

        D.    Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to confirm the commencement and expiration dates of the Lease Term, as hereinafter provided.


AGREEMENT:

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.     Confirmation of Dates.     The parties hereby confirm that (a) the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, and (b) the Lease Term commenced on the Lease Commencement Date of December 13, 2004, for a term of five (5) years, six (6) months and nineteen (19) days, and shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date of June 30, 2010, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease.

        2.     Correction of Tenant Mailing Address.      Section 5 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information, which is incorporated into the Lease and made a part thereof; indicates that one of the addressees for notice to the Tenant is [***]. In fact, that address is incorrect, and the correct address to which such notices should be sent is [***].

[***]
Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        3.     Notices.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the date of this First Amendment, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

      Kilroy Realty Corporation
      12200 West Olympic Boulevard
      Suite 200
      Los Angeles, California 90064
      Attention: Legal Department

      with copies to:

      Kilroy Realty Corporation
      13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 130
      San Diego CA 92128
      Attention; Michael J. Nelson

      and

      Allen Matkins Leek Gamble & Mallory LLP
      1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
      Los Angeles, California 90067
      Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

        4.     No Further Modification.     Except as set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment to Office Lease has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

  "LANDLORD"

 

KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation, General Partner

     

By:

 

/s/ John T. Fucci


          Its:   Senior Vice President
Asset Management

     

By:

 

  


          Its:    

 

"TENANT"

 

[***]

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]


      Its:     

 

By:

 

 


      Its:     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3



AGREEMENT REGARDING ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE,
LANDLORD CONSENT, RELEASE OF ASSIGNOR,
AND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

        This Agreement Regarding Assignment and Assumption of Lease, Landlord Consent, Release of Assignor, and Amendment to Lease (this " Agreement ") is made as of April 1, 2007 (the " Effective Date "), by KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (" Landlord "), [***] (" Assignor "), and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Assignee ").


RECITALS:

        A.    [***] (the " Original Landlord "), predecessor-in-interest to Landlord, and Assignor entered into that certain Office Lease dated September 3, 2004 (the " Office Lease "), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated March 1, 2005 (the " First Amendment "), as further amended by Landlord's letter dated February 28, 2007 (" Letter Extension ") which extended the date by which Assignor was to deliver the Termination Notice under Section 2.2 of the Office Lease (the Office Lease, the First Amendment and the Letter Extension are collectively referred to hereinafter as the " Lease "), whereby Original Landlord leased to Assignor, and Assignor leased from Original Landlord, those certain premises (the " Premises ") totaling 48,882 rentable square feet (44,125 usable square feet), which consists of 23,102 rentable square feet on the entire second (2nd) floor and 25,780 rentable square feet on the entire third (3rd) floor of that certain office building (the " Building ") located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California 92128, which Building constitutes a portion of that certain project commonly known as " Kilroy Sabre Springs " (the " Project ").

        B.    In September, 2004, Assignor, as tenant under the Lease, was requested to sign a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (" SNDA ") in favor of [***] (" Lender ") in connection with a loan (" Loan ") made by Lender to the Original Landlord. The SNDA, among other things, obligated Assignor to give written notice to Lender of any alteration, amendment or modification of the Lease. Landlord has indicated that, in connection with Landlord's acquisition of the Project from the Original Landlord, the Lender's Loan was satisfied in full, and that therefore no notice or consent rights of Lender remain with regard to the Project, specifically including the Lease and/or this Agreement.

        C.    Assignor and Assignee entered into a short-term License and Indemnification Agreement Relating To The Use of Premises (" License Agreement ") which granted Assignee, as licensee thereunder, certain use rights to a portion of the Premises while this Agreement was being negotiated.

        D.    Assignor desires to assign to Assignee, and Assignee desires to assume from Assignor, all of Assignor's right, title, and interest in, to and under the Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

        E.    In connection with such assignment, Assignor and Assignee desire to obtain Landlord's consent thereto, and Assignor desires to obtain Landlord 's release of Assignor, and Landlord is willing to so consent to the assignment and release Assignor on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

        F.     Landlord and Assignee desire to amend and modify the rent schedule, and to otherwise amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.


AGREEMENT:

        1.     Effectiveness of this Agreement.     Landlord, Assignor, and Assignee hereby acknowledge that the effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to, and expressly conditioned upon, (i) the full execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of Assignor, Assignee and Landlord, (ii) Assignor's concurrent

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


delivery to Landlord of the "Restructuring Fee," as that term is defined in Section 4 , below, and (iii) Assignors delivery to Assignee an executed Bill of Sale for the personal property referred to in Section 23 hereof, the form of which Bill of Sale is more particularly set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, the " Conditions Precedent' ). Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever to Assignor or Assignee in the event that the Conditions Precedent are not satisfied. Until such time as the Conditions Precedent are satisfied, the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

        2.     Termination of License Agreement; Assignment and Assumption of Lease.     Assignor and Assignee agree that the terms and conditions of the License Agreement are hereby terminated, except for those covenants which were agreed to therein that were to survive the termination thereof. Assignor hereby assigns to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title and interest in, to and under the Lease and the Premises, and Assignee hereby accepts such assignment, assumes all of Assignor's obligations under the Lease (as previously amended and further amended by this Agreement), agrees to be bound by all of the provisions thereof and to perform all of the obligations of the tenant thereunder from and after the Effective Date. Landlord hereby consents to the foregoing assignment.

        3.     Release of Assignor.     

            A.     Release.     Upon the full execution and delivery of this Agreement by and among the parties hereto, and except as otherwise provided in Section 3.E below, each of Landlord and Assignor hereby release and forever discharge the other party, and their respective affiliates, parent and subsidiary companies, successors-in-interest, transferees, assigns, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys (including in-house attorneys), and employees, and each of them (collectively, and to the extent applicable, the " Releasees " or " Releasors ", as the case may be), from any and all "Claims", as hereinafter defined For purposes of this Agreement, " Claims " shall relate only to the period commencing on the Effective Date (as opposed to any portion of the Lease Term occurring prior to such Effective Date), and shall constitute any and all claims, defenses, debts, demands, liabilities, contracts and causes of action of whatever kind or nature applicable to such time period, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, which any of the Releasors may now, or in the future have or claim to have against the Releasees, including but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, or any other claims, to the extent such claims arise from or are related to any and all matters or transactions dealing with the Lease and/or with Assignor's occupation of the Premises and/or Building, or are in any way connected with any transaction, agreement, occurrence, act or omission whatsoever which was done, or alleged to have been done, omitted, in effect or occurring relating to any of the above. Insofar as said Claims are concerned, the Releasees expressly waive all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code and under statutes of similar import. The Releasors acknowledge that they are familiar with and voluntarily waive any right or benefit arising from Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which provides as follows:

      A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him, would have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

            B.     Intentions.     The Releasors waive and relinquish any right or benefit which they now have or may have under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any similar provision of the statutory or non-statutory law of any jurisdiction to the full extent that they may lawfully waive all such rights and benefits pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement. In connection with such waiver and relinquishment, the Releasors acknowledge that they are aware that they or their attorneys or accountants or any other parties may hereafter discover facts in addition to or different from those which they now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, but that it is their intention hereby fully, finally and forever to settle and release all claims, disputes and differences known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected

2


    which now exist, and/or mayor heretofore have existed relating to the Claims. This release shall be and will remain in effect as a full and complete release, notwithstanding the discovery or existence of any such additional or different facts.

            C.     Covenant Not To Sue.     The Releasors further agree not to sue one another or in any way assist any other person or entity in suing one another with respect to any claim released herein. This release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense to and may be used as the basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the release contained herein.

            D.     Advice of Counsel.     The Releasors further acknowledge that they have been advised by their respective attorneys as to the meaning and consequences of Section 1542.

            E.     Limitation on Release.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3 , above, in no event shall anything set forth in this Section 3 of this Agreement constitute a release or discharge of Landlord or Assignor or any related parties identified in the definition of Releasees in this Section 3.A , above, as the case may be, from the following:

              1.     Assignor's obligation for the payment of rents and for the performance of all other obligations of Assignor under the Lease to the extent attributable to the period ending at 11:59 p.m. of the day immediately preceding the Effective Date of this Agreement, specifically including, but not limited to, the presently scheduled payment of Base Rent attributable to March 2007; provided, however , that Landlord and Assignee each hereby agrees that, notwithstanding the applicable provisions of the Lease relating to the condition of the Premises at the expiration of the Lease Term, whether set forth in Section 8.3 , Article 15 , or elsewhere in the Lease, (i) Landlord hereby waives the applicability of the same vis-à-vis Assignor, and (ii) Assignee acknowledges that the foregoing waiver by Landlord of the application of such provisions against Assignor shall not constitute a waiver of such provisions against Assignee, but rather that those provision shall remain without amendment in connection with the ultimate surrender of the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

        4.     Restructuring Fee.     In consideration for (i) Landlord's execution of this Agreement, (ii) Landlord's consent to the assignment of the Lease effectuated hereby, (iii) Landlord's release of Assignor as provided for hereinabove as of the Effective Date, and (iv) the restructuring of the rent schedule applicable upon, and following, such Effective Date, Assignor shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Assignor's execution and delivery of this Agreement to Landlord, an amount equal to the sum of [***] (the " Restructuring Fee ").

        5.     Subsequent Assignments.     This Consent shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent subletting or assignment and shall not relieve Assignee or any person claiming under or through Assignee of the obligation to obtain the consent of Landlord, pursuant to Article 14 of the Lease, to any future assignment or sublease.

        6.     Condition of the Premises.     Landlord, Assignor and Assignee acknowledge that (i) Assignor has been occupying the Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease, (ii) neither Landlord (nor any agent of Landlord) nor Assignor (nor any agent of Assignor) has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises or the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Assignee 's business, and (iii) Assignee has previously inspected and hereby accepts the Premises in its presently existing, "AS IS" condition. Neither Landlord nor Assignor shall have any obligation to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


        7.     Rent.     

            A.     Amendment And Restructure of Schedule of Base Rent.     For the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the Lease Expiration Date ( i.e ., through June 30, 2010), Assignee shall pay monthly installments of Base Rent for the Premises as follows:

Period During Lease Term
  Annualized
Base Rent
  Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
 

April 1, 2007 through June 30, 2007

  $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 1, 2007* through November 30, 2007

 
$

[***]
 
$

[***]
 

December 1, 2007 through March 31, 2008

 
$

[***]
 
$

[***]
 

April 1, 2008 through March 31, 2009

 
$

[***]
 
$

[***]
 

April 1, 2009 through March 31, 2010

 
$

[***]
 
$

[***]
 

April 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010

 
$

[***]
 
$

[***]
 

      *
      Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Assignee shall deliver to Landlord the Base Rent attributable to July 2007.

            B.     Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, and Utilities Costs.     For the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the Lease Expiration Date (i.e., June 30, 2010), Assignee shall pay Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease; provided, however for purposes of calculating the amount of Tenant's Share of which Tenant shall pay thereafter in connection with the Premises, the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year shall be calendar year 2007.

        8.     Default under the Lease.     In the event of any default of Assignee under the Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Assignee, any guarantors or anyone else liable under the Lease without first exhausting Landlord' s remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Landlord.

        9.     Notices.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the date of this Agreement, any notices to Landlord, Assignor or Assignee must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

If to Landlord:   Kilroy Realty, L.P.
c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation
12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90064
Attention: Legal Department

with copies to:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation
12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90064
Attention: Mr. John Fucci

 

 

and

 

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 130
San Diego, California 92128
Attention: Mr. Michael Nelson

 

 

and

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


    Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, California 90067
Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

If to Assignor:

 

[***]

And to:

 

[***]

with copies to:

 

[***]

 

 

and

 

 

[***]

If to Assignee:

 

Andrew S. Clark
13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600
San Diego, California 42128
Facsimile No.: 858-408-2903

with a copy to:

 

Richard L. Kintz, Esq.
Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLC
12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200
San Diego, California 92130-2006
Facsimile No.: 858-509-3691

        10.     Broker.     Landlord, Assignor and Assignee warrant to each other that they have dealt with no other real estate brokers in connection with this transaction except Chris Hobson of Grubb & Ellis/BRE Commercial, representing Assignee, and Cushman & Wakefield, representing Assignor, and no other brokerage firm is entitled to any commission on account of this proposal, it being hereby acknowledged that Landlord was not represented by a broker in connection herewith. Assignor hereby agrees to pay Grubb & Ellis/BRE Commercial a commission equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the total lease consideration for months one (1) through thirty-nine (39) and it is responsible for any fee due to Cushman & Wakefield. Said commission is payable [***] upon the effective date of this assignment and [***] upon rent commencement. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and the Lease, as hereby amended.

        11.     Waiver.     Except as explicitly set forth herein, nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to modify, waive, impair or affect any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions contained in the Lease. In addition, the acceptance of rents by Landlord from Assignee or anyone else liable under the Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of any provisions of the Lease.

        12.     Compliance with Laws.     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

        13.     Severability.     The parties intend this Agreement to be legally valid and enforceable in accordance with all of its terms to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any term hereof shall be stricken from this Agreement to the extent unenforceable, the same shall be as if it never had been contained herein. Such invalidity or unenforceability shall not extend to any other term of this Agreement, and the remaining terms hereof shall continue in effect to the fullest extent permitted by law, the same as if such stricken term never had been contained herein.

        14.     Applicable Law/Construction.     This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of California and the provisions hereof shall be construed in accordance with their fair meaning. Each of the parties has agreed to the use of the particular language hereof and in all attached Exhibits, and any questions of doubtful interpretation shall not be resolved solely by any rule or interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the draftsman. The subject captions have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be used to alter or interpret the content of this Agreement.

        15.     Binding Effect.     The covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

        16.     Time.     Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

        17.     Entire Agreement.     This Agreement and the Exhibits attached set forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, representations, conditions, statements and understandings between the parties hereto concerning the Premises and the Building, and there are no representations, either oral or written between the parties other than those in this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be amended or modified except in a writing signed by all parties. Failure to exercise any right in one or more instance shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to strict performance or as an amendment to or modification of this Agreement.

        18.     Attorneys' Fees; Prejudgment Interest.     In the event any party brings any suit or other proceeding with respect to the subject matter or enforcement of this Agreement or with respect to a breach of a representation or warranty hereunder or with respect to any tortious allegation with respect thereto, the prevailing party as determined by the court, agency or other authority (before which such suit or proceeding is commenced) shall, in addition to such other relief as may be awarded, be entitled to recover attorneys fees, expenses and costs of investigation as actually incurred, including attorneys' fees, expenses and costs of investigation incurred in appellate proceedings, costs incurred in establishing the right to indemnification, or in any action or participation in or in connection with any case or proceeding under Chapters 7, 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. section 141, et seq., or any successor statutes.

        The term "attorneys' fees, expenses, and costs of investigation" shall mean and include, but shall not be limited to, legal fees, accountant's fees, expert witness fees, and any and all similarly related fees incurred in connection with the action or proceeding, and the preparation thereof. The term "suit or

6


other proceeding" shall mean and include any and all actions, proceedings, suits, mediations, arbitrations, appeals and other similarly related legal means of resolving disputes.

        Any award of damages following judicial remedy or arbitration as a result of the breach of this Agreement or any of its provisions shall include an award of prejudgment interest from the date of the breach at the maximum amount of interest allowed by law.

        19.     SNDA.     Landlord represents and warrants that, in connection with Landlord's acquisition of the Project from the Original Landlord, the Lender's Loan referred to above was satisfied in full, and that therefore no notice or consent rights of Lender remain with regard to the Project, specifically including the Lease and/or this Agreement.

        20.     Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

        21.     Capitalized Terms.     All initial capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

        22.     Security Deposit.     Concurrent with Assignee's execution and delivery of this Agreement, Assignee shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the " Security Deposit ") in the amount of [***] as security for the faithful performance by Assignee, as tenant, of all of its obligations under the Lease as amended hereby. If Assignee defaults with respect to any provisions of the Lease as so amended, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Assignee, but shall not be required to, apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Assignee shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Assignee (or, at Landlord's option, to the last assignee of Assignee's interest hereunder), within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Assignee shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Assignee hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute.

        23.     Furniture.     As of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Assignee shall purchase all of the furniture owned by Assignor that is located in the Premises and described on Exhibit A-1 hereto for [***] and other good and valuable consideration which includes the assumption of Assignor's obligations under the Lease, subject to those modifications of the Lease contained in this Agreement. All such furniture shall be purchased in its current "as-is condition". Assignee affirms that Assignee has had ample opportunity to inspect and examine the furniture on Exhibit A-1 as fully as Assignee desires, and that Assignee has found no defects therein. Assignee further affirms that Assignee has not relied on Assignor's skill or judgment to select or furnish the furniture for any particular purpose, and that IT IS SPECIFICALLY AGREED THAT THE FURNITURE TRANSFERRED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS TRANSFERRED (1) WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, (2) WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY THAT THE FURNITURE IS SUITABLE FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND (3) WITHOUT ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHATSOEVER .

ASSIGNEE'S INITIALS:                 

        24.     Parking.     The parking rights under Article 23 shall continue to apply to the benefit of Assignee, providing Assignee with Project parking at a ratio of 4.0 unreserved spaces for each 1,000 usable square feet of the Premises, it being hereby acknowledge that there is currently no charge prevailing at the Project for such spaces.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


        25.     Signage.     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 24.8 of the Lease limiting the signage rights to Assignor or its Affiliate assignees (and then, only when Assignor and/or such Affiliate assignees maintained occupancy of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises), Landlord hereby agrees that the provisions of such Section 24.8 shall nevertheless continue to apply to the benefit of Assignee and that Assignee shall have the signage rights utilizing the name "Ashford.edu " and the Ashford University logo; provided, however, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any signage to the extent the same incorporates the word "University" or derivation thereof. In addition to including the "Tenant's Monument Sign" and the "Eyebrow Sign" identified in Section 24.8.2 , the term " Exterior Signage " shall be amended to additionally include one (1) Building-top sign on the freeway facing elevation of the Building (the " Building Top Sign "). Throughout that portion of the Lease Term commencing on the Effective Date, Assignee will pay to Landlord [***] per month for the signage rights described in this Section 25 .

        26.     Right of First Offer.     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.4 of the Lease limiting the rights to the right of first offer to the first (1st) floor of the Building to Assignor or its Affiliate assignees (and then, only when Assignor and/or such Affiliate assignees maintained occupancy of at least [***] of the Premises), Landlord hereby agrees that the provisions of such Section 1.4 shall nevertheless continue to apply to the benefit of Assignee and that assignee shall have the rights to the right of first offer contained in Section 1.4 of the Lease; provided, however. the definition of " First Offer Space " is hereby amended and restated to constitute the following suites located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building ( as opposed to the originally identified suites located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building ): (i) Suite 400, containing approximately 6.992 rentable (6.079 usable) square feet of space, (ii) Suite 420, containing approximately 2,489 relatable (2,192 usable) square feet of space, (iii) Suite 430, containing approximately 1,473 rentable (1,253 usable) square feet of space, and (iv) Suite 440, containing approximately 1,401 rentable (1,218 usable) square feet of space; provided further, however, the parties acknowledge and agree that with regard to the rights set forth in Section 1.4 of the Lease (as amended hereby to relate to Assignee), the term " Existing Leases " shall relate to any leases existing as of the Effective Date which relate to any portion of the First Offer Space, and the term " Superior Rights " shall relate to any and all rights of renewal, extension, expansion, first refusal, first offer, or similar rights granted to the tenants under such Existing Leases.

        27.     Security Personnel in Second Floor Lobby.     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.8 of the Lease limiting the rights to security personnel in the second floor lobby to Assignor or its Affiliate assignees, Landlord hereby agrees that the provisions of such Section 6.8 shall nevertheless continue to apply to the benefit of Assignee and that Assignee shall have the rights to security personnel in the second floor lobby contained in Section 6.8 of the Lease. Landlord and Assignor agree that to the extent Assignor has installed a security desk in the second floor lobby, said security desk shall remain in place for Assignee's use; provided, however, in connection therewith, Assignee shall reestablish the screening previously employed by Assignor ( i.e ., a series of decorative planters whose finish matched the white maple-cladded elevator lobby finishes) or shall establish other screening approved by Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Section 6.8.

        28.     Holding Over.     Landlord agrees that Article 16 of the Lease shall be amended by replacing the words [***] with the words [***]."

[signature page immediately follows]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord, Assignor and Assignee have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

    "Assignee":

 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC,
a Delaware Corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
        /s/ ANDREW CLARK

        Its:    
            CEO

    By:        
        /s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

        Its:    
            CFO


 

 

"Assignor":

 

 

[***]

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]
       
 
        Its:    
           
 
    By:        
       
 
        Its:    
           
 

 

"Landlord"

 

KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation
General Partner

     

By:

       

          /s/ JEFFREY C. HAWKEN

          Its:    

              Executive Vice President Chief Operating Officer

      By:        

          /s/ JOHN T. FUCCI

          Its:    

              S.R. Vice President Asset Management

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9



EXHIBIT A

FORM OF BILL OF SALE

        [***] hereby transfers all of its right, title and interest in and to the furniture located in approximately 48,882 rentable square feet (44,145 usable square feet) of the property which consists of 23,142 rentable square feet on the entire second floor and 25,784 rental square feet on the entire third floor of that certain office building located at 13544 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California 92128. This Bill of Sale is given in consideration of payment by BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware Corporation (" Bridgepoint "), of [***] and Bridgeport Education, Inc.'s agreement to assume the future obligations of [***] under that Office Lease dated September 3, 2004, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated March 1, 2005 and as further amended by Landlord's letter dated February 26, 2007, and as modified by the Agreement Regarding Assignment and Assumption of Lease, Landlord Consent, Release of Assignor, and Amendment to Lease, made effective as of April 1, 2007.

        Bridgepoint affirms that it has had ample opportunity to inspect and examine the furniture described on Exhibit A-1 as fully as it desires, and that it has found no defects therein. Bridgepoint further affirms that it has not relied on [***] skill or judgment to select or furnish the furniture for any particular purpose, and that IT IS SPECIFICALLY AGREED THAT THE FURNITURE TRANSFERRED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS TRANSFERRED (1) WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, (2) WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY THAT THE FURNITURE IS SUITABLE FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND (3) WITHOUT ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHATSOEVER.

        The listing of the furniture is attached to this Bill of Sale as Exhibit A-1 .

[Signature Page Immediately Follows]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


Dated:       [***]
    30-March-2007

           

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]
           
 
            Its:    
               
 
        By:        
           
 
            Its:    
               
 

Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

3-19-07

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.,
   
 
  a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
            /s/ ANDREW CLARK

            Its:    
                CEO

        By:        
            /s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE

            Its:    
                CFO

[Signature Page to Bill of Sale

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2



EXHIBIT A-1

FURNITURE

        A list of furniture of [***] being transferred to Bridgepoint Education, Inc., from the second and third floors at 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California 92128 is attached hereto.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        The following contains the documents related to Sublease Agreement # 2



[***]

OFFICE LEASE

[***]

as Landlord,

and

[***]

as Tenant

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.



SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

        This Summary of Basic Lease Information ("Summary") is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Office Lease. Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease, the terms of the Office Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.

TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:   December 31, 2003

2.

 

Landlord:

 

[***]

3.

 

Address of Landlord (Section 24.19):

 

[***]

4.

 

Tenant:

 

[***]

5.

 

Address of Tenant (Section 24.19):

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
6.   Premises (Article 1):    

 

 

6.1

 

Premises:

 

Approximately 61,106 rentable and 54,853 usable square feet of space located on the fourth (4th), fifth (5th) and sixth (6th) floors of the Building (as defined below) consisting of (i) approximately 13,273 rentable and 11,419 usable square feet of space located on a portion of the fourth (4th) floor of the Building, (ii) approximately 25,805 rentable and 23,523 usable square feet of space located on the entire fifth (5th) floor of the Building, and (iii) approximately 22,028 rentable and 19,911 usable square feet of space located on the entire sixth (6th) floor of the Building, all as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

 

6.2

 

Building:

 

The Premises are located in "Building No. I" (sometimes referred to herein as the "Building" or "Building I") whose address is 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California

7.

 

Term (Article 2):

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Lease Term:

 

Five (5) years

 

 

7.2

 

Lease Commencement Date:

 

July 1, 2004 (subject, however, to Section 2. 1 of the Office Lease and Section 5.6 of the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto).

 

 

7.3

 

Lease Expiration Date:

 

June 30, 2009

8.

 

Base Rent (Article 3):

 

 

 

 
  Annual
Base
Rent
  Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
  Monthly Rental
Rate per
Rentable Square Foot
 

7/1/04 - 6/30/05

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/05 - 6/30/06

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/06 - 6/30/07

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/07 - 6/30/08

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/08 - 6/30/09

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

First Option Term (if applicable)

                   

7/1/09 - 6/30/10

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/10 - 6/30/11

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/11 - 6/30/12

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/12 - 6/30/13

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

7/1/13 - 6/30/14

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

*
Subject to abatement as provided in Article 3 of the Office Lease.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

ii


TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
9.   Additional Rent (Article 4):    

 

 

9.1

 

Expense Base Year:

 

Calendar Year 2004.

 

 

9.2

 

Tax Expense Base Year:

 

Calendar Year 2004.

 

 

9.3

 

Utilities Base Year:

 

Calendar Year 2004.

 

 

9.4

 

Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs:

 

43.36% (61,106 rentable square feet within the Premises/40,9115 rentable square feet within the Building).

 

 

9.5

 

Tenant's Project Share of Project Operating Expenses. Tax Expenses and Project Utilities Costs:

 

43.36% (61,106 rentable square feet within the Building/281,830 rentable square feet within, as of the date hereof, the Project), subject, however, to Section 1.1.2 of the Office Lease.

10.

 

Security Deposit (Article 20):

 

None.

11.

 

Parking (Article 23):

 

Three hundred ten (310) parking passes consisting of thirty-one (31) reserved parking passes and two hundred seventy-nine (279) unreserved parking passes.

12.

 

Brokers (Section 24.25):

 

CB Richard Ellis represents both Landlord and Tenant.

iii



OFFICE LEASE

        This Office Lease, which includes the preceding Summary and the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Office Lease, the Summary and the exhibits to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the "Lease"), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary, is made by and between [***] ("Landlord"), and [***] ("Tenant").


ARTICLE 1

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

        1.1     Real Property. Building and Premises .    

            1.1.1     Premises .    Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary (the "Premises" ), which Premises are located in the Building defined in Section 6.2 of the Summary to be constructed on the Real Property. The outline of the floor plan of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

            1.1.2     Building and Real Property/Project .    The Building is part of a multi-office building project ( "Project" ) constructed on the parcels of land known as Legacy Sabre Springs which consists of three (3) separate parcels known as Lots 10, 11 and 12 of that certain Map of Sabre Springs Industrial Park, Unit Number 3, Map Number 11547 recorded in the Office of the County Recorder of San Diego County on June 19, 1986, and also includes an additional office building located adjacent to the Building at 13520 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California ( "Building II" ). Building I and Building II are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Buildings." The Buildings are located on Lots 11 and 12 of Legacy Sabre Springs (the "Existing Project Parcels" ). The Project may contain an additional office building ( "Adjacent Building" ), parking structure and other improvements that may be constructed on Lot 10 of the Real Property (the "Adjacent Parcel" ) and located adjacent to the Existing Project Parcels; provided, however, that such Adjacent Parcel, together with such Adjacent Building, parking structure and other improvements that may be constructed thereon (collectively, the "Adjacent Parcel Improvements" ) shall only be included as a part of the Project if the size and specifications of the Adjacent Building are substantially comparable to the size and specifications of the Building and only so long as such Adjacent Building is utilized for general office use purposes or other uses substantially consistent with the uses in the Buildings (collectively, the "Project Inclusion Conditions" ); provided further, however, that landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the dimensions of the Adjacent Building may be different than the dimensions of the Building and that such difference, together with other changes in the dimensions of the Adjacent Building that may be desired by Landlord or are otherwise required by applicable Laws or any covenants, conditions or restrictions affecting the Roil Property shall not prohibit Landlord from including the Adjacent Parcel (and the Adjacent Parcel Improvements) in the Project so long as the size and specifications of the Adjacent Building arc substantially the same as the size and specifications of Building. The term "Real Property," as used in this Lease, shall mean, collectively, (i) the Buildings, (ii) the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions), (iii) any outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities now or hereafter constructed surrounding and/or servicing the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions), including parking structures and surface parking facilities now or hereafter servicing the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as part of

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


    the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions) (collectively, the "Parking Facilities" ), which arc designated from time to time by Landlord as common areas (or parking facilities, as the case may be) appurtenant to or servicing the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions); (iv) any additional buildings, improvements, facilities, parking areas and structures and common areas which Landlord (and/or any common area association formed by Landlord or Landlord's assignee of the Project) may add thereto from time to time within or as part of the Project; provided, however, that no such Additions shall materially or adversely interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises or unreasonably interfere with Tenant's access to and use of the Premises or the Building (including Tenant's access to the Panting Facilities); and (iv) the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated. The site plan depicting the current configuration of the Real Property and proposed Project (inclusive of the Adjacent Parcel but not depicting the Adjacent Parcel Improvements) is set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. In no event shall the costs of the initial development of the Real Property be included in Building Operating Expenses or Project Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (1) Landlord has no obligation to expand or otherwise make any improvements within the Project, including, without limitation, the Adjacent Building (or any other Adjacent Parcel Improvements), or any of the outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards. public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities which may be depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time without notice to Tenant), and (2) Landlord shall have the right from time to time to include or exclude any improvements or facilities within the Project, at Landlord's sole election, as more particularly set forth in Section 1.1.3 below (subject, however, to the restrictions set forth above regarding the Adjacent Parcel Improvements); provided, however, that no such inclusions and/or exclusions shall materially or adversely interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises or unreasonably interfere with Tenant's access to the Premises or-the Building (including Tenant's use of and seem to the Parking Facilities). Subject to (i) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D, (ii) Force Majeure events, (iii) Landlord's commercially reasonable security requirements, and (iv) the requirements of applicable Laws (as defined in Section 5.1 below), Tenant shall have access to the Premises and the Parking Facilities twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week throughout the Lease Term.

            1.1.3     Tenant's and Landlord's Rights .    Tenant is hereby granted the right to the nonexclusive use of the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, restrooms and other public or common areas, located within the Building, and the non-exclusive use of the areas located on the Real Property designated by Landlord from time to time as common areas for the Building; provided, however, that (i) Tenants use thereof shall be subject to (A) the provisions of any covenants, conditions and restrictions regarding the use thereof now or hereafter recorded against the Real Property so long as copies of the some have been provided to Tenant, and (B) such reasonable, non-discriminatory rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time (which shall be provided in writing to Tenant and which shall not materially or adversely interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises and quiet enjoyment of the Premises, including Tenant's access to the Premises and the Building (including Tenant's access to the Parking Facilities)), and (ii) except as otherwise provided in Section 24.31 below Tenant may not go on the roof of Building without Landlord's prior consent (which may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion) and without otherwise being accompanied by a representative of Landlord. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this lease, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to use any of the common areas of the Real Property, and the roof, risers and conduits of the Building for telecommunications and/or any other purposes, and to do any of the following: (1) make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs and/or replacements in or to the Real Property or any portion or elements thereof, including, without limitation, (x) changes in the location, size, shape

2



    and number of driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and common areas, parking spaces, parking structures and parking areas, and (y) subject to the restrictions in Section 1.12 above regarding the Adjacent Parcel Improvements, expanding or decreasing the size of the Real Property and any common areas and other elements thereof, including adding or deleting buildings thereon and therefrom; (2) close temporarily any of the common areas while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations to the Real Property; (3) form a common area association or associations under covenants, conditions and restrictions to own, manage, operate, maintain, repair and/or replace all or any portion of the landscaping, driveways, walkways, parking areas, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and/or other common areas located outside of the Building and, subject to Article 4 below (including the exclusions from Operating Expenses set forth therein), include the common aces assessments, fees and taxes charged by the association (s) and the cost of maintaining, managing, administering and operating the association(s), in Project Operating Expenses; and (4) perform such other acts and make such other changes with respect to the Real Property as Landlord may, in the exercise of good faith business judgment, deem to be appropriate; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to exercise its rights under this Section 1.1.2 so as to minimize any unreasonable interference with Tenant's use of and access to the Premises (including Tenants parking rights hereunder). Landlord, as part of Project Operating Expenses, agrees to maintain the common areas of the Real Property in a first-class manner consistent with other first-class office building projects in the Central San Diego County area.

        1.2     Condition of Premises .    Except as expressly set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , Landlord shall not he obligated to provide or pay for any improvement, remodeling or refurbishment work or services related to the improvement, remodeling or refurbishment of the Premises, and Tenant shall accept the Premises in its "As Is" condition on the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, in the event that, as of the date of execution of this Lease, the Base, Shell and Core of the Building (as defined in Section 1 of Exhibit B ), in its condition existing as of such date without regard to any of the Tenant Improvements, alterations or other improvements to be constructed or installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or Tenant's use of the Premises, and based solely on an unoccupied basis, (A) does not comply with applicable Laws in effect as of the date hereof, or (B) contains latent defects (not caused by Tenants acts or omissions), then Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense which shall not be included in Building Operating Expenses (except as otherwise permitted in (and not excluded in) Section 4 2 hereof), for correcting any such non-compliance to the extent and as and when required by applicable Laws, and/or correcting any such latent defects as soon as reasonably possible after receiving notice thereof from Tenant; provided, however, that if Tenant fails to give Landlord written notice of any such latent defects described in clause (B) hereinabove within eighteen (18) months after the Lease Commencement Date, then the correction of any such Intent defects shall, subject to Landlords repair obligations in Section 72 hereof, be Tenant's responsibility at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

        1.3     Rentable and Usable Square Feet .    The rentable and usable square feet for the Premises are approximately as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary. For purposes hereof, the "usable square feet" of the Premises and the "rentable square feet" of the Premises and the Buildings in the Project (and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions) shall be calculated by Landlord pursuant to the Standard Method For Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI Z65.1-1996 ( "BOMA Standard" ). The rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and the rentable square feet of the Buildings (and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as pert of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions)) are subject to verification by Landlords planner /designer at any time after the data hereof, and with respect to any Building Expansion Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.4 below and/or any First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.5 below, upon the date such Building Expansion Space and/or First Offer Space,(as

3


the case may be) is delivered to Tenant or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. In the event the Adjacent Building is added as pan of the Project in accordance with Section 1.12 above, then Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the rentable and usable square feet of such Adjacent Building will be measured and verified by Landlords planner /designer in accordance with the BOMA Standard and that Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses and Project Utilities Costs will, pursuant to Section 4.2.10 below, be adjusted to take into account such addition of the Adjacent Building to the Project. Any such verification shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13. Tenant's architect may consult with Landlord's planner/designer regarding such verification. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable at any time after the date Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the final measurements of the Premises and the Building (or when appropriate, the Building Expansion Space and/or the First Offer Space), or otherwise at any time during the Lease Term, to remeasure the Premises and Building (or when appropriate, the Building Expansion Space and/or the First Offer Space), in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the other terms of this Section 1.3. If Tenant's remeasurements differ from the measurements set forth in Section 6 of the Summary or Landlord's measurements (in the event Landlord remeasured the Premises and/or the Building as provided above) and Tenant notifies Landlord thereof, the parties shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, attempt in good faith to resolve such differences, but if the parties cannot resolve such differences within such 30 -day period, the final measurements of the Building and the Premises (and when appropriate, the Building Expansion Space and/or the First Offer Space), shall be resolved pursuant to binding arbitration under the auspices of JAMS/ENDISPUTE (or any successor organization) in San Diego County, California according to the then rules of commercial arbitration for such organization but with reference to the BOMA Standard, and the arbitrators resolving such dispute shall only have jurisdiction to determine the square footage of the Premises and Building in dispute (and when appropriate, the Building Expansion Space and/or the First Offer Space) and shall not have the jurisdiction to modify the terms of this Lease. During the period from the Lease Commencement Date until any dispute regarding the square footage of the Premises and Building is resolved, the rentable and usable square footage amounts set forth in the Summary shall be utilized for all purposes under this Lease. In the event that it is determined pursuant to any remeasurement under this Section 1.3 that the rentable and/or usable square feet of the Premises (and when appropriate, the Building Expansion Space and/or the First Offer Space), and/or the rentable square feet of the Building pursuant to the BOMA Standard, shall be different from the amounts thereof set forth In this lease, Landlord shall modify all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease to conform to such corrected square footage amounts therefor (including, without limitation, (i) the amount of the Base Rent, (ii) Tenant's Project Share of Project Operating Expenses and Project Utilities Costs and Tax Expenses, (iii) Tenants Building Share of Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs, (iv) the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and (v) the Refurbishment Allowance (as defined in the Extension Rider), if applicable). Any such modifications shall be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant.

        1.4     Building Expansion Option.     Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option ( "Building Expansion Option" ) to lease the Building Expansion Space (as that term is defined below) upon the terms and conditions set forth below in this Section 1.4

        1.4.1     Building Expansion Option.     For purposes hereof, the "Building Expansion Space" shall mean that certain space consisting of that certain space consisting of the remaining space on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building and containing approximately 12,487 rentable and 10,742 usable square feet.

        1.4.2     Method of Exercise of Building Expansion Option.     The Building Expansion Option shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, by written notice (the "Building Expansion Notice ") delivered to Landlord no later than December 31, 2003 ( "Building Expansion Exercise Date" ). Time is

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


expressly of the essence with respect to the exercise of the Building Expansion Option and Tenant's failure to timely deliver the Building Expansion Notice (on or before the Building Expansion Exercise Date) shall terminate Tenant's Building Expansion Option and this Section 1.4 shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. Tenant shall have the right to lease only a portion of the Building Expansion Space; provided, however, that the exact location and configuration of the Building Expansion Space that Tenant does not desire to lease shall be in a commercially leasable and legally occupiable size and configuration as reasonably determined by Landlord.

        1.4.3     Construction in Building Expansion Space.     The Building Expansion Space shall be improved by Tenant with initial tenant improvements substantially in accordance with the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B and Landlord shall provide Tenant with an improvement allowance in an amount up to, but not exceeding, [***] per usable square foot of the Building Expansion Space (i.e., an amount up to, but not exceeding, [***] based on 10,742 usable square feet of the Building Expansion Space), which improvement allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord pursuant to, and subject to, all of the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto.

        1.4.4     Building Expansion Term.     The term of Tenant's lease of the Building Expansion Space shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date (and the Premises shall be expanded-to include the Building Expansion Space on such date) for a lease term coterminous with the Lease Term for the initial Premises (as may be extended pursuant to the Extension Rider attached to this Lease and incorporated herein by this reference), and leased on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 1.4.

        1.4.5     Base Rent; Tenant's Building Share and Parking.     The Base Rent payable by Tenant for the Building Expansion Space during the lease term therefor shall be at the same rental rate per rentable square foot as is then payable by Tenant for the initial Premises (including the abatement pursuant to Article 3 below but only if and to the extent Tenants lease of the Building Expansion Space occurs during the Base Rent Abatement Period described in Article 3 below), subject to increase at the same time and the same rate per rentable square foot as the Base Rent is increased for the initial Premises as provided in Section 8 of the Summary. In the event that Tenant exercises the Building Expansion Option, upon the lease Commencement Date, (i) Tenants Building Share for the Premises shall be increased to take into account the addition of the Building Expansion Space to the initial Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to additional unreserved parking passes for use in the Parking Facilities based on a ratio of five (5) additional unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 usable square feet of the Building Expansion Space. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any parking charges for any such additional unreserved parking passes.

        1.4.6     Amendment to Lease.     If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Building Expansion Option to lease the Building Expansion Space as set forth herein, landlord and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, execute an amendment to this Lease memorializing Tenant's lease of the Building Expansion Space upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.4.

        1.4.7     Tenant's Default.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1.4, at Landlord's option, and in addition to all of Landlord's remedies under this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant's Building Expansion Option to least the Building Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be deemed to be properly exercised if, as of the date Tenant delivers the Building Expansion Notice or on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


        1.5     Right of First Offer.     Commencing as of January 1, 2004 and continuing throughout the Lease Term (including any Option Term, if applicable). Tenant shall have a continuing (subject to the terms hereof) right of first offer with respect to all of the available space located In the Building (the "First Offer Space"), Tenant's right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.5.

        1.5.1     Procedure for Offer.     Landlord shall notify Tenant (the "First Offer Notice") from time to time when Landlord determines, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, that Landlord shall commence the marketing of the First Offer Space (or any portion thereof) because such space shall become or is expected to become available for lease to third parties. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant (including the rentable and usable square feet thereof (which rentable and usable squire feet shall be calculated by Landlord pursuant to the BOMA Standard) and shall set forth the economic terms and conditions applicable to Tenant's lease of such space, which terms and conditions shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the original Premises, including the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto, except for the Tenant Improvement Allowance provided to Tenant (which shall be as provided in Section 15.4 below). Accordingly, the base rent payable by Tenant for any such First Offer Space shall be equal to the Base Rent, on a per rentable square foot basis, then payable by Tenant for the initial Premises then leased by Tenant under this Lease (including the abatement pursuant to Article 3 below but only if and during the period that Tenant's lease of the First Offer Space occurs during the Base Rent Abatement Period described in Article 3 below), subject to increase as provided in the But Rent schedule set forth in Section 8 of the Summary). The Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year pertaining to Tenant's leasing of any such First Offer Space shall be the Calendar Year 2004. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's obligation to deliver the First Offer Notice shall not apply (i) during the last [***] months of the initial Lease Tetra unless Tenant has delivered the First Option Exercise Notice pertaining to extension of the initial Least Term pursuant to the Extension Rider, or (ii) during the last [***] months of the first Option Term (if applicable) unless Tenant has delivered the Second Option Exercise Notice (as defined in the Extension Rider attached hereto) pertaining to the extension of the first Option Term (if applicable) pursuant to the Extension Rider.

        1.5.2     Procedure for Acceptance.     If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant's right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within [***] business days after delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant's exercise of its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice and on the terms as provided in Section 1.5.1 above. If Tenant does not exercise its right of first offer within the [***] business day period (on all of the terms as provided in Section 1.5.1 above), then Landlord shall be free to lease all or any portion of the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires and Tenant's right of first offer shall, subject to Section 1.5.3 below, thereupon automatically terminate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space comprising the First Offer Space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof or object to any of the terms and conditions (to the extent consistent with this Section 1.5).

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


        1.5.3     Continuing Right.     If the space offered in Landlord's First Offer Notice is only a portion of the First Offer Space, then Tenant shall retain its right of first offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.5 with respect to the remaining portion of the First Offer Space which has never been included in a Landlord's First Offer Notice when Landlord determines that such remaining First Offer Space is available for leash as set forth above.

        1.5.4     Construction of First Offer Space.     The First Offer Space shall be improved by Tenant with Initial tenant improvements substantially in accordance with the Tenant Work Lever attached hereto as Exhibit B and Landlord shall provide Tenant with an improvement allowance in an amount up to; but not exceeding, [***] per usable square foot of the First Offer Space multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of the initial term of Tenant's lease of the First Offer Space, and the denominator of which is sixty (60), which improvement allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord pursuant to, and subject to, all of the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto.

        1.5.5     Lease of First Offer Space.     If Tenant timely exercises Tenant's right to lease any First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment adding such First Offer Space to this Lease upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.5. Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall commence payment of rent for such First Offer Space and the Lease Term of such First Offer Space shall, commence upon that date which is [***] days after the date of delivery of such space to Tenant. The Lease Term for the First Offer Space shall, expire coterminously with Tenant's lease of the original Premises.

        1.5.6     No Defaults.     At Landlord's option and in addition to Landlord's other remedies set forth in this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Offer Space as provided in this Section 1.5 if, as of the date of the First Offer Notice or, at landlord's option, as of the scheduled dale of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this lease beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods.

7



ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

        2.1     Lease Term .    The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent. Upon the date of the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant (the "Delivery Date"). The term of this Lease (the "Lease Term" ) shall be as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Summary and shall commence on the date (the "Lease Commencement Date" ) set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary (subject, however, to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), and shall terminate on the date (the "Lease Expiration Date" ) set forth in Section 7.3 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided or extended pursuant to the Extension Rider (attached to this Lease and incorporated by this reference). Upon any such extension of the Lease Term pursuant to the Extension Rider (or any extension of the Lease Term otherwise expressly agreed to by Landlord and Tenant in writing), the term "Lease Term" shall mean the Lease Term as so extended. To the extent an event of Landlord Delay (as such term is defined in Section 5.6 of the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B) prevents the Premises from being substantially completed on or before the date set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary, such date shall be extended one (1) day for each day that an event of Landlord Delay prevents the Premises from being substantially completed on or before the date set forth in Section 72 of the Summary.

        2.2     Early Possession .    During that period of time commencing as of the Delivery Date and continuing until the lease Commencement Date (the "Early Occupancy Period" ), Tenant shall have the right to occupy and use the Premises; provided, however, that during such Early Occupancy Period, all of the terms and conditions of this tease shall apply, including, without limitation, Tenant's obligation to pay to Landlord all sums and charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease (including, without limitation (A) charges for utilities for such portions of the Premises so occupied, and (B) charges for additional ser(ices provided to the Premises so occupied pursuant to Sections 6.1.2 and 6.2 of this Lease); provided further, however, during such Early Occupancy Period, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent and Tenant's Share of any Excess (as defined in Section 4.3.1 below) for the Premises so occupied by Tenant until the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8



ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

        Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at the management office of the Project, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or a check for currency which, at the time of payment is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent ( "Base Rent " ) as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month's rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord hereby agrees to [***]. During such [***] period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under this Lease. In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Article 19 of this Lease, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Article 19 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the monthly Base Rent that was [***] under the provisions of this Article 3.


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

        4.1     Additional Rent .    In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay as additional rent the sum of the following: (i) Tenant's Building Share (as such term is defined below) of the annual Building Operating Expenses which arc in excess of the amount of Building Operating Expenses applicable to the Expense Base Year, plus; (ii) Tenant's Project Share of the annual Project Operating Expenses which are in excess of the amount of Project Operating Expenses applicable to the Expense Base Year; plus (iii) Tenant's Project Share of the annual Tax Expenses which are in excess of the amount of Tax Expenses applicable to the Tax Expense Base Year, plus (iv) Tenant's Building Share of the annual Building Utilities Costs which are in excess of the amount of Building Utilities Costs applicable to the Utilities Base Year, plus (v) Tenant's Project Share of the annual Project Utilities Costs which are in excess of the amount of Project Utilities Costs applicable to the Utilities Base Year. Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 6), shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Additional Rent." The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the "Rent." All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the We Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9


        4.2     Definitions .    As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

            4.2.1   "Calendar Year" shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

            4.2.2   "Expense Base Year" for the Existing Project Parcels shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.1 of the Summary; provided, however, that in the event the Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project (in accordance with Section 1.12 above), then Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Expense Base Year, for purposes of determining Project Expenses for the Adjacent Parcel only (including any Adjacent Panel Improvements that may be located thereon) shall be the Calendar Year in which such Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project and the Adjacent Building is substantially complete (subject to punch-list items), the calculation of which Project Operating Expenses for the Adjacent Parcel and the Adjacent Parcel Improvements shad be subject td the "gross-up" provisions in Section 42.5 below, which shall be fully applicable to such calculation for the Expense Base Year and all subsequent Expense Years.

            4.2.3   "Expense Year" shall mean each Calendar Year.

            4.2.4   "Building Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of "the Building (excluding, however, any expenses, costs and amounts paid by Tenant as part of Project Operating Expenses), including, without limitation, any amounts-paid for. (i) the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, any elevator systems and all other "Systems and Equipment" (as defined in Section 4.2.6 of this Lease) of the Building, and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Building Operating Expenses, (iii) the cost of interior landscaping (plant service), relamping, supplies, tools, equipment and materials; (iv) the cost of janitorial service, alarm security service, if any, window cleaning, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities of the Building and repair to the Building roof; (v) the cost of any tropical improvements or other costs for the Building (i) which are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building, but only to the extent of the cost savings actually achieved therefrom, or (ii) made to the Building or any portion thereof after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation enacted or modified after the Lease Commencement Date and not the responsibility' of any other tenant or occupant of the Building; provided, however, that any such capital expenditure described in this clause (v) shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied ("GAAP"). If, during all or any part of any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), Landlord shall not furnish any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Building Operating Expenses) to a tenant (including Tenant) who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord during any Expense Year, including the Expense Base Year, then Building Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Building Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant.. If the Building is less than [***] percent ([***]%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Building Operating Expenses for such year or applicable portion thereof, employing sound

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9


accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Building Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Building been [***] percent ([***]%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Building Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 to the contrary, —Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect Building Operating Expenses from all of its tenants in an amount which is in excess of one hundred percent (10096) of the Building Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building, and Landlord shall make no profit from the collection of Building Operating Expenses.

            4.2.5   "Project Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Real Property (excluding, however, any expenses, costs and amounts attributable solely (except as otherwise expressly provided in clauses (iii) and (vii) of this paragraph) to the Building (or any other building in the Project)), including, without limitation, any amounts paid for: (i) the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems (located outside of the Building (and outside of any other building in the Project)), any parking structure elevator systems (if any) and other Systems and Equipment of the Real Property, and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Project, Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with implementation and operation (by Landlord or any common area association(s) formed for the Project) of any government mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of insurance carried by Landlord for the Project (including the Buildings and, if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions, the Adjacent Building and the Adjacent Parcel Improvements), in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine or as may be required by any mortgagees, but in any event substantially consistent with the insurance carried by owners of comparable first-class office building projects in the Central San Diego County area; (iv) the cost of exterior landscaping, relamping, supplies, tools and materials; (v) the cost of parking area repair and maintenance; (vi) any fees under any equipment rental agreements of management agreements (not to exceed fees in comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area and in the event Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord is the managing agent, not to exceed [***] (including the Buildings and, if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions, the Adjacent Building), and the fair rental value of any actual on-site management office space (not exceeding 2,500 rentable square feet) provided thereunder); (vii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons at or below the level of manager for the Real Property engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Project, (including the Buildings and, if included as pan of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions, the Adjacent Parcel and the Adjacent Parcel Improvements (it being understood that there shall not be a separate manager for the Buildings and the Adjacent Building)),; and employer's Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; (viii) payments under any easement; license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant; (ix) the cost of janitorial service and security service, if any, window cleaning and trash removal for the common or public areas or facilities of the Project (but not located in any of the Buildings or the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as pan of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions), maintenance of curbs and walkways in the Project; and (x) the cost of any capital Improvements or other costs for the Project (i) which are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


economies in the operation or maintenance of the project, but only to the extent of the cost savings actually achieved therefrom, or (ii) made to the Project or any portion thereof after the Lease Commencement Date that arc required Beater any governmental law or regulation enacted or modified after the Lease Commencement Date and not the responsibility of any other tenant or occupant of the Project; provided, however, that any such capital expenditure described in this clause (x) shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with GAAP. Landlord hereby agrees that the cost of any new type of insurance coverage which ii obtained or effected by Landlord during any Expense Year after the Expense Blue Year (but is not obtained or effected during the Expense Base Year) shall be added to Project Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year (but at the rate which would have been in effect during the Expense Bose Year or the rate in effect during such subsequent Expense Year, whichever is lower) prior to the calculation of Tenant's Project Sham of Project Operating Expenses for each such Expense Year in which such change in insurance is initially obtained or effected. If the Buildings (and, if and when constructed and only if included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions, the Adjacent Building) in the Project are less than [***] percent ([***]%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of project Operating Expenses for such year or applicable portion thereof, in accordance with GAAP, to determine the amount of Project Operating Expense; that would have been paid had the Buildings (and the Adjacent Building (if applicable)), been [***] percent ([***]%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Project Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 to the contrary, Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect Project Operating Expenses from all of its tenants in an amount which is in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the Project Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Real Property, and Landlord shall make no profit from the collection of Project Operating Expenses.

            The term "Building Operating Expenses" and "Project Operating Expenses" are collectively referred to herein as "Operating Expenses" .

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include; (A) costs of leasing commissions, attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Real Property; (B) costs (including permit, license and inspection costs) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating rentable space for other tenants or vacant rentable space; (C) costs incurred due to the violation by Landlord of the terns and conditions of any lease of space in the Real Property; (D) costs of general conditions, overhead or profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services in or in connection with the Real Property to the extent the salve exceeds the costs of general conditions, overhead and profit increment included in the costs of such services which could be obtained from third parties on a competitive basis, (E) except as otherwise specifically provided in Sections 4.2.4 and 4.2.5 hereof, costs of interest on debt or amortization on any mortgages and rent payable under any ground lease of the Real Property; (F) costs of a capital nature for the Real Property, except as specifically set forth in Section 4.2.4(v) and Section 4.2.5(x) above and clause (i) hereinbelow; (G) costs of repairs and maintenance actually reimbursed by any other party; (H) attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in attempting to collect rent or evict tenant's for nonpayment of rent; (i) depreciation, amortization and interest payments (except as provided herein and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party services, all as determined in accordance with standard real estate accounting practices,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

11


consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life), (J) costs, including penalties, fines and associated legal expenses incurred due to the violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Real Property of applicable Laws, that would, not have been incurred but for any such violations by Landlord or any tenant of the Real Property; (K) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Real Property unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Real Property vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Real Property; provided that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of manager for the Real Property; (L) costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the kcal Property, to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds (or would have been reimbursed had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be carried by Landlord under this Lease); (M) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not provided to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Real Property free of charge; (i) costs of correcting defects in the original construction of the Real Property; (O) tax penalties incurred as a result bf Landlord's negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments when due or to file any income tax or informational returns when due; (P) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss (but Project Operating Expenses may include reasonable reserves imposed upon the Real Property as part of the assessments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions recorded against the Real Property), (Q) cost of repairs necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or other tenants of the Project (or Landlord; or such other tenants' agents or contractors); (R) advertising and promotional expenditures, and the cost of signs (other than directory board signage) in or on the Real Property identifying the owner of the Real Property or other tenants of the Real Property; (S) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished-from the costs of operation of the Real Property, including, in the excluded items, partnership accounting and legal matters; (T) any ground lease rental; (U) costs incurred to comply with applicable Laws with respect to the cleanup, removal, investigation and/or remediation of any Hazardous Materials (as such term is defined in Section 5.1 below) in, on or under the Real Property to the extent such Hazardous Materials are: (1) in existence as of the Lease Commencement Date and in violation of applicable Laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Real Property (including any building located thereon), would have, then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; or (2) introduced onto the Real Property after the Lease Commencement Date by Landlord or any of Landlord's agents, employees, contractors or other tyrants in violation of applicable Laws in effect at the date of introduction, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Real Property, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; (v) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than the Parking Facilities); (W) any Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs or Project Utilities Costs; (x) rentals for items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of permanent systems) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement specifically excluded above: (Y) costs (including, without limitation, fines, penalties, interest, and costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or improvements) incurred in bringing the Real property into compliance with building codes and other Laws in effect as of the; Lease Commencement Date and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date, including, without limitation, any costs to correct building code violations pertaining to the initial design or construction of any building (including the Building) located on the Real Property or any

12



other improvements to the Real Property, to the extent such violations exist as or the Lease Commencement Date under any applicable building codes in effect and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date; (Z) costs of acquisition of sculptures, painting and other objects of art (except for maintenance costs with respect thereto); (AA) costs and overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Real Property to the extent the same exceeds typical costs and overhead and profit increment of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; (BB) except for Landlord's Health Facility (as defined in Section 24.34 below (if Landlord elects to provide the same)), costs arising out of the operation, management, maintenance or repair of any retail premises in the Project or any other retail areas operated by Landlord or its agents, contractors or vendors to the extent such costs are uniquely attributable (and separately identifiable) to such retail premises or areas (as opposed to general office use tenancies) or are extraordinary, separately identifiable expenses arising in connection therewith; (CC) costs for which Landlord has been compensated by a management fee, to the extent that the inclusion of such costs in Operating Expenses would result in a double charge to Tenant; (DD) costs arising from Landlord's charitable or political contributions; (EE) costs arising from any voluntary special assessment on the Real Property by any transit district authority or any other governmental entity having the authority to impose such assessment, unless such costs are included in the Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year at the initial rate in effect for such assessments; (FF) costs of any "tap fees" or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant of the Real Property; (GG) any "above-standard" cleaning, including, but not limited to construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events and specific tenant requirements in excess of services provided to Tenant, including related trash collection, removal, hauling and dumping; (HH) "in-house" legal and/or accounting fees; (ii) reserves for bad debts or for future improvements; repairs, additions, etc.; (JJ) any "finders fees", brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertisement costs; (KK) any expenses incurred by Landlord for use of any portions of the Real Property to accommodate shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events or parties, ceremonies, and advertising beyond the normal expenses otherwise attributable to providing services, such as lighting and HVAC to such public portions of the Real Property in normal operations of the Real Property during standard hours of operation, (LL) any balloons, flowers or other gifts provided to any entity whatsoever, to include, but not limited to, Tenant, other tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents; (MM) costs for the initial development of the Real Property; and (NN) costs of operating any parking facilities leased to a parking facility operator. In no event will project Operating Expenses include any expenses associated with the Adjacent Parcel (including any Adjacent Parcel Improvements that may be located thereon) until and unless such Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project pursuant to Section 1.12 above.

            4.2.6   "Systems and Equipment" shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve the Project and/or either or both of the Buildings and/or the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and only if included as pan of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Restrictions) and/or any other building in the Project in whole or in part.

            4.2.7   "Tax Expense Base Year" for the Existing Project Parcels shall mean the year set forth in Section 92 of the Summary; provided, however, that in the event the Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project (in accordance with Section 1.1.2 above), then Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Tax Expense Base Year, for purposes of determining Tax Expenses for the Adjacent Parcel only (including any Adjacent Parcel improvements that may be located thereon), shall be the Calendar Year in which such Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project with the Adjacent

13



    Building substantially completed (subject to punch-list items), the calculation of which Tax Expenses for the Adjacent Parcel and the Adjacent Parcel Improvements shall be subject to the Tax Expense Calculation Assumptions described below, which shall be fully applicable to such calculation.

            4.2.8   "Tax Expenses" shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, assessments, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, parking taxes, transit assessments, fees and taxes, child care subsidies, fees and/or assessments, job training subsidies, fees and/or assessments, open space fees and/or assessments, housing subsidies and/or housing fund fees or assessments, public art fees and/or other governmentally mandated assessments, taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Real Property), which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Real Property or Landlord's interest therein. For purposes of this Lease, Tax Expenses shall be calculated as if the tenant improvements in the Buildings (and, if and when constructed and made a pan of the Project, the Adjacent Building) were fully constructed and the Real Property, the Buildings (and, if and when constructed and made a pan of the' Project based on the Project Inclusion Conditions, the Adjacent Building) and all tenant improvements in the Buildings (and, if and when constructed and only if, included as part of the Project based on the Project Inclusion Conditions; the Adjacent Building) were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes (the "Tax Expense Calculation Assumptions"). In no event will Tax Expenses for the Adjacent Parcel (and the Adjacent Parcel Improvements) be included in Tax Expenses until and unless the Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

              4.2.8.1  Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:

                (i)    Any tax on Landlord's rent, right to rent or other income from the Real Property or as against Landlord's business of leasing any of the Real Property in substitution of real estate taxes;

                (ii)   Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real properly tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election ( "Proposition 13" ) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided/ without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease provided they are not also included in Operating Expenses;

                (iii)  Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured-by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder in substitution of real estate taxes, including, without limitation, any gross income tax upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and

14


                (iv)  Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses; provided, however, 16 the extent Landlord obtains a lax refund, such tax refund shall be credited against Tax Expenses for the Expense Year to which such refund Is applicable and if as a result of such refund or credit, Tenant overpaid Tax Expenses for such Expense Year, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord a return of such overpayment, but not in excess of the amount of Tax Expenses actually prepaid by Tenant prior to the application of such refund/credit.

              4.2.8.2  In no event shall Tax Expenses for any Expense Year be less than the Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year.

              4.2.8.3  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.8, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord's net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Real Property), (ii) any items included as Building Operating Expenses and Project Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 of this Lease.

            4.2.9   "Tenant's Building Share" shall mean, subject to Section 1.3 above, the percentage set forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary. Tenant's Building Share was calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total rentable square feet in the Building (as set forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary), and stating such amount as a percentage. In the event either the rentable square feet of the Premises and/or the total rentable square feet of the Building is changed (in accordance with the BOMA Standard in Section 1.3 above), then Tenant's Building Share shall be appropriately adjusted and, as to the Expense Year in which such adjustment occurs, Tenant's Building Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenants Building Share was in effect.

            4.2.10   "Tenant's Project Share" shall mean, subject to Section 1.3 above, the percentage set forth in Section 9.5 of the Summary. Tenants Project Share was calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total rentable square feet in the buildings within the Project as of the date hereof (i.e., the Building and Building II), and stating such amount as a percentage. In the event either the rentable square feet of the Premises and/or the total rentable square feet of the buildings within the Project is changed (in accordance with the BOMA Standard in Section 1.3 above), including, but not limited to, in the event the Adjacent Building is constructed and made a pan of the Project in accordance with Section 1.1.2 above, then Tenant's Project Share shall be appropriately adjusted and, as to the Expense Year in which such adjustment occurs, Tenant's Project Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenants Project Share was in effect.

            4.2.11   "Utilities Base Year" for the Existing Project Parcels shall mean the year set forth in Section 93 of the Summary; provided, however, that in the event the Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project (in accordance with Section 1.12 above), then Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Utilities Base Year, for purposes of determining Project Utilities Costs for the Adjacent Parcel only (including any Adjacent Parcel Improvements (other than the Adjacent Building) that may be located thereon) shall be the Calendar Year in which such Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project with the Adjacent Building substantially completed (subject to punchlist items).

15


            4.2.12   "Building Utilities Costs" shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year (but excluding any Project Utilities Costs), including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer and electricity, and the costs of HVAC (including, unless paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.1.2 below (or unless paid by other tenants of the Building pursuant to comparable provisions in such tenants' leases or unless otherwise paid by such other tenants), the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers) and other utilities (but excluding (i) the cost of electricity consumed in the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Building (since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity pursuant to Section 6.1.2 below] and (ii) those charges for which tenants of the Building directly reimburse Landlord or otherwise pay directly to the utility company) as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges. Building Utilities Costs for any Expense Year (including the Utilities Base Year) shall be calculated assuming the Building is at least [***] percent ([***]%) occupied. If, during all or any pan of any Expense Year (including the Utilities Base Year), landlord shall not provide any utilities other than gas and electricity (the cost of which, if provided by Landlord, would be included in Building Utilities Costs) to a tenant of the Building (including Tenant) who has undertaken to provide the same instead of Landlord, Building Utilities Costs shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Building Utilities Costs which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if Landlord bad at its own expense provided such utilities to such tenant.

            4.2.13   "Project Utilities Costs" shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Project which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year (but excluding any Building Utilities Costs or Utilities Costs for Building If or the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed and included as pan of the Project)), including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer and electricity, and other utilities, as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges. Project Utilities Costs shall include any costs of utilities which are allocated to the Real Property as a whole (and not any-particular building in the Project) under any declaration, restrictive covenant, or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Real Property or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Real Property. In no event shall Project Utilities Costs for the Adjacent Parcel (and any Adjacent Parcel Improvements) be included in Project Utilities Costs until and unless the Adjacent Parcel is added to the Project in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

        4.3     Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent.     

            4.3.1     Calculation of Excess .    If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, (i) Tenants Building Share of Building Operating Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year and/or (ii) Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year and/or (iii) Tenant's Project Share of Tax Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenants Project Share of Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year, and/or (iv) Tenant's Building Share of Building Utilities Costs for such Expense Year exceeds Tennis Building Share of Building Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year, and/or (v) Tenants Project Share of Project Utilities Costs for such Expense Year exceeds Tenants Project Share of Project Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 432, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to -each such applicable excess (collectively, the "Excess" ); provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be liable for any excess during the Base Rent Abatement Period.

            4.3.2    Statement of Actual Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and Project Utilities Cost Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant on or before the first day of May following the end of each Expense Year a

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

16


    statement (the "Statement" ) which shall state, on a line item by line item basis per category, the Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs, and Project Utilities Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of any Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any; paid during such Expense Year as "Estimated Excess." as that term is defined in Section 4.3.3 of this Lease. If any Statement reflects that Tenant has overpaid Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses and/or Building Utilities Costs, Tenants Project Share of Tax Expenses, Tenant's Project Share of Project Operating Expenses and/or Project Utilities costs for such Expense Year, Landlord shall, at its option, either credit such overpayment toward Tenants next rent payment(s) under this lease, or remit to Tenant with such applicable Statement the amount of the overpayment. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenants Building Share of the Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs, Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses and Project Utilities Costs and Tenant's Project Share of Tax Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3.1 of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenants Building Share of any Building Operating Expenses and/or Building Utilities Costs and Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses and/or Project Utilities Costs and/or Tenants Project Share of Tax Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which was first billed to Tenant more than [***] Years after the date (the "Cutoff Date" ) which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the applicable Expense Year or (ii) the Lease Expiration Date, except that Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs, Tenant's Project Share of Tax Expenses, and Tenant's Project Share of Project Utilities Costs and Project Operating Expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility company at any time following the applicable Cutoff Date which are attributable to any Expense Year occurring prior to such Cutoff Date, so long as Landlord delivers to Tenant a bill and supplemental Statement for such amounts within [***] years following Landlords receipt of the applicable bill therefor. The provisions of this Section 4.32 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

            4.3.3    Statement of Estimated Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and Project Utilities Costs. In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the "Estimate Statement" ) which shall, set forth Landlord's reasonable estimate (the "Estimate"), on a line item by line item basis per category, of what the total amount, of Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and Project Utilities Costs for the then current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Excess (the "Estimated Excess" ) as calculated by comparing (i) Tenants Building Share of Building Operating Expenses, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year, (ii) Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses, which shall be based upon The estimate, to Tenants Project Share of Project Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year, (iii) Tenants Project Share of Tax Expenses, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Project Sham of Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year, (iv) Tenants Building Share of Building Utilities Costs, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenants Building Share of Building Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year, and (v) Tenant's Project Share of Project Utilities Costs, which shall be based upon the estimate, to Tenant's Project Share of Project Utilities Costs for the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

17


    Utilities Base Year; provided, however, in no event shall any such Estimate Statement for any Calendar Year after the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year set forth an Estimated Excess be greater than [***] percent ([***]%) of the Excess payable by Tenant in the prior Calendar Year. The failure of Landlord to timely fairish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current Expense Year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.3.3). Such fraction shall have as Its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month such payment; both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

            4.3.4     Intentionally Omitted.     

            4.3.5     Payment in Installments .    All assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant hereunder, which can be paid by Landlord in installments without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments that are permitted by law without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest and not included as Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses and/or Tax Expenses (as the case may be) except in the Expense Year (or Tax Expense Base Year, as the case may be) in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid; provided, however, that if the prevailing practice in comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area is to pay such assessments or premiums on an earlier basis, and landlord pays on such earlier basis, such assessments or premiums shall be included in Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses and/or Tax Expenses, as the case may be, in the Calendar Year that such assessments or premiums are paid by Landlord; provided further, however, that in such event, Landlord shall prorate the amount of any such assessment and/or premiums and Tenant shall only pay the amount allocable to the Lease Term.

        4.4     Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .    Tenant shall reimburse landlord upon demand for any and all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent included in Tax Expenses), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when:

            4.4.1    said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenants equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of a building standard build -out as determined, by Landlord regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be vested in Tenant or Landlord; or

            4.4.2    said taxes are assessed upon or with respect to the manner of possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Real Property (including the Parking Facilities).

        4.5     Late Charges .    If any installment of Base Rent shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee within five (5) business days after the due date therefor, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fixed late charge equal to [***] plus any attorneys' fees (if any) incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay such Base Rent; provided, however, that for the first three (3) months of the Lease Term following the expiration of the [***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

18


[***] Landlord shall waive the imposition of such late charge during such [***] month period. If any installment of Rent (other than Base Rent) or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or landlords designee within fifteen (15) days after the due date therefor, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount due plus any attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenants failure to pay such Rent (other than Base Rent) or other charges when due hereunder. The foregoing late charges shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlords other rights and remedies hereunder, at law and/or in equity and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner. Notwithstanding the above (and in addition to the waiving of any late charge by reason of Tenants failure to pay Base Rent during the first three (3) months following the Base Rent Abatement Period described above), no late charge or interest will be assessed for the [***] late payment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant in any [***] during the Lease Term (including the Option Terms, if applicable). In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid by the date that they am due shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate (the "Interest Rate" ) equal to the lesser of (i) the "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate" announced from time to time by Morgan Chase Bank (or such reasonable comparable national banking institution as selected by Landlord in the event JPMorgan Chase Bank ceases to exist or publish a Prime Rate or Reference Rate), plus [***] percent ([***]%), or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable Laws.

        4.6     Audit Rights .    In the event Tenant disputes the amount of the Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement for the particular calendar year delivered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3.2 above, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenants cost, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to have Tenant's authorized employees or agents inspect, at Landlord's office during normal business hours, Landlord's books, records and supporting documents concerning the Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs set forth in such Statement; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to conduct such inspection, have an audit performed by the Accountant as described below, or object to or otherwise dispute the amount of the Project Operating Expenses, Building operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs set forth in any such Statement, unless Tenant notifies Landlord of such objection and dispute within twelve (12) months immediately fallowing Landlord's delivery of the actual Statement for the costs and for the Calendar Year in question (the "Notice Period "); provided, further, that notwithstanding any such timely objection and dispute, and as a condition precedent to Tenant's exercise of its right of objection, dispute, inspection and/or audit as set forth in this Section 4.6, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amounts as required by the provisions of this Article 4 in accordance with such Statement. However, such payment may be made under protest pending the outcome of any audit which may be performed by the Accountant as described-below. In connection with any such inspection by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that such inspection can be performed pursuant to a mutually acceptable schedule, in an expeditious manner and without undue interference with Landlords operation and management of the Building. If after such inspection and/or request for documentation, Tenant still disputes the amount of the Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right to cause an independent certified public accountant which is mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant (the "Accountant" ) to complete an audit of Landlord's books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses to determine the proper amount of the project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses. Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs incurred and amounts payable by Tenant for the calendar year which is the subject of such Statement. Such audit by the Accountant shall tie final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree as to the identity of the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

19


Accountant within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant desires an audit to be performed, then the Accountant shall be one of the "Big 4" accounting firms. If such audit reveals that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate. If the audit reveals that the Tenant was undercharged, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the amount of such under-charge, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined, that Landlord's original Statement which was the subject of such audit was in error to Tenant's disadvantage by three percent (3%) or more of the total Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs which was the subject of such audit. The payment by Tenant of any amounts pursuant to this Article 4 shall not preclude Tenant from questioning the correctness of any Statement provided by Landlord at any time during the Notice Period, but the failure of Tenant to object thereto prior to the expiration of the Notice Period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant's approval of the Statement in question and the amount of Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Building Utilities Costs and/or Project Utilities Costs shown thereon. In connection with any inspection and/or audit conducted by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6, Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause all of Tenant's employees and consultants and the Accountant to keep, all of Landlord's books and records and the audit, and all information pertaining thereto and the results thereof, strictly confidential, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause such employees, consultants and the Accountant to execute such reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits.


ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

        5.1     Use.     

            5.1.1     Permitted Use .    Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office purposes and any incidental uses thereto including, but not limited to, breakrooms, installation of vending machines (for Tenant's employees) and photocopy areas, and, subject to Section 5.1.2 below, the Company Store, all to the extent consistent with the character of the Building as a first-class office building, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof in any manner contrary to the provisions of Exhibit D, attached hereto, or in a manner so as to cause a violation of the laws, ordinances, codes, statutes, rules or regulations of the United States of America, the state in which the Real Property is located, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body (including, but not limited to, zoning and building codes) or other governmental or quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Real Property (collectively, "Laws" ). Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions, now affecting the Real Property. Attached hereto as Exhibit J is a list of existing recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Real Property, it true, correct and complete copies of which have been delivered to Tenant. Tenant shall also comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the Real Property and executed after the date of execution of this Lease provided that such covenants, conditions, and restrictions and leases do not materially restrict Tenant in Tenant's use of the Premises or materially increase Tenant's obligations or adversely affect Tenants rights under this Lease. Tenant shall not use or allow another person or entity to use any pan of the Premises for the storage, use, treatment. manufacture or sale of "Hazardous Material," as that term is defined below, except for ordinary and general office

20


    supplies typically used in the ordinary course of business within office space in first-class office buildings (such as copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink and common household cleaning supplies) which Tenant must use in strict compliance with all applicable Laws. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Material" means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the state in which the Real Property is located or the United States Government.

            5.1.2     Company Store .    Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental entities and Tenant's compliance with all applicable Laws, the original Tenant executing this Least ( "Original Tenant" ) and any assignee of Original Tenant's interest in this Lease, shall also be permitted, at Tenant's sole cast and expense, to use a portion of the Premises as shall be designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) for operation of a company store ( "Company Store" ) solely for the use by Tenant's employees and business visitors, but no other members of the general public. Tenant agrees that the Company Store shall not be operated by any subtenant of Tenant other than an Affiliate subtenant pursuant to a sublease entered into pursuant to Section 14.7 below. Tenant may serve prepared food in the Company Store but shall not be permitted to cook any food in the Company Store and Tenant shall not permit any fumes or odors to emanate from the Company Store in any manner which may unreasonably disturb any other occupants of the Real Property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to require that all food related appliances used by Tenant and approved by Landlord for the Company Store operation be vented using venting equipment reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to serve or sell any alcoholic beverages from the Company Store, and Tenant shall, at its expense, at all times operate and maintain the Company Store in a rust class and clean manner. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense: (i) store and dispose of refuse and garbage generated in connection with the operation of the Company Store in a rubbish container or compactor which shall be waterproof, sealed, rodent-proof, nonabsorbent, deodorized and covered with a close -fitting lid and located in an area exterior to the Building reasonably designated by Landlord, and in accordance with state and local health department rules and regulations; (ii) not discharge any corrosive, damaging or clogging substances through any drain lines from the Premises (should Tenant fail to observe this duty, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of freeing, cleaning and replacing such pipes and any other damage resulting therefrom); and (iii) obtain and maintain in effect at all times pest control service to regularly exterminate the Company Store as may be necessary to keep the Building and Real Property free from pests. Tenant covenants that all improvements to be constructed by Tenant for the Company Store shall otherwise be subject to Landlord's approval and otherwise comply with the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter (if constructed as part of the initial Tenant Improvements) or the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease (if constructed after the initial Tenant Improvements are Installed).

        5.2     Landlord's Representation and Warranty Regarding Hazardous Materials .    Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to Landlord's actual knowledge as of the date hereof, except as may be disclosed in the Environmental Report (as defined below), the Real Property does not currently contain any Hazardous Materials in violation of any existing applicable Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials. As used herein, the "Environmental Report" shall mean that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, prepared by Building Analytics in accordance with the Building Analytics Proposal and Contract dated July 27, 2000, a true and complete copy of which Landlord hereby represents has been delivered to Tenant. Landlord agrees, throughout the Lease Term, to provide Tenant with any environmental reports commissioned by Landlord after the date of this Lease affecting the Real Property.

21



ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

        6.1     Standard Tenant Services .    Landlord shall provide the following services on all days during the Lease Term, unless otherwise stated below.

            6.1.1    Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises so as to maintain temperatures within the Premises within the range of temperatures that are consistent with the design capacity of the HVAC system installed by Landlord as part of the Base, Shell and Core (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto) as specified in Exhibit F attached to this lease, subject to extraordinary hot or cold weather periods, unusual heat loads caused by Tenant's use of the Premises, any use of the Premises not in accordance with Section 5.1.1 above, brown-outs and/or other Force Majeure events, from Monday through Friday, during the period from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and on Saturday during the period from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. ("Business Hours" ), except for the date of observation of New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (collectively, the "'Holidays").

            6.1.2    Landlord, as part of the Base. Shell and Core, shall provide adequate electrical -wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as determined by Landlord, which facilities and power shall include [***] the Building with [***] transformers and distribution panels to provide approximately [***] watts per usable square foot of the Premises for connected electrical load exclusive, however, of electricity for lighting. Tenant shall pay directly to the utility company pursuant to the utility company's separate meters, the cost of all electricity provided to and/or consumed in the Premises (including normal and excess consumption) and shall pay to Landlord, as part of Building Utilities Costs (and pursuant to Landlord's submeters to measure the same, for the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers pertaining to those portions of the Premises that do not consist of an entire floor in the Building (i.e., for multi-tenant floors). Tenant shall pay such cost (including the cost of such meters or submeters) within thirty (30) days after demand and as additional rent under this Lease (and not as part of the Building Operating Expenses or Building Utilities Costs). Landlord shall designate the electricity utility provider from time to time.

            6.1.3    As part of Building Operating Expenses or Building Utilities Costs (as determined by Landlord), Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

            6.1.4    Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

            6.1.5    Landlord shall provide janitorial services five (5) days per week, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services, all in accordance with the janitorial specifications attached hereto as Exhibit G (which specifications are subject to change provided that the overall level of the janitorial and window washing services provided by Landlord is otherwise consistent with other comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area.

            6.1.6    Landlord shall provide nonexclusive automatic passenger elevator service at all times.

            6.1.7    Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord; provided, however, that during Tenant's initial move into the Premises. Landlord shall

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

22


    provide Tenant with exclusive freight service (subject, however, to Tenant scheduling such exclusive use times with Landlord).

        6.2     Overstandard Tenant Use .    Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal office machines; or equipment or lighting other than building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the need for water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water or heat or air conditioning (other than through Tenant's Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment described in Section 6.7 below) in excess of that supplied by -Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after billing and as additional rent, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use, and in such event Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, the increased cost directly to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, including the cost of such additional metering devices. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice (which notice shall be accomplished through telephonic dial-up and/or via electronic mail), of Tenant's desired use, (ii) Landlord shall supply such HVAC to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant as Landlord shall from time to time establish based on the After-Hours HVAC Calculation (as defined below), and (iii) Tenant shall pay such cost within thirty (30).days after billing, as Additional Rent. .The hourly cost payable by Tenant for such after-hours HVAC shall be equal to (A) the actual cost incurred by Landlord to supply such after-hours HVAC on an hourly basis (but based on a [***] hour minimum provision of such after-hours HVAC), (B) increased wear and tear and depreciation of equipment to provide such after-hours HVAC, and (C) maintenance costs (collectively, the "After-Hours HVAC Calculation" ), the methodology of which After-Hours HVAC Calculation is more particularly described in Exhibit L ; provided, however that the [***] hour minimum described above shall not apply to after-hours HVAC that is used by Tenant immediately following the time that Landlord is required to supply HVAC to Tenant during Business Hours.

        6.3     Interruption of Use .    Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5 below, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Real Property after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including, without limitation, toss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

        6.4     Intentionally Omitted.     

        6.5     Abatement of Rent .    In the event that tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for three (3) consecutive business days (the "Eligibility Period") as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord after the Lease Commencement Date and required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease or permitted pursuant to Section 24.30 below, or (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide to the Premises any of the essential utilities and services required to be provided in Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.4 above, or (iii) any

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

23


failure by Landlord to provide access to the Premises, then Tenant's obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs, Tenant's Project Share of Tax Expenses, Project Utilities Costs and Project Operating Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the tide may be. from and after the first (1st) day following the Eligibility Period and continuing until such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square fed of the portion of the Promises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. To the extent Tenant shall be entitled to abatement of rent because of a damage or destruction pursuant to Article I1 or a taking pursuant to Article 12, then this Section 6.5 not be applicable.

        6.6     Tenant's Security System.     Tenant may, in accordance with Article 8 hereof and at its own expense, install its own security system ("Security System" ) in the Premises, which Security System shall not be connected in any way to Landlord's security system for the Building; provided, however, that Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior consent with respect to the plants and specifications for such Security System (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, operation and removal of such Security System.

        6.7     Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment .    Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall have the right to install (in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work letter) and maintain, [***] (but without any obligation to pay any rent or license fees with respect thereto), on the roof of the Building, supplementary air conditioning units (including duct work and other connections from the roof to the Premises, as applicable) and any additional metering devices therefor ( "Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment" ), provided: (i) Tenant obtains Landlord's prior written consent to such Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and all plans and specifications therefor, the determination of which shall be made by Landlord at the time Landlord reviews/approves the Construction Drawings for the Tenant Improvements; and (ii) Tenant shall only be permitted to install such Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment if the same would not void Landlord's roof warranty, a copy of which has been received by Tenant. Tenant's use of and access to the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment shall be in accordance with and subject to the applicable provisions set forth in Section 2431 below; and (iv) Tenant shall be solely responsible and shall pay for all costs of and/or related to such Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment, including, without limitation, the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, electricity and other utilities consumed thereby, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, which costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days of demand therefor.

        6.8     Emergency Generator(s) .    Landlord hereby agrees that, subject to Tenant's compliance with all applicable Laws and all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Real Property, and subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole cost and expense (but without any obligation to pay any rent or license fees with respect thereto), and subject to the provisions of Section 24.31 below, to install one (1) back-up emergency generator in the general location within the Project depicted on Exhibit K (the exact area upon which such generator shall be located shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval and once determined, shall be referred to herein as the "Generator Site" ). Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall also have the right to install one (1) additional back-up emergency generator on the Generator Site; provided, however, that in the event the size of the Generator Site is not able to accommodate such additional generator and if Landlord approves enlarging the Generator Site to accommodate the installation of such additional generator (which approval shall mot be unreasonably withheld), then Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in the event such Landlord-approved enlargement of the Generator Site would entail an encroachment by such enlarged Generator Site of any parking spaces located adjacent to the Generator Site, then the number of reserved parking passes provided to Tenant under this Lease shall be reduced by the number of perking spaces that are encroached upon by

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

24


such enlargement of the Generator Sites Such generator(s) shall be of-such, size and specifications, and include such platforms, fencing, enclosures, sheds, and other related materials and equipment, as shall, pursuant to Section 2431 below, be reasonably approved by landlord prior to installation (collectively; the "Emergency Generator(s)").


ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

        7.1     Tenant's Repairs .    Subject to Landlords repair obligations in Sections 7.2 and 11.1 Below, Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the lease Term, which repair obligations shall include, without limitation, the obligation to promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures and appurtenances; provided however; that, at Landlords option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, landlord may, but need not, snake such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same.

        7.2     Landlord's Repairs .    Anything contained in Section 7.1 above to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject to Articles 11 and 12 of this Lease, Landlord shall repair and maintain (i) the structural portions of the Building and Premises, (ii) the Base, Shell and Core improvements of the Building and the basic plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems serving the Building. and (iii) the common areas of the Building and the Real Property; provided, however, if any such repairs are caused in pan or in whole by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents or employees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such repairs, but only to the extent the cost of such repairs is not coveted by insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord. Subject to Landlords indemnity of Tenant in Section 10.1 below and subject to Section 6.5 above, Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs, or to perform any maintenance. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5 above, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenants business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Real Property, Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such repairs, alterations and improvements to be performed so as not to materially or adversely interfere with Tenants normal business functions within the Premises. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlords expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

        7.3     Tenant's Self-Help Rights .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 7, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of the need for repairs and/or maintenance which are Landlords obligation to perform under Section 7.2 above, and Landlord fails to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after receipt of such notice (but in no event earlier than ten (10) days after receipt of such notice except in cases where them is an immediate threat of material and substantial property damage or immediate threat of bodily injury, in which case such shorter period of time as is reasonable under the circumstances), then Tenant may proceed to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance upon delivery of an additional three (3) business days' notice to Landlord that Tenant is taking such required action (or no additional notice in the event of an emergency which threatens life or where there is imminent danger to property or a possibility that a failure to take immediate action could cause a material, adverse disruption in Tenant's normal and customary business activities). If such repairs and /or maintenance were required under the terms of this Lease to be performed by Landlord and are not performed by Landlord prior to the

25



expiration of such three (3) business day period (or the initial notice and repair period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 7.3 in the event of emergencies where no second notice is required) (the "Outside Repair Period" ), then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenants actual, reasonable, and documented costs and expenses in performing such maintenance and/or repairs. Such reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlords receipt of Tenants invoice of such costs and expenses, and if Landlord fails to so reimburse Tenant within such 30-day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to offset against the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease the amount of such invoice together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, which shall have accrued on the amount of such invoice during the period from and after Tenant's delivery of such invoice to Landlord through and including the earlier of the date Landlord delivers the payment to Tenant or the date Tenant offsets such amount against the Rent; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if (i) landlord delivers to Tenant prior to the expiration of the Outside Repair Period described above, a written, reasonably particularized, objection to Tenants right to receive any such reimbursement based upon Landlords good faith claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or (ii) Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenants invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice based upon Landlords good faith claim that such charges am excessive (in which case, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within such 3D-day period, the amount Landlord contends would not be excessive), then Tenant shall not be entitled to such reimbursement or offset against Rent, but Tenant, as its sole remedy, may notify Landlord that Tenant elects to resolve the dispute pursuant to binding arbitration under the auspices of JAMS/ENDISPUTE (or any successor organization) in San Diego County, California according to the then rules for commercial arbitration for such organization, In the event Tenant undertakes such repairs and/or maintenance, and such work will affect the Systems and Equipment, the Base, Shell and Core, any structural portions of the Building, any common areas of the Real Property or other areas outside the Building and/or the exterior appearance of the Building or Real Property (or any portion thereof), Tenant shall use only those unrelated third party contractors used by Landlord in the Building for such work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform such work at competitive prices, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in comparable first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area. Tenant shall comply' with the other terms and conditions of this Lease If Tenant takes the required action, except that Tenant is not required to obtain Landlord's consent for such repairs.


ARTICLE 8

ARTICLES ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

        8.1     Landlord's Consent to Alterations .    Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the "Alterations" ) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent still be requested by Tenant not less than twenty (20) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion (but good faith) with respect to any Alterations which are likely to have an adverse effect on the structural components of the Building or the Systems and Equipment or which can be seen from (or may affect any area) outside the Premises (collectively, the "Major Alterations"). Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord's prior consent shall not be required with respect to any interior Alterations td the Premises which (i) are not Major Alterations, (ii) cost less than [***] for any one (1) job, and (iii) do not require a permit of any kind, as long as (A) Tenant delivers to Landlord notice and a copy of any final plans, specifications and working drawings for any such Alterations at least ten (10) days prior, to commencement of the work thereof, and (B) the other conditions of this Article 8 are satisfied including, without limitation, conforming to Landlord's rules, regulations and insurance requirements which govern contractors.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

26


Tenant shall pay to Landlord a Landlord supervision fee of [***] percent ([***]%) of the cost of Major Alterations. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

        8.2     Manner of Construction .    Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to all Major Alterations of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen which regularly perform work in first-class office buildings in San Diego County, California and are approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) provided such contractors and subcontractors agree to perform such work at competitive prices and pursuant to Tenant's reasonable scheduling requirements (the "Performance Requirement" ); provided, however, that Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Performance Requirement shall also apply to any Alterations installed by Tenant in the Premises except for those that are cosmetic and/or otherwise de minimis in nature. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Real Property. is located, and in conformance with Landlord's commercially reasonable construction rules and regulations. Landlord's approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant's Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all applicable Laws. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Building or Real Property or the common areas for any other tenant of the Real Property, and as not to unreasonably interfere with the business of Landlord or other tenants of the Real Property, or unreasonably interfere with the labor force working at the Real Property. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry "Builder's All-Risk" insurance-in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be -insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Real Property is located in accordance with Section 3043 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, (ii) deliver to the management office of the Real Property it reproducible copy of the "as built " drawings of the Alterations, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors' affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.

        8.3     Landlord's Property .    All Alterations, improvements and/or fixtures (excluding Tenant's trade fixtures, movable furniture and personal property) which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, and all signs installed in, on or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord and will remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Lease Term; provided, however, Landlord may, by written notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord's approval of the final working drawings for any Alterations, identify those Alterations which Landlord will require Tenant to remove at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord may also require Tenant, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, to remove any Alterations which Landlord did not have the opportunity to approve as provide] in Section 8.1 above so long as such Alterations are not normal and customary general office type improvements. Except for any voice and data cabling installed by Tenant in the Premises and/or the Building and, subject to Section 24.31 below, except for the Special Equipment (which voice and data cabling and Special Equipment (if applicable) Tenant shall be required to remove from the Premises and/or the Building upon the expiration or sooner termination

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

27


of this Lease), in no event will Tenant be required to remove the initial Tenant Improvements installed pursuant to Exhibit B. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any such Alterations, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove the identified Alterations on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any such Alterations, Landlord may do so and may charge the reasonable cost thereof to Tenant.


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

        Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Real Property, Building or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant; interest only. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Real Property, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record, by payment, statutory bond or other lawful means. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if any such lien is not released and removed on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.


ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

        10.1     Indemnification and Waiver .    Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property and injury to persons, in, on, or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, and its partners and subpartners, and their respective officers, agents, property managers and employees (collectively, "Landlord Parties" ) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage to property or injury to persons or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage or injury is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability, including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees (collectively, "Claims" ) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant's installation, placement and removal of Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises). and any negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, employees or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Premises, the Building and Real Property, but only to the extent Tenant's liability is not waived and released by Landlord pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant's indemnity shall, in no event, extend to loss of profits, loss of business or other consequential damages incurred by Landlord or any Landlord Parties. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.1 to the contrary, the foregoing assumption of risk, release and indemnity shall not apply to any Claims to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, and not insured (or required to be insured) by Tenant under this Lease (collectively, the "Excluded Claims" ), and Landlord shall

28


indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant's officers, agents and employees (collectively, "Tenant Parties" ) from and against any such Excluded Claims, but only to the extent Landlord's liability is not waived and released by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 10.4 of this Lease (provided, however, that Landlord's indemnity shall, in no event, extend to loss of profits, loss of business or other consequential damages incurred by Tenant or any Tenant Parties). Each party's agreement to indemnify the other pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by the indemnifying party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

        10.2     Landlord's Insurance and Tenant's Compliance with Landlord's Fire and Casualty Insurance .    Landlord shall, from and after the date hereof until the expiration of the Lease Term, maintain in effect the following insurance: (i) physical damage insurance providing coverage in the event of fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and all other risks normally covered under "special form" policies in the geographical area of the Building, covering the Building (excluding, at Landlord's option, the property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 103 below) in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value (less reasonable deductibles) of the Building, together with such other risks as Landlord may from time to time determine, including a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of any holders of mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Real Property or any portion thereof (provided however, that Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain earthquake and/or flood insurance); (i) commercial general liability insurance including a Commercial Broad Form Endorsement or the equivalent in the amount of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000.000.00), against claims of bodily injury, personal injury or property damage arising out of Landlord's operations, assumed liabilities (including the liabilities assumed by Landlord under this Lease), contractual liabilities, or use of the Building, common areas and Parking Facilities, and (iii) workers' compensation insurance as required by law. Such coverages may be carried under blanket and/or umbrella policies. The insurers providing such insurance shall be licensed to do business in the State of California and rated A-/VII or better in Best's Insurance Guide, and the policies of insurance with respect to property loss or damage by fire or other casualty shall contain a waiver of subrogation as provided in Section 10.4 below. Such coverages may be carved under blanket and/or umbrella insurance policies. Such insurance shall be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, comply as to the Premises with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant's conduct or manner of use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall comply with all rules. orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body..

        10.3     Tenant's Insurance .    Commencing as of the Delivery Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

            10.3.1    Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant's operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form Commercial General Liability endorsement

29


    covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth In Section 10.1 of this Lease, for limits of liability not less than:

Bodily Injury and
Property Damage Liability

  $5,000,000 each occurrence
$5,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

 

$5,000,000 each occurrence
$5,000,000 annual aggregate

            10.3.2    Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant improvements, including any Tenant Improvements which Landlord permits to be installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises, including any improvements, alterations or additions installed at Tenant's request above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a "physical loss or damage" basis under it "special form " policy, for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that next any co -insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

            10.3.3      Workers' compensation insurance as required bylaw.    

            10.3.4      Intentionally Omitted.    

            10.3.5      Intentionally Omitted.    

            10.3.6  The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Leases Such insurance shall: (i) name Landlord. Landlord's property manager, Landlord's asset manager and Landlord's lender with a deed of trust encumbering the Real Properly and any other party affiliated with Landlord or Landlord's partners that Landlord so specifies in writing to Tenant, as an additional insured with respect to Tenant's insurance described in Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 above (but Tenant shall not be required to name Landlord or such other parties as loss payees with respect to Tenant's personal property damage insurance described in Section 10.3.2(i) above); (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant's obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A/VII in Best's Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is noncontributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord; (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause; and (vii) with respect to the insurance required in Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 above, have deductible amounts not exceeding Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00); provided, however, that no deductible limitation shall apply with respect to insurance required in Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 above carried by the Original Tenant and any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenants entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 below, but only if and during such time period that Tenant's (or such Affiliate assignee's) "stockholders' equity" exceeds One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) as evidenced by Tenant's (or such Affiliate assignee's) Form 10-K Annual Report (excluding, however, from the determination of total assets (as a component for determining stockholders' equity), all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including, without limitation, goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks,

30


    trade names, copyrights, and franchises), prepared by a national firm of certified public accountants in accordance with GAAP and delivered to Landlord upon Landlord's request; provided, however, that in computing Tenant's (or such Affiliate assignee's) stockholders' equity, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that so long as the insurance provided by Tenant (or provided by such Affiliate assignee) pursuant to Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 above is provided by Tenant (or provided by such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) through insurance provided to Tenant's parent company, JP Morgan Chase Bank, then the term stockholders' equity shall also include and/or mean the stockholders' equity of JP Morgan Chase Bank (based on such entity's Form 10-K Annual Report (and subject to the stockholders' equity computation limitations described above)). Tenant shall deliver certificates evidencing such insurance policies to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and Tenant agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such certificate before the expiration dates thereof. If Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, within such time periods, Landlord may, at its option, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, and without regard to any notice and cure periods set forth in Section 19.1, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after delivery of bills therefor. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Tenant shall be permitted to fulfill its obligations to maintain the insurance required hereunder by obtaining a blanket policy, or policies, covering the various liabilities of Tenant as long as the coverage required to be maintained for the Premises (including annual aggregate liability coverage) is not diminished or reduced as a result thereof.

        10.4     Subrogation.     Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant; as the case may be, so long as the insurance carried by Landlord and Tenant, respectively, is not invalidated thereby. As long as such waivers of subrogation are contained in their respective insurance policies, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under policies of insurance for fire and all risk coverage, theft, public liability, or other similar insurance.

        10.5     Additional Insurance Obligations.     Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, daring the Option Terms (if applicable) Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to carry and maintain, during the applicable Option Term and at Tenant's sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10, and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant's operations therein, all as may be reasonably requested by Landlord during the applicable Option Term but only if such increased amounts and/or other types of insurance coverage are commonly tamed by tenants comparable to Tenant in first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area.


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

        11.1     Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord.     Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any common areas of the Building or Real Property serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty. Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base, Shell, and Core of the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base, Shell, and Core of the Building and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by applicable Laws, or any other modifications to the common areas deemed reasonably desirable by Landlord (collectively, "Landlord's

31


Restoration Work" ), provided access to the Premises and any common areas of the Real Property shall not be materially impaired. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises. Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 above, promptly and diligently repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements, Alterations and other improvements installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements, Alterations and other improvements to their original condition. In connection with such repairs and replacements, Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of construction, submit to Landlord, for Landlord's review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto (other than repair work for the improvements depicted in the Approved Working Drawings (as defined in Exhibit B ) if such repair work is performed in strict accordance with the Approved Working Drawings), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole discretion if any item indicated in any such plans, specifications or working drawings creates it Design Problem (as defined in Exhibit B ). Tenant shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work, which contractors shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or common- areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Tenant's Building Share of Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs, Tenant's Project Share of Tax Expenses, Tenant Project Share of Project Utilities Costs and Project Operating Expenses, during the time and to the extent Tenant is so prevented from using and does not use the Premises as a result thereof until the Premises am substantially completed by Tenant or until such earlier date that the Premises would have been substantially completed but for delays attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, Licensees, contractors, employees or otherwise attributable to the failure by Tenant to diligently proceed to complete the repair work as described above; provided, however, that if less than all, but a substantial portion, of the Premises is unfit for occupancy and the remainder of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from the portion of the Premises so damaged and such remaining portion, then the Base Rent and Tenant's Building Share of increases in Building Operating Expenses and Building Utilities Costs, Tenant's Project Share of Tax Expenses, Tenant's Project Share of Project Utilities Costs and Project Operating Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the entire Premises until the Premises are substantially completed by Tenant or until such earlier date that the Premises would have been substantially completed but for delays attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, licensees, contractors, employees or otherwise attributable to the failure by Tenant to diligently proceed to complete the repair work as described above.

        11.2     Termination Rights.     Within sixty (60) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage to the Building or the Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing ( "Landlord's Damage Notice" ) of the estimated time, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, required to substantially complete Landlord's Restoration Work (the "Estimated Repair Period " ), as well as the time estimated by Landlord for Tenant to substantially complete Tenants restoration work. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 above, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Building pertaining to Landlords Restoration Work and instead terminate this Lease and all other leases in the Building by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if (i) the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, (ii) Landlord terminates the leases of all tenants in the Building and one or more of the following conditions is present : (i) repairs cannot, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, reasonably be completed within three hundred (300) days of the

32



dale of damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); or (ii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord's insurance policies and the uninsured cost exceeds Landlord's Contribution Amount, as defined below; provided, however, that (A) if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlords; termination right as provided above, (B) the damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event (as defined below), and (C) the repair of such damage cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, be completed within three hundred (300) days after the date of the damage, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within sixty (60) days after Tenants receipt of Landlord's Damage Notice. The term "Landlord's Contribution Amount," as used herein, shall mean One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), plus Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) per each Calendar Year of the Lease Term which has expired as of the date of such casualty. As used herein, a "Tenant Damage Event" shall mean damage to all or any part of the Premises or any common areas of the Building necessary for Tenants use of the Premises by fire or other casualty, which damage substantially interferes with Tenant's use of or access to the Premises and would entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent pursuant to Section 11.1 above. In addition, in the event of a Tenant Damage Event, and if neither Landlord nor Tenant has elected to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, but Landlord fails to substantially complete Landlord's Restoration Work within the Estimated Repair Period plus thirty (30) days, plus the number of days of actual delay, if any, attributable to events of "Force Majeure," as that term is defined in Section 24.17 hereof, plus the number of days of delay, if any, as are attributable to the negligent acts or omissions of Tenant, then Tenant shall have an additional right to terminate this Lease by delivering written termination notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days after the expiration of such period. Further, in the event that the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged during the last twelve (12) months of the lease Term so as to constitute a Tenant Damage Event and the, repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, be completed within sixty (60) days of the date of the damage, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option to terminate this Lease, by giving written termination notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. If either Landlord or Tenant exercises any of its options to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, (1) this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such termination notice, (2) Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination, and (3) both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease which by their terms survive the expiration or earner termination of this Lease.

        11.3     Waiver of Statutory Provisions.     The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Remises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property, and any statute or regulation of the state in which the Real Property is located, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any pan of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property.


ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

        12.1     Permanent Taking.     If all or substantially all of the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property (which renders the balance of the Premises, the Building and/or the Real Property unusable or not economically viable (in Landlord's reasonable opinion)) shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or

33


quasi -public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Real Property, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain-or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon -ninety (90) days' notice, provided such notice is given no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. if more than ten percent (10%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days' notice, provided such notice is given no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the tight to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the teems of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord and/or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any pan of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure.

        12.2     Temporary Taking.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of ninety (90) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.


ARTICLE 13

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

        Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

        14.1     Transfers.     Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed as set forth below), assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of low, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as "Transfers" and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "Transferee" ), with Landlord and Tenant acknowledging and agreeing that the term Transferee" shall not include an Affiliate described in

34


Section 14.3 below to which Tenant's interest in this Lease or the Premises has been assigned or subleased pursuant to the provisions of Section 14.3 below (and a transfer to an Affiliate satisfying the conditions of Section 14.7 below shall not be a "Transfer" as set forth therein). If Tenant shall desire Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the "Transfer Notice") shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than ten (10) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the "Subject Space" ), (iii) all of the material terms of the proposed Transfer (including, but not limited to, the rent, economic concessions and proposed use of the Subject, Space), the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and, when the some is available, a copy of all existing operative documents executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, (iv) it the proposed Transferee is an assignee of Tenant'; entire interest in this Lease, current financial statements or the proposed Transferee certified by an officer. partner or owner thereof, and (v) such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord's option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord's actual, documented, and reasonable, out-of-pocket legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant's proposed Transfer (in an amount not to exceed [***].

        14.2     Landlord's Consent.     Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice, and shall notify Tenant of Landlord's consent or disapproval within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt of the Transfer Notice and the other information described in Section 14.1 above. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:

            14.2.1  The Transferee is engaged in a business which is not consistent with the then existing tenants of the Building or Real Property or other first-class suburban office buildings in the Central San Diego County area;

            14.2.2  The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

            14.2.3  The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof (i) which is that of a foreign country, or (ii) which is of a character or reputation, is engaged in a business, or is of, or is associated with, [***] or (iii) [***] unless, and only to the extent, Landlord has previously approved such an occupant for other space in the Building;

            14.2.4  The Transfer will result in more than the number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space than is allowed under applicable Laws.

            14.2.5  The Transferee, if the Transferee is an assignee of Tenant's entire interest in this Lease, is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the Lease on the date consent is requested; or

            14.2.6  Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent and Landlord has space in the Buildings or Adjacent Building available for lease to such party of comparable size as the proposed Subject

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

35


    Space, (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time had Landlord has space In the Buildings or Adjacent Building available for lease to such party of comparable size as the proposed Subject Space. '

        If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2, Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord's consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any material changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant's original Transfer Notice such that Landlord would be entitled to a Transfer Premium or an increased Transfer Premium (as the case may be), Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14.

        14.3     Transfer Premium.     If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord [***] percent ([***]%) of an "Transfer Premium," as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. "Transfer Premium" shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the actual, documented and reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any reasonable changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer (made in accordance with the terns and provisions of this Lease) and/or any tenant improvement allowance provided by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any reasonable brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iii) reasonable attorney's fees and advertising expenses in connection with the Transfer, (iv) any free rent provided by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer, (v) the Rent paid to Landlord by Tenant for all days that Tenant has vacated the Subject Space following the later of (A) the date the Subject Space was first vacated by Tenant, and (B) the date Landlord receives a factually correct written notice that the Subject Space has been listed with an outside brokerage firm for marketing to third party tenants, and continuing up to the date Tenant's assignee or subtenant is obligated to commence the payment of rent for the Subject Space; and (vi) any other actual, documented, and reasonable costs and expenses paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer. "Transfer Premium" shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee.

        14.4     Intentionally Omitted.     

        14.5     Effect of Transfer.     If landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer inform reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated by more than four percent (4%) of the amount of the Transfer Premium as initially calculated by Tenant, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and Landlord's costs of such audit.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

36


        14.6     Additional Transfers.     Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.7 below, for purposes of this Lam, the term "Transfer" shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the general partners, or transfer of twenty-five percent or more of the general partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (LC., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant in which the surviving entity (by operation of law or otherwise) does not assume this lease, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

        14.7     Affiliated Companies/Restructuring of Business Organization.     The assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of this Lease or the Premises to (i) a direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of Tenant, or (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or under common control with Tenant, directly or indirectly, or (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated (all such persons or entities described in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being sometimes hereinafter referred to as "Affiliates" ) shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14, provided that:

            14.7.1  Any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Article 14;

            14.7.2  Tenant gives Landlord written notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate;

            14.7.3  Any such Affiliate that is an assignee of Tenant's entire interest in this Lease has, as of the effective date of any assignment, a tangible net worth and net income, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), which is sufficient to meet the obligations imposed by the assignment;

            14.7.4  Any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the term and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such assignment, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and

            14.7.5  Tenant shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.

        14.8     Landlord's Recognition of Transfers upon Lease Termination.     Tenant may request, as part of its Transfer Notice, that a Transferee receive a recognition agreement ( "Recognition Agreement" ) from Landlord which provides that in the event this Lease is terminated, Landlord shall recognize the Transfer, and Landlord shall be required to execute a Recognition Agreement with such Transferee only under the following conditions (which conditions must be reflected in the Recognition Agreement): (i) such Transfer is made upon the same terns and conditions set forth in this Lease, subject to equitable modifications based on the number of rentable square feet contained in the Subject Space; provided, however, the rental and other economic terms of such Transfer shall not be less than those applicable to the Subject Space under this Lease, (ii) the Subject Space contains only full floors in the Building, (iii) if an assignee, the Transferee is a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the subject Transfer, (iv) Landlord shall not be liable for any act or omission of Tenant, (v) Landlord shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses which the Transferee might have as to Tenant or to any claims for damages against Tenant, (vi) Landlord shall not be required or obligated to credit the Transferee with any rent or additional rent paid by the Transferee to Tenant except to the extent actually received by Landlord, (vii) Landlord shall not be bound by any terms or conditions of the Transfer which are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Lease, (viii) Landlord shall be responsible for performance of only those covenants

37


and obligation of Tenant pursuant to the Transfer accruing after the termination of this Lease, and (ix) the Transferee shall make full and complete attornment to Landlord, as lessor, pursuant to a written agreement executed by Landlord and the Transferee so as to establish direct privity of contract between Landlord and the Transferee with the same force and effect as if the Transfer was originally made directly between Landlord and the Transferee. Upon Landlord's written request given any time after the termination of this Lease, the Transferee shall execute a lease for the Subject Space upon the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Recognition Agreement. Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent and within thirty (30) days after invoice, for all reasonable out-of-pocket legal costs incurred by Landlord in preparing such Recognition Agreement.


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

        15.1     Surrender of Premises.     No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or it mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

        15.2     Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant.     Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of -the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear (including reasonable wear and tear caused by Tenant's removal obligations hereunder) and repairs and casualty damage which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, freestanding cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at is expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant. as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.


ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

        If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to [***] of the Base Rent applicable during the lost rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration of other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Article 16 to the contrary, Tenant

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

38


shall have the one-time right to extend the initial Lease Term for a period of up to four (4) months thereafter (" Temporary Extension Term" ) by delivering written notice of the exercise of such right at least four (4) months prior to the expiration of the then-current Lease Term which notice shall specify the period of the Temporary Extension Term Tenant shall select (which-period shall be not less than one (1) month nor more than four (4) months), and provided that, At Landlord's option, in addition to all remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity. Tenant is not in default under this Lease (after expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) as of the date Tenant delivers such notice to Landlord or the commencement of the Temporary Extension Term. If Tenant timely exercises such renewal right, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply during the Temporary Extension Term, provided, however, that the monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Temporary Extension Term shall be equal to [***] of monthly Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term.


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

        Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof) indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or purchasers Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver such estoppel certificate within such ten (10) business day period shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate delivered to Tenant by Landlord are true and correct, without exception. Landlord hereby agrees to provide to Tenant an estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the some types of information, and within the same period of time, as set forth above, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel certificate is being granted and signed by Landlord to Tenant, rather than from Tenant to Landlord or a lender of Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord agrees, in accordance with the foregoing, to provide Tenant with an estoppel certificate pertaining to Landlord's compliance with the covenants, conditions and restrictions listed on Exhibit J (including any default by Landlord pertaining to Such covenants, conditions and restrictions, as well as the amounts payable under such covenants, conditions and restrictions). Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date hereof. Landlord is in compliance with the covenants, conditions and restrictions listed on Exhibit J.


ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

        This Lease is subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Real Property, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant hereby acknowledges that as of the date of execution of this Lease, there is a deed of trust encumbering the Real Property in favor of Corus Bank, N.A. (the "Current Lender" ). Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of execution of this Lease, (i) there are no deeds of trust encumbering the Real Property (except for the Current Lender), and (ii) there are no ground or underlying leases encumbering the Real Property. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, and as a condition thereto, Tenant and the Current Lender shall execute and deliver to each other a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit attached hereto (the "SNDA").

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

39


        Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, a condition precedent to the subordination of this lease to the lien of any future mortgage or deed of trust is that Landlord shall obtain for the benefit of Tenant a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement from the lender of such future instrument (which subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E relative to the protections afforded Tenant thereunder to the extent applicable at the time of such subordination). So long as Tenant is afforded its rights of non-disturbance as provided in this Article 19, Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, to attorn. without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, if to requested to do so by such purchaser and/or if required to do so pursuant to such SNDA executed by the Current Lender (or any SNDA executed by any future lender of any future instrument) as aforesaid, and to recognize such purchaser As the lessor under this Lease.


ARTICLE 19

TENANT'S DEFAULTS: LANDLORD'S REMEDIES

        19.1     Events of Default by Tenant.     All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

            19.1.1  Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, where such failure continues for five (5) business days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any notice required, under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; or'

            19.1.2  Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; and provided further that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible.

        19.2     Landlord's Remedies Upon Default.     Upon the occurrence of any such default by Tenant pursuant to Section 19.1 above which remains uncured after expiration of the applicable notice and cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without, except as otherwise expressly provided below, any additional notice or demand whatsoever.

            19.2.1  Upon five (5) days prior notice to Tenant to terminate this Lease (provided that such additional notice period shall, in any event, be deemed satisfied in the event Landlord has provided Tenant with a notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law), to terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so. Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor, and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

                (i)  The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

40


               (ii)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss-that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

              (iii)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

              (iv)  Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain it new tenant; and

               (v)  At Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

    The term "rent" as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in Section 4.5 of this Lease. As used in Section 192.1(iii) above, the "worth At the time of award" shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

            19.2.2  Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee's breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

            19.2.3  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform or otherwise cure any such obligation, provision, covenant or condition on Tenant's part to be observed or performed (and may enter the Premises for such purposes). In the event of Tenant's failure to perform any of its obligations or covenants under this Lease, and such failure to perform poses a material risk of injury or harm to persons or damage to or loss of property, then Landlord shall have the right to cure or otherwise perform such covenant or obligation at any time after such failure to perform by Tenant, whether or not any such notice or cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above has expired. Any such actions undertaken by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2.3 shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord's rights and remedies as a result of Tenant's failure to perform and shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

            19.2.4  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any loss of profits, loss of business or other consequential damages (collectively, "Consequential Damages" ) incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's default or other acts or omission, except for Landlord's right to recover damages pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code (or any successor statute) following Tenant's default and termination of this Lease as provided therein.

        19.3     Payment by Tenant.     Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor, (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord's performance or cure of any, of Tenant's obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 19.2.3 above; and (ii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or' attempting to collect the Rent or in

41


enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant's obligations under this Section 19.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Least Term.

        19.4     Sublessees of Tenant.     In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall, subject to the terms and provisions of Section 14.9 above, have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensus] arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

        19.5     Waiver of Default.     No waiver by either party of any violation or breach by the other party of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach by such breaching parry of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by the non-breaching party in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a default by the other party shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default by the non-breaching party. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.

        19.6     Efforts to Relet.     For the purposes of this Article 19, Tenant's right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises, by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord's interests hereunder. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant's right to possession.

        19.7     Landlord Default.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shell be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if (i) in the event a failure by Landlord is with respect to the payment of money, Landlord fails to pay, such unpaid amounts within ten (10) business days of written notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due, or (ii) in the event a failure by Landlord is other than the obligation to pay money, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord's failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shell not be in default under this Lease if it shall promptly and diligently commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity, but in no event shall landlord be liable to Tenant for any lost profits or other consequential damages as a result of such default.

ARTICLE 20

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 21

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

        Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any applicable Laws now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply and promptly cause We Premises to comply with all such applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the making of any

42



improvements and alterations to the Premises (including those considered to be capital improvements) and than Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials; provided, however, that the making of structural changes to the Building or changes to the common areas of the Building or Real Property which are not necessitated by any improvements and Alterations to the Premises installed by or on behalf of Tenant, by any negligence of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employers or, licensees, and/or by Tenant's specific manner of use of the Premises, shall be performed by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be included in Building Operating Expenses or Project Operating Expenses (as the can maybe) except to the extent specifically excluded in Section 4.2.4 of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future governmentally mandated programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Real Property.

ARTICLE 22

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

        Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon at team forty-eight (49) hours prior written notice to Tenant (except no such notice shall be required in emergencies) to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or, during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants of the Premises (so long as prior to such entry, Landlord notifies Tenant of the identity of such parties), or to the ground or underlying lessors; (iii) to post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable Laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or Improvements to the Building, or as landlord may otherwise reasonably desire or deem reasonably necessary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 22, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time without notice to Tenant, in emergency situations and/or to perform janitorial or other services required of Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Any such entries shall be without the abatement of Rent (except as provided in Section 6.5 above) and shall include the right to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 22, Landlord agrees, absent an emergency, or Landlord's exercise of its rights and remedies under Article 19 of this Lease, to be accompanied by a representative of Tenant but only if such representative is reasonably made available to Landlord at the time Landlord desires to so enter the Premises. In no event will Landlord be liable to Tenant for failing to perform its obligations under this Lease if Landlord's failure to perform any such obligations is the result of Landlord being denied access to the Premises because a representative of Tenant was not available at the time of Landlord's desired entry into the Premises to perform such obligations. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency. Landlord shall have the right to enter without notice and use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. In connection with any entries by Landlord pursuant to this Article 22, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant's permitted use of the Premises during normal business hours. Tenant may reasonably designate a certain reasonable number of areas within the Premises as "Secured Areas" should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain, valuable property or confidential information. Landlord may not enter such Secured Areas except in the case of an emergency or in the event of a Landlord inspection, in which case Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice. Landlord shall not show the Secured Area to a prospective tender, purchaser or tenant without forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice and without a representative of Tenant being present. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform janitorial services in such Secured Areas unless Tenant provides Landlord a written request for same and provides Landlord

43



with access to such Secured Areas (by providing Landlord a key or other device, and by scheduling Landlord's entry with an escort or otherwise.

ARTICLE 23

TENANT PARKING

        Landlord shall provide Tenant, throughout the Lease Term, the number of reserved and unreserved parking. passes see forth in Section 11 of the Summary, located in those portions of the Parking Facilities as may be designated by Landlord from time to time. The initial location of Tenant's reserved parking passes in the Parking Facilities is set forth on Exhibit H-1 attached hereto. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to relocate a portion of Tenant's reserved parking passes (from the location depicted on Exhibit H-1) to another location in the Project depicted on Exhibit H-2 attached hereto. All parking passes that are designated as reserved for Tenant shall be so designated utilizing a stencil designation at, Landlords sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any parking charges for any of Tenant Is parking passes described in Section 11 of the Summary. Tenant's continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facilities and upon Tenant's reasonable cooperation in seeing that Tenant's employee's and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. In addition, Landlord may assign any parking spaces and/or make all or a portion of such spaces reserved or institute a valet parking program if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that such is necessary or desirable for orderly and efficient parking. Landlord specifically reserves the right, from time to time, to change the size, configuration, design, layout, location and all other aspects of the Parking Facilities, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord, from time to time, may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5 above, any abatement of Rent trader this Lease temporarily close off or restrict access to the Parking Facilities, or temporarily relocate Tenant); parking spaces to other parking structures and/or surface parking areas within a reasonable distance from the Parking Facilities, for purposes of -permitting or facilitating any such construction, -alteration or improvements or to accommodate or facilitate renovation, alteration, construction or other modification of other improvements or structure]; located on the Real Property. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to Landlord. The parking passes provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided solely for use by Tenant's own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord's, prior approval (except to any assignee or sublessee permitted under the terms of Article 14 hereof).


ARTICLE 24

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        24.1     Terms; Captions.     The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

        24.2     Binding Effect.     Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

        24.3     No Waiver.     No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of a party to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently, any waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing, and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver

44



and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

        24.4     Modification of Lease.     Should any current or prospective mortgagee for the Real Property require it modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially or. adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant Agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the some to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the request therefor. Should Landlord or any such current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of Lease for recording,, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Lease Term, Tenant Agrees to execute such short form of Lease and to deliver the same to landlord within thirty (30) days following the request therefor.

        24.5     Transfer of Landlord's Interest.     Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Real Property, the Building and/or in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer and the transferee's assumption, in writing, of Landlord's obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to took solely-to such transferee for the performance of Landlords obligations hereunder after the date of transfer. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Real Property and any available insurance proceeds, and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

        24.6     Prohibition Against Recording.     Except as provided in Sections 24.4 and 24.29 below of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlords election.

        24.7     Landlord's Title; Air Rights.     Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.

        24.8     Tenant's Signs.     

            24.8.1     Interior Signs.     Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost and expense, to (i) one (1) identification sign on or near the entry doors of the Premises, and (ii) for multi -tenant floors, one (1) identification or directional sign, as designated by Landlord, in the elevator lobby on the floor on which the Premises are located. Such signs shall be installed by a signage contractor designated by Landlord. The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such signs shall be consistent with the Landlord's Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of such signage and the repair of all damage to the Building caused by such removal. Except for such identification signs, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Building or the common areas of the Building or the Real Property. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds

45


    (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Promises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

            24.8.2     Building Top Sign.     Subject to the terms hereof and subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental entities, and subject to all applicable governmental and quasigovernmental Laws, rules, regulations and codes, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the exclusive right to have one (1) Building-top identification sign containing the name and/or logo of Tenant on the exterior of the Building facing the I-15 Freeway (the "Building Top Sign" ). The design, size, specifications, graphics, materials, manner of affixing, exact location, colors and lighting (if applicable) of Tenant's Building Top Sign shall be (i) consistent with the quality and appearance of the Real Property, and (ii) subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, and Landlord's reasonable approval. Landlord shall install Tenant's Building Top Sign at Tenant's cost. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, from time to time, all other costs attributable to the fabrication, installation, insurance, lighting (if applicable), maintenance and repair of Tenant's Building Top Sign. The signage right granted to Tenant under this Section 24.8.2 is personal to the Original Tenant executing this Lease or any assignee that is an Affiliate of Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) shall no longer have the exclusive right to Building -top identification signage if at any time during the Lease Term the Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) does not lease at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Premises originally leased by Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) and, in such event, Landlord shall have the right to install other Building top signs on the Building. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or upon the earlier termination of Tenant's signage right under this Section 24.8.2, Landlord shall have the right to permanently remove Tenant's Building Top Sign from the Building and to repair all damage to the Building resulting from such removal and restore the affected area to its original condition existing prior to the installation of such Building Top Sign, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has the absolute right to grant and permit exterior signage on the face of the Building, as Landlord shall determine in its sole discretion; provided, however, that for so long as Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) is leasing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Premises originally leased by this Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be), in no event will Landlord grant Building top sign rights on the Building to any other party but Landlord shall have the right to grant other sign rights on the exterior of the Building (to any entity other than a Competitor of Tenant (as defined below)) so long as any such other signage is less prominent than Tenant's Building Top Sign; provided further, however, Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not, without Tenant's prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in Tenant's sole discretion), provide any Competitor of Tenant with an identification sign on the exterior face of the Building, nor name the Building after a Competitor of Tenant. The foregoing restrictions, however, shall be of no further force or effect if at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant (or an Affiliate assignee of Original Tenant, as the case may be) does not lease at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises originally teased by Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee. As used herein, a "Competitor" of Tenant shall mean any entity whose primary business is automobile finance.. Tenant shall not use the names of the Buildings or Real Property or use pictures or illustrations of the Buildings of Real Property in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as otherwise provided above, Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name(s) of the Buildings (and the Adjacent Building, if part of the Project) and Real Property and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Buildings (and the Adjacent Building, if part of the Project) and any portion of the Real Property as Landlord may, in Landlord's sole discretion, desire.

46


        24.9     Relationship of Parties.     Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between landlord and Tenant other than the relationship or landlord and tenant.

        24.10     Application of Payments.     Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenants designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

        24.11     Time of Essence.     Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

        24.12     Partial Invalidity.     If any term, provision or condition contained in this lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

        24.13     No Warranty.     In Executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation, including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty of any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

        24.14     Landlord Exculpation.     It is expressly understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties hereunder (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Real Property and any available insurance proceeds, and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

        24.15     Entire Agreement.     It is understood and acknowledged that them are no oral agreements between the panics hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even dale herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives, and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.

        24.16     Right to Lease.     Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Buildings, Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and/or in any other building and/or any other portion of the Real Property as Landlord in the exercise of its sole discretion shall determine to best

47



promote the interests of the Real Property; provided, however, that the standard employed by Landlord in exercising such discretion shall be consistent with the standards generally employed by other landlords of first-class office buildings in the Central San Diego County area. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Real Property.

        24.17     Force Majeure.     Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform; except with respect to the obligation imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except with respect to Tenant obligations under the Tenant Work Letter (collectively, the "Force Majeure" ), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall, subject to Section 6.5 above, excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifics    •    & time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by a Force Majeure.

        24.18     Waiver of Redemption by Tenant.     Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

        24.19     Notices.     All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, "Notices" ) given or required to be given by either patty to the other hereunder shill be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 24.19 or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord's mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or-ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant's exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

        24.20     Joint and Several.     If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

        24.21     Authority.     Concurrently with Tenant's execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a corporate resolution or other evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord authorizing the signatory(ies) to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant.

        24.22     Jury Trial; Attorneys' Fees.     IF EITHER PARTY COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST THE OTHER FOR THE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR THE BREACH HEREOF OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO AND HEREBY DO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. In the event of any such commencement of litigation, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such cram and reasonable attorneys' fees as may have been incurred, including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment.

        24.23     Governing Law.     This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Real Property is located.

48


        24.24     Submission of Lease.     Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for tease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

        24.25     Brokers.     Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the "Brokers" ) and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys, fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing by any broker with whom such party has dealt, other than the Brokers. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to separate agreement(s).

        24.26     Independent Covenants.     This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord t expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Real Property or any portion thereof, of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

        24.27     Intentionally Omitted.     

        24.28     Building Directory.     Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant's cost, to list Tenant's name and/or Tenant's employees' names on the ground floor lobby directory of the Building.

        24.29     Memorandum of Lease.     Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises, the Lease Term, Tenant's reserved parking rights, Tenant's expansion options, Tenant's rights of first offer, Tenant's options to extend the Lease Term, Tenant's exterior signage rights and Tenant's right to use the Events Area (described in Section 24.33 below). Such memorandum of Lease shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto. Tenant agrees, within thirty (30) days after request by Landlord after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, to deliver to Landlord an executed quitclaim deed (pertaining to such memorandum of lease) in a commercially reasonable recordable form.

        24.30     Landlord's Construction.     It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Buildings, Real Property, or any part thereof and that no representations or warranties respecting the condition of the Premises, the Buildings or the Real Property have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that prior to and during the Lease Term. Landlord (and/or any common area association) will be completing construction and/or demolition work pertaining to various portions of the Real Property, including without limitation the Parking Facilities, landscaping and tenant improvements for premises for other tenants and, at Landlord's sole election, such other buildings (including the Adjacent Building), parking facilities, improvements, landscaping and other facilities within or as part of the Project as Landlord, (and/or such common area association) shall from time to time desire (collectively, the "Construction" ). In connection with such Construction, Landlord may, among other things, erect temporary scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Real Property, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building and/or Real Property, which

49



work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building and/or Real Property, provided, however, that Tenant shall always have reasonable access to the Premises and those portions of the Parking Facilities designated from time to time by Landlord for parking for Tenant's employees. Tenant hereby agrees that such Construction and Landlord's commercially reasonable actions in connection with such Construction, shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as provided in Section 6.5 above). Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from such Construction, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant's personal property or improvements resulting from such Construction- or Landlord's actions in connection with such Construction, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Construction or Landlord's actions in connection with such Construction; provided, however. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant's use of and access to the Premises and the Building (including Tenant's business conducted from the Premises and Tenant's access to the Parking Facilities) as a result of such Renovations.

        24.31     Communication Equipment; Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment; Emergency Generator(s).     Subject to all applicable Laws, Tenant and Tenant's contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain (A) so-called "satellite dishes" or other similar devices, such as antennae, no greater than one (1) meter in diameter each (collectively, the "Communication Equipment"), for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, at a location on the roof of the Building reasonably designated by Landlord; provided, however, that the determination of the exact number of such satellite dishes or antennae that Tenant may install on the roof of the Building shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval from time to time during the Lease Term and, in making such determination, Landlord shall take into account (i) Tenant's commercially reasonable requirements for such roof top satellite dishes and/or antennae (which shall be based on industry custom and practice for tenants comparable to Tenant), (ii) Landlord's ability to reasonably accommodate such number of satellite dishes and/or antennae on the roof of the Building based on space available at such time, including the rooftop space needs of Landlord and other tenants of the Project, and (iii) the amount of space leased by Tenant in the Building vis-à-vis the amount of space teased by other tenants in the Building who desire to install equipment on the roof of the Building (it being understood by Landlord that Tenant may require more space on the -roof of the Building than a tenant leasing less space than Tenant in the Building); (B) subject to the provisions of Section 6,7 above, the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment on the- roof of the Building; (C) subject to the provisions of Section 6.8 above, the Emergency Generator(s) on the Generator Site, and (D) subject to available capacity of the Building, such connection equipment, such As conduits, cables, risers, feeders and materials (collectively, the "Connecting Equipment ") in the shafts, ducts, conduits, chases, utility closets and other facilities of the Building as is reasonably necessary to connect the Communication Equipment, Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and the Emergency Generator(s) to Tenant's other machinery and equipment in the Premises. Tenant shall also have: the right of access, consistent with the terms hereof, to the areas where -any Communication Equipment, Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment, Emergency Generator(s) and Connecting Equipment (collectively, the "Special Equipment') are located for the purposes of installing, maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same. Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Special Equipment (pertaining to the Communication Equipment and the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment) at anytime to another equally suitable location on the roof of the Building. In the event Landlord requires that Tenant relocate the Emergency Generator(s) to another location on the Real Property, then Tenant shall be required to so relocate such Emergency Generator(s) but such relocation shall be at Landlord's sole cost and expense. Unless Landlord elects to perform such penetrations at Tenant's sole frost and expense, Tenant shall retain Landlord's

50



designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord's roof warranty. Tenant's installation and operation of the Special Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

            24.31.1  Tenant's right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Special Equipment shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and Landlord makes no representation that such Laws permit such installation and operation;

            24.31.2  All plans and specifications for the Special Equipment shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval (which, in the case of the plans and specifications for the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and the Connecting Equipment related thereto, shall be reviewed by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter if Tenant provides such plans and specifications for landlord's review in connection with Landlord's review of the Construction Documents for the Tenant Improvements);

            24.31.3  All costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Special Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and connections to the Building's electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant;

            24.31.4  It is expressly understood that landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever (including granting rights to third parties to utilize any portion of the roof not utilized by Tenant), provided that Tenant shall have reasonable access to, and Landlord shall not unduly interfere with Tenant's use of, the Communication Equipment and the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment located thereon. It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to grant third parties the right to utilize any portion of the Project located outside the Premises not utilized by Tenant as the Generator Site.

            24.31.5  Tenant shall use the Special Equipment so as not to cause any unreasonable interference to other tenants in the Building or to other tenants at the Real Property (including with any other tenant's communication equipment or any generators or power sources or similar equipment located in the Project), and not to damage the Real Property or interfere with the normal operation of the Real Property and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including attorneys' fees) arising out of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 24.31.5, except to the extent same is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord which is not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant under this Lease (or which would not be covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease);

            24.31.6  For the purposes of determining Tenant's obligations with respect to its use of the roof of the Building herein provided and the Generator Site, all of the provisions of this Lease minting to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, and compliance with Laws shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Special Equipment; provided, however, Tenant shall only be provided access to the roof after prior written notice to Landlord (except in cases of emergency in which case such notice may be verbal) and subject to Landlord's reasonable rules and restrictions regarding access (including, at Landlord's option, the requirement that Tenant be accompanied by a representative of Landlord during such access (but only to the extent such representative is reasonably available at the time of Tenant's requested access)). Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Special Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Communication Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance, or that the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment will be able to supply sufficient air conditioning to the Premises and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor. Landlord make no representation that the Emergency Generator(s) and related Connecting Equipment will be able to supply sufficient power to the Premises, and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor;

51


            24.31.7  Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Special Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Laws in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Special Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Special Equipment;

            24.31.8  The Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and the Emergency Generator(s) shall be deemed a fixture and shall remain upon the Building and the Real Property upon the Expiration or earlier termination of the Cease Term unless Landlord elects to have such Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and/or the Emergency Generator(s) removed by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.3 of this lease. The Communication Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Communication Equipment and related Special Equipment at Tenant's sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of any governmental law or regulation which may require removal, and shall repair the Building upon such removal to the extent required by such work of removal. If Tenant fails to remove the Communication Equipment (and/or the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and the Emergency Generator (s) (f requested by Landlord to be removed)) and any related Connecting Equipment (to the extent applicable) and repair the Building and/or the Real Property upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant's expense. The provisions of this Section 24.31.8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease;

            24.31.9  To the extent not installed by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter, the installation of the Special Equipment shall constitute alterations and shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant's obligation to obtain Landlord's prior consent to the size and other specifications of the Special Equipment. The Special Equipment shall be treated for all purposes of this Lease as if the Special Equipment were Tenant's property. For the purposes of determining Landlord's and Tenant's. respective rights and obligations with respect to its use of the roof As herein provided, the portion of the roof affected by the Special Equipment shall be deemed to be a portion of Tenant's Promises; consequently, all of the provisions of this Lease respecting Tenant's obligations hereunder (including Tenant's obligations with respect to the roof and the Generator Site) shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Special Equipment, including, without limitation, provisions relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, repairs and maintenance;

            24.31.10  Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall install and maintain such fencing and other protective equipment and/or visual screening on or about the Special Equipment as Landlord may reasonably determine. The Special Equipment shall be clearly marked to show Tenant's name, address, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in case of emergency;

            24.31.11  If any of the conditions set forth in this Section 24.31 are not complied with by Tenant, then such failure shall be a default by Tenant under this Cease;

            24.31.12  Tenant shall accept the Generator Site in its "AS-IS" condition, without any representations or warranties made by Landlord concerning same (including, but not limited to, the purposes for which such area is to be used by Tenant), and Landlord shall have no obligation to contract or pay for any improvements or other work in or for the Generator Site, and Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for preparing the Generator Site for the installation of the Emergency Generator(s) and for constructing any improvements or performing any other work in such areas pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 24.31.

            24.31.13  Tenant shall not use any Hazardous Materials in connection with the Emergency Generator(s) and related Connecting Equipment, except that Tenant may use diesel fuel stored in

52



    a gallon double walled steel tank (the "Fuel Tank" ) located next to the Emergency Generator(s) in the Generator Site (the exact location of which shall he approved by Landlord), as long as such fuel and Fuel Tank are kept, maintained and used in accordance with all applicable Laws and the highest safety standards for such use, and so long as such fuel is always stored within the Fuel Tank and is not used or stored in any area outside of the Generator Site. Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant's expense, take all investigatory and all remedial action required by applicable Laws and reasonably recommended by Landlord, whether or not formally ordered or required by applicable Laws, for the cleanup of any spill, release or other contamination of the Generator Site and /or the Project caused or contributed to by Tenant's use of the Special Equipment (including, without limitation, the fuel for the Emergency Generator(s)), or pertaining to or involving any such fuel or other Hazardous Materials brought onto the Generator Site during the Lease Term by Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or involving any Hazardous Materials brought onto the Generator Site by or for Tenant in connection with Tenants activities under this Section 24.31. Tenants obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenants agents, employees, licensees or invitees, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or -abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease;

            24.31.14  Physical security of the Generator Site-and the related Connecting Equipment is the sole responsibility of Tenant, who shall bear the sole cost, expense and liability of any security services, emergency alarm monitoring and other similar services in connection therewith. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any direct; indirect, consequential or other damages arising out of or in connection with the physical security, or lack thereof, of the Generator Site and/or related Connecting Equipment; and

            24.31.15  The Emergency Generator(s) and related Connecting Equipment shall be routinely tested and inspected by a qualified contractor selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, at Tenants expense, in accordance with testing and inspection service contracts approved by Landlord. Tenant will provide Landlord with copies of certificates and other documentation related to the testing of the Emergency Generator(s) and related Connecting Equipment. Testing hours are restricted, however, to those specific hours reasonably set and determined by Landlord from time to time.

53


        24.32     Consent and Approvals.     Except for (i) matters which could have a material, adverse effect on the Building's structure or the Building's Systems and Equipment, or which could affect the exterior appearance of the Building, the Real Property or any common areas, or (ii) matters covered by Article 19 of this Lease (collectively, the "Excepted Matters" ), any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and, except with regard to the Excepted Matters, whenever this Lease grants landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make an allocation or their determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith. With respect to the Excepted Matters, Landlord shall be entitled to grant its consent or exercise its discretion in its sole and absolute discretion, but shall act in good faith. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall gram or withhold its consent or exercise its discretion with respect to matters for which there is a standard of consent or discretion specifically set forth in this Lease in accordance with such specific standards.

        24.33     Events' Area.     Upon Tenant's receipt of Landlords prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant, at Tenants sole cost and expense, shall be provided with access to certain' areas of the Real Property reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time in its reasonable discretion ( "Events Area" ) for special events of Tenant, which special events may include

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

54


the display of automobiles and which Events Area shall allow for vehicle access. Such Events Area may, subject to Landlords space availability on the Real Property and the type of Special Event desired by Tenant. be as large as S.000 square feet of space. Tenant shall be responsible far, and shall obtain, all necessary governmental permits and approvals with respect to any such events and any such use shall comply with all applicable Laws. In addition, Tenants use shall comply with any reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord. Tenant shall be obligated to clean such Events Area after such event at Tenant's sole cost and expense and to remove all trash therefrom. Should Tenant fail to so clean such Events Area and/or to remove trash therefrom within one (1) business day after notification from Landlord, Landlord shall be entitled to perform any such obligation on behalf of Tenant and all costs of Landlord in connection therewith shall be paid to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) business days after Tenants receipt of invoice therefor. The terms and conditions of Article 10 of this Lease shall apply to Tenants use of such Events Area as though such Events Area were a part of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant's right to use such Events Area shall be non-exclusive with the rights of Landlord and of tenants of the Real Property and, subject to advance scheduling proposed by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, Tenant shall have first priority over other tenants or the Project to the use of any such Events Area. Landlord shall have, the right to relocate the Events Area to another portion of the Real Property from time to time during the Least Term.

        24.34     Health Facility.     Landlord may elect, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, to provide a self-service health facility, together with equipment and amenities (as Landlord shall determine to provide in its sole discretion) ( "Landlord's Health Facility" ) on the first (1st) floor of the Building or such other location on the Real Property as Landlord may desire, which Landlords Health Facility, if provided by Landlord, will be for use by the principals, officers, and employees of Tenant (employed at the Premises) and other tenants of the Real Property at no cost to Tenant or Tenant's principals, offices or employees; provided, however, that all costs of operating Landlord's Health Facility shall be included as a part of Project Operating Expenses. From time to time throughout the Lease Term, Landlord reserves the right, in Landlords sole and absolute discretion, to relocate Landlord's Health Facility and/or to make modifications to Landlord's Health Facility and/or to remove, replace or add to the equipment contained therein and to close Landlord's Health Facility. Tenant, for Tenant and its employees, hereby agrees that Landlord and its officers, agents, employees and independent contractors shall not be liable For, and are hereby released from, any responsibility for any loss, cost, damage, expense or liability to person or property arising from the use of Landlord's Health Facility by Tenant or Tenant's employees. In connection with the operation of Landlord's Health Facility, Landlord reserves the right to promulgate commercially reasonable rules and regulations applicable to all users of Landlord's Health Facility, which rules and regulations may include, as a condition to any persons use of Landlord's Health Facility, of such persons, execution and delivery to Landlord of a reasonable release agreement in a form specified by Landlord, releasing Landlord from any liability arising out of or in connection with such person's use of Landlords Health Facility (and upon such persons compliance with such rules and regulations which Landlord may specify for the use of Landlords Health Facility).

55


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

    "Landlord"

 

 

[***]

 

 

By:

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]
             
            Name:    
                 
            Its:    
                 

 

 

"Tenant":

 

 

[***]

 

 

By.

 

/s/ [***]

 

 
         
        Name:        
             
        Its:        
             

***
If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

56



SUBLEASE

        THIS SUBLEASE (the "Sublease") is entered into as of the date set forth in Section 1.1(e) below, between Sublandlord and Subtenant set forth below.


W I T N E S S E T H

        1.     SUBLEASE SUMMARY AND DEFINITIONS     

        1.1   The Sublease provisions and definitions set forth in this Section 1.1 in summary form are solely to facilitate convenient reference by the parties. If there is any conflict between this Section and any other provisions of this Sublease, the latter shall control.

(a)   Sublandlord's Name:   [***]

 

 

and address:

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

[***]

(b)

 

Sublandlord's State of Incorporation:

 

Delaware

(c)

 

Subtenant's Name and address:

 

Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

Prior to the Commencement Date:

 

13880 Stowe Drive
Poway, CA 92064
Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

After the Commencement Date:

 

13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
Attn: Chief Financial Officer

(d)

 

Subtenant's State of Incorporation

 

Delaware

(e)

 

Sublease Date:

 

March 31, 2006

(f)

 

Overlandlord's Name and

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation, successor in interest to
Legacy Sabre Springs LLC

 

 

Address:

 

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200
Los Angeles, CA 90064

(g)

 

Overlease:

 

Office Lease, dated December 31, 2003
between Overlandlord and Sublandlord

(h)

 

Unincorporated provisions of the Overlease:

 

See Section 8.4

(i)

 

Building:

 

13500 Evening Creek Drive
San Diego, CA 92128

(j)

 

Subleased Premises:

 

25,805 rentable square feet on the 5 th  floor
22,028 rentable square feet on the 6 th  floor

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


(k)   Sublease Commencement: Date:   June 1, 2006, or the date Subtenant takes possession of the Subleased Premises, whichever is earlier, subject to receipt of Overlandlord approval

(l)

 

Sublease Expiration Date:

 

June 30, 2009

(m)

 

Rent Commencement Date:

 

June 1, 2006

 

Yearly Periods
  Annual Rent per
rentable square foot
  Monthly Base Rent   Annual Base Rent  

06/01/06~02/28/07*

  $ [ ***] $ [***]   $ [***]  

03/01/07-05/31/07

  $ [ ***] $ [***]   $ [***]  

06/01/07-05/31/08

  $ [ ***] $ [***]   $ [***]  

06/01/08-05/31/09

  $ [ ***] $ [***]   $ [***]  

06/01/09-06/30/09

  $ [ ***] $ [***]   $ [***]  

*
Sublessee shall only pay Base Rent on 22,028 rentable square feet for months one (1) through nine (9) of the Term.

**
Increased annually by a fixed [***] percent ([***]%).
(n)   Prepaid Base Rent:   $55,070.00

(o)

 

Operating Expenses/Real Estate Taxes:

 

Subtenant to pay its proportionate share of Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes in excess of the 2006 Base Year, described in Section 4.2

(p)

 

Subtenant's Proportionate Share of the Leased Space:

 

78.28%

(q)

 

Electric Charge:

 

See Section 43

(r)

 

Security Deposit:

 

$[***] (Last Month of Base Rent)***

***
In addition to the Security Deposit referenced above, at the time of execution of this Sublease:

(1)
Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord with an irrevocable Letter of Credit equal to $[***] to be issued by a mutually acceptable financial institution, which shall be upheld and applied in accordance with Section 15 of this Sublease. Provided Subtenant is not in default under the terms of this Sublease, and (i) in the event Subtenant, at any time throughout the Lease Term and over any consecutive four (4) quarters, records aggregate net sales of at least [***] and aggregate net profits of at least [***]; or (ii) in the event Subtenant undergoes a change of control as a result of a merger as consolidation, sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Subtenant's assets or if more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Subtenant's stock is acquired by one or more parties and, as a result of any such transactions, Subtenant obtains net proceeds in excess of [***] and the entity remaining after such transaction has a net worth in excess of [***]; the amount of the Letter of Credit will be reduced by [***] percent ([***]%) in month twenty (20) of the Term, and Sublandlord shall accept a replacement Letter of Credit in the stated amount of [***] and otherwise in the same form as the original Letter of Credit, and upon Sublandlord's receipt of the replacement letter of Credit, the original Letter of Credit shall be returned to Subtenant, and the replacement Letter of Credit shall be held by Sublandlord until the end of the Term; and

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


(2)
Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord [***] for the Furniture (defined below).
(s)   Alterations:   " AS IS "

(t)

 

Brokers:

 

For Sublandlord: [***]
For Subtenant: [***]

(u)

 

Parking:

 

Ratio equal to 4 spaces per 1,000 usable square feet leased, of which twenty-three (23) spaces shall be reserved spaces, to the extent there is no additional cost to Sublandlord.

        2.     SUBLEASE GRANT     

        2.1   By the Overlease described above, Overlandlord leased to Sublandlord certain space (the "Leased Space") in the Building in accordance with the terms of the Overlease. A true and correct copy of the Overlease has been provided to Subtenant and is also attached hereto as Exhibit D . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Sublease, Sublandlord shall retain ownership of the artwork in the Subleased Premises, and this grant shall not include Sublandlord's security and telephone equipment, which Sublandlord may, but shall not be required to remove.

        2.2   Sublandlord hereby leases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby leases from Sublandlord, upon and subject to the provisions of this Sublease and the Overlease, the square feet of rentable area as set forth in Section 1.1 herein (comprising a portion of the Leased Space) and as shown hatched on Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the "Subleased Premises").

        3.     SUBLEASE TERM     

        3.1   Subject to the provisions of Section 11 below, the Term of this Sublease shall commence on the Sublease Commencement Date, and end on the Sublease Expiration Date as defined above.

        4.     RENT AND OTHER CHARGES     

        4.1   Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Sublease Term, Subtenant agrees to pay to Sublandlord as rent ("Base Rent") the amounts set forth in Section 1.1 hereof. Base Rent is payable in advance and without demand, at Sublandlord's office (or such other location as Sublandlord shall designate) in equal monthly installments, on the first day of each month during the Sublease Term, without any set-off, off-set, abatement or reduction whatsoever, except as specifically provided herein. If the Sublease Term commences other than on the first day of a month or ends other than on the last day of the month, the Base Rent for such month shall be prorated. The Prepaid Base Rent shall be paid upon Subtenant's execution of this Sublease.

        4.2   Beginning on the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall pay, as additional Rent, all amounts, if any, that Sublandlord is required to pay to Overlandlord pursuant to the Overlease that are related to Operating Expenses (as defined in the Overlease) of the Building or basic costs of the Building or similar items (or to increases in the foregoing), but only to the extent such amounts are applicable to the Subleased Premises; except that the Expense Base Year to be used for calculating Subtenant's obligations under this Section 4.2 shall be calendar year 2006. Sublandlord shall make a reasonable allocation of such amounts between the Subleased Premises and the remainder of the Leased Space. Subtenant shall pay such amounts within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice of the amount due (and if such amount is a regularly recurring amount, only one such notice shall be required for all such regularly recurring amounts due during the period specified in such notice). Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be based solely upon actual payments made by Sublandlord pursuant to the Overlease. Subtenant shall not have the right to question the propriety of or the basis for any such payment, and Sublandlord shall be under no obligation to contest any such payment.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


        4.3   All charges for standard electricity incurred during normal business hours shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord as additional Rent upon receipt of an invoice for such charges unless included in Operating Expenses. All charges for electricity serving the Subleased Premises incurred after normal business hours shall be paid by Subtenant directly to Overlandlord, and if not so paid, then by Subtenant to Sublandlord as additional Rent upon receipt of an invoice for such charges. The time periods for payment to Sublandlord shall be within those time periods allowed for payment by Sublandlord to Overlandlord under the Overlease.

        4.4   As used in this Sublease, "Rent" shall mean the Base Rent, the Operating Expense reimbursements pursuant to Section 1.1 , and all other monetary obligations provided for in this Sublease to be paid by Subtenant.

        4.5   In the event the Rent is not paid when due as aforesaid, interest shall accrue thereon at the lesser of [***]% per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law. In addition, if the rent is not paid by the tenth day of any given month, Subtenant shall pay as a late charge to Sublandlord an additional amount equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the rent which is due, but not less than [***] in order to compensate Sublandlord for its administrative and other overhead expenses. Any such late charge or interest payment shall be payable as additional rent under this Sublease and shall be payable immediately on demand.

        5.     USE AND MAINTENANCE OF SUBLEASED PREMISES     

        5.1   Subtenant agrees that the Subleased Premises shall be occupied only for general office purposes and any incidental uses thereto, including, but not limited to, breakrooms, installation of vending machines (for Subtenant's employees) and photocopy areas, and, subject to Section 5.1.2 of the Master Lease, the Company Store, all to the extent consistent with the character of the Building as a first-class office building, and Subtenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever. Subtenant understands and agrees that school or classroom use is strictly prohibited.

        5.2   Subtenant hereby agrees to be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the two HVAC units serving the mechanical and equipment room for the Subleased Premises located on the fifth floor of the Building, as well as the "uninterrupted power supply systems" on the sixth floor of the Building. Subtenant understands that it will not have access to Sublandlord's generator in the Building.

        6.     ASSIGNMENT OR UNDERLETTING     

        6.1   Subtenant shall not (a) assign this Sublease, nor (b) permit this Sublease to be assigned by operation of law or otherwise, nor (c) underlet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises, nor (d) permit any space therein to be occupied by others, without the reasonable consent of Sublandlord, together with such consent of Overlandlord as is required under the Overlease.

        7.     ALTERATIONS     

        7.1   Other than Subtenant's improvements described in Exhibit C attached hereto (the "Initial Improvements"), which have been approved by Sublandlord and Overlandlord, Subtenant shall make no changes, alterations, additions, improvements or decorations ("Subsequent Alterations") in, to or about the Subleased Premises without Sublandlord's prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, but in compliance with the Overlease; provided, however, that Sublandlord's and Overlandlord's consent shall not be required with respect to any interior Subsequent Alterations (as defined in the Overlease) to the Subleased Premises which (i) are not Major Alterations, (ii) cost less than [***] for any one (1) job, and (iii) do not require a permit of any kind, as long as (A) Subtenant delivers to Sublandlord and Overlandlord notice and a copy of any final plans, specifications and working drawings for any such Subsequent Alterations at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of the work thereof, and (B) the other conditions of Article 8 of the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


Overlease, as incorporated herein, are satisfied. In the event Subtenant is permitted to perform Subsequent Alterations in the Subleased Premises hereunder, Subtenant shall make no changes, alterations, additions, improvements or decorations which would result in Overlandlord charging Sublandlord for the cost of same, including any removal costs associated therewith, unless Subtenant agrees to pay those removal costs, and Subtenant hereby indemnifies Sublandlord from any such costs imposed by Overlandlord due to the removal of Subtenant's Subsequent Alterations. Subtenant shall comply with all laws and regulations relating to such construction including, but not limited to, receipt of certificates of occupancy, permits and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements, and shall be responsible for all costs associated therewith. Sublandlord may impose reasonable guidelines as may be necessary to protect its occupancy and rights provided in the Overlease, including placing reasonable restrictions on times when certain types of work may be performed in order to prevent undue intrusion and noise to Sublandlord or other tenants in the Building.

        7.2     SIGNS.     Sublandlord will provide suite entry signage and add Subtenant's name to the Building directory at [***] expense. In addition, and subject to availability and approval by Overlandlord, Sublandlord will allow Subtenant, at Subtenant's sole cost and expense, to install its name and corporate logo at one (1) mutually acceptable location to the side of the entrance on the exterior of the Building, which is visible from Interstate 15. The installation and eventual removal of this signage shall be the responsibility of Subtenant. All signage shall conform to all governmental zoning and restrictions applicable to the Building and must comply with signage criteria for the Building. This signage right is personal to Subtenant and may not be assigned or transferred.

        8.     TERMS OF THE OVERLEASE     

        8.1   Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, except to the extent that they are inapplicable to, or modified by the terms of this Sublease, and except for the obligation to pay rent and additional rent Under the Overlease, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions in the Overlease are hereby incorporated in, and made a part of this Sublease, and such rights and obligations as are contained in the Overlease are hereby imposed upon the respective parties hereto; the Sublandlord herein being substituted for the Landlord in the Overlease, and the Subtenant herein being substituted for the Tenant named in the Overlease; provided, however, that the Sublandlord herein shall not be liable for any defaults by Overlandlord and, if Overlandlord is not the fee owner, the owner in fee of the land and Building of which the Subleased Premises are a part. Subject to Section 8.2 below, if the Overlease shall be terminated for any reason during the term hereof, then and in that event this Sublease shall thereupon automatically terminate and Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant by reason thereof.

        8.2   This Sublease is subject to any amendments and supplements to the Overlease hereafter made between Overlandlord and Sublandlord, provided that any such amendment or supplement to the Overlease will not prevent or adversely affect the use by Subtenant of the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of this Sublease, increase the obligations of Subtenant or decrease its rights under the Sublease or in any other way materially adversely affect Subtenant. Sublandlord shall not exercise any voluntary right of termination of the Overlease with respect to the Subleased Premises, unless Subtenant consents to such termination or Overlandlord is prepared to enter into a direct lease with Subtenant substantially on the terms and provisions of this Sublease.

        8.3   Subject to the terms and conditions of Article 18 of the Overlease, this Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Overlease and to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the Subleased Premises are a part and all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of any of the foregoing. This Section 8.3 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. To confirm such subordination, Subtenant shall execute promptly any certificate that Sublandlord may request

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


        8.4   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Sublease, if there are any provisions in the Overlease that pertain to Sublandlord's rights regarding:

    (a)
    any option to renew the Sublease Term;

    (b)
    any option to expand the Subleased Premises;

    (c)
    any exclusive uses in favor of Sublandlord;

    (d)
    any signage rights (or rights regarding the name of the Building) in favor of Sublandlord.

    (e)
    any tenant finish or other construction obligations or rights to any tenant finish allowances;

    (f)
    any parking rights of Sublandlord;

    (g)
    any other provisions of the Overlease that apply uniquely to Sublandlord's needs as a bank;

    (h)
    any rights to assign or sublease the Leased Space or to receive any proceeds therefrom; or

    (i)
    any rights to audit Overlandlord's books and records or protest property tax valuations;

then each such provision shall not be incorporated herein and Subtenant shall not have any rights or benefits thereunder.

        8.5   Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, and provided Sublandlord has vacated the Offer Space (defined below) and it is available for a third party, during the Term, Sublandlord will provide Subtenant with [***]

        9.     WAIVER AND INDEMNITY     

        9.1   Unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord, Subtenant agrees that to the extent not expressly prohibited by law, Sublandlord and Overlandlord, their officers, agents and employees, shall not be liable for (nor shall rent abate as a result of) any direct or consequential damage (including damage claimed for actual or constructive eviction) either to person or property, sustained by Subtenant or by other persons, due to the Building or any part thereof or any appurtenances thereof becoming out of repair, or due to the happening of any accident in or about the Building, or due to any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building, or of any other person.

        9.2   Subtenant shall protect, indemnify and save Sublandlord and Overlandlord and their officers, agents, servants and employees harmless from and against any and all obligations liabilities, costs, damages, claims and expenses of whatever nature arising from injury to persons or damage to property on the Subleased Premises or in or about the Building arising out of or in connection with Subtenant's use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises or Subtenant's activities in the Building, or arising from any act or negligence of Subtenant, or its agents, contractors, servants, employees or invitees.

        10.     CONDITION OF SUBLEASED PREMISES     

        10.1 Subtenant has examined the Subleased Premises, is aware of the physical condition thereof, and agrees to take the same "AS IS," (unless otherwise provided in Section 7 herein) with the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


understanding that there shall be no obligation on the part of Sublandlord to incur any expense whatsoever in connection with the preparation of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant's occupancy thereof, other than to deliver the Subleased Premises in broom-clean condition. Any work performed by Subtenant shall be in accordance with the terms of the Overlease and Section 7 herein. Sublandlord agrees to sell to Subtenant, and Subtenant agrees to purchase certain furniture listed on Page 2 of Exhibit "B" (the "Furniture") for the price of [***]. The Furniture will be sold to Subtenant in its "AS IS" condition, without warranty from Sublandlord (provided, however, that Sublandlord shall assign to Subtenant all of Sublandlord's third-party warranties relating to the Furniture, if any). Payment of the purchase price will be due upon execution of this Sublease, and upon receipt of such payment, Sublandlord will deliver to Subtenant an executed Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

        11.     CONSENT OF OVERLANDLORD     

        11.1 This Sublease is conditioned upon the consent thereto by Overlandlord which consent shall be evidenced by Overlandlord's signature appended hereto, or a separate consent in the form utilized by Overlandlord for such purposes. Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent. Subtenant shall be solely responsible for any fees or charges imposed by the Overlandlord in connection with the obtaining of such consent; provided, however, that such fees and charges shall not exceed [***] and shall be as documented by Overlandlord pursuant to Article 14.1 of the Overlease. Provided Overlandlord's consent does not materially affect the terms of this Sublease, Subtenant shall promptly, after reasonable review, execute any documents requested by Overlandlord in order to obtain Overlandlord's approval.

        11.2 Sublandlord makes no representation with respect to obtaining Overlandlord's approval of this Sublease and, in the event that Overlandlord notifies Sublandlord that Overlandlord will not give such approval, Sublandlord will so notify Subtenant and, upon receipt of such notification by Sublandlord of the disapproval by Overlandlord, this Sublease shall be deemed to be null and void and without force or effect, and Sublandlord and Subtenant shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the other with respect to this Sublease, except that Sublandlord shall immediately return to Subtenant any Prepaid Rent, Security Deposit, Letter of Credit, the Purchase Price for the Furniture and any other amounts paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord in connection with this Sublease, so long as the Premises and the Furniture are in the same condition as when delivered to Subtenant.

        11.3 Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, wherever in this Sublease Subtenant is required to obtain Sublandlord's consent or approval, Subtenant understands that Sublandlord may be required to first obtain the consent or approval of Overlandlord. Sublandlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Overlandlord's consent. However, if Overlandlord should refuse such consent or approval, Sublandlord shall be released of any obligation to grant its consent or approval whether or not Overlandlord's refusal, in Subtenant's opinion, is arbitrary or unreasonable.

        12.     DEFAULT     

        12.1 Subtenant acknowledges that the services to be rendered to the Subleased Premises are to be rendered by Overlandlord. Anything in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, if there exists a breach by Sublandlord of any of its obligations under this Sublease, which is caused by a corresponding breach by Overlandlord under the Overlease of its obligations under the Overlease exists, Sublandlord shall not be responsible or liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if Sublandlord is excused from performance, or entitled to a reduction or abatement of its rental obligations to Overlandlord under the Overlease, Subtenant shall be correspondingly excused from performance, or entitled to a reduction or abatement of its rental obligations to Sublandlord under this Sublease, to the extent Subtenant experiences the same Loss of services that provided the abatement to Sublandlord. Otherwise, Subtenant shall not be excused from performance or reduce/abate rent.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


        12.2 Anything contained in any provisions of this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, Subtenant agrees, with respect to the Subleased Premises, to comply with and remedy any notice to cure that would result in an Event of Default (as defined in Article 19 of the Overlease) claimed by Overlandlord and caused by Subtenant, within the period allowed to Sublandlord as tenant under the Overlease, even if such time period is shorter than the period otherwise allowed in the Overlease, due to the fact that the notice to cure from Sublandlord to Subtenant is given after the corresponding notice to cure from Overlandlord; provided that Sublandlord has promptly forwarded to Subtenant such notice of default. Sublandlord agrees to immediately forward to Subtenant, upon receipt thereof by Sublandlord, a copy of each notice to cure received by Sublandlord in its capacity as tenant under the Overlease. Subtenant agrees to forward to Sublandlord, upon receipt thereof, copies of any notices received by Subtenant with respect to the Subleased Premises from Overlandlord or from any governmental authorities. In addition to other remedies of Sublandlord hereunder and by law, Subtenant agrees that in the event of a breach by Subtenant of any of the terms or obligations of this Sublease, Sublandlord may undertake such obligations on behalf of Subtenant, if Subtenant fails to cure such breach prior to the expiration of any cure period prescribed in the Overlease that would result in an Event of Default as defined in the Overlease, and Subtenant shall immediately reimburse Sublandlord for the commercially reasonable costs of same within fifteen (15) days from receipt of invoices from Sublandlord.

        12.3 If and whenever there shall occur any breach of this Sublease which could result in an Event of Default under the Overlease, Sublandlord may, at Sublandlord's option, exercise any remedy or right given under the Overlease or by law or equity. All rights and remedies specifically granted to Sublandlord herein shall be cumulative and not mutually exclusive.

        13.     SUBLANDLORD REPRESENTATION     

        13.1 Sublandlord represents (a) that it is the holder of the interest of the tenant under the Overlease, and (b) that the Overlease is in full force and effect.

        14.     BROKERS     

        14.1 Subtenant and Sublandlord represent and warrant to each other that neither has had any dealings or communications with any broker or agent in connection with the consummation of this Sublease other than those set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, and each party agrees to pay, hold harmless and indemnify the other from and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than such brokers with respect to this Sublease or the negotiation thereof.

        15.     SECURITY DEPOSIT     

        15.1 As security for the faithful performance and observance by Subtenant of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, Subtenant is simultaneously herewith delivering to Sublandlord a check in the amount set forth in Section 1.1

        15.2 In the event Subtenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, including, but not limited to, the payment of annual fixed rent and additional rent, Sublandlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any annual fixed rent and additional rent or any other sum as to which Subtenant is in default or for any sum which Sublandlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Subtenant's default in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of this Sublease, including, but not limited to, any damages or deficiency accrued before or after any re-entry by Sublandlord.

        15.3 In the event that Subtenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Sublease and Sublandlord utilizes all or any part of the security but does not

8



terminate this Sublease as provided herein, Sublandlord may in addition to exercising its rights as provided in Section 15.2 , retain the unapplied and unused balance of the principal amount of the security as security for the faithful performance and observance by Subtenant thereafter of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Sublease and may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of said balance to the extent required for payment of rent, additional rent, or any other sum as to which Subtenant is in default or for any sum which Sublandlord may expend or be required to expend by reason of Subtenant's default in respect of any of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Sublease. In the event Sublandlord applies or retains any portion or all of the security delivered hereunder, Subtenant shall forthwith restore the amount so applied or retained so that at all times the amount deposited shall be no less than the security required by Section 15.2 .

        15.4 In the event that Subtenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, the security shall be returned to Subtenant upon the earlier of: (a) the Sublease Expiration Date and after delivery of entire possession of the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord; or (b) Sublandlord's receipt of an equivalent amount of security from an assignee or undertenant pursuant to an assignment or underletting permitted by Section 6 of this Sublease. In the event of an assignment of the Overlease by Sublandlord, Sublandlord shall have the right to transfer any interest it may have in the security to the assignee and Sublandlord shall thereupon be released by Subtenant from all liability for the return of such security, provided such assignee assumes any responsibilities of Sublandlord with respect to such security, in writing, and upon receipt of written confirmation to Subtenant from the assignee. Subtenant agrees to look solely to the new sublandlord for the return of said security; and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new sublandlord.

        16.     SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER     

        16.1 Upon expiration of the Sublease Term, or if, at any time prior to such expiration, this Sublease shall be terminated for any reason, Subtenant shall immediately quit and surrender up to Sublandlord possession of the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant shall remove all of its personal property therefrom. In the event Subtenant does not completely vacate the Subleased Premises (including the removal of all personal property and fixtures required to be removed and the return of the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in the condition required under the Overlease) by the Sublease Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Sublandlord in respect of any and all holdover charges or penalties imposed under the Overlease upon Sublandlord in respect of the entire Subleased Premises and in respect of any and all costs, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys fees) suffered by Sublandlord in respect of same, as and when such costs, liabilities or expenses are incurred. In this regard, Subtenant shall, if requested by Sublandlord, in Sublandlord's sole discretion, defend Sublandlord against any action or proceeding brought against Sublandlord which arises out of such holdover of the Subleased Premises. Any holding over after the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease without the written consent of Sublandlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month and Subtenant shall pay a holdover charge for each month or partial month that Subtenant remains in the Subleased Premises after the Sublease Expiration Date or earlier termination, such holdover charge to be equal to [***]% of the Rent under the Overlease in effect at such time, and shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease. Any holding over without Sublandlord's written consent shall constitute a default by Subtenant and entitle Sublandlord to exercise any remedies set forth herein or available under and other applicable law.

        17.     NO WAIVER     

        17.1 The failure of Sublandlord to seek redress for, or to insist upon the strict performance o1 (1) any violation of any covenant or condition of this Sublease; or (2) the violation of any of the Rules and Regulations set forth or hereafter adopted by Overlandlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9


which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Sublandlord of Rent, with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Sublease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no provision of this Sublease shall be deemed to have been waived by Sublandlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Sublandlord. No payment by Subtenant or receipt by Sublandlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated base rent, additional rent or other charge due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sublandlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Sublandlord's right to recover the balance of such base rent, additional rent or other charge, or pursue any other remedy in this Sublease provided. No act or thing done by Sublandlord or Sublandlord's agents during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the demised premises and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Sublandlord. No employee of Sublandlord or agent of Sublandlord shall have any power to accept the keys of the demised premises prior to the termination of the Sublease and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the Sublease or a surrender of the demised premises.

        18.     NOTICES     

        18.1 Any notice, consent or waiver required or permitted to be given or served by any party to this Sublease shall be in writing and either: (1) delivered personally to the other party; (2) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; or (3) sent via nationally recognized overnight courier, and shall be deemed given when personally delivered (or upon refusal to accept delivery), or the third (3 rd ) day after deposit in the mail, or the first (1 st ) day after sending by overnight courier, to the address and person designated in Section 1.1(a) and (c) herein.

        18.2 Either party, however, may designate such new or other address to which such notices, demands or communications thereafter shall be given, made or mailed by notice (given in the manner prescribed herein). Any such notice, demand or communication shall be deemed given or served, as the case may be, on the date of the posting thereof. In the event Subtenant's address is not set forth above, notice to Subtenant shall be deemed sufficient if sent to the Subleased Premises.

        19.     INTERPRETATION     

        19.1 The parties acknowledge that each party and its respective counsel have reviewed this Sublease and that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation of this Sublease or any amendments or exhibits hereto.

        20.     PARTIAL INVALIDITY     

        20.1 If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Sublease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Sublease shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

        21.     OFAC CERTIFICATION     

        21.1 (a)     Certification .    Subtenant certifies that:

        (i)
        Subtenant is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, "Specially Designated National and Blocked Person," or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, other, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and

10


        (ii)
        Subtenant is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of any such person, group, entity or nation.

      (b)
      Indemnification .    Subtenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including attorney's fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certifications.

        22.     MISCELLANEOUS     

        22.1 Where applicable, Subtenant shall be responsible for all actual, additional costs incurred by Suhlandlord as a result of this Sublease including, but not limited to, security cards, keys and parking cards.

        22.2 This Sublease may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought.

        22.3 This Sublease constitutes and contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, representations and understandings between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Sublease. No oral understandings, statements, promises or inducements contrary to the terms of this Sublease exist. This Sublease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

        22.4 This Sublease shall inure to the benefit of all of the parties hereto, their successors and (subject to the provisions hereof) their assigns.

        23.     PARKING     

        23.1 At no additional rent or charge, Subtenant shall have the right, during the term of this Sublease, to use the number of reserved (provided at no additional cost to Sublandlord) and unreserved parking spaces in the parking facilities servicing the Building as set forth in Section 1.1(u) above. All such parking privileges shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Overlease and this Sublease.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

11


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals of the day and year first above written.

    Sublandlord:
[***]

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]
       
 
    Name:    
       
 
    Title:    
       
 
    Date:    
        4/13/06


 

 

Subtenant:
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/ ANDREW CLARK

    Name:    
        Andrew Clark

    Title:    
        CEO

    Date:    
        3/30/06

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12



EXHIBIT A

Subleased Premises

[FLOOR PLAN]

13



EXHIBIT B

BILL OF SALE

        For good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, [***] (formerly known as [***]), (hereinafter referred to as "Seller"), has sold and assigned, and by this Bill of Sale does hereby grant, sell, assign, and transfer to Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as "Buyer"), without warranty, all of the right, title and interest of Seller in and to all of the Furniture described on the attached Inventory, to have and hold the same unto Buyer forever. Such Furniture is conveyed to Buyer in its current "AS IS" condition.

    [***]

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]
       
 
    Print Name:    
       
 
    Title:    
       
 
    Date:    
       
 

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.



EXHIBIT C

Subtenant's Initial Improvements



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION

6TH FLOOR

FLOOR PLAN



EXHIBIT D

Overlease


        The following contains the documents related to Sublease Agreement # 3



[***]

OFFICE LEASE

[***]

as Landlord,

and

[***]

as Tenant

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

  i

OFFICE LEASE

 
1

ARTICLE 1

 

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

 
1

ARTICLE 2

 

LEASE TERM: OUTSIDE DATE, EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT

 
6

ARTICLE 3

 

BASE RENT

 
8

ARTICLE 4

 

ADDITIONAL RENT

 
8

ARTICLE 5

 

USE OF PREMISES

 
18

ARTICLE 6

 

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 
18

ARTICLE 7

 

REPAIRS

 
20

ARTICLE 8

 

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

 
21

ARTICLE 9

 

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS,

 
22

ARTICLE 10

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 
22

ARTICLE 11

 

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 
24

ARTICLE 12

 

CONDEMNATION

 
26

ARTICLE 13

 

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

 
27

ARTICLE 14

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 
27

ARTICLE 15

 

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

 
30

ARTICLE 16

 

HOLDING OVER

 
31

ARTICLE 17

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 
31

ARTICLE 18

 

SUBORDINATION

 
32

ARTICLE 19

 

TENANT'S DEFAULTS; LANDLORD'S REMEDIES

 
32

ARTICLE 20

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 
35

ARTICLE 21

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

 
35

ARTICLE 22

 

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

 
35

ARTICLE 23

 

TENANT PARKING

 
36

ARTICLE 24

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 
36

1



SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

        This Summary of Basic Lease Information (" Summary ") is hereby incorporated Into and made a pert of the attached Office Lease. Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease, the terms of the Office Lease shah prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein sad not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.

TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:   July     , 2004

2.

 

Landlord:

 

[***]

3.

 

Address of Landlord
(Section 24.19):

 

[***]

4.

 

Tenant:

 

[***]

5.

 

Address of Tenant
(Section 24.19):

 

[***]

 

 

With a copy to:

 

[***]

6.

 

Premises (Article 1):

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Premises:

 

9,949 rentable and 8,513 usable square feet of space located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building (as defined below), as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

 

6.2

 

Building:

 

The Premises are located in "Building No. 1" (sometimes referred to herein as the " Building ") whose address is 13500 Evening Creek Drive, San Dingo, California

7.

 

Term (Article 2):

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Lease Term:

 

Five (5) years

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

i


TERMS OF LEASE
(References are to the Office Lease)
  DESCRIPTION

 

 

7.2

 

Lease Commencement Date:

 

The earlier of (i) the date Tenant commences business operations in the Premises, or (ii) the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ), which Lease Commencement Date is anticipated to be September 1, 2004.

 

 

7.3

 

Lease Expiration Date:

 

The last day of the month in which the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs.

 

 

7.4

 

Amendment to Lease:

 

Landlord and Tenant may confirm the Lease Commencement Date and Lease Expiration Date in an Amendment to Lease ( Exhibit C ) to be executed pursuant to Article 2 of the Office Lease.

8.

 

Base Rent (Article 3):

 

 

 

Lease
Year
  Annual
Base Rent
  Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
  Monthly Rental
Rate per Rentable
Square Foot
 

1 st

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

2

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

3

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

4

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

5

  $ [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

      *
      Subject to [***] as provided in Article 3 of the Office Lease.
9.   Additional Rent (Article 4):    

 

 

9.1

 

Expense Base Year:

 

Calendar year 2005.

 

 

9.2

 

Tax Expense Base Year:

 

Calendar year 2005.

 

 

9.3

 

Utilities Base Year:

 

Calendar year 2005.

 

 

9.4

 

Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities:

 

6.99% (9,849 rental square feet within the Premises / 140,915 rentable square feet within the Building).

10.

 

Security Deposit (Article 20):

 

None.

11.

 

Parking (Article 23):

 

Thirty-four (34) parking passes (i.e., four (4) parking passes for every 1,000 usable square feet of the Premises) consisting of twenty-three (23) unreserved parking passes and eleven (11) reserved parking passes.

12.

 

Brokers (Section 24.25):

 

CB Richard Ellis, Inc. represents Landlord and Burnham Real Estate Services, Inc. represents Tenant.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

ii



OFFICE LEASE

        This Office Lease, which includes the preceding Summary and the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Office Lease, the Summary and the exhibits to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the " Lease "), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summery, is made by and between [***] (" Landlord "), and [***] (" Tenant ").


ARTICLE 1

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

        1.1     Real Property, Building and Premises.     

            1.1.1     Premises .    Upon end subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary (the " Premises "), which Premises are located in the Building defined in Section 6.2 of the Summary to be constructed on the Real Property. The outline of the floor plan of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A , attached hereto.

            1.1.2     Building and Real Property/Project .    The Building is part of a multi-office building project (" Project ") constructed on the Real Property (as defined below) known as [***] which also includes an additional office building bated adjacent to the Building at 13520 Evening Creek Drive, San Diego, California (" Building II "). Building I and Building II are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the " Buildings ." The Project may contain an additional office building that may be constructed on the Real Property and located adjacent to the Buildings (" Adjacent Building "). The term " Real Property ," as used in this Lease, shall mean, collectively, (i) the Buildings, (ii) the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed), (iii) any outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities now or hereafter constructed surrounding and/or servicing the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed), including parking structures and surface parking facilities now or hereafter servicing the Buildings, the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and any other buildings which may be at a within the Project (collectively, the " Parking Faculties "), which are designated from time to time by Landlord as common areas (or parking facilities, as the case may be) appurtenant to or servicing the Buildings, the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and any such other buildings; (iv) any additional buildings, improvements, facilities, part structures and common areas which Landlord (and/or any common area association formed by Landlord or Landlord's assignee for the Project) may add thereto from time to time within or as part of the Project; provided, however, that no such additions shall materially and adversely interfere with Tenants permitted use of the Premises (as described in Article 5 below) or unreasonably interfere with Tenant's access to the Premises or the Building (including Tenant's access to the Parking Facilities); and (iv) the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated. The site plan depicting the centaur configuration of the Real Property and proposed Project is set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (1) Landlord has no obligation to expand or otherwise make any improvements within the Project, inducing, without limitation, the Adjacent Building, or any of the outside plaza gym, walkways, driveways, courtyards,' public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities which may be depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time without notice to Tenant), other than Landlord's obligations at forth in the Tenant Work Letter to construct the Base, Shell and Core of the Building, and the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises pursuant to the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter, and (2) Landlord shall

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


have the right from time to time to include or exclude any improvements or facilities within the Project, at Landlord's sole election, as more particularly set forth in Section 1.1.3 below.

            1.1.3     Tenant's and Landlord's Rights .    Tenant is hereby granted' the right to the nonexclusive use of the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, restrooms and other public or common areas located within the Building, and the non-exclusive use of the areas located on the Real Property designated by Landlord from time to time as common areas for the Building; provided, however, that (i) Tenant's use thereof shall be subject to (A) the provisions of any covenants, conditions and restrictions regarding the use thereof now or hereafter recorded against the Real Property, and (B) such reasonable non-discriminatory rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time (which shall be provided' in writing to Tenant), and (ii) Tenant may not go on the roof of Building without Landlord's prior consent (which may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion) and without otherwise being accompanied by a representative of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to nee any of the common areas of the Real Property, and the roof, risers end conduits of the Building for telecommunications and/or any other purposes, and to do any of the following: .(1) make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs and/or replacements in or to the Real Property or any portion or elements thereof, including, without limitation, (x) changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and common areas, parking spaces, parking structures and parking areas, and (y) expanding or decreasing the size of the Real Property and any common areas and other elements thereof, Including adding or deleting buildings thereon and therefrom; (2) close temporarily any of the common areas while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations to the Real Property; (3) form a common area association or associations under covenants, conditions and restrictions to own, manage, operate, maintain, repair and/or replace an or any portion of the landscaping, driveways, walkways, packing areas, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and/or other common areas located outside of the Building end, subject to Article 4 below, include the common wren assessments, fees and taxes charged by the association(s) and the cost of maintaining, managing, administering and operating the association(s), in Direct Expenses; and (4) perform such other acts and make such or changes with respect to the Real Property as Landlord may, in the exercise of good faith business Judgment, deem to be appropriate. Subject to (i) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D , (ii) Force Majeure events, (iii) Landlord's commercially reasonable security requirements, and (iv) the requirements of applicable Laws, Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-Four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week throughout the Lease Term. Landlord, as part of Operating Expenses, agrees to maintain the common areas of the Real Property in a first-class funnier consistent with other first-class buildings in the Central San Diego County area.

        1.2     Condition of Premises .    Except as expressly set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement, remodeling or refurbishment work or services related to the Improvement, remodeling or refurbishment of the Premises, and Tenant shall accept the Premises in its "As Is" condition on the Lease Commencement Date, provided, however, in the event that the Base, Shell and Core of the Building (as defined in Section 1 of Exhibit B ), in its condition existing as of the Commencement Date and without regard to any of the Tenant Improvements, alterations or other improvements to be constructed or installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or Tenant's use of the Premises, and based solely on an unoccupied basis, (A) does not comply with applicable Laws in effect as of the date hereof, or (B) contains latent defects (not caused by Tenant's acts or omissions), then Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost end expense which shall not be included in Operating Expenses (except as otherwise permitted in Section 4.2 hereof), for correcting any such non-compliance to the extent and as

2


and when required by applicable laws, and/or correcting any such latent defects as soon as reasonably possible after receiving notice thereof from Tenant.

        1.3     Rentable and Usable Square Feet .    The rentable and usable .square feet for the Premises arc approximately as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary. For purposes hereof, the " usable square feet " of the Premises and the " rentable square feet " of the Premises and the Buildings and the Adjacent Building in the Project shall be calculated by Landlord pursuant to the Standard' Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI 265.1-1996 (" BOMA "), as modified for the Protect pursuant to Landlord's standard rentable area measurements for the Project, to include, among other calculations, a portion of the common areas and service areas of the Buildings and the Adjacent Building in the Project. The rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and the rentable square feet of the Building are subject to verification by Landlord's planner/designer at any time after the date hereof and, with respect to any First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section I.4 below, upon the date such First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. Any such verification shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.3. Tenant's architect may consult with Landlord's planner/designer regarding such verification. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable within ninety (90) days after the date Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the final measurements of the Premises and the Building (or when appropriate, the First Offer Space), to remeasure the Premises and Building (or when appropriate, the First Offer Space), in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the other terms of this Section 1.3. If Tenant fails to timely elect to remeasure within such 90-day period, then Landlord's measurements shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant. If Tenant's remeasurements differ from Landlord's measurements and Tenant notifies Landlord thereof within such 90-day period, tine parties shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, attempt in good faith to resolve such differences, but if the parties cannot resolve such differences within such 30-day period, the final measurements of the Building and the Premises (and when appropriate, the First Offer Space), shall be resolved pursuant to binding, arbitration ender the auspices of JAMS/ENDISPUTE (or any successor organization) in San Diego County, California according to the then rules of commercial arbitration for such organization but with reference to the BOMA Standard, and the arbitrators resolving such dispute shall only have jurisdiction to determine the square footage of the Premises and Building in dispute (and when appropriate, the First Offer Space) and shall not have the jurisdiction to modify the terms of this Tessa During the period from the Lease Commencement Date until any dispute regarding the square footage of the Premises and Building is resolved, the rentable and usable square footage amounts set forth in the Summary shall be utilized for all purposes under this Lease. In the event that it is determined pursuant to any remeasurement under this Section 1.3 that the rentable and/or usable square feet of the Premises (and when appropriate, the First Offer Space), and/or the rentable square Poet of the Building pursuant to the BOMA Standard, shall be different from the amounts thereof set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall modify all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease to conform to such corrected square footage amounts therefor (including, without limitation, the amount of the Base Rent, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expense and Utilities Costs and the Tenant Improvement Allowance), Any such modifications shall be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant.

        1.4     Right of First Offer.     During the Lease Term (including the Option Term, if applicable), Tenant shall have a one (1) time right of first offer with respect to that certain space contiguous to the Premises located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building containing approximately 8,855 rentable and 7,654 usable square feet and commonly known as Suite 100 (the " First Offer Space "). Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) the lease term for Tenant's lease of the First Offer Space pursuant to Tenant's exercise of such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of (A) any existing lease pertaining to the First Offer Space (the " Existing Leases "), and (B) if the First Offer Space is vacant as of the date of this Lease, the first lease pertaining to the First Offer Space entered into by Landlord after the date of this Lease (collectively, the " Superior Leases "), including any renewal or extension of any such existing or future lease, whether or not such renewal or

3



extension is pursuant to an express written provision in such lease, and regardless of whether any such renewal or extension is consummated pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease, and (ii) such first offer right shall be subordinate and secondary to all rights of expansion, first refusal, first offer or similar rights gunned to (x) the tenants of the Superior Leases and (y) any other tenant of the Real Property as of the date hereof (the rights described in items (i) and (ii), above be known collectively as " Superior Rights "). Tenant's right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.4.

            1.4.1     Procedure for Offer.     Landlord shall notify Tenant (the " First Offer Notice ") from time to time when Landlord determines, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, that Landlord shall commence the marketing of the First Offer Space (or any portion thereof) because such space shall become or Is expected to become available for lease to third parties, where no holder of a Superior Right desires to lease such space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant (including the rentable and usable square feet thereof as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 above) and shall set forth Landlord's proposed economic terms and conditions applicable to Tenant's lease of such apace (collectively, the " First Offer Economic Terms "). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's obligation to deliver the First Offer Notice shall not apply during the last [***] months of the Lease Term or Option Term (if applicable) unless, with respect to the initial Lease Term, Tenant has delivered an Interest Notice (as defined in the Extension Option Rider attached hereto) pertaining to the extension of the initial Lease Term pursuant to the Extension Option Rider, nor the period following Landlord's delivery of the Option Rent Notice to Tenant pursuant to the Extension Option Rider unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord the Exercise Notice extending the Initial Lease Term pursuant to the Extension Option Rider.

            1.4.2     Procedure for Acceptance.     If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant's right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within [***] business days after delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant's exercise of its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice and on the First Offer Economic terms contained therein. If Tenant does not exercise its right of first offer within the [***] business day period (on all of the First Offer Economic Terms), then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires and Tenant's right of first offer shall thereupon automatically terminate and this Section 1.4 shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained hereto, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space comprising the First Offer Space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to least only a portion thereof or object to any of the First Offer Economic Terms.

            1.4.3     Construction of First Offer Space.     Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its "As-Is" condition (unless otherwise provided in the First Offer Notice as part of the First Offer Economic Terms), and Tenant shall be entitled to construct improvements in the First Offer Space at Tenant's expense, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


            1.4.4     Lease of First Offer Space.     If Tenant timely exercises Tenant's right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment adding such First Offer Space to this Lease upon the First Offer Economic Terms set forth in Landlord's First Offer Notice and upon the same non-economic terms and conditions as applicable to the original Premises. Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the First Offer Space and the Lease Term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date of delivery of such space to Tenant. The Lease Term for the First Offer Space shall, unless otherwise provided in the First Offer Notice as part of the First Offer Economic Terms, expire conterminously with Tenant's lease of the original Premises.

            1.4.5     No Defaults.     The rights contained in this Section 1.4 shall be personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease (" Original Tenant ") and any Affiliate of Original Tenant to which Original Tenant's entire Interest In this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the Dose may be) occupies the entire Premises as of the date of Tenant's exercise of its right of first offer. In addition, at Landlord's option and in addition to Landlord's other remedies set forth in this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Offer Space as provided in this Section 1.4 if, as of the date of the First Offer Notice, or, at Landlord's option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease.

5



ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM: OUTSIDE DATE, EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT

        2.1     Lease Term .    The reins and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent. The term of this Lease (the " Lease Term ") shell be as set forth In Section 7.1 of the Summary and shall commence on the date (the " Lease Commencement Date ") set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary (subject, however, to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), and shall terminate on the date (the " Lease Expiration Date ") set forth in Section 7.3 of .the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term " Lease Year " shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the anticipated Lease Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability nor shell the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. In the event that the Lease Commencement Date is a date which is other than the anticipated Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary, within a reasonable period of time after the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an amendment to lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , attached hereto, seeing forth, among other things, the Lease Commencement Date and the Lease Expiration Date, and Tenant shall execute and return such amendment to Landlord within five (5) days after Tenant's receipt thereof. In the event that Landlord does not deliver such amendment to Tenant, the Lease Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the anticipated Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary.

        2.2     Outside Date; Termination .    In the event that Substantial Completion of the Premises has not occurred by the " Outside Date ," which Outside Date shall be that date which is one hundred fifty (150) days after the date the Final Space Plan (as defined in Section 3.2 of the Tenant Work Letter) is approved by Landlord and Tenant, as such Outside Date may be extended by the number of days of Tenant Delays (as defined' in the Tenant Work Letter) and by the number of days of "Force Majeure" delays (as defined in Section 24.17 hereof) then the sole remedy of Tenant shall be the right to deliver a notice to Landlord (the " Outside Date Termination Notice ") electing to terminate this Lease effective upon receipt of the Outside Date Termination Notice by Landlord (the " Effective Date "). Except as provided hereinbelow, the Outside Date Termination Notice must be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, if at all, not earlier than the Outside Date and not later than ten (10) business days after the Outside Date. If Tenant delivers the Outside Date Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the Effective Date for a period ending ten (10) days after the original Effective Date. In order to suspend the Effective Date, Landlord must deliver to Tenant, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Outside Date Termination Notice, a certificate of the Contractor (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) certifying that it is such Contractor's best good faith judgment that Substantial

6


Completion of the Premises will occur within ten (10) days after the original Effective Date. If Substantial Completion of the Premises occurs within said ten (10) day suspension period, then the Outside Date Termination Notice shall be of no further force and effect, if, however, Substantial Completion of the Premises does not occur within said ten (10) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of expiration of such ten (10) day period If, or to the Outside Date, Landlord determines that Substantial Completion of the Premises will not occur by the Outside Date, Landlord shall have the right to deliver a written notice to Tenant stating Landlord's opinion as to the date by which Substantial Completion of the Premises shall occur and Tenant shall be required, within five (5) business days after receipt of such notice, to either deliver the Outside Date Termination Notice (which will mean that this Lease shall thereupon terminate and shall be of no further force and effect) or agree to extend the Outside Date to that date which is set by Landlord. Failure of Tenant to so respond in writing within said five (5) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant's agreement to extend the Outside Date to that date which is set by Landlord. If the Outside Date is so extended, Landlord's right to request Tenant to elect to either terminate this Lease or further extend the Outside Date shall remain and shall continue to remain, with each of the notice periods and response periods sat forth above, until the Substantial Completion of the Premises or until this Lease is terminated. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 2.2, the parkas shall be relieved of all further obligations under this Lease except for those obligations under this Lease which expressly survive the expiration or sootier termination of this Lease.

        2.3     Tenant's Early Cancellation Right .    Team shall have the one (1) time right to terminate and cancel this Lease effective as of the date (" Termination Date ") which is the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) month of the initial Lease Term, which right is contingent upon Tenant paying to Landlord the Termination Consideration (as defined below) in a timely manner in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 2.3. To exercise such termination right, Tenant must deliver to Landlord, on or before the date which is six (6) months prior to the Termination Date, written notice of Tenant's exercise of such right (the " Termination Notice "), along with the Termination Consideration. As used herein, the " Termination Consideration " shall mean an amount equal to the sum of: [***] The brokerage commissions, legal fees and costs of the initial Tenant Improvements with respect to the Premises leased by Tenant shall all be amortized on a straight-line basis over the scheduled initial sixty (60) month initial Lease Term, together with interest at the rate of [***] percent ([***]%) per annum, and the unamortized portion thereof shall be determined based upon the unexpired portion of such initial sixty (60) month Lease Term as of the Termination Date. The brokerage commissions, tenant improvement costs and tenant improvement allowance (if any) with respect to any First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.4 shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the scheduled initial term of the lease for such First Offer Space, together with interest at the rate of [***] percent ([***]%) per annum, and the unamortized portion thereof shall be determined based upon the unexpired portion of such Initial lease term for such First Offer Space as of the Termination Date. If Tenant properly and timely exercises its termination option in this Section 2.3 in strict accordance with the terms hereof, this Lease shall expire at midnight on the Termination Date, and Tenant shall be required to surrender the Premises to Landlord on or prior to the Termination Dace in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease. The termination right

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


set forth in this Section 2.3 is personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate of Original Tenant to which Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease and may only be executed by the Original Tenant, or such Affiliate assignee, as the case tray be (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other Transferee of Original Tenant's interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) occupies the entire Premises. Within thirty (30) days of Tenant's written request, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with Landlord's then estimate of the amount of the Termination Consideration.


ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

        Tenant shall pay without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at the management office of the Project, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (" Base Rent ") as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant's execution of this Lease. If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month's rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant faithfully performs all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to [***]. In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Article 19 of this Lease, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Article 19 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the monthly Base Rent that was [***] under the provisions of this Article 3.


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

        4.1     Additional Rent .    In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay as additional rent the sum of the following: (i) Tenant's Share (as such term is defined below) of the annual Operating Expenses allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below) which are in excess of the amount of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building and applicable to the Expense Base Year, plus (ii) Tenant's Share of the annual Tax Expenses allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below) which are in excess of the amount of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building and applicable to the Tax Expense Base Year, plus (iii) Tenant's Share of the annual Utilities Costs allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below) which are in excess of the amount of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building and applicable to the Utilities Base Year. Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 6), shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Additional Rent ." The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the " Rent ." All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8


and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

        4.2     Definitions .    As used In this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

            4.2.1  " Calendar Year " shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

            4.2.2  " Expense Base Year " shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.1 of the Summary.

            4.2.3  " Expense Year " shall mean each Calendar Year, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive-month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses end Utilities Costs shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

            4.2.4  " Operating Expenses " shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Real Property, including, without limitation, any amounts paid for: (i) the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, any elevator systems and all other "Systems and Equipment" (as defined in Section 4.25 of this Lease), and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the coal of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with Implementation and operation (by Landlord or any common area association(s) formed for the Project) of any transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the chat of insurance carried by Landlord, in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine or as may be required by any mortgagees or the lessor of any underlying or ground lease affecting the Real Property; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, supplies, tools, equipment and materials, and all fees, charges and ether costs (including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees) incurred in connection with the management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property; (v) the cost of parking, area repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the cost of any management fee and the fair rental value of any office space provided thereunder); (vii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Real Property, and employer's Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; (viii) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Real Property; (ix) the cost of janitorial service, alarm and security service, if any, window cleaning, trash removal, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (x) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or fire rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Real Property; and (xi) the cost of any capital improvements or other costs (I) which are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Real Property, but only to the extent of the cost savings reasonably anticipated by Landlord to result therefrom or, (II) made to the Real Property or any portion thereof after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation enacted or modified after the Lease Commencement bate; provided, however, that any such capital

9



    expenditure described in this clause (xi) shall be amortized (including Interest on the unamortized cost) over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with standard real estate accounting practices. If Landlord is trot furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant If the Buildings (and during the period of time when any other office buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy anti are included by Landlord within the Project) or less then [***] percent ([***]%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), Landlord shell make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such year or applicable portion thereof, employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of ting Expenses that would have been paid had the Buildings (and during the period of time when any other office buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are included by Landlord within the Project) been [***] percent ([***]%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof. Landlord hereby agrees that the cost of any new type of insurance coverage which is obtained or effected by Landlord during any Expense Year after the Expense Base Year Out is not obtained or effected during the Expense Base Year) shall be added to the Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year (but at the rate which would have been in effect during the Expense Base Year or the rate in effect during such subsequent Expense Year, whichever is lower) prior to the calculation of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for each such Expenses Year in which such change in insurance is initially obtained or effected.

            Subject m the provisions of Section 4.3.4 below, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses (and/or Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) between the Building and/or among different tenants of the Project and/or different buildings of the Real Property as and when such different buildings (including, but not limited to, Building II and the Adjacent Building) are coast acted and added to (and/or excluded from) the Real Property or otherwise (the " Cost Pools "). Such Cost Pools may include, without limitation, the office space tenants and retail space tenants of the Real Property or of a building or buildings in the Real Property. Such Cost Pools may also include an allocation of certain Operating Expenses (and/or Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) within or under covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Real Property. In addition, Landlord shall have the right from time to time, in its reasonable discretion, to include or exclude existing or future buildings in the Project for purposes of determining Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs and/or the provision of various services and amenities thereto, including allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs in any such Coat Pools.

            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary sat forth in this Article 4, when calculating Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year, Operating Expenses shall exclude market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and costs relating to capital improvements or expenditures.

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include: (A) costs of leasing commissions, attorneys' fees and other and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Real Property; (B) costs (including permit, license and inspection costs) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating rentable space for other tenants or vacant rentable apace; (C) tests incurred due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


    of space in the Real Property; (D) costs of overhead or profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services in or in connection with the Real Property to the extent the same exceeds the costs of overhead and profit increment included In the coots of such services which could be obtained from the parties on a competitive basis; (E) except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 4.2.4, costs of interest bra debtor amortization on any mortgages, and rent payable under any ground base of the Real Property; (F) Utilities Costs; (G) Tax Expenses; (H) costs of a capital nature for the Real Property, except as specifically set forth in Sections 4.2.4(x) and (xi) above and clause (I) hereinbelow; (I) costs of repairs and maintenance actually reimbursed by any other party; (J) attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in attempting to collect rent or evict tenants for nonpayment of rent, (K) depreciation, amortization and interest payments (except as provided herein and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord alight otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party's services, all as determined in accordance with standard real estate accounting practices, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life); (L) costs, including penalties, fines and associated legal expenses, incurred due to the violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Real Property of applicable Laws, that would not have been incurred but for any such violations by Landlord or any tenant of the Real Property; (M) the wages and benefits of any employee who tines not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Real Property unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Real Property vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Real Property; (N) costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Real Property, to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by Insurance proceeds; (O) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not provided to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Real Property free of charge; (P) costs of correcting defects in the original construction of the Real Property; (Q) tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord's negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments when due or to file any income tax or informational returns when due; (R) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss (but Operating Expenses may include reasonable reserves imposed upon the Real Property as part of the assessments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions recorded against the Real Property); (S) costs of repairs necessitated by the gross negligence of Landlord; (T) advertising and promotional expenditures, and the cost of signs (other than directory board signage) in or on the Real Property identifying the or of the Real Property or other tenants of the Real Property; (U) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Real Property, including partnership accounting and legal matters; (V) any ground lease rental; (W) costs incurred to comply with applicable Laws with respect to, the cleanup, removal, investigation and/or remediation of any Hazardous Materials (as such term is defined in Article 5 below) in, on or under the Real Property and/or the Building to the extent such Hazardous Materials are: (1) in existence as of the Lease Commencement Date and in violation of applicable Laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Real Property, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; or (2) introduced onto the Real Property and/or the Building after the Lease Commencement Date by Landlord or any of Landlord's agents, employees, contractors or other tenants in violation of applicable laws in effect at the date of introduction, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous

11


    Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Real Property, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; (X) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than the Parking Facilities); (Y) rentals for items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of permanent systems) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement specifically excluded above; (Z) costs (including, without limitation, fines, penalties, interest, and costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or Improvements) incurred in bringing the Real Property into compliance with building codes and other laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date and as Interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date, including, without limitation, any costs to correct building code violations pertaining to the initial design or construction of the Building or any other improvements to the Real Property, to the extent such violations exist as of the Lease Commencement Date under any applicable building codes in effect and as Interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date; and (AA) costs of acquisition of sculptures, painting and other objects of art (except for maintenance costs with respect thereto).

            4.2.5  " Systems and Equipment " shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or an other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve either or both of the Buildings and/or the Adjacent Building and/or any other building in the Project in whole or in part.

            4.2.6  " Tax Expense Base Year " shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.2 of the Summary.

            4.2.7  " Tax Expenses " shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, assessments, charges or other Impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit assessments, fees and taxes, child care subsidies, fees and/or assessments, job training subsidies, fees and/or assessments, open apace fees and/or assessments, housing subsidies and/or housing fund fees or assessments, public art fees and/or assessments, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Real Property), which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Real Property or Landlord's interest therein. For purposes of this Lease, Tax Expenses shall be calculated as if the tenant improvements in the Buildings (and, if and when constructed, the Adjacent Building) were fully constructed and the Real Property, the Buildings (and, if and when constructed, the Adjacent Building) and all tenant Improvements in the Buildings (and, if and when constructed, the Adjacent Building) were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes.

              4.2.7.1  Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:

                (i)    Any tax on Landlord's rent, right to rent or other income from the Real Property or as against Landlord's business of leasing any of the Real Property;

                (ii)   Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of ' the State of California in the June 1978 election (" Proposition 13 ") and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be

12



        imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease;

                (iii)  Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy, by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof;

                (iv)  Any assessment, tax, be, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an Interest or an estate in the Premises; and

                (v)   Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses.

              4.2.7.2  In no event shall Tax Expenses for any Expense Year be less than the Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year.

              4.2.7.3  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.7, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord's net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Real Properly), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 of this Lease.

            4.2.8  " Tenant's Share " shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary. Tenant's Share was calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total rentable agnate feat in the Building (as at forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary), and stating such amount as a percentage, subject to Section 1.3 hereof, Landlord shall have the right from time to time to redetermine the rentable square feet of the Premises and/or Building, end Tenant's Share shall be appropriately adjusted to a Expense Year, a statement (the " Statement ") which shall state, in reasonable detail, the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of any Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as "Estimated Excess," as that torte is defined in Section 4.3.3 of this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant's Share of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3,1 of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shell survive the expiration or earlier lamination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant's Share of any Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs attributable to any Expense Year which was first billed to Tenant more than [***] years after the date (the " Cutoff Date ") which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the applicable Expense Year or (ii) the Lease Expiration Dale, except that Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

13


    levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility company at any time following the applicable Cutoff Date which are attributable to any Expense Year occurring prior to such Cutoff Date, so long as Landlord delivers to Tenant a bill and supplemental Statement for such amounts within [***] years following Landlord's receipt of the applicable bill therefor. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

            4.2.9  " Utilities Base Year " shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.3 of the Summary.

            4.2.10  " Utilities Costs " shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building .and the Project which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year, including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer and electricity, and the costs of HVAC (including, the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers) and other utilities (but excluding (i) the cost of electricity consumed in the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Building, the Adjacent Building and any other buildings in the Project (since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity pursuant to Section 6.1.2 below) and (ii) those charges for which tenants directly reimburse Landlord or otherwise pay directly to the utility company) as well as related fees, assessments and surcharge. Utilities Costs shall be calculated assuming the Buildings (and during the period of time when any other office buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are included by Landlord within the Project), are at least [***] percent ([***]%) occupied. If, during all or any part of any Expense Year, Landlord shall not provide any utilities other than gas and electricity (the cost of which, if provided by Landlord, would be included in Utilities Costs) to a tenant (including Tenant) who has undertaken to provide the same instead of Landlord, Utilities Costs shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal m the additional Utilities Coats which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if Landlord had at its own expense provided such utilities to such tenant Utilities Costs shall include any costs of utilities which arc allocated to the Real Property under any declaration, restrictive covenant, or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Real Property or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Real Property. For purposes of determining Utilities Costs Incurred for the Utilities Base Year, Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year shall not include any one time special charges, costs or fee or extraordinary charges or costs incurred in the Utilities Base Year only, including those attributable to boycotts, , embargoes, strikes or other shortages of services or fuel. In addition, If in any Expense Year subsequent to the Utilities Base Year, the amount of Utilities Costs decreases due to a reduction in the cost of providing utilities to the Real Property for any reason, including without limitation, because of deregulation of the utility industry and/or reduction in rata achieved in contracts with utilities providers, then for purpose of the Expense Year in which such decrease in Utilities Costs occurred and all subsequent Expense Years, the Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year shall be decreased by an amount equal to such decrease.

        4.3     Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent.     

            4.3.1     Calculation of Excess.     If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, (i) Tenant's Share of Operating Expense allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building for the Expense Base Year and/or (ii) Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building for the Tax Expense Base Year, and/or (iii) Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building for the Utilities Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.3.2, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to such excess (the "Excess").

            4.3.2     Statement of Estimated Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs.     In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14


    " Estimate Statement ") which shall set forth, in reasonable detail, Landlord's reasonable estimate (the " Estimate ") of what the total amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Excess (the " Estimated Excess ") as calculated by comparing (i) Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building for the Expense Base Year, (ii) Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated o the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building for the Tax Expense Base Year, and (iii) Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant's Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building for the Utilities Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current Expense Year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.33). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

            4.3.3     Allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs to Building.     The parties acknowledge that when constructed, the Building will be a part of a multi-office building project consisting of the Buildings and the Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and such other buildings as Landlord may elect to construct and include as part of the Real Property from time to time (collectively, the " Other Buildings "), and that certain of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Real Property (i.e. the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) shall be shared among the Buildings and/or such Other Buildings, while certain other costs and expenses which are solely attributable to the Building, Building II and such Other Buildings, as applicable, shall be allocated directly to the Building, Building II and the Other Buildings, respectively. Accordingly, as set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs are determined annually for the Real Property as a whole, and a portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to the tenants of Building II and the Other Buildings), and such portion so allocated shall be the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs payable with respect to the Building upon which Tenant's Share shall be calculated. Such portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building shall include all Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs which are attributable solely to the Building, and an equitable portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs attributable to the Real Property as a whole. As an example of such allocation with respect to Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, it is anticipated that Landlord may receive separate tax bills which separately assess the Improvements component of Tax Expenses for each building in the Project and/or Landlord may receive separate utilities bills from the utilities companies identifying the Utilities Costs for certain of the utilities costs directly incurred by each such building (as measured by separate meters installed for each such building), and such separately assessed Tax Expenses and separately metered Utilities Costs shall be calculated for and allocated separately to each such applicable building. In addition, in the event Landlord elects, at its sole option, to subdivide certain common area portions of the Real Property such as landscaping, public and private streets, driveways, walkways, courtyards, plazas, transportation facilitation areas, accessways and/or parking areas into

15



    a separate parcel or parcels of land (and/or separately convey all or any of such parcels to a common area association to own, operate and/or maintain same), the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such common area parcels of land may be aggregated and then reasonably allocated by Landlord to the Building, Building II and such Other Buildings on an equitable basis as Landlord (and/or any applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions for any such common area association) shall provide from time to time.

            4.3.4     Payment in Installments.     All assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments that are permitted by law without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest and not included as Operating Expenses except in the Expense Year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid; provided, however, that if the prevailing practice in buildings comparable to the Building in the Central San Diego County area is to pay such assessments or premiums on an earlier basis, and Landlord pays on such earlier basis, such assessments or premiums shall be included in Operating Expenses in the Calendar Year that such assessments or premiums are paid by Landlord.

        4.4     Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.     Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent included in Tax Expenses by Landlord), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when:

            4.4.1  said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of a building standard build-out as determined by Landlord regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be vested in Tenant or Landlord;

            4.4.2  said taxes ere assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Real Property (including the Parking Facilities); or

            4.4.3  said taxes are assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

        4.5     Late Charges.     If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee by the due date therefor, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount due plus any attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies hereunder, at law and/or in equity and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid by the date that they are due shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate (the " Interest Rate ") equal to the lesser of (i) the "Prime Rate" or "Reference Rate" announced from time to time by the Bank of America (or such reasonable comparable national banking institution as selected by Landlord in the event Bank of America ceases to exist or publish a Prime Rate or Reference Rate), plus [***] percent ([***]%), or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

        4.6     Audit Rights.     In the event Tenant disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement for the particular calendar year delivered by

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

16


Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3.2 above, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's cost, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to have Tenant's authorized employees or agents inspect, at Landlord's office during normal business hours, Landlord's books, records and supporting documents concerning the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs set forth in such Statement; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to conduct such inspection, have an audit performed by the Accountant as described below, or object to or otherwise dispute the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs set forth in any such Statement, unless Tenant notifies Landlord of such objection and dispute, completes such inspection, and has the Accountant commence and complete such audit within twelve (12) months immediately following Landlord's delivery of the particular Statement in question (the " Review Period "); provided, further, that notwithstanding any such timely objection, dispute, inspection, and/or audit, and as a condition precedent to Tenant's exercise of its right of objection, dispute, inspection and/or audit as set forth in this Section 4.6, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amounts as required by the provisions of this Article 4 in accordance with such Statement. However, such payment may be made under protest pending the outcome of any audit which may be performed by the Accountant as described below. In connection with any such inspection by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that such inspection can be performed pursuant to a mutually acceptable schedule, in an expeditious manner and without undue interference with Landlord's operation and management of the building. If after such inspection and/or request for documentation, Tenant still disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, within the Review Period, to cause an independent certified public accountant which is not paid on a contingency basis and which is mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant (the " Accountant ") to complete an audit of Landlord's books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs to determine the proper amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costa incurred and amounts payable by Tenant for the calendar year which is the subject of such Statement. Such audit by the Accountant shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree as to the identity of the Accountant within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant desires an audit to be performed, then the Accountant shall be one of the "Big 4" accounting firms, which is not paid on a contingency basis and which is selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. If such audit reveals that Landlord has over-charged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge. If the audit reveals that the Tenant was under-charged, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the amount of such under-charge. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined that Landlord's original Statement which was the subject of such audit was in error to Tenant's disadvantage by seven percent (7%) or more of the total Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs which was the subject of such audit. The payment by Tenant of any amounts pursuant to this Article 4 shall not preclude Tenant from questioning the correctness of any Statement provided by Landlord at any time during the Review Period, but the failure of Tenant to object thereto, conduct and complete its inspection and have the Accountant conduct and complete the audit as described above prior to the expiration of the Review Period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant's approval of the Statement in question and the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shown thereon. In connection with any inspection and/or audit conducted by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6, Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause all of Tenant's employees and consultants and the Accountant to keep, all of Landlord's books and records and the audit, and all information pertaining thereto and the results thereof, strictly confidential, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause such employees, consultants and the Accountant to execute such reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits.

17



ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

        Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office purposes consistent with the character of the Building as a first class office building, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws, ordinances, codes, statutes, rules or regulations of the United States of America, the state in which the Real Property is located, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local' municipal or county governing body or other governmental or quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Real Property (collectively, " Laws "). Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, condition, and restrictions, and the provisions of all ground or underlying leases, now or hereafter affecting the Real Property. Tenant shall not use or allow another person or entity to use any part of the Premises for the storage, use, treatment, manufacture or sale of "Hazardous Material," as that term is defined below. As used herein, the term " Hazardous Material " means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the state in which the Real Property is located or the United States Government.


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

        6.1     Standard Tenant Services.     Landlord shall provide the following services on all days during the Lease Term, unless otherwise stated below.

            6.1.1  Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises, from Monday, through Friday, during the period from 7:00 a m to 6:00 p.m., and on Saturday during the period from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., except for the date of observation of New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other locally or nationally recognized holidays as designated by Landlord (collectively, the " Holidays ").

            6.1.2  Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall pay directly to the utility company pursuant to the utility company's separate meters (or to Landlord in the event Landlord provides submeters instead of the utility company's meters), the cost of all electricity provided to and/or consumed in the Premises (including normal and excess consumption and including the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers if not charged to and paid by Tenant as part of Utilities Costs), which electricity shall be separately metered (as described above or otherwise equitably allocated and charged by Landlord to Tenant and other tenants of the Building). Tenant shall pay such cost (including the cost of such meters or submeters) within ten (10) days after demand and as additional rent under this Lease (and not as part of the Operating Expenses or Utilities Coats). Landlord shall designate the electricity utility provider from time to time.

            6.1.3  As part of Operating Expenses or Utilities Costs (as determined by Landlord), Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

18


            6.1.4  Landlord shall provide city-water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

            6.1.5  Landlord shall provide janitorial services five (5) days per week, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with other comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Project.

            6.1.6  Landlord shall provide nonexclusive automatic passenger elevator service at all times.

            6.1.7  Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

        6.2     Overstandard Tenant Use.     Tenant shall not, without Landlord§ prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the need for water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water or heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after billing and as additional rent, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear end tear on existing equipment , caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use, and in such event Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, the increased cost directly to Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, including the cost of such additional metering devices. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall give Landlord at least twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice or such other notice as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate (which other notice is anticipated to be accomplished through telephonic dial-up and/or access via computer codes), of Tenant's desired use, (ii) Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant as Landlord shall from time to time establish, such hourly cost shall be equal to (A) the actual cost incurred by Landlord to supply such after-hours HVAC on an hourly basis (but based on a [***] hour minimum provision of such after-hours HVAC), (B) increased wear and tear and depreciation of equipment to provide such after-hours HVAC, and (C) maintenance costs, and (iii) Tenant shall pay such cost within ten (10) days after billing, as Additional Rent.

        6.3     Interruption of Use.     Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Real Property after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

        6.4     Additional Services.     Landlord shall also have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, locksmithing, lamp replacement, additional janitorial service, and additional repairs and maintenance,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

19


provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon billing, the sum of all coats to Landlord of such additional services plus an administration fee. Charges for any utilities or service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder, shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis.

        6.5     Abatement of Rent When Tenant Is Prevented From Using Premises.     In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) consecutive business days (the " Eligibility Period ") as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord after the Lease Commencement Date and required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease or permitted pursuant to Section 24.30 below, or (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide to the Premises any of the essential utilities and services required to be provided in Sections 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 above, or (iii) any failure by Landlord to provide access to the Premises, then Tenant's obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, from and after the first (1 st ) day following the Eligibility Period and continuing until such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be entitled to such abatement of rent if the matter described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence is caused by Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent Tenant shall be entitled to abatement of rent because of a damage or destruction pursuant to Article 11 or a taking pursuant to Article 12, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.


ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

        7.1     Tenant's Repairs.     Subject to Landlord's repair obligations in Sections 7.2 and 11.1 below, Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, which repair obligations shall include, without limitation, the obligation to promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures and appurtenances; provided however, that, at Landlord's option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord's involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same.

        7.2     Landlord's Repairs.     Anything contained in Section 7.1 above to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject to Articles 11 and 12 of this Lease, Landlord shall repair and maintain (i) the structural portions of the Building and Premises, (ii) the Base, Shell and Core improvements of the Building and the basic plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems serving the Building and not located in the Premises, and (iii) the common areas of the Building and the Real Property; provided, however, if such maintenance and repairs are caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs, or to perform any maintenance. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5 above, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Real Property, Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such repairs, alterations and improvements to be performed so as not to materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's normal business functions within the

20



Premises. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right o make repairs at Landlord's expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code; or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATION$

        8.1     Landlord's Consent to Alterations.     Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the " Alterations ") without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion with respect to any Alterations which may affect the structural components of the Building or the Systems and Equipment or winch can be seen from outside the Premises. Tenant shall pay for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses of the Alterations, and shall pay to Landlord a Landlord supervision fee of [***] percent ([***]%) of the cost of the Alterations. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

        8.2     Manner of Construction.     Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen approved by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may impose such requirements as Landlord may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, with respect to any work affecting the structural components of the Building or Systems and Equipment (including designating specific contractors to perform such work). Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Real Property is located, and in conformance with Landlord's construction rules and regulations. Landlord's approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant's Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner as not to obstruct access to the Building or Real Property or the common areas for any other tenant of the Real Property, and as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants of the Real Property, or interfere with the labor force working at the Real Property. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry "Builder's All Risk" insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Real Property is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, (ii) deliver to the management office of the Real Property a reproducible copy of the "as built" drawings of the Alterations, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors' affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

21


        8.3     Landlord's Property.     All Alterations, improvements and/or fixtures (excluding, subject to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter, Tenant's trade fixtures, movable furniture and personal property) which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, and all signs installed in, on or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any improvement or Alteration upon the expiration or early termination of the Lease Term, and repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. If tenant falls to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS,

        Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Real Property, Building or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant's interest only. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Real Property, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if any such lien is not released and removed on or before the date notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.


ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

        10.1     Indemnification and Waiver.     Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property and injury to person, in, on, or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, and its partners and subpartners, and their respective officers, agents, property managers, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, " Landlord Parties ") shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage to property or injury to persons or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage or injury is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability, including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees (collectively, " Claims ") incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant's installation, placement and removal of Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises), and any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, licensees or invitees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Premises, the Building and Real Property. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.1 to the contrary, the foregoing assumption of risk, release and indemnity shall not apply to any Claims to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, and not insured (or required to be insured) by Tenant under this Lease (collectively, the " Excluded Claims "), and Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless

22


Tenant and Tenant's officers, agents and employees (collectively, " Tenant Parties ") from and against any such Excluded Claims, but only to the extent Landlord's liability is not waived and released by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 10.4 of this Lease (provided, however, that Landlord's indemnity shall, in no event, extend to loss of profits, loss of business and other consequential damages incurred by Tenant or any Tenant Parties). Each party's agreement to indemnify the other pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by the indemnifying party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

        10.2     Tenant's Compliance with Landlord's Fire and Casualty Insurance.     Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, comply as to the Premises with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant's conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant; at Tenant's expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

        10.3     Tenant's Insurance.     Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

            10.3.1  Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal Injury and property damage arising out of Tenant's operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form Commercial General Liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, (and with owned and non-owned automobile liability coverage, and liquor liability coverage in the event alcoholic beverages are served on the Premises) for limits of liability not less than:

Bodily Injury and
Property Damage Liability

  $3,000,000 each occurrence
$3,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

 

$3,000,000 each occurrence
$3,000,000 annual aggregate
0% Insured's participation

            10.3.2  Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant Improvements, including any Tenant Improvements which Landlord permits to be installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises, including any improvements, alterations or additions installed at Tenant's request above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a "physical loss or damage" basis under a "special form" policy, for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

            10.3.3  Workers' compensation insurance as required by law.

            10.3.4  Intentionally Omitted.

            10.3.5  Intentionally Omitted.

            10.3.6  The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall: (i) name Landlord, and any other party it so specifies, as an additional insured; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant's obligations under

23



    Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-X in Best's Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord; (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord; and (vii) with respect to the insurance required in Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 above, have deductible amounts not exceeding Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. If Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, within such time periods, Landlord may, at its option, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, and without regard to any notice and cure periods set forth in Section 19.1, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of bills therefor.

        10.4     Subrogation.     Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, so long as the insurance carried by Landlord and Tenant, respectively, is not invalidated thereby. As long as such waivers of subrogation are contained in their respective insurance policies, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under policies of insurance for fire and all risk coverage, theft, public liability, or other similar insurance.


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

        11.1     Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord.     Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any common areas of the Building or Real Property serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the base, shell, and core of the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the base, shell, and core of the Premises and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Real Property, or the lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Real Property and/or the Building, or any other modifications to the common areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the tenant improvements and alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such tenant improvements and alterations to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant's insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord's repair of the damage. In connection with such repairs and replacements, Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of construction, submit to Landlord, for Landlord's review and approval, all plans, specifications and

24


working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof, provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or common areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy, and if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant's employees, contractors, licensees, or invitees, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof.

        11.2     Termination Rights.     Within sixty (60) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (" Landlord's Damage Notice ") of the estimated time, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, required to substantially complete the repairs of such damage (the " Estimated Repair Period "). Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 above, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises and/or Building and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building than be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs cannot, in Landlord's opinion, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); or (ii) the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord's insurance policies; provided, however, that (A) if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord's termination right as provided above, (B) the damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event (as defined below), and (C) the repair of such damage cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, as set forth in Landlord's Damage Notice, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the damage, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's Damage Notice, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such termination notice thereof to Landlord. As used herein, a " Tenant Damage Event " shall mean damage to all or any part of the Premises or any common areas of the Building providing access to the Premises by fire or other casualty, which damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant's employees, agents, contractors or licensees, and which damage substantially interferes with Tenant's use of or access to the Premises and would entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent pursuant to Section 11.1 above. In addition, in the event of a Tenant Damage Event, and if neither Landlord nor Tenant has elected to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, but Landlord fails to substantially complete the repair and restoration of such Tenant Damage Event within the Estimated Repair Period plus sixty (60) days plus the number of days of delay, if any, attributable to events of "Force Majeure," as that term is defined in Section 24.17 hereof (but in no event to exceed thirty (30) days of Force Majeure delays), plus the number of days of delay, if any, as are attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant, then Tenant shall have an additional right to terminate this Lease by delivering written termination notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such period, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such termination notice. Further, in the event that the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease and to the extent such destruction or damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event and the repair of same is reasonable expected by Landlord to require more than sixty (60) days to complete, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease, by giving written termination notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. If either Landlord or Tenant exercises any of its options to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, (1) this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of

25



such notice, (2) Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination, and (3) both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease which by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

        11.3     Waiver of Statutory Provisions.     The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property, and any statute or regulation of the state in which the Real Property is located, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property.


ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

        12.1     Permanent Taking.     If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Real Property shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Real Property, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days' notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days' notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant's personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Real Property or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure

        12.2     Temporary Taking.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

26



ARTICLE 13

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

        Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

        14.1     Transfers.     Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as " Transfers " and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a " Transferee "). If Tenant shall desire Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the " Transfer Notice ") shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the " Subject Space "), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, (iv) if available, current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and (v) such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord's option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, within thirty, (30) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any actual, documented and reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant's proposed Transfer (not to exceed [***]).

        14.2     Landlord's Consent.     Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its content to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent;

            14.2.1  The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or Real Property;

            14.2.2  The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

            14.2.3  The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

            14.2.4  The Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space;

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

27


            14.2.5  The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities imposed by the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

            14.2.6  The proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give an occupant of the Real Property a right to cancel its lease;

            14.2.7  The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

            14.2.8  Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice.

        If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord's consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant's original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord's right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease).

        14.3     Transfer Premium.     If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord [***] percent of ([***]%) of any "Transfer Premium," as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. " Transfer Premium " shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any reasonable changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer (but only to the extent approved by Landlord), and (ii) any reasonable brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer (collectively, the " Subleasing Costs "). "Transfer Premium" shall also Include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

        14.4     Landlord's Option as to Subject Space.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, in the event Tenant contemplates an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the " Intention to Transfer Notice ") of such contemplated assignment or subletting (whether or not the terms of the contemplated assignment or subletting have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to assign or sublet (the " Contemplated Transfer Space "), the contemplated date of commencement of the contemplated assignment or subletting (the " Contemplated Effective Date "), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated subletting or assignment, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space for the term ad forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice. Thereafter,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

28


Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within twenty (20) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date until the last day of the term of the contemplated assignment or subletting as set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of six (6) months (the " Six Month Period ") commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any assignment or subletting made during the Six Month Period, provided that any such assignment or subletting is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such assignment or subletting shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such an assignment or subletting is not so consummated within the Six Month Period, (or if an assignment or subletting is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any assignment or subletting of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Six Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated assignment or subletting, as provided above in this Section 14.4.

        14.5     Effect of Transfer.     If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right, at Landlord 's expense, to male copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated by more than five percent (5%) of the actual Transfer Premium as determined pursuant to the audit, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and Landlord's costs of such audit.

        14.6     Additional Transfers.     Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.7 below, for purposes of this Lease, the term "Transfer" shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of twenty-five percent or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

        14.7     Affiliated Companies/Restructuring of Business Organization.     The assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of this Lease or the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary, of Tenant, or (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or under common control with Tenant, or (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into

29



which Tenant is merged or consolidated (all such persons or entities described in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being sometimes hereinafter referred to as "Affiliates") shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 (and shall not entitle Landlord to exercise its recapture right pursuant to Section 14.4 above), provided that:

            14.7.1  Any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Article 14;

            14.7.2  Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate;

            14.7.3  Any such Affiliate that is an assignee of Tenant's entire interest in this Lease has, as of the effective date of any such assignment, a tangible net worth and net income, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), which is sufficient to meet the obligations imposed by the assignment;

            14.7.4  Any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the affective date of such assignment or sublease, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and

            14.7.5  Tenant and any guarantor shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

        15.1     Surrender of Premises.     No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

        15.2     Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant.     Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish , and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

30



ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

        If Tenant holds over afar the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Article 16 to the contrary, Tenant shall have the one-time right to extend the initial Lease Term for a period of up to three (3) months thereafter (" Temporary Extension Term ") by delivering written notice of the exercise of such right at least three (3) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, which notice shall specify the period of the Temporary Extension Term Tenant shall select (which period shall be not less than one (1) month nor more than three (3) months), and provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) Tenant shall not have exercised its renewal right under the Extension Option Rider, (ii) at Landlord's option, in addition to all remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Tenant is not in default under this Lease (after expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) as of the date Tenant delivers such notice to Landlord or the commencement of the Temporary Extension Term; and (iii) such renewal right is personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee that is an Affiliate of the Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be (and not by any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of Original Tenant's interest in this Lease). If Tenant timely exercises such renewal right, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply during the Temporary Extension Term, provided, however, that (i) the monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Temporary Extension Term shall be equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of monthly Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term, and (ii) Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord all actual, documented and reasonable legal fees and costs incurred in connection with the documentation of such Temporary Extension Term.


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

        Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be in the form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Real Property (or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Failure by Tenant to so deliver such estoppel certificate shall be a material default of the provisions of this Lease. In addition,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

31


Tenant shall be liable to Landlord, and shall indemnify Landlord from and against any loss, cost, damage or expense, incidental, consequential, or otherwise, including attorneys' fees, arising or accruing directly or indirectly, from any failure of Tenant to execute or deliver to Landlord any such estoppel certificate.


ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

        18.1     Subordination.     This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Real Property and to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Real Property, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, or if any ground or underlying lease is terminated, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground or underlying lease, as the case may be, if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lessor and/or if required to do so pursuant to any SNDA executed by the Current Lender as defined in and pursuant to Section 18.2 below, and to recognize such purchaser or lessor as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes Landlord to execute and deliver in the name of Tenant any such instrument or instruments if Tenant fails to do so, provided that such authorization shall in no way relieve Tenant from the obligation of executing such instruments of subordination or superiority. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

        18.2     Existing Agreement.     Tenant hereby acknowledges that as of the date of execution of this Lease, there is a deed of trust encumbering the Real Property in favor of Corus Bank, N.A. (the " Current Lender "). Concurrently with Tenant's execution of this Lease, Tenant shall sign, notarize and deliver to Landlord a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the " SNDA "). Landlord shall endeavor to cause the Current Lender to execute, notarize and deliver to Tenant the SNDA, but Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease and shall have no liability to Tenant whatsoever if Landlord is unable to obtain and deliver to Tenant the SNDA executed by the Current Lender.


ARTICLE 19

TENANT'S DEFAULTS; LANDLORD'S REMEDIES

        19.1     Events of Default by Tenant.     All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

            19.1.1  Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due where such failure continues for five (5) calendar days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; or

32


            19.1.2  Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant provided however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; and provided further that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30)-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible; or

        19.2     Landlord's Remedies Upon Default.     Upon the occurrence of any such default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

            19.2.1  Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

                (i)  The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

              (ii)   The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

              (iii)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

              (iv)  Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises of any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

              (v)   At Landlords election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

    The term "rent" as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease , whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in Section 4.5 of this Lease. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

            19.2.2  Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee's breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by

33



    Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease , including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

            19.2.3  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform or otherwise cure any such obligation, provision, covenant or condition on Tenant's part to be observed or performed (and may enter the Promises for such purposes). In the event of Tenant's failure to perform any of its obligations or covenants under this Lease, and such failure to perform poses a material risk of injury or harm to persons or damage to or loss of property, then Landlord shall have the right to cure or otherwise perform such covenant or obligation at any time after such failure to perform by Tenant, whether or not any such notice or cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above has expired. Any such actions undertaken by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2.3 shall trot be deemed a waiver of Landlord 's rights and remedies as a result of Tenants failure to perform and shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

        19.3     Payment by Tenant.     Tenant shall pay to Landlord , within fifteen (15) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord's performance or cure of any of Tenant's obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 19.2.3 above; and (ii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant's obligations under this Section 19.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

        19.4     Sublessees of Tenant.     Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

        19.5     Waiver of Default.     No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach by Tenant of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach by Tenant of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a default by Tenant shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.

        19.6     Efforts to Relet.     For the purposes of this Article 19, Tenant's right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises, by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord's interests hereunder. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant's right to possession.

        19.7     Landlord Default.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if (i) in the event a failure by Landlord is with respect to the payment of money, Landlord fails to pay such unpaid amounts within ten (10) business days of written notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due, or (ii) in the event a failure by Landlord is other than the obligation to pay money, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after

34



the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord's failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall promptly and diligently commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity, but in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any lost profits or other consequential damages as a result of such default.


ARTICLE 20

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


ARTICLE 21

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

        Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any Laws now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply and promptly cause the Premises to comply with all such applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the making of any improvements and alterations to the Premises (including those considered to be capital improvements) and time Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials; provided, however, that the making of structural changes to the Building or to the Premises, or changes to the common areas of the Building or Real Property which are not necessitated by any improvements and Alterations to the Premises installed by or on behalf of Tenant, by any specific act or negligence of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees, licensees or invitees, and/or by Tenant's specific manner of use of the Premises, shall be performed by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be included in Operating Expenses except to the extent specifically excluded in Section 4.2.4 of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future governmentally mandated programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Real Property.


ARTICLE 22

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

        Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable tithes and upon reasonable notice to Tenant to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants, or to the ground or underlying lessors; (iii) to post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building, or as Landlord may otherwise reasonably desire or deem necessary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 22, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time, without notice to Tenant, in emergency situations and/or to perform janitorial of other services required of Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Any such entries shall be without the abatement of Rent and shall include the right to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter without notice and use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be it forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

35



ARTICLE 23

TENANT PARKING

        Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to rent throughout the Lease Term the number of reserved and unreserved parking passes set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, located in those portions of the Parking Facilities as may be designated by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, that six (6) of Tenant's reserved parking passes within the allotment set forth in Section 11 of the Summary shall be located directly in front of the main entrance to the Premises (with the exact location to be designated by Landlord). The cost to designate Tenant's reserved parking passes shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for the use of such parking passes, on a monthly basis, the prevailing rate charged from time to time by landlord or Landlord's parking operator for parking passes in the Parking Facilities where such parking passes are located. Tenant's continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facilities and upon Tenant's cooperation in seeing that Tenant's employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. In addition, Landlord may assign any parking spaces and/or make all or a portion of such spaces reserved or institute an attendant-assisted tandem parking program and/or valet parking program if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that such is necessary or desirable for orderly and efficient parking. Landlord specifically reserves the right, from time to time, to change the size, configuration, design, layout, location and all other aspects of the Parking Facilities, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord, from time to time, may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Parking Facilities, or temporarily relocate Tenant's parking spaces to other parking structures and/or surface parking areas within a reasonable distance from the Parking Facilities, for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements or to accommodate or facilitate renovation, alteration, construction or other modification of other improvements or structures located on the Real Property. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to Landlord. The parting rates charged by Landlord for Tenant's parking passes shall be exclusive of any parking tax or other charges imposed by governmental authorities in connection with the use of such parking, which taxes and/or charges shall be paid directly by Tenant or the parking users, or, if directly imposed against Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such taxes and/or charges within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of the invoice from Landlord. The parking passes provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided solely for use by Tenant's own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord's prior approval.


ARTICLE 24

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        24.1     Terms; Captions.     The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

        24.2     Binding Effect.     Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

36


        24.3     No Waiver.     No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of a party to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently, any waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing, and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

        24.4     Modification of Lease.     Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Real Property require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor. Should Landlord or any such current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to execute such short form of Lease and to deliver the same to landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

        24.5     Transfer of Landlord's Interest.     Tenant acknowledges, that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Real Property, the Building and/or in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall, upon the transferee's assumption of Landlord's obligations under this Lease, automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder after the date of transfer. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Real Property and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that web an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

        24.6     Prohibition Against Recording .    Except as provided in Section 24.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord's election.

        24.7     Landlord Title; Air Rights .    Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.

        24.8     Tenant's Signs.     

            24.8.1     Interior Signs .    Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost and expense, to (i) one (1) identification sign on or near the entry doors of the Premises, and (ii) for multi-tenant floors, one (1) identification or directional sign, as designated by Landlord, in the elevator lobby on the floor on which the Premises are located. Such signs shall be installed by a signage contractor designated by Landlord. The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such signs shall be consistent with the Landlord's Building standard signage program and shall be subject to

37


    Landlord's prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible , at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of such signage and the repair of all damage to the Building caused by such removal. Except for such identification signs and Tenant's Name Sign described below, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Building or the common areas of the Building or the Real Property. Landlord agrees, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to use good-faith efforts to assist Tenant in seeking to obtain approval from the City of San Diego for Tenant's installation of an "eyebrow" sign above the main entrance to the Premises; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant's inability to obtain any such eyebrow sign subject Landlord to any liability nor shall such inability affect the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder. In the event Tenant obtains the right to install such eyebrow sign, then the terms and conditions set forth below pertaining to Tenant's name sign shall apply to Tenant's eyebrow sign, (including, but not limited to, Landlord's right to approve the specifications of such sign, and Tenant's obligations regarding the installation and removal of such eyebrow sign). Except as otherwise provided herein, any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

            24.8.2     Monument Sign .    Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental entities, and subject to all applicable governmental and quasi -governmental laws, rules, regulations and codes, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the non-exclusive right to have one (1) identification sign (" Tenant's Name Sign ") containing the name [***] on both sides of the Building 's monument sign (the " Monument Sign ") perpendicular to Evening Creek Dive. The location, design, size, specifications, graphics, materials, manner of affixing, colors and lighting (if applicable) of Tenant's Name Sign shall be (i) consistent with the project signage criteria attached hereto as Exhibit H and otherwise consistent with other signs to be placed on this Monument Sign and the quality and appearance of the Real Property and (ii) subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, (iii) subject to the approval of all other entities and associations that have approval rights to such Monument Sign, and (iv) subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. Landlord shall install Tenant's Name Sign at [***] cost; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, from time to time, all other costs attributable to the fabrication, installation, insurance, lighting (if applicable), maintenance and repair of Tenant's Name Sign on the Monument Sign. The signage right granted to Tenant under this Section 24.8.2 is personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate of Original Tenant to which Original Tenant's entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity. In addition, Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) shall no longer have any right to Tenant's Name Sign on the Monument Sign if at any time during the Lease Term the Original Tenant (or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be) does not lease and occupy the entire Premises. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or upon the earlier termination of Tenant's signage right under this Section 24.8.2, Landlord shall have the right to permanently remove Tenant's Name Sign from the Monument Sign and to repair all damage to the Monument Sign resulting from such removal and restore the affected area to its original condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant's Name Sign, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof.

        24.9     Relationship of Parties .    Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent not any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

38


        24.10     Application of Payments .    Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant's designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

        24.11     Time of Essence .    Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

        24.12     Partial Invalidity .    If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

        24.13     No Warranty .    In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation, including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

        24.14     Landlord Exculpation .    It is expressly understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties hereunder (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Real Property, and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

        24.15     Entire Agreement.     It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements; brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.

        24.16     Right to Lease .    Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Buildings, Adjacent Building (if and when constructed) and/or in any other building and/or any other portion of the Real Property as Landlord in the exercise of its sole (but good faith) business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Real Property. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Real Property.

        24.17     Force Majeure .    Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform (including, but not limited to, delays encountered by Landlord

39



affecting the design and construction of the Tenant improvements because of delays due to excess time in obtaining governmental permits or approvals beyond the time normally required to obtain such permits or approvals for similar space as the Premises as of the date hereof, similarly improved, in comparable office buildings in the Central San Diego County area), except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except with respect to Tenant's obligations under the Tenant Work Letter (collectively, the " Force Majeure "), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by a Force Majeure.

        24.18     Waiver of Redemption by Tenant .    Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenants right of occupancy of the Promises after any termination of this Lease.

        24.19     Notices .    All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, " Notices ") given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 24.19 or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord's mortgagee of ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenants exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

        24.20     Joint and Several .    If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

        24.21     Authority .    If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

        24.22     Jury Trial Attorneys' Fees .    IF EITHER PARTY COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST THE OTHER FOR THE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR THE BREACH HEREOF OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO AND HEREBY DO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. In the event of any such commencement of litigation concerning or arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys' fees as may have been incurred in such litigation (including all appeals or petitions therefrom), including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment. As used herein, attorneys' fees shall mean the fees and actual costs of any legal services actually rendered in connection with the matters involved, calculated on the basis of the usual fee charged by the attorneys performing such services.

        24.23     Governing Law .    This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Real Property is located.

40


        24.24     Subordination of Lease .    Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

        24.25     Brokers .    Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the " Brokers "), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and bold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party's dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers.

        24.26     Independent Covenants .    This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord's expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Real Property or any portion thereof, of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

        24.27     Building Name and Signage .    Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name(s) of the Buildings and Real Property and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Buildings and any portion of the Real Property as Landlord may, in Landlord's sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the names of the Buildings or Real Property or use pictures or illustrations of the Buildings or Real Property in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

        24.28     Building Directory .    At Tenant's cost, Landlord shall include Tenants name and location in the Building on one (1) line on the Building directory.

        24.29     Intentionally Omitted.     

        24.30     Landlord's Construction .    It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Buildings, Real Property, or any part thereof and that no representations or warranties respecting the condition of the Premises, the Buildings or the Real Property have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that prior to and during the Lease Term, Landlord (and/or any common area association) will be completing construction and/or demolition work pertaining to various portions of the Buildings, Premises, and/or Real Property, including without limitation the Parking Facilities, landscaping and tenant improvements for premises for other tenants and, at Landlord 's sole election, such other buildings (including the Adjacent Building), parking facilities, improvements, landscaping and other facilities within or as part of the Project as Landlord (and/or such common area association) shall from time to time desire (collectively, the " Construction "). In connection with such Construction, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Real Property, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building and/or Real Property, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building and/or Real Property. Tenant hereby agrees that such Construction and Landlord 's commercially reasonable actions in connection with such Construction shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor

41


entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as provided in Section 6.5 above). Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising front such Construction, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant's personal property or improvements resulting from such Construction or Landlord's actions in connection with such Construction, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Construction or Landlord's actions in connection with such Construction; provided, however, Landlord agrees to perform such Construction so as to minimize any material and adverse interference with Tenant's permitted use of the Premises.

        24.31     Intentionally Omitted     

        24.32     Communication Equipment.     If Tenant desires to use the roof of the Building to install communication equipment to be used from the Premises, Tenant may so notify Landlord in writing (" Communication Equipment Notice "), which Communication Equipment Notice shall describe the specifications for the equipment desired by Tenant. If at the time of Landlord's receipt of the Communication Equipment Notice, Landlord reasonably determines that space is available on the roof of the Building for such equipment, then subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations, Tenant and Tenant's contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain one (1) so-called VSAT "satellite dish" or other similar device, such as antennae no greater than one (1) meter in diameter, together with all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment (collectively, " Communication Equipment "), for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, at a location on the roof of the Building designated by Landlord. Further, Tenant shall have the right of access, consistent with this Section 24.32, to the area where the Communication Equipment is located for the purposes of maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Communication Equipment at any time to another location on the roof of the Building. Unless Landlord elects to perform such penetrations at Tenant 's sole cost and expense, Tenant shall retain Landlord's designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord's roof warranty. Tenant's installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

            24.32.1  Tenant's right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Communication Equipment shall be subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations and Landlord makes no representation that such laws, rules and regulations permit such installation and operation;

            24.32.2  All plans and specifications for the Communication Equipment shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval; provided, however, that Landlord hereby approves, in concept, of the specifications for the Communication Equipment attached hereto as Exhibit G (subject, however, to Landlord's approval of any plans and additional specifications pertaining to such Communication Equipment);

            24.32.3  All costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Communication Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and corrections to the Building's electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant;

            24.32.4  It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever (including granting rights to third parties to utilize any portion of the roof not utilized by Tenant);

            24.32.5  Tenant shall use the Communication Equipment so as not to cause any interference to other tenants in the Building or to other tenants at the Real Property or with any other tenant 's

42



    communication equipment, and not to damage the Real Property or interfere with the normal operation of the Real Property and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including attorneys' fees) arising out of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 24.32.5, except to the extent same is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord which is not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant under this Lease (or which would not be covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease);

            24.32.6  For the purposes of determining Tenant's obligations with respect to its use of the roof of the Building herein provided, all of the provisions of this Lease relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, and compliance with laws shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Communication Equipment; provided, however, Tenant shall only be provided access to the roof after prior written notice to Landlord and subject to Landlord's reasonable rules and restrictions regarding access (including, at Landlord's option, the requirement that Tenant be accompanied by a representative of Landlord during such access). Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Communication Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Communication Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance (whether or not by reason of the installation or use of similar equipment by others on the roof of the Building) and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor;

            24.32.7  Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Communication Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any laws or regulations in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Communication Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Communication Equipment;

            24.32.8  The Communication Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Communication Equipment and related equipment at Tenant's sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of any governmental law or regulation which may require removal, and shall repair the Building upon such removal to the extent required by such work of removal. If Tenant fails to remove the Communication Equipment and repair the Building upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant's expense. The provisions of this Section 24.32.8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease;

            24.32.9  The Communication Equipment shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Premises for purposes of Article 10 of this Lease;

            24.32.10  Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall install and maintain such fencing and other protective equipment and/or visual screening on or about the Communication Equipment as Landlord may reasonably determine;

            24.32.11  If any of the conditions set forth in this Section 24.32 are not complied with by Tenant, then without limiting Landlords rights and remedies it may otherwise have under this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall correct such noncompliance within ten (10) days after receipt of notice (or such longer period as may be reasonably required as long as Tenant commences such correction within such ten (10) day period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion). If Tenant fails to correct any such noncompliance within such ten (10) day period (as may be extended), then, at Landlords option, Tenant shall immediately discontinue its use of such Communication Equipment and remove the same in accordance with the terms hereof; and

43


            24.32.12  Tenant's rights under this Section 24.32 with respect to the Communication Equipment shall be personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate of Original Tenant to which Original Tenants entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 of this Lease, and may only be utilized by the Original Tenant, or such Affiliated assignee, as the case may be (and may not be exercised or utilized by any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease or the Premises) if the Original Tenant (or such Affiliated assignee, as the case may be) occupies the entire Premises.

        24.33     Consent and Approvals .    Except for (i) matters for which there is a standard of consent or discretion specifically set forth in this Lease, (ii) matters which could have an adverse effect on the Building's structure or the Building's Systems and Equipment, or which could affect the exterior appearance of the Building, the Real Property or any common areas, or (iii) matters covered by Article 19 of this Lease (collectively, the " Excepted Matters "), any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and, except with regard to the Excepted Matters, whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make an allocation or their determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith. With respect to the Excepted Matters, Landlord shall be entitled to grant its consent or exercise its discretion in its sole and absolute discretion, but shall act in good faith.

44


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

  "Landlord":

 

[***]

 

By:

 

[***]

 

By:

 

    
     
 
      Name:    
         
 
      Its:    
         
 

 

"Tenant":

 

[***]

 

By:

 

    
     
 
      Name:   [***]
      Its:   [***]

 

By:

 

    
     
 
      Name:    
         
 
      Its:    
         
 

*** If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

45



SUBLEASE

        This Sublease is made of the 31st day of October, 2007 by and between [***] (hereinafter referred to as "Sublandlord") and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "Subtenant") with regard to the following.


RECITALS

        A.    Sublandlord is the tenant under that certain Lease with Kilroy Realty, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord") landlord dated as of July 2004 and related amendments (collectively the "Master Lease", a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and by this reference made a part hereof) concerning certain premises (the "Premises") located at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 160 and 120, San Diego, California 92128.

        B.    Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord a portion of the Premises known as Suite 160 comprising approximately 9,849 rentable square feet (the "Sublease Premises"), and Sublandlord has agreed to sublease the Sublease Premises to Subtenant, upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth.


AGREEMENT

        In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

        1.     Sublease.     Sublandlord hereby subleases and demises to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby hires and takes from Sublandlord the Sublease Premises including the non-exclusive right to use the common areas as described in the Master Lease.

        2.     Term.     The term of this Sublease shall commence December 1, 2007 subject to receipt of Landlord's consent hereto and delivery of possession of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant and execution of this Sublease and Sublandlord's receipt of the first month's rent and security deposit (the "Commencement Date"), and shall terminate on October 31, 2009.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Landlord's consent is executed and received the Subtenant may have access to the Subleased Premises on November 15, 2007 solely for the purposes of moving into and furnishing the Sublease Premises and such access shall be governed by the terms of this Sublease with the exception of base rent charges.

        3.     Rent.     Subtenant shall pay as base rent commencing on January 1, 2008 ("Rent Commencement"). Subtenant shall pay monthly base rent as follows:

January 1, 2008 – November 30, 2008:

  $ [***]  

December 1, 2008 – October 31, 2009:

  $ [***]  

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall also be responsible for the cost of electricity provided to the Sublease Premises. In the event that the term of this Sublease shall begin or end on a date that is not the first day of a month, base rent shall be prorated as of such date. Concurrent with Subtenant's execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord the first full month's base rent in the amount of $[***] and a security deposit in the amount of $[***] (the "Security Deposit").

        If Subtenant defaults with respect to any covenant or condition of the Sublease, including but not limited to the payment of base rent or any other payment due under this Sublease or the Lease, Sublandlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit to the payment of any sum in default or any other sum that may be required or deemed necessary by Sublandlord to spend or incur by reason of Subtenant's default. In such event Subtenant shall, upon demand, deposit with Sublandlord the

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


amount necessary to replenish the Security Deposit. If Subtenant shall have fully complied with all of the covenants and conditions of this Sublease, the Security Deposit shall be repaid to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit in a separate account, but may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds of Sublandlord. Subtenant shall not be entitled to receive any interest on the Security Deposit.

        4.     Use.     Subtenant covenants and agrees to use the Sublease Premises for purposes of providing general office use and for no other purpose, and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Master Lease and this Sublease.

        5.     Master Lease.     As applied to this Sublease the words "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used in the Master Lease shall be deemed to refer to Sublandlord and Subtenant hereunder, respectively. Subtenant and this Sublease shall be subject in all respects to the terms of, and the rights of the Landlord under, the Master Lease. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Master Lease insofar as they relate to the Sublease Premises and insofar as they are not inconsistent with the terms of this Sublease are made a part of and incorporated into this Sublease as if recited herein in full, and the rights and obligations of the Landlord and the Tenant under the Master Lease shall be deemed the rights and obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant respectively hereunder and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord and Subtenant respectively. As between the parties hereto only, in the event of a conflict between the terms of the Master Lease and the terms of this Sublease, the terms of this Sublease shall control. Subtenant agrees that whenever the Master Lease imposes any duties or obligations upon Tenant, including, but not limited, obligations to provide insurance coverages and evidence thereof, and to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any claims arising from the use or occupancy of the Sublease Premises, Subtenant shall be jointly and severally bound with Tenant on such obligation to Landlord where any such obligations arise out of Subtenant's use or occupancy of the Sublease Premises.

        6.     Insurance and Indemnities.     All insurance and indemnity obligations of Tenant under the Master Lease shall apply to Subtenant hereunder; except, however, in addition to the requirements set forth in the Master Lease regarding the same, (i) each insurance policy to be carried by "Tenant" thereunder and requiring "Landlord" to be named as an additional insured, shall be modified such that Landlord and Sublandlord shall be named as additional insureds; and (ii) each and every indemnity pro vision under the Lease in favor of "Landlord" shall be deemed to run in favor of "Landlord" and Sublandlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within this Sublease or the Master Lease, the insurance required to be carried hereunder shall not be subject to any deductible greater than $5,000.00 without the consent of Sublandlord and any such carriers shall be acceptable to the Sublandlord.

        7.     Landlord's Performance Under Master Lease.     

            7.1   Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord is not in a position to render any of the services or to perform any of the repair, replacement, insurance and similar obligations required of Sublandlord by the terms of the Master Lease, as incorporated into this Sublease. Therefore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Subtenant agrees that performance by Sublandlord of such obligations hereunder are conditional upon due performance by the Landlord of its corresponding obligations under the Master Lease and Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant for any default of the Landlord under the Master Lease. Subtenant shall not have any claim against Sublandlord by reason of the Landlord's failure or refusal to comply with any of the provisions of the Master Lease unless such failure or refusal is a result of Sublandlord's act or failure to act. This Sublease shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the Landlord's failure or refusal to comply with any such provisions of the Master Lease and Subtenant shall pay the base rent and Additional Rent and all other charges provided for herein without any abatement, deduction or set off whatsoever. Subtenant covenants and

2


    warrants that it shall be subject to and bound by all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Master Lease, except as modified herein. Subtenant and Sublandlord further covenant not to take any action or do or perform any act or fail to perform any act which would result in the failure or breach of any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions of the Master Lease on the part of the Tenant thereunder.

            7.2   Whenever the consent of Landlord shall be required by, or Landlord shall fail to perform its obligations under, the Master Lease, Sublandlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at Subtenant's sole cost and expense, such consent and/or performance on behalf of Subtenant.

            7.3   Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that the Master Lease is in full force and effect, all obligations of both Landlord and Sublandlord thereunder have been satisfied, and Sublandlord has neither given nor received a notice of default pursuant to the Master Lease and there exists no event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, would constitute a default.

            7.4   Sublandlord covenants: (i) not to voluntarily terminate the Master Lease, (ii) not to modify or waive any provision under the Master Lease or make any elections, exercise any rights or give any consent or approval under the Master Lease, in any such case as to adversely affect Subtenant's rights hereunder, and (iii) to take all actions reasonably necessary to preserve the Master Lease.

        8.     Variations from Master Lease.     The following covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Master Lease are hereby modified or excluded herefrom:

            8.1   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Master Lease, the term of this Sublease, the rent payable under this Sublease and the amount of the Security Deposit, if any, required of Subtenant shall be as set forth in Sections 2 and 3 above.

            8.2   Except for TruSite Real Estate Services (as Sublandlord's Broker of Record) and Grubb & Ellis (as Subtenant's broker), the parties hereto represent and warrant to each other that neither party dealt with any broker or finder in connection with the consummation of this Sublease and each party agrees to indemnify, hold and save the other party harmless from and against any and all claims for brokerage commissions or finder's fees arising out of either of their acts in connection with this Sublease. The provisions of this Section 8.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier to termination of this Sublease.

            8.3   Any notice which may or shall be given by either party hereunder shall be either delivered personally or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by a nationally recognized courier service, addressed to Subtenant at the Sublease: Premises, or to Sublandlord at [***], or to such other address as may have been designated in a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.3.

            8.4   All amounts payable hereunder by Subtenant shall be payable to Sublandlord.

            8.5   Sublandlord shall deliver the Sublease Premises to Subtenant their current "as is" condition. Sublandlord shall not provide any construction allowance to Subtenant. No improvements or alterations shall be made to the Sublease Premises by Subtenant without the prior written approval of Sublandlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and without the prior written approval of Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. In the event that Subtenant fails to commence paying base rent hereunder on the Commencement Date, then, in addition to all other remedies available to Sublandlord, Sublandlord may, at Sublandlord's option, require Subtenant to remove all improvements and alterations made by Subtenant and

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


    restore the Sublease Premises to their prior condition. Upon the termination of this Sublease Subtenant shall, if requested by Sublandlord, at Subtenant's expense, remove all improvements and alterations made to the Sublease Premises by Subtenant and restore the Sublease Premises to. their condition upon delivery of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant by Sublandlord.

            8.6   Whenever a specific period of time is set forth the Master Lease in which "Tenant" must fulfill any obligation thereunder, Subtenant shall fulfill such obligation at least five (5) days prior to the end of the maximum time period provided for in the Master Lease; provided, however, that in no event shall any period be shortened to less than 3 days.

            8.7   Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, Subtenant shall have no right to exercise any options contained in the Master Lease.

            8.8   Subtenant shall be deemed in default of this Sublease should Subtenant fail to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease within fifteen (15) days written notice for any non-monetary default, or within three (3) days written notice for any monetary default. Upon any such default, Sublandlord may, without notice or due process, terminate this Sublease, reoccupy the Subleased Premises, and retain the Security deposit above without any liability to Subtenant or 3rd parties Subtenant shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend Sublandlord, and/or the Landlord.

            8.9     Parking :    Subtenant shall be provided parking spaces at a ratio of four (4) parking passes per each 1,000 rentable square feet of the Subleased Premise, totaling thirty-eight (38) spaces. Of these thirty-eight (38) spaces, thirty-six (36) spaces will be provided on an unreserved and non-exclusive basis while six (6) spaces will be reserved and identified to the terms of the Master Lease. Subtenant and Subtenant's agents, visitors and employees shall be subject to the underlying ground leases, the Master Lease, and any and all reasonable rules and regulations established by Sublandlord, and/or the Landlord.

            8.10     Fixtures and Furniture .    Subtenant shall also have the use of the Fixtures and Furniture ("FFE") described in Exhibit "C", which shall be delivered in an "as-is" and "where-is" condition. The FFE shall be returned to Sublandlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease in as good condition as existed at the Commencement Date, excepting reasonable wear and tear. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to repair or maintain the FFE, and Subtenant herein wholly and fully releases, indemnifies and holds harmless Sublandlord from any liability arising from the use or condition of the PTE.

        9.     Indemnity.     Subtenant hereby agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, expenses, losses and damages, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, which may at any time be asserted against Sublandlord by (a) the Landlord for failure of Subtenant to perform any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions contained the Master Lease which by reason of the provisions of this Sublease Subtenant is obligated to perform, or (b) any person by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant or its agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, or a breach of Subtenant's obligations under this Sublease.

        10.     Cancellation of Master Lease.     In the event of the cancellation or termination of the Master Lease for any reason whatsoever or of the involuntary surrender of the Master Lease by operation of law prior to the expiration date of this Sublease, Subtenant agrees to make full and complete attornment to the Landlord under the Master Lease for the balance of the term of this Sublease and upon the then executory terms hereof at the option of the Landlord at any time during Subtenant's occupancy of the Sublease Premises, which attornment shall be evidenced by an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord and Subtenant. Subtenant agrees to execute and deliver such an agreement at any time within ten (10) business days after request of the Landlord, and Subtenant waives the provisions of any law now or hereafter effect which may give Subtenant any right

4



of election to terminate this Sublease or to surrender possession of the Sublease Premises in the event any proceeding is brought by the Landlord under the Master Lease to terminate the Master Lease.

        11.     Certificates.     Each party hereto shall at any time and from time to time as requested by the other party upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other party, a statement in writing certifying that this Sublease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications, if any) certifying the dates to which rent and any other charges have been paid and stating whether or not, to the knowledge of the person signing the certificate, that the other party is not in default beyond any applicable grace period provided herein in performance of any of its obligations under this Sublease, and if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may have knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom the party requesting such certificate may be dealing.

        12.     Assignment and Subletting.     Subject to all of the rights of the Landlord under the Master Lease and the restrictions contained in the Master Lease, Subtenant shall not voluntarily or involuntarily assign this Sublease or sublet all or any portion of the Sublease Premises without the prior written consent of Sublandlord. In no event shall any such assignment or sublease by Subtenant release Subtenant from any obligation or liability hereunder. the event of any permitted assignment or sublease Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of the amount of base rent payable to Subtenant pursuant thereto over the amount of base rent payable by Subtenant hereunder.

        13.     Waiver of Subrogation.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties hereto release each other and their respective agents, employees, successors, assignees and subtenants from all liability for damage to any property that is caused by or results from a risk which is actually insured against or which would normally be covered by "all risk" property insurance, without regard to the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity so released.

        14.     Sublandlord's Obligations.     Sublandlord shall fully perform all of its obligations under the Master Lease to the extent Subtenant has not expressly agreed to perform such obligations under this Sublease. Sublandlord, with respect to the obligations of Landlord under the Master Lease, shall use Sublandlord's good faith efforts to cause Landlord to perform such obligations for the benefit of Subtenant. Such good faith efforts shall include, without limitation: (a) upon Subtenant's written request, immediately notifying Landlord of its nonperformance under the Master Lease, and requesting that Landlord perform its obligations under the Master Lease; and (b) permitting Subtenant to commence a lawsuit or other action in Subtenant's name to obtain the performance required from Landlord under the Master Lease; provided, however, that if Subtenant commences a lawsuit or other action, Subtenant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including any costs, expenses or penalties assessed by Landlord to Sublandlord, and Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord against, and hold Sublandlord harmless from, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in connection therewith, including costs, expenses or penalties assessed by Landlord.

        15.     Authorization to Direct Sublease Payments.     Subtenant shall have the right to pay all rent and other sums owing by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder for those items which also are owed by Sublandlord to Landlord under the Master Lease directly to Landlord only upon receipt of a copy of a written demand for such payment by Subtenant made to Sublandlord by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Subtenant shall not prepay any amounts owing by Sublandlord without the consent of Sublandlord, (ii) Subtenant shall provide to Sublandlord concurrently with any payment to Landlord reasonable evidence of such payment, and (iii) if Sublandlord notifies Subtenant that it disputes any amount demanded by Landlord, Subtenant shall not make any such payment to Landlord unless Landlord has provided a notice to pay such amount or forfeit the Master Lease. Any sums paid directly by Subtenant to Landlord in accordance with this paragraph shall be credited toward the amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease. In the event Subtenant tenders payment directly to Landlord in accordance with this paragraph and Landlord refuses to accept such payment,

5



Subtenant shall have the right to deposit such funds in account with a national bank for the benefit of Landlord and Sublandlord, and the deposit of said funds in such account shall discharge Subtenant's obligation under this Sublease to make the payment in question.

        16.     Assignment of Rights.     Sublandlord hereby assigns to Subtenant all warranties given and indemnities made by Landlord to Sublandlord under the Master Lease which would reduce Subtenant's obligations hereunder, and shall cooperate with Subtenant to enforce all such warranties and indemnities.

        17.     Recordation.     Neither this Sublease nor a memorandum hereof shall be recorded without the prior written consent of Sublandlord.

        18.     Severability.     If any term or provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid and unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term or provision of this Sublease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        19.     Entire Agreement; Waiver.     This Sublease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Any agreement hereinafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment hereof, in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

        20.     Negation of Partnership.     Nothing contained herein shall create between the parties hereto, or be relied upon by others as creating, any relationship of partnership, association, joint venture, or otherwise. The sole relationship of the parties hereto shall be that of Sublandlord and Subtenant.

        21.     Captions and Definitions.     Captions to the sections in this Sublease are included for convenience only and are not intended and shall not be deemed to modify or explain any of the terms of this Sublease. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the definitions set forth in the Master Lease.

        22.     Further Assurances.     The parties hereto agree that each of them, upon the request of the other party, shall execute and deliver, in recordable form if necessary, such further documents, instruments or agreements and shall take such further action that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes of this Sublease.

        23.     Governing Law.     This Sublease shall be governed by and in all respects construed in accordance with the internal laws of the state in which the Sublease Premises are located.

        24.     Attorneys' Fees.     Neither party commences litigation against the other for the specific performance of this Agreement, for damages for the breach hereof or otherwise for enforcement of any remedy hereunder, the parties hereto agree to and hereby do waive any right to a trial by jury and, in the event of any such commencement of litigation, the prevailing party shall entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys' fees may have been incurred.

        25.     Counterparts.     This Sublease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        26.     Consent of Landlord.     The validity of this Sublease shall be subject to Landlord's written consent hereto pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease.

        27.     Examination of Sublease.     Submission of this instrument for examination or signature does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by Sublandlord and Subtenant and delivery to Sublandlord of a fully-executed copy.

6


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sublease to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

    SUBLANDLORD:

 

 

[***]

 

 

By:

 

/s/ [***]

    Its:     


 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW CLARK

    Its:    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7




QuickLinks

OFFICE LEASE KILROY REALTY KILROY SABRE SPRINGS
KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Landlord, and BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS OFFICE LEASE
R E C I T A L S
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS
ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM(S)
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT; ABATEMENT OF RENT
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS
ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE
ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER
ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION
ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES
ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER
ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION
ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
ARTICLE 21 LETTER OF CREDIT
ARTICLE 22 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
ARTICLE 23 SIGNS
ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES
ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT
ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD
ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING
ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
EXHIBIT A
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS
EXHIBIT B KILROY SABRE SPRINGS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B BUILDING STANDARDS
EXHIBIT C KILROY SABRE SPRINGS NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
EXHIBIT D
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT E
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS FORM OF TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT F
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS
RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS
SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
EXHIBIT G KILROY SABRE SPRINGS MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS
SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT G
EXHIBIT H
KILROY SABRE SPRINGS FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
EXHIBIT I
EXHIBIT J
SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
SHORT FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SCHEDULE 1 LEGAL DESCRIPTION
[***] OFFICE LEASE
[***] as Landlord, and [***] as Tenant
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
OFFICE LEASE
ARTICLE 1 REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES
ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT; OUTSIDE DATE
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS
ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION
ARTICLE 13 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES
ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER
ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION
ARTICLE 19 TENANTS DEFAULTS LANDLORDS REMEDIES
ARTICLE 20 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE 21 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
ARTICLE 22 ENTRY BY LANDLORD
ARTICLE 23 TENANT PARKING
ARTICLE 24 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
RECITALS
AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT REGARDING ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE, LANDLORD CONSENT, RELEASE OF ASSIGNOR, AND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
RECITALS
AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A FORM OF BILL OF SALE
EXHIBIT A-1 FURNITURE
[***] OFFICE LEASE
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
OFFICE LEASE
ARTICLE 1 REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES
ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
ARTICLE 8 ARTICLES ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS
ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION
ARTICLE 13 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES
ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER
ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION
ARTICLE 19 TENANT'S DEFAULTS: LANDLORD'S REMEDIES
ARTICLE 24 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SUBLEASE
W I T N E S S E T H
EXHIBIT A Subleased Premises
EXHIBIT B BILL OF SALE
EXHIBIT C Subtenant's Initial Improvements
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION 6TH FLOOR FLOOR PLAN
EXHIBIT D Overlease
[***] OFFICE LEASE [***] as Landlord, and [***] as Tenant
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
OFFICE LEASE
ARTICLE 1 REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES
ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM: OUTSIDE DATE, EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATION$
ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS,
ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION
ARTICLE 13 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES
ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER
ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION
ARTICLE 19 TENANT'S DEFAULTS; LANDLORD'S REMEDIES
ARTICLE 20 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE 21 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
ARTICLE 22 ENTRY BY LANDLORD
ARTICLE 23 TENANT PARKING
ARTICLE 24 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SUBLEASE
RECITALS
AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.20

        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER December 23, 2003

        Charter Learning


Charter Learning Pricing Summary

SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Level of
License and Support
  Initial Term Fees
(USD)
(14 Months)
  Renewal term Fees
(if applicable)
 

Blackboard Learning System™ License

  Basic Edition   $ [***]        

  [***]   $ [***]        

Blackboard Learning Solutions

  [***]   $ [***]        

ASP annual fees

      $ [***]        

  [***]   $ [***]        

Managed Contact Center

      $ [***]        

Total Fees Due:

      $ [***]        

[***]


BLACKBOARD MASTER TERMS

        Blackboard offers software and services that are useful for a range of educational purposes, from development of course websites to development of an entire online campus, and Blackboard also offers technology that allows institutions to establish and manage accounts for a stored value card system and security access system. Customer wishes to use such Blackboard software, services and other technology to enhances its own educational program, and Blackboard is willing to grant to Customer a license for this purpose in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

        In consideration of the following mutual promises and agreements, the Parties agree as follows:

1.     SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.

         1.1      Exhibits and Schedules .    These Master Terms describe the general terms by which Customer may license Software and purchase services and/or Equipment (each as defined below) from Blackboard as set forth in any Schedule (as defined below). The specific terms related to the license of Software or purchase of Services and/or Equipment are described in the appropriate Software Schedules or Service Schedules which have been separately executed by the Parties, and Exhibits to such Schedules (collectively referred to as "Schedules"). Schedules may be added or deleted from time to time by the agreement of the parties, but Customer acknowledges that it only has rights to use Software or receive Services/Equipment to the extent provided pursuant to one or more applicable Schedules which has been executed and remains in force.

         1.2      Order or Precedence .    In the event a conflict arises between these Master Terms and the provisions of any Schedule, these Master Terms will govern unless the relevant Schedule expressly provides otherwise. No term or provision set forth or cross-references in any purchase order or payment documentation will be construed to amend, add to, or supersede any provision of this Agreement. This means that the terms and conditions of any purchase order or payment documentation will not be binding upon either Party.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


2.     DEFINITIONS.

         2.1   " Agreement " means the cover page to which these Master Terms are attached, these Master Terms and all Schedules (and exhibits to Schedules) attached to these Master Terms, as amended from time to time.

         2.2   " Available Date " means, with respect to any particular Software or Equipment, the date upon which deliver of the relevant Software or Equipment is deemed complete pursuant to the terms of the relevant Schedule.

         2.3   " Blackboard " means Blackboard Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal office and place of business at 1899 L Street, NW, Fifth Floor, Washington, D.C. 20036, U.S.A.

         2.4   " Confidential Information " means any non-public information disclosed by either Party to the other, related to the operations of either Party or a third party that has been identified as confidential or that by the nature of the information or the circumstances surrounding disclosure ought reasonably to be treated as confidential. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information will be deemed to include, without limitation, information about a Party's business, vendors, customers, products, services, employees, finances, costs, expenses, financial or competitive condition, policies, and practices, computer software programs and programming tools and their respective design, architecture, modules, interfaces, databases and database structure, nonlinear elements, capabilities and functionality, source code and object code, as well as research and development efforts, marketing and distribution efforts, licensing, cost-licensing, marketing and distribution practices, computer software programs and other information licensed or otherwise disclosed to a Party in confidence by a third party, and any other non-public information that does or may have economic value by reason of not being generally known.

         2.5   " Customer " means the customer identified on the cover page to which these Master Terms are attached.

         2.6   " Customer Content " means any data, information, graphics or other media files or other content, including, but not limited to, course materials, provided by or for Customer or any end user of the Software through use of the Software, excluding any portion of the Software or Documentation.

         2.7   " Documentation " means, with respect to any particular Software or Equipment, any applicable standard end user specifications and/operating instructions] provided by Blackboard for such Software and/or Equipment, which may be amended from time to time. Documentation does not include any sales or marketing materials.

         2.8   " Effective Date " means the date upon which both Parties have executed the cover page to which these Master Terms are attached.

         2.9   " Equipment " means any hardware and/or firmware provided by Blackboard to Customer pursuant to any Schedule, including, without limitation, hardware and/or firmware related to the stored value card system and security access system.

         2.10 " Master Terms " means these Blackboard Master Terms.

         2.11 " Party " means either Blackboard or Customer.

         2.12 " Services " means any services provided by Blackboard to Customer pursuant to any Schedule, including, without limitation, consulting, educational, ASP installation, system administration, training or maintenance and support services.

         2.13 " Software " means the object code version of the Blackboard software as described on the applicable Software Schedule(s).

2


         2.14 " Test Copy " shall mean one copy of the Software for use of Customer's site solely for the purposes of testing the Software. Under no circumstances shall a test copy be used for production purposes. Unless otherwise indicated in an attached Schedule, test copies are unsupported.

         2.15 " Virtual Installation " or " Virtual Installations " mean separate environments within the Software installation, using the same Software application files and maintained on the same hardware.

3.     APPLICATION OF SCHEDULES.

         3.1      Provision by Blackboard .    Blackboard agrees to make available and/or provide, as applicable, the Software, Equipment or Services required by any Schedule duly executed, attached and incorporated into this Agreement.

         3.2      No Further Obligations .    Except as required by any applicable Schedule or as otherwise agreed between the Parties, Customer acknowledges that Blackboard has no obligations under this Agreement to provide Software, Equipment or Services of any nature to Customer.

4.     CONFIDENTIALITY.

         4.1      Nondisclosure and Nonuse .    Each Party will keep the other Party's Confidential Information confidential. Specifically, each Party receiving Confidential Information agrees not to disclose such Confidential Information except to those directors, officers, employees and agents of such Party (i) whose duties justify their need to know such information and (ii) who have been clearly informed of their obligation to maintain the confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret status of such Confidential Information. Each Party receiving Confidential Information further agrees that it will not use such Confidential Information except for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. Each Party receiving Confidential Information shall treat such information as strictly confidential, and shall use the same care to prevent disclosure of such information as such Party uses with respect to its own confidential and propietary information, provided that in any case it shall not use less than the care a reasonable person would use under similar circumstances.

         4.2      Notice .    The receiving Party will promptly notify the disclosing Party in the event the receiving Party learns of any unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and will provide such cooperation as the disclosing Party may reasonably request, at the disclosing Party's expense, in any litigation against any third parties to protect the disclosing Party's rights with respect to the Confidential Information.

         4.3      Terms of Agreement .    Except as otherwise provided by law, neither Party shall disclose the terms of the Agreement to any third party; provided, however, that either Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to its professional advisers, or to any potential investor or acquirer of a substantial part of such Party's business (whether by merger, sale of assets, sale of stock or otherwise), provided that such third party is bound by a written agreement or legal duty on terms at least as onerous as those set out in this Section 4 to keep such terms confidential.

         4.4      Exceptions to Confidential Treatment .    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding provisions of this Section 4 will not apply to Confidential Information that (i) is publicly available or in the public domain at the time disclosed; (ii) is or becomes publicly available or enters the public domain through no fault of the recipient; (iii) is rightfully communicated to the recipient by persons not bound by confidentiality obligations with respect therein; (iv) is already in the recipient's possession free of any confidentiality obligations with respect thereto at the time of disclosure; (v) is independently developed by the recipient; or (vi) is approved for release or disclosure by the disclosing Party without restrictions. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information to the limited extent necessary (x) to comply with the order of a court or competent jurisdiction or other governmental body having authority over such Party, provided that the Party making the disclosure pursuant to the order will first have given notice to the

3



other Party and made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order, (y) to comply with applicable law or regulation requiring such disclosure; or (z) to make such court filing as may be required to establish a Party's rights under this Agreement.

5.     TERM; TERMINATION.

         5.1      Term .    This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until either (i) the expiration of the minimum term, as specified on the Cover Sheet, or (ii) the expiration or termination of all Schedules, whichever occurs later.

         5.2      Termination for Breach .    In the event that either Party materially breaches any obligation, representation or warranty under this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety, or, at the non-breaching Party's option, it may terminate solely the relevant Schedule pursuant to which such breach has occurred, provided in either case that such has not been corrected within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written notice of such breach. Without limiting the foregoing, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party in the event the other Party materially breaches the provisions of Section 4.

         5.3      Termination for Insolvency .    Without prejudice to any other available remedies, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice if (i) the other Party becomes insolvent, files for relief under any bankruptcy law, or makes an arrangement with its creditors generally or has a liquidator or a receiver appointed over a substantial party of its business or assets or commences to be wound up (other than for the purposes of a solvent amalgamation or reconstruction) or (ii) any other circumstances arise in any jurisdiction which entitle a Court or a creditor to appoint a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver or administrator or equivalent officer to make a winding up order in relation to such Party.

         5.4      Effect of Termination .    Upon termination of this Agreement, all Schedules shall automatically and immediately terminate, and all licenses granted under this Agreement shall immediately cease. Upon termination, Customer will immediately discontinue all use materials licensed under this Agreement, and will pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder. Each Party (i) will immediately cease any use of the other Party's Confidential Information; (ii) will delete any of the other Party's Confidential Information from its computer storage or any other media, including, but not limited to, online and off-line libraries; and (iii) will return to the other Party or, at the other Party's option, destroy, all copies of the other Party's Confidential Information then in its possession. Without limiting the foregoing, upon termination of any Schedule (including upon termination of this Agreement in its entirety), the provisions of such Schedule regarding the effect of such Schedule's termination shall also apply.

         5.5      Survival .    The termination or expiration of the Agreement shall not relieve either Party of any obligation or liability accrued hereunder prior to or subsequent to such termination, nor affect or impair the rights of either Party arising under the Agreement prior to or subsequent to such termination or expiration, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 4, 5.4, 5.5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

6.     FEES; EXPENSES.

         6.1      Fees; Payments .    In consideration for Blackboard's performance under this Agreement, Customer agrees to pay Blackboard all fees required by the Schedules, as applicable, which fees will be due in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Schedules, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the date of an invoice from Blackboard. Blackboard expressly reserves the right to change the fees payable under any Schedule with respect to any renewal of such Schedule upon

4


expiration of its then-current term. Customer will pay all fees in U.S. dollars. Payments shall be sent to the address indicated on the invoice.

         6.2      Late Fees .    Blackboard may charge interest on any overdue amounts at the lower of (i) the highest permissible rate or (i) 18% per annum, charged at 1.5% per month from the date on which such amount fell due until the date of payment, whether before or after judgment.

         6.3      Audits .    For the sole purpose of ensuring compliance with this Agreement, Blackboard shall have the right, at its expense, to audit Customer's use of the Software upon not less than seven (7) days' advance notice. Any such audit shall be during Customer's normal business hours and shall not be made more frequently than once every twelve months, provided that if any such audit reveals a material breach of this Agreement. Blackboard may conduct such audits on a quarterly basis until such audits confirm that the relevant breach has been cured.

         6.4      Taxes .    The fees hereunder do not include any sales, use, excise, import or export, value-added or similar tax or internal, or any costs associated with the collection or withholding thereof, or any government permit fees, license fees or customs or similar fees levied on the delivery of any Software or Equipment or the performance of Services by Blackboard to Customer. All payments due under this Agreement shall be made without any deduction or withholding, unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law or any relevant governmental revenue authority then in effect. If Customer is required to deduct or withhold, Customer will promptly notify Blackboard of the requirement, pay the required amount to the relevant governmental authority, provide Blackboard with an official receipt or certified copy or other documentation acceptable to Blackboard evidencing payment, and pay to Blackboard, in addition to the payment in which Blackboard is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Blackboard equals the full amount Blackboard would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

         6.5      Expenses .    Except as provided in these Master Terms or any Schedule, each party will be responsible for its own expenses incurred in rendering performance under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the cost of facilities, work space, computers and computer time, development tools and platforms, utilities management, personnel and supplies.

         6.6      Purchase Orders .    Customer agrees that if its internal procedures require that a purchase order be issued as a prerequisite to payment of any amounts due to Blackboard, it will timely issue such purchase order and inform Blackboard of the number and amount thereof. Customer agrees that the absence of a purchase order, other ordering document or administrative procedure may not be raised as a defense to avoid or impair the performance of any of Customer's obligations hereunder, including payment of amounts owed to Blackboard.

7.     DISCLAIMERS AND REMEDIES .    THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS OF THIS SECTION 7 ARE IMPORTANT LEGAL LANGUAGE. PLEASE READ THESE PARAGRAPHS CAREFULLY, AS THEY LIMIT BLACKBOARD'S LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER.

         7.1      Disclaimer of Warrants .    EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN ANY ATTACHED SCHEDULE(S): (A) THE SOFTWARE, EQUIPMENT AND ALL PORTIONS THEREOF, AND ANY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS." TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BLACKBOARD AND ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SYSTEM INTEGRATION, DATA ACCURACY, MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT AND/OR QUIET ENJOYMENT; (B) NEITHER BLACKBOARD NOR ITS LICENSORS WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS OR INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET ANY

5


REQUIREMENTS OR NEEDS CUSTOMER MAY HAVE, OR THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL OPERATE ERROR FREE OR WITHOUT INTERRUPTION, OR THAT ANY DEFECTS OR ERRORS IN THE SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED, OR THAT THE SOFTWARE IS COMPATIBLE WITH ANY PARTICULAR COMPUTER SYSTEM OR SOFTWARE; AND (C) BLACKBOARD AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO GUARANTEE OF ACCESS TO OR ACCURACY OF THE CONTENT CONTAINED IN OR ACCESSED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE.    

         7.2      Limitations of Liability .    TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL BLACKBOARD OR IT LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE, EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES, WHETHER OR NOT BLACKBOARD WAS ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE: (A) ANY LOSS OF BUSINESS, CONTRACTS, PROFITS, ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, GOODWILL OR REVENUE; (B) ANY LOSS OR CORRUPTION OF DATA OR (C) ANY INCIDENTAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL, LOSSES OR DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES) IN NO EVENT SHALL BLACKBOARD'S CUMULATIVE LIABILITY FOR ALL CLAIMS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE NATURE OF THE CLAIM EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FEES PAID BY CUSTOMER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE PARTICULAR SOFTWARE, EQUIPMENT AND/OR SERVICE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THE RELEVANT CLAIM AROSE DURING THE TWELVE (12)-MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE EVENT, ACT OR OMISSION GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY. THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IS INTENDED TO APPLY WITHOUT REGARD TO WHETHER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN BREACHED OR HAVE PROVEN EFFECTIVE.

         7.3      Liability Not Excluded .    Nothing in this Section 7 excludes or limits the liability of Blackboard or its licensors or suppliers to the Customer for death or personal injury caused by the negligence of Blackboard, its licensors or its suppliers or any other liability which cannot be excluded by law.

         7.4      Essential Basis .    The Parties acknowledge and agree that the disclaimers, exclusions and limitations of liability set forth in this Section 7 form an essential basis of this Agreement, and that, absent any such disclaimers, exclusions or limitations of liability, the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the economic terms, would be substantially different.

8.     INFRINGEMENT

         8.1      Blackboard Infringement Obligations .    If any third party brings a claim against Customer alleging that the use of the Software or Equipment authorized under this Agreement infringes a U.S. or European patent issued prior to the Effective Date or copyright under applicable law or any jurisdiction Customer must promptly notify Blackboard in writing and make no admission in relation to such alleged infringement. Blackboard shall, at its own expense and option: (i) defend and settle such claim; (ii) procure Customer the right to use the Software or Equipment; (iii) modify or replace the Software or Equipment to avoid infringement; or (iv) refund the applicable fee paid for the current term. In the event Blackboard exercises option (i) above, it shall have the sole and exclusive authority to defend and/or settle any such claim or action, provided that Blackboard will keep Customer informed of, and will consult with any independent legal advisors appointed by Customer at Customer's own expense regarding the progress of such defense.

         8.2      Exceptions .    Blackboard shall have no liability to Customer under Section 8.1 or otherwise for any claim or action alleging infringement or violation of applicable privacy or publicity laws based upon (i) any use of the Software or Equipment in a manner other than as specified by Blackboard; (ii) any

6



combination of the Software or Equipment with other products, equipment, devices, software, systems or data not supplied by Blackboard (including, without limitation, any software produced by Customer for use with the Software) to the extent such claim is directed against such combination; (iii) the Customer Content, or the use of the Customer Content, or (iv) any modifications or customization of the Software or Equipment by any person other than Blackboard (any of the foregoing, separately and collectively "Customer Matters").

         8.3      Customer Infringement Obligations .    Customer shall, at its own expense, indemnify and, at Blackboard's option, defend Blackboard against any losses, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from any claim, suit or proceeding brought by a third party against Blackboard arising out of a Customer Matter and shall pay any damages finally awarded or settlement amounts agreed upon to the extent based upon a Customer Matter (any or the foregoing indemnifiable matters, each a "Blackboard Claim"). Blackboard agrees (i) to provide Customer with prompt written notice of any Blackboard Claim; (ii) to permit Customer to control the defense and/or settlement of such Blackboard Claim, provided that Customer will not settle any Blackboard Claim unless such settlement completely and forever releases Blackboard with respect thereto or unless Blackboard provides its prior written consent to such settlement; and (iii) to provide such assistance as Customer may reasonably request, at Customer's expense, in order to settle or defend any such Blackboard Claim.

         8.4      Exclusive Remedy .    THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 8 STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF EACH PARTY WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS BY ANY THIRD PARTY ALLEGING INFRINGEMENT OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT.

9.     MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS.

         9.1      Severability .    Should any term or provision of this Agreement be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, invalid, unenforceable or contrary to law or equity, the offending term or provision shall be construed (i) to have been modified and limited (or if strictly necessary, delete) only to the extent required to conform to the requirements of law and (ii) to give effect to the intent of the Parties (including, without limitation, with respect to the economic effect of the Agreement), and the remainder of this Agreement (or, as the case may be, the application of such provisions to other circumstances) shall not be affected thereby but rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

         9.2      Conflict Resolution .    Except with respect to controversies or claims regarding either Party's Confidential Information or proprietary rights under this Agreement, in the event any controversy or claim arises in connection with any provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall try to settle their differences amicably between themselves by referring the disputed matter to their respective designated representatives for discussion and resolution. Either Party may initiate such informal dispute resolution by sending written notice of the dispute to the other Party, and if such representatives are unable to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) days of initiating such negotiations, either Party may seek the remedies available to such Party under law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.2 will be construed to limit either Party's rights under Section 5 and 9.6.

         9.3      Governing Law .    This Agreement shall for all purposes be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without reference to its conflicts of law provisions, and each Party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in or for the Commonwealth of Virginia. The U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

         9.4      Modification and Waiver .    No modification, amendment, supplement, or other change to this Agreement, including, without limitation, changes to any Schedule will be effective unless set forth in

7



writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of Blackboard and Customer. No waivers under this Agreement will be effective unless expressly set forth in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the Party against whom enforcement thereof is sought. The failure of either Party to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement, or to exercise any right provided for herein, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right with respect to subsequent claims (unless expressly so stated in a valid amendment or waiver), and no waiver of any provision or right shall affect the right of the waiving Party to enforce any other provision or right herein.

         9.5      Assignment .    No right or obligation of Customer under this Agreement may be assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred, whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise, without the express prior written consent of Blackboard, and any attempt to assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Customer's rights or obligations hereunder, without such consent, shall be void. Blackboard can assign, delegate or transfer its rights and obligations to an affiliate company with appropriate means for fulfilling such rights or obligations without prior written notice or consent. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall bind each Party and its permitted successors and assigns.

         9.6      Remedies .    The Parties agree that any breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable injury for which no adequate remedy at law exists; therefore, the Parties agree that equitable remedies, including without limitation, injunctive relief and specific performance, are appropriate remedies to redress any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, in addition to other remedies available to the Parties. All rights and remedies hereunder shall be cumulative, may be exercised singularly or concurrently and shall not be deemed exclusive except as provided in Sections 5, 7 and 8. If any legal action is brought to enforce any obligations hereunder, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to receive its legal fees, court costs and other collection expenses, in addition to any other relief it may receive.

         9.7      Notices .    Any notice or communication permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by courier, sent by facsimile, or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as set forth above or to such other address as shall be given in accordance with this Section 9.7, and shall be effective upon receipt.

         9.8      Force Majeure .    Except with regard to payment obligations, neither Party will be responsible for any failure to fulfill its obligations due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts or omissions of government or military authority, acts of God, materials shortages, transportation delays, fires, floods, labor disturbances, riots, wars, terrorist acts or inability to obtain any export or import license or other approval or authorization of any governmental authority.

         9.9      U.S. Government Sales .    If Customer is a U.S. Government entity, the Software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Each of the components that comprise the Software is a "commercial item" as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of "commercial computer software" and/or "commercial computer software documentation" as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Government end users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth herein. Contractor/Manufacturer is Blackboard Inc., 1899, L Street, N.W., Suite 500, Washington, D.C. 20036. All rights not specifically granted in this statement are reserved by Blackboard.

         9.10      Expert Control .    Customer shall not export or allow the export or re-export the Software, any components thereof or any Confidential Information of Blackboard without the express, prior written consent of Blackboard and except in compliance with all export laws and regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce and all other U.S. agencies and authorities, including without limitation, the Export Administration Regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of Export Administration (as contained in 15 C.F.R. Parts 730-772), and if applicable, relevant foreign laws and regulations.

8


         9.11      Relationship     Blackboard and Customer are independent contracting parties. This Agreement shall not constitute the Parties as principal and agent, partners, joint venturers, or employer and employee.

         9.12      Entire Agreement .    This Agreement, which includes those Master Terms and the applicable Schedule(s) and Exhibit(s), constitutes the entire, full and Complete Agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals, conditions, representations and warranties, and this Agreement prevails over any conflicting or additional terms of any quote, order, acknowledgement, or other communication between the Parties relating to its subject matter. This means that Customer may not and should not rely on any sales or marketing materials provided to it by Blackboard. Blackboard's only obligations to Customer related to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing to this Agreement shall exclude or restrict the liability of either party arising out of fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

END OF MASTER TERMS

9



SOFTWARE SCHEDULE LS-1
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ BASIC EDITION OPTION

        This Blackboard Learning System Basic Edition Software Schedule ("Schedule") in an addendum to the Blackboard License And Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer, including the Master Terms and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms.

SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Level of
License and Support
  Initial Term Fees
(USD)
(14 Months)
 

Blackboard Learning System™ License

  Basic Edition   $ [***]  

      $ [***]  

Total Fees Due:

      $ [***]  

 

Designated Server Site
(Physical Location of the Software):
4350 East Camelback Road,
Suite B-240
Phoenix, AZ 85018

  Database Version:   Operating System:   Hardware Model:

[***]

1.     ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

         1.1   " Authorized End User " means any individual who is a student resident in a degree, or certificate-granting program of Customer, prospective student, alumni, consortia student registered to take one of Customer's regularly offered courses of instruction, employee, trustee or collaborating researcher of Customer or a Customer employee (solely to the extent any such employee use the Software for Customer's informal training purposes) up to a maximum of 1,000 Authorized End Users.

         1.2   " Corrections " means a change (e.g., fixes, workarounds and other modifications) made by or for Blackboard which corrects Software Errors in the Software, provided in temporary form such as a patch, and later issued in the permanent form of an Update.

         1.3   " Designated Server Site " means the physical location where the Software will be installed, as identified in the table above.

         1.4   " Software " means, for purposes of this Schedule only, the version(s) of the Blackboard proprietary identified in the table above.

         1.5   " Software Error " means a failure of any Software materially and substantially to conform to applicable Documentation, provided that such failure can be reproduced and verified by Blackboard using the most recent version of such Software made available to Customer, and further provided that Software Errors do not include any nonconformity to applicable Documentation caused by (i) Customer's or its end users' negligence, (ii) any modification or alteration to the Software not made by Blackboard, (iii) data that does not conform to Blackboard's specified data format, (iv) operator error, (v) use on any system other than the operating system specified in the Documentation, (v) accident, misuse or any other cause which, in Blackboard's reasonable determination, is not

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


inherent in the Software; or (vi) any use of the Software other than expressly authorized in this Schedule.

         1.6   " Third Party Software " means the software manufactured by third parties that has been incorporated by Blackboard into the Software.

         1.7   " Updates " means the object code versions of the Software that have been developed by Blackboard to correct any Software Error and/or provide additional functionality and that have been commercially released with a version number that differs from that of the prior version in the number in the right of the decimal point (e.g., 2.0 vs. 2.1) and that are not marketed as a separate product or module.

         1.8   " Upgrades " means the object code version of the Software that have been customized, enhanced, or otherwise modified by or on behalf of Blackboard, acting in its sole discretion, to include additional functionality and that have been released with a version number that differs from that of the prior version in the number to the left of the decimal point (e.g. 3.0 vs. 2.0) and that are not marketed as a separate product or module.

2.     LICENSE

         2.1      Grant of License .    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Schedule and the Master Terms, Blackboard grants Customer a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable non-sublicensable license to install and use one (1) production copy and one unsupported Test copy of the Software on a single computer server at Customer's Designated Server Site, solely in the form of machine-readable, executable, object code or bytecode, as applicable, and solely in connection with providing access to Customer Content to Customer's Authorized End Users. Customer acknowledges and understands that, in the event it wishes to use the Software for any purposes other than expressly permitted by the foregoing, including, without limitation, to provide course materials or other content to any end users who are not Customer's Authorized End Users, Customer will be required to obtain additional license rights from Blackboard pursuant to a separately executed Schedule and payment of additional license fees.

         2.2      General Usage Restrictions .    Customer agrees not to use the Software for any purposes beyond the scope of the license granted in Section 2.1. Without limiting the foregoing, except as expressly contemplated in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, Customer shall not (i) copy or duplicate the Software, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer shall be permitted to create one (i) copy of the Software for archival, non-productive purposes provided that Customer reproduces on the copy all copyright notices and any other confidential or proprietary legends that are on or encoded in the Software; (ii) decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise attempt to obtain or perceive the source code from which the Software is compiled or interpreted, and Customer hereby acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant Customer any right to obtain or use such source code; (iii) install or use the Software on any computer, network, system or equipment other than the Designated Server Site, except with prior written consent of Blackboard; (iv) modify the Software or create any derivative product of the Software, except with the prior written consent of Blackboard, provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit Customer from configuring the Software to the extent permitted by the Software's standard user interface; (v) sublicense, assign, sell, lease or otherwise transfer or convey, or pledge as security or otherwise encumber, Customer's rights under the license granted in Section 2.1; or (vi) use the Software to provide services to third parties other than Authorized End Users in the nature of a service bureau, time sharing arrangement or its application service provider as such terms are ordinarily understood within the software industry. Customer will not obscure, remove or alter any of the trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices or markings to the Software, nor will Customer add any other notices or markings to the Software or any portion thereof. Customer shall not

11



use the Software except in compliance with Blackboard's obligations to any third party incurred prior to the Effective Date, provided that Blackboard has notified Customer of such obligation. Customer shall ensure that its use of the Software complies with all applicable laws, statutes, regulations or rules promulgated by governing authorities having jurisdiction over the Parties or the Software. Customer warrants that its Authorized End Users will comply with the provisions of this Schedule in all respects, including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.2.

         2.3      Interoperability .    To the extent permitted by the specifications, if the Customer wishes to achieve interoperability of the Software with another software program and requires interface specifications or other information in order to do so, the Customer should request that information from Blackboard. Nothing in this Section 2.3 authorizes Customer to use any interfaces except in the Supported Interfaces for the Software level.

         2.4      Third Party Software/Content .     Customer acknowledges that the Software may utilize software made available in Blackboard by third parties, which shall constitute "Third Party Software" for purposes of this Schedule, including without limitation, small-scale Oracle database software (for Blackboard Learning System-Basic). Pursuant to its agreements with these third parties, Blackboard hereby grants to Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to lend and/or operate and use the Third Party Software solely in connection with Customer's own instructional activities and their use of the Software.

         2.5      Further Restrictions .    Customer acknowledges that certain Blackboard Software contains an "Auto Report" feature, which feature provides to Blackboard aggregate usage statistics regarding the Software, and Blackboard represents and warrants that the Auto Report feature does not report individually identifiable use information to Blackboard or any third party. Customer will not disable the Auto Report feature of the Software, or undertake any action which has the effect of preventing such feature from operating correctly or the effect of modifying the information reported thereby.

         2.6      Other Rights .    Customer hereby grants to Blackboard the limited right to use Customer's name, logo and/or other marks for the sole purpose of listing Customer as a user of the Software in Blackboard's promotional materials. Blackboard agrees to discontinue such use within fourteen (14) days of Customer's written request.

         2.7      Ownership of Software .    Blackboard and its licensors shall be deemed to own and hold all right, title and interest in and to the Software, and Customer acknowledges that it neither owns or acquires any additional rights in and to the Software not expressly granted by this Agreement, and Customer further acknowledges that Blackboard hereby reserves and retains all rights not expressly granted in this Agreement, including, without limitations, the right to use the Software for any purpose in Blackboard's sole discretion.

         2.8      Terms of Use .    The use of the software by Customer's Authorized End Users is governed by additional terms and conditions ("Terms of Use") made available within the Software. Customer shall not obscure, remove, or alter the Terms of Use. Customer may, at its sole discretion, replace the Terms of Use with its own terms and conditions applicable to its end users, provided however , that such terms and conditions are no less protective of Blackboard than the Terms of Use.

3.     DELIVERY

        Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, as soon as commercially practicable after the Schedule Effective Date, Blackboard will make available a copy of the Software for downloading from the Internet by Customer for purposes of installation by Customer, and delivery of the Software shall be deemed complete when Blackboard notifies Customer that the Software is available for download. Customer acknowledges that the download site will be made available to Customer for a period not longer than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and Customer will have no right to download

12


the Software after this thirty (30) day period. Upon Customer's request, Blackboard will deliver to Customer a CD containing a backup copy of the Software.

4.     FEES

        In consideration for the services provided and license(s) granted in this Schedule with respect to the initial Term (as defined below), Customer shall pay to Blackboard all fees specified above or otherwise required in this Schedule, which fees shall be non-cancelable and non-refundable. With respect to each Renewal Term (as defined below), if any. Customer shall pay to Blackboard the then-current fees for such services and licenses, which amounts shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following the beginning of such Renewal Term. Customer further agrees to reimburse Blackboard for (i) reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by Blackboard's employees and subcontractors in connection with the performance of maintenance and support services under this Schedule and (ii) any other expenses described in this Schedule, provided that Blackboard will receive Customer's prior approval for single expenses greater than $250, and further provided that, upon Customer's request, Blackboard will provide reasonable documentation indicating that Blackboard incurred such expenses. Except as otherwise required by this paragraph, all amounts payable under this Schedule shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Master Terms.

5.     TERM

        This Schedule shall become effective (i) when executed by authorized representatives of both Parties (the date upon which Blackboard executes this Schedule, the "Schedule Effective Date"); or (ii) the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever later occurs, and shall continue in effect for a period of fourteen (14) months (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated. Thereafter, the Schedule will renew automatically for successive one (1)-year periods (each, a "Renewal Term"), unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the initial Term or then-current Renewal Term, as applicable. Upon termination of this Schedule, all licenses granted under this Schedule shall immediately cease, and Customer will (i) immediately discontinue all use of Software licensed under this Schedule; (ii) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder; (iii) remove the Software from its server and provide to Blackboard proof of the destruction of the original copy and any other copies of the Software; and (iv) return all Documentation and related training materials to Blackboard within a reasonable time at Customer's cost.

6.     LIMITED SOFTWARE WARRANTY

        Blackboard warrants, solely for the benefit of Customer, that any software licensed under this Schedule which is manufactured by Blackboard will substantially conform to applicable Documentation for a period of ninety (90) days after the relevant Available Date, provided that (i) Blackboard has received all amounts owed under this Agreement; (ii) Customer is not in material breach of this Agreement; (iii) Customer has installed any Corrections, Upgrades and Updates made available to Customer: and (iv) Customer has notified Blackboard in writing of any failure of the Software to conform to the foregoing warranty within the warranty period. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES BY BLACKBOARD, AND THAT BLACKBOARD'S SOLE OBLIGATION, AND CUSTOMER'S SOLE REMEDY, WITH RESPECT TO ANY BREACH OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTY, IS REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT (AT BLACKBOARD'S OPTION) OF THE RELEVANT SOFTWARE IN A TIMELY MANNER.

13


7.     SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE

         7.1      Telephone Product Support .    Customer is eligible to receive Product Support (as defined below) in English from Blackboard. Customer may designate up to two of its personnel for purposes of receiving Product Support under this Schedule ("Technical Contacts"), and Customer may designate substitute personnel to be Technical Contacts by providing written notice to Blackboard (provided that not more that two (2) persons may be designated as Technical Contacts at any particular time). Provided that Customer remains in compliance with Blackboard's minimum configuration requirements. Customer's Technical Contacts may contact Blackboard, via the web or telephonic at the telephonic number provided by Blackboard from time to time, for purposes of receiving Product Support. For purposes of this Schedule, the term "Product Support" means the provision of advice and responses by Blackboard's personnel to inquiries from Customer's then-current Technical Contacts related to installation, configuration and use of the Software. Product Support will be made available in English (i) Monday through Friday, 8AM to 8 PM ET, excluding US Federal public holidays. Unless otherwise specified by Blackboard, Product Support is available by calling 1-888-788-5264. In addition to the foregoing support services, Blackboard may make representatives available for onsite support, at its sole discretion, at Blackboard's then prevailing rates.

         7.2      Installation Assistance .    Notwithstanding Section 7.1 of this Schedule, Customer is responsible for all installation of the software and any Upgrades provided pursuant to this Agreement. Solely in the course of providing Product Support, as contemplated above, Blackboard may assist Customer's Technical Contacts related to the installation of the Software and/or Upgrades, provided that Customer has contacted Blackboard to schedule a time for such installation assistance to occur within thirty (30) days after Blackboard makes the Software or Upgrade available and further provided that such installation assistance may not exceed three (3) hours.

         7.3      Initial Technical Contacts .    Customer's initial Technical Contacts are as follows:

Name:   [***]
Title:    
E-mail:   [***]
Telephone number:   [***]

Name:

 

 
Title:    
E-mail:    
Telephone number:    

         7.4      Support Limitations .    Blackboard shall provide Product Support only with respect to the then-current generally available version of the Software and the two (2) most recent previously issued Updates of the Software. Customer acknowledges that Blackboard has no obligation under this Schedule to provide Product Support or other support services with respect to (i) any Third-Party Software, including, without limitation, any Third-Party Software provided under this Agreement; (ii) any Software Error or problems relating to the Software arising from (x) use of the Software other than strictly according to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, human error; (y) modification of the Software by Customer or any third party; or (z) any combination or integration of the Software with hardware, software and/or technology not provided by Blackboard, or problems arising from Customer's host or application software, Customer's hardware and cabling power or environmental conditions. Support is not available from Blackboard in languages other than English.

         7.5      Error Resolution .    In the event that Blackboard determines, in its good faith discretion, that any request for Product Support by Customer's then-current Technical Contacts arises from a verifiable Software Error, Blackboard will classify such Software Error according to the appropriate Severity Code, as determined by reference to the categories listed in the table below, and will exercise

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14


commercially reasonable efforts to correct the relevant Software Error according to the relevant Error Resolution Protocol set forth for each such category. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer acknowledges that no warranty is made regarding any such Error Response Protocol with respect to all or any Software Errors. Customer further acknowledges that Severity Code 1, 2, and 3 Software Errors will take priority over requests for Product Support not arising from Software Errors.

Severity
  Description/Examples   Response Protocol
  1   Software is not functioning. Some examples of Severity Code 1 Software Errors are as follows: (1) Software is down and will not restart; (ii) Software is not able to communicate with external systems; and (iii) Software is generating a data corruption condition.   Blackboard will use its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve Severity Code 1 Software Error reports on a twenty-four (24) hour basis.* When a Severity Code 1 Software Error is reported, Blackboard will assign resources necessary to work to correct the Software Error. If access to the Software is required, Customer will provide a contact available to Blackboard and access to Customer's system and other software for the duration of the error correction procedures.

 

2

 

Software is running but that Customer is unable to use major portions of the Software. Some examples of Severity Code 2 Software Errors are as follows: (i) intermittent Software Error and (ii) major functional component is unavailable.

 

Severity Code 1 Software Errors will take priority over Severity Code 2 Software Errors. Blackboard will assign appropriate technical resources to Severity Code 2 Software Errors as long as there are no Severity Code 3 Software Errors awaiting resolutions.

 

3

 

Software is operating close to normal but there is a non-critical Software Error.

 

Severity Code 3 Software Errors may be fixed in the next scheduled Upgrade or Update or made available on Blackboard's Web site. Blackboard will research Severity Code 3 Software Errors after Severity Code 1 and Severity Code 2 Software Errors. Blackboard may correct Severity Code 3 Software Errors in the next scheduled Upgrade or Update or make corrections available to Customer on Blackboard's Web site.

*
Response time goals are to be measured after verification and replication by Blackboard of the relevant Software Error.

         7.6      Maintenance .    From time to time Blackboard may, in its discretion, develop Corrections, Updates or Upgrades to the Software. Provided that Customer has paid to Blackboard all fees and other amounts due and payable under this Agreement, Blackboard will, during the period while this Schedule remains in effect, make available to Customer such Corrections, Updates and/or Upgrades, if and when developed, at no additional cost. Any such Corrections, Updates and/or Upgrades shall, if and when provided or made available, be deemed to constitute part of the Software and shall be subject to all terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement, otherwise applicable to the Software, including, without limitation, terms and provisions related to licenses, use restrictions and ownership of the Software.

         7.7      Additional Services .    Any time or expenses incurred by Blackboard in diagnosing or fixing problems that are not caused by the Software or are not covered by the support services are billable to Customer at Blackboard's then-existing service rates, with a one-hour minimum charge per call. If

15



Customer desires such additional services, it must execute a copy of Blackboard's Professional Services Agreement for the services.

        The Parties agree as to the above terms and have executed this Schedule as of the date(s) set forth below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Charter Learning
        
/s/Tess Frazier

Signature
  /s/Andrew Clark

Signature
        
Tess Franzier, Sr. Dir. Contracts

Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark, CEO

Print Name and Title
        
Date: 12-23-03   Date: 12-23-03

16



ASP SCHEDULE LS-2
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ ASP SCHEDULE

        This Blackboard ASP Schedule ("ASP Schedule") is an addendum to the Blackboard License and Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer, including the Master Terms and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this ASP Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this ASP Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms.

ASP—SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Initial Active
User Capacity
  Initial
Bandwidth
  Initial
RAID storage
  Initial Term
Annual Fees (USD)
 

Blackboard ASP—Annual Use Fee

    [***]   256 kbps     [***]   $ [***]  

              [***]
[***]
    [***]  

Total Fees Due:

                  $ [***]  

[***]

1.     ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

         1.1   "Active User Capacity " means the number of Authorized End Users, at any particular time, permitted to be registered to access one (1) or more educational courses provided through the Hosted Software. As of the Schedule Effective Date (as defined below), the initial Active User Capacity will be equal to the number indicated in the table above.

         1.2   "ASP Services " means the services provided by Blackboard pursuant to this ASP Schedule. The initial ASP Services are indicated in the table above.

         1.3   "Authorized End User " will have the meaning set forth in the Software Schedule, as defined below.

         1.4   "Available Date " means, for purposes of this ASP Schedule, the date upon which Customer receives notice from Blackboard that the features and functions of the Hosted Software are available for access by Customer's Authorized End Users.

         1.5   "Hosted Software " means the Software licensed to Customer pursuant to the Software Schedule in respect of which Blackboard is to provide the ASP Services.

         1.6   "Schedule Effective Date " means "the later of (i) the date on which this ASP Schedule has been executed by the authorized representative of both Parties and (ii) the Effective Date of the Agreement.

         1.7   "Software Schedule " means the Software Schedule which has been executed by Blackboard and Customer and is effective as of the date listed in the table above.

2.     BLACKBOARD RESPONSIBILITIES

         2.1      Provision of Access to Hosted Software .    As soon as commercially practicable after the Schedule Effective Date, Blackboard will make access to the features and functions of the Hosted Software available to Customer's Authorized End Users. Blackboard will specify to Customer procedures according to which Customer and/or its Authorized End Users may establish and obtain such access. The procedures will include, without limitation, provision of any access codes, passwords,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

17


technical specifications, connectivity standards or protocols, or any other relevant procedures, to the limited extent any of the foregoing may be necessary to enable Customer to permit its Authorized End Users to access and use the Hosted Software as contemplated in this ASP Schedule.

         2.2      Responsibility for Hosting .    Blackboard shall, at its own expense, install and operate the Hosted Software on computer servers and systems under its direct or indirect control. Blackboard will also install and store the Customer Content for purposes of access by the Hosted Software, provided that nothing in this ASP Schedule shall be construed to require Blackboard to provide for, or bear any responsibility with respect to, the design, development, operation or maintenance of any Web site owned or operated by Customer, or with respect to any telecommunications or computer network hardware required by Customer to provide access from the internet to any such Customer Web site, and further provided that nothing in this ASP Schedule may be construed to grant to Customer a license to access and/or use Blackboard's systems except for purposes of accessing and using the Hosted Software and except pursuant to the procedures and protocols specified by Blackboard pursuant to Section 2.1. To the extent necessary to perform Blackboard's obligations pursuant to this ASP Schedule, Customer grants to Blackboard a royalty-free, non-exclusive, worldwide license to use, reproduce, transmit, distribute, perform, display, and, to the extent required by the Hosted Software, modify and create derivative works from the Customer Content, including, but not limited to any images, photographs, illustrations, graphics, audio clips, video clips or text, in whole or in part, in any form, media or technology. As between Customer and Blackboard, Customer retains ownership of the Customer Content.

         2.3      Availability and Operational Specifications .    Blackboard will undertake commercially reasonable measures to ensure that, from and after the Available Date and for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect the ASP Services provided pursuant to this ASP Schedule will (i) be available and accessible as contemplated in this ASP Schedule twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week in accordance with the parameters set forth in Exhibit B, and (ii) conform in all material respects to the technical specifications and performance parameters set forth in Exhibit B, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackboard will have no liability under this Section 2.3 to the extent any nonconformity with the standards set forth in Exhibit B arises, in whole or in part, from (i) any use of the Hosted Software by Customer or any Authorized End User other than in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (ii) any failure by Customer or any Authorized End User to comply with any procedures, technical standards and/or protocols specified by Blackboard pursuant to Section 2.1 of this ASP Schedule or (iii) any causes beyond the control of Blackboard or which are not reasonably foreseeable to Blackboard, including but not limited to, interruption or failure of telecommunication or digital transmission links and internet slow downs or failures. It is agreed and acknowledged that the service credits referred to in Exhibit B shall be Customer's sole remedy, and Blackboard's sole obligation, with respect to failure of the ASP Services to meet the technical specifications and performance parameters set forth in Exhibit B. Blackboard does not warrant or guarantee the ASP Services except as expressly stated in this ASP Schedule.

         2.4      Data Restoration Policy .    Blackboard will back-up and archive Customer Content at a secure location for the retention period(s) specified in Exhibit B. In the event that Customer requests recovery of any lost or damaged Customer Content, Blackboard will exercise reasonable efforts to restore the relevant data from the most recently archived copies (or such earlier copies as requested by Customer), provided that such data is, at the relevant time, still available pursuant to the applicable retention policy, and provided that Customer has provided to Blackboard all information necessary to enable Blackboard to perform such services. Except with respect to restoration of data that are lost or damaged as a result of Blackboard's error or a failure of the ASP Services, Customer agrees to pay Blackboard its then-standard applicable rates for such restoration services, provided that Blackboard will provide such restoration services up to four (4) times during each of the Initial Term or any particular Renewal Term (each as defined below) without additional cost to Customer.

18


         2.5      Additional ASP Services .    In the event that Customer desires to receive ASP Services in addition to the particular services specified in the table above, including, by way of example, incremental storage capacity and/or higher Active user Capacity, Customer may submit a written and executed purchase order requesting such additional ASP Services. Subject to Customer's payment of all applicable fees required by Section 4, and further subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Master Terms and this ASP Schedule, Blackboard agrees to make such additional ASP Services available to Customer for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect after acceptance of such purchase order. For the avoidance of doubt, no such purchase order shall be binding upon Blackboard unless and until Blackboard accepts such purchase order in writing and further provided that Blackboard will have no liability to Customer with respect to any purchase orders that are not accepted or for any terms contained in the purchase order other than the type of service and the payment amount.

3.     CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES.

         3.1      General Usage Limitations .    Customer acknowledges that use and operation of the Hosted Software by Customer and/or any Authorized End User is subject to the terms of the Software Schedule. However, notwithstanding the Software Schedule, for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect, Customer may not install, host or operate the Hosted Software, nor may Customer or its Authorized End Users otherwise use the Hosted Software, except as hosted and made available by Blackboard under this Agreement. In the event that Customer has installed the Hosted Software upon any computer server(s) prior to the Schedule Effective Date (as defined below), Customer agrees promptly to remove the Hosted Software from such computer service(s). Customer agrees that it may not cause or permit any third parties to access the Hosted Software other than Authorized End Users nor may Authorized End Users in excess of the ten-current Active User capacity access and use the Hosted Software at any time, provided that the Active User Capacity may be modified in accordance with Section 2.5. Customer shall refrain from, and shall ensure that Authorized End Users refrain from using the ASP services in a manner that is libelous, defamatory, obscene, infringing or illegal, or otherwise abusing the ASP Services or the resources available through the ASP Services. Customer warrants that its Authorized End Users will comply with the provisions of this ASP Schedule in all respects.

         3.2      Customer Content .    Customer represents and warrants that (i) Customer owns or has sufficient rights in and to the Customer Content in order to use, and permit use of the Customer Content as contemplated in this ASP Schedule and to grant the license granted in Section 2.2; and (ii) the Customer Content does not and shall not contain any consent, materials or advertising or services that infringe on or violate any applicable law, regulation or rights of a third party.

4.     FEES

        In consideration for provision of the ASP Services, Customer shall, during the Initial Term (as defined below) pay to Blackboard (i) an annual fee in an amount determined by reference to applicable prices set forth in Exhibit A with respect to the particular ASP Services provided under this ASP Schedule, which fees shall be due and payable upon Agreement execution; as well as (ii) any other fees otherwise required by this ASP Schedule. In the event that Customer requests additional ASP Services as contemplated in Section 2.5, applicable fees shall be due and payable from and after the month during which such additional services are first made available. All fees payable under the ASP Schedule shall be non-transferable and non-refundable. If Customer elects to pay ASP fees monthly, then Blackboard shall charge Customer an additional 5% on the total ASP fees. With respect to each Renewal Term (as defined below), if any, Customer shall pay to Blackboard the then-current fees for such ASP Services according to the same payment schedule. Except as provided above, each party will be responsible for its own expenses incurred in rendering performance under this ASP Schedule,

19


including, without limitation, the cost of facilities, work space, computers and computer time, development tools and platforms, utilities management, personnel and supplies. Except as otherwise required by this paragraph, all amounts payable under this ASP Schedule shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Master Terms.

5.     TERM

        This ASP Schedule shall become effective on the Schedule Effective Date, and shall continue in effect for a period of fourteen (14) months (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated. Thereafter, the ASP Schedule will renew automatically for successive one (1)-year period (each, a "Renewal Term") unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal Term, as applicable. Upon termination of this ASP Schedule, all licenses granted under this ASP Schedule shall immediately cease and Customer will (i) immediately discontinue access to and/or use of the Hosted Software under this ASP Schedule; (ii) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable under this ASP Schedule; and (iii) return all Documentation and related training materials to Blackboard within a reasonable time at Customer's cost.

        The Parties agree to the above terms and have executed this ASP Schedule as of the date(s) set forth below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Charter Learning
        
/s/ Teresa Frazier

    Signature
  /s/Andrew Clark

    Signature
        
Teresa Frazier, Senior Director, Contracts

    Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark

    Print Name and Title
        
Date: 12-23-03   Date: 12-23-03

20



EXHIBIT A
ASP FEES

Blackboard Learning SystemTM:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.



EXHIBIT B
ASP SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS As of this Available Date

NOTE: CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NOTHING IN THIS EXHIBIT B CREATES ANY ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THE ASP SCHEDULE, THE SOFTWARE SCHEDULE AND/OR THE MASTER TERMS, AS APPLICABLE.

SERVICE LEVEL

Security:

Power:

Network:

Startup:

Initial Access Dates:

Accessibility/Service Credit:

1


Length of Unavailability
  Service Credit
1 to 4 hours of continuous unavailability   [***] of service fees credited [***]
4 to 48 hours of continuous unavailability   [***] of service fees credited [***]
48 to 96 hours of continuous unavailability   [***] of service fees credited [***]

[***]

*
All Service Credit shall be applied to the next month's ASP fees.

Disaster Recovery:

Outages:

MONITORING AND PERFORMANCE

Blackboard will make network performance reports available focusing on the technical aspect of remote access network services. The reports provide information to help in the continual improvement of the design and operation of the network. This includes information such as port availability, connection

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


quality, usage profiles, and throughput. Upon request by Customer, Blackboard will provide Customer with monthly reports including information on ASP Services usage, system outages and changes made to the Blackboard system during that month. Upon request Blackboard will provide the Customer with the following report:

Customer acknowledges and agrees that any of the foregoing reports shall constitute Blackboard's Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.

Ongoing:

The hardware, software and network are monitored and maintained by Blackboard and will be accessible twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, in accordance with industry standards, except for scheduled maintenance and required repairs, in advance of which the client shall be notified by email,

DATA CENTER SPECIFICATIONS

Blackboard houses servers in a facility that offers environment control, security, and backup power, as more specifically described below:

Environment:

3


Server Setup:

        CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES.     Blackboard is not responsible for management and actual use of the features and function of the Hosted Software. Customer bears all responsibility for such management and actual use, including, without limitation:

4



BLACKBOARD LEARNING SOLUTIONS SCHEDULE LS-3

Blackboard Learning Solutions™ ("Schedules") is an addendum to the Blackboard License And Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer, including the Master Terms and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms.

SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Number
of Days
  Cost (USD)  

Blackboard Leaning Schedules

    [***]   $ [***]  

Total Fees Due:

        $ [***]  

1.     BLACKBOARD LEARNING SOLUTIONS

         1.1    Blackboard, upon request of Customer, shall provide learning solutions to Customer. To request or schedule a learning event for Customer, Customer shall contact its Blackboard Account Manager, who will be designated upon execution of the Agreement. Events are typically scheduled 3 to 6 weeks in advance.

         1.2    Hands-on class size is restricted to a maximum of 15 people to maintain an effective instructor-student ratio. Extra students may require additional materials, instructor fee or additional days. Large groups may request presentation learning instead of the hands-on classroom format.

         1.3    Each class is structured as a hands-on/active learning seminar held in a computer classroom unless otherwise agreed. To insure the best learning experience, clients must provide:

Each class is structured as a hands-on/active learning seminar held in a computer classroom unless otherwise agreed. To insure the best learning experience, clients must provide:

         1.4    All Learning Solutions training days purchased pursuant to this Schedule must be used within one (1) year of the Effective Date.

2.     FEES FOR BLACKBOARD LEARNING SOLUTIONS STAFF

         2.1    Customer will reimburse Blackboard for (i) reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by Blackboard's employees and subcontractors for travel from Blackboard's offices in connection with the performance of the learning solutions, and (ii) international telephone charges. Expense items greater than $600 must be pre-approved by Customer and supported by reasonable documentation indicating that Blackboard incurred such expenses. Except as provided above, each party will be responsible for its own expenses incurred in rendering performance under this Schedule including the cost of facilities, work space, computers and computer time, personnel, supplies and the like, except that Customer shall be responsible for supplying facilities for the learning services if Blackboard conducts learning services at a site other than Blackboard's facilities.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


         2.2    Cancellation. In the event that Customer cancels a scheduled training day, Customer shall be billed for cancellation fees as follows:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Schedule as of the date first written above.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Charter Learning
        
/s/ Teresa Frazier

Signature
  /s/ Andrew Clark

Signature
        
Teresa Frazier, Senior Director, Contracts

Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark, CEO

Print Name and Title
        
 

Date: 12-23-03
    

Date: 12-23-03

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.



MANAGED CONTACT CENTER SOLUTION SCHEDULE LS-4
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™

This Blackboard Learning System Managed Contact Center Solution ("Schedule") is an addendum to the Blackboard License and Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement'). Capitalized terms used in this Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms.

SITE; SCHEDULING OF FEES

 
  Scope of Coverage   Initial Term Annual Fees
(USD) 14 Months
 
Managed Contact Center Solution   Phone based support for up to [***] per month   $ [***]  
    Additional service requests available in increments of [***] requests priced at [***] per service request        
Total Fees Due:       $ [***]  

1.     Introduction

Blackboard Managed Contact Center Solution is designed to provide Customer with a significantly enhanced end-user support capability. In addition to providing 24/7 help-desk support, Customer will have access to a unique three-tiered support architecture that provides a holistic self-service function through a dedicated, uniquely branded eChat tool. In addition, we will assign to Customer a dedicated end-user support account manager and provide detailed monthly reporting and conference calls. The data should provide important metrics and diagnostics that will allow Customer to fine-tune its e-learning offerings over time to reduce the number of support incidents per software interaction (ISI). We believe this proposal will deliver measurable and improved service levels, and more importantly will yield higher rates of course completion and academic achievement, which in turn will fuel the continued growth of the Customer program.

Service Level

Presidium Managed Contact Center agreements include service level agreements to provide reasonable assurance of a timely resolution of issues as well as timely response times. These parameters will be fully documented in the monthly reporting listed below.

Response and Resolution
  Response Guarantee   Response Target/Historical Average
1—Call Hold time   < 3 Minutes   < 1 Minute

2.     Pricing Overview

Our Schedule for NU is based on an estimated monthly service request volume of [***] per month, and provides all of the services described above. The contract term for this Schedule is 14 months.

Call Center Set-up, Maintenance and Customization

   

Standard Price, Annualized:

  [***]

Charter Learning:

  [***]

Phone and Chat Based Support for Up to [***] per Month:

   

Standard Price, Annualized

  [***]

Charter Learning:

 

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


Total:

Standard Prices:

Charter Learning, If executed by 12/23/03

Includes:

In consideration for the services provided in this Schedule with respect to the Initial Term (as defined below), Customer shall pay to Blackboard all fees specified above or otherwise required in this Schedule, which fees shall be non-cancelable, nonrefundable and payable within thirty (30) days following the date of invoice. Except as otherwise required by this paragraph, all amounts payable under this Schedule shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Master Terms.

Increased Usage
  Incremental Fee,
Payable Quarterly
after incurred

Additional 25 Requests Per Month

  [***]

Additional 50 Requests per month

  [***]

Additional 75 Requests per month

  [***]

3.     On-Site Kick-Off Process

To maximize the value of our expanded support and managed contact center solutions for Customer, Blackboard recommends a kick-off meeting to develop an overarching project plan, success and accountability materials, and to provide program administrators and facilitators with an overview of this enhanced offering. The meeting follows a structured process of information gathering designed to collect all necessary information to launch the support engagement successfully. This information is utilized in training our staff, and producing a client specific repository of information that will be used when helping end-users from Customer.

The meeting is expected to last from one to two days depending on the complacency of the supported applications and the business practices as Customer.

4.     Methods of Accessing Support

This support package will include chat-based and phone-based support for all named students and faculty members. It is expected that international users will rely on chat-based tools.

5.     Support Availability

Support will be available to faculty and students 24/7/365.

6.     Monthly Reporting

Included in the support package are monthly reports that audit all incidents received during the period and categorize them by severity and affected applications uses. This information will be useful in adjusting certain program aspects to reduce the number of end-user problems in future months.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


7.     TERM

This Schedule shall become effective when executed by authorized representatives of both Parties (the date upon which Blackboard executes this Schedule, the "Scheduled Effective Date") and shall continue in effect for a period of fourteen months (14) months (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated. Upon termination of this Schedule, all licenses granted under this Schedule shall immediately cease, and will (i) immediately discontinue all use of Software licensed under this Schedule; (ii) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder; (iii) remove the Software from its server and provide to Blackboard proof of the destruction of the original copy and any other copies of the Software; and (iv) return all Documentation and related materials to Blackboard within a reasonable time at no cost.

8.     TERMINATION

Termination.     Either party may terminate this Schedule upon thirty (30) days prior written notification to the other party.

Effect of Termination.     Upon termination of this Agreement, this Schedule shall automatically and immediately terminate, and all licenses granted hereunder shall immediately cause. Upon termination, Customer will immediately discontinue all use materials licensed under this Schedule, and will pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder. Each Party (i) will immediately cease any use of the other Party's Confidential Information; (ii) will delete any of the other Party's Confidential Information from its computer storage or any other media, including, but not limited to, online and off-line libraries; and (iii) will return to the other Party or, at the other Party's option, directly, all copies of the other Party's Confidential Information thus in its possession.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Statement of Work as of the date first written above.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Charter Learning
        
/s/ Teresa Frazier

Signature
  /s/Andrew Clark

Signature
        
Teresa Frazier, Senior Director, Contracts

Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark, CEO

Print Name and Title
        
  

Date: 12-23-03
    

Date: 12-23-03

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.


        VOID IF EXECUTIED AFTER MARCH 16, 2005


ADDENDUM TO THE BLACKBOARD MASTER TERMS™ MANAGED CONTACT CENTER SOLUTION SCHEDULE LS-4 BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ BETWEEN BLACKBOARD AND BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION (FORMERLY CHARTER LEARNING) DATED 23 DECEMBER, 2003

        This Addendum to The Blackboard Master Terms Managed Contact Center Solutions Schedule LS-4 Blackboard Learning System between Blackboard and Bridgepoint Education dated 23 December, 2003, is made as of             March, 2005.

1.
The existing SITE: SCHEDULE OF FEES hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:
 
  Scope of Coverage   First Renewal Term
Annual Fees (USD)
12 Months
 

Managed Contact Center Solution

  Infrastructure and Reporting Environment   $ [***]  

Phone and Chat Based Support

  Up to [***] per month   $ [***]  

Total Fees Due:

      $ [***]  

[***]

2.
The Section 7 "Term" is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

7.     TERM

This Schedule shall become effective when executed by authorized representatives of both Parties (the date upon which Blackboard executes this Schedule, the "Schedule Effective Date") and shall continue in effect for a period of fourteen (14) months (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated. Thereafter, the Schedule will renew automatically for successive one (1)-year periods (each, a "Renewal Term"), unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal term, as applicable. Upon termination of this Schedule, all licenses granted under this Schedule shall immediately case, and will (i) immediately discontinue all use of Services licensed under this Schedule; (ii) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder; and (iii) return all Documentation and related training materials to Blackboard within a reasonable time at Customer's cost.

All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the date written below.

BLACKBOARD   BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION
        
/s/ Tess Frazier

Signature
  /s/ Andrew Clark

Signature
        
Tess Frazier—Senior Director

Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark CEO

Print Name and Title
        
Date:   Date: 3/17/05

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



Bridgepoint Education Pricing Summary

Product Description
  Quantity   Units   Total Price  

LEARNING SYSTEM ASP SERVICE

    1   YR     [***]  

LS DEVELOPER EDITION

    1   YR     [***]  

LEARNING SYSTEM

    1   YR     [***]  

LEARNING SYSTEM ASP SETUP

    1   Each     [***]  

COMMUNITY SYSTEM

    1   YR     [***]  

 

Subtotal:

    [***]  

Tax:

    [***]  

Shipping:

    [***]  

Total:

    [***]  

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Payment Terms: Solely for the Initial Term, Blackboard agrees that [***] will be due in accordance with the Master Terms (net 30), and the remaining amount [***] will be due 90 days after the date of the invoice.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER MARCH 17, 2005


SOFTWARE SCHEDULE LS-5
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™/BLACKBOARD COMMUNITY SYSTEM™

This Blackboard Learning System™/Blackboard Community System™ Software Schedule ("Schedule") is made as of the last date indicated below, by and between Blackboard and Bridgepoint Education ("Customer") and is an addendum to the Blackboard License And Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer, including the Master Terms and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement"). This Software Schedule cancels and supercedes the previous Learning System Basic Schedule between the parties. Capitalized terms used in this Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms. In consideration of the foregoing premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

SITE; SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Quantity   Initial Term
Annual Fees (USD)
 

Blackboard Learning System Annual License

    1   $ [***]  

Blackboard Community System Annual License

    1   $ [***]  

Total Fees Due:

        $ [***]  

 

Designated Server Site
(Physical Location of the Software):
Hosted by BLACKBOARD
  Database Version:
Hosted By BLACKBOARD
  Operating System:
Hosted By BLACKBOARD
  Hardware Model:
Hosted By BLACKBOARD
USER BAND: 2,000            

Solely for the Initial Term, Blackboard agrees that [***] will be due in accordance with the Master Terms (net 30), and the remaining amount [***] will be due 90 days after the date of the Invoice.

1.     ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

         1.1   " Application Pack " means the object code software utility release(s) that are designed to work with the Software that may be, in Blackboard's sole discretion, issued in between Updates, designated by APH, and/or later incorporated into Updates or Upgrades.

         1.2   " Authorized End User " means any individual who is a student resident in a degree- or certificate- granting program of Customer, prospective student, alumni, consortia student registered to take one of Customer's regularly offered courses of instruction, employee, trustee, or collaborating researcher of customer or a Customer employee (solely to the extent any such employees use the Software for Customer's internal training purposes).

         1.3   " Corrections " means a change (e.g. fixes, workarounds and other modifications) made by or for Blackboard which corrects Software Errors in the Software, provided in temporary form such as a patch, and later issued in the permanent form of an update.

         1.4   " Designated Server Site " means the physical location where the Software will be installed, as identified in the table above.

         1.5   " Software " means, for purposes of this Schedule only, the version(s) of the type of Blackboard proprietary software identified in the table above, including Virtual Installations.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


         1.6   " Software Error " means a failure of any Software materially and substantially to conform to applicable Documentation, provided that such failure can be reproduced and verified by Blackboard using the most recent version of such Software made available to Customer, and further provided that Software Errors do not include any nonconformity to applicable Documentation caused by (i) Customer's or its end users' negligence, (ii) any modification or alteration to the Software not made by blackboard, (iii) data that does not conform to Blackboard's specified data format, (iv) operator error, (v) use on any system other than the operating system specified in the Documentation, (v) accident, misuse or any other cause which, in Blackboard's reasonable determination, is not inherent in the Software; or (vi) any use of the Software other than expressly authorized in this Schedule.

         1.7   " Supported Interface " means application-based interfaces (API), network protocols, data formats, database schemes, and file formats available for use in the Software as expressly specified in the Documentation.

         1.8   " Third-Party Software " means the software manufactured by third parties that has been incorporated by Blackboard into the Software.

         1.9   " Updates " means the object code versions of the Software that have been developed by Blackboard to correct any software Error and/or provide additional functionality and that have been commercially released with a version number that differs from that of the prior version in the number to the right of the decimal point (e.g., 2.0 vs. 2.1) and that are not marketed as a separate product or module.

         1.10 " Upgrades " means the object code versions of the Software that have been customized, enhanced, or otherwise modified by or on behalf of Blackboard, acting in its sole discretion, to include additional functionality and that have been released with a version number that differs from that of the prior version in the number to the left of the decimal point (e.g., 3.0 vs. 2.0) and that are not marketed as a separate product or module.

2.     LICENSES

         2.1      Grant of License .    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Schedule and the Master Terms, Blackboard grants Customer a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable non-sublicenseable license (i) to install and use one (1) production copy and one unsupported Test Copy of the Software on a single computer server at Customer's Designated Server Site, solely in the form of machine-readable, executable, object code or bytecode, as applicable, and solely in connection with providing access to Customer Content to Customer's Authorized End Users. Customer acknowledges and understands that, in the event it wishes to use the Software for any purposes other than expressly permitted by the foregoing, including, without limitation, to provide course materials or other content to any end users who are not Customer's Authorized End Users, Customer will be required to obtain additional license rights from Blackboard pursuant to a separately executed Schedule and payment of additional license fees.

         2.2      General Usage Restriction .    Customer agrees not to use the Software for any purposes beyond the scope of the license granted in Section 2.1 Without limiting the foregoing, except as expressly contemplated in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, Customer shall not (i) copy or duplicate the Software, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer shall be permitted to cerate one (1) copy of the Software for archival, non-productive purposes provided that Customer reproduces on the copy all copyright notices and any other confidential or proprietary legends that are on or encoded in the Software; (ii) decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise attempt to obtain or perceive the source code from which the Software is compiled or interpreted, and Customer hereby acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant Customer any right to obtain or use such source code; (iii) install or use the Software on any

4



computer, network, system or equipment other than the Designated Server Site, except with the prior written consent of Blackboard; (iv) modify the Software or create any derivative product of the Software, except with the prior written consent of Blackboard, provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit Customer from configuring the Software to the extent permitted by the Software's standard user interface; (v) sublicense, assign, sell, lease or otherwise transfer or convey, or pledge as security or otherwise encumber, Customer's rights under the license granted in Section 2.1; or (vi) use the Software to provide services to third parties other than Authorized End Users in the nature of a service bureau, time sharing arrangement or as an application service provided, as such terms are ordinarily understood within the software industry. Customer will not obscure, remove or alter any of the trademarks, trade names, logos, patent o r copyright notices or markings to the Software, nor will Customer add any other notices or markings to the Software or any portion thereof. Customer shall not use the Software except in compliance with Blackboard's obligations to any third party incurred prior to the Effective Date, provided that Blackboard has notified Customer of such obligation. Customer shall ensure that its use of the Software complies with all applicable laws, statutes, regulations or rules promulgated by governing authorities having jurisdiction over the Parties or the Software. Customer warrants that its Authorized End Users will comply with the provisions of this Schedule in all respects, including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.2.

         2.3      Further Restrictions .    Customer acknowledges that certain Blackboard Software contains an "Auto Report" feature, which provides to Blackboard aggregate usage statistics regarding the Software, and Blackboard represents and warrants that the Auto Report feature does not report individually identifiable use information to Blackboard or any third party. Customer will not disable the Auto Report feature of the Software, or undertake any action which has the affect of preventing such feature from operating correctly or the effect of modifying the information reported thereby.

         2.4      Interoperability .    To the extent permitted by the specifications as outlined in the Documentation for the Software at http://behind.blackboard.com, if the Customer wishes to achieve interoperability of the Software with another software program and requires interface specifications or other information in order to do so, the Customer should request that information from Blackboard. Nothing in this Section 2.4 authorizes Customer to use any interfaces except the Supported Interfaces for the Software level. Customer may not use any Supported Interface in a manner that is inconsistent with the Documentation.

         2.5      Third Party Software/Content .    Customer acknowledges that the Software may utilize software and/or content made available to Blackboard by third parties, which shall constitute "Third Party Software." Pursuant to its agreements with these third parties, Blackboard hereby grants to Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to load and/or operate and use the Third Party Software solely in connection with Customer's own instructional activities.

         2.6      Ownership of Software .    Blackboard and its licensors shall be deemed to own and hold all right, title and interest in and to the Software, and Customer acknowledges that it neither owns or acquires any additional rights in and to the Software not expressly granted by this Agreement, and Customer further acknowledges that Blackboard hereby reserves and retains all rights not expressly granted in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right to use the software for any purpose in Blackboard's sole discretion.

         2.7      Expansion of Licensed Use .    [***]. Blackboard's assessment of additional license fees will be in accordance with Blackboard's then-current pricing. In the event of growth related to a Customer merger or acquisition, Blackboard's assessment of additional license fees will be in accordance with Blackboards then-current pricing.

         2.8      Other Rights .    Customer hereby grants to Blackboard the limited right to use Customer's name, logo and/or other marks for the sole purpose of listing Customer as a user of the software in

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


Blackboard's promotional materials. Blackboard agrees to discontinue such use within fourteen (14) days of Customer's written request.

3.     DELIVERY

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, as soon as commercially practicable after the Schedule Effective Date, Blackboard will make available a copy of the Software for downloading from the Internet by Customer for purposes of installation by Customer, and delivery of the Software shall be deemed complete when blackboard notifies Customer that the software is available for download. Customer acknowledges that the download site will be made available to Customer for a period not longer than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and Customer will have no right to download the Software after this thirty (30)-day period. Upon Customer's request, Blackboard will deliver to Customer a CD containing a backup copy of the Software.

4.     FEES

In consideration for the services provided and license(s) granted in this Schedule with respect to the Initial Term (as defined below), Customer shall pay to Blackboard all fees specified above or otherwise required in this Schedule, which fees shall be non-cancelable and non-refundable. Solely for the Initial Term, Blackboard agrees that [***] will be due in accordance with the master Terms (net 30), and the remaining amount [***] will be due 90 days after the date of the Invoice. With respect to each Renewal term (as defined below), if any, Customer shall pay to Blackboard the then-current fees for such services and licenses, which amounts shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following the beginning of such Renewal Term. Customer further agrees to reimburse Blackboard for (i) reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by Blackboard's employees and subcontractors in connection with the performance of maintenance and support services under this Schedule and (ii) any other expenses described in this Schedule, provided that Blackboard will receive Customer's prior approval for single expenses greater than $250, and further provided that, upon Customer's request, Blackboard will provide reasonable documentation indicating that Blackboard incurred such expenses. Except as otherwise required by this paragraph, all amounts payable under this Schedule shall be subject to applicable provisions of the master Terms.

5.     TERM

This Schedule shall become effective (i) when executed by authorized representatives of both Parties (the date upon which Blackboard executes this Schedule, this "Schedule Effective Date"); or (ii) the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever later occurs, and shall continue in effect for a period of one (1) year (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated. Thereafter, the Schedule will renew automatically for successive one (1)-year periods (each, a "Renewal Term"), unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the initial Term or then-current Renewal term, as applicable. Upon termination of this Schedule, all licenses granted under this schedule shall immediately cease, and Customer will (i) immediately discontinue all use of Software licensed under this Schedule; (ii) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable hereunder; (iii) remove the Software from its server and provide to Blackboard proof of the destruction of the original copy and any other copies of the Software; and (iv) return all Documentation and related training materials to blackboard within a reasonable time at Customer's cost.

6.     LIMITED SOFTWARE WARRANTY

Blackboard warrants, solely for the benefit of Customer, that any Software licensed under this Schedule which is manufactured by Blackboard will substantially conform to applicable Documentation for a period of ninety (90) days after the relevant Available Date, provided that (i) Blackboard has received all amounts owed under this Agreement; (ii) Customer is not in material breach of this Agreement;

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


(iii) Customer has installed any Corrections, upgrades and Updates made available to Customer; and (iv) Customer has notified Blackboard in writing of any failure of the Software to conform to the foregoing warranty within the warranty period. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES BY BLACKBOARD, AND THAT BLACKBOARD'S SOLE OBLIGATION, AND CUSTOMER'S SOLE REMEDY, WITH RESPECT TO ANY BREACH OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTY, IS REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT (AT BLACKBOARD'S OPTION) OF THE RELEVANT SOFTWARE IN A TIMELY MANNER.

7.     SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE

         7.1      Telephone Product Support .    Customer is eligible to receive Product Support (as defined below) in English from Blackboard. Customer may designate up to two of its personnel for purposes of receiving Product Support under this Schedule ("Technical Contact"), and Customer may designate substitute personnel to be Technical Contacts by providing written notice to Blackboard (provided that not more than two (2) persons may be designated as Technical Contacts at any particular time). Provided that Customer remains in compliance with Blackboard's minimum configuration requirements, Customer's Technical Contacts may contact Blackboard, via the web or telephone at the telephone number provided by Blackboard from time to time, for purposes of receiving Product Support. For purposes of this Schedule, the term "Product Support" means the provision of advice and responses by Blackboard's personnel to inquiries from Customer's then-current Technical Contacts related to installation, configuration and use of the Software. Product Support will be made available in English only twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, 365 days a year, excluding the US Federal public holidays of New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. Unless otherwise specified by Blackboard, Product Support is available by calling 1-888-788-5264. In addition to the foregoing support services, Blackboard may make representatives available for onsite support, at its sole discretion, at Blackboard's then prevailing rates.

         7.2      Installation Assistance .    Notwithstanding Section 7.1 of this Schedule, Customer is responsible for all installation of the Software and any Upgrades provided pursuant to this Agreement. If Customer desires Blackboard to provide assistance to Customer related to the installation of the Software and/or Upgrades, Customer acknowledges that it will be required to enter into a separate Blackboard professional Services Agreement.

         7.3      Initial Technical Contacts .    Customer's initial Technical Contacts are as follows:

Name
  Title   Email   Phone
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]

         7.4      Support Limitations .    Blackboard shall provide Product Support only with respect to the then-current generally available version of the Software and the two (2) most recent previously issued Updates of the Software. Customer acknowledges that Blackboard has no obligation under this Schedule to provide Product Support or other support services with respect to (i) any Third-Party Software, including, without limitation, any Third-Party Software provided under this Agreement; (ii) any Software Error or problems relating to the Software arising from (x) use of the Software other than strictly according to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, human error, (y) modification of the software by Customer or any third party; or (z) any combination or integration of the Software with hardware, software and/or technology not provided by blackboard, or problems arising from Customer's host or applications software, Customer's hardware and cabling power or environmental conditions. Support is not available from Blackboard in languages other than English.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


         7.5      Error Resolution .    In the event that Blackboard determines, in its good faith discretion, that any request for Product Support by Customer's then-current Technical Contacts arises from a verifiable Software Error, Blackboard will classify such Software Error according to the appropriate Severity Code, as determined by reference to the categories listed in the table below, and will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to correct the relevant Software Error according to the relevant Error Resolution Protocol set forth for each such category. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer acknowledges that no warranty is made regarding any such Error Response protocol with respect to all or any Software Errors. Customer further acknowledges that Severity Code 1, 2, and 3 Software Errors will take priority over requests for Product Support not arising from Software Errors.

Severity
Code
  Description/Examples   Response Protocol
  1   Software is not functioning. Some examples of Severity Code 1 Software Errors are as follows: (i) Software is down and will not restart; (ii) Software is not able to communicate with external systems; and (iii) Software is generating a data corruption condition.   Blackboard will use its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve Severity Code 1 Software Error reports on a twenty-four (24) hour basis.* When a Severity Code 1 Software Error is reported, Blackboard will assign resources necessary to work to correct the Software Error. If access to the Software is required, Customer will provide a contact available to Blackboard and access to Customer's system and other software for the duration of the error correction procedures.

 

2

 

Software is running but that Customer is unable to use major portions of the Software. Some examples of Severity Code 2 Software Errors are as follows: (i) intermittent Software Error and (ii) major functional component is unavailable.

 

Severity Code 1 Software Errors will take priority over Severity Code 2 Software Errors. Blackboard will assign appropriate technical resources to Severity Code 2 Software Errors as long as there are no Severity Code 1 Software Errors awaiting resolutions.

 

3

 

Software is operating close to normal but there is a non-critical Software Error.

 

Severity Code 3 Software Errors may be fixed in the next scheduled Upgrade or Update or made available on Blackboard's Web site. Blackboard will research Severity Code 3 Software Errors after Severity Code 1 and Severity Code 2 Software Errors. Blackboard may correct Severity Code 3 Software Errors in the next scheduled Upgrade or Update or make corrections available to Customer on Blackboard's Web site.

*
Response time goals are to be measured after verification and replication by Blackboard of the relevant Software Error.

         7.6      Maintenance .    From time to time Blackboard may, in its discretion, develop Corrections, Application Packs, Updates or Upgrades to the Software. Provided that Customer had paid to Blackboard all fees and other amounts due and payable under this Agreement, Blackboard will, during the period while this Schedule remains in effect, make available to Customer such Corrections, Application Packs, Updates and/or Upgrades, if and when developed, at no additional cost. Any such Corrections, Application Packs, Updates and/or Upgrades shall, if and when provided or made available, be deemed to constitute part of the Software and shall be subject to all terms and provisions

8



set forth in this Agreement, otherwise applicable to the Software, including, without limitation, terms and provisions related to licenses, use restrictions and ownership of the Software.

         7.7      Additional Services .    Any time or expense incurred by Blackboard in diagnosing or fixing problems that are not caused by the Software or are not covered by the support services are billable to Customer at Blackboard's then-existing services rates, with a one-hour minimum charge per call. If Customer desires such additional services, it must execute a copy of Blackboard's Professional Services Agreement for the services.

        The Parties agree to the above terms and have executed this Schedule as of the last date set forth below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Bridgepoint Education
        
 

Signature
  /s/Andrew Clark

Signature
        
TESS FRAZIER—SENIOR DIRECTOR

Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark CEO

Print Name and Title
        
Date:
  

  Date: 3/17/05

9


        VOID IF EXECUTIED AFTER MARCH 17, 2005


ASP SCHEDULE LS—6
BLACKBOARD ASP SCHEDULE

This Blackboard ASP Schedule ("ASP Schedule") is made as of the last date indicated below, by and between Blackboard and Bridgepoint Education ("Customer") and is an addendum to the Blackboard License And Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer, including the Master Terms and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms. This ASP Schedule cancels and supersedes the previous ASP Schedule between the parties. In consideration of the foregoing premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ASP—SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Initial Active
User Capacity
  Initial
Bandwidth
  Initial
Storage
  Initial Term
Annual Fees
(USD)
 

Blackboard ASP—LS Setup Fee

                [***]  

Blackboard ASP—LS Annual Use Fee

  [***]   256 kbps
(minimum)
  10 GB
(minimum)
  $ [***]  

Total Fees Due:

              $ [***]  

[***]

Solely for the Initial Term, Blackboard agrees that [***] will be due in accordance with the Master Terms, and the remaining amount [***] will be due 90 days after the date of the invoice.

1.
ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

        1.1   " Active User Capacity " means the number of Authorized End Users, at any particular time, permitted to be registered to access one (1) or more educational courses provided through the Hosted Software. As of the Schedule Effective Date (as defined below), the initial Active User Capacity will be equal to the number indicated in the table above.

        1.2   " ASP Services " means the services provided by Blackboard pursuant to this ASP Schedule. The initial ASP Services are indicated in the table above.

        1.3   " Authorized End User " will have the meaning set forth in the Software Schedule as defined below.

        1.4   " Available Date " means, for purposes of this ASP Schedule, the date upon which Customer receives notice from Blackboard that the features and functions of the Hosted Software are available for access by Customer's Authorized End Users.

        1.5   " Hosted Software " means the Software licensed to Customer pursuant to the Software Schedule for which Blackboard is to provide the ASP Services.

        1.6   " Test Copy Hosted Software " means the Test Copy Software licensed to Customer pursuant to the Software which Blackboard is hosting. Test Copy Hosted Software is to be used solely for the purposes of testing the Software and is not used for production purposes and unless otherwise indicated in Exhibit A of the ASP Schedule is not covered by Service Level specifications described in Exhibit B.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


        1.7   " Schedule Effective Date " mans the later of (i) the date on which this ASP Schedule has been executed by authorized representatives of both Parties and (ii) the Effective Date of the Agreement.

        1.8   " Software Schedule " means the Software Schedule which has been executed by Blackboard and Customer for which Customer seeks to have Blackboard provide ASP Services and that is in effect during the term of this ASP Schedule.

2.
BLACKBOARD RESPONSIBILITIES

        2.1     Provision of Access to Hosted Software .    As soon as commercially practicable after the Schedule Effective Date, Blackboard will make access to the features and functions of the Hosted Software available to Customer's Authorized End Users. Blackboard will specify to Customer procedures according to which Customer and/or its Authorized End Users may establish and obtain such access.

        2.2     Responsibility for Hosting .    Blackboard shall install and operate the Hosted Software on computer servers and systems under its direct or indirect control. Blackboard will also install and store the Customer Content for purposes of access by the Hosted Software, provided that nothing in this ASP Schedule shall be construed to require Blackboard to provide for, or bear any responsibility with respect to, the design, development, operation or maintenance of any Web site owed or operated by Customer, or with respect to any telecommunications or computer network hardware required by Customer to provide access from the internet to any such Customer Web site. Nothing in this ASP Schedule shall be construed to grant Customer a license to access and/or use Blackboard's systems except for purposes of accessing and using the Hosted Software and except pursuant to the procedures and protocols specified by Blackboard pursuant to Section 2.1. Solely to the extent necessary to perform Blackboard's obligations pursuant to this ASP Schedule, customer grants to Blackboard a royalty-free, non-exclusive, worldwide license to use, reproduce, transmit, distribute, perform, display, and, to the extent required by the Hosted Software, modify and create derivative works form the Customer Content. As between Customer and Blackboard, Customer retains ownership of the Customer Content. Blackboard shall maintain confidentiality of all Customer Content that is stored on its servers in accordance with Section 4 of the Master Terms.

        2.3     Availability and Operations Specifications .    Blackboard will undertake commercially reasonable measures to ensure that, from and after the Available Date and for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect the ASP Services provided pursuant to this ASP Schedule will (i) be available and accessible as contemplated in this ASP Schedule twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week within the parameters set forth in Exhibit B, and (ii) conform in all material respects to the technical specifications and performance parameters set forth in Exhibit B. Exhibit B may be modified from time to time, upon notice to Customer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackboard will have no liability under this Section 2.3 to the extent any nonconformity with the standards set forth in Exhibit B arises, in whole or in part, from (i) any use of the Hosted Software by Customer or any Authorized End User other than in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (ii) any failure by Customer or any Authorized End User to comply with any procedures, technical standards and/or protocols specified by Blackboard pursuant to Section 2.1 of this ASP Schedule or (iii) any causes beyond the control of Blackboard or which are not reasonable foreseeable to Blackboard, including but not limited to, interruption or failure of telecommunication or digital transmission links and internet slow-downs or failures. It is agreed and acknowledged that the service credits referred to in Exhibit B shall be Customer's sole remedy, and Blackboard's sole obligation, with respect to failures of the ASP Services to meet the technical specifications and performance parameters set forth in Exhibit B. Blackboard does not warrant or guarantee the ASP Services except as expressly stated in this ASP Schedule.

        2.4     Data Restoration Policy .    Blackboard will back-up and archive Customer Content at a secure location for the retention period(s) specified in Exhibit B. In the event that Customer requests recovery

11



of any lost or damaged Customer Content, Blackboard will exercise reasonable efforts to restore the relevant data from the most recently archived copies (or such earlier copies as requested by Customer), provided that such data is, at the relevant time, still available pursuant to the applicable retention policy and Customer has provided to Blackboard all information necessary to enable Blackboard to perform such services. Blackboard shall perform up to four (4) data restorations at no charge to Customer; thereafter, except with respect to restoration of data that are lost or damaged as a result of Blackboard's error or a failure of the ASP Services, Customer agrees to pay Blackboard its then-standard applicable rates for such restoration services.

        2.5     Additional Storage and Bandwidth Policy .    As a normal operating procedure Blackboard does not cap storage and bandwidth. Blackboard will, no less than quarterly, monitor Customer's storage and bandwidth usage. In the event Customer has exceeded Initial Storage and/or Initial Bandwidth in a sustained period of sixty (60) days or more, Blackboard will provide a report to Customer concerning the current storage and bandwidth usage. In the event Customer has not purchased additional storage and/or bandwidth within thirty (30) days of receiving the report, Blackboard reserves the right to change Customer additional fees at then-standard applicable rates.

        2.6     Migration Policy .    In the event that Blackboard or Customer requests an Update/Upgrade of the Hosted Software, Blackboard and Customer shall engage in commercially reasonable migration planning. In the event that the migration planning requires an expanded or new environment not covered by the then-current Hosted Software environment (defined here as "Migration"), Customer shall pay a Migration Set Up fee as mutually negotiated. Blackboard will be obligated to perform no more than one successful test migration per six (6)-month period. If Customer requires more than one Migration test or more than one Migration within a six-month period, it must execute a copy of Blackboard's Professional Services Agreement for the services.

        2.7     Additional ASP Services .    In the event that Customer desires to receive ASP Services in addition to the particular services specified in the table above, including, by way of example, incremental storage capacity and/or additional bandwidth capacity and/or higher Active User Capacity, Customer may submit a written and executed purchase order requesting such additional ASP Services. Subject to Customer's payment of all applicable fees required by Section 4, and further subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Master Terms and this ASP Schedule, Blackboard agrees to make such additional ASP Services available to Customer for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect after acceptance of such purchase order. For the avoidance of doubt, no such purchase order shall be binding upon Blackboard unless and until Blackboard accepts such purchase order in writing and further provided that Blackboard will have no liability to Customer with respect to any purchase orders that are not accepted or for any terms contained in the purchase order other than the type of service and the payment amount.

        2.8     IP Addresses .    Any IP addresses assigned or allocated to Customer by Blackboard shall remain, at all times, the property of Blackboard and shall be nontransferable and Customer shall have no right to use such IP addresses upon termination of this Agreement. Any change requested by Customer to the Blackboard allocated addresses must be agreed to by the Parties. Customer understands that the IP Services provided under this Agreement (including Internet use) may require registrations and related administrative reports that are public in nature.

3.
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES.

        3.1     General Usage Limitations .    Customer acknowledges that use and operation of the Hosted Software by Customer and/or any Authorized End User is subject to the terms of the Software Schedule. Notwithstanding the Software Schedule, for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect, Customer may not install, host or operate the Hosted Software, nor may Customer or its Authorized End Users otherwise use the Hosted Software, except as hosted and made available by Blackboard under this Agreement. In the event that Customer has installed the Hosted Software upon any

12



computer server(s) prior to the Schedule Effective Date (as defined below), Customer agrees promptly to remove the Hosted Software from such computer server(s). Customer agrees that it may not cause or permit any third parties to access the Hosted Software other than Authorized End Users, nor may Authorized End Users in excess of the then-current Active User Capacity access and use the Hosted Software at any time, provided that the Active User Capacity may be modified in accordance with Section 2.5. Customer shall refrain from, and shall ensure that Authorized End Users refrain from, using the ASP Services in a manner that is libelous, defamatory, obscene, infringing or illegal, or otherwise abusing the ASP Services or the resources available through the ASP Services. Customer warrants that its Authorized End Users will comply with the provisions of this ASP Schedule in all respects.

        3.2     Customer Content .    Customer represents and warrants that (i) Customer owns or has sufficient rights in and to the Customer Content, including without limitation, personal educational and financial information contained within the Customer Content, in order to use, and permit the use of, the Customer Content as contemplated in this ASP Schedule and to grant the license granted in Section 2.2; and (ii) the Customer Content does not and shall not contain any content, materials, advertising or services that infringe on or violate any applicable laws, regulation or right of a third party. Customer also acknowledges that Customer Content may be stored on servers located within the United States or accessed by Blackboard's support or ASP personnel in the United States, and hereby authorizes such access and storage. Blackboard only provides access to the Hosted Software; Blackboard does not operate or control the information, services, opinions or other content of the Internet. Blackboard does not monitor and shall have no liability or responsibility whatsoever for the Customer Content of any transmissions or communications transmitted or otherwise disseminated via the Hosted Software. Customer agrees that it shall make no claim whatsoever against Blackboard related to the Customer Content or content of the Internet or respecting any information, product, service or software ordered through or provided via the Internet, and Customer shall indemnify and hold Blackboard harmless from any and all claims (including claims by governmental entities seeking to impose penal sanctions) related, directly or indirectly, to such Customer Content.

4.
FEES

        4.1   In consideration for provision of the ASP Services, Customer shall, during the Initial Term (as defined below) pay to Blackboard (i) an annual fee in an amount set forth above with respect to this particular ASP Services provided under this ASP Schedule, which fees shall be due and payable upon Agreement execution; as well as (ii) any other fees otherwise required by this ASP Schedule (for additional services, additional bandwidth, or additional users). Solely for the Initial Term, Blackboard agrees that [***] will be due in accordance with the Master Terms, and the remaining amount [***] will be due 90 days after the date of the invoice. In the event that Customer requires additional ASP Services as contemplated in Section 2.9, applicable fees shall be due and payable from and after the month during which such additional services are first made available. All fees payable under this ASP Schedule shall be non-cancelable and non-refundable.

        4.2   If Customer elects to pay ASP fees monthly, then Blackboard shall charge Customer an additional 5% on the total ASP fees. Blackboard reserves the right to temporarily suspend the ASP Services if Customer's account becomes more than sixty (60) days past due. Suspension of ASP Services does not constitute a termination or suspension of this Agreement nor does such suspension of Service alleviate Customer's obligation to pay past, current, or future charges incurred hereunder. Once Customer pays in full the past due fees, Blackboard will resume services.

        4.3   With respect to each Renewal Term (as defined below), if any, Customer shall pay to Blackboard the then-current fees for such ASP Services upon commencement of the Renewal Term. Except as provided above, each party will be responsible for its own expenses incurred in rendering the performance under this ASP Schedule, including, without limitation, the cost of facilities, work space,

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

13


computers and computer time, development tools and platforms, utilities management, personnel and supplies. Except as otherwise required by this paragraph, all amounts payable under this ASP Schedule shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Master Terms.

5.
TERM

This ASP Schedule shall become effective on the Schedule Effective Date, and shall continue in effect for a period of one (1) year (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated or otherwise specified in Exhibit A. Thereafter, the ASP Schedule will renew automatically for successive one (1)-year periods (each, a "Renewal Term"), unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal term, as applicable. Upon termination of this ASP Schedule, all licenses granted under this ASP Schedule shall immediately cease, and Customer will (i) immediately discontinue access to and/or use the Hosted Software under this ASP Schedule; (ii) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable under this ASP Schedule; and (iii) return all Documentation and related training materials to Blackboard within a reasonable time at Customer's cost.

The Parties agree to the above terms and have executed this ASP Schedule as of the last date set forth below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Bridgepoint Education
        
 

Signature
  /s/Andrew Clark

Signature
        
TESS FRAZIER-SENIOR DIRECTOR

Print Name and Title
  Andrew Clark CEO

Print Name and Title
        
        
Date:

  Date: 3/17/05

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14


        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER MARCH 17, 2005


EXHIBIT A
ASP SPECIFICATIONS

Blackboard Learning System™

Data Restoration Policy—per restore fees are separately charged per chargeable restore incident

Additional Storage and Bandwidth Annual Fees for Content System are separately charged

* User is defined as a person enrolled in one or more course, or part of one or more organization.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

EXHIBIT A-1


        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER MARCH 17, 2005


EXHIBIT B
ASP SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS—As of the Available Date

NOTE: CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NOTHING IN THIS EXHIBIT B CREATES ANY ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THE ASP SCHEDULE, THE SOFTWARE SCHEDULE AND/OR THE MASTER TERMS, AS APPLICABLE.

SERVICE LEVEL

Security:

Power:

Network:

Startup:

Initial Access Date:

EXHIBIT B-1


Availability/Service Credit:

Length of Unavailability   Service Credit
1 to 4 hours of continuous unavailability below 99.7%   [***] of service fees credited [***]
4 to 48 hours of continuous unavailability below 99.7%   [***] of services fees credited [***]
48 to 96 hours of continuous unavailability below 99.7%   [***] of services fees credited [***]

[***]

*
All Service Credit shall be applied to the next period's ASP fees.

Backup and Disaster Recovery:

Outages

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

EXHIBIT B-2


known at that time. Blackboard will promptly commence remedial activities and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the system outage within the time estimate provided to Customer.

MONITORING AND PERFORMANCE

Blackboard will make network performance reports available focusing on the technical aspect of remote access network services. The reports provide information to help in the continual improvement of the design and operation of the network. This includes information such as port availability, connection quality, usage profiles, and throughput. Upon request by Customer, Blackboard will provide Customer with monthly reports including information on ASP Services usage, system outages and changes made to the Blackboard system during that month. Upon request Blackboard will provide the Customer with the following report:

Customer acknowledges and agrees that any of the foregoing reports shall constitute Blackboard's Confidential information for purposes of this Agreement.

Ongoing:

The hardware, software and network are monitored and maintained by Blackboard and will be accessible twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, in accordance with industry standards, except for scheduled maintenance and required repairs, in advance of which the client shall be notified by email.

EXHIBIT B-3


DATA CENTER SPECIFICATIONS

Blackboard houses servers in a facility that offers environment control, security, and backup power, as more specifically described below:

Environment:

Server Setup:

The servers are set up to maintain fail back, redundant connectivity, comprehensive backups, 24x7 monitoring, and 99.7% uptime.

        CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES.     Blackboard is not responsible for management and actual use of the features and function of the Hosted Software. Customer bears all responsibility for such management and actual use, including, without limitation:

EXHIBIT B-4


VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER: December 20, 2007
Ashford University


Ashford University Pricing Summary

Product Description
  Qty.   Units   Net Price  

MANAGED CONTACT CNTR USER INCR

    9   MO     [***]  

MANAGED CONTACT CENTER -RNWL

    9   MO     [***]  

TOTAL:

              [***]  

 

Designated Server Site
(Physical Location of the Software):
13500 Evening Creek Drive
San Diego, CA 92128
USA
  Database Version:   Operating System:   Hardware Model:
Customers FTE/User Band: [***]
   

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



ADDENDUM No. Two
TO THE MANAGED CONTACT CENTER SOLUTION SCHEDULE LS-4,
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ DATED DECEMBER 23, 2003
BETWEEN BLACKBOARD INC. AND
ASHFORD UNIVERSITY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BRIDGEPORT EDUCATION)

This Addendum to the Managed Contact Center Solution Schedule LS-4, Blackboard Learning System™ dated December 23, 2003 ("Agreement") between Blackboard Inc. ("Blackboard") and Ashford University (formerly known as Bridgeport Education) ("Customer") is made as of the last signature date below ("Addendum").

The purpose of this Addendum is to extend the current renewal term and add additional users to Customer's Agreement.

The parties hereby agree to the following terms regarding the use of the Blackboard Software by Customer. The following sections of the Agreement are modified as follows:

1.     The following is hereby replaces Section 2 entitled Pricing Overview:

         2.7      Fees     

Months
  Number of Incidents   Cost Per Incident   Total  

April 08-June 08

    [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

July 08-Dec 08

    [***]   $ [***]   $ [***]  

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


Managed Contact Center Solutions
  Scope of Support   Fees (USD)  

Call Center Support Operations

  An additional [***] support requests priced at an approximately [***] per support request   $ [***]  

Account Management Fees

 

A named Account Manager will continue to provide regular maintenance and up-keep of the account and be available for regular conference calls and communications

 
$

[***]
 

Contact Center Infrastructure

 

Fee for contact center infrastructure support software including ticketing, routing, and deployment of self-help knowledge resources, live chat, eSurvey, animated tutorials and related software implementation services

 
$

[***]
 

     
$

[***]
 

      $ [***]  

      $ [***]  
           

Total Costs Due

      $ [***]  

Note: Presidium Learning will offer a [***] buffer over the allotted incidents to be absorbed by Presidium Learning. All incidents beyond the [***] buffer will be charged at a cost of $[***] per incident.

2.     The following is hereby added to Section 7, entitled Term:

All other terms and conditions remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the last date written below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Ashford University
        
 

Signature
   

Signature
        
  

Print Name and Title
Tess Frazier, Vice President
Date:
 
Print Name and Title
  
Date:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER: December 28, 2007
Ashford University


[BLACKBOARD LOGO]


BLACKBOARD LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
COVER PAGE

The attached documents describe the relationship between Blackboard and the Customer identified below. The documents attached to this cover page will consist of the Master Terms, which describe and set forth the general legal terms governing the relationship, and one (1) or more schedules describing and setting forth detail about that relationship, depending upon the particular software and/or services Blackboard will provide to the Customer.

This License and Services Agreement includes this cover page, the attached pricing summary and Master Terms, and all Schedules that are attached to such Master Terms and are separately executed by the Parties. This Agreement will become effective when the attached documents are executed by authorized representatives of both Parties.

CUSTOMER INFORMATION:    
Name/Company:   Ashford University   Principal Contact Person:   Rick Gessner, CIO
Fax:       Phone:   (858) 513-9240
Address:   13500 Evening Creek Drive
Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
USA
       
Billing Contact:   Bell, Margarita   Title:    
Address:   13500 Evening Creek Drive
Suite 600
San Diego, CA 92128
USA
       
Phone:   858/668-2589   Email Address:    
Fax:            
Initial Term of Agreement:   12 Months        

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



Ashford University Pricing Summary

Product Description
  Qty.   Units   Initial Term Fees (USD)  

Blackboard Learning System—COMPLEX HOST MGR ASP SVC

    1     YR   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—TEST ENVIRONMENT ASP SETUP

    1     EA   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise—TEST ENVIRONMENT ASP SVC

    1     YR   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—STAGING ENVIRONMENT ASP SETUP

          EA   $ [***]  
 

One Time Price Reduction:

              $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise STAGING ENV ASP SVC

    1     YR   $ [***]  
 

Credit applied for Customer's current Staging Environment—per this Addendum, Customer is upgrading from Standard environment to a RAC environment (Renewal Amount in August, 2008 will [***]):

              $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—HIGH AVAILABILITY ASP SETUP

    1     EA   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise HIGH AVAIL ASP SVC

    1     YR   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise ASP ADDL STORAGE TO 1TB

    1     YR   $ [***]  
 

Price Reduction:

              $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise ASP ADDL SERVICE UNIT

    1     YR   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise ASP ADDL SERVICE UNIT

    1     YR   $ [***]  

Blackboard Learning System—ASP BUSINESS CONT LVL 1

    1     YR   $ [***]  
 

TOTAL:

              $ [***]  

 

Designated Server Site
(Physical Location of the Software):
Hosted by Blackboard
  Database Version:   Operating System:   Hardware Model:
Customers User Band: [***]        

SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

Payment Terms.     Solely with respect to the Initial Term of this Agreement, Blackboard agrees to invoice Customer twice, sending both invoices upon execution of this Agreement. The first invoice, in the amount of [***], will be due thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice from Blackboard and the second invoice, in the amount of [***], will be due sixty (60) days after the date of the invoice from Blackboard.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2



ADDENDUM
TO THE ASP SCHEDULE LS-6, BLACKBOARD ASP SCHEDULE DATED MARCH 17, 2005
BETWEEN BLACKBOARD INC. AND ASHFORD UNIVERSITY

This Amendment to the ASP Schedule LS-6, Blackboard ASP Schedule dated March 17, 2005 ("Agreement") between Blackboard Inc. ("Blackboard") and Ashford University (formerly known as Bridgepoint Education) ("Customer") is made as of the last signature date below ("Addendum").

The purpose of this Addendum is to add an additional ASP Service Unit to Customer's current ASP Schedule.

The parties hereby agree to the following terms regarding the use of the Blackboard ASP Services by Customer. The following sections of the Agreement are modified as follows:

1.
A new Schedule of Fees is hereby added to the Section entitled ASP—SCHEDULE OF FEES:

        ASP—SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Initial Active
User Capacity
  Initial
Bandwidth
  Initial
storage
  Initial Term
Annual Fees (USD)
 
 

Blackboard Learning System—COMPLEX HOST MGR ASP SVC

                $ [***]  
 

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise—TEST ENVIRONMENT ASP SETUP

                $ [***]  
 

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise—TEST ENVIRONMENT ASP SVC

        Burstable   9 GB   $ [***]  

Blackboard ASP—Enterprise—Staging Environment—Setup Fee

                $ [***]  
 

One Time Price Reduction:

                  [***]  

Blackboard ASP—Enterprise—Staging Environment

    8001-15,000   512 kbps   20 GB   $ [***]  
 

Credit applied for Customer's current Staging Environment—per this Addendum, Customer is upgrading from Standard environment to a RAC environment (Renewal Amount in August, 2008 will be $[***]):

                $ [***]  

Blackboard ASP—Enterprise—Additional Storage

            1 TB   $ [***]  

Price Reduction:

                $ [***]  

Blackboard ASP—Enterprise—Addl Service Unit

                $ [***]  

Blackboard ASP Enterprise—Addl Service Unit

                $ [***]  
 

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise—HIGH AVAILABILITY ASP SETUP

                $ [***]  
 

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise—HIGH AVAIL ASP SVC

                $ [***]  
 

TOTAL:

                $ [***]  

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


2.
The following is hereby added to Exhibit A:

+
Complex Hosting Technical Manager

4


+
Blackboard Non-Production Test Environment:

Initial Term is a minimum of six (6) months and renew automatically for successive 6-month terms (each, a "Renewal Term"), unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew more than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial-Term or then-current Renewal Term.

Setup Fee includes installation of Test Copy Hosted Software on computer servers and systems in Blackboard's non-production environment.

Initial Term Fee includes 9 GB of server storage and burstable bandwidth provided through Blackboard's broadband connection, and grants Customer full root access to servers.

The Non-Production Environment is not designed to frilly replicate or clone the production environment in terms of physical infrastructure

Non-Production Test Environment by its nature DOES NOT meet the Service Level specifications under Exhibit B, and therefore, DOES NOT qualify for Service Level Guarantees.

+
Blackboard ASP- Enterprise—Staging Environment (Staging RAC Environment):

The Staging Environment is designed for Customer to test and approve new update/upgrade software and changes in software configuration before implementing such software in a production environment. It may NOT be used for production purposes. For instance, a staging

5


+
Blackboard High Availability/High Performance ASP Service

Oracle RAC clustered database nodes configuration pointing to a separate Customer-dedicated RAID-4 protected storage volumes for redundant and load balanced database servers configuration.

Oracle RAC license included

Two (2) dedicated database servers as database nodes

Includes Oracle Recovery Manager (RMAN) database backup service, which allows point-in-time database backup and restore capability.

3.
The Section entitled Availability/Service Credit is replaced in its entirety with the following:

6


Length of Unavailability (per calendar month)
  Service Credit
1 to 4 hours of aggregate unavailability below 99.9%   [***] of service fees credited [***]
4 to 8 hours of aggregate unavailability below 99.9%   [***] of services fees credited [***]
8 to 96 hours of aggregate unavailability below 99.9%   [***] of service fees credited [***]

[***]

*
All Service Credit shall be applied to the next period's ASP fees.

All other terms and conditions remain in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the date written below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Ashford University
        
 

Signature
   

Signature
        
TESS FRAZIER- VICE PRESIDENT

Print Name and Title
   

Print Name and Title
        
Date:

  Date:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7



BLACKBOARD ASP BUSINESS CONTINUITY SCHEDULE

        This Blackboard ASP Business Continuity Schedule ("ASP Schedule") is made as of the last date indicated below, by and between Blackboard and Ashford University ("Customer") and is an addendum to the Blackboard License And Services Agreement between Blackboard and Customer, including the Master Terms, dated December 23, 2003, and other Schedules incorporated therein (collectively, the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this Schedule that are not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Terms. In consideration of the foregoing premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:.

ASP—SCHEDULE OF FEES

 
  Initial Term Annual Fees (USD)  

Blackboard ASP—Business Continuity Setup Fee

  $ [***]  

Blackboard ASP—Business Continuity Annual Fee

  $ [***]  

Total Fees Due:

  $ [***]  

ASP—SCHEDULE OF SERVICES

Product Description
  Active User Capacity   RTO Guarantee   RPO Guarantee

Blackboard ASP—Business Continuity Service

        [***]   [***]

1.     ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

         1.1   " Active User Capacity " means the number of Authorized End Users, at any particular time, permitted to be registered to access one (1) or more educational courses provided through the Hosted Software. This is the maximum number of users that the backup site must be able to support during a disaster period.

         1.2   " ASP Services " means the services provided by Blackboard pursuant to this ASP Schedule. The initial ASP Services are indicated an the table above.

         1.3   " Authorized End User " will have the meaning set forth in the Software Schedule, as defined below.

         1.4   " Available Date " means, for purposes of this ASP Business Continuity Schedule, the date upon which Customer hosting the primary Blackboard production environment locally ("a locally-hosted Customer") receives notice from Blackboard that the Business Continuity environment is up and ready to support Customer during a disaster period. For Customer hosting the primary Blackboard production environment with ASP Services ("ASP-hosted Customer"), this will be the time that the disaster recovery site is up and ready to support a disaster period.

         1.5   " Business Continuity Service " is a disaster recovery service provided by Blackboard and means network environment and Customer, dedicated equipment that came on line within the Service Level specifications described in Exhibit B when Customer's primary hosting environment in a physically separate location—whether hosted by Blackboard or locally basted by Customer—fails. Failure is understood to be a catastrophic failure at the hosted site. Customer must have executed a Blackboard Software Schedule to receive this Business Continuity Service.

         1.6   " Schedule Effective Date " means the later of G) the date on which this ASP Business Continuity Schedule has been executed by authored representatives of both Parties and (ii) the Effective Date of the Agreement.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8


2.     BLACKBOARD RESPONSIBILITIES.

         2.1    Prevision of Access to Hosted Software .

        In cases where Customer is locally hosting the primary site: Once the Customer has contacted Blackboard ASP to notify them of a disaster scenario, Blackboard will bring up the backup site as per the defined RTO and RPO (see Exhibit B). At that point, Blackboard will make access to the features and functions of the Hosted Software available to Customer's Authorized land Users. Blackboard will specify to Customer procedures according to which Customer should contact Blackboard in the event of a disaster.

        In cases where Blackboard ASP is hosting the primary site: Once Blackboard has determined that a disaster scenario has occurred; Blackboard will bring up the backup site as per the defined RTO and RPO (see Exhibit B). At that point, Blackboard will make access to the features and functions of the Hosted Software available to Customer's Authorized End Users. Blackboard will specify to Customer procedures according to which Customer should contact Blackboard in the event of a disaster.

         2.2      Responsibility for Hosting During Disaster Period .    Blackboard shall install and operate the Halted Software an computer servers and systems under its direct or indirect control. Blackboard will also install and stare the Customer Content for purposes of access by the Hosted Software, provided that nothing in this ASP Business Continuity Schedule shall be construed to require Blackboard to provide for, or bear any responsibility with respect to, the design, development, operation or maintenance of any Web site owned or operated by Customer, or with respect to any telecommunications or computer network hardware required by Customer to provide access from the Internet to any such Customer Web site. Nothing in this ASP Business Continuity Schedule shall be construed to grant to Customer a license to access and/or use Blackboard's systems except for purposes of accessing and using the hosted Software and except pursuant to the procedures and protocols specified by Blackboard pursuant to Section 2.1. Solely to the extent necessary to perform Blackboard's obligations pursuant to this ASP Business Continuity Schedule, Customer grants to Blackboard a royalty-free, non-exclusive, worldwide license to use, reproduce, transmit, distribute, perform, display, and, to the extent required by the Hosted Software, modify and create derivative works from the Customer Content. As between Customer and Blackboard, Customer retains ownership of the Customer Content. Blackboard shall maintain the confidentiality of all Customer Content that is stored on its servers in accordance with Section 4 of the Master Terms.

         2.3      Availability and Operational Specifications .    Blackboard will undertake commercially reasonable measures to ensure that, from and after the Available Date and for so long as this ASP Business Continuity Schedule remains in effect the ASP Services provided pursuant to this ASP Business Continuity Schedule will (i) be available and accessible as contemplated in this ASP Business Continuity Schedule twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week within the parameters set forth in Exhibit B, and (ii) conform in all material respects to the technical specifications and performance parameters set forth in Exhibit B. Exhibit B may be modified from time to time, neon notice to Customer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackboard will have no liability under this Section 2.3 to the extent any nonconformity with the standards set forth in Exhibit B arises, in whole or in part, from (i) any use of the Hosted Software by Customer or any Authorized End User other than in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (ii) any failure by Customer or arty Authorized End User to comply with any procedures, technical standards and/or protocols specified by Blackboard pursuant to Section 2.1 of this ASP Business Continuity Schedule or (iii) any causes beyond the control of Blackboard or which are not reasonably foreseeable to Blackboard, including but not limited to, interruption or failure of telecommunication or digital transmission links and Internet slow-downs or failures. It is agreed and acknowledged that the service credits referred to in Exhibit B shall be Customer's sole remedy, and Blackboard's sole obligation, with respect to failures of the ASP Business Continuity Services to meet the technical specifications and performance

9



parameters set forth in Exhibit B. Blackboard does not warrant or guarantee the ASP Business Continuity Services except as expressly stated in this ASP Schedule.

         2.4      Data Restoration Policy .    Once Business Continuity Service conies online and while the Business Continuity environment is active, Blackboard will back-up and archive Customer Content at a secure location for the retention period(s) specified in Exhibit B. In the event that Customer requests recovery of any lost or damaged Customer Content, Blackboard will exercise reasonable efforts to restore the relevant data front the most recently archived copies (or such earlier copies as requested by Customer), provided that such data is, at the relevant time, still available pursuant to the applicable retention policy and Customer has provided to Blackboard all information necessary to enable Blackboard to perform such services. Blackboard shall perform up to four (4) data restorations at no charge to Customer; thereafter, except with respect to restoration of data that are lost or damaged as a result of Blackboard's error or a failure of the ASP Services, Customer agrees to pay Blackboard its then-standard applicable rates for such restoration services.

         2.5      IP Addresses .    Any IP addresses assigned or allocated to Customer by Blackboard shall remain, at all times, the property of Blackboard and shall be nontransferable and Customer shall have no right to use such IP addresses upon termination of this Agreement. Any change requested by Customer to the Blackboard allocated addresses must be agreed to by the Parties. Customer understands that the IP Services provided under this Agreement (including Internet use) may require registrations and related administrative reports that are public in nature.

         2.6      Reverse-DR .    In cases where Customer is locally hosting the primary site: Once the disaster is over, and the customer is ready to bring up their production site, Blackboard ASP will provide disk backups of all client data. However, it is up to the customer themselves to bring up their production site. ASP is not responsible for bringing; up the production site.

        In cases where Blackboard ASP is hosting the primary site: Once the disaster is over, Blackboard ASP will be responsible for brining up the primary site again, should they decide to do so. They may also decide to continue using the backup as the production site and use the newly brought up disaster site as the backup.

3.     CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES.

         3.1      General Usage Limitations .    Customer acknowledges that use and operation of the Hosted Software by Customer and/or any Authorized End User is subject to the terms of the Software Schedule. Notwithstanding the Software Schedule, for so long as this ASP Schedule remains in effect, Customer may not install, host or operate the Hosted Software, nor may Customer or its Authorized End Users otherwise use the Hosted Software; except as hosted and made available by Blackboard under this Agreement. Customer agrees that it may not cause or permit any third parties to access the Hosted Software other than Authorized End Users, nor may Authorized End Users in excess of the then-current Active User Capacity access and use the Hosted Software at any time, provided that the Active User Capacity may be modified in accordance with Section 2.5. Customer shall refrain from, and shall ensure that Authorized End Users refrain from, using the ASP Services in a manner that is libelous, defamatory, obscene, infringing or illegal, or otherwise abusing the ASP Services or the resources available through the ASP Services. Customer warrants that its Authorized End Users will comply with the provisions of this ASP Business Continuity Schedule in all respects.

         3.2      Customer Content .    Customer represents and warrants that (i) Customer owns or has sufficient rights in and to the Customer Content, including, without limitation, personal, educational and financial information contained within the Customer Content, in order to use, and permit use of, the Customer Content as contemplated in this ASP Schedule and to grant the license granted in Section 2.2; and (ii) the Customer Content does not and shall not contain any content, materials, advertising or services that infringe on or violate any applicable law, regulation or right of a third party.

10



Customer also acknowledges that Customer Content may be stored on servers located within the United States or accessed by Blackboard's support or ASP personnel in the United States, and hereby authorizes such access and storage. Blackboard only provides access to the hosted Software; Blackboard does not operate or control the information, services, opinions or other content of the Internet. Blackboard does not monitor and shall have no liability or responsibility whatsoever for the Customer Content of any transmissions or communications transmitted or otherwise disseminated via the Hosted Software. Customer agrees that it shall make no claim whatsoever against Blackboard relating to the Customer Content or content of the Internet or respecting any information, product, service or software ordered through or provided via the Internet, and Customer shall indemnify and hold Blackboard harmless from any and all claims (including claims by governmental entities seeking to impose penal sanctions) related, directly or indirectly, to such Customer Content.

         3.3      Provision of Data, Customer Content and Customization and Configuration files .    In cases where Customer is locally hosting the primary site, Customer is responsible for providing Blackboard through a pre-established, mutually agreed process between Customer and Blackboard, all data, Customer Content and Customization and Configuration Files that Blackboard will back up on Business Continuity Service in accordance with the service specifications stated under Business Continuity Service Guarantees in Exhibit B. Failure on Customer's part to provide this information will release Blackboard from any obligation or liability pursuant to this ASP Business Continuity Schedule,

         3.4      Domain Name System (DNS) .    In cases where Customer is locally hosting the primary site, it is the responsibility of Customer to ensure that either they communicate a separate URL for the backup site, or that a redirect page has been established to send users to the backup site. It is not the responsibility of Blackboard ASP to ensure that Customer has notified its authorized End Users of a new address and IP address for the Blackboard site.

        In cases where Blackboard is hosting the primary site, Blackboard will handle all DNS issues and redirect Customer's Authorized End Users automatically to the new site.

4.     FEES

         4.1    In consideration for provision of the ASP Business Continuity Services, Customer shall, during the Initial Term (as defined below) pay to Blackboard (i) the set up fee, (ii) an annual fee in air amount set forth above with respect to the particular ASP Services provided under this ASP Business Continuity Schedule, which fees shall be due and payable upon Agreement execution; as well as (iii) any other fees otherwise required by this ASP Business Continuity Schedule (for additional services, additional bandwidth, or additional users). In the event that the Business Continuity Service comes on line, Blackboard will operate the Service 30 days from the first activation day. For locally-hosted Customer, if Customer desires Blackboard to continue to maintain the service on line after the initial 30 days, Customer must pay the then-current monthly recurring charge for the ASP Service. In the event that Customer requests additional ASP Services as contemplated in Section 2.9, applicable fees shall be due and payable from and after the month during which such additional services are first made available. All fees payable under this ASP Business Continuity Schedule shall be non-cancelable and non-refundable.

         4.2    Blackboard reserves the right to temporarily suspend the ASP Services if Customer's account becomes more than sixty (60) days past due. Suspension of ASP Services does not constitute a termination or suspension of this Agreement nor does such suspension of Service alleviate Customer's obligation to pay past, current, or future charges incurred hereunder. Once Customer pays in full the past due fees, Blackboard will resume services.

         4.3    With respect to each Renewal Term (as defined below), if any, Customer shall pay to Blackboard the then-current fees for such ASP Business Continuity Services upon commencement of the Renewal Term. Except as provided above, each party will be responsible for its own expenses

11



incurred in rendering performance under this ASP Business Continuity Schedule, including, without limitation, the cost of facilities, work space, computers and computer time, development tools and platforms, utilities management, personnel and supplies. Except as otherwise required by this paragraph, all amounts payable tinder this ASP Business Continuity Schedule shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Master Terms.

5.     TERM

        This ASP Business Continuity Schedule shall became effective on the Schedule Effective Date, and shall continue in effect for a period of one (1) year (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier terminated. Thereafter, the ASP Business Continuity Schedule will renew automatically for successive one (1)-year periods (each, a "Renewal Term"), unless either Party provides notice of its desire not to renew not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal Term, as applicable. Upon termination of this ASP Business Continuity Schedule, all licenses granted under this ASP Business Continuity Schedule shall immediately cease, and Customer will (i) pay to Blackboard all amounts due and payable under this ASP Business Continuity Schedule; and (ii) return all Documentation and related training materials to Blackboard within a reasonable time at Customer's cost.

        The Parties agree to the above terms and have executed this ASP Business Continuity Schedule as of the last date set forth below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Ashford University
        
 

Signature
   

Signature
        
TESS FRAZIER—VICE PRESIDENT

Print Name and Title
   

Print Name and Title
        
Date:

  Date:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12


        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER: December 28, 2007
Ashford University


EXHIBIT A
ASP Business Continuity SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS- As of the Available Date

NOTE: CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NOTHING IN THIS EXHIBIT B CREATES ANY ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THE ASP SCHEDULE, THE SOFTWARE SCHEDULE AND/OR THE MASTER TERMS, AS APPLICABLE.

SERVICE LEVEL

Security:

Power:

Network:

Startup:

Business Continuity Service Guarantees:

Disaster Recovery Environment in stand-by in Blackboard's disaster recovery datacenter to back up the Customer's Production Environment in Customer's / ASP'S production datacenter.

Blackboard provides the following levels of Business Continuity Service guarantees. Customer will receive service guarantees in accordance to the level that Customer has subscribed:

 
  OS / Database
Environment
  Recovery Time
Objective (RTO)
  Recovery Point
Objective (RPO)
  Customization &
Configuration

Blackboard ASP—hosted Production Environment

  Linux/Oracle   [***]   [***]   Fully Backed Up

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

13


Service Credit:

If Blackboard fails to meet the RTO and RPO service guarantee time frames, Blackboard will issue service credits to Customer to be applied against future Blackboard ASP service fees. In order to receive any service credit, Customer must notify Blackboard within seven (7) days from the time Customer becomes eligible to receive a service credit. Failure to comply with this requirement will forfeit Customer's right to receive a service credit. Service credits are issued as followed:

Length of Unavailability   Service Credit*
Up to 12 hours beyond the guaranteed RTO and/or RPO   [***] of annual Business Continuity service fees credited
Between 12 to 24 hours beyond the guaranteed RTO and/or RPO   [***] of annual Business Continuity service fees credited
Above 24 hours beyond the guaranteed RTO and/or RPO   [***] of annual Business Continuity service fees credited

*
All Service Credit shall be applied to the next period's ASP fees.

[***]

Ongoing.

The hardware, software and network are monitored and maintained by Blackboard and will be accessible twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, in accordance with industry standards, except for scheduled maintenance and required repairs, in advance of which the client shall be notified by email.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

14


DATA CENTER SPECIFICATIONS

Blackboard houses servers in a facility that offers environment control, security, and backup power, as more specifically described below:

Environment:

Server Setup:

The servers are set up to maintain fail back, redundant connectivity, comprehensive backups, 24x7 monitoring, and 99.7% uptime.

CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES .    Blackboard is not responsible for management and actual use of the features and function of the Hosted Software. Customer bears all responsibility for such management and actual use, including, without limitation:

15


        VOID IF EXECUTED AFTER: March 26, 2008
Bridgepoint Education


[BLACKBOARD LOGO]



Bridgepoint Education Pricing Summary

Product Description
  Qty.   Units   Initial Term
Fees (USD)
 

Blackboard Learning System—Enterprise—Increase in User Band

    1   YR   $ [***]  

COMMUNITY System—Increase in User Band

    1   YR   $ [***]  
 

TOTAL:

            $ [***]  

 

Designated Server Site
(Physical Location of the Software):
Hosted by Blackboard
  Database Version:   Operating System:   Hardware Model:
Customers User Band: [***]        

SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

Prior to the increase in User Band listed above, Customer's renewal fees for their Blackboard Learning System™ Enterprise Software License and their Community System Software License would have been [***] and [***] respectively. Customer's renewal invoice will reflect both the old User Band fees plus the fees for the increase of its User Band, for a total of [***].

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



AMENDMENT
TO THE BLACKBOARD LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 23, 2003
INCLUDING ALL ATTACHMENTS AND SCHEDULES
BETWEEN BLACKBOARD AND ASHFORD UNIVERSITY

An Amendment to the Blackboard License and Services Agreement, dated December 23, 2003 ("Agreement"), including all attachments and schedules thereto, between Blackboard Inc. ("Blackboard") and Ashford University ("Customer") is made of the last signature date below ("Amendment").

The Parties hereby agree that Customer will now be known as Bridgepoint Education.

The Parties also agree that Customer now includes the University of the Rockies as part of their Authorized End Users.

ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date last written below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Bridgepoint Education
(Formerly known as Ashford University)
        
 

Signature
   

Signature
        
Tess Frazier, Vice President

Print Name and Title
    

Print Name and Title
 

Date:
    

Date:

2



AMENDMENT NO. TWO
TO THE SOFTWARE SCHEDULE LS-5,
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™/BLACKBOARD COMMUNITY SYSTEM™ DATED MARCH 17, 2005
BETWEEN BLACKBOARD AND BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION

This Amendment to the Software Schedule LS-5, Blackboard Learning System™/Blackboard Community System™ dated March 17, 2005 ("Agreement") between Blackboard Inc. ("Blackboard") and Bridgepoint Education (formerly known as Ashford University)("Customer") is made as of the last signature date below ("Amendment").

The purpose of this Amendment is to add users onto Customer's current license.

The parties hereby agree to the following terms regarding the use of the Blackboard Software by Customer. The following sections of the Agreement are modified as follows:

1.
The following is hereby added to the Section entitled SITE; SCHEDULE OF FEES:
Product Description
  Qty.   Units   Annual Term
Fees (USD)
 

LEARNING SYSTEM—USER INCREASE

    1   YR   $ [***]  

COMMUNITY SYSTEM—USER INCREASE

    1   YR   $ [***]  
 

TOTAL:

            $ [***]  

All other terms and conditions remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby have executed this Amendment as of the last date written below.

BLACKBOARD   CUSTOMER: Bridgepoint Education
        
 

Signature
  /s/ Daniel J. Devine

Signature
  

Print Name and Title
Tess Frazier, Vice President
Date:
  Daniel J. Devine

Print Name and Title
  
Date: 4-30-08

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3




QuickLinks

Charter Learning Pricing Summary
BLACKBOARD MASTER TERMS
SOFTWARE SCHEDULE LS-1 BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ BASIC EDITION OPTION
ASP SCHEDULE LS-2 BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ ASP SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT A ASP FEES
EXHIBIT B ASP SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS As of this Available Date
BLACKBOARD LEARNING SOLUTIONS SCHEDULE LS-3
MANAGED CONTACT CENTER SOLUTION SCHEDULE LS-4 BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™
ADDENDUM TO THE BLACKBOARD MASTER TERMS™ MANAGED CONTACT CENTER SOLUTION SCHEDULE LS-4 BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ BETWEEN BLACKBOARD AND BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION (FORMERLY CHARTER LEARNING) DATED 23 DECEMBER, 2003
Bridgepoint Education Pricing Summary
SOFTWARE SCHEDULE LS-5 BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™/BLACKBOARD COMMUNITY SYSTEM™
ASP SCHEDULE LS—6 BLACKBOARD ASP SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT A ASP SPECIFICATIONS
EXHIBIT B ASP SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS—As of the Available Date
Ashford University Pricing Summary
ADDENDUM No. Two TO THE MANAGED CONTACT CENTER SOLUTION SCHEDULE LS-4, BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™ DATED DECEMBER 23, 2003 BETWEEN BLACKBOARD INC. AND ASHFORD UNIVERSITY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BRIDGEPORT EDUCATION)
[BLACKBOARD LOGO]
BLACKBOARD LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT COVER PAGE
Ashford University Pricing Summary
ADDENDUM TO THE ASP SCHEDULE LS-6, BLACKBOARD ASP SCHEDULE DATED MARCH 17, 2005 BETWEEN BLACKBOARD INC. AND ASHFORD UNIVERSITY
BLACKBOARD ASP BUSINESS CONTINUITY SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT A ASP Business Continuity SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS- As of the Available Date
[BLACKBOARD LOGO]
AMENDMENT TO THE BLACKBOARD LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 23, 2003 INCLUDING ALL ATTACHMENTS AND SCHEDULES BETWEEN BLACKBOARD AND ASHFORD UNIVERSITY
AMENDMENT NO. TWO TO THE SOFTWARE SCHEDULE LS-5, BLACKBOARD LEARNING SYSTEM™/BLACKBOARD COMMUNITY SYSTEM™ DATED MARCH 17, 2005 BETWEEN BLACKBOARD AND BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.21

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

        This Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of this day of February 2004 (the "Effective Date ") by and between CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP. , a Florida corporation with offices at 777 Yamato Road, Suite 400, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ("CMC"), and Bridgepoint Education Inc., an Arizona corporation with offices at 4350 E. Camelback Rd., # 240B Phoenix, Arizona 85018 ("Customer"). This Agreement shall include any mutually executed Addenda (as defined herein), which shall be attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.


RECITALS

         WHEREAS , CMC develops certain campus administrative software for use by higher education organizations and career schools; and

         WHEREAS , Customer is a higher education institution or career school and desires to obtain a license to the software, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

1.     DEFINITIONS.

        In addition to any terms defined herein, the following is a list of defined terms used in this Agreement:

         1.1    "Addendum" shall mean a mutually executed addendum, which amends this Agreement and is incorporated herein by reference.

         1.2    "Ancillary Programs" means the third party software delivered with the Licensed Program and any related documentation.

         1.3    "Active Student Record" or "ASR" shall mean the maximum number of students enrolled in at least one course at any Campus using the Software, as well as any students on leave of absence. For purposes herein, such term shall not include: (a) students who have graduated or (b) students who have dropped out (i.e., terminated studies and not on leave of absence).

         1.4    "Campus" shall mean a unique identification code used for each group of Active Student Records contained in a database.

         1.5    "Documentation" shall mean the Licensed Program user guides, reference manuals, job aides, installation materials and other written or computer-generated materials provided by CMC to Customer hereunder.

         1.6    "License Fees" shall mean the fees due to CMC for the Licensed Program, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

         1.7    "Licensed Program" shall mean the object code version of CMC's commercially available software, known as "Campus2000™." The term shall also include subsequent updates and/or upgrades delivered to Customer pursuant to any applicable CampusCares" Software Support and Maintenance Agreement entered into between Customer and CMC.

1


         1.8    "Source Code" shall mean those statements in a computer language, which when processed by a compiler, assembler or interpreter, become executable by a computer.

         1.9    "Supported System" means the minimum hardware, servers, workstations, platform and software that are required for Customer to obtain, install and maintain in order for the Licensed Program to operate properly.

2.     LICENSE GRANT AND RIGHT OF USE

         2.1     License Grant .    CMC grants to Customer a perpetual, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to install and use the Licensed Program, for its own internal business operations, subject to the terms and conditions herein.

Institution
 
Address
  Unique Database
Ref. Nos.
 

Bridgepoint Education Inc. 

  350 E. Camelback Rd., # 240B
Phoenix, Arizona 85018
       

         2.2     Delivery and installation .    Upon receipt of the signed License Agreement from Customer and payment as required in Section 3.2 below, CMC will electronically transfer the Licensed Program to the computer server(s) residing on the Supported System, which server(s) shall be located at Customer's address first set forth above or such other address as Customer may designate in writing (each the "Designated Server"). The Licensed Program shall be deemed accepted by Customer upon delivery to the Designated Server. Customer acknowledges it is responsible to obtain, implement and maintain the Supported System at its own cost and expense.

         2.3     Authorized Copies .    Customer may make and keep a single copy of the Licensed Software solely for back up, disaster recovery or archival purposes, and a second copy to use for a test bed solely if the Customer has entered into a separate CampusCare Support and Services Agreement. Customer may copy the Documentation, as reasonably required to operate the Licensed Program, for Customer's internal use only.

         2.4     License Restrictions .    Customer may allow its contractors to access the Licensed Program solely for purposes of using the Licensed Program on behalf of the Customer in the same manner contemplated hereunder, and provided such contractors have agreed in writing to be bound to confidentiality obligations at least as protective as those set forth in Section 5 below. Customer shall not (and shall not permit any employee, contractor or other party to) use, copy, sublicense, operate as a service bureau, rent, assign, transfer, modify, create derivative works, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, or apply any procedure or process to the Licensed Program in order to ascertain, derive, or appropriate the Source Code or any trade secret or process contained in the Licensed Program. Customer shall not alter or remove any proprietary notices, graphics or text contained on or in the Licensed Program. Customer's rights in the Licensed Program will be limited to those expressly granted in this Agreement, and CMC reserves all rights and licenses in and to the Licensed Program not expressly granted to Customer under this Agreement. Customer acknowledges that the Licensed Program will contain license keys and mechanisms intended to ensure the user limits of the Licensed Program will not be exceeded.

2


         2.5     Intellectual Property .    The Licensed Program and Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all related Source Code, object code, materials, designs, plans, techniques, methods, inventions, forms, formulas, and other works of authorship, and any extracts, derivatives, modifications or enhancements to the foregoing, shall remain the sole and exclusive property of CMC, and CMC shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to the foregoing under copyright, trade secret, trademark, patent and other intellectual property laws. The Licensed Program may also include Ancillary Programs, in which third parties retain copyright and other proprietary rights. Campus Management SM CampusCare SM , CampusLink SM , CampusNet SM , Campus2000™ and related marks are trademarks of CMC, and CMC retains all right, title and interest therein.

3.     FEES, PAYMENT AND TAXES

         3.1     Fees .    The License Fees for the number of licensed Campuses and ASRs, respectively, as set forth in Section 2.1 above, shall be:

[***]

    [***]  
       

[***]

    [***]  
       

[***]

    [***]  
       
 

TOTAL LICENSE FEES:

    [***]  
       

         3.2     Payment .    Customer agrees to pay the non-refundable License Fee in two (2) installments. The first installment of [***] shall be delivered to CMC accompanied by an executed copy of this Agreement, and the second installment of [***] shall be due and payable on May 17, 2004.

         3.3     Other License Fees .    Customer shall be required to pay for all other License Fees under any applicable Sales Order (as described in Section 4 below) prior to CMC's performance of any obligation under such Sales Order.

         3.4     Terms .    CMC may assess a late fee on any past due amounts at the lesser of one percent (1%) per month and the maximum interest rate allowed by law. This license is granted pursuant to an installment purchase contract. In the event Customer fails to timely make any installment payment hereunder, the license granted shall immediately become void, lapse and be of no further force and effect. In such event, Customer agrees and acknowledges that CMC shall retain all payments as liquidated damages, and the provisions of Section 6.2 shall apply.

         3.5     Taxes .    All prices are quoted in U.S. dollars and all payments made by Customer under this Agreement shall be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any sales, use, value-added, excise, property, or other taxes, duties or charges (collectively the "Taxes"). Customer acknowledges it is solely responsible for payment of such Taxes. If at any time CMC is required by law to collect any Taxes from Customer, then upon CMC's request, Customer shall immediately pay such amounts in addition to the payments due under this Agreement. If at any time Customer is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment due to CMC under the Agreement, then the gross amount payable by Customer to CMC will be increased so that, after any such deduction or withholding for Taxes, the net amount received by CMC will not be less than it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. Customer shall hold harmless and indemnify CMC from any and all Tax claims. If at any time CMC is required to pay any Taxes in any manner connected with this Agreement, then Customer shall fully reimburse CMC within ten (10) days after CMC's delivery of an invoice setting forth the Taxes paid. This provision does not apply to taxes based on CMC' s income, or any Taxes for which Customer is exempt, provided Customer has furnished CMC with a valid tax exemption certificate in a timely manner.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


4.     CHANGES

         4.1     Sales Orders .    Customer may request to expand the license to the Licensed Program granted in Section 2.1 above to include additional ASRs and/or Campuses by delivering an executed sales or purchase order to CMC. Any changes agreed upon by the parties shall be reduced to writing in the form of a mutually executed Addendum.

         4.2     Adjustments .    Customer understands and acknowledges that CMC reserves the right to increase License Fees. Therefore, the Addendum shall require Customer to pay the then-current License Fees for all, but not less than all, of Customer's FTEs and ASRs licensed hereunder in the aggregate, and not simply the difference between the original price and the then-current price. For example, if Customer originally purchased 1,000 ASRs, and subsequently Customer desires to increase the number of ASRs to a total of 2,000, then the Addendum shall require, and Customer shall be obligated to pay, the then current License Fees for all 2,000 ASRs with credit for previous payments.

5.     CONFIDENTIALITY

         5.1     Confidential Information .    Neither party nor any third party acting on its behalf, will for any reason at any time use or disclose any proprietary information of the other party hereto, including, without limitation, relating to the processes, techniques, work practices, customers, prospective customers, suppliers, vendors, business practices, strategies, business plans, financial data, marketing, third party licenses, products, machinery, apparatus, proprietary information or trade secrets of the other party hereto (collectively the "Confidential Information"). In addition, the parties acknowledge and agree that (a) the Licensed Program and related materials, know-how and proprietary rights shall be deemed CMC's Confidential Information, and (b) the data contained in each customer Campus, including, but not limited, student records, financial data, personnel, and other information related to Customers business, shall be deemed Customer's Confidential Information. Each party shall make commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the theft, disclosure, copying, reproduction, display, distribution and preparation of derivative works of the other party's Confidential Information. Either party may disclose Confidential Information to its employees, independent contractors and advisors that have a need to know in the course of their assigned duties and responsibilities in connection with this Agreement, provided such parties are bound by legally binding obligations to protect such Confidential Information in a manner consistent with this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that CMC may be required to use or apply Customer's Confidential Information as reasonably required in order to perform under this Agreement.

         5.2     Exceptions .    The obligation to keep information confidential will not extend to: (a) information that is or becomes a matter of public record through no fault of disclosing party; (b) information that can be shown to have been disclosed to the disclosing party by a third party without restrictions as to disclosure; and (c) information that was known to the recipient without restriction prior to its disclosure to it by the disclosing party.

         5.3     Disclosure Required by Law .    If the receiving party is required by a lawful order from any court of competent jurisdiction to disclose Confidential Information, the receiving party shall promptly notify the disclosing party of any such order, so that the disclosing party may take reasonable steps to limit further disclosure, including obtaining a protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information. If, in the absence of a protective order, the receiving party is compelled as a matter of law to disclose Proprietary Information, the receiving party will use reasonable efforts to disclose only the Confidential Information that is required by law to be disclosed.

         5.4     Remedies .    Confidential Information shall remain the sole property of the disclosing party or its respective licensor. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this provision, the disclosing party shall be entitled to obtain preliminary injunctive relief, without posting bond, to prevent the use

4



and disclosure of such Confidential Information, in addition to all other remedies available at law and in equity.

6.     TERM AND TERMINATION

         6.1     Term and Termination .    This Agreement shall continue in force and effect perpetually unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein. Either party may terminate this Agreement on thirty (30) calendar days written notice if the other party has breached a material provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within the thirty (30) day period, or a mutually agreed upon extension thereto. Provided, however, CIVIC may terminate this Agreement and any licenses granted herein upon five (5) calendar days notice if Customer breaches the license provisions set forth in Section 2 above, unless Customer has fully cured such breach within such five (5) day period.

         6.2     Effects of Termination .    Upon termination of the Agreement or any license(s) granted herein arising from the Customer's default, Customer's right to use and possess the Licensed Program and Documentation shall immediately cease. Customer shall promptly return all copies to CIVIC, except that CMC may otherwise direct Customer to delete all installed copies off of any and all storage media in the control of Customer. Customer shall provide CMC with written certification signed by an officer of Customer that all copies of the Licensed Programs have been returned or destroyed and that Customer has retained no copies.

         6.3     Remedies for Customer's Breach .    Termination of this Agreement due to Customer's default shall not relieve Customer of its obligation to pay CIVIC for all Licensed Programs delivered and for all License Fees due through the date of termination. The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that License Fees are non-refundable, and CMC shall retain all License Fees as liquidated damages, which amount Customer hereby acknowledges is commercially reasonable and not to be construed as a penalty.

         6.4     Remedies for CMC's Breach .    The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of termination due to CMC's uncured breach of a material term of this Agreement, CIVIC shall promptly return the License Fees paid to CMC under this Agreement, which shall be Customer's sole and exclusive remedy.

7.     WARRANTIES

         7.1     CMC's Limited Warranties .    CIVIC represents, warrants and covenants that:

         7.2     Customer's Limited Warranties .    Customer represents, warrants and covenants that: of this Agreement.

5


         7.3     Ancillary Programs Limited Warranty .    In addition to CMC's warranties in Section 7.1, Customer shall have the benefit of any third party warranties available to end users of the Ancillary Programs; provided however, that Customer's sole remedy for breach of any third party warranties shall be against the third party licensor providing the Ancillary Program and not against CMC.

8.     LIMITED WARRANTY REMEDIES; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

         8.1     Limited Warranty Remedies .    Customer's exclusive remedy with respect to any breach of the express warranties set forth in Section 7.1 shall be limited to, at CMC's option, (a) the repair or correction of any defective or nonconforming Licensed Program, or (b) the replacement of any defective or nonconforming Licensed Program. CMC shall have no obligation to make corrections, repairs or replacements for any material non-conformity or defect which results, in whole or in part, from (i) any force majeure event (as described below in Section 13.7) related to Customer, (ii) the fault or negligence of Customer, (iii) use of the Licensed Program in a manner for which it was not designed, including, without limitation, use of the Licensed Program with computer hardware and/ software other than the Supported Systems, (iv) modifications of the Licensed Program by anyone other than authorized employees or agents of CMC, (v) causes external to the Licensed Program such as, but not limited to, power failure or electrical power surges, (vi) the interaction of the Licensed Program with software not provided by CMC, or (vii) Customer's failure to install any update provided by CMC which would have avoided the defect. CMC shall not be obligated to correct, cure, or otherwise remedy any such nonconformity or defect in the Licensed Program if Customer has not reported to CMC the existence and nature of such nonconformity or defect within thirty (30) days following discovery thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, CMC reserves the right at its sole discretion, at any to time, to supersede versions of the Licensed Program with newer versions which may add, modify, or replace specific features or characteristics of earlier versions. Customer shall agree to accept, install and use such replacements, which versions shall also be deemed warranty replacements for purposes of this Section 8.1-

         8.2     Disclaimer of Warranties .    THE WARRANTIES PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 7 AND 8 ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CMC DOES NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT THAT THE OPERATION OF THE LICENSED PROGRAM WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE. CUSTOMER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY AND PERFORMANCE OF INTERNET ACCESS IS BEYOND CMC'S CONTROL AND IS NOT IN ANY WAY WARRANTED OR SUPPORTED BY CMC UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; CUSTOMER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AND MAINTAINING INTERNET ACCESS AS NECESSARY FOR HOSTING THE LICENSED PROGRAM AND ASSOCIATED DATA, AND FOR TRANSFERRING OR RECEIVING DATA, AND CUSTOMER BEARS ALL RISK RELATING TO THE TRANSFER AND STORAGE OF SUCH DATA.

9.     INDEMNIFICATION

         9.1     CMC Indemnity for Intellectual Property Infringement .    CMC will defend or settle, at its option and expense, any third party action brought against Customer to the extent that it is based upon a claim that the Licensed Program, as provided by CMC to Customer under this Agreement and used within the scope of this Agreement, infringes any U.S. patent, copyright, trade secret or other similar intellectual property right of such third party, and CMC will pay all costs, damages and reasonable

6


attorneys' fees attributable to such claim that are finally awarded against Customer. CMC's obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

         9.2     Limitations on Indemnity Obligations .    The foregoing indemnity shall not apply to any infringement claim that arises from: (i) modification of the Licensed Program by anyone other than CMC; (ii) Customer' s use of the Licensed Program in conjunction with Customer data where use with such data gave rise to the infringement claim; (iii) Customer's use of the Licensed Program with software or hardware not provided by CMC, where use with such other software or hardware gave rise to the infringement claim; or (iv) use of other than the most current, unaltered update or upgrade to the Licensed Program available from CMC, if such claim would have been avoided by Customer's use of such update or upgrade. CMC shall not be liable hereunder for any settlement made by Customer without CMC's advance written approval, or for any award from any action in which CMC was not granted control of the defense.

         9.3     Remedies for Infringement .    If use of the Licensed Program is enjoined or if CMC reasonably believes that use of the Licensed Program may be enjoined, CMC may, at its option, (a) obtain the right for Customer to continue using the Licensed Program; or (b) replace or modify the Licensed Program so it is no longer infringing, or if CMC determines that neither (a) nor (b) can reasonably be accomplished, (c) terminate the applicable license(s) and issue a pro rata refund of the License Fees paid for the Licensed Program, which refund amount shall be determined in CMC's reasonable discretion and CMC's payment thereof shall constitute Customer's sole and exclusive remedy for all claims.

         9.4     Customer's Indemnity .    Customer shall indemnify and defend CMC against all claims, liabilities, and costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred in the defense of any claim brought against CMC by third parties based upon Customer's breach or any warranty, representation or obligation hereunder. If Customer negotiates a settlement with such third parties, then Customer will include CMC as a party generally released from all claims and liabilities by such third party. CMC shall cooperate as reasonably requested in the defense of such claim and may appear, at its own expense, through counsel reasonably acceptable to Customer.

         9.5     Entire Liability .    THIS SECTION 9 STATES CUSTOMER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND CMC'S ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS AND DAMAGES FOR INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ANY KIND.

10.   LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         10.1     Limitations of Liability .    IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY HERETO BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES FOR LOST PROFITS, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT REGARDLESS OF THE BASIS OF THE CLAIM. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NOTWITHSTANDING THE FORM IN WHICH ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE ACTION MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST CMC, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IN CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STATUTORY LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, IN NO EVENT SHALL CMC BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, CLAIM, LIABILITY OR DAMAGE, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS'

7


FEES AND COSTS, WHICH EXCEED IN THE AGGREGATE THE LICENSE FEES PAID BY CUSTOMER FOR THE SPECIFIC LICENSED PROGRAM WHICH GAVE RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY, IT BEING ACKNOWLEDGED BY CUSTOMER THAT THE PRICING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT REFLECTS SUCH LIMITATION AND THE ALLOCATION OF ECONOMIC RISK AMONG THE PARTIES.

         10.2     Exceptions to Limitations .    PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY IN THIS SECTION 10 SHALL NOT APPLY TO BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROVISIONS; WILLFUL MISCONDUCT; OR PAYMENT OF THIRD PARTY CLAIMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

11.   AUDIT AND INSPECTION

         11.1     Remote Access :    Audit. Customer hereby grants a limited license to CMC to remotely access Customer's Supported System and Licensed Program, as reasonably necessary to assess Customer's compliance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to analyze and/or test the Licensed Program. In addition, CMC shall have the right to enter Customer's premises, as well as to inspect and copy records of Customer, in any and all forms, with respect to the use and operation the Licensed Program, payment of License Fees, and Customer's maintenance of intellectual property and Confidential Information; provided, however, such audit shall be conducted with reasonable advance notice, during normal business hours and without unreasonable disruption to Customer's business operations.

12.   NOTICE

         12.1     Notice Provisions .    Whenever under the provisions of this Agreement notice is required to be given, it shall be in writing and shall be deemed given either immediately when hand delivered personally or by courier; upon delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service; or three days after mailing, postage prepaid by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the party below for whom it is intended, with copies provided to the addresses set forth below, or to such other address as a party shall hereafter designate in writing to another party in accordance with the foregoing procedures.

Customer:   Bridgepoint Education Inc.
350 E. Camelback Rd., # 240B
Phoenix, Arizona 85018
   

CMC:

 

Campus Management Corp.
777 Yamato Road Suite 400
Boca Raton, Florida 33431

 

 

13.   MISCELLANEOUS

         13.1     Assignment .    Customer may not assign this Agreement in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of CMC, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

8


         13.2     Governing Laws .    This Agreement will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Florida, without regards to conflicts of law principles. If applicable, the parties expressly opt out of the application to this Agreement of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Each of the parties understands this Agreement and has had adequate opportunity to consult with counsel regarding the provisions of this Agreement.

         13.3     Export Laws .    Customer shall comply with all current export and import laws and regulations of the United States and such other governments as are applicable to the Licensed Program. Customer hereby certifies that it will not directly or indirectly, export, re-export, or transship the Licensed Program or related Documentation, information, or media in violation of United States laws and regulations.

         13.4     U.S. Government Licensing .    The Licensed Program and any Ancillary Programs provided herewith are commercial computer software. To the extent applicable, the use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in this Agreement and are licensed with "Restricted Rights" as provided for in FAR 52.227-14, FAR 52.227-19(c), DFAR 252.227-7013, and other agency data rights provisions, as applicable. Customer is responsible for ensuring that copies are marked with a restricted rights notices and legends. CMC reserves all rights not expressly granted to Licensee.

         13.5     Jurisdiction; Venue; No Jury Trial; Claims Period Limitation .    The parties expressly waive any right to a jury trial regarding disputes related to this Agreement. The parties irrevocably submit and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Florida state courts in and for Palm Beach County, Florida, and the Federal Courts in and for the Southern District of Florida. The parties agree not to raise the defense of forum non-conveniens. Unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law without the possibility of contractual waiver or limitation, and except with respect to infringement of CMC's intellectual property rights, any legal or other action related to a breach of this Agreement must be commenced no later than two (2) years from the date the claim began to accrue.

         13.6     Attorneys' Fees .    In the event any action is brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to declare a breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, in addition to any other amounts awarded, reasonable attorney's fees and other related costs and expenses actually incurred by reason thereof.

         13.7     Force Majeure .    Neither party shall be liable for any delay in performing its obligations under this Agreement, if such delay is caused by circumstances beyond the party's reasonable control, including without limitation, any delay cause by any act or omission of the other party, acts of God, war, terrorism, floods, windstorm, labor disputes, or delay of essential materials or services. The delayed party shall promptly notify the other party of the reasons for and the likely duration of the delay, whereupon an extension of time equal to the period of delay shall be granted to the delayed party.

         13.8     Amendment .    The parties agree that this Agreement cannot be altered, amended or modified, except by a written Amendment signed by an authorized representative of both parties. In

9


the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any duly executed Sales Order, the terms of such Sales Order shall control.

         13.9     Survival .    The obligations of the parties under this Agreement, which by their nature continue beyond the termination or cancellation of this Agreement, shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 1, 3, 5, and 8 through 13.

         13.10     Promotional Materials .    CMC may use Customer's name and reference the existence of this Agreement (without referenced detailed terms and pricing) in promotional and marketing materials, including its Web site.

         13.11     Waiver; Severability .    Waiver by any party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be considered as, nor constitute a continuing waiver, breach or cancellation of, any other breach of any provision of this Agreement. To the extent any court of competent jurisdiction deems any provision of this Agreement to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reduced or deleted to the minimum extent necessary, but in such manner that the remainder of the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

         13.12     Counterparts .    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         13.13     Entire Agreement; Effective Upon Acceptance .    This Agreement (including the Order Form and attachments, if any) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes and cancels all prior and contemporaneous proposals and discussions and writings between the parties with respect thereto. This Agreement is valid and binding only upon execution by Customer and the final execution and acceptance by CMC.

         AGREED AND ACCEPTED by the undersigned duly authorized representative of the parties as of the Effective Date.

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:   /s/ ANDREW CLARK

  By:   /s/ DAVID MEEK

Print:   Andrew Clark

  Print:   David Meek

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

  Title:   President

Date:   March 2, 2004

  Date:   April 6, 2004

10



PRICE PROJECT ESTIMATE

Projects
  Work Hours   Price  
Project Management     [***]     [***]  
Strategic Vision/Scope     [***]     [***]  
Infrastructure     [***]     [***]  
Business Process Analysis     [***]     [***]  
System Configuration     [***]     [***]  
Data Conversion     [***]     [***]  
Campus Training     [***]     [***]  
Campus Cut-Over     [***]     [***]  
Campus Transition     [***]     [***]  
Travel           Billed as Incurred  

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , for adequate consideration and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

Bridgepoint Education, Inc.   Campus Management Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:   /s/ ANDREW CLARK

  By:   /s/ DAVID MEEK

Print:   Andrew Clark

  Print:   David Meek

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

  Title:   President

Date:   March 2, 2004

  Date:   April 6, 2004

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

11



ADDENDUM TO THE CAMPUSVUE® SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND

Bridgepoint Education Inc.

Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs

        This Addendum, effective upon the mutual execution by the parties hereunder, is incorporated into and made a part of the Software License Agreement (the "License Agreement") between Campus Management Corp. ("CMC") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. ("Customer"), dated as of March 2, 2004. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the License Agreement. The following provisions shall be amended, as follows:

Institution Name
  Campus Address

Bridgepoint Education, Inc. 

  13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128

Ashford University (AU)

  13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128

Ashford University Online (AUO)

  13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
License
  Cost

CampusVue

  [***]

CampusPortal

  [***]

CampusLink eLead

  [***]

CampusLink AppCreator

  [***]

CampusLink Communicator

  [***]
     
 

TOTAL

  [***]
     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        This Addendum is deemed effective upon acceptance at CMC's principal offices. Except as expressly stated herein, all other terms of the License Agreement, as amended, remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:     

  By:     

Print:  

  Print:  

Title:  

  Title:  

Date:  

  Date:  

2



ADDENDUM TO THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND

Bridgepoint Education Inc.

Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs

        This Addendum, effective upon the mutual execution by the parties hereunder, is incorporated into and made a part of the Software License Agreement (the "License Agreement") between Campus Management Corp. ("CMC") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. ("Customer"), dated as of March 2, 2004. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the License Agreement. The following provisions shall be amended, as follows:

Institution Name
  Campus Address
Bridgepoint Education, Inc.    13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
Ashford University (AU-TR)   400 North Bluff Road,
Clinton, Iowa 52732
Ashford University Online (AUO) (AU-AC)   400 North Bluff Road,
Clinton, Iowa 52732
University of the Rockies—Online   13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
Ashford University-Evening Accelerated (AU-EA)   400 North Bluff Road,
Clinton, Iowa 52732
    Total Campuses—5
License
  Cost

CampusVue

  [***]

CampusPortal

  [***]

CampusLink eLead

  [***]

CampusLink AppCreator

  [***]

CampusLink Communicator

  [***]
     
 

TOTAL

  [***]
     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        This Addendum is deemed effective upon acceptance at CMC's principal offices. Except as expressly stated herein, all other terms of the License Agreement, as amended, remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:     

  By:     

Print:  

  Print:  

Title:  

  Title:  

Date:  

  Date:  

2



ADDENDUM TO THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND

Bridgepoint Education Inc.

Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs

        This Addendum, effective upon the mutual execution by the parties hereunder, is incorporated into and made a part of the Software License Agreement (the "License Agreement") between Campus Management Corp. ("CMC") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. ("Customer"), dated as of March 2, 2004. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the License Agreement. The following provisions shall be amended, as follows:

Institution Name
  Campus Address
Bridgepoint Education, Inc.    13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
Ashford University (AU-TR)   400 North Bluff Road,
Clinton, Iowa 52732
Ashford University Online (AUO) (AU-AC)   400 North Bluff Road,
Clinton, Iowa 52732
University of the Rockies—Online   13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
Ashford University-Evening Accelerated (AU-EA)   400 North Bluff Road,
Clinton, Iowa 52732
Ashford Audit   13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
Instructor Campus   13500 Evening Creek Drive, Suite 600,
San Diego, CA 92128
    Total Campuses—7
License
  Cost
CampusVue   [***]
CampusPortal   [***]
CampusLink eLead   [***]
CampusLink AppCreator   [***]
CampusLink Communicator   [***]
     
  TOTAL   [***]
     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


        This Addendum is deemed effective upon acceptance at CMC's principal offices. Except as expressly stated herein, all other terms of the License Agreement, as amended, remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:     

  By:     

Print:  

  Print:  

Title:  

  Title:  

Date:  

  Date:  

2



Addendum to the
CAMPUS2000™ SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

1. The License
1.1 License and Warranty Granted to Buyer

         Campus Management Corp. (Seller or Licensor) hereby grants to: BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. (Buyer or Licensee) the following changes in the Campus2000™ Software License Agreement, dated and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1.
Buyer is hereby authorized to use Campus2000 Software for up to [***] Active Student Records and licensed campus locations listed below. Additional campus locations may be added by notifying Seller in writing as to the name and street address of each such location. The [***] active student records shall initially be allocated to the campus location(s) of Buyer as follows:
Institution Name
  Campus Address   Active Student Records  
Bridgepoint Education, Inc.    13880 Stowe Drive, Suite C
Poway, CA 92064
       

Ashford University (AU)

 

13880 Stowe Drive, Suite C
Poway, CA 92064

 

 

 

 

Ashford University Online (AUO)

 

13880 Stowe Drive, Suite C
Poway, CA 92064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL—[***]

 
2.
The incremental license fee for the above Active Student Records is [***]. The incremental license fee for the additional 2 campuses (addresses of which are to be communicated by customer) is [***]. Additional increases in active student records are to be processed in the manner as described in the original executed agreement referred to above.

3.
Buyer agrees to pay when due any applicable sales, use, property, excise, VAT, and other similar taxes.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Addendum by their duly authorized representative the date and year indicated below. This agreement is not valid and is not effective until executed by Seller.

Buyer:   Bridgepoint Education, Inc.   Seller:   Campus Management Corp.

By:

 

/s/ RICK GESSNER


 

By:

 



Print:   Rick Gessner

  Print:   David Meek

Title:   Chief Tech Officer

  Title:   President

Date:   February 16, 2005

  Date:  

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.
CAMPUSCARE SM SUPPORT AGREEMENT

        This CAMPUSCARE SOFTWARE SUPPORT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") made and entered into as of the        day of                                    , 2004, (the "Effective Date") is by and between the provider, CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP. ("CMC"), a Florida corporation having its principal office and place of business at 777 Yamato Road, Suite 400, Boca Raton, Florida 33431, and Bridgepoint Education , a AZ corporation having its office and place of business at 4350 E. Camelback Road, # 240B, Phoenix, AZ 85018 ("Customer"), having its principal offices at the address set forth below.


WITNESSETH

        WHEREAS, CMC and Customer have entered into a software license agreement (the "License Agreement") under which Customer obtained a non-exclusive license to use certain computer programs in object code form and related user documentation (the "Licensed Program") on certain terms and conditions; and

        WHEREAS, CMC desires to provide and Customer desires to obtain certain support and maintenance services with respect to the Licensed Program, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

1.     DEFINITIONS.

        For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply to the respective capitalized terms. In addition, all capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed in the License Agreement and CMC Professional Services Agreement of event date hereof:

         1.1    "Computer Infrastructure " means all computers, networks, printers, operating systems, and telecommunications systems used by Customer in the operation of the Licensed Program.

         1.2    "Enhancement " means any modification or addition that when made or added to the Licensed Program, changes its utility efficiency, functional capability, or application.

         1.3    "Error " means any failure of the Licensed Program to substantially conform in all material respects to the Documentation. However, any nonconformity resulting from Customer's misuse, improper use, alteration, or damage of the Licensed Program or Customer's combining or merging the Licensed Program with any hardware or software not supplied or identified as compatible by CMC in writing, shall not be considered an Error.

         1.4    "Error Correction " means either a modification or an addition that, when made or added to the Licensed Program, establishes material conformity of the Licensed Program to the functional specifications, or a procedure or routine that, when observed in the regular operation of the Licensed Program, eliminates the adverse effect on Customer of such nonconformity.

         1.5    "Licensed Program " means the computer programs described in the License Agreement.

         1.6    "Normal Working Hours " means the hours between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on the days Monday through Friday, excluding regularly scheduled holidays of CMC.

2


         1.7    "Releases " means new versions of the Licensed Program, which may include Error Corrections and/or Enhancements.

         1.8    "Support Users " means the specified persons from Customer's corporate staff, helpdesk and/or information technology personnel, as agreed in writing between CMC and Customer, who may communicate with CMC and utilize the support services described in Section 3 of this Agreement. The list of Support Users may be amended from time-to-time by the mutual written agreement of the parties.

         1.9    "Term " means an initial period of one (1) year commencing on the 1 st  day of January, or any pro-ration thereof if entered into during the course of a calendar year. Thereafter, on the 1 st  day of January each year, the Term shall automatically renew for successive periods of one (1) year, unless and until terminated pursuant to Section 8 hereof. The Term shall renew at the same service level then in effect at the end of the most recent concluding period. In no event, however, shall the Term extend beyond the prescribed term of the License Agreement.

         1.10    "Third Party Products " means products used by Customer in conjunction with the Licensed Program, but not licensed or provided by CMC as part of the Licensed Program, including, but not limited to, Microsoft Great Plains Accounting, Crystal Reports, Foxfire Report Writer, QuickTouch Point-of Sale, Scantron, PVI ImageNow, Microsoft SQL Server, Citrix Metaframe, and Microsoft Terminal Server.

2.    SOFTWARE PRODUCTS COVERED .    CMC will support and maintain the Licensed Program in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. From time-to-time, CMC may provide only limited support for Third Party Products with respect to the use of the Licensed Program. Customer is responsible for obtaining primary support of the Third-Party Products under separate agreement with the providers of such services.

3.    SCOPE OF SERVICES .    During the Term, CMC shall render the following services ("Standard") during Normal Working Hours in support of the Licensed Program. Customer may elect to receive Premium annual support for an additional fee. The descriptions of Premium support level and applicable fees are set forth in Exhibits A and B, respectively. Service levels, terms and conditions are subject to change annually. During the Initial Term, Standard support includes the following services:

         3.1     CMC shall receive from any of the Support Users (by telephone, e-mail or fax transmission) Customer's reports of Errors.

         3.2     CMC shall maintain a toll-free telephone line that allows Customer to seek assistance with use of the Licensed Program.

         3.3     CMC shall maintain a trained staff capable of rendering the services set forth in this Agreement.

         3.4     CMC shall be responsible for using reasonable diligence to correct verifiable and reproducible Errors when reported to CMC in accordance with CMC's standard reporting procedures. CMC shall, within a reasonable time of verifying that such an Error is present, initiate work in a diligent manner toward development of an Error Correction. Following completion of the Error Correction, CMC shall provide the Error Correction through a "temporary fix" consisting of sufficient programming and operating instructions to implement the Error Correction, CMC shall include the Error Correction in all subsequent Releases of the Licensed Program. CMC shall not be responsible for correcting Errors in any version of the Licensed Program other than the most recent Release of the Licensed Program. However CMC shall continue to support the immediately preceding Release for a reasonable period sufficient to allow Customer to implement the newest Release, not to exceed 90 days after making the new Release available.

3


         3.5     CMC shall, from time to time, deliver new Releases to its customers generally, containing Error Corrections and Enhancements. CMC shall provide reasonable assistance to help Customer install and operate each new Release. Customer acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement covers Releases solely to the extent such products are made generally available to all customers of CMC as part of the same level of maintenance and support services. Any revisions to the Licensed Product constituting new commercially available products, which may include new major functionality or material changes in technical specifications not made generally available to other customers receiving the same level of support services, may be purchased under separate mutually agreeable arrangements.

         3.6     Training is available for an additional fee. Limited training credits are included as part of the service levels in accordance with the descriptions and rates set forth in Exhibits A and B.

         3.7     CMC will use reasonable efforts (up to a maximum of thirty (30) minutes) attempting to diagnose and resolve Licensed Program problems associated with Third Party Products for no additional fee. If at any time CMC reasonably determines the problem is primarily caused by the Third Party Product(s), and not the Licensed Program, then CMC shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to address the problem. Customer acknowledges that CMC may not be able to assist Customer with problems associated with Third Party Products, and Customer is encouraged to contact vendors of Third Party Products for pertinent support and maintenance services.

         3.8     Customer may request services not covered in this Agreement, pertaining to the Licensed Program (including, without limitation, data conversion, report-formatting assistance, diagnosis and repair of infrastructure problems), provided that such assistance, if agreed to be provided, shall be subject to CMC's standard rates for such services and may require the execution of a separate Professional Services Agreement (the "Additional Services").

4.    REMOTE ACCESS .    As a condition of CMC's ability to provide services under this Agreement at all times during the Term, Customer shall provide a high-speed "at will" internal connection for CMC to remotely provide services hereunder. Failure to do so will impair CMC's ability to resolve Customer's reported problems in a timely manner and may result in additional charges.

5.     FEES AND CHARGES

         5.1     Customer shall pay fees in the amount set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto for the level of service selected by Customer. If the Term commences after January 1, then Customer shall pay fees and charges on a pro-rated basis for the remainder of the first calendar year. Rates may increase by up to twelve percent (12) per annum (calculated on an average annual basis over the period of the Term) without additional notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing CMC reserves the right to change the annual fees and charges upon renewal of this Agreement, provided CMC has given Customer at least thirty (30) days written notice prior to any renewal date. The pricing set forth in this Agreement is conditioned on the Term of this Agreement renewing continuously on an annual basis without any lapse of service (other than caused by CMC's uncured material breach) or decrease in service level. In the event of such lapse, Customer shall pay current through the date of recommencing services and thereafter based on CMC's then current standard fees and charges.

         5.2     Invoices will be sent prior to the end of each calendar year Term, and Customer shall pay in accordance with the payment schedule identified in Exhibit B with the first payment due to CMC before December 31 in advance of the next one-year Term. Customer shall remain current in all payments as a condition to CMC continuing to provide services under this Agreement.

         5.3     For Additional Services, CMC shall invoice all supplemental fees and charges based on the rate schedule set forth in Exhibit C. Customer shall pay the invoiced amount promptly upon receipt of such invoice, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the invoice date.

4


         5.4     Any amount invoiced under this Section 5 and not paid in full as required herein shall bear interest at the lesser of 1.5% per month or the highest rate allowed by applicable law, and shall be subject to reasonable costs and attorney's fees related to collection. A delayed payment constitutes a lapse in service. CMC reserves the right to suspend any or all services to delinquent accounts until such time as the account is brought current.

         5.5     Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, prices quoted for Services do not include travel and out-of-pocket expenses. Customer shall reimburse CMC for its reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, costs of travel (air & cab fare, lodging, auto rental or local mileage, standard per diem, etc., based on M&I standard US Government per diem rates subject to any other guidelines mutually agreed upon by both parties) and reasonable out-of-pocket costs for photocopying, overnight courier, long-distance telephone and the like (collectively, "Travel and Expenses"). CMC will maintain records of Travel and Expenses, and upon Customer's reasonable request CMC will provide copies of records at Customer's expense.

         5.6     Customer shall be responsible for procuring, installing, and maintaining all equipment, telephone lines, communications interfaces, and other hardware necessary to operate the Licensed Program. Customer shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for procuring updates to Third Party Products.

         5.7     If at any time Customer expands its license to increase the Record Count or Campuses in accordance with the terms of the License Agreement, Customer shall pay the additional proportionate fees under this Agreement, which fees shall commence with the increased License Fee and be prorated for the remainder of the then-current year of the Term.

         5.8     Customer acknowledges that CMC allocates its resources to provide services to Customer. In the event Customer cancels any scheduled services, including, without limitation, Additional Services or training services, with less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to CMC, and CMC cannot after using good faith efforts reallocate its resources, then Customer shall promptly pay CMC the amount of lost fees (based on the difference between the projected scheduled services for Customer and the fees actually received) and any out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by CMC.

6.     PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

         6.1     To the extent that CMC may provide Customer with any Error Corrections or Enhancements (collectively, "CMC Programs"), Customer may install, use and make back-up copies of the CMC Programs strictly in accordance with the License Agreement. All restrictions to the Licensed Program, and all remedies regarding infringement, apply to the CMC Programs. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved to CMC.

         6.2     The CMC Programs and all components, modifications, derivatives, and compilations thereof, including any and all intellectual property rights in and to the foregoing, shall remain the exclusive property of CMC, regardless of whether Customer, its employees, or contractors may have contributed to or joined in the invention or development of such work. Customer shall execute any further instruments that CMC reasonably requests from time-to-time for purposes of perfecting its ownership rights.

7.     DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         7.1     EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CMC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SERVICES, LICENSED PROGRAM,

5



ERROR CORRECTIONS, ENHANCEMENTS AND RELEASES WILL BE ERROR-FREE OR OPERATE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION.

         7.2     NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE FOR SERVICES PAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5.1 ABOVE CALCULATED AS OF THE DATE ANY SUCH CAUSE ACTION AROSE, EXCEPT CUSTOMER SHALL PAY ALL EXPENSES AND FEES FOR SERVICES RENDERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT FOR OBLIGATIONS TO INDEMNIFY AGAINST THIRD PARTY CLAIMS AS SET FORTH HEREUNDER, OR CUSTOMER'S BREACH OF SECTION 8 (PROPRIETARY RIGHTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST SAVINGS, PROFIT OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION EVEN IF NOTIFIED IN ADVANCE OF SUCH POSSIBILITY) ARISING OUT OF OR PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

         7.3     No action, whether based in contract, strict liability, or tort, including any action based on negligence, arising out of the performance of services under this Agreement, may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after such cause of action accrued.

8.     TERMINATION

         8.1     This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

         8.2     This Agreement shall immediately terminate upon the termination of the CMC Software License Agreement;

         8.3     This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon the expiration of the then current term of this Agreement, provided at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice is given to the other party; or

         8.4     This Agreement may be terminated if the other party has breached any material provision of this Agreement and has not cured the breach within thirty (30) days after delivery of written notice thereof.

         8.5     Following termination of this Agreement, CMC shall Immediately Invoice Customer for all accrued fees and charges and all reimbursable expenses, and Customer shall pay the invoiced amount immediately upon receipt of such invoice. Except if this Agreement terminates as a result of Customer's uncured material breach, Customer may continue to use any work supplied to Customer by CMC for the remaining term of the CMC Software License Agreement.

9.     CONFIDENTIALITY

         9.1     Each party hereby acknowledges that it may be exposed to confidential and proprietary information belonging to the other party or relating to its affairs, including, without limitation, source code and design materials for the Licensed Program, business plans, databases, student names and prospective student names, students' personal information, strategies, techniques, and other materials expressly designated or marked as confidential (collectively the "Confidential Information"). CMC's Confidential Information shall include, without limitation, the Licensed Program, Enhancements, Error Corrections, Releases, and information provided in the course of performing support services. Customer's databases of student records and data shall be deemed Customer's Confidential Information. The terms and pricing in this Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information. Confidential Information does not include (i) information already known or independently developed

6



by the recipient; (ii) information in the public domain through no wrongful act of the party, or (iii) information received by a party from a third party who was free to disclose it.

         9.2     Each party hereby agrees that during the Term and at all times thereafter it shall not use, commercialize or disclose the other party's Confidential Information to any person or entity, except to its own employees having a "need to know," and to such other recipients as the other party may approve in a signed writing. Each party shall use at least the same degree of care in safeguarding the other party's Confidential Information as it uses in safeguarding its own Confidential Information, but in no event shall a party use less than due diligence and care. Nothing herein shall prohibit CMC from disclosing Customer's Confidential Information if as a matter of law or a valid court order it is required to do so, provided CMC shall first use reasonable efforts to notify Customer so that it may attempt to obtain a protective order limiting disclosure. Neither party shall alter or remove from any software, documentation or other Confidential Information of the other party (or any third party) any proprietary, copyright, trademark or trade secret legend.

         9.3     Recognizing that a breach of this Section 9 could result in irreparable harm, for which money damages along would be inadequate, the disclosing party shall be entitled to equitable remedies, including injunctive relief, in addition to damages available at law.

10.    NON-SOLICITATION.     During the Term and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Customer agrees not to target for hire, solicit, nor attempt to solicit the services of any employee or subcontractor of CMC without the prior written consent of CMC. Violation of this provision shall, in addition to other relief, entitle CMC to assert liquidated damages against Customer equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the solicited person's annual compensation.

11.    NOTICES.     Notices sent to either party shall be effective when delivered in person or transmitted by fax machine with printed confirmation page (if delivered after 5:00 recipient's local time, then effective the next business day), one (1) day after being sent by overnight courier, or two (2) days after being sent by first class mail postage prepaid to the address on the first page hereof or such other address as a party may give notice in the same manner set forth in this Section 11.

12.   MISCELLANEOUS.

         12.1     Disputes; Choice of Law .     

7


         12.2     Independent Contractor Status .     Each party and its personnel are independent contractors in relation to the other party with respect to all matters arising under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall be deemed to establish a partnership, joint venture, association or employment relationship between the parties. Each party shall remain responsible, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party, for the withholding and payment of all Federal, state and local personal income, wage, earnings, occupation, social security, worker's compensation, unemployment, sickness and disability insurance taxes, payroll levies or employee benefit requirements (under ERISA, state law or otherwise) now existing or hereafter enacted and attributable to themselves and their respective people.

         12.3     Security; No Conflicts .     Each party agrees to inform the other of any information made available to the other party that is classified or restricted data, agrees to comply with the security requirements imposed by any state or local government, or by the United States Government, or by applicable law, and shall return all such material upon request. Each party warrants that its participation in this Agreement does not conflict with any contractual or other obligation of the party or create any conflict of interest prohibited by the U.S. Government or any other government and shall promptly notify the other party if any such conflict arises during the Term.

         12.4     Insurance; Indemnify .     Each party shall maintain adequate insurance protection covering its respective activities hereunder, including coverage for statutory worker's compensation, comprehensive general liability for bodily injury and tangible property damage, as well as adequate coverage for vehicles. Each party (the "Indemnifying Party") shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other and its affiliates, and each of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, independent contractors, successors and assigns (collectively the "Indemnified Party") from and against third party claims based on bodily injury, death and tangible property damage resulting from the grossly negligent or willful acts or omissions of its officers, agents, employees or representatives acting within the scope of their work. The Indemnifying Party will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party against the claim at the Indemnifying Party's expense and pay all costs, damages, and attorney's fees that a court awards provided that the Indemnified Party: (a) promptly notifies the Indemnifying Party in writing of the claim; and (b) allows the Indemnifying Party to control, and cooperates with the Indemnifying Party in the defense and any related settlement negotiations (provided the Indemnifying Party does not settle the dispute without the Indemnified Party's written consent, unless the Indemnifying Party obtains a general release in favor of the Indemnified Party). Nothing herein shall restrict the Indemnified Party from participating in the defense of its own cost and expense.

         12.5     Force Majeure .     Neither party shall be liable for any delay in performing its obligations under this Agreement, if such delay is caused by circumstances beyond the party's reasonable control, including without limitation, any acts of God, war, terrorism, floods, windstorm, labor disputes, changes in laws or regulations, or delay of essential materials or services. In the event of non-performance or a delay in performance of obligations under this Agreement is due to a force majeure, the period of performance shall be extended by the delay due to such events of force majeure and any additional time that the parties may mutually agree is necessary for the remobilization of people and equipment. However, the party not affected by the force majeure shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without penalty if the party affected by the force majeure event is unable to resume full performance within sixty (60) days of occurrence of the event.

         12.6     Assignment .     This Agreement may not be assigned by Customer, in whole or in part, except it may be assigned its entirety solely in connection with a permitted assignment of the entire License

8



Agreement in accordance with the express terms and conditions of the assignment provision in the License Agreement.

         12.7     Miscellaneous .     This document and the exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire and exclusive agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous communications, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Any provision hereof found by a tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or unenforceable shall be automatically conformed to the minimum requirements of law and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Waiver of any provision hereof in one instance shall not preclude enforcement thereof on future occasions. Headings are for reference purposes only and have no substantive effect. The provisions of Sections 1, 5, 6, 7, 8.5, and 9 through 12 shall survive termination of this Agreement. Copies of this Agreement and notices generated in accordance herewith shall be treated as original documents admissible into evidence, unless a document's authenticity is genuinely placed in question. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and together shall be deemed the entire Agreement.

        AGREED AND ACCEPTED by the undersigned duly authorized representatives of the parties as of the date first set forth above.

  Bridgepoint Education

       

  By:   /s/ RICK GESSNER

  Name:   Rick Gessner

  Title:   Chief Tech Officer

  Date:   2-15-05

       

  Campus Management Corp.

       

  By:  

  Name:   David Meek

  Title:   President

  Date:  

9



EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT LEVELS

        Premium support services are cumulative and in addition to Standard support services.

 
  STANDARD   PREMIUM
• Support Center 8 a.m.-8 p.m. ET—Mon.—Fri.    X   X
• Unlimited Access to the CMC Web Information   X   X
• Software Upgrades (feature releases)   X   X
• Patches   X   X
• Two admission passes to the CMC User Conference   X   X
• Training Credits   X   X
• Immediate Analyst Contact with Phone Calls       X
• 4-Hour Response Time to Phone Calls / Emails   X    
• Knowledge Base Access   X   X
• Two additional passes to CMC Users' Conference       X
• Case Review Call with Support Manager       X
• Custom Case Report       X
• Emergency Call Availability (24x365)       X
• Off-Hours System Upgrades       X

10



EXHIBIT B

RATE SCHEDULE AND TRAINING CREDITS FOR STANDARD AND PREMIUM SERVICES

        Customer, Bradford Capital Partners (Median), must choose a support plan by checking the appropriate box below. Rates are calculated based on the applicable Record Count. The number of training credits issued and pricing discount provided, if any, is indicated for each plan.

        # ASR/FTE: [***]                        # of Campuses: 3

 
 
STANDARD
   
   
 
 
  CampusCare
Payment Plans

  Additional Services   Allocation  
o 1.   One Payment of [***]   [***]   User Conference Passes     [***]  

o 2.

 

One Credit Card Payment of [***]

 

[***]

 

Training Credits

 

 

[***]

 

o 3.

 

Quarterly Payments of [***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o 4.

 

Monthly Payments of [***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
PREMIUM
   
   
 
 
  CampusCare
Payment Plans

  Additional Services   Allocation  
o 1.   One Payment of [***]   [***]   User Conference Passes     [***]  

o 2.

 

One Credit Card Payment of [***]

 

[***]

 

Training Credits

 

 

[***]

 

o 3.

 

Quarterly Payments of [***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o 4.

 

Monthly Payments of [***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

11



EXHIBIT C

SCHEDULE OF STANDARD RATES

LABOR CATEGORIES
  DESCRIPTION   RATES PER HOUR  
CMC Management   Executive management team that manages CMC resources and ensures contractual obligations are met.   $ [***]  

CMC Product Specialist

 

Product expert that advises the client in the configuration of the Campus2000 product to help ensure business objectives are met. Acts as liaison between client management and CMC.

 

$

[***]

 

CMC Development

 

Programmers that analyze and create new functionality and/or reports based on business requirements.

 

$

[***]

 

CMC Date Conversion

 

Programmers that analyze and transform data from legacy systems.

 

$

[***]

 

CMC Project Manager

 

Project Manager that assigns resources, measures progress and ensures client satisfaction by managing the activities of the project on a daily basis.

 

$

[***]

 

CMC Trainer

 

Train end users and management and assist the Project Manager.

 

$

[***]

 

CMC Infrastructure

 

A telecommunication, network, local area network, wide are network, systems administration, hardware, server, and client maintenance administrator.

 

$

[***]

 

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12



ADDENDUM TO THE CAMPUSCARE® SUPPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs

        This Addendum, effective upon the mutual execution by the parties hereunder, is incorporated into and made a part of the CampusCare Support Agreement (the "CampusCare Agreement") between Campus Management Corp. ("CMC") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. ("Customer"), dated as of February 15, 2005. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the CampusCare Agreement. The CampusCare Agreement shall be amended, as follows:

License
  Cost
CampusVue   [***]
CampusPortal   [***]
CampusLink eLead   [***]
CampusLink AppCreator   [***]
CampusLink Communicator   [***]
     
  TOTAL   [***]
     

        This Addendum is deemed effective upon acceptance at CMC's principal offices. Except as expressly stated herein, all other terms of the CampusCare Agreement, as amended, remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:     

  By:     

Print:  

  Print:  

Title:  

  Title:  

Date:  

  Date:  

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1



ADDENDUM TO THE CAMPUSCARE® SUPPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs

        This Addendum, effective upon the mutual execution by the parties hereunder, is incorporated into and made a part of the CampusCare Support Agreement (the "CampusCare Agreement") between Campus Management Corp. ("CMC") and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. ("Customer"), dated as of February 15, 2005. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the CampusCare Agreement. The CampusCare Agreement shall be amended, as follows:

License
  Cost

CampusVue

  [***]

CampusPortal

  [***]

CampusLink eLead

  [***]

CampusLink AppCreator

  [***]

CampusLink Communicator

  [***]
     
 

TOTAL

  [***]
     

        This Addendum is deemed effective upon acceptance at CMC's principal offices. Except as expressly stated herein, all other terms of the CampusCare Agreement, as amended, remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:     

  By:     

Print:  

  Print:  

Title:  

  Title:  

Date:  

  Date:  

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


[CAMPUS MANAGEMENT LETTERHEAD]

STATEMENT OF WORK

Bridgepoint Education   Customer Contact:   Andrew Clark
13500 Evening Creek Drive, Ste. 600
San Diego, CA 92128
  Contact Phone/Email   (858)-513-9240 /
aclark@bridgepointeducation.com

        This STATEMENT OF WORK ("SOW") identifies the scope of services, quotation and payment arrangements to be provided by Campus Management Corp., with corporate offices located at 777 Yamato Road Suite 400, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 (hereinafter "CMC") to Bridgepoint Education (hereinafter "Customer") as referred to above. Terms of this SOW are set forth in the Customer CampusCare Support Agreement. Services will be more specifically described in section I (the "Engagement Scope") of this SOW. Acceptance of this SOW is defined by Customer's signature on this document and CMC's acceptance hereof.

        CMC and Customer shall date and execute this SOW prior to services being performed. This SOW will be billed on a Time and Materials basis ("T&M"). Section III ("Services Estimate") below is an estimate only and the actual cost to Customer will be billed based on the service performed as outlined in the Engagement Scope and calculated based on the per hour cost outlined in Section III (the "T&M Cost per Hour").

        This SOW expires after thirty (30) days from the date referred to above, unless signed and returned by the Customer.

I.      Encasement Scope:

        Customer wishes to contract with CMC to provide implementation services for a Business Process Re-engineering/CampusVue Re-configuration engagement. The engagement is designed to complete a Re-engineering analysis of Financial Aid, Student Accounts, and Academics resulting in new processes, documentation and/or configuration. These changes will be implemented at Ashford University Online, but is designed to be rolled out to other campuses.

        The process will be to have CMC Industry Consultants work with a CMC Implementation Consultant (IC) in collaboration with a Project Lead from Bridgepoint Education to methodically review the functional areas by applying best practices and ensure configuration and processes are maximized and in compliance. The team will also have facilitated meetings with appropriate staff to review working procedures and documentation including training materials. At the conclusion of each phase of analysis, recommended configurations will be documented and implemented by the IC and Project Lead.

        This SOW provides five weeks over a six month period by CMC Industry Consultants with specific subject matter expertise to make the recommended changes per functional area. An IC will be engaged for the entire six month assignment to perform the actual documentation and necessary Re-configuration pending client's acceptance of the recommendations. However, the actual work required after the Re-engineering may be less or greater than the proposed six months. CMC will provide Bridgepoint estimates for any of the recommended changes that cannot be completed within the six month period. These can be completed by CMC and/or Bridgepoint Education's staff.

        The CMC Project Manager will be engaged onsite for the initial project kick off and will provide support, status reports and periodic updates during the engagement period to ensure customer satisfaction.

1


II.     Project Deliverables:

1.
Complete review of system settings

2.
Complete review of processes for area identified

3.
Comprehensive report on recommended system configuration changes

4.
Guidance to incorporate revised processes into training manual regarding proper use of system

5.
Actual configuration in Test system and assistance in testing

6.
Configuration in Live production environment with participation from BPE/Ashford employees

7.
Guidance on best methodology and timeline for migration to new configuration

        Specific topics to be covered include :     Term Configuration, Program Configuration, and all topics indicated on the functional lists which follow Student Lifecycle, Curriculum, Scheduling and Registration, Academic Operations, Student Services Operations, Student Finance Operations, Student Accounts Operations, and Finance. Prospect Management for the lifecycle, Admissions, Housing and Alumni have been intentionally omitted from the CMC business process lists.

III.   Period of Performance:

        The period of performance for this engagement commences with the confirmed returned signed Statement of Work and when a 20% deposit has been received by Campus Management Corporation. This project is estimated to begin April 15th, 2008 and span a 4-6 month time frame.

IV.     Service Estimate:

        The estimated cost to complete the tasks outlined in this SOW is [***] and will be billed at a rate (the "T&M Cost per Hour") of [***] for CMC Industry Consultants, [***] for CMC Implementation Consultants , and [***] for Project Management.

Estimated Services
  Tentative
Start Date
  Hrs   Amount
CMC Industry Consultants:                

1. Cross Functional Review

 

 

6/2/08
&
6/16/08

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

2. Academic and Student Services Review

 

 

July 2008

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

3. Student Finance (FA/SA) Review

 

 

July/August 2008

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

CMC Solutions Architect & Implementation Consultant

 

 

4/14/08

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

CMC Project Management

 

 

4/14/08

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

Total Estimated Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

Estimated Travel Costs (Hotel, Per Diem, Airfare)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Billed As Incurred

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this SOW to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

CUSTOMER   CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
BY:  

  BY:  

NAME:  

  NAME:  

TITLE:  

  TITLE:  

DATE:  

  DATE:  

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2




QuickLinks

CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP. SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
RECITALS
AGREEMENT
PRICE PROJECT ESTIMATE
ADDENDUM TO THE CAMPUSVUE® SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND Bridgepoint Education Inc. Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs
ADDENDUM TO THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND Bridgepoint Education Inc. Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs
ADDENDUM TO THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND Bridgepoint Education Inc. Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs
Addendum to the CAMPUS2000™ SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT 1. The License 1.1 License and Warranty Granted to Buyer
CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP. CAMPUSCARE SM SUPPORT AGREEMENT
WITNESSETH
AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT LEVELS
EXHIBIT B RATE SCHEDULE AND TRAINING CREDITS FOR STANDARD AND PREMIUM SERVICES
EXHIBIT C SCHEDULE OF STANDARD RATES
ADDENDUM TO THE CAMPUSCARE® SUPPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs
ADDENDUM TO THE CAMPUSCARE® SUPPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN CAMPUS MANAGEMENT CORP.® AND BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC. Purpose of Addendum: Increase ASRs
STATEMENT OF WORK

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.22


GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AFFILIATED COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

AND

ASHFORD UNIVERSITY, LLC

JANUARY 1, 2009



GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

        THIS GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this " Agreement ") is made and entered into effective as of January 1, 2009 (the " Effective Date "), between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" ACS "), with an address for the purposes of this Agreement at 2828 North Haskell, Dallas, TX 75204 and Ashford University, LLC, an Iowa Limited Liability Company (" Customer "), with an address for the purposes of this Agreement at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600, San Diego, CA 92128. ACS and Customer are collectively referred to as " Parties " and individually as a " Party ".

        This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

        Accordingly, Customer and ACS agree as follows:

1.     Task Orders

         1.1    Task Order Information.     All services performed under this Agreement will be performed under individual Task Orders. Each Task Order will contain, at a minimum, (i) a description of the services to be performed by ACS (the " Services ") (ii) the time schedule for performance and for delivery of such Services, and (iii) the amount and method of payment for such Services.

         1.2     Other Information.     In addition, when applicable, a Task Order may include (i) provisions for written and/or oral progress reports by ACS, (ii) detailed functional and technical specifications and standards for all Services, including quality standards, (iii) a list of any special equipment to be procured by ACS or provided by Customer for use in performance of the Services or (iv) such other terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed between the parties. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any particular Task Order, the terms of the Task Order will govern.

         1.3     Issuance of Task Orders.     The initial Task Order(s) agreed to by the Parties are set forth as attachments to this Agreement. Additional Task Orders, regardless of whether they relate to the same subject matter as the initial Task Order(s), will become effective upon execution by authorized representatives of both Parties.

2.     Contract Administration

         2.1     Contract Coordinators.     Upon execution of this Agreement, each Party will notify the other Party, in writing, of the name, business address, and telephone number of the person who will have primary responsibility for interfacing on its behalf with the other Party (the " Contract Coordinator "). The Contract Coordinators will be responsible for arranging all meetings, visits, and consultations between the Parties that are of a nontechnical nature and for monitoring all administrative matters arising under this Agreement.


         2.2     Changes in Coordinators.     Either Party may replace its Contract Coordinator by delivery of written notice of such change, signed by the Contract Coordinator of such Party. The notice will set forth the name, business address, email address and telephone number of such replacement.

3.     Changes to the Agreement or Task Orders

         3.1     Change Requests.     All change requests made in writing with respect to this Agreement, any Task Order, or any specification relating to the Services must be requested and/or accepted by both Parties' Contract Coordinators, and will only be effective when changed by a written amendment, signed by an authorized representative of each Party, which specifically refers to the provisions of the Agreement or the Task Order(s) to be modified. Unless otherwise specified in writing, amendments implemented to any Task Order will only apply to that Task Order.

4.     ACS Responsibilities and Customer Responsibilities

         4.1     The Services.     ACS' employees and agents shall provide various services to Customer as described in greater detail in the Task Orders. ACS agrees to use its best efforts to perform the Services at a high level based on the standards prevailing among those top-tier service vendors offering services similar to the Services. In the performance of the Services required under this Agreement, ACS shall at all times act in the nature of a fiduciary in the administration of any Title IV, HEA program (" Title IV, HEA program ") and meet the standard of conduct set forth in 34 C.F.R. Section 668.82(b)(2).

         4.2     Compliance with Law.     In performing the Services, ACS shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, all statutory provisions of or applicable to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the " HEA "), and all regulatory provisions prescribed under the HEA, including the requirements to: (a) use any funds that ACS administers under any program of Federal student financial assistance administered pursuant to Title IV of the HEA ("Title IV, HEA program") and any interest or other earnings thereon solely for the purposes specified in and in accordance with that Title IV, HEA program, to the extent that such compliance is required by applicable law or regulation and is related to the Services; and (b) to meet the standard of conduct set forth in 34 C.F.R. Section 668.82(b)(2).

         4.3     Referral to the Office of Inspector General by ACS.     To the extent required or permitted by applicable law or regulations, including 34 C.F.R. Section 668.25, ACS may refer to the Office of Inspector General (" OIG ") of the U.S. Department of Education for investigation any information indicating there is reasonable cause to believe that Customer might have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with Customer's administration of any Title IV, HEA program or that a Customer's applicant for Title IV, HEA program assistance might have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with his or her application for such assistance. Examples of the type of information that must be referred to the OIG pursuant to 34 C.F.R. Section 668.25 are—(i) False claims by the institution for Title IV, HEA program assistance; (ii) False claims of independent student status; (iii) False claims of citizenship; (iv) Use of false identities; (v) Forgery of signatures or certifications; and (vi) False statements of income. Customer acknowledges and agrees that ACS is entitled to make such referrals of information, and to otherwise communicate and cooperate with the OIG with respect thereto, whenever there is reasonable cause to believe that Customer or any such applicant engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct. In no event shall ACS be liable to Customer or any of its employees or agents, or any applicant, or any third-party, as a result of or in connection with any such referral, whether or not it is ultimately determined that any fraud or criminal misconduct in fact occurred so long as ACS had reasonable cause to believe that fraud or other criminal misconduct might have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, ACS shall, prior to making any referral to the OIG as described in this paragraph, (i) present to Customer and/or Customer's counsel the information that ACS proposes to refer to the

2



OIG, (ii) provide Customer and/or Customer's counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such information, (iii) discuss in good faith with Customer and/or Customer's counsel whether such information is required to be reported to the OIG; and (iv) allow Customer to self-refer to the OIG the information regarding Customer if Customer agrees that there was potential fraud or criminal misconduct by Customer.

         4.4     Referral to the Office of Inspector General by Customer.     To the extent required by 34 C.F.R. Section 668.16(g)(2), Customer may refer to the OIG of the U.S. Department of Education for investigation any information indicating there is reasonable cause to believe that ACS may have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with ACS' Services involving any Title IV, HEA program. ACS acknowledges that Customer is required to make such referrals of information, and to otherwise communicate and cooperate with the OIG with respect thereto, whenever there is reasonable cause to believe that ACS engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct. In no event shall Customer be liable to ACS or any of its employees or agents or any third-party, as a result of or in connection with any such referral, whether or not it is ultimately determined that any fraud or criminal misconduct in fact occurred so long as Customer had reasonable cause to believe that fraud or other criminal misconduct might have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, Customer shall, prior to making any referral to the OIG as described in this paragraph, (i) present to ACS and/or ACS' counsel the information that Customer proposes to refer to the OIG, (ii) provide ACS and/or ACS' counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such information, (iii) discuss in good faith with ACS and/or ACS' counsel whether such information is required to be reported to the OIG; and (iv) allow ACS to self-refer to the OIG the information regarding ACS if ACS agrees that there was potential fraud or criminal misconduct by ACS.

         4.5     Joint and Several Liability.     Without affecting in any way ACS' or Customer's limitations of liability and rights to indemnification otherwise set forth in this Agreement, and only to the extent required by 34 C.F.R. Section 668.25, ACS and Customer are jointly and severally liable to the Secretary of Education for any violation by Customer or ACS, respectively, of any statutory or regulatory provision under Title IV, HEA programs. This provision is solely for the benefit of the Secretary of Education, and neither ACS nor Customer shall not have the right to seek contribution or indemnification from the other party on the basis of this provision unless there was negligence or intentional misconduct by the other party in performing its obligations under this Agreement. No third-party other than the Secretary of Education shall have the right to enforce this provision or to seek contribution or indemnification from ACS or Customer on the basis of this provision.

         4.6     ACS' Confirmation of Student Eligibility.     To the extent required by applicable law and solely in the event that ACS disburses funds, including Title IV, HEA program funds, or delivers Federal Stafford Loan program proceeds to students, ACS shall act consistently with its duty to act in the nature of a fiduciary under 34 C.F.R. Section 668.82 and use commercially reasonable efforts to confirm the eligibility of each student before making any disbursement of funds (including funds received by Customer under the Title IV, HEA programs) or delivering any Federal Stafford Program proceeds to a student. ACS acknowledges that this confirmation must include, but is not limited to, any applicable information contained in the records required under 34 C.F.R. Section 668.24.

         4.7     ACS' Calculation of Refunds.     To the extent required by applicable law and regulations and solely in the event that ACS disburses funds, including Title IV, HEA program funds, or delivers Federal Stafford Loan program proceeds to students, ACS shall calculate and initiate refunds and repayments due to a student, the Title IV, HEA program accounts or the student's lender under the Federal Stafford Loan program in accordance with Customer's refund policy, as provided to ACS by Customer, the provisions of 34 C.F.R. Section 668.21 and Section 668.22, and other applicable Title IV, HEA program regulations. It is agreed that at the present time, ACS is not handling any funds for Customer and before that were to be changed this Agreement would have to be amended.

3


         4.8     Record Retention; Access to Records.     Each Party shall retain records related to the Title IV, HEA program and the Services as required by 34 C.F.R. Section 668.24 and provide access to those records, for inspection and copying, by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education or the Secretary's authorized representative, as required. Each Party shall further cooperate with, and provide timely and reasonable access to, an independent auditor, the Secretary and Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Education, the Comptroller General of the United States or their authorized representatives, a guaranty agency in whose program Customer participates and Customer's accrediting agency in the conduct of audits, investigations, program reviews or other reviews authorized by law.

5.     Personnel

        Customer and ACS are not joint employers of the employees of either Party for any purpose under this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, any person under the employ of Customer who may perform tasks related to the Services (the " Customer Employees ") will at all time remain under Customer's responsibility, including but not limited to, paying and providing any benefits to Customer Employees and performing payroll tax and withholding obligations and human resources functions for Customer Employees. ACS is acting as an independent contractor in providing the Services. All employees of ACS shall remain ACS' employees for all purposes including, but not limited to, determining responsibility for all payroll related obligations. ACS shall at all times be responsible for supervising, directing and coordinating the professional responsibilities and duties of ACS' personnel in respect of their performance of the Services under this Agreement. ACS personnel are not intended to be "leased employees" to Customer as that term is defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, ACS does not undertake to perform any obligations of Customer whether regulatory or contractual or to assume any responsibility for the management of Customer's overall business except as specifically provided for with respect to the Services provided for herein and in the Task Order.

6.     Customer Covenants, Representations and Warranties

         6.1    Customer Covenants.     Customer covenants that it shall:

4


         6.2    Representations and Warranties.     

        Customer acknowledges and agrees that Customer's breach of its covenants, representations and warranties under this Section 6 shall excuse ACS' performance hereunder to the extent that such breach impairs ACS' ability to perform the Services hereunder or adversely affects ACS' ability to meet or comply with the requirements of Title IV, HEA program regulations that govern the Services.

7.     ACS Covenants, Representations and Warranties

         7.1     ACS Covenants.     ACS covenants that it shall:

5


         7.2     Representations and Warranties.     

        ACS acknowledges and agrees that ACS' breach of its covenants, representations and warranties under this Section 7 shall excuse Customer's performance hereunder to the extent that such breach impairs Customer's ability to perform hereunder or adversely affects Customer's ability to meet or comply with the requirements of Title IV, HEA program regulations that govern the Services.

6


8.     Payments

         8.1     Monthly Fees.     ACS will bill Customer each month during the term of this Agreement based on number of "Actions" which occurred during the prior month. The definition of "Actions" and fees for each Action will be documented in each Task Order.

        Customer shall cause ACS to be paid the foregoing fees on a monthly basis within thirty (30) days of ACS' delivery of an invoice for the preceding month's Actions.

         8.2     Invoices; Reimbursable Costs; Payments.     Customer shall reimburse ACS, on a monthly basis within thirty (30) days of ACS' delivery of an invoice, for all of ACS' actual out-of-pocket costs (" Reimbursable Costs ") for stationery, envelopes, brochures, postage, long distance charges and similar direct out-of-pocket costs incurred in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

         8.3     Interest on Past Due Amounts.     If Customer's payment of the monthly fees due under Section 8.1 or the Reimbursable Costs due under Section 8.2 is not received by ACS within forty-five (45) days after delivery of the invoice by ACS, Customer shall pay, in addition to the amount so due, an interest charge of 1.5% per month for the portion of such amount which is overdue and outstanding and is not in good faith dispute.

         8.4     Disputes.     In the event that Customer in good faith disputes in writing charges billed by ACS to Customer within thirty (30) days of delivery of an invoice, then Customer may withhold only that portion of an invoice that it disputes in good faith. Within ten (10) days of notifying ACS of a dispute, Customer shall describe in writing the basis for withholding payment. The Parties agree to make reasonable efforts to resolve any billing dispute within thirty (30) days of Customer's notice described in the previous sentence. If disputes cannot be resolved within the prescribed timeframe, either Party shall have the right, upon written notice, to submit the dispute for resolution pursuant to Section 17(f).

9.     Term and Termination

         9.1     Term.     The term of this Agreement will begin on the Effective Date and will continue for a period of three (3) years; provided however, this Agreement will continue to remain in effect with respect to any Task Orders already issued at the time of such termination, until such Task Orders are themselves terminated or performance thereunder is completed. Unless either Party gives written notice of termination to the other at least [***] days before the scheduled expiration date, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for successive [***] periods thereafter, on the same terms and conditions unless the Parties mutually agree otherwise in writing.

         9.2     Customer Termination for Convenience.     Customer may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement and/or any or all Task Orders outstanding, or any portion thereof, upon [***] days prior written notice and payment of any early termination fee set forth in the Task Order(s). Upon the effective date of termination, ACS will inform Customer of the extent to which performance has been completed through such date, and collect and deliver to Customer whatever work product then exists in a manner prescribed by Customer. ACS will be paid for all work performed through the date of termination, plus any termination charges that may be specified in the Task Order(s) so terminated.

         9.3     ACS Termination for Convenience.     ACS may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement and/or any or all Task Orders outstanding, or any portion thereof, upon [***] days prior written notice. Upon the effective date of termination, ACS will inform Customer of the extent to which performance has been completed through such date, and collect and deliver to Customer whatever work product then exists in a manner prescribed by Customer. ACS will be paid for all work performed through the date of termination.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


         9.4     Termination for Cause.     Either Party may terminate this Agreement (or any Task Order) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice in the event of a material breach by the other Party of its obligations under this Agreement or any applicable Task Order(s) and the Party said to be in breach fails to cure the condition of breach within thirty days after receipt of the notice of breach.

         9.5     Termination for Misconduct.     Either Party may terminate this Agreement effective upon notice if the other Party has engaged in criminal misconduct in its handling of Title IV, HEA program funds.

         9.6     Termination for Non-payment.     ACS will have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate a Task Order or suspend performance of the Services if Customer fails to pay when due undisputed amounts (including, without limitation, amounts determined pursuant to Section 17(e) and 17(f)) below to be owing to ACS under such Task Order and Customer fails to cure such failure within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from ACS.

         9.7     Termination for Bankruptcy.     Either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement by notice to the other Party if the other Party (a) becomes subject to a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or any voluntary proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for the benefit of creditors, (b) becomes subject to an involuntary petition regarding the foregoing that is not dismissed within 60 days after filing, (c) declares or admits publicly and in writing that it is insolvent or is unable to meets its debts as they mature, or (d) makes an assignment for the benefit of all or substantially all of its creditors.

         9.8     Other Termination Provisions.     Either Party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement as provided in Section 16, Force Majeure.

         9.9     Payment for Services upon Termination or Expiration.     If this Agreement or a Task Order expires or is terminated for any reason, ACS shall be entitled to payment for all Services performed prior to such termination or expiration and during the period from the date of the notice of termination through the effective date of such termination, plus any applicable interest charge, all as provided in Section 8.3. Upon an expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, the Parties shall handle their obligations hereunder in accordance with the Termination Transitional Period Guidelines set forth in Section 9.10. The Parties agree that it is important that both Parties adhere to these Termination Transitional Period Guidelines in order not to disrupt the education of the students or the reputation of the Customer or ACS with the Department of Education.

         9.10     Termination Transitional Period.     Upon the termination of this Agreement by either Party, there shall be a transitional period, as follows:

8


        The procedure referred to in Section 9.10 (a) through (e) is referred to herein as "Termination Transitional Period Guidelines."

        The term "Certified Year" shall mean the period of time up to 12 months determined by the original packaging by ACS.

         9.11     ACS' Obligations upon Termination.     

        (a)   If ACS or Customer terminates this Agreement in accordance with its terms, ACS shall, "cooperate" with Customer's New Servicer under the Title IV, HEA programs in transitioning the Services and promptly return to Customer, or at its direction, to Customer's New Servicer, the following:

        (b)   For purposes of this Section 9.11, "cooperation" means to provide the Customer's New Servicer with (i) all Customer files; (ii) a brief status report on all students being turned over to the Customer's New Servicer; and (iii) answer verbal or written questions from Customer's New Servicer, which in the aggregate do not exceed fifteen hours. If the category (iii) questions exceed fifteen hours after the receipt of Notice of Termination, ACS will bill for its time at two (2) times the employee's hourly wage rate per one hour time segment (broken down into .10 increments) plus materials used at ACS' cost and shall provide Customer with a detailed itemization of the services and the time involved.

        (c)   ACS is not responsible for training Customer's New Servicer and it is not responsible for the conversion of the Customer's records to the Customer's New Servicer if the Customer's New Servicer has a different computer system and/or a different software program than ACS.

        (d)   Notwithstanding the forgoing, ACS shall have no obligation to provide services pursuant to this Section 9.11 if: (i) a Task Order has been or could have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.6 or Section 9.7, or (ii) if there are outstanding invoices that have not been paid pursuant to Section 8.

10.   Customer's Facilities and Assets

         10.1     Access.     Beginning on the Effective Date, Customer shall provide ACS with access to and use of all of its owned, leased or licensed real and personal property (including but not limited to all hardware and software) reasonably required by ACS to perform its obligations under this Agreement (the " Asset(s) "), and shall maintain the Assets in good working order as reasonably required to permit ACS to perform its obligations under this Agreement. ACS shall use such access in accordance with Customer's policies and procedures governing access to and use of Customer's facilities, provided that such policies and procedures shall not unduly restrict ACS from performing ACS' duties and obligations under this Agreement.

9


         10.2     Software Licenses; Third Party Consents.     Throughout this Agreement, Customer shall have the rights (whether by ownership or by license from the owner thereof) to use in its business operations, and shall maintain in good working order, all systems and software programs necessary to allow ACS to perform the Services in accordance with this Agreement. To the extent the use of any of such Assets requires the consent of any third-party, or a security clearance is needed for ACS to have access (either on-site or remote) to any Asset, Customer shall obtain such consent and/or security clearance for ACS at its sole cost and expense. In addition, Customer shall make available all documentation reasonably required by ACS to operate Customer's software and third-party software, including, without limitation, operations manuals, user guides, specifications, backup procedures, recovery guidelines, and restart guidelines. Customer shall remain responsible for all obligations owed by it to any third-party related to this Section 10.2 as long as ACS follows such third parties' guidelines for access and use of the Assets.

11.   Protection of Confidential Information; GLB Act Compliance

        In the process of negotiating and effecting the transactions contemplated hereunder, each Party will have access to confidential information made available by the other Party (" Confidential Information "). Confidential Information shall specifically and without limitation include: (a) all records relating to Customer's students provided to ACS and (b) this Agreement and any Task Orders, exhibits and amendments thereto., but shall not include information that (i) is generally available to the public, (ii) was available to the Party holding such information from a source other than the other party to this Agreement, or (iii) has been independently acquired by the Party holding such information. As to all Confidential Information:

10


12.   Contractors

        ACS shall have the right to use contractors and subcontractors to perform the Services hereunder, provided that all such contractors and subcontractors will be subject to the supervision and management of ACS and will comply with the requirements of Title IV, HEA program regulations regarding the provision of Services. ACS shall have the right to disclose Customer's Confidential Information to, and/or allow access to such by, any of ACS' contractors, subcontractors, agents and/or other third parties supplying products, services or systems as such disclosure of Confidential Information as may be reasonably required to permit such contractor, subcontractor, agent or third-party to assist ACS in its performance of obligations under this Agreement, provided that ACS shall require such contractors, subcontractors, agents and/or other third parties to execute an appropriate nondisclosure agreement and shall take such other steps as may be required to protect Confidential Information as required under Section 11 hereof. ACS shall be responsible as provided for in this Agreement for the disclosure of any Confidential Information by its contractors or subcontractors.

13.   Indemnification and Insurance

         13.1     Customer Indemnification.     Customer shall indemnify and hold ACS, its officers, employees, affiliates, agents and subcontractors harmless against, and will reimburse ACS for, any claim, liability, judgment, settlement, damage, payment, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable

11


attorneys' fees) (" Claim ") incurred by or asserted against ACS or such other parties at any time after the Effective Date to the extent the Claim arose from or relates to:

         13.2     ACS Indemnification.     ACS shall indemnify and hold Customer, its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents harmless against, and will reimburse Customer for, any claim, liability, judgment, settlement, damage, payment, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney's fees) (" Claim ") incurred by or asserted against Customer by a third-party at any time after the Effective Date to the extent the Claim arose from or relates to:

         13.3     Indemnification Procedures.     

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12


         13.4     Subrogation.     In the event an indemnitor indemnifies an indemnitee pursuant to this Article, the indemnitor shall, upon payment in full of such indemnity, be subrogated to all of the rights of the indemnitee with respect to the claim to which such indemnity relates.

         13.5     Processing Error.     Processing Errors in the Services and the responsibility for such errors will be addressed in the Task Order.

         13.6     ACS' Insurance.     ACS shall maintain during the term of this Agreement, and for a reasonable "tail" period thereafter, policies for general liability, employee dishonesty and fraud and errors & omissions insurance including internet liability with insurers reasonably acceptable to Customer and in amounts customarily maintained by entities similarly situated. ACS shall name Customer as an additional insured on the general liability policy and provide Customer with certificates of such insurance upon request.

         13.7     Survival.     This Section 13 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

14.   Limitation of Damages

         14.1     ACS.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, ACS' maximum aggregate liability relating to the Services rendered under this Agreement (regardless of form of action, whether in contract, tort, negligence or otherwise) shall not exceed [***]. ACS shall have no liability for (i) any violation of applicable law or regulation by Customer, or (ii) the non-payment or uncollectibility of any student receivable in relation to any student file serviced under this Agreement.

         14.2     Customer.     Except for Claims related to indemnification or Claims arising from a violation of the law by Customer, Customer's maximum aggregate liability relating to its obligations under this Agreement (regardless of form of action, whether in contract, tort, negligence or otherwise) shall not exceed the actual damages incurred by ACS as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the liability. Customer shall have no liability for any claim by ACS to the extent it arose from any violation of applicable law or regulation by ACS.

         14.3     Both Parties to Each Other.     Neither Party shall have any liability for any special, incidental, punitive or consequential loss, damage, or expense (including without limitation, lost profits or opportunity costs) caused by the acts or omissions of it or its agents, even if advised of their possible existence. The limitation of damages contained in Section 14.1 shall not apply to damages owed to (i) a third party pursuant to a disclosure of Confidential Information pursuant to the last sentence in Section 11 or (ii) owed to the U.S. Department of Education or any of its regulatory divisions.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

13


15.   Change in Circumstances

        The occurrence of (a) any event or transaction which the Parties mutually agree will materially increase or decrease the size or nature of the operations of Customer that, in turn, affects the scope, manner, nature or quantity of the Services, or (b) any change in any laws, rules or regulations that the Parties mutually agree will materially increase or decrease the size or nature of the operations of Customer that, in turn, affects the scope, manner, nature or quantity of the Services, including without limitation any change in the interpretation or process or enforcement policies, procedures or practices related to any third-party servicer regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Education, shall be considered a change in the scope of services (" Change in Scope "). Each Change in Scope shall be documented in the form attached hereto as the CHANGE ORDER REQUEST ADDENDUM. ACS and Customer shall promptly meet to analyze the change and determine the impact to this Agreement. ACS shall have no obligation to commence work in connection with any Change in Scope until the impact of such change is agreed upon by the parties and the Agreement is amended. In the event of an impact to the fees as documented in the respective Task Order, ACS and Customer shall negotiate in good faith an equitable adjustment in the fees payable to ACS. If such fee impact cannot be agreed upon within thirty (30) business days, either Party shall have the right, upon written notice, to submit the dispute for resolutions pursuant to Section 17(f).

16.   Force Majeure

        " Force Majeure " means unforeseeable causes beyond the reasonable control of and which occur without the material fault or negligence of the Party claiming Force Majeure, including, without limitation, acts of God, wars, insurrections, riots, acts of any governmental units, strikes, blackouts, explosions, fires, floods, earthquakes, landslides, lightning, wind, terrorism, sabotage, any failure of equipment or other similar events. If as a result of Force Majeure a Party hereto is rendered wholly or partly unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, that Party shall be excused from whatever performance is affected by the Force Majeure to the extent so affected, provided that:

17.   Miscellaneous

        (a)     Trademarks, Etc.     Neither Party shall use the other Party's name, trademarks, service marks, logos, trade names and/or branding without such Party's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, ACS may reference or list Customer's name and/or a general description of the Services/project.

        (b)     ACS Materials.     Upon termination of this Agreement, ACS shall deliver to Customer a copy in electronic form of all student records for students that were handled or processed by ACS during the

14



term of the Agreement. The electronic data shall be in a format that is readily usable by Customer. All materials created, produced, delivered or developed by ACS during the performance of the Services and during the proposal, negotiation and transition process shall be owned exclusively by ACS. Customer shall return all such materials to ACS, promptly following termination of this Agreement or ACS' written request, without retaining copies, and hereby assigns any rights it or its personnel may have in such materials to ACS.

        (c)     No Assignment.     This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by either Party without the prior express written consent of the other Party.

        (d)     Notices.     Any notices given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered to the respective addresses set forth herein (or such other address for either Party as such Party may hereafter specify in writing to the other Party), and shall be considered given when received.

        (e)     Governing Law.     The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern this Agreement, without regards to its conflict of law principles.

        (f)     Arbitration.     In the event of any disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement, either party may give written notice to the other party setting forth the nature of such dispute ("Dispute Notice"). The parties shall meet and confer to discuss the dispute in good faith within five days of the other party's receipt of a Dispute Notice in an attempt to resolve the dispute informally among the parties. The parties shall meet at such date(s) and time(s) as are mutually convenient and shall have 10 business days to resolve the dispute.

        Any and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement that are not resolved by the parties' mutual agreement shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration as the exclusive remedy in accordance with rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time arbitration is initiated or another professional dispute-resolution organization mutually acceptable to the parties (the "Arbitration Organization"). Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, any arbitration session under this Section 17(e) will be held at the Arbitration Organization's office in Wilmington, Delaware. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT IT IS GIVING UP ITS RIGHT TO FILE A LAWSUIT IN A COURT OF LAW AND TO HAVE ITS CASE HEARD BY A JUDGE AND/OR JURY.

        For disputes in an amount under $100,000, the parties shall, within 10 business days of the termination of informal discussions, mutually agree upon an arbitrator. The selected arbitrator must have experience in the for-profit education industry. If the parties cannot agree upon an arbitrator within the stated time period, the parties may request that an arbitrator be appointed for them by the Arbitration Organization. This arbitrator will serve as the arbitrator for all future disputes in an amount under $100,000 for the following 12 months.

        For disputes in an amount of $100,000 or more, the parties shall meet with a mediator within 10 business days of the termination of informal discussions. If within 10 business days of first meeting the parties cannot resolve the dispute through mediation, the parties shall proceed to arbitration. Each party shall have 10 business days to select one arbitrator on their own behalf. The selected arbitrators must have experience in the for-profit education industry. Within five business days of the selection of the second arbitrator, the selected arbitrators will nominate a neutral and impartial third arbitrator, who has experience in the for-profit education industry. This board of arbitrators shall serve as the arbitrators for all future disputes in an amount of $100,000 or over for the following 12 months.

        The arbitrator's award shall be final and binding on all parties, and neither party shall have any right to contest or appeal the arbitrator's award except on the grounds expressly provided by the United States Arbitration Act. The parties will separately bear their own costs and expenses (including legal fees) of participating in the arbitration process. Responsibility for the arbitrator's fees and expenses shall be determined as part of the arbitrator's award.

15


        Notwithstanding the forgoing, ACS shall not be required to arbitrate a dispute involving the non-payment of undisputed fees or charges.

        (g)     Email Communications.     Customer and ACS acknowledge that: (1) ACS and Customer may correspond or convey documentation to each other via Internet e-mail unless the other Party expressly requests otherwise, (2) neither Party has control over the performance, reliability, availability, or security of Internet e-mail, and (3) neither Party shall be liable for any loss, damage, expense, harm or inconvenience resulting from the loss, delay, interception, corruption, or alteration of any Internet e-mail due to any reason beyond such Party's reasonable control, provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, ACS and Customer both agree to adopt security measures with respect to such communications and data that are consistent with all applicable federal or state laws or regulations and that are reasonable under the circumstances and consistent with generally-accepted industry best practices.

        (h)     Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers; Illegality.     This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between Customer and ACS with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior oral and written communications, and may only be amended, modified or changed (including changes in scope or nature of the Services or charges) pursuant to an instrument executed by both parties. No term of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, and no breach of this Agreement excused, unless the waiver or consent is in writing signed by the Party granting such waiver or consent. If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be deemed stricken, and all other terms and provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

        (i)     Notices.     Whenever under this Agreement one Party is required or permitted to give notice to the other, such notice will be deemed given when delivered in hand or three (3) business days after the date mailed by United States mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one day after the date sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, and addressed as follows:

16


        Either Party may change its address for notification purposes by giving the other three (3) days prior written notice of the new address and the date upon which it will become effective.

        (j)     Conflict Between This Agreement and Any Task Order.     Should there be a conflict between this Agreement and any Task Order, the terms of this Agreement shall control unless the Task Order specifically identifies the provisions in the Agreement that it supersedes.

        (k)     Notification of Change in Control of ACS.     Within ten (10) days after a Change of Control in ACS, ACS shall notify Customer of such Change of Control. A Change of Control shall mean the acquisition of 50.1% or more of an interest in ACS by one entity or affiliated entities.

18.   Invoice Audit

         18.1     Audits.     ACS will maintain records to substantiate ACS' charges under each Task Order. Customer will have access to such records for purposes of audit, either through its own representatives or through an accounting firm selected and paid by Customer, upon seventy two (72) hours prior notice to ACS. Any such review of ACS' records will be conducted at reasonable times during normal business hours, no more than once quarterly, and be subject to ACS security and confidentiality requirements.

         18.2     Limitations.     Notwithstanding the intended breadth of Customer's audit rights, Customer shall not be given access to (i) the proprietary information of other ACS customers or contracts, or (ii) ACS locations that are not related to Customer or the Services, or (iii) ACS' internal costs. Further, ACS shall not be required to cooperate with or grant access to its records to any direct competitor of ACS.

         18.3     Cooperation.     ACS will reasonably cooperate in the audits and reviews and furnish requested information on a timely basis; provided, however, that (a) if such assistance requires a substantial level of resources at ACS, ACS shall notify Customer in advance that there will be a delay if the audit is to proceed at a certain specified time, and if Customer decides to proceed with the audit, such assistance shall be chargeable at the time and materials rates set out in the applicable Task Order, and (b) to the extent that any audit substantially interferes with, hinders, or delays ACS' performance of the Services, ACS will be excused from any applicable service levels stated in a Task Order for the period of time that is equal to the time of such substantial interference and any associated penalties and/or credits that may be due to Customer will be abated, but only for the period of time that is equal to the time of such substantial interference.

[Signature page to follow on next page.]

17


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first set above.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.

 

Ashford University, LLC

By:

 

/s/ KENT SCHNACKER


 

By:

 

/s/ JANE MCAULIFFE


Name:

 

Kent Schnacker


 

Name:

 

Jane McAuliffe


Title:

 

Senior Managing Director


 

Title:

 

CEO


Date:

 

  


 

Date:

 

12-31-08

18



Task Order One(1)
Centralized Financial Aid Processing
Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University, LLC

        This Task Order One (1) (Task Order) is entered into January 1, 2009 pursuant to the General Services Agreement ("Agreement") by and between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. ("ACS") and Ashford University, LLC ("Customer"). Except as may otherwise be provided in this Task Order, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Should there be a conflict between the Agreement and this Task Order, the terms of the Agreement shall control unless this Task Order specifically identifies the provisions in the Agreement that it supersedes.


I. The Service

        Effective January 1, 2009, ACS will provide Call Center and Transactional Processing services relating to the functions of ISIR document collection/review, Verification/C-code/Conflicting Information resolution, Packaging/Certification/Revision, Disbursement Eligibility Review and Title IV Refund Processing for Customer's complete financial aid student populations ("Services").


II. Scope of Service

        The goal of the Services is to support Customer's objective of centralizing the Services to improve student focus, enhance Customer's compliance with the rules and regulations of all regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over Customer, and support Customer's student show rate and growth objectives. Any changes requested or required by Customer to ACS's processes, procedures or types of students serviced will be subject to the Change Request process in section 3.1 of the Agreement and the parties will negotiate in good faith changes to the Services Fees required by the change.

Service
  High Level Scope
Outbound/Inbound Call Center Services  
  Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
Contact students to obtain required information.
      Respond to inbound student calls and communicate requested follow-up to Customer.
      Update ACS and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.
ISIR Review and Verification/C-code/Conflicting Information Resolution  

  Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
Review ISIR records to identify if Verification, C-code or Conflicting Information issues exist.
Receive, scan, index and review received documents.
      Perform Verification, C-code or Conflicting Information resolution for those students providing the required information.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.

1


Service
  High Level Scope
Packaging/Certification/Revision     Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
      Determine student eligibility, award and certify.
      Process Revisions to student awards as requested by Customer.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.
Disbursement Eligibility Review     Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
      Review student eligibility and adjust as applicable.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.
Title IV Refund Processing     Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
      Review students and complete calculations, returns and exit processing as applicable.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.


III. Fees

3.1   Service Fees

        ACS will provide the Services (as documented in Section I) based upon the following service categories ("Actions"):

2


        ACS will bill monthly for each Action based upon the below Tiered Unit Pricing table and using the Max Volume Trigger table as the driver for Tiered Unit Price adjustments :

[***]


[***]

[***]


[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


[***]

3.2   Service Level Agreement Service Fee Adjustments

        The following outlines the actions to be taken in the event ACS fails to meet the SLA requirements as documented in Section 5.7:

        If based upon a monthly average ACS fails to meet [***] of the SLAs in effect in [***] or if ACS fails to meet [***] SLA in effect in any [***] months, other than due to reasons beyond ACS' reasonable control (e.g., volumes greater than [***] of expectation, force majeure events, changes in applicable laws or regulations, changes to or malfunctions of Customer systems used by ACS, etc.), Customer may give ACS written notice of such failures (identifying in such notice the failures with particularity). Upon receipt of written notice, the Parties will promptly consult to determine mutually in good faith if in fact such failures have occurred in such month; if such failures have occurred, ACS shall accept such failure notice. If ACS has not materially cured such failures so as to reduce the number of such failures to [***] for [***], then the applicable Action fee will be reduced by [***] for the current month and [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing reductions shall not be cumulative or exceed [***].

3.3   Incentive Based Fees

        Customer considers the below items key to its operation and will pay the indicated rate premium when ACS achieves the corresponding desired results. Incentives will be invoiced as a new line item entry on the monthly invoice for the last month in the applicable calendar quarter (quarters are based on a calendar year). [***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4


[***]

3.4   [***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


[***]

3.5   Pass Thru Fees

        ACS will invoice Customer for all of ACS' actual out of pocket costs ("Reimbursable Costs") for stationery, envelopes, brochures and postage incurred in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

3.6   Software Fees

        All known software fees are included in the above Service fees mentioned in section 3.1. Should additional unforeseen software be identified as a value-add, the parties will in good faith determine the additional fee and document as an amendment to this Task Order agreement.

3.7   Invoice Audit Fees

        In accordance with Section 18.3 of the Agreement, in the event such assistance requires a substantial level of resources at ACS and Customer decides to proceed with the audit, such assistance shall be chargeable at the time and materials rates for the applicable ACS resources,

3.8   Payment Terms

        Fees will be payable by Customer to ACS within thirty (30) days of receipt of monthly invoice and in accordance with the invoicing terms contained in the Agreement.


IV. Term and Termination

4.1   Term

        The term of this Task Order will begin on the Effective Date and will continue for a period of three (3) years (the "Initial Term"). Unless either Party gives written notice of termination to the other at least [***] days before the scheduled expiration date, the term of this Task Order shall automatically be extended for successive [***] periods thereafter, on the same terms and conditions unless the Parties mutually agree otherwise in writing (each a "Renewal Term").

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


4.2   Termination for Convenience—Customer

        Pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Agreement, if Customer terminates this Task Order for its convenience including diversion of Financial Aid Processing Services and/or volume from ACS, Customer shall also pay ACS:

4.3   Termination for Convenience—Service Level

        Pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Agreement, for substantial and material failure to meet the SLAs, termination shall be Customer's sole and exclusive remedy for such failure(s) to meet the SLAs and ACS shall not be deemed in breach hereof or have any liability for damages to Customer in connection therewith. Substantial and material failure to meet the SLAs will be considered to occur when (and only when) ACS has been suffering a fee reduction under Section 3.2 for at least [***] months and fails to correct such failure(s) to meet the SLA(s) involved within thirty (30) days after written notice of termination, and such failure materially adversely affects Customer's administration of US Title IV student assistance. In this event, Customer shall pay ACS a termination fee of [***]. There will be no early termination fee following the end of the Initial Term of this Task Order.


V. The Services

        The following information describes the detail functions the Parties will perform in delivery of the Services:

5.1   Information Systems—Start Up

[***]
  [***]   [***]
Product Maintenance        
CampusVue        
  Install and maintain software       ü
  Customize current setup selections to enhance processing performance       ü
  Update software as new versions become available       ü
SFAonline        
  Maintain web product   ü    
  Update product on an "as-needed basis"   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


[***]
  [***]   [***]

Telecom

 

 

 

 
  Provide telephone equipment/service   ü    
  Provide 800 lines for fax server and incoming SFAonline/Student Support Service calls   ü    

Client Connectivity

 

 

 

 
  ACS Login(s) to Client Systems       ü
  ACS User ID(s) for Client Systems       ü
  Help Desk Support       ü
  VPN       ü
  Installation of Client Software on ACS hardware   ü    
  Connectivity Testing   ü   ü

Local IS Support

 

 

 

 
  Provide web support and development for communication of performance reporting   ü    
  Provide LAN connection   ü    
  Provide desktop PC support for ACS employees   ü    
  Establish desktop PC hardware and software standards   ü    
  Provide Workflow Tool maintenance   ü    
  Provide Quality Review Tool maintenance   ü    
  Provide full technical support for all ACS servers, databases and interfaces   ü    
  Provide disaster recovery (backups, recovery) for data stored on ACS systems   ü    
  Provide maintenance for ACS systems   ü    
  Perform business analysis of data, software, and processes as required for business and operational challenges   ü    
  Perform technical analysis of systems and infrastructure related to business and operational challenges   ü    
  Administer CampusVue security classes and assignments       ü
  Administer SFAonline security classes and assignments   ü   ü
  Maintain ownership and maintenance of desktop PC's at ACS facility   ü    

5.2   Support Services

[***]
  [***]   [***]
Reporting        
  Perform monthly process performance reporting   ü    
  Produce and distribute appropriate reports for the Joint Oversight Committee meetings   ü    

Human Resources

 

 

 

 
  Monitor time reporting and attendance tracking of ACS Personnel in accordance with ACS policy   ü    
  Manage hiring, on-boarding, career development, mentoring, retention and termination of ACS Personnel in accordance with ACS policy   ü    

Communications

 

 

 

 
  Manage internal and limited external communications, as mutually agreed   ü    
  Develop signoff process for release of communications   ü    

Financial Analysis

 

 

 

 
  Provide financial analysis in conjunction with budgeting, planning and forecasting   ü    
  Analyze the cost versus benefit of modifications to processes and technology   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8


5.3   Financial Aid Processing

[***]
  [***]   [***]
Student Support Service / Customer Intake Support        
  Contact students who have not initiated the SFAonline application process   ü    
  Provide financial aid call center support to students using SFAonline: Monday through Friday, 8:00 am - 7:00 pm PT time   ü    
  Answer BPE student financial aid questions in areas of intake, certification, disbursements and refunds (R2T4)   ü    
  Respond to client student security access requests in relation to SFAonline   ü    
  Respond to and resolve escalated hardware and interface issues associated with SFAonline   ü    
  Handle escalated student calls.    ü   ü

Processing/Revisions

 

 

 

 
  Collect documents necessary to determine whether the student is eligible to receive Title IV, HEA program funds   ü    
  Follow up on any missing documents necessary to complete the financial aid process   ü   ü
  Review and evaluate completeness of documentation submitted by the student regarding eligibility for Title IV, HEA program funds in accordance with the HEA and any regulation prescribed under the HEA and Client's policies   ü    
  Provide entrance and exit interview and counseling materials, websites, etc.    ü    
  Package and certify financial aid files as complete (including the scheduling of disbursement dates) and perform all related system data entry   ü    
  Issue award letter to student       ü
  Create and send Deny letter to any student whose file does not support the Eligibility Determination   ü    
  Certify alternative loans   ü    
  Revise student file as requested by Customer   ü    
  Process the Inform, Monitor and Alert functions   ü    
  Access NSLDS   ü    
  Perform Pell reconciliation (excluding general ledger reconciliation) and reporting       ü
  Perform data entry, corrections and cleanup of data in reporting tools   ü    
  Perform ISIR corrections, verification process and C-code resolution   ü    
  Perform ISIR and ISIR corrections batch transmission between CPS and Client       ü
  Perform financial aid file storage (or record retention) in compliance with U.S. Department of Education regulations and Client policies for document storage and destruction   ü    

5.4   Quality Assurance, Training, Regulatory Management

[***]
  [***]   [***]
Quality Assurance        
  Develop and apply an agreed upon Quality Assurance Methodology   ü    
  Develop a Quality Assurance Tool that will be a database for storing performance data supporting the Quality Assurance Methodology   ü    
  Perform Quality Assurance Reporting, which will include development of a formal, multi-level reporting schedule tailored to the Quality Assurance Schedule   ü    
  Coordinate internal training based on the results of Quality Assurance reviews   ü    
  Reconcile ACS tracking tools to the appropriate systems and update data as needed   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9


[***]
  [***]   [***]

Training

 

 

 

 
  Provide internal training on Title IV processes on an "as-needed basis"   ü    

Regulatory Management

 

 

 

 
  Assist in collecting data and providing preliminary review of responses to program reviews conducted by the U.S. Department of Education and other regulatory agencies as they relate to student financial aid services provided in accordance with the Agreement, as mutually agreed   ü    
  Prepare responses and submissions to applicable regulatory agencies       ü
  Assist in research and data collection for guarantee agency default appeals       ü
  Submit guarantee agency default appeal reports       ü
  Research data and provide the Client with information necessary to perform year-end Pell reconciliation   ü    
  Facilitate collection of documents for SFA audit as requested by auditor as it relates to the Agreement   ü    
  Facilitate collection of documents for SFA audit as requested by auditor as it relates to areas not associated with the Agreement       ü
  Submit SFA annual audit report to the U.S. Department of Education       ü
  Determine institutional, location, and program eligibility under the HEA and any regulations prescribed under the HEA and notify ACS of such eligibility       ü
  Manage internal policy development       ü
  Manage policy approval process   ü   ü
  Develop a U.S. Department of Education and other regulatory agency communication plan       ü
  Monitor new and pending legislation/regulations and adjust processes as required   ü   ü
  Direct coordination of legislative lobbying efforts       ü
  Create, manage, and perform a year round default management plan       ü
  SSCR Reporting       ü

5.5   Disbursement Eligibility Review

[***]
  [***]   [***]
Disbursement Eligibility Review        
  Determine student eligibility for disbursement   ü    
  Determine Satisfactory Academic Progress       ü
  Reissue/Cancel funds as necessary   ü    
  Authorize funds to be disbursed to student account       ü
  Provide accounting office with disbursement rosters       ü
  Post funds to student account       ü
  Issue receipt to student with required compliance language       ü
  Identify and apply payments to charges in accounting system       ü
  Determine credit balance on student account; issue check to student       ü
  Reconcile EFT account       ü
  Request Pell funds from US Department of Education/GAPS account       ü
  Create Pell origination and disbursement records   ü    
  Submit Pell origination and disbursement records to CPS       ü
  Create and submit loan origination and disbursement records   ü    
  Reconcile Pell between general ledger and GAPS       ü
  Maintain financial aid subsidiary ledgers       ü
  Assist in closing out Pell award year   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

10


5.6   Title IV Refund Processing

[***]
  [***]   [***]
  Manage federal refund processing for financial aid students   ü    
  Manage state and institutional refund processing for financial aid students       ü
  Create exit report that identifies students who are no longer attending the University       ü
  Exit Report Processing: includes determination of refund or post-withdrawal disbursement, calculation of institutional, state and federal refund and/or repayment, documentation of refund or non-requirement, student and lender notification, exit interview notification, and debit memo requests   ü    
  Coordinate Refund File Flow   ü    
  Request refunds to appropriate funding program / agency       ü
  Update appropriate systems with refund information   ü    
  Report on quality of refund process   ü    

5.7   Service Level Agreements (SLA)

        ACS will provide the above Services for Customer's complete financial aid student population based upon the following baseline service expectations:

[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

11


[***]


VI. Hiring, Training, Compliance and Quality Assurance

6.1   Hiring

        ACS will staff with internal candidates and public candidates as available. If additional staff is needed, ACS may utilize the assistance of a preferred staffing agency if direct recruiting efforts are not successful.

        ACS will assess candidates' abilities through a series of skills tests prior to interviewing. ACS will make hiring recommendations based on a candidate's professional experience, customer service experience, financial aid knowledge, interview, skills tests results and criminal background check.

6.2   Training

        The ACS Training team will develop and deliver initial and refresher training modules in support of the Services. The Customer may be requested to participate in the development and delivery of the ACS training.

        ACS will establish the required quality and production requirements for graduation from training. ACS will perform compliance and process adherence review for 100% of all files produced during the training period. ACS employees must meet quality and production requirements to graduate from training and move into production.

        ACS will participate in training as required by Customer from time to time. The reasonable costs of such participation by ACS will be borne by Customer.

6.3   Quality Assurance

        ACS will perform Quality Assurance of employees based upon compliance and procedure and will share reports that summarize the monthly quality and the actions taken to raise quality (if appropriate). ACS will also work with Customer to calibrate call center quality scoring.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12



VII. Customer Management

7.1   Customer Management

        ACS is dedicated to developing and managing quality operations in partnership with its Customers. ACS will assign a Customer Relations Manager (CRM) to manage the ACS—Customer relationship. The CRM will act as the liaison between Customer and ACS and work in partnership to meet SLAs, understand Customer vision and objectives, incorporate any new policy or procedural changes required or requested, and continually seek to extend creative solutions to address Customer's business challenges. To regularly review these objectives the CRM will meet with Customer and discuss topics including but not limited to:

7.2   Continuous Improvement

        ACS will actively seek ways to enhance the process to improve effectiveness, efficiencies and quality. As desirable Service modifications and enhancements are identified, ACS or Customer may propose modifications to the project to change or enhance functionality. To maintain consistency, requests for modification will follow an established change control process as identified in Section 15 of the Agreement.


VIII. Supporting Documents

8.1   TO1 Volume Expectations—Ashford University

8.2   TO1 Change Order Request Addendum

[Signature page to follow on next page.]

13



IX. Signatures

        Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms and provisions of the Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed as originally written and shall be legally binding between the Parties with respect to all services provided under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Task Order One (1) by the signatures of their respective authorized representatives.

  ACCEPTED AND AGREED:   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
               
  Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.   Ashford University, LLC
               
  By:   /s/ KENT SCHNACKER

  By:   /s/ JANE MCAULIFFE  
               
  Name:   Kent Schnacker

  Name:   Jane McAuliffe
               
  Title:   Senior Managing Director

  Title:   CEO
               
  Date:     

  Date:   12-31-08

14


8.1 TO1 Volume Assumptions—Ashford University

AU Budget
  January   February   March   April   May   June   July   August   September   October   November   December   2009   2010   2011  

[***]

                                                                                           

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


Service Categories
  January   February   March   April   May   June   July   August   September   October   November   December   2009   2010   2011  

[***]

                                                                                           

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

2


8.2 TO1 Change Order Request Addendum

        ACS understands that changes to established business processes may become required. A structured Change Management process ensures that standardized methods and procedures are used to handle all Changes in Scope, as referenced in Section 15 of the Agreement. A change request can be initiated through a request from the Customer or from internal ACS sources.

        All proposed changes or additions to current services or processes must be submitted to the ACS in writing. The request for change should include:

1



Addendum One (1) to Task Order One (1)
Centralized Financial Aid Processing
Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University, LLC

        This Addendum One (1) (the "Addendum") is made effective as of December 31, 2008 as an Addendum to Task Order One (1) ("TO1") dated as of December 31, 2008 and issued pursuant to the General Services Agreement (the "Agreement") dated December 31, 2008 by and between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. ("ACS") and Ashford University, LLC ("Customer").

        Prior to the execution of TO1 and the Agreement, on December 11, 2008, ACS [***]. TO1 inadvertently did not document this mutually and previously agreed upon [***].

        By executing this Addendum to TO1, ACS agrees to [***].

        Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms and provisions of the Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed as originally written and shall be legally binding between the Parties with respect to all services provided under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Addendum One (1) by the signatures of their respective authorized representatives.

  ACCEPTED AND AGREED:   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
               
  Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.   Ashford University, LLC
               
  By:   /s/ KENT SCHNACKER

  By:   /s/ DANIEL J. DEVINE  
               
  Name:   Kent Schnacker   Name:   Daniel J. Devine
               
  Title:   Senior Managing Director   Title:   CFO
               
  Date:     

  Date:   January 12, 2009

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.




QuickLinks

GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT BETWEEN AFFILIATED COMPUTER SERVICES, INC. AND ASHFORD UNIVERSITY, LLC JANUARY 1, 2009
GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
Task Order One(1) Centralized Financial Aid Processing Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University, LLC
I. The Service
II. Scope of Service
III. Fees
IV. Term and Termination
V. The Services
VI. Hiring, Training, Compliance and Quality Assurance
VII. Customer Management
VIII. Supporting Documents
IX. Signatures
Addendum One (1) to Task Order One (1) Centralized Financial Aid Processing Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and Ashford University, LLC

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.23


GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AFFILIATED COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

AND

UNIVERSITY OF THE ROCKIES, LLC

JANUARY 1, 2009



GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

        THIS GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this " Agreement ") is made and entered into effective as of January 1, 2009 (the " Effective Date "), between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" ACS "), with an address for the purposes of this Agreement at 2828 North Haskell, Dallas, TX 75204 and University of the Rockies, LLC, a Colorado Limited Liability Company (" Customer "), with an address for the purposes of this Agreement at 13500 Evening Creek Drive North, Suite 600, San Diego, CA 92128. ACS and Customer are collectively referred to as " Parties " and individually as a " Party ".

        This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

        Accordingly, Customer and ACS agree as follows:

1.     Task Orders

         1.1     Task Order Information.     All services performed under this Agreement will be performed under individual Task Orders. Each Task Order will contain, at a minimum, (i) a description of the services to be performed by ACS (the " Services ") (ii) the time schedule for performance and for delivery of such Services, and (iii) the amount and method of payment for such Services.

         1.2     Other Information.     In addition, when applicable, a Task Order may include (i) provisions for written and/or oral progress reports by ACS, (ii) detailed functional and technical specifications and standards for all Services, including quality standards, (iii) a list of any special equipment to be procured by ACS or provided by Customer for use in performance of the Services or (iv) such other terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed between the parties. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any particular Task Order, the terms of the Task Order will govern.

         1.3     Issuance of Task Orders.     The initial Task Order(s) agreed to by the Parties are set forth as attachments to this Agreement. Additional Task Orders, regardless of whether they relate to the same subject matter as the initial Task Order(s), will become effective upon execution by authorized representatives of both Parties.

2.     Contract Administration

         2.1     Contract Coordinators.     Upon execution of this Agreement, each Party will notify the other Party, in writing, of the name, business address, and telephone number of the person who will have primary responsibility for interfacing on its behalf with the other Party (the " Contract Coordinator "). The Contract Coordinators will be responsible for arranging all meetings, visits, and consultations between the Parties that are of a nontechnical nature and for monitoring all administrative matters arising under this Agreement.


         2.2     Changes in Coordinators.     Either Party may replace its Contract Coordinator by delivery of written notice of such change, signed by the Contract Coordinator of such Party. The notice will set forth the name, business address, email address and telephone number of such replacement.

3.     Changes to the Agreement or Task Orders

         3.1     Change Requests.     All change requests made in writing with respect to this Agreement, any Task Order, or any specification relating to the Services must be requested and/or accepted by both Parties' Contract Coordinators, and will only be effective when changed by a written amendment, signed by an authorized representative of each Party, which specifically refers to the provisions of the Agreement or the Task Order(s) to be modified. Unless otherwise specified in writing, amendments implemented to any Task Order will only apply to that Task Order.

4.     ACS Responsibilities and Customer Responsibilities

         4.1     The Services.     ACS' employees and agents shall provide various services to Customer as described in greater detail in the Task Orders. ACS agrees to use its best efforts to perform the Services at a high level based on the standards prevailing among those top-tier service vendors offering services similar to the Services. In the performance of the Services required under this Agreement, ACS shall at all times act in the nature of a fiduciary in the administration of any Title IV, HEA program (" Title IV, HEA program ") and meet the standard of conduct set forth in 34 C.F.R. Section 668.82(b)(2).

         4.2     Compliance with Law.     In performing the Services, ACS shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, all statutory provisions of or applicable to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the " HEA "), and all regulatory provisions prescribed under the HEA, including the requirements to: (a) use any funds that ACS administers under any program of Federal student financial assistance administered pursuant to Title IV of the HEA ("Title IV, HEA program") and any interest or other earnings thereon solely for the purposes specified in and in accordance with that Title IV, HEA program, to the extent that such compliance is required by applicable law or regulation and is related to the Services; and (b) to meet the standard of conduct set forth in 34 C.F.R. Section 668.82(b)(2).

         4.3     Referral to the Office of Inspector General by ACS.     To the extent required or permitted by applicable law or regulations, including 34 C.F.R. Section 668.25, ACS may refer to the Office of Inspector General (" OIG ") of the U.S. Department of Education for investigation any information indicating there is reasonable cause to believe that Customer might have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with Customer's administration of any Title IV, HEA program or that a Customer's applicant for Title IV, HEA program assistance might have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with his or her application for such assistance. Examples of the type of information that must be referred to the OIG pursuant to 34 C.F.R. Section 668.25 are—(i) False claims by the institution for Title IV, HEA program assistance; (ii) False claims of independent student status; (iii) False claims of citizenship; (iv) Use of false identities; (v) Forgery of signatures or certifications; and (vi) False statements of income. Customer acknowledges and agrees that ACS is entitled to make such referrals of information, and to otherwise communicate and cooperate with the OIG with respect thereto, whenever there is reasonable cause to believe that Customer or any such applicant engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct. In no event shall ACS be liable to Customer or any of its employees or agents, or any applicant, or any third-party, as a result of or in connection with any such referral, whether or not it is ultimately determined that any fraud or criminal misconduct in fact occurred so long as ACS had reasonable cause to believe that fraud or other criminal misconduct might have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, ACS shall, prior to making any referral to the OIG as described in this paragraph, (i) present to Customer and/or Customer's counsel the information that ACS proposes to refer to the

2



OIG, (ii) provide Customer and/or Customer's counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such information, (iii) discuss in good faith with Customer and/or Customer's counsel whether such information is required to be reported to the OIG; and (iv) allow Customer to self-refer to the OIG the information regarding Customer if Customer agrees that there was potential fraud or criminal misconduct by Customer.

         4.4     Referral to the Office of Inspector General by Customer.     To the extent required by 34 C.F.R. Section 668.16(g)(2), Customer may refer to the OIG of the U.S. Department of Education for investigation any information indicating there is reasonable cause to believe that ACS may have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with ACS' Services involving any Title IV, HEA program. ACS acknowledges that Customer is required to make such referrals of information, and to otherwise communicate and cooperate with the OIG with respect thereto, whenever there is reasonable cause to believe that ACS engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct. In no event shall Customer be liable to ACS or any of its employees or agents or any third-party, as a result of or in connection with any such referral, whether or not it is ultimately determined that any fraud or criminal misconduct in fact occurred so long as Customer had reasonable cause to believe that fraud or other criminal misconduct might have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, Customer shall, prior to making any referral to the OIG as described in this paragraph, (i) present to ACS and/or ACS' counsel the information that Customer proposes to refer to the OIG, (ii) provide ACS and/or ACS' counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such information, (iii) discuss in good faith with ACS and/or ACS' counsel whether such information is required to be reported to the OIG; and (iv) allow ACS to self-refer to the OIG the information regarding ACS if ACS agrees that there was potential fraud or criminal misconduct by ACS.

         4.5     Joint and Several Liability.     Without affecting in any way ACS' or Customer's limitations of liability and rights to indemnification otherwise set forth in this Agreement, and only to the extent required by 34 C.F.R. Section 668.25, ACS and Customer are jointly and severally liable to the Secretary of Education for any violation by Customer or ACS, respectively, of any statutory or regulatory provision under Title IV, HEA programs. This provision is solely for the benefit of the Secretary of Education, and neither ACS nor Customer shall not have the right to seek contribution or indemnification from the other party on the basis of this provision unless there was negligence or intentional misconduct by the other party in performing its obligations under this Agreement. No third-party other than the Secretary of Education shall have the right to enforce this provision or to seek contribution or indemnification from ACS or Customer on the basis of this provision.

         4.6     ACS' Confirmation of Student Eligibility.     To the extent required by applicable law and solely in the event that ACS disburses funds, including Title IV, HEA program funds, or delivers Federal Stafford Loan program proceeds to students, ACS shall act consistently with its duty to act in the nature of a fiduciary under 34 C.F.R. Section 668.82 and use commercially reasonable efforts to confirm the eligibility of each student before making any disbursement of funds (including funds received by Customer under the Title IV, HEA programs) or delivering any Federal Stafford Program proceeds to a student. ACS acknowledges that this confirmation must include, but is not limited to, any applicable information contained in the records required under 34 C.F.R. Section 668.24.

         4.7     ACS' Calculation of Refunds.     To the extent required by applicable law and regulations and solely in the event that ACS disburses funds, including Title IV, HEA program funds, or delivers Federal Stafford Loan program proceeds to students, ACS shall calculate and initiate refunds and repayments due to a student, the Title IV, HEA program accounts or the student's lender under the Federal Stafford Loan program in accordance with Customer's refund policy, as provided to ACS by Customer, the provisions of 34 C.F.R. Section 668.21 and Section 668.22, and other applicable Title IV, HEA program regulations. It is agreed that at the present time, ACS is not handling any funds for Customer and before that were to be changed this Agreement would have to be amended.

3


         4.8     Record Retention; Access to Records.     Each Party shall retain records related to the Title IV, HEA program and the Services as required by 34 C.F.R. Section 668.24 and provide access to those records, for inspection and copying, by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education or the Secretary's authorized representative, as required. Each Party shall further cooperate with, and provide timely and reasonable access to, an independent auditor, the Secretary and Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Education, the Comptroller General of the United States or their authorized representatives, a guaranty agency in whose program Customer participates and Customer's accrediting agency in the conduct of audits, investigations, program reviews or other reviews authorized by law.

5.     Personnel

        Customer and ACS are not joint employers of the employees of either Party for any purpose under this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, any person under the employ of Customer who may perform tasks related to the Services (the " Customer Employees ") will at all time remain under Customer's responsibility, including but not limited to, paying and providing any benefits to Customer Employees and performing payroll tax and withholding obligations and human resources functions for Customer Employees. ACS is acting as an independent contractor in providing the Services. All employees of ACS shall remain ACS' employees for all purposes including, but not limited to, determining responsibility for all payroll related obligations. ACS shall at all times be responsible for supervising, directing and coordinating the professional responsibilities and duties of ACS' personnel in respect of their performance of the Services under this Agreement. ACS personnel are not intended to be "leased employees" to Customer as that term is defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, ACS does not undertake to perform any obligations of Customer whether regulatory or contractual or to assume any responsibility for the management of Customer's overall business except as specifically provided for with respect to the Services provided for herein and in the Task Order.

6.     Customer Covenants, Representations and Warranties

         6.1     Customer Covenants.     Customer covenants that it shall:

4


         6.2     Representations and Warranties.     

        Customer acknowledges and agrees that Customer's breach of its covenants, representations and warranties under this Section 6 shall excuse ACS' performance hereunder to the extent that such breach impairs ACS' ability to perform the Services hereunder or adversely affects ACS' ability to meet or comply with the requirements of Title IV, HEA program regulations that govern the Services.

7.     ACS Covenants, Representations and Warranties

         7.1     ACS Covenants.     ACS covenants that it shall:

5


         7.2     Representations and Warranties.     

        ACS acknowledges and agrees that ACS' breach of its covenants, representations and warranties under this Section 7 shall excuse Customer's performance hereunder to the extent that such breach impairs Customer's ability to perform hereunder or adversely affects Customer's ability to meet or comply with the requirements of Title IV, HEA program regulations that govern the Services.

6


8.     Payments

         8.1     Monthly Fees.     ACS will bill Customer each month during the term of this Agreement based on number of "Actions" which occurred during the prior month. The definition of "Actions" and fees for each Action will be documented in each Task Order.

        Customer shall cause ACS to be paid the foregoing fees on a monthly basis within thirty (30) days of ACS' delivery of an invoice for the preceding month's Actions.

         8.2     Invoices; Reimbursable Costs; Payments.     Customer shall reimburse ACS, on a monthly basis within thirty (30) days of ACS' delivery of an invoice, for all of ACS' actual out-of-pocket costs (" Reimbursable Costs ") for stationery, envelopes, brochures, postage, long distance charges and similar direct out-of-pocket costs incurred in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

         8.3     Interest on Past Due Amounts.     If Customer's payment of the monthly fees due under Section 8.1 or the Reimbursable Costs due under Section 8.2 is not received by ACS within forty-five (45) days after delivery of the invoice by ACS, Customer shall pay, in addition to the amount so due, an interest charge of 1.5% per month for the portion of such amount which is overdue and outstanding and is not in good faith dispute.

         8.4     Disputes.     In the event that Customer in good faith disputes in writing charges billed by ACS to Customer within thirty (30) days of delivery of an invoice, then Customer may withhold only that portion of an invoice that it disputes in good faith. Within ten (10) days of notifying ACS of a dispute, Customer shall describe in writing the basis for withholding payment. The Parties agree to make reasonable efforts to resolve any billing dispute within thirty (30) days of Customer's notice described in the previous sentence. If disputes cannot be resolved within the prescribed timeframe, either Party shall have the right, upon written notice, to submit the dispute for resolution pursuant to Section 17(f).

9.     Term and Termination

         9.1     Term.     The term of this Agreement will begin on the Effective Date and will continue for a period of three (3) years; provided however, this Agreement will continue to remain in effect with respect to any Task Orders already issued at the time of such termination, until such Task Orders are themselves terminated or performance thereunder is completed. Unless either Party gives written notice of termination to the other at least [***] days before the scheduled expiration date, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for successive [***] periods thereafter, on the same terms and conditions unless the Parties mutually agree otherwise in writing.

         9.2     Customer Termination for Convenience.     Customer may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement and/or any or all Task Orders outstanding, or any portion thereof, upon [***] days prior written notice and payment of any early termination fee set forth in the Task Order(s). Upon the effective date of termination, ACS will inform Customer of the extent to which performance has been completed through such date, and collect and deliver to Customer whatever work product then exists in a manner prescribed by Customer. ACS will be paid for all work performed through the date of termination, plus any termination charges that may be specified in the Task Order(s) so terminated.

         9.3     ACS Termination for Convenience.     ACS may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement and/or any or all Task Orders outstanding, or any portion thereof, upon [***] days prior written notice. Upon the effective date of termination, ACS will inform Customer of the extent to which performance has been completed through such date, and collect and deliver to Customer whatever work product then exists in a manner prescribed by Customer. ACS will be paid for all work performed through the date of termination.

         9.4     Termination for Cause.     Either Party may terminate this Agreement (or any Task Order) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice in the event of a material breach by the other Party of its obligations under this Agreement or any applicable Task Order(s) and the Party said to be in breach fails to cure the condition of breach within thirty days after receipt of the notice of breach.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


         9.5     Termination for Misconduct.     Either Party may terminate this Agreement effective upon notice if the other Party has engaged in criminal misconduct in its handling of Title IV, HEA program funds.

         9.6     Termination for Non-payment.     ACS will have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate a Task Order or suspend performance of the Services if Customer fails to pay when due undisputed amounts (including, without limitation, amounts determined pursuant to Section 17(e) and 17(f)) below to be owing to ACS under such Task Order and Customer fails to cure such failure within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from ACS.

         9.7     Termination for Bankruptcy.     Either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement by notice to the other Party if the other Party (a) becomes subject to a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or any voluntary proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for the benefit of creditors, (b) becomes subject to an involuntary petition regarding the foregoing that is not dismissed within 60 days after filing, (c) declares or admits publicly and in writing that it is insolvent or is unable to meets its debts as they mature, or (d) makes an assignment for the benefit of all or substantially all of its creditors.

         9.8     Other Termination Provisions.     Either Party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement as provided in Section 16, Force Majeure.

         9.9     Payment for Services upon Termination or Expiration.     If this Agreement or a Task Order expires or is terminated for any reason, ACS shall be entitled to payment for all Services performed prior to such termination or expiration and during the period from the date of the notice of termination through the effective date of such termination, plus any applicable interest charge, all as provided in Section 8.3. Upon an expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, the Parties shall handle their obligations hereunder in accordance with the Termination Transitional Period Guidelines set forth in Section 9.10. The Parties agree that it is important that both Parties adhere to these Termination Transitional Period Guidelines in order not to disrupt the education of the students or the reputation of the Customer or ACS with the Department of Education.

         9.10     Termination Transitional Period.     Upon the termination of this Agreement by either Party, there shall be a transitional period, as follows:

8


        The procedure referred to in Section 9.10 (a) through (e) is referred to herein as "Termination Transitional Period Guidelines."

        The term "Certified Year" shall mean the period of time up to 12 months determined by the original packaging by ACS.

         9.11     ACS' Obligations upon Termination.     

        (a)   If ACS or Customer terminates this Agreement in accordance with its terms, ACS shall, "cooperate" with Customer's New Servicer under the Title IV, HEA programs in transitioning the Services and promptly return to Customer, or at its direction, to Customer's New Servicer, the following:

        (b)   For purposes of this Section 9.11, "cooperation" means to provide the Customer's New Servicer with (i) all Customer files; (ii) a brief status report on all students being turned over to the Customer's New Servicer; and (iii) answer verbal or written questions from Customer's New Servicer, which in the aggregate do not exceed fifteen hours. If the category (iii) questions exceed fifteen hours after the receipt of Notice of Termination, ACS will bill for its time at two (2) times the employee's hourly wage rate per one hour time segment (broken down into .10 increments) plus materials used at ACS' cost and shall provide Customer with a detailed itemization of the services and the time involved.

        (c)   ACS is not responsible for training Customer's New Servicer and it is not responsible for the conversion of the Customer's records to the Customer's New Servicer if the Customer's New Servicer has a different computer system and/or a different software program than ACS.

        (d)   Notwithstanding the forgoing, ACS shall have no obligation to provide services pursuant to this Section 9.11 if: (i) a Task Order has been or could have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.6 or Section 9.7, or (ii) if there are outstanding invoices that have not been paid pursuant to Section 8.

10.   Customer's Facilities and Assets

         10.1     Access.     Beginning on the Effective Date, Customer shall provide ACS with access to and use of all of its owned, leased or licensed real and personal property (including but not limited to all hardware and software) reasonably required by ACS to perform its obligations under this Agreement (the " Asset(s) "), and shall maintain the Assets in good working order as reasonably required to permit ACS to perform its obligations under this Agreement. ACS shall use such access in accordance with Customer's policies and procedures governing access to and use of Customer's facilities, provided that such policies and procedures shall not unduly restrict ACS from performing ACS' duties and obligations under this Agreement.

9


         10.2     Software Licenses; Third Party Consents.     Throughout this Agreement, Customer shall have the rights (whether by ownership or by license from the owner thereof) to use in its business operations, and shall maintain in good working order, all systems and software programs necessary to allow ACS to perform the Services in accordance with this Agreement. To the extent the use of any of such Assets requires the consent of any third-party, or a security clearance is needed for ACS to have access (either on-site or remote) to any Asset, Customer shall obtain such consent and/or security clearance for ACS at its sole cost and expense. In addition, Customer shall make available all documentation reasonably required by ACS to operate Customer's software and third-party software, including, without limitation, operations manuals, user guides, specifications, backup procedures, recovery guidelines, and restart guidelines. Customer shall remain responsible for all obligations owed by it to any third-party related to this Section 10.2 as long as ACS follows such third parties' guidelines for access and use of the Assets.

11.   Protection of Confidential Information; GLB Act Compliance

        In the process of negotiating and effecting the transactions contemplated hereunder, each Party will have access to confidential information made available by the other Party (" Confidential Information "). Confidential Information shall specifically and without limitation include: (a) all records relating to Customer's students provided to ACS and (b) this Agreement and any Task Orders, exhibits and amendments thereto., but shall not include information that (i) is generally available to the public, (ii) was available to the Party holding such information from a source other than the other party to this Agreement, or (iii) has been independently acquired by the Party holding such information. As to all Confidential Information:

10


12.   Contractors

        ACS shall have the right to use contractors and subcontractors to perform the Services hereunder, provided that all such contractors and subcontractors will be subject to the supervision and management of ACS and will comply with the requirements of Title IV, HEA program regulations regarding the provision of Services. ACS shall have the right to disclose Customer's Confidential Information to, and/or allow access to such by, any of ACS' contractors, subcontractors, agents and/or other third parties supplying products, services or systems as such disclosure of Confidential Information as may be reasonably required to permit such contractor, subcontractor, agent or third-party to assist ACS in its performance of obligations under this Agreement, provided that ACS shall require such contractors, subcontractors, agents and/or other third parties to execute an appropriate nondisclosure agreement and shall take such other steps as may be required to protect Confidential Information as required under Section 11 hereof. ACS shall be responsible as provided for in this Agreement for the disclosure of any Confidential Information by its contractors or subcontractors.

13.   Indemnification and Insurance

         13.1     Customer Indemnification.     Customer shall indemnify and hold ACS, its officers, employees, affiliates, agents and subcontractors harmless against, and will reimburse ACS for, any claim, liability, judgment, settlement, damage, payment, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable

11


attorneys' fees) (" Claim ") incurred by or asserted against ACS or such other parties at any time after the Effective Date to the extent the Claim arose from or relates to:

         13.2     ACS Indemnification.     ACS shall indemnify and hold Customer, its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents harmless against, and will reimburse Customer for, any claim, liability, judgment, settlement, damage, payment, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney's fees) (" Claim ") incurred by or asserted against Customer by a third-party at any time after the Effective Date to the extent the Claim arose from or relates to:

         13.3     Indemnification Procedures.     

        (a)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnitee of any written claim or notice of any action giving rise to a claim for indemnification by the indemnitee, the indemnitee shall so notify the indemnitor and shall provide copies of such claim or any documents relating to the action. No failure to so notify an indemnitor shall relieve the indemnitor of its obligations under this Agreement except to the extent that the failure or delay is prejudicial. Within thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice, but in any event no later than ten (10) days before the deadline for any responsive pleading, the indemnitor shall notify the indemnitee in writing (a "Notice of Assumption of Defense") if the indemnitor elects to assume control of the defense and settlement of such claim or action.

        (b)   If the indemnitor delivers a Notice of Assumption of Defense with respect to a claim within the required period, the indemnitor shall have sole control over the defense and settlement of such claim; provided, however, that (i) the indemnitee shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel at its own expense to assist in the handling of such claim and (ii) the indemnitor shall obtain the prior written approval of the indemnitee before entering into any settlement of such claim or ceasing to defend against such claim. After the indemnitor has delivered a timely Notice of Assumption of Defense relating to any claim, the indemnitor shall not be liable to the indemnitee for any legal expenses incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense of such claim; provided, however, that the indemnitor shall pay for separate counsel for the indemnitee to the extent that conflicts or potential conflicts of interest between the Parties so require. In addition, the indemnitor shall not be required to indemnify the indemnitee for any amount paid by such indemnitee in the settlement of any claim for which the indemnitor has delivered a timely Notice of Assumption of Defense if such amount was agreed to without prior written consent of the indemnitor, which shall not

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

12


be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the case of monetary claims. An indemnitor may withhold consent to settlement of claims of infringement affecting its proprietary rights in its sole discretion.

        (c)   If the indemnitor does not deliver a Notice of Assumption of Defense relating to a claim within the required notice period, the indemnitee shall have the right to defend the claim in such a manner as it may deem appropriate, at the cost and expense of the indemnitor. The indemnitor shall promptly reimburse the indemnitee for all such costs and expenses upon written request therefor.

         13.4     Subrogation.     In the event an indemnitor indemnifies an indemnitee pursuant to this Article, the indemnitor shall, upon payment in full of such indemnity, be subrogated to all of the rights of the indemnitee with respect to the claim to which such indemnity relates.

         13.5     Processing Error.     Processing Errors in the Services and the responsibility for such errors will be addressed in the Task Order.

         13.6     ACS' Insurance.     ACS shall maintain during the term of this Agreement, and for a reasonable "tail" period thereafter, policies for general liability, employee dishonesty and fraud and errors & omissions insurance including internet liability with insurers reasonably acceptable to Customer and in amounts customarily maintained by entities similarly situated. ACS shall name Customer as an additional insured on the general liability policy and provide Customer with certificates of such insurance upon request.

         13.7     Survival.     This Section 13 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

14.   Limitation of Damages

         14.1     ACS.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, ACS' maximum aggregate liability relating to the Services rendered under this Agreement (regardless of form of action, whether in contract, tort, negligence or otherwise) shall not exceed [***]. ACS shall have no liability for (i) any violation of applicable law or regulation by Customer, or (ii) the non-payment or uncollectibility of any student receivable in relation to any student file serviced under this Agreement.

         14.2     Customer.     Except for Claims related to indemnification or Claims arising from a violation of the law by Customer, Customer's maximum aggregate liability relating to its obligations under this Agreement (regardless of form of action, whether in contract, tort, negligence or otherwise) shall not exceed the actual damages incurred by ACS as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the liability. Customer shall have no liability for any claim by ACS to the extent it arose from any violation of applicable law or regulation by ACS.

         14.3     Both Parties to Each Other.     Neither Party shall have any liability for any special, incidental, punitive or consequential loss, damage, or expense (including without limitation, lost profits or opportunity costs) caused by the acts or omissions of it or its agents, even if advised of their possible existence. The limitation of damages contained in Section 14.1 shall not apply to damages owed to (i) a third party pursuant to a disclosure of Confidential Information pursuant to the last sentence in Section 11 or (ii) owed to the U.S. Department of Education or any of its regulatory divisions.

15.   Change in Circumstances

        The occurrence of (a) any event or transaction which the Parties mutually agree will materially increase or decrease the size or nature of the operations of Customer that, in turn, affects the scope, manner, nature or quantity of the Services, or (b) any change in any laws, rules or regulations that the Parties mutually agree will materially increase or decrease the size or nature of the operations of

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

13


Customer that, in turn, affects the scope, manner, nature or quantity of the Services, including without limitation any change in the interpretation or process or enforcement policies, procedures or practices related to any third-party servicer regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Education, shall be considered a change in the scope of services (" Change in Scope "). Each Change in Scope shall be documented in the form attached hereto as the CHANGE ORDER REQUEST ADDENDUM. ACS and Customer shall promptly meet to analyze the change and determine the impact to this Agreement. ACS shall have no obligation to commence work in connection with any Change in Scope until the impact of such change is agreed upon by the parties and the Agreement is amended. In the event of an impact to the fees as documented in the respective Task Order, ACS and Customer shall negotiate in good faith an equitable adjustment in the fees payable to ACS. If such fee impact cannot be agreed upon within thirty (30) business days, either Party shall have the right, upon written notice, to submit the dispute for resolutions pursuant to Section 17(f).

16.   Force Majeure

        " Force Majeure " means unforeseeable causes beyond the reasonable control of and which occur without the material fault or negligence of the Party claiming Force Majeure, including, without limitation, acts of God, wars, insurrections, riots, acts of any governmental units, strikes, blackouts, explosions, fires, floods, earthquakes, landslides, lightning, wind, terrorism, sabotage, any failure of equipment or other similar events. If as a result of Force Majeure a Party hereto is rendered wholly or partly unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, that Party shall be excused from whatever performance is affected by the Force Majeure to the extent so affected, provided that:

17.   Miscellaneous

        (a)     Trademarks, Etc.     Neither Party shall use the other Party's name, trademarks, service marks, logos, trade names and/or branding without such Party's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, ACS may reference or list Customer's name and/or a general description of the Services/project.

        (b)     ACS Materials.     Upon termination of this Agreement, ACS shall deliver to Customer a copy in electronic form of all student records for students that were handled or processed by ACS during the term of the Agreement. The electronic data shall be in a format that is readily usable by Customer. All materials created, produced, delivered or developed by ACS during the performance of the Services and during the proposal, negotiation and transition process shall be owned exclusively by ACS. Customer shall return all such materials to ACS, promptly following termination of this Agreement or ACS' written request, without retaining copies, and hereby assigns any rights it or its personnel may have in such materials to ACS.

14


        (c)     No Assignment.     This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by either Party without the prior express written consent of the other Party.

        (d)     Notices.     Any notices given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered to the respective addresses set forth herein (or such other address for either Party as such Party may hereafter specify in writing to the other Party), and shall be considered given when received.

        (e)     Governing Law.     The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern this Agreement, without regards to its conflict of law principles.

        (f)     Arbitration.     In the event of any disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement, either party may give written notice to the other party setting forth the nature of such dispute ("Dispute Notice"). The parties shall meet and confer to discuss the dispute in good faith within five days of the other party's receipt of a Dispute Notice in an attempt to resolve the dispute informally among the parties. The parties shall meet at such date(s) and time(s) as are mutually convenient and shall have 10 business days to resolve the dispute.

        Any and all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement that are not resolved by the parties' mutual agreement shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration as the exclusive remedy in accordance with rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time arbitration is initiated or another professional dispute-resolution organization mutually acceptable to the parties (the "Arbitration Organization"). Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, any arbitration session under this Section 17(e) will be held at the Arbitration Organization's office in Wilmington, Delaware. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT IT IS GIVING UP ITS RIGHT TO FILE A LAWSUIT IN A COURT OF LAW AND TO HAVE ITS CASE HEARD BY A JUDGE AND/OR JURY.

        For disputes in an amount under $100,000, the parties shall, within 10 business days of the termination of informal discussions, mutually agree upon an arbitrator. The selected arbitrator must have experience in the for-profit education industry. If the parties cannot agree upon an arbitrator within the stated time period, the parties may request that an arbitrator be appointed for them by the Arbitration Organization. This arbitrator will serve as the arbitrator for all future disputes in an amount under $100,000 for the following 12 months.

        For disputes in an amount of $100,000 or more, the parties shall meet with a mediator within 10 business days of the termination of informal discussions. If within 10 business days of first meeting the parties cannot resolve the dispute through mediation, the parties shall proceed to arbitration. Each party shall have 10 business days to select one arbitrator on their own behalf. The selected arbitrators must have experience in the for-profit education industry. Within five business days of the selection of the second arbitrator, the selected arbitrators will nominate a neutral and impartial third arbitrator, who has experience in the for-profit education industry. This board of arbitrators shall serve as the arbitrators for all future disputes in an amount of $100,000 or over for the following 12 months.

        The arbitrator's award shall be final and binding on all parties, and neither party shall have any right to contest or appeal the arbitrator's award except on the grounds expressly provided by the United States Arbitration Act. The parties will separately bear their own costs and expenses (including legal fees) of participating in the arbitration process. Responsibility for the arbitrator's fees and expenses shall be determined as part of the arbitrator's award.

        Notwithstanding the forgoing, ACS shall not be required to arbitrate a dispute involving the non-payment of undisputed fees or charges.

        (g)     Email Communications.     Customer and ACS acknowledge that: (1) ACS and Customer may correspond or convey documentation to each other via Internet e-mail unless the other Party expressly requests otherwise, (2) neither Party has control over the performance, reliability, availability, or

15



security of Internet e-mail, and (3) neither Party shall be liable for any loss, damage, expense, harm or inconvenience resulting from the loss, delay, interception, corruption, or alteration of any Internet e-mail due to any reason beyond such Party's reasonable control, provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, ACS and Customer both agree to adopt security measures with respect to such communications and data that are consistent with all applicable federal or state laws or regulations and that are reasonable under the circumstances and consistent with generally-accepted industry best practices.

        (h)     Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers; Illegality.     This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between Customer and ACS with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior oral and written communications, and may only be amended, modified or changed (including changes in scope or nature of the Services or charges) pursuant to an instrument executed by both parties. No term of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, and no breach of this Agreement excused, unless the waiver or consent is in writing signed by the Party granting such waiver or consent. If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be deemed stricken, and all other terms and provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

        (i)     Notices.     Whenever under this Agreement one Party is required or permitted to give notice to the other, such notice will be deemed given when delivered in hand or three (3) business days after the date mailed by United States mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one day after the date sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, and addressed as follows:

16


        Either Party may change its address for notification purposes by giving the other three (3) days prior written notice of the new address and the date upon which it will become effective.

        (j)     Conflict Between This Agreement and Any Task Order.     Should there be a conflict between this Agreement and any Task Order, the terms of this Agreement shall control unless the Task Order specifically identifies the provisions in the Agreement that it supersedes.

        (k)     Notification of Change in Control of ACS.     Within ten (10) days after a Change of Control in ACS, ACS shall notify Customer of such Change of Control. A Change of Control shall mean the acquisition of 50.1% or more of an interest in ACS by one entity or affiliated entities.

18.   Invoice Audit

         18.1     Audits.     ACS will maintain records to substantiate ACS' charges under each Task Order. Customer will have access to such records for purposes of audit, either through its own representatives or through an accounting firm selected and paid by Customer, upon seventy two (72) hours prior notice to ACS. Any such review of ACS' records will be conducted at reasonable times during normal business hours, no more than once quarterly, and be subject to ACS security and confidentiality requirements.

         18.2     Limitations.     Notwithstanding the intended breadth of Customer's audit rights, Customer shall not be given access to (i) the proprietary information of other ACS customers or contracts, or (ii) ACS locations that are not related to Customer or the Services, or (iii) ACS' internal costs. Further, ACS shall not be required to cooperate with or grant access to its records to any direct competitor of ACS.

         18.3     Cooperation.     ACS will reasonably cooperate in the audits and reviews and furnish requested information on a timely basis; provided, however, that (a) if such assistance requires a substantial level of resources at ACS, ACS shall notify Customer in advance that there will be a delay if the audit is to proceed at a certain specified time, and if Customer decides to proceed with the audit, such assistance shall be chargeable at the time and materials rates set out in the applicable Task Order, and (b) to the extent that any audit substantially interferes with, hinders, or delays ACS' performance of the Services, ACS will be excused from any applicable service levels stated in a Task Order for the period of time that is equal to the time of such substantial interference and any associated penalties and/or credits that may be due to Customer will be abated, but only for the period of time that is equal to the time of such substantial interference.

[Signature page to follow on next page.]

17


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first set above.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.

 

University of the Rockies, LLC

By:

 

/s/ KENT SCHNACKER


 

By:

 

/s/ STEVEN R. ISBISTER


Name:

 

Kent Schnacker


 

Name:

 

Steven R. Isbister


Title:

 

Senior Managing Director


 

Title:

 

Secretary


Date:

 

  


 

Date:

 

12-31-08

18



Task Order One(1)
Centralized Financial Aid Processing
Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and University of the Rockies, LLC

        This Task Order One (1) (Task Order) is entered into January 1, 2009 pursuant to the General Services Agreement ("Agreement") by and between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. ("ACS") and University of the Rockies, LLC ("Customer"). Except as may otherwise be provided in this Task Order, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Should there be a conflict between the Agreement and this Task Order, the terms of the Agreement shall control unless this Task Order specifically identifies the provisions in the Agreement that it supersedes.


I. The Service

        Effective January 1, 2009, ACS will provide Call Center and Transactional Processing services relating to the functions of ISIR document collection/review, Verification/C-code/Conflicting Information resolution, Packaging/Certification/Revision, Disbursement Eligibility Review and Title IV Refund Processing for Customer's complete financial aid student populations ("Services").


II. Scope of Service

        The goal of the Services is to support Customer's objective of centralizing the Services to improve student focus, enhance Customer's compliance with the rules and regulations of all regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over Customer, and support Customer's student show rate and growth objectives. Any changes requested or required by Customer to ACS's processes, procedures or types of students serviced will be subject to the Change Request process in section 3.1 of the Agreement and the parties will negotiate in good faith changes to the Services Fees required by the change.

Service
  High Level Scope
Outbound/Inbound Call Center Services  
  Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
Contact students to obtain required information.
      Respond to inbound student calls and communicate requested follow-up to Customer.
      Update ACS and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.
ISIR Review and Verification/C-code/Conflicting Information Resolution  

  Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
Review ISIR records to identify if Verification, C-code or Conflicting Information issues exist.
Receive, scan, index and review received documents.
      Perform Verification, C-code or Conflicting Information resolution for those students providing the required information.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.

1


Service
  High Level Scope
Packaging/Certification/Revision     Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
      Determine student eligibility, award and certify.
      Process Revisions to student awards as requested by Customer.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.
Disbursement Eligibility Review     Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
      Review student eligibility and adjust as applicable.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.
Title IV Refund Processing     Prioritize student populations according to agreed upon student priorities.
      Review students and complete calculations, returns and exit processing as applicable.
      Update ACS, External and Customer's system(s).
      Monitor adherence to agreed upon Service Level Agreements (SLA).
      Perform routine quality review of ACS work product.
      Continually monitor the processes to identify and implement compliant and efficient improvements.
      Provide agreed upon reporting.


III. Fees

3.1   Service Fees

        ACS will provide the Services (as documented in Section I) based upon the following service categories ("Actions"):

2


        ACS will bill monthly for each Action based upon the below Tiered Unit Pricing table and using the Max Volume Trigger table as the driver for Tiered Unit Price adjustments :

[***]


[***]

[***]


[***]

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

3


3.2   Service Level Agreement

        ACS and Customer will mutually address Service Levels in one year from this Agreement's effective date consistent with the Services Levels and other terms contained in Task Order 1 between ACS and Ashford University, LLC.

3.3   Pass Thru Fees

        ACS will invoice Customer for all of ACS' actual out of pocket costs ("Reimbursable Costs") for stationery, envelopes, brochures and postage incurred in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

3.4   Software Fees

        All known software fees are included in the above Service fees mentioned in section 3.1. Should additional unforeseen software be identified as a value-add, the parties will in good faith determine the additional fee and document as an amendment to this Task Order agreement.

3.5   Invoice Audit Fees

        In accordance with Section 18.3 of the Agreement, in the event such assistance requires a substantial level of resources at ACS and Customer decides to proceed with the audit, such assistance shall be chargeable at the time and materials rates for the applicable ACS resources,

3.6   Payment Terms

        Fees will be payable by Customer to ACS within thirty (30) days of receipt of monthly invoice and in accordance with the invoicing terms contained in the Agreement.


IV. Term and Termination

4.1   Term

        The term of this Task Order will begin on the Effective Date and will continue for a period of three (3) years (the "Initial Term"). Unless either Party gives written notice of termination to the other at least [***] day before the scheduled expiration date, the term of this Task Order shall automatically be extended for successive [***] periods thereafter, on the same terms and conditions unless the Parties mutually agree otherwise in writing (each a "Renewal Term").

4.2   Termination for Convenience—Customer

        Pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Agreement, if Customer terminates this Task Order for its convenience including diversion of Financial Aid Processing Services and/or volume from ACS, Customer shall also pay ACS An early termination fee equal to the sum of the fees due ACS under this Task Order:

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

4



V. The Services

        The following information describes the detail functions the Parties will perform in delivery of the Services:

5.1   Information Systems—Start Up

[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Product Maintenance        
CampusVue        
  Install and maintain software       ü
  Customize current setup selections to enhance processing performance       ü
  Update software as new versions become available       ü

SFAonline

 

 

 

 
  Maintain web product   ü    
  Update product on an "as-needed basis"   ü    

Telecom

 

 

 

 
  Provide telephone equipment/service   ü    
  Provide 800 lines for fax server and incoming SFAonline/Student Support Service calls   ü    

Client Connectivity

 

 

 

 
  ACS Login(s) to Client Systems       ü
  ACS User ID(s) for Client Systems       ü
  Help Desk Support       ü
  VPN       ü
  Installation of Client Software on ACS hardware   ü    
  Connectivity Testing   ü   ü

Local IS Support

 

 

 

 
  Provide web support and development for communication of performance reporting   ü    
  Provide LAN connection   ü    
  Provide desktop PC support for ACS employees   ü    
  Establish desktop PC hardware and software standards   ü    
  Provide Workflow Tool maintenance   ü    
  Provide Quality Review Tool maintenance   ü    
  Provide full technical support for all ACS servers, databases and interfaces   ü    
  Provide disaster recovery (backups, recovery) for data stored on ACS systems   ü    
  Provide maintenance for ACS systems   ü    
  Perform business analysis of data, software, and processes as required for business and operational challenges   ü    
  Perform technical analysis of systems and infrastructure related to business and operational challenges   ü    
  Administer CampusVue security classes and assignments       ü
  Administer SFAonline security classes and assignments   ü   ü
  Maintain ownership and maintenance of desktop PC's at ACS facility   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

5


5.2   Support Services

[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Reporting        
  Perform monthly process performance reporting   ü    
  Produce and distribute appropriate reports for the Joint Oversight Committee meetings   ü    

Human Resources

 

 

 

 
  Monitor time reporting and attendance tracking of ACS Personnel in accordance with ACS policy   ü    
  Manage hiring, on-boarding, career development, mentoring, retention and termination of ACS Personnel in accordance with ACS policy   ü    

Communications

 

 

 

 
  Manage internal and limited external communications, as mutually agreed   ü    
  Develop signoff process for release of communications   ü    

Financial Analysis

 

 

 

 
  Provide financial analysis in conjunction with budgeting, planning and forecasting   ü    
  Analyze the cost versus benefit of modifications to processes and technology   ü    

5.3   Financial Aid Processing

[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Student Support Service / Customer Intake Support        
  Contact students who have not initiated the SFAonline application process   ü    
  Provide financial aid call center support to students using SFAonline: Monday through Friday, 8:00 am - 7:00 pm PT time   ü    
  Answer BPE student financial aid questions in areas of intake, certification, disbursements and refunds (R2T4)   ü    
  Respond to client student security access requests in relation to SFAonline   ü    
  Respond to and resolve escalated hardware and interface issues associated with SFAonline   ü    
  Handle escalated student calls.    ü   ü

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

6


[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Processing/Revisions        
  Collect documents necessary to determine whether the student is eligible to receive Title IV, HEA program funds   ü    
  Follow up on any missing documents necessary to complete the financial aid process   ü   ü
  Review and evaluate completeness of documentation submitted by the student regarding eligibility for Title IV, HEA program funds in accordance with the HEA and any regulation prescribed under the HEA and Client's policies   ü    
  Provide entrance and exit interview and counseling materials, websites, etc.    ü    
  Package and certify financial aid files as complete (including the scheduling of disbursement dates) and perform all related system data entry   ü    
  Issue award letter to student       ü
  Create and send Deny letter to any student whose file does not support the Eligibility Determination   ü    
  Certify alternative loans   ü    
  Revise student file as requested by Customer   ü    
  Process the Inform, Monitor and Alert functions   ü    
  Access NSLDS   ü    
  Perform Pell reconciliation (excluding general ledger reconciliation) and reporting       ü
  Perform data entry, corrections and cleanup of data in reporting tools   ü    
  Perform ISIR corrections, verification process and C-code resolution   ü    
  Perform ISIR and ISIR corrections batch transmission between CPS and Client       ü
  Perform financial aid file storage (or record retention) in compliance with U.S. Department of Education regulations and Client policies for document storage and destruction   ü    

5.4   Quality Assurance, Training, Regulatory Management

[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Quality Assurance        
  Develop and apply an agreed upon Quality Assurance Methodology   ü    
  Develop a Quality Assurance Tool that will be a database for storing performance data supporting the Quality Assurance Methodology   ü    
  Perform Quality Assurance Reporting, which will include development of a formal, multi-level reporting schedule tailored to the Quality Assurance Schedule   ü    
  Coordinate internal training based on the results of Quality Assurance reviews   ü    
  Reconcile ACS tracking tools to the appropriate systems and update data as needed   ü    

Training

 

 

 

 
  Provide internal training on Title IV processes on an "as-needed basis"   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

7


[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Regulatory Management        
  Assist in collecting data and providing preliminary review of responses to program reviews conducted by the U.S. Department of Education and other regulatory agencies as they relate to student financial aid services provided in accordance with the Agreement, as mutually agreed   ü    
  Prepare responses and submissions to applicable regulatory agencies       ü
  Assist in research and data collection for guarantee agency default appeals       ü
  Submit guarantee agency default appeal reports       ü
  Research data and provide the Client with information necessary to perform year-end Pell reconciliation   ü    
  Facilitate collection of documents for SFA audit as requested by auditor as it relates to the Agreement   ü    
  Facilitate collection of documents for SFA audit as requested by auditor as it relates to areas not associated with the Agreement       ü
  Submit SFA annual audit report to the U.S. Department of Education       ü
  Determine institutional, location, and program eligibility under the HEA and any regulations prescribed under the HEA and notify ACS of such eligibility       ü
  Manage internal policy development       ü
  Manage policy approval process   ü   ü
  Develop a U.S. Department of Education and other regulatory agency communication plan       ü
  Monitor new and pending legislation/regulations and adjust processes as required   ü   ü
  Direct coordination of legislative lobbying efforts       ü
  Create, manage, and perform a year round default management plan       ü
  SSCR Reporting       ü

5.5   Disbursement Eligibility Review

[***]
  [***]
  [***]
Disbursement Eligibility Review        
  Determine student eligibility for disbursement   ü    
  Determine Satisfactory Academic Progress       ü
  Reissue/Cancel funds as necessary   ü    
  Authorize funds to be disbursed to student account       ü
  Provide accounting office with disbursement rosters       ü
  Post funds to student account       ü
  Issue receipt to student with required compliance language       ü
  Identify and apply payments to charges in accounting system       ü
  Determine credit balance on student account; issue check to student       ü
  Reconcile EFT account       ü
  Request Pell funds from US Department of Education/GAPS account       ü
  Create Pell origination and disbursement records   ü    
  Submit Pell origination and disbursement records to CPS       ü
  Create and submit loan origination and disbursement records   ü    
  Reconcile Pell between general ledger and GAPS       ü
  Maintain financial aid subsidiary ledgers       ü
  Assist in closing out Pell award year   ü    

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

8


5.6   Title IV Refund Processing

[***]
  [***]
  [***]
  Manage federal refund processing for financial aid students   ü    
  Manage state and institutional refund processing for financial aid students       ü
  Create exit report that identifies students who are no longer attending the University       ü
  Exit Report Processing: includes determination of refund or post-withdrawal disbursement, calculation of institutional, state and federal refund and/or repayment, documentation of refund or non-requirement, student and lender notification, exit interview notification, and debit memo requests   ü    
  Coordinate Refund File Flow   ü    
  Request refunds to appropriate funding program / agency       ü
  Update appropriate systems with refund information   ü    
  Report on quality of refund process   ü    


VI. Hiring, Training, Compliance and Quality Assurance

6.1   Hiring

        ACS will staff with internal candidates and public candidates as available. If additional staff is needed, ACS may utilize the assistance of a preferred staffing agency if direct recruiting efforts are not successful.

        ACS will assess candidates' abilities through a series of skills tests prior to interviewing. ACS will make hiring recommendations based on a candidate's professional experience, customer service experience, financial aid knowledge, interview, skills tests results and criminal background check.

6.2   Training

        The ACS Training team will develop and deliver initial and refresher training modules in support of the Services. The Customer may be requested to participate in the development and delivery of the ACS training.

        ACS will establish the required quality and production requirements for graduation from training. ACS will perform compliance and process adherence review for 100% of all files produced during the training period. ACS employees must meet quality and production requirements to graduate from training and move into production.

        ACS will participate in training as required by Customer from time to time. The reasonable costs of such participation by ACS will be borne by Customer.

6.3   Quality Assurance

        ACS will perform Quality Assurance of employees based upon compliance and procedure and will share reports that summarize the monthly quality and the actions taken to raise quality (if appropriate). ACS will also work with Customer to calibrate call center quality scoring.

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

9



VII. Customer Management

7.1   Customer Management

        ACS is dedicated to developing and managing quality operations in partnership with its Customers. ACS will assign a Customer Relations Manager (CRM) to manage the ACS—Customer relationship. The CRM will act as the liaison between Customer and ACS and work in partnership to meet SLAs, understand Customer vision and objectives, incorporate any new policy or procedural changes required or requested, and continually seek to extend creative solutions to address Customer's business challenges. To regularly review these objectives the CRM will meet with Customer and discuss topics including but not limited to:

7.2   Continuous Improvement

        ACS will actively seek ways to enhance the process to improve effectiveness, efficiencies and quality. As desirable Service modifications and enhancements are identified, ACS or Customer may propose modifications to the project to change or enhance functionality. To maintain consistency, requests for modification will follow an established change control process as identified in Section 15 of the Agreement.


VIII. Supporting Documents

8.1   TO1 Volume Expectations—University of the Rockies

8.2   TO1 Change Order Request Addendum

[Signature page to follow on next page.]

10



IX. Signatures

        Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms and provisions of the Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed as originally written and shall be legally binding between the Parties with respect to all services provided under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Task Order One (1) by the signatures of their respective authorized representatives.

  ACCEPTED AND AGREED:   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
               
  Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.   University of the Rockies, LLC
               
  By:     

  By:       
               
  Name:    

  Name:       
               
  Title:    

  Title:       
               
  Date:     

  Date:       

11


8.1 TO1 Volume Assumptions—University of the Rockies

UoR Enrollment Budget
  January   February   March   April   May   June   July   August   September   October   November   December   Year  

[***]

                                                                               

[***] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Commission.

1


8.2 TO1 Change Order Request Addendum

        ACS understands that changes to established business processes may become required. A structured Change Management process ensures that standardized methods and procedures are used to handle all Changes in Scope, as referenced in Section 15 of the Agreement. A change request can be initiated through a request from the Customer or from internal ACS sources.

        All proposed changes or additions to current services or processes must be submitted to the ACS in writing. The request for change should include:

1




QuickLinks

GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT BETWEEN AFFILIATED COMPUTER SERVICES, INC. AND UNIVERSITY OF THE ROCKIES, LLC JANUARY 1, 2009
GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
Task Order One(1) Centralized Financial Aid Processing Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and University of the Rockies, LLC
I. The Service
II. Scope of Service
III. Fees
IV. Term and Termination
V. The Services
VI. Hiring, Training, Compliance and Quality Assurance
VII. Customer Management
VIII. Supporting Documents
IX. Signatures

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.33


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.

AMENDMENT TO STOCK OPTION AWARD UNDER
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Optionee:    

Option No.

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

BACKGROUND

        A.    On the Date of Grant, the Optionee received from Bridgepoint Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), the above-referenced stock option award (the " Option Award ") pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the " 2005 Plan "). The Option Award was documented pursuant to a Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement (the " Agreement "), which was signed by the Company and the Optionee.

        B.    On March 28, 2009 (the " Modification Date "), the Company's Board of Directors amended the Option Award to provide for an additional vesting condition for the "Exit Options" contemplated by the Option Award such that, in the event of a Liquidity Event that is the initial public offering of the Company's equity securities to the general public (" IPO "), the number of shares underlying the "Exit Options" that would not have vested upon the closing of the IPO, under the initial terms of the Agreement, would instead vest in full upon the closing of the IPO.

        C.    Pursuant to Section 15 of the 2005 Plan, the Company's Board of Directors may at any time amend the Option Award so long as the amendment does not materially impair the rights of the Optionee.

        D.    Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, to reflect the amendment to the Option Award made by the Company's Board of Directors on the Modification Date, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1.     Additional Vesting Condition .    The definition of "Warburg Exit Percentage" specified in the Agreement under "Vesting Schedule—Exit Options—Definitions for Exit Options" is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        " Warburg Exit Percentage " means:

1


        For sake of clarity, any equity securities sold by the Warburg Investors in the IPO pursuant to the exercise of any over-allotment option granted in favor of the underwriters shall be deemed sold "in connection with" the Liquidity Event/IPO under paragraph (a)(1)(i) above if such equity securities are sold at the initial closing of the IPO (and shall not be deemed included in the Additional Vesting Amount). On the other hand, any equity securities sold by Warburg Pincus in the IPO pursuant to the exercise of any over-allotment option granted in favor of the underwriters shall not be deemed sold "in connection with" the Liquidity Event/IPO under paragraph (a)(1)(i) above if such equity securities are sold after the initial closing of the IPO (and shall be deemed included in the Additional Vesting Amount).

2.     No Other Changes .    Other than the specific amendments contemplated under this Amendment, the Agreement shall otherwise remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

    Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

 

 

By:

 



        Name:
Title:

2




QuickLinks

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
AMENDMENT TO STOCK OPTION AWARD UNDER AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 of our reports dated March 19, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Diego, California
March 30, 2009




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM